Table of Contents

1933 Act File No. 333-233877

1940 Act File No. 811-23476

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission

on February 25, 2020

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM N-2

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933   
Pre-Effective Amendment No. 5   
Post-Effective Amendment No.   

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT

OF 1940

  
Amendment No. 5   

 

 

DOUBLELINE YIELD OPPORTUNITIES FUND

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

333 South Grand Avenue, Suite 1800

Los Angeles, California 90071

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

(213) 633-8200

(Registrant’s Telephone Number)

Ronald R. Redell

c/o DoubleLine Capital LP

333 South Grand Avenue, Suite 1800

Los Angeles, California 90071

(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

Copy to:

 

Jeremy C. Smith
Ropes & Gray LLP

1211 Sixth Avenue

New York, New York 10036

(212) 596-9858

 

 

Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this form will be offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan, check the following box: ☐

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):

☐ when declared effective pursuant to Section 8(c).

If appropriate, check the following box:

☐    This post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed registration statement.

☐    This form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act and the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering is                 .

 

Title of Securities

Being Registered

  

Amount Being

Registered(1)

    

Proposed

Maximum

Offering Price

Per Unit(1)

    

Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate Offering

Price(1)

    

Amount of

Registration

Fee(2)

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Common Shares, par value $.00001

       60,000,000 shares          $         20.00            $     1,200,000,000            $     155,760        

 

(1)

Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee, pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

(2)

Includes $121.20 previously paid in connection with the initial filing on September 20, 2019.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to section 8(a), may determine.


Table of Contents

The information in this Prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state or jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion

Dated February 25, 2020

 

LOGO

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

[] Shares

DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund

Common Shares

$20.00 per share

 

 

DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund (the “Fund”) is a newly organized, non-diversified, limited term closed-end management investment company with no operating history. This is the initial public offering of the Fund’s common shares of beneficial interest (the “Common Shares”), and no public market exists for the Fund’s common shares.

Investment Objective. The Fund’s investment objective is to seek a high level of total return, with an emphasis on current income. The Fund cannot assure you that it will achieve its investment objective.

Principal Investment Strategies. Under normal market conditions, the Fund will seek to achieve its investment objective by investing in a portfolio of investments selected for its potential to provide a high level of total return, with an emphasis on current income. The Fund may invest in debt securities and other income-producing investments of issuers anywhere in the world, including in emerging markets, and may invest in investments of any credit quality. The Fund expects initially, and may thereafter continue, to invest substantially in debt instruments of below investment grade quality (including debt securities commonly referred to as “high yield” securities or “junk bonds”) and unrated instruments. The Fund may invest in securities of any or no maturity or negative duration, and there are no limits on the duration of the Fund’s portfolio. The Fund’s investment adviser, DoubleLine Capital LP (“DoubleLine” or the “Adviser”), allocates the Fund’s assets among sectors of the debt market, and among investments within those sectors, in an attempt to construct a portfolio providing the potential for a high level of total return, with an emphasis on current income, consistent with what DoubleLine considers an appropriate level of risk in light of market conditions prevailing at the time.

(continued on following page)

Investment Adviser. The Fund’s investment adviser is DoubleLine Capital LP (“DoubleLine” or the “Adviser”). The Adviser will be responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s assets. As of December 31, 2019, DoubleLine had approximately $148.4 billion in assets under management.

An investment in the Fund involves certain risks arising from, among other things, the Fund’s ability to invest without limit in debt securities that are at the time of investment rated below investment grade or unrated securities judged by DoubleLine to be of comparable quality (a category of investment that includes securities commonly referred to as “high yield” securities or “junk bonds”). See “Principal Risk Factors—Below investment grade/high yield securities risk.” An investment in the Fund is also subject to the risk of the use of leverage. See “Leverage” and “Principal Risk Factors—Leverage risk.” Investors should carefully consider the Fund’s risks and investment objective, as an investment in the Fund may not be appropriate for all investors and is not designed to be a complete investment program. No assurance can be given that the Fund’s investment objective will be achieved. Before buying any of the Fund’s Common Shares, you should read the discussion of the principal risks of investing in the Fund in “Principal Risk Factors” beginning on page 89 of this Prospectus.

 

     Per Share      Total(1)      Total assuming
full exercise of
the over-
allotment option
 

Public offering price

   $ 20.00        

Sales load(2)

     None        None        None  

Estimated offering expenses(3)

     None        None        None  

Proceeds to the Fund

   $ 20.00        

(notes on following page)

The underwriters expect to deliver the Common Shares to purchasers on or about [date].

 

 

 

UBS Investment Bank   BofA Securities   Morgan Stanley     Wells Fargo Securities  
RBC Capital Markets       Stifel  
Arcadia Securities   B. Riley FBR     Bancroft Capital  
BB&T Capital Markets   D.A. Davidson & Co.     Hennion & Walsh  
Incapital   Janney Montgomery Scott     JonesTrading  
Ladenburg Thalmann   Maxim Group LLC     National Securities Corporation  
Newbridge Securities Corporation   Pershing LLC     Wedbush Securities  

Neither the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this Prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

The date of this Prospectus is [                , 2020]


Table of Contents

(notes continued from previous page)

 

(1)

The Fund has granted the underwriters an option to purchase an additional [●] Common Shares at the public offering price within 45 days of the date of this Prospectus, solely to cover overallotments, if any. If such option is exercised in full, the public offering price, sales load and proceeds to the Fund will be $[●], $0 and $[●], respectively. See “Underwriters.” Investors purchasing Common Shares in this offering will not be charged a sales load.

 

(2)

The Adviser (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay, from its own assets, compensation of up to $0.54 per Common Share to the Underwriters in connection with the offering, which amount will not exceed 2.70% of the total public offering price of the Common Shares sold in this offering. In addition, the Adviser (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay, from its own assets, upfront structuring fees to UBS Securities LLC, BofA Securities, Inc. (or an affiliate), Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC, and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated and may pay certain other qualifying underwriters a structuring fee, sales incentive fee, or additional compensation in connection with the offering. Separately, the Adviser (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay an amount equal to 0.35% of the total price to the public of the Common Shares sold in the Fund’s initial public offering (including any Common Shares sold pursuant to the overallotment option) within 10 business days of the closing of the initial public offering, 0.175% of the total price to the public of the Common Shares sold in the Fund’s initial public offering (including any Common Shares sold pursuant to the overallotment option) on January 31, 2021, and 0.175% of the total price to the public of the Common Shares sold in the Fund’s initial public offering (including any Common Shares sold pursuant to the overallotment option) on January 31, 2022, to Vision 4 Fund Distributors, LLC (“Vision 4”) as payment for providing certain distribution-related services, and to pay up to $465,000 in expense reimbursement to Vision 4. The sum total of all compensation to the underwriters in connection with this initial public offering of Common Shares, including all forms of additional compensation or structuring or sales incentive fee payments, if any, to the underwriters and other expenses, will be limited to not more than [●]% of the total public offering price of the Common Shares sold in this offering. See “Underwriters—Additional Underwriter Compensation.” These fees and compensation are not reflected under “Sales Load” or “Estimated Offering Expenses” in the table above because they are paid by the Adviser (and not the Fund). See “Underwriters—Additional Underwriter Compensation.”

 

(3)

The Adviser (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay from its own assets all organizational expenses of the Fund and all offering costs associated with this offering. The Fund is not obligated to repay any organizational expenses or offering costs paid by the Adviser. See “Summary of Fund Expenses.”

(continued from previous page)

DoubleLine expects that the Fund will normally not invest more than 50% of its total managed assets (as defined in this Prospectus) in a single sector of the debt market (excluding the U.S. Government securities sector), as determined by the Adviser. Generally, the sectors of the debt market among which the Adviser expects to allocate the Fund’s assets principally from time to time include, among others, commercial mortgage-backed securities, agency residential mortgage-backed securities, non-agency residential mortgage backed securities, non-mortgage-related asset-backed securities, investment grade corporate debt, high yield corporate debt, bank and other loans, international sovereign debt, emerging market debt, collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”), U.S. Government securities, and municipal debt. Within each sector, the Fund may invest in debt securities and other income-producing investments based on DoubleLine’s assessment of the potential returns and risks of particular securities and other investments within that sector. Such securities may include, by way of example, mortgage-related securities of any kind, including commercial and residential mortgage-backed securities; other asset-backed securities; below investment grade debt (including debt securities commonly referred to as “high yield” or “junk bonds”); debt securities issued by domestic or foreign (including emerging market) corporate or other issuers; obligations of foreign (including emerging market) sovereigns or their agencies or instrumentalities; supra-national obligations; CLOs, including commercial real estate CLOs (“CRE CLOs”); equity, mortgage, or hybrid real estate investment trust (“REIT”) securities; bank loans and assignments and other fixed and floating rate loans (including, among others, senior loans, second lien or other subordinated or unsecured loans, delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities); municipal securities and other debt securities issued by state or local governments and their agencies, authorities and by other government-sponsored enterprises; payment-in-kind securities; zero-coupon bonds; convertible bonds and securities; inflation-indexed bonds; structured notes and other hybrid instruments; credit-linked trust certificates; preferred securities; commercial paper; and cash and cash equivalents. The Fund may also invest without limit in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored corporations; however, the Fund expects initially, and may thereafter continue, to invest substantially in debt securities and other income-producing investments that involve substantially greater credit risk than those investments. The rate of interest on the debt and other income-producing investments that the Fund may purchase may be fixed, floating, or variable. The Fund may invest in mortgage-backed securities of any kind. Mortgage-backed securities may include, among other things, securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies, instrumentalities or


Table of Contents

sponsored corporations or securities of domestic or foreign private issuers. The collateral backing mortgage-backed securities in which the Fund may invest may include, without limitation, performing, non-performing and/or re-performing loans, non-qualifying mortgage loans, and loans secured by a single asset and issued by a single borrower. The commercial mortgage-backed securities in which the Fund may invest may also include securitizations backed by a single mortgage on a single property. The Fund may also invest in asset-backed securities of any type, including securitizations of a wide variety of non-mortgage-related receivables. See “The Fund” on page 53 for further details.

In pursuing its investment objective, the Fund may invest significantly in residential and/or commercial real estate or mortgage-related loans, consumer loans, business and small business loans, construction or project finance loans, or other types of loans, which loans may include secured and unsecured notes, senior loans, second lien loans or other types of subordinated loans, or mezzanine loans, any of which may be “covenant-lite” (i.e., loans containing fewer or less restrictive constraints on the borrower than certain other types of loans) or loans of subprime quality. The Fund may make direct investments in individual loans or in pools of loans and in whole loans as well as in loan participations or assignments. In addition, although the Fund has no present intention to do so, the Fund may itself or in conjunction with others originate any of the foregoing types of loans. The Fund may also be involved in, or finance, the origination of loans to corporations, other legal entities or individuals, including foreign entities and individuals.

The Fund may invest in any level of the capital structure of an issuer of mortgage- or asset-backed securities, including subordinated or residual tranches and the equity or “first loss” tranche (such as the “E Notes” of aircraft asset-backed securities). The Fund may invest in mortgage- or asset-backed securities that are designed to have leveraged investment exposure to the underlying mortgages or assets. The Fund may also gain or adjust its exposure to mortgage- or asset-backed securities through derivatives, such as credit default swap or futures transactions. The Fund may also invest in credit risk transfer securities that, while not backed by mortgage loans, have credit exposure to a pool of mortgage loans acquired by the government-sponsored entity or private entity issuing the securities.

The Fund may invest in debt instruments of any credit quality and may invest without limit in debt securities that are at the time of investment rated below investment grade or unrated securities judged by DoubleLine to be of comparable quality. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Fund will not acquire any corporate bond, CLO, corporate loan, or sovereign and quasi sovereign obligation that is rated at the time of investment Caa1 or below by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and CCC+ or below by S&P Global Ratings (“S&P”) or Fitch, Inc. (“Fitch”) or any such securities that are unrated if it would cause the Fund to have more than 20% of its total managed assets invested in such investments. The 20% limitation does not apply to rated or unrated mortgage- and asset-backed securities of any kind (e.g. commercial mortgage backed securities and residential mortgage backed securities) or loans or other obligations secured, collateralized or supported by real estate or real estate related assets of any kind (e.g., mortgages). In addition, the Fund will not purchase securities that are in default as to the repayment of principal and/or interest at the time of acquisition by the Fund.

The Fund expects initially, and may thereafter continue, to invest substantially in debt instruments of below investment grade quality (including debt securities commonly referred to as “high yield” securities or “junk bonds”) and unrated instruments. Because of the Fund’s investments in debt instruments rated below investment grade and in unrated securities, investors in the Fund should expect that adverse developments affecting the market for below investment grade debt and unrated securities and/or issuers of those investments will have a substantial and adverse effect on the value of the Fund’s portfolio. Debt securities of below investment grade quality are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and to repay principal. Securities rated Ba1 or below by Moody’s and BB+ or below by S&P or Fitch are considered vulnerable to nonpayment and their issuers to be dependent on favorable business, financial and economic conditions to meet their financial commitments. Some or all of the unrated instruments in which the Fund may invest will involve credit risk comparable to or greater than that of rated debt securities of below investment grade quality. In the case of split ratings, DoubleLine will categorize the security according to the highest rating assigned. See “The Fund” on page 53 for further details.


Table of Contents

The Fund will normally invest at least 25% of its total assets in issuers involved in one or more real estate-related industries. Investments in issuers involved in real estate-related industries include, without limitation, investments in mortgage-related obligations issued or guaranteed by government agencies or other government entities or by private originators or issuers; instruments of any kind that are backed by or that provide exposure to one or more real estate-related mortgages; interests in issuers that deal in, hold, or invest in mortgages, real estate, or other real estate-related assets; real estate investment trusts of any kind; instruments whose performance is based on or relates to payments made on real estate mortgages or other real estate-related obligations; instruments secured by any interest in real estate; and other investments that the Adviser determines provide exposure to real estate or one or more of the foregoing.

The Fund may invest without limit in securities of foreign issuers and may invest up to 30% of its total managed assets in securities of issuers domiciled or organized in emerging market countries. For these purposes, an “emerging market country” is a country that, at the time the Fund invests in the related fixed income instruments, is classified as an emerging or developing economy by any supranational organization such as the World Bank or the United Nations, or related entities, or is considered an emerging market country for purposes of constructing a major emerging market securities index. The Fund may take positions in various foreign (non-U.S.) currencies, including by actual holdings of those currencies and through forward, futures, swap, and option contracts with respect to foreign currencies, for hedging, or as a substitute for actual purchases or sales of the currencies in question; the Fund may also invest without limit in investments denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, including the local currencies of emerging markets. The Fund may (but is not required to) attempt to hedge some of its exposure to foreign currencies in order to reduce the risk of loss due to fluctuations in currency exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar.

The Adviser monitors the duration of the Fund’s portfolio securities to seek to assess and, in its discretion, adjust the Fund’s exposure to interest rate risk. However, the Fund may invest in securities of any or no maturity or negative duration, and there are no limits on the duration of the Fund’s portfolio. The Adviser retains broad discretion to modify the Fund’s duration within a wide range, including the discretion to construct a portfolio of investments for the Fund with a negative duration.

The Fund may use various derivative strategies for hedging purposes, to gain, or reduce, long or short exposure to one or more asset classes, issuers, currencies or reference assets, or to manage the dollar-weighted average effective duration of the Fund’s portfolio. The Fund also may enter into derivatives transactions with the purpose or effect of creating investment leverage.

No Prior History. Because the Fund is newly organized, its common shares of beneficial interest (the “Common Shares”) have no history of public trading. Shares of closed-end funds frequently trade at a significant discount from their net asset value, which creates a risk of loss for investors purchasing shares in the initial public offering. This risk is greater for investors who expect to sell their shares within a relatively short period after completion of the initial public offering. The Fund anticipates that its Common Shares will be listed on the New York Stock Exchange, subject to notice of issuance. The trading or “ticker” symbol of the Common Shares is expected to be “DLY.”

Leverage. As soon as reasonably practicable following the completion of the initial public offering of the Fund’s Common Shares, the Fund intends, subject to then favorable market conditions, to add leverage to its portfolio through borrowings, such as loans or lines of credit from banks or other credit facilities, the issuance of preferred shares, or a combination of borrowings and the issuance of preferred shares. However, if the Fund were to issue less than 50,000,000 Common Shares, the Fund would expect, subject to then favorable market conditions, to seek to use leverage in the form of borrowings. If the Fund were to issue approximately 50,000,000 Common Shares or more, the Fund would expect, subject to then favorable market conditions, to seek to use leverage through borrowings, the issuance of preferred shares or a combination of borrowings and the issuance of preferred shares. The Fund may also use reverse repurchase agreements and dollar roll transactions. The Adviser currently expects that the leverage initially obtained through such instruments may represent approximately 25% of the Fund’s total managed assets (including the amounts of leverage obtained through the use of such instruments).


Table of Contents

The Fund also may enter into transactions other than borrowings, the issuance of preferred shares, reverse repurchase agreements and dollar roll transactions, that may give rise to a form of leverage or that have leverage embedded in them including, among others, transactions involving credit default swap contracts and/or other transactions. Other such transactions include loans of portfolio securities, transactions involving derivative instruments, short sales and when-issued, delayed delivery, and forward commitment transactions. These transactions may represent a form of investment leverage and will create special risks. The use of these forms of additional leverage will increase the volatility of the Fund’s investment portfolio and could result in larger losses than if the strategies were not used.

Under normal market conditions, the Fund will not (i) issue preferred shares, (ii) borrow money through loans or draw on lines of credit from banks or other credit facilities, (iii) enter into reverse repurchase agreements or dollar roll transactions, or (iv) write credit default swaps with the intention on the part of the Adviser to create investment leverage, if as a result the amount of investment leverage the Adviser determines to be attributable to the activities listed in (i) through (iv) above in the aggregate would exceed 50% of the Fund’s total assets (including, for purposes of the 50% limit, the amounts of leverage obtained through such activities) (the “50% leverage policy”). Written credit default swaps entered into by the Fund to hedge, manage or reduce risk or to equitize a cash position (i.e., obtain investment exposure in an amount equal to or less than the Fund’s position in cash, cash equivalents, high-quality short-term debt instruments and other similar investments) will not be considered to have been made for the purpose of creating investment leverage and therefore will not be subject to the 50% leverage policy. It is possible that following the incurrence of any amount of investment leverage, the value of the assets of the Fund will decline due to market conditions or other factors and that the 50% leverage limit will as a result be exceeded. In that case, the leverage risk to holders of Common Shares will increase. See “Leverage” and “Principal Risk Factors—Leverage risk.”

The Fund may seek to obtain leverage by borrowing money under a committed line of credit. There is no assurance that any line of credit will in fact be established; any line would be subject to renewal periodically, and there can be no assurance that the lender would renew the line of credit in the future.

The Fund will use leverage opportunistically and may choose to increase, decrease, or eliminate its use of leverage over time and from time to time based on DoubleLine’s assessment of the yield curve environment, interest rate trends, market conditions, and other factors. By using leverage, the Fund may seek to obtain a higher return for Common Shareholders than if the Fund did not use leverage. Leveraging is a speculative technique and there are special risks and costs involved. There can be no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be used or that it will be successful. The use of leverage will increase the volatility of the performance of the Fund’s investment portfolio and could result in the Fund experiencing greater losses than if leverage were not used. See “Leverage” and “Principal Risk Factors—Leverage risk.”

Limited Term and Eligible Tender Offer. The Fund is not a so called target date or life cycle fund whose asset allocation becomes more conservative over time as its target date, often associated with retirement, approaches. In addition, the Fund is not a target term fund and thus does not seek to return the Funds initial public offering price per Common Share upon termination of the Fund or in a tender offer. The final distribution of net assets per Common Share upon termination or the price per Common Share in the Eligible Tender Offer (as defined below) may be more than, equal to or less than the initial public offering price per Common Share. In accordance with the Fund’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, dated September 17, 2019, as amended from time to time (the “Declaration of Trust”), the Fund intends to terminate as of the first business day following the twelfth anniversary of the effective date of the Fund’s initial registration statement, which the Fund currently expects, subject to potential extension, to occur on or about February 25, 2032 (the “Dissolution Date”); provided that the Fund’s Board of Trustees (the “Board”) may, by a vote of a majority of the Board and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees, as defined below (a “Board Action Vote”), without shareholder approval, extend the Dissolution Date (i) once for up to one year, and (ii) once for up to an additional six months, to a date up to and including the eighteenth month after the initial Dissolution Date, which later date shall then become the Dissolution Date. At the Dissolution Date, each holder of common shares of beneficial interest (“Common Shareholder”) would be paid a pro rata portion of the Fund’s net assets as determined as of the Dissolution Date.


Table of Contents

The Board may, by a Board Action Vote, cause the Fund to conduct a tender offer, as of a date within twelve months preceding the Dissolution Date (as may be extended as described above), to all Common Shareholders to purchase 100% of the then outstanding Common Shares of the Fund at a price equal to the net asset value (“NAV”) per Common Share on the expiration date of the tender offer (the “Eligible Tender Offer”). In an Eligible Tender Offer, the Fund will offer to purchase all Common Shares held by each Common Shareholder; provided that if the number of properly tendered Common Shares would result in the Fund having aggregate net assets below $200 million (the “Dissolution Threshold”), the Eligible Tender Offer will be canceled, no Common Shares will be repurchased pursuant to the Eligible Tender Offer, and the Fund will terminate as otherwise scheduled. If an Eligible Tender Offer is conducted and the number of properly tendered Common Shares would result in the Fund having aggregate net assets greater than or equal to the Dissolution Threshold, all Common Shares properly tendered and not withdrawn will be purchased by the Fund pursuant to the terms of the Eligible Tender Offer. Following the completion of an Eligible Tender Offer, the Board may, by a Board Action Vote, eliminate the Dissolution Date and scheduled termination of the Fund without shareholder approval and the Fund would continue to operate indefinitely thereafter. The Board may, to the extent it deems appropriate and without shareholder approval, adopt a plan of liquidation at any time preceding the anticipated Dissolution Date, which plan of liquidation may set forth the terms and conditions for implementing the termination of the existence of the Fund, including the commencement of the winding down of its investment operations and the making of one or more liquidating distributions to Common Shareholders prior to the Dissolution Date.

Please read this Prospectus carefully before deciding whether to invest and retain it for future reference. It sets forth concisely the information about the Fund that a prospective investor ought to know before investing in the Fund. The Fund has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) a statement of additional information (“SAI”) dated [●], 2020, containing additional information about the Fund. The SAI is incorporated by reference into this Prospectus, which means it is part of this Prospectus for legal purposes. The Fund also will produce both annual and semi-annual reports that will contain important information about the Fund. Copies of the SAI and the Fund’s annual and semi-annual reports, when available, may be obtained upon request, without charge, by calling toll-free (877) DLine11 (877-354-6311) or by writing to the Fund at 333 South Grand Avenue, Suite 1800, Los Angeles, California 90071. You also may call this toll-free telephone number to request other information about the Fund or to make shareholder inquiries. The annual report and the semi-annual report will be made available on the Fund’s website at www.doublelinefunds.com. Information on, or accessible through, the Fund’s website is not a part of, and is not incorporated into, this Prospectus. You may review information about the Fund, including the SAI, reports and other information about the Fund on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at www.sec.gov. You may get copies of this information, with payment of a duplication fee, by electronic request at the following E-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov. The table of contents for the SAI appears on page 159 of this Prospectus.

The Fund’s Common Shares do not represent a deposit or obligation of, and are not guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank or other insured depository institution, and are not federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other government agency.

 

 

Beginning on January 1, 2021, as permitted by regulations adopted by the SEC, paper copies of the Fund’s annual and semi-annual shareholder reports will no longer be sent by mail, unless you specifically request paper copies of the reports. Instead, the reports will be made available on the Fund’s website (www.doublelinefunds.com), and you will be notified by mail each time a report is posted and provided with a website link to access the report. If you already elected to receive shareholder reports electronically, you will not be affected by this change and you need not take any action. You may elect to receive shareholder reports and other communications from the Fund electronically anytime by contacting your financial intermediary (such as a broker-dealer or bank). You may elect to receive all future reports in paper free of charge. You can contact your financial intermediary to request that you continue to receive paper copies of your shareholder reports. Your election to receive reports in paper will apply to all funds held in your account if you invest through your financial intermediary.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1  

SUMMARY OF FUND EXPENSES

     51  

THE FUND

     53  

USE OF PROCEEDS

     53  

THE FUND’S INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND STRATEGIES

     53  

LEVERAGE

     84  

PRINCIPAL RISK FACTORS

     89  

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

     133  

NET ASSET VALUE

     135  

DISTRIBUTIONS

     137  

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

     139  

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES

     140  

ANTI-TAKEOVER AND OTHER PROVISIONS IN THE DECLARATION OF TRUST

     143  

REPURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES; CONVERSION TO OPEN-END FUND

     144  

LIMITED TERM AND ELIGIBLE TENDER OFFER

     145  

TAX MATTERS

     147  

UNDERWRITERS

     155  

CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT

     158  

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

     158  

LEGAL MATTERS

     158  

TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     159
 

PRIVACY POLICY

     160  

APPENDIX A—DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATINGS

     A-1  

You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this Prospectus. The Fund has not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with inconsistent information. If anyone provides you with inconsistent information, you should not assume that the Fund or the underwriters have authorized or verified it. The Fund is not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer of these securities in any state where the offer is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this Prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of this Prospectus. The Fund’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This is only a summary. This summary may not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in common shares of beneficial interest (“Common Shares”) of DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund (the “Fund”). You should review the more detailed information contained in this Prospectus and in the statement of additional information (the “SAI”). In particular, you should carefully read the principal risks of investing in the Fund’s Common Shares, as discussed under “Principal Risk Factors.”

The Fund

The Fund is a newly organized, non-diversified, limited term closed-end management investment company with no operating history. See “The Fund” on page 53.

The Offering

The Fund is offering [●] Common Shares with a par value of $0.00001 per share, at $20.00 per share through a group of underwriters led by UBS Securities LLC, BofA Securities, Inc. (or an affiliate), Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC. The common shares of beneficial interest are sometimes called “Common Shares,” and the holders thereof “Common Shareholders,” in the rest of this Prospectus. You must purchase at least 100 Common Shares ($2,000) if you wish to participate in this offering. The Fund has given the underwriters (the “Underwriters”) an option to purchase up to [●] additional Common Shares, at the public offering price (as described below) within 45 days to cover overallotments. See “Underwriters.” DoubleLine Capital LP (“DoubleLine” or the “Adviser”) has agreed to pay any applicable underwriting compensation and all offering costs associated with this offering. The Adviser also has agreed to pay all of the Fund’s organizational expenses. The Fund is not obligated to repay any such organizational expenses or offering costs paid by the Adviser.

Limited Term and Eligible Tender Offer

In accordance with the Fund’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust (the “Declaration of Trust”), dated September 17, 2019, as amended from time to time, the Fund intends to terminate as of the first business day following the twelfth anniversary of the effective date of the Fund’s initial registration statement, which the Fund currently expects, subject to potential extension, to occur on or about February 25, 2032 (the “Dissolution Date”); provided that the Fund’s Board of Trustees (the “Board”), by a vote of a majority of the Board and seventy-five percent (75%) of the members of the Board who either (i) have been a member of the Board for a period of at least thirty-six months (or since the commencement of the Fund’s operations, if less than thirty-six months) or (ii) were nominated to serve as a member of the Board by a majority of the Continuing Trustees then members of the Board (the “Continuing Trustees”) (a “Board Action Vote”), may, without shareholder approval, extend the Dissolution Date: (i) once for up to one year, and (ii) once for up to an additional six months, to a date up to and including the eighteenth month after the initial Dissolution Date, which later date shall then become the Dissolution Date. In determining whether to extend the Dissolution Date, the Board may consider the inability to sell the Fund’s assets in a time frame consistent with dissolution due to lack of market liquidity or other extenuating circumstances. Additionally, the Board may determine that market conditions are such that it is reasonable to believe that, with an extension, the Fund’s remaining assets will appreciate and generate income in an amount that, in the aggregate, is meaningful relative to the cost and expense of continuing the operation of the Fund. At the Dissolution Date, each Common Shareholder would be paid a pro rata portion of the Fund’s net assets as of the Dissolution Date upon termination of the Fund.

Beginning one year before the Dissolution Date (the “Wind-Down Period”), the Fund may begin liquidating all or a portion of the Fund’s portfolio, and may deviate from its investment policies and may not achieve its investment objective. During the Wind-Down Period (or in anticipation of an Eligible Tender Offer, as defined below), the Fund’s portfolio composition may change as more of its portfolio holdings are called or sold and



 

1


Table of Contents

portfolio holdings are disposed of in anticipation of liquidation. Rather than reinvesting the proceeds of matured, called or sold securities in accordance with the investment program described above, the Fund may invest such proceeds in short term or other lower yielding securities or hold the proceeds in cash, which may adversely affect its performance.

As of a date within twelve months preceding the Dissolution Date, the Board may, by a Board Action Vote, cause the Fund to conduct a tender offer to all Common Shareholders to purchase 100% of the then outstanding Common Shares of the Fund at a price equal to the net asset value (“NAV”) per Common Share on the expiration date of the tender offer (an “Eligible Tender Offer”). In an Eligible Tender Offer, the Fund will offer to purchase all shares held by each shareholder; provided that if the number of properly tendered shares would result in the Fund having aggregate net assets below $200 million (the “Dissolution Threshold”), the Eligible Tender Offer will be canceled and no shares will be repurchased pursuant to the Eligible Tender Offer. Instead, the Fund will begin (or continue) liquidating its portfolio and proceed to terminate on or about the Dissolution Date. Regardless of whether the Eligible Tender Offer is completed or canceled, the Adviser will pay all costs and expenses associated with the making of an Eligible Tender Offer, other than brokerage and related transaction costs associated with the disposition of portfolio investments in connection with the Eligible Tender Offer, which will be borne by the Fund and its Common Shareholders. The Eligible Tender Offer would be made, and Common Shareholders would be notified thereof, in accordance with the requirements of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”), the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and the applicable tender offer rules thereunder (including Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E under the Exchange Act). If the number of properly tendered Common Shares would result in the Fund having aggregate net assets greater than or equal to the Dissolution Threshold, all Common Shares properly tendered and not withdrawn will be purchased by the Fund pursuant to the terms of the Eligible Tender Offer. The Fund’s purchase of tendered Common Shares pursuant to a tender offer will have tax consequences for tendering Common Shareholders and may have tax consequences for non-tendering Common Shareholders. In addition, the Fund would continue to be subject to its obligations with respect to its issued and outstanding borrowings, preferred stock or debt securities, if any.

Following the completion of an Eligible Tender Offer, the Board may, by a Board Action Vote, eliminate the Dissolution Date and scheduled termination of the Fund without shareholder approval and the Fund would continue to operate indefinitely thereafter. In determining whether to eliminate the Dissolution Date, the Board may consider market conditions at such time and all other factors deemed relevant by the Board in consultation with the Adviser, taking into account that the Adviser has a conflict of interest in recommending to the Board that the limited term structure be eliminated and the Fund have a perpetual existence, because the Adviser would continue to earn fees for managing the Fund. In making a decision to eliminate the Dissolution Date to provide for the Fund’s perpetual existence, the Board will take such actions with respect to the continued operations of the Fund as it deems to be in the best interests of the Fund. The Fund is not required to conduct additional tender offers following an Eligible Tender Offer and conversion to a perpetual structure. Therefore, remaining Common Shareholders may not have another opportunity to participate in a tender offer or exchange their Common Shares for the then-existing NAV per share.

All Common Shareholders remaining after a tender offer will be subject to proportionately higher expenses due to the reduction in the Fund’s total assets resulting from payment for the tendered Common Shares. A reduction in net assets, and the corresponding increase in the Fund’s expense ratio, could result in lower returns and put the Fund at a disadvantage relative to its peers and potentially cause the Fund’s Common Shares to trade at a wider discount to NAV than it otherwise would. Such reduction in the Fund’s total assets may also result in less investment flexibility, reduced diversification and greater volatility for the Fund, and may have an adverse effect on the Fund’s investment performance. Moreover, the resulting reduction in the number of outstanding Common Shares could cause the Common Shares to become more thinly traded or otherwise adversely impact the secondary market trading of such Common Shares.



 

2


Table of Contents

The Fund is not a so called “target date” or “life cycle” fund whose asset allocation becomes more conservative over time as its target date, often associated with retirement, approaches. In addition, the Fund is not a “target term” fund whose investment objective is to return its original NAV on the Dissolution Date or in an Eligible Tender Offer. Accordingly, investors may receive more or less than their original investment upon termination of the Fund or in an Eligible Tender Offer.

The Board may, to the extent it deems appropriate and without shareholder approval, adopt a plan of liquidation at any time preceding the anticipated Dissolution Date, which plan of liquidation may set forth the terms and conditions for implementing the termination of the existence of the Fund, including the commencement of the winding down of its investment operations and the making of one or more liquidating distributions to Common Shareholders prior to the Dissolution Date. See “Principal Risk Factors—Limited term and tender offer risk.”

Investment Objective and Strategies

The Fund may invest indirectly by investing in derivatives or through wholly-owned and controlled subsidiaries (each, a “Subsidiary”). The Fund may be exposed to the different types of investments described below through its investments in a Subsidiary. The allocation of the Fund’s assets to a Subsidiary will vary from time to time and the Fund’s portfolio may include some or all of the investments described herein.

Investment Objective

The Fund’s investment objective is to seek a high level of total return, with an emphasis on current income. The Fund cannot assure you that it will achieve its investment objective.

Principal Investment Strategies

Under normal market conditions, the Fund will seek to achieve its investment objective by investing in a portfolio of investments selected for its potential to provide a high level of total return, with an emphasis on current income. The Fund may invest in debt securities and other income-producing investments of issuers anywhere in the world, including in emerging markets, and may invest in investments of any credit quality. The Fund expects initially, and may thereafter continue, to invest substantially in debt instruments of below investment grade quality (including debt securities commonly referred to as “high yield” securities or “junk bonds”) and unrated instruments. The Fund may invest in securities of any or no maturity or negative duration, and there are no limits on the duration of the Fund’s portfolio.

The Fund’s investment adviser, DoubleLine Capital LP (“DoubleLine” or the “Adviser”), allocates the Fund’s assets among sectors of the debt market, and among investments within those sectors, in an attempt to construct a portfolio providing the potential for a high level of total return, with an emphasis on current income, consistent with what DoubleLine considers an appropriate level of risk in light of market conditions prevailing at the time. In managing the Fund’s investments, the Adviser uses a controlled risk approach. The techniques of this approach attempt to control the principal risk components of the fixed-income markets and include consideration of:

 

   

the relative values and fundamentals of the different sectors of the debt market

 

   

the relative values of securities within a sector

 

   

the shape of the yield curve; and

 

   

fluctuations in the overall level of interest rates.



 

3


Table of Contents

DoubleLine will select investments over time to implement its long-term strategic investment view. It also will buy and sell securities opportunistically in response to short-term market, economic, political, or other developments or otherwise as opportunities may present themselves. DoubleLine will manage the Fund under an integrated risk management framework overseen by the Fund’s portfolio management team and DoubleLine’s risk management team. DoubleLine expects that the Fund will normally not invest more than 50% of its total assets in a single sector of the debt market (excluding the U.S. Government securities sector), as determined by the Adviser. Generally, the sectors of the debt market among which the Adviser expects to allocate the Fund’s assets principally from time to time include, among others, commercial mortgage-backed securities, agency residential mortgage-backed securities, non-agency residential mortgage backed securities, non-mortgage-related asset-backed securities, investment grade corporate debt, high yield corporate debt, bank and other loans, international sovereign debt, emerging market debt, collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”), U.S. Government securities, and municipal debt. Based on current market conditions, DoubleLine expects the Fund will initially have significant holdings of securitized credit, such as commercial mortgage-backed securities, non-agency residential mortgage backed securities, non-mortgage-related asset-backed securities and CLOs, with a relative underweight to the corporate credit sectors, such as investment grade and high yield corporate debt.

Within each sector, the Fund may invest in debt securities and other income-producing investments based on DoubleLine’s assessment of the potential returns and risks of particular securities and other investments within that sector. Such securities may include, by way of example, mortgage-related securities of any kind, including commercial and residential mortgage-backed securities; other asset-backed securities; below investment grade debt (including debt securities commonly referred to as “high yield” or “junk bonds”); debt securities issued by domestic or foreign (including emerging market) corporate or other issuers; obligations of foreign (including emerging market) sovereigns or their agencies or instrumentalities; supra-national obligations; CLOs, including CRE CLOs; equity, mortgage, or hybrid real estate investment trust (“REIT”) securities; bank loans and assignments and other fixed and floating rate loans (including, among others, senior loans, second lien or other subordinated or unsecured loans, delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities); municipal securities and other debt securities issued by state or local governments and their agencies, authorities and by other government-sponsored enterprises; payment-in-kind securities; zero-coupon bonds; convertible bonds and securities; inflation-indexed bonds; structured notes and other hybrid instruments; credit-linked trust certificates; preferred securities; commercial paper; and cash and cash equivalents. The Fund may also invest without limit in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored corporations; however, the Fund expects initially, and may thereafter continue, to invest substantially in debt securities and other income-producing investments that involve substantially greater credit risk than those investments. The rate of interest on the debt and other income-producing investments that the Fund may purchase may be fixed, floating, or variable.

The Fund may invest in mortgage-backed securities of any kind. Mortgage-backed securities may include, among other things, securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored corporations or securities of domestic or foreign private issuers. Mortgage-backed securities may be issued or guaranteed by banks or other financial institutions, other private issuers, special-purpose vehicles established for such purpose, or government agencies or instrumentalities. Privately-issued mortgage-backed securities include any mortgage-backed security other than those issued or guaranteed as to principal or interest by the U.S. Government or its agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored corporations. Mortgage-backed securities may include, without limitation, interests in pools of residential mortgages or commercial mortgages, and may relate to domestic or non-U.S. mortgages. Mortgage-backed securities also include, but are not limited to, securities representing interests in, collateralized or backed by, or whose values are determined in whole or in part by reference to, any number of mortgages or pools of mortgages or the payment experience of such mortgages or pools of mortgages, including Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits (“REMICs”), which could include re-securitizations of REMICs (“Re-REMICs”), credit default swaps, mortgage pass-through securities, mortgage servicing rights, inverse floaters, collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”), multiclass



 

4


Table of Contents

pass-through securities, private mortgage pass-through securities, stripped mortgage securities (generally interest-only and principal-only securities), credit risk transfer securities, and debt instruments collateralized or secured by other mortgage-related assets. The collateral backing mortgage-backed securities in which the Fund may invest may include, without limitation, performing, non-performing and/or re-performing loans, non-qualifying mortgage loans, and loans secured by a single asset and issued by a single borrower. The commercial mortgage-backed securities in which the Fund may invest may also include securitizations backed by a single mortgage on a single property. The Fund may invest in bonds, including unguaranteed mezzanine bonds and subordinate bonds, securitized through Freddie Mac’s “K-Deal” program, which securitizes mortgage loans backed by multi-family apartment properties. See “The Fund” on page 53 for further details.

The Fund may invest in asset-backed securities of any type, including securitizations of a wide variety of non-mortgage-related receivables, such as credit card and automobile finance receivables, student loans, consumer loans, loans issued or sponsored by online or similar retail or alternative lending platforms, installment loan contracts, home equity loans, mobile home loans, boat loans, business and small business loans, project finance loans, airplane leases, and leases of various other types of real and personal property, and other income streams, such as income from renewable energy projects and franchise rights. The loans underlying the asset-backed securities and similar obligations in which the Fund may invest may include loans that contain fewer or less restrictive constraints on the borrower than certain other types of loans (“covenant-lite” loans) and loans of subprime quality.

In pursuing its investment objective, the Fund may invest significantly in residential and/or commercial real estate or mortgage-related loans, consumer loans, business and small business loans, construction or project finance loans, or other types of loans, which loans may include secured and unsecured notes, senior loans, second lien loans or other types of subordinated loans, or mezzanine loans, any of which may be covenant-lite or loans of subprime quality. The Fund may make direct investments in individual loans or in pools of loans and in whole loans as well as in loan participations or assignments. In addition, although the Fund has no present intention to do so, the Fund may itself or in conjunction with others originate any of the foregoing types of loans. The Fund may also be involved in, or finance, the origination of loans to corporations, other legal entities or individuals, including foreign entities and individuals.

The Fund may invest in any level of the capital structure of an issuer of mortgage- or asset-backed securities, including subordinated or residual tranches and the equity or “first loss” tranche (such as the “E Notes” of aircraft asset-backed securities). The Fund may invest in mortgage- or asset-backed securities that are designed to have leveraged investment exposure to the underlying mortgages or assets. The Fund may also gain or adjust its exposure to mortgage- or asset-backed securities through derivatives, such as credit default swap or futures transactions. The Fund may also invest in credit risk transfer securities that, while not backed by mortgage loans, have credit exposure to a pool of mortgage loans acquired by the government-sponsored entity or private entity issuing the securities.

Certain mortgage- and other asset-backed securities in which the Fund may invest may represent an inverse interest-only class of security for which the holders are entitled to receive no payments of principal and are entitled only to receive interest at a rate that will vary inversely with a specified index or reference rate, or a multiple thereof.

The Fund may invest in debt instruments of any credit quality and may invest without limit in debt securities that are at the time of investment rated below investment grade or unrated securities judged by DoubleLine to be of comparable quality. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Fund will not acquire any corporate bond, CLO, corporate loan, or sovereign and quasi sovereign obligation that is rated at the time of investment Caa1 or below by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and CCC+ or below by S&P Global Ratings (“S&P”) or Fitch, Inc. (“Fitch”) or any such securities that are unrated if it would cause the Fund to have more than 20% of its total



 

5


Table of Contents

managed assets invested in such investments. The 20% limitation does not apply to rated or unrated mortgage- and asset-backed securities of any kind (e.g. commercial mortgage backed securities and residential mortgage backed securities) or loans or other obligations secured, collateralized or supported by real estate or real estate related assets of any kind (e.g., mortgages). In addition, the Fund will not purchase securities that are in default as to the repayment of principal and/or interest at the time of acquisition by the Fund.

The Fund expects initially, and may thereafter continue, to invest substantially in debt instruments of below investment grade quality (including debt securities commonly referred to as “high yield” securities or “junk bonds”) and unrated instruments. Because of the Fund’s investments in debt instruments rated below investment grade and in unrated securities, investors in the Fund should expect that adverse developments affecting the market for below investment grade debt and unrated securities and/or issuers of those investments will have a substantial and adverse effect on the value of the Fund’s portfolio. Debt securities of below investment grade quality are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and to repay principal. Securities rated Ba1 or below by Moody’s and BB+ or below by S&P or Fitch are considered vulnerable to nonpayment and their issuers to be dependent on favorable business, financial and economic conditions to meet their financial commitments. Some or all of the unrated instruments in which the Fund may invest will involve credit risk comparable to or greater than that of rated debt securities of below investment grade quality. In the case of split ratings, DoubleLine will categorize the security according to the highest rating assigned. See “The Fund” on page 53 for further details.

The Fund will normally invest at least 25% of its total assets in issuers involved in one or more real estate-related industries. Investments in issuers involved in real estate-related industries include, without limitation, investments in mortgage-related obligations issued or guaranteed by government agencies or other government entities or by private originators or issuers; instruments of any kind that are backed by or that provide exposure to one or more real estate-related mortgages; interests in issuers that deal in, hold, or invest in mortgages, real estate, or other real estate-related assets; real estate investment trusts of any kind; instruments whose performance is based on or relates to payments made on real estate mortgages or other real estate-related obligations; instruments secured by any interest in real estate; and other investments that the Adviser determines provide exposure to real estate or one or more of the foregoing.

The Fund may invest without limit in securities of foreign issuers and may invest up to 30% of its total managed assets in securities of issuers domiciled or organized in emerging market countries. For these purposes, an “emerging market country” is a country that, at the time the Fund invests in the related fixed income instruments, is classified as an emerging or developing economy by any supranational organization such as the World Bank or the United Nations, or related entities, or is considered an emerging market country for purposes of constructing a major emerging market securities index. The Fund may take positions in various foreign (non-U.S.) currencies, including by actual holdings of those currencies and through forward, futures, swap, and option contracts with respect to foreign currencies, for hedging, or as a substitute for actual purchases or sales of the currencies in question; the Fund may also invest without limit in investments denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, including the local currencies of emerging markets. The Fund may (but is not required to) attempt to hedge some of its exposure to foreign currencies in order to reduce the risk of loss due to fluctuations in currency exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar.

The Adviser monitors the duration of the Fund’s portfolio securities to seek to assess and, in its discretion, adjust the Fund’s exposure to interest rate risk. However, the Fund may invest in securities of any or no maturity or negative duration, and there are no limits on the duration of the Fund’s portfolio. The Adviser retains broad discretion to modify the Fund’s duration within a wide range, including the discretion to construct a portfolio of investments for the Fund with a negative duration. Duration is a measure of the expected life of a fixed income instrument that is used to determine the sensitivity of a security’s price to changes in interest rates. The Adviser may seek to manage the dollar-weighted average effective duration of the Fund’s portfolio through the use of



 

6


Table of Contents

derivatives and other instruments (including, among others, Treasury futures and other futures contracts, inverse floaters, interest rate swaps, total return swaps, and options, including options on swap agreements (“swaptions”)). The Fund may incur costs in implementing duration management strategies, and there can be no assurance that the Fund will engage in duration management strategies or that any duration management strategy employed by the Fund will be successful.

The Fund may invest in common stocks and other equity securities from time to time, including, among others, those it has received through the conversion of a convertible security held by the Fund or in connection with the restructuring of a debt security. The Fund may invest in securities that have not been registered for public sale, including securities eligible for purchase and sale pursuant to Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and other securities issued in private placements. The Fund also may invest without limit in securities of other open- or closed-end investment companies, including exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) and investment companies sponsored or managed by the Adviser or its related parties. The Fund may invest in securities of companies with small and medium market capitalizations.

Portfolio securities may be sold at any time. Sales may occur when the Adviser determines to take advantage of what it considers to be a better investment opportunity, when the portfolio managers believe the portfolio securities no longer represent relatively attractive investment opportunities, when there is perceived deterioration in the credit fundamentals of the issuer, or when the individual security has reached the portfolio managers’ sell target. The Fund will not invest in securities in default at time of purchase, however, the Fund is not required to sell any securities that default after acquisition.

The Fund’s investment objective may be changed by the Fund’s Board of Trustees (the “Board” or the “Trustees”) without prior notice to or approval of the Fund’s shareholders.

Non-Diversification. The Fund is a “non-diversified” investment company, and so may invest a greater percentage of its assets in the securities of a single issuer than investment companies that are “diversified.” See “Principal Risk Factors—Issuer non-diversification risk.”

Note regarding investment limitations. Where this Prospectus states that the Fund or the Adviser will not, or does not intend to, make investments in excess of a stated percentage of the Fund’s total assets, “total assets” includes amounts of leverage obtained through borrowings, any preferred shares that may be outstanding, the use of reverse repurchase agreements, or dollar roll transactions. With respect to any reverse repurchase agreement or dollar roll transaction, “total assets” includes any proceeds from the sale of an asset of the Fund to a counterparty in such a transaction, in addition to the value of the asset subject to the reverse repurchase agreement or dollar roll transaction, as of the relevant measuring date. Except as otherwise noted, all percentage limitations apply only at the time of investment.

Derivatives

The Fund may use various derivatives strategies for hedging purposes or to gain, or reduce, long or short exposure to one or more asset classes, issuers, currencies or reference assets, or to manage the dollar-weighted average effective duration of the Fund’s portfolio. The Fund also may enter into derivatives transactions with the purpose or effect of creating investment leverage. Although the Fund reserves the right to invest in derivatives of any kind, it currently expects that it may use the following types of derivatives: futures contracts and options on futures contracts, in order to gain efficient long or short investment exposures as an alternative to cash investments or to hedge against portfolio exposures; interest rate swaps, in order to gain indirect long or short exposures to interest rates, issuers, or currencies or to hedge against portfolio exposures; and total return swaps and credit derivatives, put and call options, and exchange-traded and structured notes, in order to take indirect long or short positions on indexes, securities, currencies, commodities or other indicators of value or to hedge



 

7


Table of Contents

against portfolio exposures. The Fund may, for hedging purposes or as a substitute for direct long or short investments in debt securities, make use of credit default swaps, which are contracts whereby one party makes periodic payments to a counterparty in exchange for the right to receive from the counterparty a payment equal to the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation in the event of a default by the issuer of the debt obligation. When the Fund acts as a seller of a credit default swap, the Fund or its agents will earmark on its books or segregate liquid assets equal to the full notional amount of the swap agreement. The Fund may engage in short sales, either to earn additional return or to hedge existing investments. Any use of derivatives strategies entails the risks of investing directly in the securities or instruments underlying the derivatives strategies, as well as the risks of using derivatives generally, and in some cases the risks of leverage, described in this Prospectus and in the SAI. The Fund or its agents will earmark or segregate liquid assets on its books against its derivatives exposures to the extent required by law.

Leverage

As soon as reasonably practicable following the completion of the initial public offering of the Fund’s Common Shares, the Fund intends, subject to then favorable market conditions, to add leverage to its portfolio through borrowings, such as loans or lines of credit from banks or other credit facilities, the issuance of preferred shares, or a combination of borrowings and the issuance of preferred shares. However, if the Fund were to issue less than 50,000,000 Common Shares, the Fund would expect, subject to then favorable market conditions, to seek to use leverage in the form of borrowings. If the Fund were to issue approximately 50,000,000 Common Shares or more, the Fund would expect, subject to then favorable market conditions, to seek to use leverage through borrowings, the issuance of preferred shares or a combination of borrowings and the issuance of preferred shares. The Fund may also use reverse repurchase agreements and dollar roll transactions. The Adviser currently expects that the leverage initially obtained through such instruments may represent approximately 25% of the Fund’s total managed assets (including the amounts of leverage obtained through the use of such instruments).

The Fund also may enter into transactions other than borrowings, the issuance of preferred shares, reverse repurchase agreements and dollar roll transactions, that may give rise to a form of leverage or that have leverage embedded in them including, among others, transactions involving credit default swap contracts and/or other transactions. Other such transactions include loans of portfolio securities, transactions involving derivative instruments, short sales and when-issued, delayed delivery, and forward commitment transactions. These transactions may represent a form of investment leverage and will create special risks. The use of these forms of additional leverage will increase the volatility of the Fund’s investment portfolio and could result in larger losses than if the strategies were not used.

Under normal market conditions, the Fund will not (i) issue preferred shares, (ii) borrow money through loans or draw on lines of credit from banks or other credit facilities, (iii) enter into reverse repurchase agreements or dollar roll transactions, or (iv) write credit default swaps with the intention on the part of the Adviser to create investment leverage, if as a result the amount of investment leverage the Adviser determines to be attributable to the activities listed in (i) through (iv) above in the aggregate would exceed 50% of the Fund’s total assets (including, for purposes of the 50% limit, the amounts of leverage obtained through such activities) (the “50% leverage policy”). Written credit default swaps entered into by the Fund to hedge, manage or reduce risk or to equitize a cash position (i.e., obtain investment exposure in an amount equal to or less than the Fund’s position in cash, cash equivalents, high-quality short-term debt instruments and other similar investments) will not be considered to have been made for the purpose of creating investment leverage and therefore will not be subject to the 50% leverage policy; the Adviser generally will determine whether an investment has the effect of creating investment leverage by evaluating the effect of the investment on the exposure and risk profile of the Fund as a whole. It is possible that following the incurrence of any amount of investment leverage, the value of the assets of the Fund will decline due to market conditions or other factors and that the 50% leverage limit will as a result



 

8


Table of Contents

be exceeded. In that case, the leverage risk to holders of Common Shares (“Common Shareholders”) will increase. See “Leverage” and “Principal Risk Factors—Leverage risk.”

There is no assurance that a line of credit, borrowings or other forms of leverage will in fact be established; any such line of credit, borrowings or other forms of leverage would be subject to renewal periodically, and there can be no assurance that the form of leverage could be renewed in the future.

The Fund will use leverage opportunistically and may choose to increase, decrease, or eliminate its use of leverage over time and from time to time based on DoubleLine’s assessment of the yield curve environment, interest rate trends, market conditions, and other factors. There is no assurance that the Fund will issue preferred shares, borrow money through loans or draw on lines of credit from banks or other credit facilities, enter into reverse repurchase agreements, or dollar roll transactions and/or use other forms of leverage. If used, there is no assurance that the Fund’s leveraging strategies will be successful. The use of leverage will increase the volatility of the performance of the Fund’s investment portfolio and could result in the Fund experiencing greater losses than if leverage were not used. The net proceeds the Fund obtains from the use of leverage will be invested in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and policies as described in this Prospectus. So long as the rate of return, net of applicable Fund expenses, on the investments purchased by the Fund exceeds the costs of such leverage to the Fund, the use of leverage should help the Fund to achieve an investment return greater than it would if it were not leveraged, although use of leverage may result in losses greater than if the Fund had not used leverage.

Leveraging is a speculative technique and there are special risks and costs involved. The Fund cannot assure you that any use of borrowings, an issuance of preferred shares, the use of reverse repurchase agreements, or dollar roll transactions, and/or the use of derivatives strategies will result in a higher investment return on your Common Shares, and it may result in losses. When leverage is used, the net asset value (“NAV”) and market price of the Common Shares and the yield to Common Shareholders will be more volatile. In addition, fees and expenses of repurchase agreements and borrowings, any future issuance of preferred shares, and other forms of leverage borne by the Fund are borne entirely by the Common Shareholders and not by preferred shareholders, if any, and will reduce the investment return of the Common Shares.

The 1940 Act generally prohibits the Fund from engaging in most forms of leverage representing indebtedness unless immediately after the issuance of the leverage the Fund has satisfied the asset coverage test with respect to senior securities representing indebtedness prescribed by the 1940 Act; that is, the value of the Fund’s total assets less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities (for these purposes, “total net assets”) is at least 300% of the senior securities representing indebtedness (effectively limiting the use of leverage through senior securities representing indebtedness to 33 1/3% of the Fund’s total net assets, including assets attributable to such leverage). In addition, the Fund is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its Common Shares unless, at the time of such declaration, this asset coverage test is satisfied with respect to indebtedness other than certain privately arranged debt that is not intended to be publicly distributed. The Fund may (but is not required to) cover its commitments under derivatives instruments by the segregation of liquid assets, or by entering into offsetting transactions or owning positions covering its obligations. To the extent that certain of these instruments are so covered, they will not be considered “senior securities” under the 1940 Act and therefore will not be subject to the 300% asset coverage requirement of the 1940 Act otherwise applicable to forms of senior securities representing indebtedness used by the Fund. However, such instruments, even if covered, represent a form of economic leverage and create special risks. The use of these forms of leverage increases the volatility of the Fund’s investment portfolio and could result in larger losses to Common Shareholders than if these strategies were not used. See “Principal Risk Factors—Leverage risk.”



 

9


Table of Contents

The Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) has proposed a new rule that would replace present SEC and SEC staff regulatory guidance related to limits on a registered investment company’s use of derivative instruments and certain other transactions, such as short sales and reverse repurchase agreements. There is no assurance that the rule will be adopted. The proposed rule would, among other things, limit the ability of the Fund to enter into derivative transactions and certain other transactions if the effect would be to increase the Fund’s value at risk (“VaR”) beyond a multiple of the VaR of a designated, unleveraged reference index or, alternatively, a percentage of the Fund’s net assets. These limitations may substantially curtail the Fund’s ability to use derivative instruments and inhibit the Adviser’s ability to establish what it views as the optimal level of leverage for the Fund, especially when the Fund has issued preferred shares or has borrowings, reverse repurchase agreements or similar transactions outstanding. If the proposed rule is adopted, the Fund might not be able to use derivative instruments, reverse repurchase agreements and other transactions involving leverage to the same extent as if the current regulatory structure had remained in place, and the ability of the Adviser to pursue the Fund’s investment objective as currently anticipated, and the Fund’s long-term investment performance, might be adversely affected. The risks described in this Prospectus relating to the Fund’s use of derivatives and other financial instruments, including Leverage Risk, would continue to apply generally if the rule were adopted as proposed.

Additional or other new regulations or guidance issued by the SEC or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”) or their staffs could, among other things, restrict the Fund’s ability to engage in leveraging and derivatives transactions (for example, by making certain types of derivatives transactions no longer available to the Fund) and/or increase the costs of such leveraging and derivatives transactions (for example, by increasing margin or capital requirements), and the Fund may be unable to execute its investment strategy as a result. The Fund’s ability to utilize derivatives and leverage may also be limited by asset coverage requirements applicable to the use of certain transactions that may involve leverage, restrictions imposed by the Fund’s creditors, and guidelines or restrictions imposed by rating agencies that provide ratings for preferred shares or in connection with liquidity arrangements for preferred shares.

The Fund’s ability to utilize derivatives and leverage may also be limited by asset coverage requirements applicable to the use of certain transactions that may involve leverage, restrictions imposed by the Fund’s creditors, and guidelines or restrictions imposed by rating agencies that provide ratings for preferred shares or in connection with liquidity arrangements for preferred shares.

Because the fees received by the Adviser are based on the total managed assets of the Fund (including assets attributable to any reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions, or similar transactions, borrowings, and preferred shares that may be outstanding) minus accrued liabilities (other than liabilities in respect of reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions, or similar transactions, and borrowings), there is a financial incentive for the Adviser to cause the Fund to use leverage, which creates a conflict of interest between the Adviser, on the one hand, and the Common Shareholders, on the other hand.

Please see “Leverage” and “Principal Risk Factors—Leverage risk” in the body of this Prospectus for additional information regarding the Fund’s use of leverage and related risks.

Investment Adviser

DoubleLine, with offices at 333 South Grand Avenue, Suite 1800, Los Angeles, California 90071, serves as the investment adviser of the Fund. Subject to the oversight of the Board, the Adviser is responsible for managing, either directly or through others selected by it, the investment activities of the Fund and the Fund’s business affairs. The Adviser will receive an annual management fee, computed and paid monthly, in an amount equal to 1.35% of the Fund’s average daily total managed assets. “Total managed assets” means the total assets of the Fund (including assets attributable to any reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar



 

10


Table of Contents

transactions, borrowings, and preferred shares that may be outstanding) minus accrued liabilities (other than liabilities in respect of reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions, or similar transactions, and borrowings). For purposes of calculating “total managed assets,” the liquidation preference of any preferred shares outstanding shall not be considered a liability. With respect to any reverse repurchase agreement, dollar roll or similar transaction, “total managed assets” includes any proceeds from the sale of an asset of the Fund to a counterparty in such a transaction, in addition to the value of the asset subject to the reverse repurchase agreement or dollar roll transaction, as of the relevant measuring date. Cash and cash equivalents are included when calculating the Fund’s total managed assets. For purposes of calculating total managed assets, the Fund’s derivative investments generally will be valued based on their market value (i.e., the notional value of such investments will not be used for purposes of calculating total managed assets). The average daily total managed assets of the Fund for any month is determined by taking an average of all of the determinations of total managed assets during such month at the close of business on each business day during such month.

The Adviser was co-founded by Jeffrey E. Gundlach and Philip A. Barach in December 2009. As of December 31, 2019, the Adviser had approximately $148.4 billion of assets under management.

Administrator

U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, with offices at 777 E. Wisconsin Avenue Milwaukee, WI 53202 and doing business as U.S. Bank Global Fund Services, (“USBGFS” or the “Administrator”) is the Fund’s administrator, fund accountant and transfer agent pursuant to a Master Services Agreement (the “Master Services Agreement”) among the Fund and USBGFS. As administrator, USBGFS provides certain services, including, among other things, certain compliance monitoring services; furnishing the Fund with various services required by the Fund’s operations; compiling data for and preparing filings or notices to the SEC; calculating the Fund’s daily NAV, providing pricing information and certain other financial data; preparing reports that are required by the securities, investment, tax or other laws and regulations of the United States; coordinating federal and state tax returns; monitoring the Fund’s expense accruals; and generally assisting in the overall operations of the Fund. U.S. Bank National Association (the “Custodian”), an affiliate of USBGFS, serves as custodian for the Fund and is responsible for maintaining custody of the Fund’s cash and investments. The Fund will pay USBGFS and the Custodian a combined aggregate asset based fee, payable monthly, at the annual rate of 0.02% of the Fund’s average total managed assets. For these purposes, the Fund’s average total managed assets will be calculated in the same manner as they are for purposes of calculating the fee payable under the investment management agreement (the “Investment Management Agreement”). See “Management of the Fund—Investment Management Agreement.” The Fund will also pay the Custodian additional charges for transactions in book-entry securities, repurchase agreements, short sales, options, futures, mutual funds, margin variation, physical security transactions and segregated accounts and reimburse USBGFS and the Custodian for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in performing their duties under the Master Services Agreement and the Custody Agreement.

Distributions

The Fund intends to declare and pay distributions from its net investment income monthly. The Fund also expects to make a distribution during or with respect to each calendar year (which may be combined with a regular monthly distribution), which will generally include any net investment income and net realized capital gain for the year not otherwise distributed previously. The tax treatment and characterization of the Fund’s distributions may vary significantly from time to time because of the varied nature of the Fund’s investments. The tax characterization of the Fund’s distributions made in a taxable year cannot finally be determined until at or after the end of the year. If the total distributions made in any taxable year exceed the sum of the Fund’s (i) investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)) and net tax-exempt income, determined in each case without regard to the deduction for



 

11


Table of Contents

dividends paid, and (ii) net capital gains (defined as net long-term gains in excess of net short-term losses, in each case taking into account any loss carryforwards), such excess distributed amount would be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes first as a tax-free return of capital to Common Shareholders to the extent of their adjusted tax basis in the Common Shares. After such adjusted tax basis is reduced to zero, the distribution would constitute capital gain (assuming the shares are held as capital assets). In general terms, a return of capital would involve a situation where a Fund distribution (or a portion thereof) represents a return of a portion of the Common Shareholder’s investment, rather than net income or capital gains generated from his or her investment during a particular period. Although return of capital distributions may not be taxable, such distributions would reduce the basis of a shareholder’s Common Shares and therefore may increase a shareholder’s tax liability for capital gains upon a sale of Common Shares. See “Tax Matters.” Returns of capital cause less of the Common Shareholders’ assets to be invested in the Fund and thereby potentially increase the Fund’s expense ratio over time. The distribution policy may cause the Fund to sell a security at a time it would not otherwise do so in order to manage the distribution of income and gain.

The Fund’s initial distribution is expected to be declared approximately 30 to 45 days after the completion of this offering and paid approximately 60 to 90 days after the completion of the offering, depending on market conditions. See “Distributions.” The initial distributions by the Fund may consist primarily of a return of capital depending on the timing of the investment of the proceeds of this offering.

Section 19(b) of the 1940 Act limits the number of times the Fund may distribute long-term capital gains in any tax year, which may increase the variability of the Fund’s distributions and result in certain distributions being comprised more or less heavily than others of long-term capital gains currently eligible for favorable income tax rates.

Although the Fund does not presently intend to do so, the Fund may in the future apply for an order granting an exemption from Section 19(b) of the 1940 Act, and Rule 19b-1 thereunder to permit the Fund to include realized long-term capital gains as a part of its regular distributions to Common Shareholders more frequently than would otherwise be permitted by the 1940 Act (generally once per taxable year). There is no assurance that the SEC would grant the Fund’s request for such an exemptive order if such a request were made. If the Fund fails to receive the requested relief and the Fund is unable to include realized capital gains in regular distributions more frequently than would otherwise be permitted by the 1940 Act, it is possible that the Fund’s distribution policy, as set forth above, will otherwise be adversely affected.

If the Fund were to receive the exemptive order discussed above, the Fund may, but will not necessarily, seek to pay distributions generally at a rate based on a fixed percentage of the Common Shares’ NAV at a particular time (a “managed distribution policy”). Any such managed distribution policy may be modified by the Board from time to time. If the Fund were to seek to make distributions under a managed distribution policy, it would typically be intended to result in the payment of approximately the same percentage of the Fund’s NAV to Common Shareholders each month. Section 19(a) of the 1940 Act and Rule 19a-1 thereunder require the Fund to provide a written statement accompanying any such payment that adequately discloses its source or sources. Thus, if the source of the dividend or other distribution were the original capital contribution of the Common Shareholder, and the payment amounted to a return of capital, the Fund would be required to provide written disclosure to that effect. Nevertheless, persons who periodically receive the payment of a dividend or other distribution may be under the impression that they are receiving net profits when they are not. Common Shareholders should read any written disclosure provided pursuant to Section 19(a) and Rule 19a-1 carefully, and should not assume that the source of any distribution from the Fund is net income or net profit. In addition, in cases where the Fund would return capital to Common Shareholders, such a distribution may bear on the Fund’s ability to maintain its asset coverage requirements and to pay the dividends on any preferred shares that the Fund may issue, if ever. See “Distributions.”



 

12


Table of Contents

The Fund is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its Common Shares unless, at the time of such declaration, the Fund satisfies the asset coverage test with respect to senior securities representing indebtedness or senior securities that are stocks, if any, as prescribed by the 1940 Act. See “Leverage” for more information.

Unless the registered owner of Common Shares elects to receive cash by contacting USBGFS, all distributions will be reinvested in Common Shares of the Fund in accordance with the Fund’s automatic dividend reinvestment plan. The Fund may pay distributions from sources that may not be available in the future and that are unrelated to the Fund’s performance, such as from offering proceeds and/or borrowings. See “Distributions” and “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”

Although it does not currently intend to do so, the Board may change the Fund’s distribution policy and the amount or timing of distributions, based on a number of factors, including the amount of the Fund’s undistributed net investment income and net short- and long-term capital gains and historical and projected net investment income and net short- and long-term capital gains.

Listing

The Fund anticipates that its Common Shares will be listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), subject to notice of issuance, under the trading or “ticker” symbol “DLY.”

Custodian and Transfer Agent

U.S. Bank National Association (the “Custodian”) will serve as custodian of the Fund’s assets. USBGFS will serve as the Fund’s registrar, transfer agent and dividend disbursement agent.

Market Price of Shares

Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at prices lower than net asset value. Shares of closed-end investment companies have during some periods traded at prices higher than net asset value and during other periods traded at prices lower than net asset value. The Fund cannot assure you that Common Shares will trade at a price equal to or higher than net asset value in the future. Net asset value will be reduced immediately following the offering by the amount of offering expenses paid or reimbursed by the Fund. See “Use of Proceeds.” In addition to net asset value, market price may be affected by factors relating to the Fund such as dividend levels and stability (which will in turn be affected by Fund expenses, including the costs of any leverage used by the Fund, levels of interest payments by the Fund’s portfolio holdings, levels of appreciation/depreciation of the Fund’s portfolio holdings, regulation affecting the timing and character of Fund distributions and other factors), portfolio credit quality, liquidity, call protection, market supply and demand and similar factors relating to the Fund’s portfolio holdings. See “Leverage,” “Principal Risk Factors,” “Description of Shares” and “Repurchase of Common Shares; Conversion to Open-End Fund” in this Prospectus, and see “Repurchase of Common Shares; Conversion to Open-End Fund” in the SAI. The Common Shares are designed for long-term investors and should not be treated as trading vehicles.

Principal Risk Factors

No Prior History

The Fund is a newly organized, non-diversified, limited term closed-end management investment company with no history of operations and is subject to all of the business risks and uncertainties associated with any new business.



 

13


Table of Contents

Market Discount Risk

As with any stock, the price of the Fund’s Common Shares will fluctuate with market conditions and other factors. If you sell your Common Shares, the price received may be more or less than your original investment. The Common Shares are designed for long-term investors and should not be treated as trading vehicles. Shares of closed-end management investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their NAV. The Common Shares may trade at a price that is less than the initial offering price. This risk may be greater for investors who sell their Common Shares relatively shortly after completion of the initial offering. The Fund cannot assure you that Common Shares will trade at a price equal to or higher than NAV in the future, and they may trade at a price lower than NAV. In addition to the Fund’s NAV, the Fund’s market price may be affected by factors related to the Fund such as dividend payments (which will in turn be affected by Fund expenses, including the costs of the Fund’s leverage, amounts of interest payments made by the Fund’s portfolio holdings, appreciation/depreciation of the Fund’s portfolio holdings, regulations affecting the timing and character of Fund distributions, and other factors), portfolio credit quality, liquidity, call protection, market supply and demand and similar factors relating to the Fund’s portfolio holdings. The Fund’s market price may also be affected by general market or economic conditions, including market trends affecting securities values generally or values of closed-end fund shares more specifically.

Limited Term and Tender Offer Risk

Unless the limited term provision of the Fund’s Declaration of Trust is amended by shareholders in accordance with the Declaration of Trust, or unless the Fund completes an Eligible Tender Offer and converts to perpetual existence, the Fund will terminate on or about the Dissolution Date. The Fund is not a so called “target date” or “life cycle” fund whose asset allocation becomes more conservative over time as its target date, often associated with retirement, approaches. In addition, the Fund is not a “target term” fund whose investment objective is to return its original NAV on the Dissolution Date or in an Eligible Tender Offer. The Fund’s investment objective and policies are not designed to seek to return to investors that purchase shares in this offering their initial investment of $20.00 per share on the Dissolution Date or in an Eligible Tender Offer, and such investors and investors that purchase shares after the completion of this offering may receive more or less than their original investment upon dissolution or in an Eligible Tender Offer.

Because the assets of the Fund will be liquidated in connection with the dissolution, the Fund will incur transaction costs in connection with dispositions of portfolio securities. The Fund does not limit its investments to securities having a maturity date prior to the Dissolution Date and may be required to sell portfolio securities when it otherwise would not, including at times when market conditions are not favorable, which may cause the Fund to lose money. In particular, the Fund’s portfolio may still have large exposures to illiquid securities as the Dissolution Date approaches, and losses due to portfolio liquidation may be significant. During the Wind-Down Period, the Fund may begin liquidating all or a portion of the Fund’s portfolio, and the Fund may deviate from its investment strategy and may not achieve its investment objective. As a result, during the Wind-Down Period, the Fund’s distributions may decrease, and such distributions may include a return of capital. It is expected that Common Shareholders will receive cash in any liquidating distribution from the Fund, regardless of their participation in the Fund’s automatic dividend reinvestment plan. However, if on the Dissolution Date the Fund owns securities or other investments for which no market exists or securities or other investments that are trading at depressed prices, such securities or other investments may be placed in a liquidating trust. The Fund cannot predict the amount, if any, of securities or other investments that will be required to be placed in a liquidating trust. The disposition of portfolio investments by the Fund could also cause market prices of such instruments, and hence the NAV and market price of the Common Shares, to decline. In addition, disposition of portfolio investments will cause the Fund to incur increased brokerage and related transaction expenses.



 

14


Table of Contents

Moreover, in conducting such portfolio transactions, the Fund may need to deviate from its investment policies and may not achieve its investment objective. The Fund’s portfolio composition may change as its portfolio holdings mature or are called or sold in anticipation of an Eligible Tender Offer or the Dissolution Date. During such period(s), it is possible that the Fund will hold a greater percentage of its total assets in shorter term and lower yielding securities and cash and cash equivalents than it would otherwise, which may impede the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective and adversely impact the Fund’s performance and distributions to Common Shareholders, which may in turn adversely impact the market value of the Common Shares. In addition, the Fund may be required to reduce its leverage, which could also adversely impact its performance. The additional cash or cash equivalents held by the Fund could be obtained through reducing the Fund’s distributions to Common Shareholders and/or holding cash in lieu of reinvesting, which could limit the ability of the Fund to participate in new investment opportunities. The Fund does not limit its investments to securities having a maturity date prior to or around the Dissolution Date, which may exacerbate the foregoing risks and considerations. A Common Shareholder may be subject to the foregoing risks over an extended period of time, particularly if the Fund conducts an Eligible Tender Offer and is also subsequently terminated by or around the Dissolution Date.

If the Fund conducts an Eligible Tender Offer, the Fund anticipates that funds to pay the aggregate purchase price of shares accepted for purchase pursuant to the tender offer will be first derived from any cash on hand and then from the proceeds from the sale of portfolio investments held by the Fund. In addition, the Fund may be required to dispose of portfolio investments in connection with any reduction in the Fund’s outstanding leverage necessary in order to maintain the Fund’s desired leverage ratios following a tender offer. The risks related to the disposition of securities in connection with the Fund’s dissolution also would be present in connection with the disposition of securities in connection with an Eligible Tender Offer. It is likely that during the pendency of a tender offer, and possibly for a time thereafter, the Fund will hold a greater than normal percentage of its total assets in cash and cash equivalents, which may impede the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective and decrease returns to shareholders. The tax effect of any such dispositions of portfolio investments will depend on the difference between the price at which the investments are sold and the tax basis of the Fund in the investments. Any capital gains recognized on such dispositions, as reduced by any capital losses the Fund realizes in the year of such dispositions and by any available capital loss carryforwards, will be distributed to shareholders as capital gain dividends (to the extent of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) or ordinary dividends (to the extent of net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses) during or with respect to such year, and such distributions will generally be taxable to Common Shareholders. If the Fund’s tax basis for the investments sold is less than the sale proceeds, the Fund will recognize capital gains, which the Fund will be required to distribute to Common Shareholders. In addition, the Fund’s purchase of tendered Common Shares pursuant to a tender offer will have tax consequences for tendering Common Shareholders and may have tax consequences for non-tendering Common Shareholders. See “Tax Matters” below.

The purchase of Common Shares by the Fund pursuant to a tender offer will have the effect of increasing the proportionate interest in the Fund of non-tendering Common Shareholders. All Common Shareholders remaining after a tender offer may be subject to proportionately higher expenses due to the reduction in the Fund’s total assets resulting from payment for the tendered Common Shares. Such reduction in the Fund’s total assets may result in less investment flexibility, reduced diversification and greater volatility for the Fund, and may have an adverse effect on the Fund’s investment performance. Such reduction in the Fund’s total assets may also cause Common Shares to become thinly traded or otherwise negatively impact secondary trading of Common Shares. A reduction in net assets, and the corresponding increase in the Fund’s expense ratio, could result in lower returns and put the Fund at a disadvantage relative to its peers and potentially cause the Fund’s Common Shares to trade at a wider discount to NAV than it otherwise would. Furthermore, the portfolio of the Fund following an Eligible Tender Offer could be significantly different and, therefore, Common Shareholders retaining an investment in the Fund could be subject to greater risk. For example, the Fund may be required to



 

15


Table of Contents

sell its more liquid, higher quality portfolio investments to purchase Common Shares that are tendered in an Eligible Tender Offer, which would leave a less liquid, lower quality portfolio for remaining shareholders. The prospects of an Eligible Tender Offer may attract arbitrageurs who would purchase the Common Shares prior to the tender offer for the sole purpose of tendering those shares which could have the effect of exacerbating the risks described herein for shareholders retaining an investment in the Fund following an Eligible Tender Offer.

The Fund is not required to conduct an Eligible Tender Offer. If the Fund conducts an Eligible Tender Offer, there can be no assurance that the number of tendered Common Shares would not result in the Fund having aggregate net assets below the Dissolution Threshold, in which case the Eligible Tender Offer will be canceled, no Common Shares will be repurchased pursuant to the Eligible Tender Offer and the Fund will dissolve on the Dissolution Date (subject to possible extensions). Following the completion of an Eligible Tender Offer in which the number of tendered Common Shares would result in the Fund having aggregate net assets greater than or equal to the Dissolution Threshold, the Board may, by a Board Action Vote, eliminate the Dissolution Date and scheduled termination of the Fund without shareholder approval and the Fund would continue to operate indefinitely thereafter. The Adviser has a conflict of interest in recommending to the Board that the Dissolution Date be eliminated and the Fund have a perpetual existence, because the Adviser would continue to earn fees for managing the Fund. The Fund is not required to conduct additional tender offers following an Eligible Tender Offer and conversion to perpetual existence. Therefore, remaining Common Shareholders may not have another opportunity to participate in a tender offer. Shares of closed-end management investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their NAV, and as a result remaining Common Shareholders may only be able to sell their Shares at a discount to NAV.

Leverage Risk

The Fund’s use of leverage (as described under “Leverage” in the body of this Prospectus) creates the opportunity for increased net income and capital appreciation, but also creates special risks for Common Shareholders. There is no assurance that the Fund’s leveraging strategies will be successful. Leverage is a speculative technique that may expose the Fund to greater risk and increased costs. The net proceeds the Fund obtains from its use of borrowings, an issuance of preferred shares, the use of reverse repurchase agreements, or dollar roll transactions will be invested in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and policies as described in this Prospectus. The interest expense payable by the Fund with respect to its reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions, borrowings and/or dividends payable with respect to any outstanding preferred shares may be based on shorter-term interest rates that periodically reset. So long as the Fund’s portfolio investments provide a higher rate of return (net of applicable Fund expenses) than the interest expenses, dividend expenses and other costs to the Fund of such leverage, the investment of the proceeds thereof should generate more income than will be needed to pay the costs of the leverage. If so, and all other things being equal, the excess would be used to pay higher dividends to Common Shareholders than if the Fund were not so leveraged. If, however, interest rates rise relative to the rate of return on the Fund’s portfolio, the interest and other costs to the Fund of leverage, including interest expenses on borrowings, the dividend rate on any outstanding preferred shares and/or the cost of the use of reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls, could exceed the rate of return on the debt obligations and other investments held by the Fund, thereby reducing the return to Common Shareholders. When leverage is used, the NAV and market price of the Common Shares and the investment return to Common Shareholders will likely be more volatile. There can be no assurance that the Fund’s use of leverage will result in a higher investment return on the Common Shares, and it may result in losses. In addition, fees and expenses of any form of leverage used by the Fund will be borne entirely by the Common Shareholders and not by preferred shareholders, if any, and will reduce the investment return of the Common Shares. In addition, any preferred shares issued by the Fund may pay cumulative dividends, which may tend to increase leverage risk.



 

16


Table of Contents

Leverage creates several major types of risks for Common Shareholders, including:

 

   

the likelihood of greater volatility of NAV and market price of Common Shares, and of the investment return to Common Shareholders, than a comparable portfolio without leverage;

 

   

the possibility either that Common Share dividends will fall if the interest and other costs of leverage rise, or that dividends paid on Common Shares will fluctuate because such costs vary over time; and

 

   

the effects of leverage in a declining market or a rising interest rate environment, as leverage is likely to cause a greater decline in the NAV of the Common Shares than if the Fund were not leveraged and may result in a greater decline in the market value of the Common Shares.

In addition, the counterparties to the Fund’s leveraging transactions and any preferred shareholders of the Fund will have priority of payment over the Fund’s Common Shareholders.

The use by the Fund of reverse repurchase agreements and dollar roll transactions to obtain leverage also involves special risks. For instance, the market value of the securities that the Fund is obligated to repurchase under a reverse repurchase agreement may decline below the repurchase price and the securities may not be returned to the Fund. See “Portfolio Contents—Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Dollar Rolls.”

In addition to borrowings, an issuance of preferred shares, reverse repurchase agreements and/or dollar roll transactions, the Fund’s use of other transactions that may give rise to a form of leverage (including, among others, credit default swap contracts and other transactions, loans of portfolio securities, transactions involving derivative instruments, short sales, and when issued, delayed delivery, and forward commitment transactions) gives rise to the associated leverage risks described above, and may adversely affect the Fund’s income, distributions, and total returns to Common Shareholders. The Fund also may seek to offset derivatives positions against one another or against other assets in an attempt to manage effective market exposure resulting from derivatives in its portfolio. To the extent that any positions do not behave in relation to one another as expected by the Adviser, the Fund may perform as if it is leveraged through use of these derivative strategies. See “Leverage.”

Counterparties to the Fund’s other leveraging transactions (e.g., total return swaps, reverse repurchases, loans of portfolio securities, short sales and when-issued, delayed delivery and forward commitment transactions, credit default swaps, basis swaps and other swap agreements, futures and forward contracts, call and put options or other derivatives), if any, would have seniority over the Fund’s Common Shares.

The SEC has issued a proposed rule relating to a registered investment company’s use of derivatives and related instruments that, if adopted, could potentially require the Fund to reduce its use of leverage and/or observe more stringent asset coverage and related requirements than are currently imposed by the 1940 Act, which could adversely affect the value or performance of the Fund and the Common Shares.

The Fund’s ability to utilize derivatives and leverage may also be limited by asset coverage requirements applicable to the use of certain transactions that may involve leverage, restrictions imposed by the Fund’s creditors, and guidelines or restrictions imposed by rating agencies that provide ratings for preferred shares or in connection with liquidity arrangements for preferred shares.

Because the fees received by the Adviser are based on the total managed assets of the Fund (including assets attributable to any reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions, or similar transactions, borrowings, and preferred shares that may be outstanding) minus accrued liabilities (other than liabilities in respect of reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions, or similar transactions, and borrowings), the Adviser has a financial incentive to cause the Fund to use leverage, which creates a conflict of interest between the Adviser, on the one hand, and the Common Shareholders, on the other hand.



 

17


Table of Contents

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Fund may invest in securities that trade in lower volumes and may be less liquid than other investments or that the Fund’s investments may become less liquid in response to market developments or adverse investor perceptions. Illiquidity may be the result of, for example, low trading volumes, lack of a market maker, or contractual or legal restrictions that limit or prevent the Fund from selling securities or closing positions. When there is no willing buyer and investments cannot be readily sold or closed out, the Fund may have to sell an investment at a substantially lower price than the price at which the Fund last valued the investment for purposes of calculating its NAV or may not be able to sell the investments at all, each of which would have a negative effect on the Fund’s performance and may cause the Fund to hold an investment longer than the Adviser would otherwise determine. In addition, if the Fund sells investments with extended settlement times (e.g., certain kinds of loans (see Principal Risk Factors—“Loan risk”)), the settlement proceeds from the sales will not be available to the Fund for a substantial period of time. The Fund may be forced to sell other investment positions with shorter settlement cycles when the Fund would not otherwise have done so, which may adversely affect the Fund’s performance. Additionally, the market for certain investments may become illiquid under adverse market or economic conditions (e.g., if interest rates rise or fall significantly, if there is significant inflation or deflation, increased selling of debt securities generally across other funds, pools and accounts, changes in investor perception, or changes in government intervention in the financial markets) independent of any specific adverse changes in the conditions of a particular issuer. In such cases, shares of the Fund, due to the difficulty in purchasing and selling such securities or instruments, may decline in value or the Fund may be unable to achieve its desired level of exposure to a certain issuer or sector. During periods of substantial market disruption, a large portion of the Fund’s assets could potentially experience significant levels of illiquidity. The values of illiquid investments are often more volatile and may be more difficult to fair value than those of more liquid comparable investments.

Portfolio Management Risk

Portfolio management risk is the risk that an investment strategy may fail to produce the intended results. There can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective. The Adviser’s judgments about the attractiveness, value and potential appreciation of particular asset classes, sectors, securities, or other investments may prove to be incorrect and may not anticipate actual market movements or the impact of economic conditions generally. No matter how well a portfolio manager evaluates market conditions, the investments a portfolio manager chooses may fail to produce the intended result, and you could lose money on your investment in the Fund.

Valuation Risk

Valuation risk is the risk that the Fund will not value its investments in a manner that accurately reflects their market values or that the Fund will not be able to sell any investment at a price equal to the valuation ascribed to that investment for purposes of calculating the Fund’s NAV. The valuation of the Fund’s investments involves subjective judgment and some valuations may involve assumptions, projections, opinions, discount rates, estimated data points and other uncertain or subjective amounts, all of which may prove inaccurate. In addition, the valuation of certain investments held by the Fund may involve the significant use of unobservable and non-market inputs. Certain securities in which the Fund may invest may be more difficult to value accurately, especially during periods of market disruptions or extreme market volatility. As a result, there can be no assurance that fair value pricing will result in adjustments to the prices of securities or other assets, or that fair value pricing will reflect actual market value, and it is possible that the fair value determined for a security or other asset will be materially different from quoted or published prices, from the prices used by others for the same security or other asset and/or from the value that actually could be or is realized upon the sale of that security or other asset.



 

18


Table of Contents

Investment and Market Risk

An investment in Common Shares is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount invested. An investment in Common Shares represents an indirect investment in the securities and other instruments owned by the Fund. The market price of securities and other instruments may go up or down, sometimes rapidly or unpredictably. Securities may decline in value due to factors affecting markets generally, particular industries represented in those markets, or the issuer itself. See “Principal Risk Factors—Issuer risk.” The values of securities may decline due to general market conditions that are not specifically related to a particular issuer, such as real or perceived adverse economic conditions, changes in the general outlook for corporate earnings, changes in interest or currency rates or adverse investor sentiment generally. Equity securities generally have greater price volatility than bonds and other debt securities. Common Shares are subject to the risk that markets will perform poorly or that the returns from the securities in which the Fund invests will underperform returns from the general securities markets or other types of investments. Markets may, in response to governmental actions or intervention, political, economic or market developments, or other external factors, experience periods of high volatility and reduced liquidity. Certain securities may be difficult to value during such periods. The value of securities and other instruments traded in over-the-counter markets, like other market investments, may move up or down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. Further, the value of securities and other instruments held by the Fund may decline in value due to factors affecting securities markets generally or particular industries. These risks may be heightened for fixed income securities due to the current historically low interest rate environment.

Issuer Non-Diversification Risk

As a non-diversified fund, the Fund may invest its assets in a smaller number of issuers than may a diversified fund. Accordingly, the Fund may be more susceptible to any single economic, political, or regulatory occurrence than a diversified fund investing in a broader range of issuers. A decline in the market value of one of the Fund’s investments may affect the Fund’s value more than if the Fund were a diversified fund. Some of the issuers in which the Fund invests also may present substantial credit or other risks. The Fund will be subject to similar risks to the extent that it enters into derivatives transactions with a limited number of counterparties.

Credit Risk

Credit risk is the risk that an issuer or counterparty will fail to pay its obligations to the Fund when they are due. If an investment’s issuer or counterparty fails to pay interest or otherwise fails to meet its obligations to the Fund, the Fund’s income might be reduced and the value of the investment might fall or be lost entirely. Financial strength and solvency of an issuer are the primary factors influencing credit risk. Changes in the financial condition of an issuer or counterparty, changes in specific economic, social or political conditions that affect a particular type of security, other instrument or an issuer, and changes in economic, social or political conditions generally can increase the risk of default by an issuer or counterparty, which can affect a security’s or other instrument’s credit quality or value and an issuer’s or counterparty’s ability to pay interest and principal when due. The values of lower-quality debt securities (including debt securities commonly referred to as “high yield” securities and “junk” bonds) and floating rate loans, tend to be particularly sensitive to these changes. The values of securities also may decline for a number of other reasons that relate directly to the issuer, such as management performance, financial leverage and reduced demand for the issuer’s goods and services, as well as the historical and prospective earnings of the issuer and the value of its assets. Credit risk is heightened to the extent the Fund has fewer counterparties.

In addition, lack of or inadequacy of collateral or credit enhancements for a fixed income security may affect its credit risk. Credit risk of a security may change over time, and securities which are rated by rating agencies may be subject to downgrade, which may have an indirect impact on the market price of securities.



 

19


Table of Contents

Ratings are only opinions of the agencies issuing them as to the likelihood of re-payment. They are not guarantees as to quality and they do not reflect market risk.

Interest Rate Risk

Interest rate risk is the risk that debt instruments will change in value because of changes in interest rates. The value of an instrument with a longer duration (whether positive or negative) will be more sensitive to changes in interest rates than a similar instrument with a shorter duration. Bonds and other debt instruments typically have a positive duration. The value of a debt instrument with positive duration will generally decline if interest rates increase. Certain other investments, such as inverse floaters and certain derivative instruments, may have a negative duration. The value of instruments with a negative duration will generally decline if interest rates decrease. Inverse floaters, interest-only and principal-only securities are especially sensitive to interest rate changes, which can affect not only their prices but can also change the income flows and repayment assumptions about those investments. In recent years, the U.S. has experienced historically low interest rates, increasing the exposure of bond investors to the risks associated with rising interest rates. The prices of long-term debt obligations generally fluctuate more than prices of short-term debt obligations as interest rates change. Because the Fund’s weighted average effective duration generally will fluctuate as interest rates change, the Common Share NAV and market price per share may tend to fluctuate more in response to changes in market interest rates than if the Fund invested mainly in short-term debt securities. During periods of rising interest rates, the average life of certain types of securities may extend due to lower than expected rates of pre-payments, which could cause the securities’ durations to extend and expose the securities to more price volatility. This may lock in a below market yield, increase the security’s duration and reduce the securities’ value. In addition to directly affecting debt securities, rising interest rates also may have an adverse effect on the value of any equity securities held by the Fund. The Fund’s use of leverage, as described below, will tend to increase Common Share interest rate risk. DoubleLine may use certain strategies, including investments in structured notes or interest rate futures contracts or swap, cap, floor or collar transactions, for the purpose of reducing the interest rate sensitivity of the Fund’s portfolio, although there is no assurance that it will do so or that such strategies will be successful.

Yield curve risk is the risk associated with either a flattening or steepening of the yield curve. The yield curve is a representation of market interest rates of obligations with durations of different lengths. When the yield curve is “steep,” longer-term obligations bear higher rates of interest than similar shorter-term obligations; when the curve “flattens,” the difference between those interest rates is reduced. If the yield curve is “inverted,” longer term obligations bear lower interest rates than shorter term obligations. If the Fund’s portfolio is structured to perform favorably in a particular interest rate environment, a change in the yield curve could result in losses to the Fund.

Variable and floating rate debt securities are generally less sensitive to interest rate changes, but may decline in value if their interest rates do not rise as much, or as quickly, as interest rates in general. Conversely, floating rate securities will not generally increase in value if interest rates decline. Inverse floating rate debt securities may decrease in value if interest rates increase. Inverse floating rate debt securities also may exhibit greater price volatility than a fixed rate debt obligation with similar credit quality. When the Fund holds variable or floating rate securities, a decrease (or, in the case of inverse floating rate securities, an increase) in market interest rates will adversely affect the income received from such securities and the NAV of the Common Shares.

Debt Securities Risk

In addition to certain of the other risks described herein such as interest rate risk and credit risk, debt securities generally also are subject to the following risks:

 

   

Redemption Risk—Debt securities sometimes contain provisions that allow for redemption in the event of tax or security law changes in addition to call features at the option of the issuer. In the event of a redemption, the Fund may not be able to reinvest the proceeds at comparable rates of return.



 

20


Table of Contents
   

Extension Risk—This is the risk that if interest rates rise, repayments of principal on certain debt securities, including, but not limited to, floating rate loans and mortgage-related securities, may occur at a slower rate than expected and the expected maturity of those securities could lengthen as a result. Securities that are subject to extension risk generally have a greater potential for loss when prevailing interest rates rise, which could cause their values to fall sharply.

 

   

Liquidity Risk—Certain debt securities may be substantially less liquid than many other securities, such as U.S. Government securities or common shares or other equity securities.

 

   

Spread Risk—Wider credit spreads and decreasing market values typically represent a deterioration of the debt security’s credit soundness and a perceived greater likelihood or risk of default by the issuer.

 

   

Limited Voting Rights—Debt securities typically do not provide any voting rights, except in some cases when interest payments have not been made and the issuer is in default. Even in such cases, such rights may be limited to the terms of the debenture or other agreements.

 

   

Prepayment/Reinvestment Risk—Many types of debt securities, including floating rate loans, mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities, may reflect an interest in periodic payments made by borrowers. Although debt securities and other obligations typically mature after a specified period of time, borrowers may pay them off sooner. When a prepayment happens, all or a portion of the obligation will be prepaid. A borrower is more likely to prepay an obligation which bears a relatively high rate of interest. This means that in times of declining interest rates, there is a greater likelihood that the Fund’s higher yielding securities will be pre-paid and the Fund will probably be unable to reinvest those proceeds in an investment with as great a yield, causing the Fund’s yield to decline. Securities subject to prepayment risk generally offer less potential for gains when prevailing interest rates fall. If the Fund buys those investments at a premium, accelerated prepayments on those investments could cause the Fund to lose a portion of its principal investment and result in lower yields to shareholders. The increased likelihood of prepayment when interest rates decline also limits market price appreciation, especially with respect to certain loans, mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities. The effect of prepayments on the price of a security may be difficult to predict and may increase the security’s price volatility. Interest-only and principal-only securities are especially sensitive to interest rate changes, which can affect not only their prices but can also change the income flows and repayment assumptions about those investments. Income from the Fund’s portfolio may decline when the Fund invests the proceeds from investment income, sales of portfolio securities or matured, traded or called debt obligations. A decline in income received by the Fund from its investments is likely to have a negative effect on the dividend levels and market price, NAV and/or overall return of the Common Shares.

The Fund’s investments in debt securities may include, but are not limited to, senior, junior, secured and unsecured bonds, notes and other debt securities, and may be fixed rate, floating rate, zero coupon and inflation linked, among other things. The Fund may invest in convertible bonds, which are fixed income securities that are exercisable into other debt or equity securities, and “synthetic” convertible securities, which are created through a combination of separate securities that possess the two principal characteristics of a traditional convertible security, i.e., an income-producing security (“income-producing component”) and the right to acquire an equity security (“convertible component”). The market value of a debt security may be affected by the credit rating of the issuer, the issuer’s performance, perceptions of the issuer in the market place, management performance, financial leverage and reduced demand for the issuer’s goods and services. There is a risk that the issuers of the debt securities in which the Fund may invest may not be able to meet their obligations on interest or principal payments at the time called for by an instrument.

The Adviser manages a wide variety of accounts and investment strategies. Investments made on behalf of one client or strategy can raise conflict of interest issues with other of the Adviser’s clients or strategies. For



 

21


Table of Contents

example, the Adviser may cause a client to purchase an issuer’s debt security and cause another client to purchase a different debt security of the same issuer, such as a different bond of the issuer or different tranche of a mortgage-backed security that is subordinated to the investment held by other clients. Please refer to the section of the SAI entitled “Portfolio Managers—Conflicts of Interest” for more information.

Mortgage-Backed Securities Risks

Mortgage-backed securities include, among other things, participation interests in pools of residential mortgage loans purchased from individual lenders by a federal agency or originated and issued by private lenders and involve, among others, the following risks:

Credit and Market Risks of Mortgage-Backed Securities. Investments by the Fund in fixed rate and floating rate mortgage-backed securities will entail credit risks (i.e., the risk of non-payment of interest and principal) and market risks (i.e., the risk that interest rates and other factors could cause the value of the instrument to decline). Some issuers or servicers of mortgage-backed securities guarantee timely payment of interest and principal on the securities, whether or not payments are made when due on the underlying mortgages. This kind of guarantee generally increases the quality of a security, but does not mean that the security’s market value and yield will not change. The values of mortgage-backed securities may change because of changes in the market’s perception of the credit quality of the assets held by the issuer of the mortgage-backed securities or an entity, if any, providing credit support in respect of the mortgage-backed securities. In addition, an unexpectedly high rate of defaults on the mortgages held by a mortgage pool may limit substantially the pool’s ability to make payments of principal or interest to the Fund as a holder of such securities, reducing the values of those securities or in some cases rendering them worthless. The Fund also may purchase securities that are not guaranteed or subject to any credit support. An investment in a privately issued mortgage-backed security is generally less liquid and subject to greater credit risks than an investment in a mortgage-backed security that is issued or otherwise guaranteed by a federal government agency or sponsored corporation.

Mortgage-backed securities may be structured similarly to collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”) and may be subject to similar risks. For example, the cash flows from the collateral held by the mortgage-backed security may be split into two or more portions, called tranches, varying in risk and yield. Senior tranches are paid from the cash flows from the underlying assets before the junior tranches and equity or “first loss” tranches. Losses are first borne by the equity tranches, next by the junior tranches, and finally by the senior tranches. Interest holders in senior tranches are entitled to the lowest interest rates but are generally subject to less credit risk than more junior tranches because, should there be any default, senior tranches are typically paid first. The most junior tranches, such as equity tranches, typically are due to be paid the highest interest rates but suffer the highest risk of loss should the holder of an underlying mortgage loan default. If some loans default and the cash collected by the issuer of the mortgage-backed security is insufficient to pay all of its investors, those in the lowest, most junior tranches suffer losses first. See “Principal Risk Factors—Collateralized Debt Obligations Risk” in this Prospectus and “Mortgage-Backed and Asset-Backed Securities—Collateralized Debt Obligations” in the SAI for more information.

Like bond investments, the value of fixed rate mortgage-backed securities will tend to rise when interest rates fall, and fall when rates rise. Floating rate mortgage-backed securities generally tend to have more moderate changes in price when interest rates rise or fall, but their current yield will generally be affected. In addition, the mortgage-backed securities market in general may be adversely affected by changes in governmental legislation or regulation. Factors that could affect the value of a mortgage-backed security include, among other things, the types and amounts of insurance which an individual mortgage or that specific mortgage-backed security carries, the default and delinquency rate of the mortgage pool, the amount of time the mortgage loan has been outstanding, the loan-to-value ratio of each mortgage and the amount of overcollateralization or undercollateralization of a mortgage pool.



 

22


Table of Contents

The residential mortgage market in the United States has experienced difficulties at times, and the same or similar events may adversely affect the performance and market value of certain of the Fund’s mortgage-related investments. Delinquencies and losses on residential mortgage loans (especially subprime and second-lien mortgage loans) generally increased in the last recession and potentially could begin to increase again. A decline in or flattening of housing values (as was experienced recently and may continue to be experienced in many housing markets) may exacerbate such delinquencies and losses. Borrowers with adjustable rate mortgage loans may be more sensitive to changes in interest rates, which affect their monthly mortgage payments, and may be unable to secure replacement mortgages at comparably low interest rates. Reduced investor demand for mortgage-related securities could result in limited new issuances of mortgage-related securities and limited liquidity in the secondary market for mortgage-related securities, which can adversely affect the market value of mortgage-related securities and limit the availability of attractive investment opportunities for the Fund.

The values of mortgage-backed securities may be substantially dependent on the servicing of the underlying mortgage pools, and therefore are subject to risks associated with the negligence or malfeasance by their servicers and to the credit risk of their servicers. In certain circumstances, the mishandling of related documentation also may affect the rights of security holders in and to the underlying collateral.

Some government sponsored mortgage-related securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. The Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”), the principal guarantor of such securities, is a wholly owned United States government corporation within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. Other government-sponsored mortgage-related securities are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States government. Issuers of such securities include Fannie Mae (formally known as the Federal National Mortgage Association) and Freddie Mac (formally known as the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation). Fannie Mae is a government-sponsored corporation which is subject to general regulation by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development. Pass-through securities issued by Fannie Mae are guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest by Fannie Mae. Freddie Mac is a stockholder-owned corporation chartered by Congress and subject to general regulation by the Department of Housing and Urban Development. Participation certificates representing interests in mortgages from Freddie Mac’s national portfolio are guaranteed as to the timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of principal by Freddie Mac. The U.S. government has provided financial support to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac in the past, but there can be no assurances that it will support these or other government-sponsored entities in the future.

Liquidity Risk of Mortgage-Backed Securities. The liquidity of mortgage-backed securities varies by type of security; at certain times the Fund may encounter difficulty in disposing of such investments. Investments in privately issued mortgage-backed securities may have less liquidity than mortgage-backed securities that are issued by a federal government agency or sponsored corporation. Because mortgage-backed securities have the potential to be less liquid than other securities, the Fund may be more susceptible to liquidity risks than funds that invest in other securities. In the past, in stressed markets, certain types of mortgage-backed securities suffered periods of illiquidity when disfavored by the market. It is possible that the Fund may be unable to sell a mortgage-backed security at a desirable time or at the value the Fund has placed on the investment.

Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities (“CMBS”) Risks. CMBS include securities that reflect an interest in, or are secured by, mortgage loans on commercial real property. Many of the risks of investing in commercial mortgage-backed securities reflect the risks of investing in the real estate securing the underlying mortgage loans. These risks reflect the effects of local and other economic conditions on real estate markets, the ability of tenants to make loan payments and the ability of a property to attract and retain tenants. Commercial mortgage-backed securities may be less liquid and exhibit greater price volatility than other types of mortgage- or asset-backed securities.



 

23


Table of Contents

Prepayment, Extension and Redemption Risks of Mortgage-Backed Securities. Mortgage-backed securities may reflect an interest in monthly payments made by the borrowers who receive the underlying mortgage loans. Although the underlying mortgage loans are for specified periods of time, such as 20 or 30 years, the borrowers can, and historically have often paid them off sooner. When a prepayment happens, a portion of the mortgage-backed security which represents an interest in the underlying mortgage loan will be prepaid. A borrower is more likely to prepay a mortgage which bears a relatively high rate of interest. This means that in times of declining interest rates, a portion of the Fund’s higher yielding securities are likely to be redeemed and the Fund will probably be unable to replace them with securities having as great a yield. Prepayments can result in lower yields to shareholders. The increased likelihood of prepayment when interest rates decline also limits market price appreciation. This is known as prepayment risk. Mortgage-backed securities also are subject to extension risk. Extension risk is the possibility that rising interest rates may cause prepayments to occur at a slower than expected rate. This particular risk may effectively change a security which was considered short or intermediate term into a long-term security. The values of long-term securities generally fluctuate more widely in response to changes in interest rates than short or intermediate-term securities. In addition, a mortgage-backed security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer. If a mortgage-backed security held by the Fund is called for redemption, the Fund will be required to permit the issuer to redeem or pay-off the security, which could have an adverse effect on the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective.

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMOs”) Risks. CMOs are debt obligations collateralized by mortgage loans or mortgage pass-through securities. The expected average life of CMOs is determined using mathematical models that incorporate prepayment assumptions and other factors that involve estimates of future economic and market conditions. These estimates may vary from actual future results, particularly during periods of extreme market volatility. Further, under certain market conditions, such as those that occurred in 1994, 2007, 2008 and 2009, the average weighted life of certain CMOs may not accurately reflect the price volatility of such securities. For example, in periods of supply and demand imbalances in the market for such securities and/or in periods of sharp interest rate movements, the prices of CMOs may fluctuate to a greater extent than would be expected from interest rate movements alone. CMOs issued by private entities are not obligations issued or guaranteed by the U. S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities and are not guaranteed by any government agency, although the securities underlying a CMO may be subject to a guarantee. Therefore, if the collateral securing the CMO, as well as any third party credit support or guarantees, is insufficient to make payments when due, the holder could sustain a loss.

Adjustable Rate Mortgages (“ARMs”) Risks. ARMs contain maximum and minimum rates beyond which the mortgage interest rate may not vary over the lifetime of the security. In addition, many ARMs provide for additional limitations on the maximum amount by which the mortgage interest rate may adjust for any single adjustment period. Alternatively, certain ARMs contain limitations on changes in the required monthly payment. In the event that a monthly payment is not sufficient to pay the interest accruing on an ARM, any excess interest is added to the principal balance of the mortgage loan, which is repaid through future monthly payments. If the monthly payment for such an instrument exceeds the sum of the interest accrued at the applicable mortgage interest rate and the principal payment required at such point to amortize the outstanding principal balance over the remaining term of the loan, the excess is used to reduce the then-outstanding principal balance of the ARM. In addition, certain ARMs may provide for an initial fixed, below-market or teaser interest rate. During this initial fixed-rate period, the payment due from the related mortgagor may be less than that of a traditional loan. However, after the teaser rate expires, the monthly payment required to be made by the mortgagor may increase significantly when the interest rate on the mortgage loan adjusts. This increased burden on the mortgagor may increase the risk of delinquency or default on the mortgage loan and in turn, losses on the mortgage-backed security into which that loan has been bundled.

Interest and Principal Only Securities Risks. Stripped mortgage-backed securities are usually structured with two classes that receive different portions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of debt



 

24


Table of Contents

instruments, such as mortgage loans. In one type of stripped mortgage-backed security, one class will receive all of the interest from the mortgage assets (the interest-only, or “IO” class), while the other class will receive all of the principal from the mortgage assets (the principal-only, or “PO” class). The yield to maturity (the expected rate of return on a bond if held until the end of its lifetime) on an IO class is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on the Fund’s yield to maturity from these securities. If the assets underlying the IO class experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the Fund may fail to recoup fully, or at all, its initial investment in these securities. PO class securities tend to decline in value if prepayments are slower than anticipated.

Inverse Floaters and Related Securities Risks. Investments in inverse floaters and similar instruments expose the Fund to the same risks as investments in debt securities and derivatives, as well as other risks, including those associated with increased volatility. An investment in these securities typically will involve greater risk than an investment in a fixed rate security. Distributions on inverse floaters and similar instruments will typically bear an inverse relationship to short-term interest rates and typically will be reduced or, potentially, eliminated as interest rates rise. The rate at which interest is paid on an inverse floater may vary by a magnitude that exceeds the magnitude of the change in a reference rate of interest (typically a short-term interest rate). The effect of the reference rate multiplier in inverse floaters is associated with greater volatility in their market values. Investments in inverse floaters and similar instruments that have mortgage-backed securities underlying them will expose the Fund to the risks associated with those mortgage-backed securities and the values of those investments may be especially sensitive to changes in prepayment rates on the underlying mortgage-backed securities.

Mortgage-backed securities are a type of asset-backed security and therefore are also subject to the risks described below under “Principal Risk Factors—Asset-backed securities investment risk.”

New/Small Fund Risk

A new or smaller fund’s performance may not represent how the fund is expected to or may perform in the long term if and when it becomes larger and has fully implemented its investment strategies. Investment positions may have a disproportionate impact (negative or positive) on performance in a new and smaller fund, such as the Fund. New and smaller funds may also require a period of time before they are invested in securities that meet their investment objective and policies and achieve a representative portfolio composition. Fund performance may be lower or higher during this “ramp-up” period, and may also be more volatile, than would be the case after the fund is fully invested. Similarly, a new or smaller fund’s investment strategy may require a longer period of time to show returns that are representative of the strategy. New funds have limited performance histories for investors to evaluate and new and smaller funds may not attract sufficient assets to achieve investment and trading efficiencies. If a new or smaller fund were to fail to successfully implement its investment strategies or achieve its investment objective, performance may be negatively impacted, and any resulting liquidation could create negative transaction costs for the fund and tax consequences for investors.

Foreign Investing Risk

Investments in foreign securities or in issuers with significant exposure to foreign markets may involve greater risks than investments in domestic securities. To the extent that investments are made in a limited number of countries, events in those countries will have a more significant impact on the Fund. As compared to U.S. companies, foreign issuers generally disclose less financial and other information publicly and are subject to less stringent and less uniform accounting, auditing, and financial reporting standards. In addition, there may be limited information generally regarding factors affecting a particular foreign market, issuer, or security.



 

25


Table of Contents

Foreign countries typically impose less thorough regulations on brokers, dealers, stock exchanges, corporate insiders and listed companies than does the United States and foreign securities markets may be less liquid and more volatile than domestic markets. Investment in foreign securities involves higher costs than investment in U.S. securities, including higher transaction and custody costs as well as the imposition of additional taxes by foreign governments. In addition, security trading and custody practices abroad may offer less protection to investors such as the Fund. Political, social or financial instability, civil unrest and acts of terrorism are other potential risks that could adversely affect an investment in a foreign security or in foreign markets or issuers generally. Settlement of transactions in some foreign markets may be delayed or may be less frequent than in the United States which could affect the liquidity of the Fund’s portfolio.

Because foreign securities generally are denominated and pay dividends or interest in foreign currencies, and the Fund may hold various foreign currencies from time to time, the value of the Fund’s assets, as measured in U.S. dollars, can be affected unfavorably by changes in exchange rates with respect to the U.S. dollar or with respect to other foreign currencies or by unfavorable currency regulations imposed by foreign governments. If the Fund invests in securities issued by foreign issuers, the Fund may be subject to these risks even if the investment is denominated in United States dollars. This risk may be heightened with respect to issuers whose revenues are principally earned in a foreign currency but whose debt obligations have been issued in United States dollars or other hard currencies.

Foreign issuers may become subject to sanctions imposed by the U.S. or another country or other governmental or non-governmental organizations, which could result in the immediate freeze of the foreign issuers’ assets or securities. The imposition of such sanctions could impair the market value of the securities of such foreign issuers and limit the Fund’s ability to buy, sell, receive or deliver the securities.

Continuing uncertainty as to the status of the European Economic and Monetary Union (“EMU”) and the potential for certain countries (such as those in the United Kingdom) to withdraw from the institution has created significant volatility in currency and financial markets generally. Any partial or complete dissolution of the EU could have significant adverse effects on currency and financial markets, and on the values of the Fund’s portfolio investments. In June 2016, the United Kingdom approved a referendum to leave the EU and, in March 2017, the United Kingdom commenced the formal process of withdrawing from the EU. The withdrawal agreement between the United Kingdom and the EU, endorsed by the European Council on November 25, 2018, sets out the basis on which the United Kingdom will withdraw from the EU and includes certain transitional provisions that have the effect of preserving the application of EU law in the United Kingdom until December 31, 2020 (or such other later date as may be agreed). The withdrawal agreement, and the associated transitional provisions, will become effective only once approved by the United Kingdom’s Parliament, which approval has not yet happened and may not happen, meaning that the United Kingdom may leave the EU without any transitional period (a so-called “hard Brexit”). On April 11, 2019, the United Kingdom came to an agreement with the EU to delay the deadline for withdrawal. Unless the United Kingdom’s Parliament approves the withdrawal agreement, there may be a hard Brexit in the near term absent any further agreements to delay the withdrawal. It is unclear when and if such a withdrawal will take place; however, recent parliamentary elections in the United Kingdom have increased the likelihood of a withdrawal in the near term. Significant uncertainty remains in the market regarding the ramifications of these developments, and the range and potential implications of possible political, regulatory, economic and market outcomes are difficult to predict. As and to the extent the United Kingdom moves forward with its withdrawal from the EU and makes various decisions regarding its post EU-status, markets may be further disrupted at various times given the uncertainty surrounding the country’s trade, financial, and other arrangements.

If one or more EMU countries were to stop using the euro as its primary currency, the Fund’s investments in such countries may be redenominated into a different or newly adopted currency, possibly resulting in the value of those investments declining significantly and unpredictably. In addition, securities or other investments that



 

26


Table of Contents

are redenominated may be subject to liquidity risk and the risk that the Fund may not be able to value investments accurately to a greater extent than similar investments currently denominated in euros. To the extent a currency used for redenomination purposes is not specified in respect of certain EMU-related investments, or should the euro cease to be used entirely, the currency in which such investments are denominated may be unclear, making such investments particularly difficult to value or dispose of. The Fund may incur additional expenses to the extent it is required to seek judicial or other clarification of the denomination or value of such securities.

Foreign Currency Risk

Currency risk is the risk that fluctuations in exchange rates may adversely affect the value of the Fund’s investments. Currency risk includes both the risk that currencies in which the Fund’s investments are traded and/or in which the Fund receives income, or currencies in which the Fund has taken an active investment position, will decline in value relative to other currencies. In the case of hedging positions, currency risk includes the risk that the currency the Fund is seeking exposure to will decline in value relative to the foreign currency being hedged. Currency exchange rates fluctuate significantly for many reasons, including changes in supply and demand in the currency exchange markets, actual or perceived changes in interest rates, intervention (or the failure to intervene) by U.S. or foreign governments, central banks, or supranational agencies such as the International Monetary Fund, and currency controls or other political and economic developments in the U.S. or abroad.

Currencies of emerging market countries have sometimes experienced devaluations relative to the U.S. dollar, and major devaluations have historically occurred in certain countries. A devaluation of the currency in which portfolio securities are denominated will negatively impact the value of those securities. The Fund may use derivatives to acquire positions in currencies the values to which the Fund is exposed through its investments. This presents the risk that the Fund could lose money on its exposure to a particular currency and also lose money on the derivative. The Fund also may take overweighted or underweighted currency positions and/or hedge the currency exposure of the securities in which it has invested. As a result, the Fund’s currency exposure may differ (in some cases significantly) from the currency exposure of its investments and/or its benchmarks.

Emerging Markets Risk

Investing in emerging market countries, as compared to foreign developed markets, involves substantial additional risk due to more limited information about the issuer and/or the security; higher brokerage costs; different accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards; less developed legal systems and thinner trading markets; the possibility of currency blockages or transfer restrictions; an emerging market country’s dependence on revenue from particular commodities or international aid; and the risk of expropriation, nationalization or other adverse political or economic developments. Political and economic structures in many emerging market countries may undergo significant evolution and rapid development, and such countries may lack the social, political and economic stability characteristics of more developed countries. Some of these countries have in the past failed to recognize private property rights and have at times nationalized or expropriated the assets of private companies. In addition, unanticipated political or social developments may affect the value of investments in emerging markets and the availability of additional investments in these markets. The small size, limited trading volume and relative inexperience of the securities markets in these countries may make investments in securities traded in emerging markets illiquid and more volatile than investments in securities traded in more developed countries, and the Fund may be required to establish special custodial or other arrangements before making investments in securities traded in emerging markets. There may be little financial or accounting information available with respect to issuers of emerging market securities, and it may be difficult as a result to assess the value or prospects of an investment in such securities.



 

27


Table of Contents

The securities markets of emerging market countries may be substantially smaller, less developed, less liquid and more volatile than the major securities markets in the United States and other developed nations. The limited size of many securities markets in emerging market countries and limited trading volume in issuers compared to the volume in U.S. securities or securities of issuers in other developed countries could cause prices to be erratic for reasons other than factors that affect the quality of the securities and investments in emerging markets can become illiquid. In addition, emerging market countries’ exchanges and broker-dealers may generally be subject to less regulation than their counterparts in developed countries. Brokerage commissions and dealer mark-ups, custodial expenses and other transaction costs are generally higher in emerging market countries than in developed countries. As a result, funds that invest in emerging market countries have operating expenses that are higher than funds investing in other securities markets.

Emerging market countries may have different clearance and settlement procedures than in the U.S., including significantly longer settlement cycles for purchases and sales of securities, and in certain markets there may be times when settlements fail to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. Further, satisfactory custodial services for investment securities may not be available in some emerging market countries, which may result in the Fund incurring additional costs and delays in transporting and custodying such securities outside such countries. Delays in settlement or other problems could result in periods when the Fund’s assets are uninvested and no return is earned thereon. The Fund’s inability to make intended security purchases due to settlement problems or the risk of intermediary counterparty failures could cause the Fund to miss attractive investment opportunities. The inability to dispose of a portfolio security due to settlement problems could result either in losses to the Fund due to subsequent declines in the value of such portfolio security or, if the Fund has entered into a contract to sell the security, could result in possible liability to the purchaser. The currencies of certain emerging market countries have experienced devaluations relative to the U.S. dollar, and future devaluations may adversely affect the value of assets denominated in such currencies. Many emerging market countries have experienced substantial, and in some periods extremely high, rates of inflation or deflation for many years, and future inflation may adversely affect the economies and securities markets of such countries. When debt and similar obligations issued by foreign issuers are denominated in a currency (e.g., the U.S. dollar or the Euro) other than the local currency of the issuer, the subsequent strengthening of the non-local currency against the local currency will generally increase the burden of repayment on the issuer and may increase significantly the risk of default by the issuer.

Emerging market countries have and may in the future impose capital controls, foreign currency controls and repatriation controls. In addition, some currency hedging techniques may be unavailable in emerging market countries, and the currencies of emerging market countries may experience greater volatility in exchange rates as compared to those of developed countries.

Collateralized Debt Obligations (“CDOs”) Risk

CDOs are a type of asset-backed security, and include collateralized bond obligations (“CBOs”), collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”), and other similarly structured securities. A CBO is a trust which may be backed by a diversified pool of high risk, below investment grade fixed income securities. A CLO is a trust typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and foreign senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans, second lien loans or other types of subordinate loans, and mezzanine loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans and including loans that may be covenant-lite. CDOs may charge management fees and administrative expenses. The cash flows from the CDO trust are generally split into two or more portions, called tranches, varying in risk and yield. Senior tranches are paid from the cash flows from the underlying assets before the junior tranches and equity or “first loss” tranches. Losses are first borne by the equity tranches, next by the junior tranches, and finally by the senior tranches. Holders of interests in the senior tranches are entitled to the lowest interest rate payments but those interests generally involve less credit risk as they are typically paid before junior tranches. The most junior



 

28


Table of Contents

tranches, such as equity tranches, typically are entitled to be paid the highest interest rate payments but suffer the highest risk of loss should the holder of an underlying debt instrument default. If some debt instruments go into default and the cash collected by the CDO is insufficient to pay all of its investors, those in the lowest, most junior tranches suffer losses first. Since it is partially protected from defaults, a senior tranche from a CDO trust typically has higher ratings and lower potential yields than the underlying securities, and can be rated investment grade. Despite the protection from the equity tranche, more senior CDO tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual defaults, increased sensitivity to defaults due to collateral default and disappearance of protecting tranches, market anticipation of defaults and aversion to CDO securities as a class.

The risks of an investment in a CDO depend largely on the quality and type of the collateral and the tranche of the CDO in which the Fund invests. Normally, CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs are privately offered and sold, and thus are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, there may be a limited secondary market for investments in CDOs and such investments may be illiquid. In addition to the risks associated with debt instruments (e.g., interest rate risk and credit risk), CDOs carry additional risks including, but not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (iii) the possibility that the Fund may invest in CDOs that are subordinate to other classes of the issuer’s securities; and (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results.

Asset-Backed Securities Investment Risk

Asset-backed securities in which the Fund may invest include obligations backed by, among others, motor vehicle installment sales or installment loan contracts; home equity loans; leases of various types of real, personal and other property (including those relating to aircrafts, telecommunication, energy, and/or other infrastructure assets and infrastructure-related assets); receivables from credit card agreements; student loans; consumer loans; mobile home loans; boat loans; business and small business loans; project finance loans; airplane leases; and other non-mortgage-related income streams, such as income from renewable energy projects and franchise rights. They may also include asset-backed securities backed by whole loans or fractions of whole loans issued by alternative lending platforms and securitized by those platforms or other entities (such as third-party originators or brokers). Any of these loans may be of sub-prime quality or made to an obligor with a sub-prime credit history.

Asset-backed securities involve the risk that borrowers may default on the obligations backing them and that the values of and interest earned on such investments will decline as a result. Loans made to lower quality borrowers, including those of sub-prime quality, involve a higher risk of default. Such loans, including those made by alternative lending platforms, may be difficult to value, may have limited payment histories, and may be subject to significant changes in value over time as economic conditions change. Therefore, the values of asset-backed securities backed by lower quality loans, including those of sub-prime quality, may suffer significantly greater declines in value due to defaults, payment delays or a perceived increased risk of default, especially during periods when economic conditions worsen. In addition, most or all securities backed by the collateral described above do not involve any credit enhancement provided by the U.S. government or any other party, and certain asset-backed securities do not have the benefit of a security interest in the related collateral.

Asset-backed securities tend to increase in value less than traditional debt securities of similar maturity and credit quality when interest rates decline, but are subject to a similar risk of decline in market value during periods of rising interest rates. Certain assets underlying asset-backed securities are subject to prepayment, which may reduce the overall return to asset-backed security holders. In a period of declining interest rates, pre-payments on asset-backed securities may increase and the Fund may be unable to reinvest those prepaid amounts in investments providing the same rate of interest as the pre-paid obligations.



 

29


Table of Contents

The values of asset-backed securities may also be substantially dependent on the servicing of and diligence performed by their servicers or sponsors or the originating alternative lending platforms. For example, the Fund may suffer losses due to a servicer’s, sponsor’s or platform’s negligence or malfeasance, such as through the mishandling of certain documentation affecting security holders’ rights in and to underlying collateral or the failure to update or collect accurate and complete borrower information. In addition, the values of asset-backed securities may be adversely affected by the credit quality of the servicer, sponsor or originating alternative lending platform, as applicable. Certain services, sponsors or originating alternative lending platforms may have limited operating histories to evaluate. The insolvency of a servicer, sponsor or originating alternative lending platform may result in added costs and delays in addition to losses associated with a decline in the value of underlying assets. The Fund also may experience delays in payment or losses on its investments if the full amount due on underlying collateral is not realized, which may occur because of unanticipated legal or administrative costs of enforcing the contracts, depreciation or damage to the collateral securing certain contracts, under-collateralization or other factors.

Credit Default Swaps Risk

A credit default swap is an agreement between the Fund and a counterparty that enables the Fund to buy or sell protection against a credit event related to a particular issuer. One party, acting as a protection buyer, makes periodic payments, which may be based on, among other things, a fixed or floating rate of interest, to the other party, a protection seller, in exchange for a promise by the protection seller to make a payment to the protection buyer if a negative credit event (such as a delinquent payment or default) occurs with respect to a referenced bond or group of bonds. Credit default swaps may also be structured based on the debt of a basket of issuers, rather than a single issuer, and may be customized with respect to the default event that triggers purchase or other factors (for example, the Nth default within a basket, or defaults by a particular combination of issuers within the basket, may trigger a payment obligation). As a credit protection seller in a credit default swap contract, the Fund would be required to pay the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation to the counterparty following certain negative credit events as to a specified third-party debtor, such as default by a U.S. or non-U.S. corporate issuer on its debt obligations. In return for its obligation, the Fund would receive from the counterparty a periodic stream of payments, which may be based on, among other things, a fixed or floating rate of interest, over the term of the contract provided that no event of default has occurred. If no default occurs, the Fund would keep the stream of payments, and would have no payment obligations to the counterparty. The Fund may sell credit protection in order to earn additional income and/or to take a synthetic long position in the underlying security or basket of securities.

The Fund may enter into credit default swap contracts as protection buyer in order to hedge against the risk of default on the debt of a particular issuer or basket of issuers or attempt to profit from a deterioration or perceived deterioration in the creditworthiness of the particular issuer(s) (also known as buying credit protection). This would involve the risk that the investment may expire worthless and would only generate gain in the event of an actual default by the issuer(s) of the underlying obligation(s) (or, as applicable, a credit downgrade or other indication of financial instability). It would also involve the risk that the seller may fail to satisfy its payment obligations to the Fund. The purchase of credit default swaps involves costs, which will reduce the Fund’s return.

A protection seller may have to pay out amounts following a negative credit event greater than the value of the reference obligation delivered to it by its counterparty and the amount of periodic payments previously received by it from the counterparty. When the Fund acts as a seller of a credit default swap, it is exposed to, among other things, leverage risk because if an event of default occurs the seller must pay the buyer the full notional value of the reference obligation. Each party to a credit default swap is subject to the credit risk of its counterparty. The value of the credit default swap to each party will change, at times significantly, based on changes in the actual or perceived creditworthiness of the underlying issuer.



 

30


Table of Contents

A protection buyer may lose its investment and recover nothing should an event of default not occur. The Fund may seek to realize gains on its credit default swap positions, or limit losses on its positions, by selling those positions in the secondary market. There can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist at any given time for any particular credit default swap or for credit default swaps generally.

The parties to a credit default swap may be required to post collateral to each other. If the Fund posts initial or periodic collateral to its counterparty, it may not be able to recover that collateral from the counterparty in accordance with the terms of the swap. In addition, if the Fund receives collateral from its counterparty, it may be delayed or prevented from realizing on the collateral in the event of the insolvency or bankruptcy of the counterparty. The Fund may exit its obligations under a credit default swap only by terminating the contract and paying applicable breakage fees, or by entering into an offsetting credit default swap position, which may cause the Fund to incur more losses. There can be no assurance that the Fund will be able to exit a credit default swap position effectively when it seeks to do so.

U.S. Government Securities Risk

Some U.S. Government securities, such as Treasury bills, notes, and bonds and mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (Ginnie Mae), are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States; others are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; others are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase the agency’s obligations; still others are supported only by the credit of the issuing agency, instrumentality, or enterprise. Although U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises may be chartered or sponsored by Congress, they are not funded by Congressional appropriations, and their securities are not issued by the U.S. Treasury, their obligations are not supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, and so investments in their securities or obligations issued by them involve greater risk than investments in other types of U.S. Government securities.

The events surrounding the U.S. federal government debt ceiling and any resulting agreement could adversely affect the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective. For example, a downgrade of the long-term sovereign credit rating of the U.S. could increase volatility in both stock and bond markets, result in higher interest rates and lower Treasury prices and increase the costs of all kinds of debt. These events and similar events in other areas of the world could have significant adverse effects on the economy generally and could result in significant adverse impacts on issuers of securities held by the Fund and the Fund itself. In the past, the values of U.S. Government securities have been affected substantially by increased demand for them around the world. Changes in the demand for U.S. Government securities may occur at any time and may result in increased volatility in the values of those securities.

Sovereign Debt Obligations Risk

Investments in countries’ government debt obligations involve special risks. Certain countries have historically experienced, and may continue to experience, high rates of inflation, high interest rates, exchange rate fluctuations, large amounts of external debt, balance of payments and trade difficulties and extreme poverty and unemployment. The issuer or governmental authority that controls the repayment of a country’s debt may not be able or willing to repay the principal and/or interest when due in accordance with the terms of such debt. A debtor’s willingness or ability to repay principal and interest due in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash flow situation and, in the case of a government debtor, the extent of its foreign currency reserves or its inability to sufficiently manage fluctuations in relative currency valuations, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt service burden to the economy as a whole, the government debtor’s policy towards principal international lenders such as the International Monetary Fund and the political and social constraints to which a government debtor may be subject. Government debtors may default on their debt and also may be dependent on expected disbursements



 

31


Table of Contents

from foreign governments, multilateral agencies and others abroad to reduce principal and interest arrearages on their debt. The commitment on the part of these governments, agencies and others to make such disbursements may be conditioned on a debtor’s implementation of economic reforms and/or economic performance and the timely service of such debtor’s obligations. Failure to implement such reforms, achieve such levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest when due may result in the cancellation of such third parties’ commitments to lend funds to the government debtor, which may further impair such debtor’s ability or willingness to service its debts on a timely basis.

As a result of the foregoing, a government obligor may default on its obligations. If such an event occurs, the Fund may have limited (or no) legal recourse against the issuer and/or guarantor. Remedies must, in some cases, be pursued in the courts of the defaulting party itself, and the ability of the holder of foreign government debt securities to obtain recourse may be subject to the political climate in the relevant country. In addition, no assurance can be given that the holders of more senior fixed income securities, such as commercial bank debt, will not contest payments to the holders of other foreign government debt securities in the event of default under their commercial bank loan agreements. There is no bankruptcy proceeding by which sovereign debt on which governmental entities have defaulted may be collected in whole or in part. In addition, foreign governmental entities may enjoy various levels of sovereign immunity, and it may be difficult or impossible to bring a legal action against a foreign governmental entity or to enforce a judgment against such an entity.

Government obligors in emerging market countries are among the world’s largest debtors to commercial banks, other governments, international financial organizations and other financial institutions. The issuers of the government debt securities in which the Fund may invest have in the past experienced substantial difficulties in servicing their external debt obligations, which led to defaults on certain obligations and the restructuring of certain indebtedness. Restructuring arrangements have included, among other things, reducing and rescheduling interest and principal payments by negotiating new or amended credit agreements, and obtaining new credit to finance interest payments. Holders of certain foreign government debt securities may be requested to participate in the restructuring of such obligations and to extend further loans to their issuers. There can be no assurance that the foreign government debt securities in which the Fund may invest will not be subject to similar restructuring arrangements or to requests for new credit, which may adversely affect the Fund’s holdings. Furthermore, certain participants in the secondary market for such debt may be directly involved in negotiating the terms of these arrangements and may therefore have access to information not available to other market participants. See “Principal Risk Factors—Foreign investing risk” and “Principal Risk Factors—Emerging markets risk.”

Loan Risk

Investments in loans are generally subject to the same risks as investments in other types of debt obligations, including, among others, credit risk, interest rate risk, prepayment risk, and extension risk. In addition, in many cases loans are subject to the risks associated with below-investment grade securities. This means loans are often subject to significant credit risks, including a greater possibility that the borrower will be adversely affected by changes in market or economic conditions and may default or enter bankruptcy. This risk of default will increase in the event of an economic downturn or a substantial increase in interest rates (which will increase the cost of the borrower’s debt service).

The interest rates on floating rate loans typically adjust only periodically. Accordingly, adjustments in the interest rate payable under a loan may trail prevailing interest rates significantly, especially if there are limitations placed on the amount the interest rate on a loan may adjust in a given period. Certain floating rate loans have a feature that prevents their interest rates from adjusting if market interest rates are below a specified minimum level. When interest rates are low, this feature could result in the interest rates of those loans becoming fixed at the applicable minimum level until interest rates rise above that level. Although this feature is intended



 

32


Table of Contents

to result in these loans yielding more than they otherwise would when interest rates are low, the feature might also result in the prices of these loans becoming more sensitive to changes in interest rates should interest rates rise but remain below the applicable minimum level.

In addition, investments in loans may be difficult to value and may be illiquid. Floating rate loans generally are subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale. The liquidity of floating rate loans, including the volume and frequency of secondary market trading in such loans, varies significantly over time and among individual floating rate loans. For example, if the credit quality of the borrower related to a floating rate loan unexpectedly declines significantly, secondary market trading in that floating rate loan can also decline. The secondary market for loans may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads, and extended trade settlement periods, which may increase the expenses of the Fund or cause the Fund to be unable to realize the full value of its investment in the loan, resulting in a material decline in the Fund’s NAV.

Investments in loans through a purchase of a loan, loan origination or a direct assignment of a financial institution’s interests with respect to a loan may involve additional risks to the Fund. For example, if a loan is foreclosed, the Fund could become owner, in whole or in part, of any collateral, which could include, among other assets, real estate or other real or personal property, and would bear the costs and liabilities associated with owning and holding or disposing of the collateral. In addition, it is conceivable that under emerging legal theories of lender liability, the Fund as holder of a partial interest in a loan could be held liable as co-lender for acts of the agent lender.

Loans and certain other forms of direct indebtedness may not be classified as “securities” under the federal securities laws and, therefore, when the Fund purchases such instruments, it may not be entitled to the protections against fraud and misrepresentation contained in the federal securities laws.

Additional risks of investments in loans may include:

Agent/Intermediary Risk. If the Fund holds a loan through another financial intermediary, as is the case with a participation, or relies on another financial intermediary to administer the loan, as is the case with most multi-lender facilities, the Fund’s receipt of principal and interest on the loan and the value of the Fund’s loan investment will depend at least in part on the credit standing of the financial intermediary and therefore will be subject to the credit risk of the intermediary. The Fund will be required to rely upon the financial intermediary from which it purchases a participation interest to collect and pass on to the Fund such payments and to enforce the Fund’s rights and may not be able to cause the financial intermediary to take what it considers to be appropriate action. As a result, an insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the financial intermediary may delay or prevent the Fund from receiving principal, interest and other amounts with respect to the Fund’s interest in the loan. In addition, if the Fund relies on a financial intermediary to administer a loan, the Fund is subject to the risk that the financial intermediary may be unwilling or unable to demand and receive payments from the borrower in respect of the loan, or otherwise unwilling or unable to perform its administrative obligations.

Highly Leveraged Transactions Risk. The Fund may invest in loans made in connection with highly leveraged transactions. Those loans are subject to greater credit and liquidity risks than other types of loans. If the Fund voluntarily or involuntarily sold those types of loans, it might not receive the full value it expected.

Stressed, Distressed or Defaulted Borrowers Risk. The Fund can also invest in loans of borrowers that are experiencing, or are likely to experience, financial difficulty. These loans are subject to greater credit and liquidity risks than other types of loans. In addition, the Fund can invest in loans of borrowers that have filed for bankruptcy protection or that have had involuntary bankruptcy petitions filed against them by creditors. Various laws enacted for the protection of debtors may apply to loans. A bankruptcy proceeding or other court proceeding could delay or limit the ability of the Fund to collect the principal and interest payments on that borrower’s loans



 

33


Table of Contents

or adversely affect the Fund’s rights in collateral relating to a loan. If a lawsuit is brought by creditors of a borrower under a loan, a court or a trustee in bankruptcy could take certain actions that would be adverse to the Fund.

Limited Information Risk. Because there may be limited public or other information available regarding loan investments, the Fund’s investments in such instruments may be particularly dependent on the analytical abilities of the Fund’s portfolio managers.

Interest Rate Benchmarks Risk. Interest rates on loans typically adjust periodically often based on changes in a benchmark rate plus a premium or spread over the benchmark rate. The benchmark rate may be LIBOR, the Prime Rate, or other base lending rates used by commercial lenders (each as defined in the applicable loan agreement).

Some benchmark rates may reset daily; others reset less frequently. The interest rate on LIBOR-based loans is reset periodically, typically based on a period between 30 days and one year. Certain floating or variable rate loans may permit the borrower to select an interest rate reset period of up to one year or longer. Investing in loans with longer interest rate reset periods may increase fluctuations in the Fund’s NAV as a result of changes in interest rates. Interest rates on loans with longer periods between benchmark resets will typically trail market interest rates in a rising interest rate environment.

Certain loans may permit the borrower to change the base lending rate during the term of the loan. One benchmark rate may not adjust to changing market or interest rates to the same degree or as rapidly as another, permitting the borrower the option to select the benchmark rate that is most advantageous to it and less advantageous to the Fund. To the extent the borrower elects this option, the interest income and total return the Fund earns on the investment may be adversely affected as compared to other investments where the borrower does not have the option to change the base lending or benchmark rate.

On July 27, 2017, the head of the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority announced a desire to phase out the use of LIBOR by the end of 2021. There remains uncertainty regarding the future utilization of LIBOR and the nature of any replacement rate. As such, the potential effect of a transition away from LIBOR on the Fund or the financial instruments in which the Fund invests cannot yet be determined. Please see “LIBOR Risk” below for more information.

Restrictive Loan Covenants Risk. Borrowers must comply with various restrictive covenants that may be contained in loan agreements. They may include restrictions on dividend payments and other distributions to stockholders, provisions requiring the borrower to maintain specific financial ratios, and limits on total debt. They may include requirements that the borrower prepay the loan with any free cash flow. A break of a covenant that is not waived by the agent bank (or the lenders) is normally an event of default that provides the agent bank or the lenders the right to call the outstanding amount on the loan. If a lender accelerates the repayment of a loan because of the borrower’s violation of a restrictive covenant under the loan agreement, the borrower might default in payment of the loan.

Some of the loans in which the Fund may invest or to which the Fund may obtain exposure may be “covenant-lite.” Such loans contain fewer or less restrictive constraints on the borrower than certain other types of loans. Such loans generally do not include terms which allow the lender to monitor the performance of the borrower and declare a default or force a borrower into bankruptcy restructuring if certain criteria are breached. Under such loans, lenders typically must rely on covenants that restrict a borrower from incurring additional debt or engaging in certain actions. Such covenants can be breached only by an affirmative action of the borrower, rather than by a deterioration in the borrower’s financial condition. Accordingly, the Fund may have fewer rights against a borrower when it invests in or has exposure to such loans and so may have a greater risk of loss on such investments as compared to investments in or exposure to loans with additional or more conventional covenants.



 

34


Table of Contents

Senior Loan and Subordination Risk. In addition to the risks typically associated with debt securities and loans generally, senior loans are also subject to the risk that a court could subordinate a senior loan, which typically holds a senior position in the capital structure of a borrower, to presently existing or future indebtedness or take other action detrimental to the holders of senior loans.

Settlement Risk. Transactions in many loans settle on a delayed basis, and the Fund may not receive the proceeds from the sale of such loans for a substantial period after the sale. As a result, sale proceeds related to the sale of such loans may not be available to make additional investments until potentially a substantial period after the sale of the loans.

Inadequate Collateral or Guarantees Risk. Even if a loan to which the Fund is exposed is secured, there can be no assurance that the collateral will, when recovered and liquidated, generate sufficient (or any) funds to offset any losses associated with a defaulting loan. It is possible that the same collateral could secure multiple loans, in which case the liquidation proceeds of the collateral may be insufficient to cover the payments due on all the loans secured by that collateral. This risk is increased if the Fund’s loans are secured by a single asset. There can be no guarantee that the collateral can be liquidated and any costs associated with such liquidation could reduce or eliminate the amount of funds otherwise available to offset the payments due under the loan. Moreover, the Fund’s security interests may be unperfected for a variety of reasons, including the failure to make a required filing by the servicer and, as a result, the Fund may not have priority over other creditors as it expected.

Unsecured Loans Risk. Subordinated or unsecured loans are lower in priority of payment to secured loans and are subject to the additional risk that the cash flow of the borrower and property securing the loan or debt, if any, may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments after giving effect to the senior secured obligations of the borrower. This risk is generally higher for subordinated unsecured loans or debt, which are not backed by a security interest in any specific collateral.

Servicer Risk. The Fund’s direct and indirect investments in loans are typically serviced by the originating lender or a third-party servicer. In the event that the servicer is unable to service the loan, there can be no guarantee that a backup servicer will be able to assume responsibility for servicing the loans in a timely or cost-effective manner; any resulting disruption or delay could jeopardize payments due to the Fund in respect of its investments or increase the costs associated with the Fund’s investments.

Direct Lending Risk. Although the Fund has no present intention to do so, the Fund may seek to originate loans, including, without limitation, commercial real estate or mortgage-related loans or other types of loans, which may be in the form of whole loans, secured and unsecured notes, senior and second lien loans, mezzanine loans or similar investments. The Fund will be responsible for the expenses associated with originating a loan (whether or not consummated). This may include significant legal and due diligence expenses, which will be indirectly borne by the Fund and Common Shareholders.

Direct lending involves risks beyond those associated with investing in loans. If a loan is foreclosed, the Fund could become owner of any collateral and would bear the costs and liabilities associated with owning, operating, maintaining and disposing of the collateral. As a result, the Fund may be exposed to losses resulting from default and foreclosure and also operating and maintaining the property. Any costs or delays involved in the effectuation of a foreclosure of the loan or a liquidation of the underlying assets will further reduce the proceeds and thus increase the loss. There is no assurance that the Fund will correctly evaluate the value of the assets collateralizing the loan. In the event of a reorganization or liquidation proceeding relating to the borrower, the Fund may lose all or part of the amounts advanced to the borrower. There is no assurance that the protection of the Fund’s interests is adequate, including the validity or enforceability of the loan and the maintenance of the anticipated priority and perfection of the applicable security interests. Furthermore, there is no assurance that claims will not be asserted that might interfere with enforcement of the Fund’s rights.



 

35


Table of Contents

There are no restrictions on the credit quality of the Fund’s loans. Loans may be deemed to have substantial vulnerability to default in payment of interest and/or principal. There can be no assurance as to the levels of defaults and/or recoveries that may be experienced on loans in which the Fund has invested. Certain of the loans in which the Fund may invest have uncertainties and/or exposure to adverse conditions, and may be considered to be predominantly speculative. Generally, such loans offer a higher return potential than better quality loans, but involve greater volatility of price and greater risk of loss of income and principal. The market values of certain of these loans also tend to be more sensitive to changes in economic conditions than better quality loans.

Loans to issuers operating in workout modes or under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or the equivalent laws of member states of the European Union are, in certain circumstances, subject to certain potential liabilities that may exceed the amount of the loan. For example, under certain circumstances, lenders who have inappropriately exercised control of the management and policies of a debtor may have their claims subordinated or disallowed or may be found liable for damages suffered by parties as a result of such actions.

Various state licensing requirements could apply to the Fund with respect to investments in, or the origination and servicing of, loans and similar assets and it may take a substantial period of time for the Fund to obtain any necessary licenses or comply with other applicable regulatory requirements. The licensing requirements could apply depending on the location of the borrower, the location of the collateral securing the loan, or the location where the Fund or the Adviser operates or has offices. In states that require licensure for or otherwise regulate loan origination, the Fund or Advisor will be required to comply with applicable laws and regulations, including consumer protection and anti-fraud laws, which could impose restrictions on the Fund’s or Advisor’s ability to take certain actions to protect the value of its investments in such assets and impose compliance costs, or the Fund will have to forego investment opportunities subject to that state’s laws and regulations. Failure to comply with such laws and regulations could lead to, among other penalties, a loss of the Fund’s or Advisor’s license, which in turn could require the Fund to divest assets located in or secured by real property located in that state. In addition to laws governing the activities of lenders and servicers, some states require purchasers of certain loans to be licensed or registered in order to own loans connected to the state (e.g., made in the state or secured by property in the state) and, in certain states, to collect a rate of interest above a specified rate. These risks will also apply to issuers and entities in which the Fund invests that hold similar assets, as well as any origination company or servicer in which the Fund owns an interest. As of the date of this Prospectus, the Fund does not hold any licenses to originate loans in any states where a license is required, and there can be no assurance that the Fund will obtain any such licenses timely or ever.

Foreign Loan Risk. Loans involving foreign borrowers may involve risks not ordinarily associated with exposure to loans to U.S. entities and individuals. The foreign lending industry may be subject to less governmental supervision and regulation than exists in the U.S.; conversely, foreign regulatory regimes applicable to the lending industry may be more complex and more restrictive than those in the U.S., resulting in higher costs associated with such investments, and such regulatory regimes may be subject to interpretation or change without prior notice to investors, such as the Fund. Foreign lending may not be subject to accounting, auditing, and financial reporting standards and practices comparable to those in the U.S. Due to differences in legal systems, there may be difficulty in obtaining or enforcing a court judgment outside the U.S.

Lender Liability. A number of judicial decisions have upheld judgments of borrowers against lending institutions on the basis of various evolving legal theories, collectively termed “lender liability.” Generally, lender liability is founded on the premise that a lender has violated a duty (whether implied or contractual) of good faith, commercial reasonableness and fair dealing, or a similar duty owed to the borrower or has assumed an excessive degree of control over the borrower resulting in the creation of a fiduciary duty owed to the borrower or its other creditors or shareholders. If a loan held by the Fund were found to have been made or serviced under circumstances that give rise to lender liability, the borrower’s obligation to repay that loan could be reduced or eliminated or the Fund’s recovery on that loan could be otherwise impaired, which would



 

36


Table of Contents

adversely impact the value of that loan. In limited cases, courts have subordinated the loans of a senior lender to a borrower to claims of other creditors of the borrower when the senior lender or its agents, such as a loan servicer, is found to have engaged in unfair, inequitable or fraudulent conduct with respect to the other creditors. If a loan held by the Fund were subject to such subordination, it would be junior in right of payment to other indebtedness of the borrower, which could adversely impact the value of that loan.

Below Investment Grade/High Yield Securities Risk

Debt instruments rated below investment grade or debt instruments that are unrated and of comparable or lesser quality are predominantly speculative. They are usually issued by companies without long track records of sales and earnings or by companies with questionable credit strength. These instruments, which include debt securities commonly known as “junk bonds,” have a higher degree of default risk and may be less liquid than higher-rated bonds. These instruments may be subject to greater price volatility due to such factors as specific corporate developments, interest rate sensitivity, negative perceptions of high yield investments generally, general economic downturn, and less secondary market liquidity. This potential lack of liquidity may make it more difficult for the Fund to value these instruments accurately. An economic downturn could severely affect the ability of issuers (particularly those that are highly leveraged) to service their debt obligations or to repay their obligations upon maturity.

Defaulted Securities Risk

Defaulted securities risk refers to the uncertainty of repayment of defaulted securities (e.g., a security on which a principal or interest payment is not made when due) and obligations of distressed issuers. Because the issuer of such securities is in default and is likely to be in distressed financial condition, repayment of defaulted securities and obligations of distressed issuers (including insolvent issuers or issuers in payment or covenant default, in workout or restructuring or in bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings) is subject to significant uncertainties. Insolvency laws and practices in emerging market countries are different than those in the U.S. and the effect of these laws and practices cannot be predicted with certainty. Investments in defaulted securities and obligations of distressed issuers are considered speculative and entail high risk.

REIT Risk

The Fund may invest in REITs. REITs are pooled investment vehicles that own, and typically operate, income-producing real estate. If a REIT meets certain requirements, including distributing to shareholders substantially all of its taxable income (other than net capital gains), then it is not taxed on the income distributed to shareholders. REITs are subject to management fees and other expenses, and so the Fund will bear its proportionate share of the costs of the REITs’ operations. There are three general categories of REITs: Equity REITs, Mortgage REITs and Hybrid REITs. Equity REITs, which invest primarily in direct fee ownership or leasehold ownership of real property and derive most of their income from rents, are generally affected by changes in the values of and incomes from the properties they own. Mortgage REITs invest mostly in mortgages on real estate, which may secure, for example, construction, development or long-term loans, and the main source of their income is mortgage interest payments. Mortgage REITs may be affected by the credit quality of the mortgage loans they hold. A hybrid REIT combines the characteristics of equity REITs and mortgage REITs, generally by holding both ownership interests and mortgage interests in real estate, and thus may be subject to risks associated with both real estate ownership and investments in mortgage-related investments. Along with the risks common to different types of real estate-related investments, REITs, no matter the type, involve additional risk factors, including poor performance by the REIT’s manager, adverse changes to the tax laws, and the possible failure by the REIT to qualify for the favorable tax treatment applicable to REITs under the Code or an exemption under the 1940 Act. REITs are not diversified and are heavily dependent on cash flow earned on the property interests they hold.



 

37


Table of Contents

Mortgage REITs are exposed to the risks specific to the real estate market as well as the risks that relate specifically to the way in which mortgage REITs are organized and operated. Mortgage REITs receive principal and interest payments from the owners of the mortgaged properties. Accordingly, mortgage REITs are subject to the credit risk of the borrowers to whom they extend credit, and are subject to the risks described under “Mortgage-Backed Securities Risk” and “Debt Securities Risk.” Mortgage REITs are also subject to significant interest rate risk. Mortgage REITs typically use leverage and many are highly leveraged, which exposes them to the risks of leverage. Leverage risk refers to the risk that leverage created from borrowing may impair a mortgage REIT’s liquidity, cause it to liquidate positions at an unfavorable time and increase the volatility of the values of securities issued by the mortgage REIT. The use of leverage may not be advantageous to a mortgage REIT. To the extent that a mortgage REIT incurs significant leverage, it may incur substantial losses if its borrowing costs increase or if the assets it purchases with leverage decrease in value.

The Fund’s investment in a REIT may result in the Fund making distributions that constitute a return of capital to Fund shareholders for federal income tax purposes. In addition, distributions attributable to REITs made by the Fund to Fund shareholders will not qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction, or, generally, for treatment as qualified dividend income. Certain distributions made by the Fund attributable to dividends received by the Fund from REITs may qualify as “qualified REIT dividends” in the hands of non-corporate shareholders, as discussed in the SAI.

Real Estate Risk

To the extent that the Fund invests in real estate related investments, including REITs, real estate-related loans or real-estate linked derivative instruments, it will be subject to the risks associated with owning real estate and with the real estate industry generally. These include difficulties in valuing and disposing of real estate, the possibility of declines in the value of real estate, risks related to general and local economic conditions, the possibility of adverse changes in the climate for real estate, environmental liability risks, the risk of increases in property taxes and operating expenses, possible adverse changes in zoning laws, the risk of casualty or condemnation losses, limitations on rents, the possibility of adverse changes in interest rates and in the credit markets and the possibility of borrowers paying off mortgages sooner than expected, which may lead to reinvestment of assets at lower prevailing interest rates. To the extent that the Fund invests in REITs, it will also be subject to the risk that a REIT may default on its obligations or go bankrupt. By investing in REITs indirectly through the Fund, a shareholder will indirectly bear his or her proportionate share of the expenses of the REITs. The Fund’s investments in REITs could cause the Fund to recognize income in excess of cash received from those securities and, as a result, the Fund may be required to sell portfolio securities, including when it is not advantageous to do so, in order to make distributions. An investment in a REIT or a real estate-linked derivative instrument that is linked to the value of a REIT is subject to additional risks, such as poor performance by the manager of the REIT, adverse changes to the tax laws or failure by the REIT to qualify for the favorable tax treatment applicable to REITs under the Code. In addition, some REITs have limited diversification because they invest in a limited number of properties, a narrow geographic area, or a single type of property. Also, the organizational documents of a REIT may contain provisions that make changes in control of the REIT difficult and time-consuming. Finally, private REITs are not traded on a national securities exchange. As such, these products may be illiquid. This reduces the ability of the Fund to redeem its investment early. Private REITs are also generally harder to value and may bear higher fees than public REITs.

LIBOR Risk

The terms of many investments, financings or other transactions to which the Fund may be a party have been historically tied to the London Interbank Offered Rate, or “LIBOR.” LIBOR is the offered rate at which major international banks can obtain wholesale, unsecured funding, and LIBOR may be available for different durations (e.g., 1 month or 3 months) and for different currencies. LIBOR may be a significant factor in



 

38


Table of Contents

determining the Fund’s payment obligations under a derivative investment, the cost of financing to the Fund or an investment’s value or return to the Fund, and may be used in other ways that affect the Fund’s investment performance. In July 2017, the Financial Conduct Authority, the United Kingdom’s financial regulatory body, announced that after 2021 it will cease its active encouragement of banks to provide the quotations needed to sustain LIBOR. That announcement suggests that LIBOR may cease to be published after that time. Various financial industry groups have begun planning for that transition, but there are obstacles to converting certain securities and transactions to a new benchmark. Transition planning is at an early stage, and neither the effect of the transition process nor its ultimate success can yet be known. The transition process might lead to increased volatility and illiquidity in markets for instruments whose terms currently include LIBOR. It could also lead to a reduction in the value of some LIBOR-based investments and reduce the effectiveness of new hedges placed against existing LIBOR-based investments. While some LIBOR-based instruments may contemplate a scenario where LIBOR is no longer available by providing for an alternative rate-setting methodology and/or increased costs for certain LIBOR-related instruments or financing transactions, not all may have such provisions and there may be significant uncertainty regarding the effectiveness of any such alternative methodologies, resulting in prolonged adverse market conditions for the Fund. Since the usefulness of LIBOR as a benchmark could deteriorate during the transition period, these effects could occur prior to the end of 2021. There also remains uncertainty and risk regarding the willingness and ability of issuers to include enhanced provisions in new and existing contracts or instruments. All of the aforementioned may adversely affect the Fund’s performance or NAV.

Municipal Bond Risk

Investing in the municipal bond market involves the risks of investing in debt securities generally and certain other risks. The amount of public information available about the municipal bonds in the Fund’s portfolio is generally less than that for corporate equities or bonds, and the investment performance of the Fund’s investment in municipal bonds may therefore be more dependent on the analytical abilities of the Adviser than its investments in taxable bonds. The secondary market for municipal bonds also tends to be less well developed or liquid than many other securities markets, which may adversely affect the Fund’s ability to sell municipal bonds at attractive prices.

The ability of municipal issuers to make timely payments of interest and principal may be diminished during general economic downturns, by litigation, legislation or political events, or by the bankruptcy of the issuer. Laws, referenda, ordinances or regulations enacted in the future by Congress or state legislatures or the applicable governmental entity could extend the time for payment of principal and/or interest, or impose other constraints on enforcement of such obligations, or on the ability of municipal issuers to levy taxes. Issuers of municipal securities also might seek protection under the bankruptcy laws. In the event of bankruptcy of such an issuer, the Fund could experience delays in collecting principal and interest and the Fund may not, in all circumstances, be able to collect all principal and interest to which it is entitled. To enforce its rights in the event of a default in the payment of interest or repayment of principal, or both, the Fund may take possession of and manage the assets securing the issuer’s obligations on such securities, which may increase the Fund’s operating expenses. Any income derived from the Fund’s ownership or operation of such assets may not be tax exempt.

The Fund may invest in revenue bonds, which are typically issued to fund a wide variety of capital projects including: electric, gas, water and sewer systems; highways, bridges and tunnels; port and airport facilities; colleges and universities; and hospitals. Because the principal security for a revenue bond is generally the net revenues derived from a particular facility or group of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise or other specific revenue source, there is no guarantee that the particular project will generate enough revenue to pay its obligations, in which case the Fund’s performance may be adversely affected.



 

39


Table of Contents

Interest on municipal obligations, while generally exempt from federal income tax, may not be exempt from federal alternative minimum tax. The Fund does not expect to be eligible to pass the tax-exempt character of such interest through to Common Shareholders.

Hedging Strategy Risk

Certain of the investment techniques that the Fund may employ for hedging will expose the Fund to additional or increased risks. For example, there may be an imperfect correlation between changes in the value of the Fund’s portfolio holdings and hedging positions entered into by the Fund, which may prevent the Fund from achieving the intended hedge or expose the Fund to risk of loss. In addition, the Fund’s success in using hedge instruments is subject to the Adviser’s ability to predict correctly changes in the relationships of such hedge instruments to the Fund’s portfolio holdings, and there can be no assurance that the Adviser’s judgment in this respect will be accurate. Consequently, the use of hedging transactions might result in a poorer overall performance for the Fund, whether or not adjusted for risk, than if the Fund had not hedged its portfolio holdings. The Adviser is under no obligation to engage in any hedging strategies, and may, in its discretion, choose not to. Even if the Adviser desires to hedge some of the Fund’s risks, suitable hedging transactions may not be available or, if available, attractive. A failure to hedge may result in losses to the value of the Fund’s investments.

Short Sales and Short Position Risk

To the extent the Fund makes use of short sales for investment and/or risk management purposes, the Fund may be subject to certain risks associated with selling short. Short sales are transactions in which the Fund sells securities or other instruments that the Fund does not own. Short exposure with respect to securities or market segments may also be achieved through the use of derivative instruments, such as forwards, futures or swaps on indices or on individual securities. When the Fund engages in a short sale on a security or other instrument, it typically borrows the security or other instrument sold short and delivers it to the counterparty. The Fund will ordinarily have to pay a fee or premium to borrow the security and will be obligated to repay the lender of the security any dividends or interest that accrue on the security during the period of the loan. The amount of any gain from a short sale will be decreased, and the amount of any loss increased, by the amount of the premium, dividends, interest or expenses the Fund pays in connection with the short sale. Short sales expose the Fund to the risk that it will be required to cover its short position at a time when the securities have appreciated in value, thus resulting in a loss to the Fund. The Fund may engage in short sales when it does not own or have the right to acquire the security sold short at no additional cost. The Fund’s loss on a short sale theoretically could be unlimited in a case in which the Fund is unable, for whatever reason, to close out its short position. In addition, the Fund’s short selling strategies may limit its ability to benefit from increases in the markets. Short selling involves a form of financial leverage that may exaggerate any losses realized by the Fund. Also, there is the risk that the counterparty to a short sale may fail to honor its contractual terms, causing a loss to the Fund.

The Fund may borrow an instrument from a broker or other institution and sell it to establish a short position in the instrument. The Fund may also enter into a derivative transaction in order to establish a short position with respect to a reference asset. The Fund may make a profit or incur a loss depending upon whether the market price of the instrument or the value of the position decreases or increases between the date the Fund established the short position and the date on which the Fund must replace the borrowed instrument or otherwise close out the transaction. An increase in the value of an instrument, index or interest rate with respect to which the Fund has established a short position will result in a loss to the Fund, and there can be no assurance that the Fund will be able to close out the position at any particular time or at an acceptable price. The loss to the Fund from a short position is potentially unlimited.



 

40


Table of Contents

Convertible Securities Risk

The Fund may invest in convertible securities. Convertible securities include bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stock and other securities that may be converted into or exchanged for, at a specific price or formula within a particular period of time, a prescribed amount of common stock or other equity securities of the same or a different issuer. Convertible securities may entitle the holder to receive interest paid or accrued on debt or dividends paid or accrued on preferred stock until the security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. The market value of a convertible security is a function of its investment value and its conversion value. A security’s investment value represents the value of the security without its conversion feature (i.e., a nonconvertible fixed income security). The investment value may be determined by reference to its credit quality and the current value of its yield to maturity or probable call date. At any given time, investment value is dependent upon such factors as the general level of interest rates, the yield of similar nonconvertible securities, the financial strength of the issuer and the seniority of the security in the issuer’s capital structure. A security’s conversion value is determined by multiplying the number of shares the holder is entitled to receive upon conversion or exchange by the current price of the underlying security.

Focused Investment Risk

A fund that invests a substantial portion of its assets in a particular market, industry, sector, group of industries or sectors, country, region, group of countries or asset class is subject to greater risk than a fund that invests in a more diverse investment portfolio. In addition, the value of such a fund is more susceptible to any single economic, market, political, regulatory or other occurrence affecting, for example, the particular markets, industries, regions, sectors or asset classes in which the fund is invested. This is because, for example, issuers in a particular market, industry, region, sector or asset class may react similarly to specific economic, market, regulatory, political or other developments. The particular markets, industries, regions, sectors or asset classes in which the Fund may focus its investments may change over time and the Fund may alter its focus at inopportune times. To the extent the Fund invests in the securities of a limited number of issuers, it is particularly exposed to adverse developments affecting those issuers, and a decline in the market value of a particular security held by the Fund may affect the Fund’s performance more than if the Fund invested in the securities of a larger number of issuers. In addition, the limited number of issuers to which the Fund may be exposed may provide the Fund exposure to substantially the same market, industry, sector, group of industries or sectors, country, region, group of countries, or asset class, which may increase the risk of loss as a result of focusing the Fund’s investments, as discussed above.

Derivatives Risk

The Fund’s use of derivatives may involve risks different from, or greater than, the risks associated with investing in more traditional investments, such as stocks and bonds. Derivatives can be highly complex and may perform in ways unanticipated by the Adviser and may not be available at the time or price desired. Derivatives positions may also be improperly executed or constructed.

The Fund’s use of derivatives involves counterparty risk. See “Principal Risk Factors—Counterparty risk.” In the event a counterparty becomes insolvent, the Fund potentially could lose all or a large portion of the value of its investment in the derivative instrument. Because most derivatives involve contractual arrangements with a counterparty, the Fund’s ability to enter into them requires a willing counterparty. The Fund’s ability to close out or unwind a derivatives position prior to expiration or maturity may also depend on the ability and willingness of the counterparty to enter into a transaction closing out the position.

Derivatives may be difficult to value and highly illiquid and/or volatile. The Fund may not be able to close out or sell a derivatives position at a particular time or at an anticipated price. Use of derivatives may affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders and, therefore, may increase the amount of taxes payable by taxable shareholders.



 

41


Table of Contents

The Fund may use derivatives to create investment leverage and the Fund’s use of derivatives may otherwise cause its portfolio to be leveraged. Leverage increases the Fund’s portfolio losses when the value of its investments declines. Since many derivatives involve leverage, adverse changes in the value or level of the underlying asset, rate, or index may result in a loss substantially greater than the amount invested in the derivative itself. Some derivatives have the potential for unlimited loss, regardless of the size of the initial investment.

When the Fund enters into a derivatives transaction as a substitute for or alternative to a direct cash investment, the Fund is exposed to the risk that the derivative transaction may not provide a return that corresponds precisely or at all with that of the underlying investment. When the Fund uses a derivative for hedging purposes, it is possible that the derivative will not in fact provide the anticipated protection, and the Fund could lose money on both the derivative transaction and the exposure the Fund sought to hedge. While hedging strategies involving derivatives can reduce the risk of loss, they can also reduce the opportunity for gain or even result in losses by offsetting favorable price movements in other Fund investments.

When it takes a derivatives position, the Fund may be required to maintain assets as “cover,” maintain segregated accounts, post collateral or make margin payments. Assets that are segregated or used as cover, margin or collateral may be required to be in the form of cash or liquid securities, and typically may not be sold while the derivatives position is open unless they are replaced with other appropriate assets. If markets move against the Fund’s position, the Fund may be required to maintain or post additional assets and may have to dispose of existing investments to obtain assets acceptable as collateral or margin. This may prevent the Fund from pursuing its investment objective. Assets that are segregated or used as cover, margin or collateral typically are invested, and these investments are subject to risk and may result in losses to the Fund. These losses may be substantial, and may be in addition to losses incurred by using the derivative in question. If the Fund is unable to close out its position, it may be required to continue to maintain such assets or accounts or make such payments until the position expires or matures, and the Fund will continue to be subject to investment risk on the assets. In addition, the Fund may not be able to recover the full amount of its margin from an intermediary if that intermediary were to experience financial difficulty. Segregation, cover, margin and collateral requirements may impair the Fund’s ability to sell a portfolio security or make an investment at a time when it would otherwise be favorable to do so, or require the Fund to sell a portfolio security or close out a derivatives position at a disadvantageous time or price.

The SEC has proposed a new rule that would replace present SEC and SEC staff regulatory guidance related to limits on a registered investment company’s use of derivative instruments and certain other transactions, such as short sales and reverse repurchase agreements. There is no assurance that the rule will be adopted. The proposed rule would, among other things, limit the ability of the Fund to enter into derivative transactions and certain other transactions if the effect would be to increase the Fund’s value at risk (“VaR”) beyond a multiple of the VaR of a designated, unleveraged reference index or, alternatively, a percentage of the Fund’s net assets. These limitations may substantially curtail the Fund’s ability to use derivative instruments and inhibit the Adviser’s ability to establish what it views as the optimal level of leverage for the Fund, especially when the Fund has issued preferred shares or has borrowings, reverse repurchase agreements or similar transactions outstanding. If the proposed rule is adopted, the Fund might not be able to use derivative instruments, reverse repurchase agreements and other transactions involving leverage to the same extent as if the current regulatory structure had remained in place, and the ability of the Adviser to pursue the Fund’s investment objective as currently anticipated, and the Fund’s long-term investment performance, might be adversely affected. The risks described in this Prospectus relating to the Fund’s use of derivatives and other financial instruments, including Leverage Risk, would continue to apply generally if the rule were adopted as proposed. Future regulation of the derivatives markets may make derivatives more costly, may limit the availability or liquidity of derivatives, or may otherwise adversely affect the value or performance of derivatives. Any such adverse developments could impair the effectiveness of the Fund’s derivatives transactions and cause the Fund to lose value.



 

42


Table of Contents

Risks Related to the Fund’s Clearing Broker and Central Clearing Counterparty

Transactions in some types of swaps (including interest rate swaps and index credit default swaps) are required to be centrally cleared. In a transaction involving those swaps (“cleared derivatives”), the Fund’s counterparty is a clearing house, rather than a bank or broker. Since the Fund is not a member of clearing houses and only members of a clearing house (“clearing members”) can participate directly in the clearing house, the Fund will hold cleared derivatives through accounts at clearing members. In cleared derivatives positions, the Fund will make payments (including margin payments) to and receive payments from a clearing house through their accounts at clearing members. Clearing members guarantee performance of their clients’ obligations to the clearing house. There is a risk that assets deposited by the Fund with any swaps or futures clearing member as margin for futures contracts or cleared swaps may, in certain circumstances, be used to satisfy losses of other clients of the Fund’s clearing member. In addition, the assets of the Fund might not be fully protected in the event of the clearing member’s bankruptcy, as the Fund would be limited to recovering only a pro rata share of all available funds segregated on behalf of the clearing member’s customers for the relevant account class. Similarly, all customer funds held at a clearing organization in connection with any futures contracts are held in a commingled omnibus account and are not identified to the name of the clearing member’s individual customers.

In some ways, cleared derivative arrangements are less favorable to funds than bilateral arrangements. For example, a Fund may be required to provide more margin for cleared derivatives positions than for bilateral derivatives positions. Also, in contrast to a bilateral derivatives position, following a period of notice to a Fund, a clearing member generally can require termination of an existing cleared derivatives position at any time or an increase in margin requirements above the margin that the clearing member required at the beginning of a transaction. Clearing houses also have broad rights to increase margin requirements for existing positions or to terminate those positions at any time. Any increase in margin requirements or termination of existing cleared derivatives positions by the clearing member or the clearing house could interfere with the ability of a Fund to pursue its investment strategy. Further, any increase in margin requirements by a clearing member could expose a Fund to greater credit risk to its clearing member because margin for cleared derivatives positions in excess of a clearing house’s margin requirements may be held by the clearing member. Also, a Fund is subject to risk if it enters into a derivatives transaction that is required to be cleared (or that the Adviser expects to be cleared), and no clearing member is willing or able to clear the transaction on the Fund’s behalf. In those cases, the position might have to be terminated, and the Fund could lose some or all of the benefit of the position, including loss of an increase in the value of the position and/or loss of hedging protection, or could realize a loss. In addition, the documentation governing the relationship between the Fund and clearing members is drafted by the clearing members and generally is less favorable to the Fund than typical bilateral derivatives documentation. While futures contracts entail similar risks, the risks likely are more pronounced for cleared swaps due to their more limited liquidity and the short market history of clearing houses.

Counterparty Risk

The Fund will be subject to credit risk presented by another party (whether a clearing corporation in the case of exchange-traded or cleared instruments or another third party in the case of over-the-counter instruments) that promises to honor an obligation to the Fund with respect to the derivative contracts and other instruments, such as repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements, entered into by the Fund. If such a party becomes bankrupt or insolvent or otherwise fails or is unwilling to perform its obligations to the Fund due to financial difficulties or for other reasons, the Fund may experience significant losses or delays in realizing on any collateral the counterparty has provided in respect of the counterparty’s obligations to the Fund or recovering collateral that the Fund has provided and is entitled to recover. In addition, in the event of the bankruptcy, insolvency or other event of default (e.g., cross-default) of a counterparty to a derivative transaction, the derivative transaction would typically be terminated at its fair market value. If the Fund is owed this fair market value in the termination of the derivative transaction and its claim is unsecured, the Fund will likely be treated as a general creditor of such



 

43


Table of Contents

counterparty. The Fund may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances. Counterparty risk with respect to certain exchange-traded and over-the-counter derivatives may be further complicated by U.S. financial reform legislation. Subject to certain U.S. federal income tax limitations, the Fund is not subject to any limit with respect to the number or the value of transactions they can enter into with a single counterparty.

Unrated Securities Risk

Unrated securities (which are not rated by a rating agency) may be less liquid than comparable rated securities and involve the risk that the Adviser may not accurately evaluate the security’s comparative credit rating and value. To the extent that the Fund invests in unrated securities, the Fund’s success in achieving its investment objective may depend more heavily on the Adviser’s creditworthiness analysis than if the Fund invested exclusively in rated securities. Some or all of the unrated instruments in which the Fund may invest will involve credit risk comparable to or greater than that of rated debt securities of below investment grade quality.

Structured Products and Structured Notes Risk

Generally, structured investments are interests in entities organized and operated for the purpose of restructuring the investment characteristics of underlying investment interests or securities. These investment entities may be structured as trusts or other types of pooled investment vehicles. This type of restructuring generally involves the deposit with or purchase by an entity of the underlying investments and the issuance by that entity of one or more classes of securities backed by, or representing interests in, the underlying investments or referencing an indicator related to such investments. The cash flow or rate of return on the underlying investments may be apportioned among the newly issued securities to create different investment characteristics, such as varying maturities, credit quality, payment priorities and interest rate provisions. Structured products include, among other things, CDOs, mortgage-backed securities, other types of asset-backed securities and certain types of structured notes.

The cash flow or rate of return on a structured investment may be determined by applying a multiplier to the rate of total return on the underlying investments or referenced indicator. Application of a multiplier is comparable to the use of financial leverage, a speculative technique. Leverage magnifies the potential for gain and the risk of loss. As a result, a relatively small decline in the value of the underlying investments or referenced indicator could result in a relatively large loss in the value of a structured product. Holders of structured products indirectly bear risks associated with the underlying investments, index or reference obligation, and are subject to counterparty risk. The Fund generally has the right to receive payments to which it is entitled only from the structured product, and generally does not have direct rights against the issuer. While certain structured investment vehicles enable the investor to acquire interests in a pool of securities without the brokerage and other expenses associated with directly holding the same securities, investors in structured vehicles generally pay their share of the investment vehicle’s administrative and other expenses.

Structured products are generally privately offered and sold, and thus, are not registered under the securities laws. Certain structured products may be thinly traded or have a limited trading market and may have the effect of increasing the Fund’s illiquidity to the extent that the Fund, at a particular point in time, may be unable to find qualified buyers for these securities. In addition to the general risks associated with fixed income securities discussed herein, structured products carry additional risks including, but not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from underlying investments will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the underlying investments may decline in value or default; (iii) the possibility that the security may be subordinate to other classes of the issuer’s securities; and (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results.



 

44


Table of Contents

Structured notes are derivative securities for which the amount of principal repayment and/or interest payments is based on the movement of one or more “factors.” These factors may include, but are not limited to, currency exchange rates, interest rates (such as the prime lending rate or LIBOR), referenced bonds and stock indices. Some of these factors may or may not correlate to the total rate of return on one or more underlying instruments referenced in such notes.

In some cases, the impact of the movements of these factors may increase or decrease through the use of multipliers or deflators. Investments in structured notes involve risks including interest rate risk, credit risk and market risk. Depending on the factor used and the use of multipliers or deflators, changes in interest rates and movement of the factor may cause significant price fluctuations. Additionally, changes in the reference instrument or security may cause the interest rate on the structured note to be reduced to zero and any further changes in the reference instrument may then reduce the principal amount payable on maturity. In the case of structured notes where the reference instrument is a debt instrument, such as credit-linked notes, the Fund will be subject to the credit risk of the issuer of the reference instrument and the issuer of the structured note.

The Adviser manages a wide variety of accounts and investment strategies. Investments made on behalf of one client or strategy can raise conflict of interest issues with other of the Adviser’s clients or strategies. For example, the Adviser may cause a client to purchase an issuer’s debt security and cause another client to purchase a different debt security of the same issuer, such as a different bond of the issuer or different tranche of a mortgage-backed security that is subordinated to the investment held by other clients. Please refer to the section of the SAI entitled “Portfolio Managers—Conflicts of Interest” for more information.

Issuer Risk

Issuer risk is the risk that the market price of securities may go up or down, sometimes rapidly or unpredictably, including due to factors affecting securities markets generally, particular industries represented in those markets, or the issuer itself.

Equity Securities, Small Capitalization Companies and Related Market Risk

The market price of common stocks and other equity securities may go up or down, sometimes rapidly or unpredictably. Equity securities may decline in value due to factors affecting equity securities markets generally, particular industries represented in those markets, or the issuer itself. See “Principal Risk Factors—Issuer risk.” The values of equity securities may decline due to general market conditions that are not specifically related to a particular company, such as real or perceived adverse economic conditions, changes in the general outlook for corporate earnings, changes in interest or currency rates or adverse investor sentiment generally. They also may decline due to factors which affect a particular industry or industries, such as labor shortages or increased production costs and competitive conditions within an industry. Equity securities generally have greater price volatility than bonds and other debt securities.

Confidential Information Access Risk

In managing the Fund, the Adviser may seek to avoid the receipt of material, non-public information (“Confidential Information”) about the issuers of floating rate loans or other investments being considered for acquisition by the Fund or held in the Fund’s portfolio if the receipt of the Confidential Information would restrict one or more of the Adviser’s clients, including, potentially, the Fund, from trading in securities they hold or in which they may invest. In many instances, issuers offer to furnish Confidential Information to prospective purchasers or holders of the issuer’s loans or other securities. In circumstances when the Adviser declines to receive Confidential Information from these issuers, the Fund may be disadvantaged in comparison to other investors, including with respect to evaluating the issuer and the price the Fund would pay or receive when it



 

45


Table of Contents

buys or sells those investments, and the Fund may not take advantage of investment opportunities that it otherwise might have if it had received such Confidential Information. Further, in situations when the Fund is asked, for example, to grant consents, waivers or amendments with respect to such investments, the Adviser’s ability to assess such consents, waivers and amendments may be compromised. In certain circumstances, the Adviser may determine to receive Confidential Information, including on behalf of clients other than the Fund. Receipt of Confidential Information by the Adviser could limit the Fund’s ability to sell certain investments held by the Fund or pursue certain investment opportunities on behalf of the Fund, potentially for a substantial period of time.

Restricted Securities, Rule 144A/Regulation S Securities Risk

The Fund may hold securities that the Fund is prevented or limited by law or the terms of an agreement from selling (a “restricted security”). To the extent that the Fund is permitted to sell a restricted security, there can be no assurance that a trading market will exist at any particular time and the Fund may be unable to dispose of the security promptly at reasonable prices or at all. The Fund may have to bear the expense of registering the securities for resale and the risk of substantial delays in effecting registration. Also, restricted securities may be difficult to value because market quotations may not be readily available, and the values of restricted securities may have significant volatility. Limitations on the resale of restricted securities may have an adverse effect on their marketability, and may prevent the Fund from disposing of them promptly at reasonable prices. The Fund may have to bear the expense of registering such securities for resale and the risk of substantial delays in effecting such registration.

Inflation/Deflation Risk

Inflation risk is the risk that the value of assets or income from the Fund’s investments will be worth less in the future as inflation decreases the value of payments at future dates. As inflation increases, the real value of the Fund’s portfolio could decline. Deflation risk is the risk that prices throughout the economy decline over time. Deflation may have an adverse effect on the creditworthiness of issuers and may make issuer default more likely, which may result in a decline in the value of the Fund’s portfolio.

Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risk

Various market risks can affect the price or liquidity of an issuer’s securities in which the Fund may invest. Returns from the securities in which the Fund invests may underperform returns from the various general securities markets. Different types of securities tend to go through cycles of outperformance and underperformance in comparison to the general securities markets. Adverse events occurring with respect to an issuer’s performance or financial position can depress the value of the issuer’s securities. The liquidity in a market for a particular security will affect its value and may be affected by factors relating to the issuer, as well as the depth of the market for that security. Other market risks that can affect value include a market’s current attitudes about types of securities, market reactions to political or economic events, including litigation, and tax and regulatory effects (including lack of adequate regulations for a market or particular type of instrument). During periods of severe market stress, it is possible that the market for certain investments held by the Fund, such as loans, may become highly illiquid. In such an event, the Fund may find it difficult to sell the investments it holds, and, for those investments it is able to sell in such circumstances, the sale price may be significantly lower than, and the trade settlement period may be longer than, anticipated.

Markets may, in response to governmental actions or intervention, political, economic or market developments, or other external factors, experience periods of high volatility and reduced liquidity. During those periods, the Fund may have to sell securities at times when it would otherwise not do so, and potentially at unfavorable prices. Securities may be difficult to value during such periods. These risks may be heightened for



 

46


Table of Contents

fixed income securities due to the current low interest rate environment. The United States and other governments and the Federal Reserve and certain foreign central banks have taken steps in the past to support financial markets. The withdrawal of support, failure of efforts in response to a financial crisis, or investor perception that those efforts are not succeeding could negatively affect financial markets generally as well as the values and liquidity of certain securities. Federal, state, and other governments, their regulatory agencies, or self-regulatory organizations may take actions that affect the regulation of the securities in which the Fund invests or the issuers of such securities in ways that are unforeseeable. Legislation or regulation also may change the way in which the Fund or the Adviser are regulated. Such legislation, regulation, or other government action could limit or preclude the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective and affect the Fund’s performance. Political, social or financial instability, civil unrest and acts of terrorism are other potential risks that could adversely affect an investment in a security or in markets or issuers generally. In addition, political developments in foreign countries or the United States may at times subject such countries to sanctions from the U.S. government, foreign governments and/or international institutions that could negatively affect the Fund’s investments in issuers located in, doing business in or with assets in such countries.

Portfolio Turnover Risk

The length of time the Fund has held a particular security is not generally a consideration in investment decisions. A change in the securities held by the Fund is known as portfolio turnover. Portfolio turnover generally involves a number of direct and indirect costs and expenses to the Fund, including, for example, brokerage commissions, dealer mark-ups and bid/ask spreads, and transaction costs on the sale of securities and reinvestment in other securities, and may result in the realization of taxable capital gains (including short-term capital gains, which are generally taxable to shareholders subject to tax at ordinary income rates). Portfolio turnover risk includes the risk that frequent purchases and sales of portfolio securities may result in higher Fund expenses and may result in larger distributions of taxable capital gains to investors as compared to a fund that trades less frequently.

Legal and Regulatory Risk

Legal, tax and regulatory changes could occur and may adversely affect the Fund and its ability to pursue its investment strategies and/or increase the costs of implementing such strategies. New (or revised) laws or regulations may be imposed by the CFTC, the SEC, the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”), the U.S. Federal Reserve or other banking regulators, other governmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations that supervise the financial markets that could adversely affect the Fund. In particular, these agencies are implementing a variety of new rules pursuant to financial reform legislation in the United States. The EU and some other countries are implementing similar requirements. The Fund also may be adversely affected by changes in the enforcement or interpretation of existing statutes and rules by these governmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations.

In addition, the securities and futures markets are subject to comprehensive statutes, regulations and margin requirements. The CFTC, the SEC, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, other regulators and self-regulatory organizations and exchanges are authorized under these statutes, regulations and otherwise to take extraordinary actions in the event of market emergencies. The Fund and the Adviser have historically been eligible for exemptions from certain regulations. However, there is no assurance that the Fund and the Adviser will continue to be eligible for such exemptions.

The SEC has in the past adopted interim rules requiring reporting of all short positions above a certain de minimis threshold and may adopt rules requiring monthly public disclosure in the future. In addition, other non-U.S. jurisdictions where the Fund may trade have adopted reporting requirements. If the Fund’s short positions or its strategy become generally known, it could have a significant effect on the Adviser’s ability to



 

47


Table of Contents

implement its investment strategy. In particular, it would make it more likely that other investors could cause a short squeeze in the securities held short by the Fund forcing the Fund to cover its positions at a loss. Such reporting requirements may also limit the Adviser’s ability to access management and other personnel at certain companies where the Adviser seeks to take a short position. In addition, if other investors engage in copycat behavior by taking positions in the same issuers as the Fund, the cost of borrowing securities to sell short could increase drastically and the availability of such securities to the Fund could decrease drastically. Such events could make the Fund unable to execute its investment strategy.

Rules implementing the credit risk retention requirements of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) for asset-backed securities require the sponsor of certain securitization vehicles (or a majority owned affiliate of such sponsor) to retain, and to refrain from transferring, selling, conveying to a third party, or hedging the credit risk on a portion of the assets transferred, sold, or conveyed through the issuance of the asset-backed securities of such vehicle, subject to certain exceptions. These requirements may increase the costs to originators, securitizers, and, in certain cases, collateral managers of securitization vehicles in which the Fund may invest, which costs could be passed along to the Fund as an investor in such vehicles. In addition, the costs imposed by the risk retention rules on originators, securitizers and/or collateral managers may result in a reduction of the number of new offerings of asset-backed securities and thus in fewer investment opportunities for the Fund. A reduction in the number of new securitizations could also reduce liquidity in the markets for certain types of financial assets that are typically held by securitization vehicles, which in turn could negatively affect the returns on the Fund’s investment in asset-backed securities.

Tax Risk

The Fund intends to elect to be treated as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under the Code and intends each year to qualify and be eligible to be treated as such. If the Fund qualifies as a RIC, it generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on its net investment income or net short-term or long-term capital gains, distributed (or deemed distributed) to shareholders, provided that, for each taxable year, the Fund distributes (or is treated as distributing) to its shareholders an amount equal to or exceeding 90% of its “investment company taxable income” as that term is defined in the Code (which includes, among other things, dividends, taxable interest and the excess of any net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses, as reduced by certain deductible expenses). The Fund intends to distribute all or substantially all of its investment company taxable income and net capital gain each year. In order for the Fund to qualify as a RIC in any taxable year, the Fund must meet certain asset diversification tests and at least 90% of its gross income for such year must be certain types of qualifying income. If for any taxable year the Fund were to fail to meet the income or diversification test described above, the Fund could in some cases cure the failure, including by paying a fund-level tax and, in the case of a diversification test failure, disposing of certain assets. Some of the income and gain that the Fund may recognize, such as income and gain from real estate assets received upon foreclosure of a loan held by the Fund, generally does not constitute qualifying income, and whether certain other income and gain that the Fund may recognize constitutes qualifying income is not certain. The Fund’s investments therefore may be limited by the Fund’s intention to qualify as a RIC and may bear on the Fund’s ability to so qualify.

The Fund may hold certain investments that do not give rise to qualifying income through one or more wholly-owned and controlled Subsidiaries treated as U.S. corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Such Subsidiaries will be required to pay U.S. corporate income tax on their earnings, which ultimately will reduce the yield on such investments. Depending on the assets held by the Subsidiary and other considerations, a Subsidiary may qualify and elect to be treated as a REIT for federal income tax purposes, in which case such Subsidiary generally would not be subject to U.S. corporate income tax to the extent such Subsidiary timely distributes all its income and gain. The Fund may not invest more than 25% of its total assets in (i) any one Subsidiary or (i) two or more Subsidiaries that are treated as being in the same, similar or related trades or businesses for purposes of the diversification tests applicable to RICs.



 

48


Table of Contents

If the Fund were ineligible to or otherwise did not cure such failure for any year, or were otherwise to fail to qualify as a RIC accorded special tax treatment in any taxable year, it would be treated as a corporation subject to U.S. federal income tax, thereby subjecting any income earned by the Fund to tax at the corporate level and, when such income is distributed, to a further tax as dividends at the shareholder level to the extent of the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits.

Repurchase Agreements Risk

In the event of a default or bankruptcy by a selling financial institution under a repurchase agreement, the Fund will seek to sell the underlying security serving as collateral. However, this could involve certain costs or delays, and, to the extent that proceeds from any sale were less than the repurchase price, the Fund could suffer a loss.

Zero-Coupon Bond Risk

Zero-coupon bonds are issued at a significant discount from their principal amount in lieu of paying interest periodically. Because zero-coupon bonds do not pay current interest in cash, their value is subject to greater fluctuation in response to changes in market interest rates than bonds that pay interest currently. Zero-coupon bonds allow an issuer to avoid the need to generate cash to meet current interest payments. Accordingly, such bonds may involve greater credit risks than bonds paying interest currently in cash. The Fund is required to accrue interest income on such investments and to distribute such amounts at least annually to shareholders even though the investments do not make any current interest payments. Thus, it may be necessary at times for the Fund to liquidate other investments in order to satisfy its distribution requirements under the Code.

Operational Risk

An investment in the Fund, like any fund, can involve operational risks arising from factors such as processing errors, human errors, inadequate or failed internal or external processes, failures in systems and technology, changes in personnel and errors caused by third-party service providers. The occurrence of any of these failures, errors or breaches could result in investment losses to the Fund, a loss of information, regulatory scrutiny, reputational damage or other events, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Fund. While the Fund seeks to minimize such events through controls and oversight, there may still be failures that could cause losses to the Fund.

Cybersecurity Risk

With the increased use of technologies such as the Internet and the dependence on computer systems to perform necessary business functions, investment companies such as the Fund and its service providers may be prone to operational and information security risks resulting from cyber-attacks. In general, cyber-attacks result from deliberate attacks but unintentional events may have effects similar to those caused by cyber-attacks. Cyber- attacks include, among other behaviors, stealing or corrupting data maintained online or digitally, denial of service attacks on websites, the unauthorized release of confidential information and causing operational disruption. Successful cyber-attacks against, or security breakdowns of, the Fund or its adviser, custodian, fund accountant, fund administrator, transfer agent, pricing vendors and/or other third party service providers may adversely impact the Fund and its shareholders. For instance, cyber-attacks may impact the Fund’s ability to calculate its NAV, cause the release of private shareholder information or confidential Fund information, impede trading, cause reputational damage, and subject the Fund to regulatory fines, penalties or financial losses, reimbursement or other compensation costs, and/or additional compliance costs.



 

49


Table of Contents

Preferred Securities risk

In addition to many of the risks associated with both debt securities (e.g., interest rate risk and credit risk) and common shares or other equity securities, preferred securities typically contain provisions that allow an issuer, under certain conditions, to skip (in the case of noncumulative preferred securities) or defer (in the case of cumulative preferred securities) dividend payments. If a Fund owns a preferred security that is deferring its distributions, the Fund may be required to report income for tax purposes while it is not receiving any distributions. In addition, preferred securities typically do not provide any voting rights, except in some cases in which dividends are in arrears beyond a certain time period, which varies by issue. Preferred securities are generally subordinated to bonds and other debt instruments in a company’s capital structure in terms of priority to corporate income and liquidation payments, and therefore will be subject to greater credit risk than those debt instruments. Preferred securities may be substantially less liquid than many other securities.

Other Investment Companies Risk

As a shareholder in an investment company, the Fund will bear its ratable share of that investment company’s expenses, and would remain subject to payment of the Fund’s investment management fees with respect to the assets so invested. Common Shareholders would therefore be subject to duplicative expenses to the extent the Fund invests in other investment companies. In addition, these other investment companies may use leverage, in which case an investment would subject the Fund to additional risks associated with leverage. See “Principal Risk Factors—Leverage risk.”

Anti-Takeover Provisions Risk

The Fund’s Declaration of Trust includes provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or to convert the Fund to open-end status. See “Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Declaration of Trust” and “Repurchase of Common Shares; Conversion to Open-End Fund.” These provisions in the Declaration of Trust could have the effect of depriving the Common Shareholders of opportunities to sell their Common Shares at a premium over the then-current market price of the Common Shares or at NAV.



 

50


Table of Contents

SUMMARY OF FUND EXPENSES

The following table and the expenses shown assume the use of leverage in the form of borrowings (e.g., loans, lines of credit) in an amount equal to 23.08% of the Fund’s total assets (including the amounts of leverage obtained through such borrowings), and show Fund expenses as a percentage of net assets attributable to Common Shares. Footnote (5) to the table also shows Fund expenses as a percentage of net assets attributable to Common Shares, but assumes that no leverage is used.

 

       Percentage
of offering
price
 

Shareholder Transaction Expenses

    

Sales Load Paid by Investors(1)

       None  

Offering Expenses Borne by the Fund(2),(3)

       None  

Dividend Reinvestment Plan Fees(4)

       None  

 

     Percentage
of net
assets
attributable
to common
shares
(assuming
leverage is
used)(5)
 

Annual Expenses

  

Management Fees

     1.76%  

Administration Fees(6)

     0.03%  

Interest Expense on Borrowed Funds(7)

     0.81%  

Dividends Payable and Other Costs on Preferred Shares(8)

     0.00%  

Other Expenses(9)

     0.30%  

Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses(10)

     0.01%  
  

 

 

 

Total Annual Expenses(1)

     2.91%  
  

 

 

 

 

(1)

The Adviser (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay, from its own assets, compensation of up to $0.54 per Common Share to the Underwriters in connection with the offering, which amount will not exceed 2.70% of the total public offering price of the Common Shares sold in this offering. In addition, the Adviser (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay, from its own assets, an upfront structuring fee to UBS Securities LLC, BofA Securities, Inc. (or an affiliate), Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC, and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated and may pay certain other qualifying underwriters a structuring fee, sales incentive fee, or additional compensation in connection with the offering. Separately, the Adviser (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay an amount equal to 0.35% of the total price to the public of the Common Shares sold in the Fund’s initial public offering (including any Common Shares sold pursuant to the overallotment option) within 10 business days of the closing of the initial public offering, 0.175% of the total price to the public of the Common Shares sold in the Fund’s initial public offering (including any Common Shares sold pursuant to the overallotment option) on January 31, 2021, and 0.175% of the total price to the public of the Common Shares sold in the Fund’s initial public offering (including any Common Shares sold pursuant to the overallotment option) on January 31, 2022, to Vision 4, as payment for providing certain distribution-related services and to pay up to $465,000 in expense reimbursement to Vision 4. The sum total of all compensation to the underwriters in connection with this initial public offering of Common Shares, including all forms of additional compensation or structuring or sales incentive fee payments, if any, to the underwriters and other expenses, will be limited to not more than [●]% of the total public offering price of the Common Shares sold in this offering. See “Underwriters—Additional Underwriter Compensation.” These fees and compensation are not reflected under “Sales Load Paid by Investors” in the table above because they are paid by the Adviser (and not the Fund).

(2)

The Adviser (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay from its own assets all organizational expenses of the Fund and all offering costs associated with this offering. The Fund is not obligated to repay any such organizational expenses or offering costs paid by the Adviser.

(3)

The Adviser (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay from its own assets, upfront structuring fees to UBS Securities LLC, BofA Securities, Inc. (or an affiliate), Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC, and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, and may pay certain other qualifying underwriters a structuring fee, sales incentive fee or additional compensation in connection with the offering. These fees are not reflected under Offering Expenses Borne by the Fund in the table above. See “Underwriters—Additional Underwriter Compensation”. In accordance with Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) rules, these upfront structuring fees as well as any additional compensation or sales incentive fee are underwriting compensation to [●].

 

51


Table of Contents
(4)

There will be no brokerage charges with respect to Common Shares issued directly by the Fund under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan. You will pay brokerage charges if you direct your broker or the plan agent to sell your Common Shares that you acquired pursuant to a dividend reinvestment plan. You will also bear a pro rata share of brokerage commissions incurred in connection with open-market purchases pursuant to the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”

(5)

The table presented below in this footnote (5) estimates what the Fund’s annual expenses would be, stated as percentages of the Fund’s net assets attributable to Common Shares, but, unlike the table above, assumes that the Fund does not use borrowings for purposes of adding leverage to the Fund’s portfolio. See “Leverage.” In accordance with these assumptions, the Fund’s expenses would be estimated to be as follows:

 

     Percentage
of net
assets
attributable
to common
shares
(assuming
no use of
leverage)
 

Annual Expenses

  

Management Fees

     1.35

Administration Fees(6)

     0.02

Other Expenses(9)

     0.38

Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses(10)

     0.01
  

 

 

 

Total Annual Expenses(1)

     1.76
  

 

 

 

 

(6)

The Master Services Agreement between the Fund and the Administrator obligates the Fund to pay the Administrator a fee of 0.02% of the Fund’s average total managed assets for providing administration, bookkeeping, pricing, and other services to the Fund.

(7)

Assumes the use of leverage in the form of borrowings representing 23.08% of the Fund’s total managed assets (including the amounts of leverage obtained through such borrowings) at an annual effective interest rate cost to the Fund of 2.71%, which is based on DoubleLine’s assessment of current market conditions. See “Leverage—Effects of leverage.” The actual amount of interest expense borne by the Fund will vary over time in accordance with a variety of factors depending on the form(s) and amount(s) of leverage employed and market conditions, including, potentially, market interest rates, such as LIBOR.

(8)

If the Fund were to issue 50,000,000 Common Shares or more, the Fund would expect, subject to then favorable market conditions, to seek to use leverage through borrowings, the issuance of preferred shares or a combination of borrowings and the issuance of preferred shares. There is no assurance that the Fund will be able to procure borrowings or issue preferred shares as described herein. The information in this Summary of Fund Expenses section assumes that the Fund sells less than 50,000,000 Common Shares and that the Fund does not issue any preferred shares. Accordingly, the table does not reflect any expenses that would be associated with preferred shares.

(9)

“Other Expenses” are based on estimated amounts for the Fund’s initial fiscal year ending September 30, 2020 and assume that the Fund issues approximately 12,500,000 Common Shares.

(10)

“Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses” are based on estimated amounts for the Fund’s initial fiscal year ending September 30, 2020.

The purpose of the tables above is to help you understand the fees and expenses that you, as a Common Shareholder, would bear directly or indirectly. The expenses shown in the table and related footnotes are based on estimated amounts for the Fund’s first year of operations and current market conditions and assume that the Fund issues approximately 12,500,000 Common Shares. See “Management of the Fund” and “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”

Example

As required by relevant SEC regulations, the following example illustrates the expenses that you would pay on a $1,000 investment in Common Shares, assuming (a) the Fund’s total annual expenses are 2.91% of net assets attributable to Common Shares in years 1 through 10 (assuming the Fund obtains leverage through borrowings in an amount equal to 23.08% of the Fund’s total assets) and (b) a 5% annual return(1):

 

     1 Year      3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  

Total Expenses Incurred

   $ 29      $ 90      $ 153      $ 322  

 

(1)

The example above should not be considered a representation of future expenses. Actual expenses may be higher or lower than those shown. The example assumes that the estimated interest expense on borrowed funds and “Other expenses” set forth in the Annual Expenses table are accurate, that the rates listed under “Total Annual Expenses” remain the same each year and that all dividends and distributions are reinvested at NAV. Actual expenses may be greater or less than those assumed. Moreover, the Fund’s actual rate of return may be greater or less than the hypothetical 5% annual return shown in the example.

 

52


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

The Fund is newly organized and its Common Shares have not previously been offered. Therefore, the Fund does not have any financial history. Additional information about the Fund’s investments will be available in the Fund’s annual and semi-annual reports when they are prepared.

THE FUND

The Fund is a newly organized, non-diversified, limited term closed-end management investment company registered under the 1940 Act. The Fund was organized as a Massachusetts business trust on September 17, 2019, pursuant to the Declaration of Trust, which is governed by the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts. As a newly organized entity, the Fund has no operating history. The Fund’s principal office is located at 333 South Grand Avenue, Suite 1800, Los Angeles, CA 90071, and its telephone number is (877)  DLine11 (877-354-6311).

USE OF PROCEEDS

The net proceeds of the offering of Common Shares will be approximately $[●] (or $[●] if the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full). The Fund will invest the net proceeds of the offering in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and strategies as stated below. It is presently anticipated that the Fund will be able to invest substantially all of the net proceeds in investments that meet its investment objective and policies within approximately three months after the completion of the offering. Pending such investment, it is anticipated that the proceeds will be invested in high quality, short-term securities and/or index futures contracts or similar derivative instruments designed to give the Fund exposure to the securities and markets in which it intends to invest while DoubleLine selects specific investments. The initial distributions by the Fund may consist primarily of a return of capital depending on the timing of the investment of the proceeds of this offering.

THE FUND’S INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND STRATEGIES

Investment objective

The Fund’s investment objective is to seek a high level of total return, with an emphasis on current income. The Fund cannot assure you that it will achieve its investment objective.

Principal Investment Strategies

Under normal market conditions, the Fund will seek to achieve its investment objective by investing in a portfolio of investments selected for its potential to provide a high level of total return, with an emphasis on current income. The Fund may invest in debt securities and other income-producing investments of issuers anywhere in the world, including in emerging markets, and may invest in investments of any credit quality. The Fund expects initially, and may thereafter continue, to invest substantially in debt instruments of below investment grade quality (including debt securities commonly referred to as “high yield” securities or “junk bonds”) and unrated instruments. The Fund may invest in securities of any or no maturity or negative duration, and there are no limits on the duration of the Fund’s portfolio.

DoubleLine allocates the Fund’s assets among sectors of the debt market, and among investments within those sectors, in an attempt to construct a portfolio providing the potential for a high level of total return, with an emphasis on current income, consistent with what DoubleLine considers an appropriate level of risk in light of market

 

53


Table of Contents

conditions prevailing at the time. In managing the Fund’s investments, the Adviser uses a controlled risk approach. The techniques of this approach attempt to control the principal risk components of the fixed-income markets and include consideration of:

 

   

the relative values and fundamentals of the different sectors of the debt market

 

   

the relative values of securities within a sector

 

   

the shape of the yield curve; and

 

   

fluctuations in the overall level of interest rates.

The Fund’s portfolio managers are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Fund; DoubleLine’s sector managers implement security selection decisions at the sector level. DoubleLine will select investments over time to implement its long-term strategic investment view. It also will buy and sell securities opportunistically in response to short-term market, economic, political, or other developments or otherwise as opportunities may present themselves. DoubleLine will manage the Fund under an integrated risk management framework overseen by the Fund’s portfolio management team and DoubleLine’s risk management team. DoubleLine expects that the Fund will normally not invest more than 50% of its total assets in a single sector of the debt market (excluding the U.S. Government securities sector), as determined by the Adviser. Generally, the sectors of the debt market among which the Adviser expects to allocate the Fund’s assets principally from time to time include, among others, commercial mortgage-backed securities, agency residential mortgage-backed securities, non-agency residential mortgage backed securities, non-mortgage-related asset-backed securities, investment grade corporate debt, high yield corporate debt, bank and other loans, international sovereign debt, emerging market debt, CLOs, U.S. Government securities, and municipal debt. Based on current market conditions, DoubleLine expects the Fund will initially have significant holdings of securitized credit, such as commercial mortgage-backed securities, non-agency residential mortgage backed securities, non-mortgage-related asset-backed securities and CLOs, with a relative underweight to the corporate credit sectors, such as investment grade and high yield corporate debt.

Within each sector, the Fund may invest in debt securities and other income-producing investments based on DoubleLine’s assessment of the potential returns and risks of particular securities and other investments within that sector. Such securities may include, by way of example, mortgage-related securities of any kind, including commercial and residential mortgage-backed securities; other asset-backed securities; below investment grade debt (including debt securities commonly referred to as “high yield” or “junk bonds”); debt securities issued by domestic or foreign (including emerging market) corporate or other issuers; obligations of foreign (including emerging market) sovereigns or their agencies or instrumentalities; supra-national obligations; CLOs, including CRE CLOs; equity, mortgage, or hybrid REIT securities; bank loans and assignments and other fixed and floating rate loans (including, among others, senior loans, second lien or other subordinated or unsecured loans, delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities); municipal securities and other debt securities issued by state or local governments and their agencies, authorities and by other government-sponsored enterprises; payment-in-kind securities; zero-coupon bonds; convertible bonds and securities; inflation-indexed bonds; structured notes and other hybrid instruments; credit-linked trust certificates; preferred securities; commercial paper; and cash and cash equivalents. The Fund may also invest without limit in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored corporations; however, the Fund expects initially, and may thereafter continue, to invest substantially in debt securities and other income-producing investments that involve substantially greater credit risk than those investments. The rate of interest on the debt and other income-producing investments that the Fund may purchase may be fixed, floating, or variable.

The Fund may invest in mortgage-backed securities of any kind. Mortgage-backed securities may include, among other things, securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored corporations or securities of domestic or foreign private issuers. Mortgage-backed securities may be issued or guaranteed by banks or other financial institutions, other private issuers, special-purpose vehicles established for such purpose, or government agencies or instrumentalities. Privately-issued mortgage-backed

 

54


Table of Contents

securities include any mortgage-backed security other than those issued or guaranteed as to principal or interest by the U.S. Government or its agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored corporations. Mortgage-backed securities may include, without limitation, interests in pools of residential mortgages or commercial mortgages, and may relate to domestic or non-U.S. mortgages. Mortgage-backed securities also include, but are not limited to, securities representing interests in, collateralized or backed by, or whose values are determined in whole or in part by reference to, any number of mortgages or pools of mortgages or the payment experience of such mortgages or pools of mortgages, including REMICs, which could include Re-REMICs, credit default swaps, mortgage pass-through securities, mortgage servicing rights, inverse floaters, CMOs, multiclass pass-through securities, private mortgage pass-through securities, stripped mortgage securities (generally interest-only and principal-only securities), credit risk transfer securities, and debt instruments collateralized or secured by other mortgage-related assets. The collateral backing mortgage-backed securities in which the Fund may invest may include, without limitation, performing, non-performing and/or re-performing loans, non-qualifying mortgage loans, and loans secured by a single asset and issued by a single borrower. The commercial mortgage-backed securities in which the Fund may invest may also include securitizations backed by a single mortgage on a single property. The Fund may invest in bonds, including unguaranteed mezzanine bonds and subordinate bonds, securitized through Freddie Mac’s “K-Deal” program, which securitizes mortgage loans backed by multi-family apartment properties. See “The Fund” on page 53 for further details.

The Fund may invest in asset-backed securities of any type, including securitizations of a wide variety of non-mortgage-related receivables, such as credit card and automobile finance receivables, student loans, consumer loans, loans issued by online or similar retail or alternative lending platforms, installment loan contracts, home equity loans, mobile home loans, boat loans, business and small business loans, project finance loans, airplane leases, and leases of various other types of real and personal property, and other income streams, such as income from renewable energy projects and franchise rights. The loans underlying the asset-backed securities and similar obligations in which the Fund may invest may include loans that contain fewer or less restrictive constraints on the borrower than certain other types of loans (“covenant-lite” loans) and loans of subprime quality.

In pursuing its investment objective, the Fund may invest significantly in residential and/or commercial real estate or mortgage-related loans, consumer loans, business and small business loans, construction or project finance loans, or other types of loans, which loans may include secured and unsecured notes, senior loans, second lien loans or other types of subordinated loans, or mezzanine loans, any of which may be covenant-lite or loans of subprime quality. The Fund may make direct investments in individual loans or in pools of loans and in whole loans as well as in loan participations or assignments. In addition, although the Fund has no present intention to do so, the Fund may itself or in conjunction with others originate any of the foregoing types of loans. The Fund intends to hire third-party service providers to service loans the Fund originates, if any. The Fund may also be involved in, or finance, the origination of loans to corporations, other legal entities or individuals, including foreign entities and individuals.

The Fund may invest in any level of the capital structure of an issuer of mortgage- or asset-backed securities, including subordinated or residual tranches and the equity or “first loss” tranche (such as the “E Notes” of aircraft asset-backed securities). The Fund may invest in mortgage- or asset-backed securities that are designed to have leveraged investment exposure to the underlying mortgages or assets. The Fund may also gain or adjust its exposure to mortgage- or asset-backed securities through derivatives, such as credit default swap or futures transactions. The Fund may also invest in credit risk transfer securities that, while not backed by mortgage loans, have credit exposure to a pool of mortgage loans acquired by the government-sponsored entity or private entity issuing the securities.

Certain mortgage- and other asset-backed securities in which the Fund may invest may represent an inverse interest-only class of security for which the holders are entitled to receive no payments of principal and are entitled only to receive interest at a rate that will vary inversely with a specified index or reference rate, or a multiple thereof.

 

55


Table of Contents

The Fund may invest in debt instruments of any credit quality and may invest without limit in debt securities that are at the time of investment rated below investment grade or unrated securities judged by DoubleLine to be of comparable quality. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Fund will not acquire any corporate bond, CLO, corporate loan, or sovereign and quasi sovereign obligation that is rated at the time of investment Caa1 or below by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and CCC+ or below by S&P Global Ratings (“S&P”) or Fitch, Inc. (“Fitch”) or any such securities that are unrated if it would cause the Fund to have more than 20% of its total managed assets invested in such investments. The 20% limitation does not apply to rated or unrated mortgage- and asset-backed securities of any kind (e.g. commercial mortgage backed securities and residential mortgage backed securities) or loans or other obligations secured, collateralized or supported by real estate or real estate related assets of any kind (e.g., mortgages). In addition, the Fund will not purchase securities that are in default as to the repayment of principal and/or interest at the time of acquisition by the Fund.

The Fund expects initially, and may thereafter continue, to invest substantially in debt instruments of below investment grade quality (including debt securities commonly referred to as “high yield” securities or “junk bonds”) and unrated instruments. Because of the Fund’s investments in debt instruments rated below investment grade and in unrated securities, investors in the Fund should expect that adverse developments affecting the market for below investment grade debt and unrated securities and/or issuers of those investments will have a substantial and adverse effect on the value of the Fund’s portfolio. Debt securities of below investment grade quality are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and to repay principal. Securities rated Ba1 or below by Moody’s and BB+ or below by S&P or Fitch are considered vulnerable to nonpayment and their issuers to be dependent on favorable business, financial and economic conditions to meet their financial commitments. Some or all of the unrated instruments in which the Fund may invest will involve credit risk comparable to or greater than that of rated debt securities of below investment grade quality. In the case of split ratings, DoubleLine will categorize the security according to the highest rating assigned. See “The Fund” on page 53 for further details.

The Fund will normally invest at least 25% of its total assets in issuers involved in one or more real estate-related industries. Investments in issuers involved in real estate-related industries include, without limitation, investments in mortgage-related obligations issued or guaranteed by government agencies or other government entities or by private originators or issuers; instruments of any kind that are backed by or that provide exposure to one or more real estate-related mortgages; interests in issuers that deal in, hold, or invest in mortgages, real estate, or other real estate-related assets; real estate investment trusts of any kind; instruments whose performance is based on or relates to payments made on real estate mortgages or other real estate-related obligations; instruments secured by any interest in real estate; and other investments that the Adviser determines provide exposure to real estate or one or more of the foregoing.

The Fund may invest without limit in securities of foreign issuers and may invest up to 30% of its total managed assets in securities of issuers domiciled or organized in emerging market countries. For these purposes, an “emerging market country” is a country that, at the time the Fund invests in the related fixed income instruments, is classified as an emerging or developing economy by any supranational organization such as the World Bank or the United Nations, or related entities, or is considered an emerging market country for purposes of constructing a major emerging market securities index. The Fund may take positions in various foreign (non-U.S.) currencies, including by actual holdings of those currencies and through forward, futures, swap, and option contracts with respect to foreign currencies, for hedging, or as a substitute for actual purchases or sales of the currencies in question; the Fund may also invest without limit in investments denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, including the local currencies of emerging markets. The Fund may (but is not required to) attempt to hedge some of its exposure to foreign currencies in order to reduce the risk of loss due to fluctuations in currency exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar.

The Adviser monitors the duration of the Fund’s portfolio securities to seek to assess and, in its discretion, adjust the Fund’s exposure to interest rate risk. However, the Fund may invest in securities of any or no maturity or negative duration, and there are no limits on the duration of the Fund’s portfolio. The Adviser retains broad

 

56


Table of Contents

discretion to modify the Fund’s duration within a wide range, including the discretion to construct a portfolio of investments for the Fund with a negative duration. Duration is a measure of the expected life of a fixed income instrument that is used to determine the sensitivity of a security’s price to changes in interest rates. The Adviser may seek to manage the dollar-weighted average effective duration of the Fund’s portfolio through the use of derivatives and other instruments (including, among others, Treasury futures and other futures contracts, inverse floaters, interest rate swaps, total return swaps, and options, including swaptions). The Fund may incur costs in implementing duration management strategies, and there can be no assurance that the Fund will engage in duration management strategies or that any duration management strategy employed by the Fund will be successful.

The Fund may invest in common stocks and other equity securities from time to time, including, among others, those it has received through the conversion of a convertible security held by the Fund or in connection with the restructuring of a debt security. The Fund may invest in securities that have not been registered for public sale, including securities eligible for purchase and sale pursuant to Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act, and other securities issued in private placements. The Fund also may invest without limit in securities of other open- or closed-end investment companies, including ETFs and investment companies sponsored or managed by the Adviser or its related parties. The Fund may invest in securities of companies with small and medium market capitalizations.

Portfolio securities may be sold at any time. Sales may occur when the Adviser determines to take advantage of what it considers to be a better investment opportunity, when the portfolio managers believe the portfolio securities no longer represent relatively attractive investment opportunities, when there is perceived deterioration in the credit fundamentals of the issuer, or when the individual security has reached the portfolio managers’ sell target. The Fund will not invest in securities in default at time of purchase, however, the Fund is not required to sell any securities that default after acquisition.

The Fund’s investment objective may be changed by the Board without prior notice to or approval of the Fund’s shareholders.

Non-Diversification. The Fund is a “non-diversified” investment company, and so may invest a greater percentage of its assets in the securities of a single issuer than investment companies that are “diversified.” See “Principal Risk Factors—Issuer non-diversification risk.”

Note regarding investment limitations. Where this Prospectus states that the Fund or the Adviser will not, or does not intend to, make investments in excess of a stated percentage of the Fund’s total assets, “total assets” includes amounts of leverage obtained through borrowings, any preferred shares that may be outstanding, the use of reverse repurchase agreements, or dollar roll transactions. With respect to any reverse repurchase agreement or dollar roll transaction, “total assets” includes any proceeds from the sale of an asset of the Fund to a counterparty in such a transaction, in addition to the value of the asset subject to the reverse repurchase agreement or dollar roll transaction, as of the relevant measuring date. Except as otherwise noted, all percentage limitations apply only at the time of investment.

Derivatives

The Fund may use various derivatives strategies for hedging purposes or to gain, or reduce, long or short exposure to one or more asset classes, issuers, currencies or reference assets, or to manage the dollar-weighted average effective duration of the Fund’s portfolio. The Fund also may enter into derivatives transactions with the purpose or effect of creating investment leverage. Although the Fund reserves the right to invest in derivatives of any kind, it currently expects that it may use the following types of derivatives: futures contracts and options on futures contracts, in order to gain efficient long or short investment exposures as an alternative to cash investments or to hedge against portfolio exposures; interest rate swaps, in order to gain indirect long or short exposures to interest rates, issuers, or currencies or to hedge against portfolio exposures; and total return swaps

 

57


Table of Contents

and credit derivatives, put and call options, and exchange-traded and structured notes, in order to take indirect long or short positions on indexes, securities, currencies, commodities or other indicators of value or to hedge against portfolio exposures. The Fund may, for hedging purposes or as a substitute for direct long or short investments in debt securities, make use of credit default swaps, which are contracts whereby one party makes periodic payments to a counterparty in exchange for the right to receive from the counterparty a payment equal to the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation in the event of a default by the issuer of the debt obligation. When the Fund acts as a seller of a credit default swap, the Fund or its agents will earmark on its books or segregate liquid assets equal to the full notional amount of the swap agreement. The Fund may engage in short sales, either to earn additional return or to hedge existing investments. Any use of derivatives strategies entails the risks of investing directly in the securities or instruments underlying the derivatives strategies, as well as the risks of using derivatives generally, and in some cases the risks of leverage, described in this Prospectus and in the SAI. The Fund or its agents will earmark or segregate liquid assets on its books against its derivatives exposures to the extent required by law.

Portfolio Contents

The Fund may invest in the instruments described below subject to any percentage limitations described above that may apply. A more detailed description of the Fund’s investment policies and restrictions and more detailed information about the Fund’s portfolio investments are contained in the SAI.

Bonds

Bonds include bonds, debt securities and fixed income and income-producing instruments of any kind issued by governmental or private-sector entities. Most bonds consist of a security or instrument having one or more of the following characteristics: a fixed-income security, a security issued at a discount to its face value, a security that pays interest or a security with a stated principal amount that requires repayment of some or all of that principal amount to the holder of the security. The Adviser interprets the term bond broadly as an instrument or security evidencing what is commonly referred to as an IOU rather than evidencing the corporate ownership of equity unless that equity represents an indirect or derivative interest in one or more debt securities. The Fund may invest in a wide variety of bonds of varying maturities issued by U.S. and foreign corporations and other business entities, governments and municipalities and other issuers. Bonds may include, among other things, fixed or variable/ floating-rate debt obligations, including bills, notes, debentures, money market instruments and similar instruments and securities. Bonds generally are used by corporations as well as governments and other issuers to borrow money from investors. The issuer pays the investor a fixed or variable rate of interest and normally must repay the amount borrowed on or before maturity. Some bonds are “perpetual” in that they have no maturity date.

Foreign and Emerging Market Investments

The Fund may invest in securities issued by a foreign issuer, including emerging market issuers, or by an issuer with significant revenue or other exposure to foreign markets. There may be less information publicly available about a foreign market, issuer, or security than about U.S. markets or a U.S. issuer or security, and foreign issuers may not be subject to accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards and practices comparable to those in the United States. In addition, there may be less (or less effective) regulation of exchanges, brokers and listed companies in some foreign countries. The securities of some foreign issuers are less liquid and at times more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. issuers. Foreign brokerage commissions, custodial expenses and other fees are also generally higher than in the United States.

Foreign settlement procedures and trade regulations may be more complex and involve certain risks (such as delay in payment or delivery of securities or in the recovery of the Fund’s assets held abroad) and expenses not present in the settlement of investments in U.S. markets. For example, settlement of transactions involving foreign securities or foreign currencies (see below) may occur within a foreign country, and the Fund may accept

 

58


Table of Contents

or make delivery of the underlying securities or currency in conformity with any applicable U.S. or foreign restrictions or regulations, and may pay fees, taxes or charges associated with such delivery. In addition, local market holidays or other factors may extend the time for settlement of purchases and sales of the Fund’s investments in securities that trade on foreign markets. Such investments may also involve the risk that an entity involved in the settlement may not meet its obligations. Extended settlement cycles or other delays in settlement may increase the Fund’s liquidity risk.

In addition, foreign securities may be subject to the risk of nationalization or expropriation of assets, imposition of currency exchange controls, foreign withholding or other taxes or restrictions on the repatriation of foreign currency, confiscatory taxation, political, social or financial instability and diplomatic developments which could affect the value of the Fund’s investments in certain foreign countries. Dividends or interest on, or proceeds from the sale of, foreign securities may be subject to foreign withholding or other taxes, and special U.S. tax considerations may apply.

Foreign issuers may become subject to sanctions imposed by the U.S. or another country or other governmental or non-governmental organizations, which could result in the immediate freeze of the foreign issuers’ assets or securities. The imposition of such sanctions could impair the market value of the securities of such foreign issuers and limit the Fund’s ability to buy, sell, receive or deliver the securities.

Legal remedies available to investors in certain foreign countries may be more limited than those available with respect to investments in the United States or in other foreign countries. The laws of some foreign countries may limit the Fund’s ability to invest in securities of certain issuers organized under the laws of those foreign countries. For example, certain countries may require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons or limit the amount of investment by foreign persons in a particular company. Certain countries may also limit investment by foreign persons to only a specific class of securities that may have less advantageous terms, and such securities may be less liquid than other classes of securities of an issuer.

To the extent the Fund invests a significant portion of its assets in a specific geographic region, countries or group of countries, the Fund will have greater exposure to risks associated with such region, country or group of countries.

The risks described above, including the risks of nationalization or expropriation of assets, typically are increased in connection with investments in developing countries, also known as emerging markets. For example, political and economic structures in these countries may be in their infancy and developing rapidly, and such countries may lack the social, political and economic stability characteristic of more developed countries. Certain of these countries have in the past failed to recognize private property rights and have at times nationalized and expropriated the assets of private companies. In addition, the economies of certain developing or emerging market countries may be dependent on a single industry or limited group of industries, which may increase the risks described above and make those countries particularly vulnerable to global economic and market changes.

There may also be limited counterparties available in developing markets, which may increase the Fund’s credit risks. Foreign government regulations may restrict potential counterparties to certain financial institutions that are located in or operating in a particular country. Such counterparties may not possess creditworthiness standards, financial reporting standards, and legal protections similar to counterparties located in developed markets, which can increase the risk associated with the Fund’s investments in such markets.

The values of foreign securities may be adversely affected by changes in currency exchange rates. This may be because the foreign securities are denominated and/or traded in a foreign currency or because the assets or revenues of an issuer are denominated in a currency different from the issuer’s debt or other obligations. For example, the credit quality of issuers who have outstanding debt denominated in the U.S. dollar, and the values of their debt obligations, may be adversely affected if the value of the U.S. dollar strengthens relative to the value of the currency in which the issuer’s assets or revenues are denominated. In addition, the Fund is required to

 

59


Table of Contents

compute and distribute its income in U.S. dollars. Therefore, if the exchange rate for a foreign currency declines after the Fund’s income has been earned and translated into U.S. dollars (but before payment), the Fund could be required to liquidate portfolio securities to make such distributions. Similarly, if an exchange rate declines between the time the Fund incurs expenses in U.S. dollars and the time such expenses are paid, the amount of such currency required to be converted into U.S. dollars in order to pay such expenses in U.S. dollars will be greater than the equivalent amount in any such currency of such expenses at the time they were incurred. High rates of inflation or currency devaluations may adversely affect the economies and securities markets of such countries and the values of the Fund’s investments in those markets. A foreign government may seek to devalue its currency if it has issued debt in its local currency because any such devaluation reduces the burden on it of repaying its debt obligations. Any devaluation of a currency in which the Fund’s portfolio holdings are denominated will reduce the value of and return on the investment to the Fund when translated into U.S. dollars.

Foreign securities and emerging markets securities include Global Depositary Notes (“GDNs”). A GDN is a debt instrument created by a bank that evidences ownership of local currency-denominated debt securities. GDNs reflect the terms of particular local currency-denominated bonds. GDNs trade, settle, and pay interest and principal in U.S. dollars but typically are restricted securities that do not trade on an exchange. Any distributions paid to the holders of GDNs are usually subject to a fee charged by the depositary bank. In addition to the risks associated with foreign investments, the Fund’s investments in GDNs are subject to the risks associated with the underlying local currency-denominated bond and derivative instruments including credit risk, default risk, counterparty risk, interest rate risk, leverage risk, liquidity risk, and reliance on the adviser risk. Holders of GDNs may have limited rights, and investment restrictions in certain countries may adversely impact the value of GDNs because such restrictions may limit the ability to convert the bonds into GDNs and vice versa. Such restrictions may cause bonds of the underlying issuer to trade at a discount or premium to the market price of the GDN.

Certain of the foregoing risks may also apply to some extent to securities of U.S. issuers that are denominated in foreign currencies or that are traded in foreign markets, or securities of U.S. issuers having significant foreign operations or other exposure to foreign markets. When the Fund invests in securities issued by foreign issuers, the Fund may be subject to the risks described above even if all of the Fund’s investments are denominated in United States dollars, especially with respect to issuers whose revenues are principally earned in a foreign currency but whose debt obligations have been issued in United States dollars or other hard currencies.

Below Investment Grade/High Yield Investments

Corporate bonds rated below investment grade (“junk bonds”) and certain other fixed income instruments, such as loans (for purposes of this discussion, all such instruments are herein referred to as “securities”) rated below investment grade, or such instruments that are unrated and are determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality, are high yield, high risk bonds. A security may be considered to be below investment grade if it is rated Ba1 by Moody’s and BB+ by S&P or Fitch, or lower, or the equivalent by any other nationally recognized statistical rating organization. See Appendix A for a description of these ratings. In the case of split ratings, DoubleLine will categorize the security according to the highest rating assigned.

While offering a greater potential opportunity for capital appreciation and higher yields compared to higher-rated fixed income securities, high yield investments typically entail greater potential price volatility and may be less liquid than higher-rated securities. Junk bonds and high yield investments may be regarded as predominately speculative with respect to the issuer’s continuing ability to meet principal and interest payments. They may also be more susceptible to real or perceived adverse economic and competitive industry conditions than higher-rated securities. Issuers of securities in default may fail to resume principal or interest payments, in which case the Fund may lose its entire investment.

The lower ratings of certain securities held by the Fund reflect a greater possibility that adverse changes in the financial condition of the issuer, or in general economic conditions, or both, or an unanticipated rise in

 

60


Table of Contents

interest rates, may impair the ability of the issuer to make payments of interest and principal. The inability (or perceived inability) of issuers to make timely payment of interest and principal would likely make the values of securities held by the Fund more volatile and could limit the Fund’s ability to sell its securities at prices approximating the values the Fund had placed on such securities. In the absence of a liquid trading market for securities held by it, the Fund may be unable at times to establish the fair market value of such securities. The rating assigned to a security by Moody’s, S&P, Fitch, or any other NRSRO does not reflect an assessment of the volatility of the security’s market value or of the liquidity of an investment in the security.

Like those of other fixed-income securities, the values of lower-rated securities fluctuate in response to changes in interest rates. Thus, a decrease in interest rates generally will result in an increase in the value of the Fund’s fixed-income securities. Conversely, during periods of rising interest rates, the value of the Fund’s fixed-income securities generally will decline. In addition, the values of such securities are also affected by changes in general economic conditions and business conditions affecting the specific industries of their issuers. Changes by recognized rating services in their ratings of any fixed-income security and in the ability of an issuer to make payments of interest and principal may also affect the value of these investments. Changes in the values of portfolio securities generally will not affect cash income derived from such securities, but will affect the Fund’s NAV.

Issuers of lower-rated securities are often highly leveraged, so that their ability to service their debt obligations during an economic downturn or during sustained periods of rising interest rates may be impaired. In addition, such issuers may not have more traditional methods of financing available to them, and may be unable to repay debt at maturity by refinancing. The risk of loss due to default in payment of interest or principal by such issuers is significantly greater because such securities frequently are unsecured and subordinated to the prior payment of senior indebtedness. Certain of the lower-rated securities in which the Fund may invest are issued to raise funds in connection with the acquisition of a company, in so-called leveraged buy-out transactions. The highly leveraged capital structure of such issuers may make them especially vulnerable to adverse changes in economic conditions.

Under adverse market or economic conditions or in the event of adverse changes in the financial condition of the issuer, the Fund could find it more difficult to sell lower-rated securities when the Adviser believes it advisable to do so or may be able to sell such securities only at prices lower than might otherwise be available. In many cases, lower-rated securities may be purchased in private placements and, accordingly, will be subject to restrictions on resale as a matter of contract or under securities laws. Under such circumstances, it may also be more difficult to determine the fair value of such securities for purposes of computing the Fund’s NAV. In order to enforce its rights in the event of a default under lower-rated securities, the Fund may be required to take possession of and manage assets securing the issuer’s obligations on such securities, which may increase the Fund’s operating expenses and adversely affect the Fund’s NAV. The Fund may also be limited in its ability to enforce its rights and may incur greater costs in enforcing its rights in the event an issuer becomes the subject of bankruptcy proceedings. In addition, the Fund’s intention to qualify as a RIC under the Code, may limit the extent to which the Fund may exercise its rights by taking possession of such assets.

Certain securities held by the Fund may permit the issuer at its option to call, or redeem, its securities. If an issuer were to redeem securities held by the Fund during a time of declining interest rates, the Fund may not be able to reinvest the proceeds in securities providing the same investment return as the securities redeemed.

Lower-rated securities may be subject to certain risks not typically associated with investment grade securities, such as the following: (1) reliable and objective information about the value of lower rated obligations may be difficult to obtain because the market for such securities may be thinner and less active than that for investment grade obligations; (2) adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease the values and liquidity of lower than investment grade obligations, and, in turn, adversely affect their market; (3) companies that issue lower rated obligations may be in the growth stage of their development, or may be financially troubled or highly leveraged, so they may not have more traditional

 

61


Table of Contents

methods of financing available to them; (4) when other institutional investors dispose of their holdings of lower rated debt securities, the general market and the prices for such securities could be adversely affected; and (5) the market for lower rated securities could be impaired if legislative proposals to limit their use in connection with corporate reorganizations or to limit their tax and other advantages are enacted.

Unrated Securities. Unrated securities involve the risks associated with investments in rated securities of equivalent credit quality, though they may be less liquid than comparable rated securities and involve the risk that the Adviser may not accurately evaluate the security’s creditworthiness. When the Fund invests in unrated securities, the Fund’s success in achieving its investment objective may depend more heavily on the Adviser’s analysis than if the Fund invested exclusively in rated securities.

Distressed and Defaulted Securities

Defaulted securities risk refers to the uncertainty of repayment of defaulted securities (e.g., a security on which a principal or interest payment is not made when due) and obligations of distressed issuers. Because the issuer of such securities is in default and is likely to be in distressed financial condition, repayment of defaulted securities and obligations of distressed issuers (including insolvent issuers or issuers in payment or covenant default, in workout or restructuring or in bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings) is subject to significant uncertainties. Insolvency laws and practices in emerging market countries are different than those in the U.S. and the effect of these laws and practices cannot be predicted with certainty. Investments in defaulted securities and obligations of distressed issuers are considered speculative and entail high risk. The Fund will not invest in securities in default at time of purchase, however, the Fund is not required to sell any securities that default after acquisition.

Mortgage-Backed and Asset-Backed Securities

Mortgage-backed securities, including CMOs and certain stripped mortgage-backed securities, represent a participation in, or are secured by, mortgage loans. Asset-backed securities are structured like mortgage-backed securities, but instead of mortgage loans or interests in mortgage loans, the underlying assets may include such items as credit card and automobile finance receivables, student loans, consumer loans, installment loan contracts, home equity loans, mobile home loans, boat loans, business and small business loans, project finance loans, airplane leases, and leases of various other types of real and personal property (including those relating to railcars, containers, or telecommunication, energy, and/or other infrastructure assets and infrastructure-related assets), and other non-mortgage-related income streams, such as income from renewable energy projects and franchise rights. The cash flow generated by the underlying assets is applied to make required payments on the securities and to pay related administrative expenses. The amount of residual cash flow resulting from a particular issue of asset-backed or mortgage-backed securities depends on, among other things, the characteristics of the underlying assets, the coupon rates on the securities, prevailing interest rates, the amount of administrative expenses and the actual prepayment experience on the underlying assets. The Fund may invest in any such instruments or variations as may be developed, to the extent consistent with its investment objective and policies and applicable regulatory requirements. In general, the collateral supporting asset-backed securities is of a shorter maturity than mortgage loans and is likely to experience substantial prepayments.

Mortgage-backed securities have yield and maturity characteristics corresponding to the underlying assets. Unlike traditional debt securities, which may pay a fixed rate of interest until maturity, when the entire principal amount comes due, payments on certain mortgage-backed securities include both interest and a partial repayment of principal. Besides the scheduled repayment of principal, repayments of principal may result from the voluntary prepayment, refinancing or foreclosure of the underlying mortgage loans. If property owners make unscheduled prepayments of their mortgage loans, these prepayments will result in early payment of the applicable mortgage-backed securities. In that event the Fund may be unable to invest the proceeds from the early payment of the mortgage-backed securities in an investment that provides as high a yield as the mortgage-backed securities. Consequently, early payment associated with mortgage-backed securities may cause these

 

62


Table of Contents

securities to experience significantly greater price and yield volatility than that experienced by traditional fixed-income securities. The occurrence of mortgage prepayments is affected by factors including the level of interest rates, general economic conditions, the location and age of the mortgage and other social and demographic conditions. During periods of falling interest rates, the rate of mortgage prepayments tends to increase, thereby tending to decrease the life of mortgage-backed securities. During periods of rising interest rates, the rate of mortgage prepayments usually decreases, thereby tending to increase the life of mortgage-backed securities. If the life of a mortgage-backed security is inaccurately predicted, the Fund may not be able to realize the rate of return it expected.

ARMs, like traditional mortgage-backed securities, are interests in pools of mortgage loans that provide investors with payments consisting of both principal and interest as mortgage loans in the underlying mortgage pool are paid off by the borrowers. Unlike fixed-rate mortgage-backed securities, ARMs are collateralized by or represent interests in mortgage loans with variable rates of interest. These interest rates are reset at periodic intervals, usually by reference to an interest rate index or market interest rate. Although the rate adjustment feature may act as a buffer to reduce sharp changes in the value of adjustable rate securities, these securities are still subject to changes in value based on, among other things, changes in market interest rates or changes in the issuer’s creditworthiness. Because the interest rates are reset only periodically, changes in the interest rate on ARMs may lag changes in prevailing market interest rates. Also, some ARMs (or the underlying mortgages) are subject to caps or floors that limit the maximum change in the interest rate during a specified period or over the life of the security. As a result, changes in the interest rate on an ARM may not fully reflect changes in prevailing market interest rates during certain periods. The Fund may also invest in hybrid ARMs, whose underlying mortgages combine fixed-rate and adjustable rate features.

In considering an investment for the Fund in mortgage-backed securities, the Adviser will consider a number of factors with respect to the underlying mortgages. These include, but are not limited to, (1) the nature of the borrowers (e.g., residential vs. commercial); (2) the collateral loan type (e.g., for residential: First Lien—Jumbo Prime, First Lien—Alt-A, First Lien—Subprime, First Lien—Pay-Option, or Second Lien; for commercial: Conduit, Large Loan, or Single Asset/Single Borrower (“SASB”)); and (3) in the case of residential loans, whether they are fixed rate or adjustable mortgages. Each of these criteria can cause mortgage-backed securities to have differing risk factors and performance characteristics.

Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities are less effective than other types of securities as a means of “locking in” attractive long-term interest rates. One reason is the need to reinvest prepayments of principal; another is the possibility of significant unscheduled prepayments resulting from declines in interest rates. These prepayments would have to be reinvested at lower rates. The automatic interest rate adjustment feature of mortgages underlying ARMs likewise reduces the ability to lock-in attractive rates. As a result, mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities may have less potential for capital appreciation during periods of declining interest rates than other securities of comparable maturities, although they may have a similar risk of decline in market value during periods of rising interest rates. Prepayments may also significantly shorten the effective maturities of these securities, especially during periods of declining interest rates. Conversely, during periods of rising interest rates, a reduction in prepayments may increase the effective maturities of these securities, subjecting them to a greater risk of decline in market value in response to rising interest rates than traditional debt securities, and, therefore, potentially increasing the volatility of the Fund.

At times, some mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities will have higher than market interest rates and therefore will be purchased at a premium above their par value. Prepayments may cause losses on securities purchased at a premium.

CMOs may be issued by a U.S. Government agency or instrumentality or by a private issuer. Although payment of the principal of, and interest on, the underlying collateral securing privately issued CMOs may be guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities, these CMOs represent obligations solely of the private issuer and are not insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities

 

63


Table of Contents

or any other person or entity. Government-related guarantors (i.e., not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government) include Fannie Mae (formally known as the Federal National Mortgage Association) and Freddie Mac (formally known as the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation). Fannie Mae is a government-sponsored corporation the common stock of which is owned entirely by private stockholders. Fannie Mae purchases conventional (i.e., not insured or guaranteed by any government agency) residential mortgages from a list of approved seller/servicers which include state and federally chartered savings and loan associations, mutual savings banks, commercial banks, and credit unions and mortgage bankers. Pass-through securities issued by Fannie Mae (also known as “Fannie Mae”) are guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest by Fannie Mae, but are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. Freddie Mac was created by Congress in 1970 for the purpose of increasing the availability of mortgage credit for residential housing. It is a government-sponsored corporation that issues Freddie Mac Guaranteed Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates (also known as “Freddie Macs” or “PCs”), which are pass-through securities, each representing an undivided interest in a pool of residential mortgages. Freddie Mac guarantees the timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of principal, but PCs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. The Fund may also invest in bonds, including unguaranteed mezzanine bonds and subordinate bonds, securitized through Freddie Mac’s “K-Deal” program, which securitizes mortgage loans backed by multi-family apartment properties. Such bonds are also not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.

Prepayments could cause early retirement of CMOs. CMOs are designed to reduce the risk of prepayment for certain investors by issuing multiple classes of securities, each having different maturities, interest rates and payment schedules, and with the principal and interest on the underlying mortgages allocated among the several classes in various ways. Payment of interest or principal on some classes or series of CMOs may be subject to contingencies or some classes or series may bear some or all of the risk of default on the underlying mortgages. CMOs of different classes or series are generally retired in sequence as the underlying mortgage loans in the mortgage pool are repaid. If enough mortgages are repaid ahead of schedule, the classes or series of a CMO with the earliest maturities generally will be retired prior to their maturities. Thus, the early retirement of particular classes or series of a CMO would have the same effect as the prepayment of mortgages underlying other mortgage-backed securities. Conversely, slower than anticipated prepayments can extend the effective maturities of CMOs, subjecting them to a greater risk of decline in market value in response to rising interest rates than traditional debt securities, and, therefore, potentially increasing their volatility.

Prepayments could result in losses on stripped mortgage-backed securities. Stripped mortgage-backed securities are usually structured with two classes that receive different portions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage loans. The yield to maturity on an IO class of stripped mortgage-backed securities is extremely sensitive not only to changes in prevailing interest rates but also to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the underlying assets. A rapid rate of principal prepayments may have a measurable adverse effect on the Fund’s yield to maturity to the extent it invests in IOs. If the assets underlying the IO experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the Fund may fail to recoup fully its initial investment in these securities. POs tend to increase in value if prepayments are greater than anticipated and decline if prepayments are slower than anticipated. The secondary market for stripped mortgage-backed securities may be more volatile and less liquid than that for other mortgage-backed securities, potentially limiting the Fund’s ability to buy or sell those securities at any particular time.

Subprime loans, which typically are made to less creditworthy borrowers, have a higher risk of default than conventional mortgage loans or other types of loans made to more creditworthy borrowers. Therefore, the values of asset-backed securities (whether mortgage-backed securities or other types of asset-backed securities) backed by subprime loans involve greater risk of price declines due to the increased risk of default.

The mortgage loans backing the mortgage-backed securities in which the Fund may invest may include re-performing loans (“RPLs”), non-performing loans and non-qualified mortgage (“Non-QM”) loans. RPLs are loans that have previously been delinquent but are current at the time they are securitized. Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, among others, securitize RPLs. For example, in Fannie Mae’s case, the RPLs securitized are

 

64


Table of Contents

single-family, fixed rate re-performing loans that generally were previously placed in a mortgage-backed security trust with certificates guaranteed by Fannie Mae, purchased from the trust by Fannie Mae and held as a distressed asset after four or more months of delinquency, and subsequently became current (i.e. performing) again. Such RPLs may have exited delinquency through efforts at reducing defaults (e.g., loan modification). In selecting RPLs for securitization, Fannie Mae follows certain criteria related to length of time the loan has been performing, the type of loan (single-family, fixed rate), and the status of the loan as first lien, among other things. Fannie Mae may include different loan structures and modification programs in the future. Non-performing loans are mortgage loans where the borrower is in default or is or has been delinquent, for a potentially significant period of time, as to the payment of interest and/or principal. Non-QM loans do not comply with the rules of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”) relating to qualified mortgages (“QM”). To qualify as a QM loan under the CFPB’s rules, the loan must meet certain requirements, such as a borrower debt-to-income ratio, being fully-amortizing, and limits on loan fees. Non-QM loans do not comply with at least one of these requirements.

In addition to investing in mortgage-backed securities that are backed by mortgage loans themselves, the Fund may invest in securities that are backed by mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”), including normal MSRs and excess MSRs. Normal MSRs refer to the contractual right to cash flows payable to the mortgage servicer of a pool of mortgage loans for their ongoing administrative duties to the extent such cash flows do not exceed a reasonable amount of consideration for normal servicing activities. Excess MSRs are the rights to any amount of cash flows in excess of normal MSRs.

The risks associated with other asset-backed securities (including in particular the risks of issuer default and of early prepayment) are generally similar to those described above for CMOs. In addition, because asset-backed securities generally do not have the benefit of a security interest in the underlying assets that is comparable to a mortgage (though certain asset-backed securities, such as ETCs and EETCs, may be structured such that there is a security interest in the underlying asset), asset-backed securities may present certain additional risks that are not commonly present with mortgage-backed securities. The ability of an issuer of asset-backed securities to enforce its security interest in the underlying assets may be limited. For example, revolving credit receivables are generally unsecured and the debtors on such receivables are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which give debtors the right to set-off certain amounts owed, thereby reducing the balance due. Automobile receivables generally are secured, but by automobiles, rather than by real property. Similarly, ETCs and EETCs are often secured by different types of equipment.

The values of asset-backed securities may also be substantially dependent on the servicing of and diligence performed by their servicers or sponsors or the originating alternative lending platforms. For example, the Fund may suffer losses due to a servicer’s, sponsor’s or platform’s negligence or malfeasance, such as through the mishandling of certain documentation affecting security holders’ rights in and to underlying collateral or the failure to update or collect accurate and complete borrower information. In addition, the values of asset-backed securities may be adversely affected by the credit quality of the servicer, sponsor or originating alternative lending platform, as applicable. Certain services, sponsors or originating alternative lending platforms may have limited operating histories to evaluate. The insolvency of a servicer, sponsor or originating alternative lending platform may result in added costs and delays in addition to losses associated with a decline in the value of underlying assets. The Fund also may experience delays in payment or losses on its investments if the full amount due on underlying collateral is not realized, which may occur because of unanticipated legal or administrative costs of enforcing the contracts, depreciation or damage to the collateral securing certain contracts, under-collateralization or other factors.

Federal, state and local government officials and representatives as well as certain private parties have proposed actions to assist homeowners who own or occupy property subject to mortgages. Certain of those proposals involve actions that would affect the mortgages that underlie or relate to certain mortgage-related securities, including securities or other instruments which the Fund may hold or in which it may invest. Some of those proposals include, among other things, lowering or forgiving principal balances; forbearing, lowering or

 

65


Table of Contents

eliminating interest payments; or utilizing eminent domain powers to seize mortgages, potentially for below market compensation. The prospective or actual implementation of one or more of these proposals may significantly and adversely affect the value and liquidity of securities held by the Fund and could cause the Fund’s NAV to decline, potentially significantly. Uncertainty remains in the market concerning the resolution of these issues; the range of proposals and the potential implications of any implemented solution are impossible to predict.

The Fund may invest in any level of the capital structure of an issuer of mortgage-backed or asset-backed securities, including the equity or “first loss” tranche. See “—Collateralized Debt Obligations” below. Consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and policies, the Adviser may also cause the Fund to invest in other types of mortgage- and asset-backed securities offered currently or in the future, including certain yet-to-be-developed types of mortgage- and asset-backed securities which may be created as the market evolves.

Credit Risk Transfer Securities

Credit risk transfer securities are fixed- or floating-rate unsecured general obligations issued from time to time by Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae or another government-sponsored entity. Typically, such securities are issued at par and have stated final maturities. The securities are structured so that: (i) interest is paid directly by the issuing entity, and (ii) principal is paid by the issuing entity in accordance with the principal payments and default performance of a certain pool of residential mortgage loans acquired by the entity (“reference obligations”). The performance of the securities will be directly affected by the selection of the reference obligations by the entity. Such securities are issued in tranches to which are allocated certain principal repayments and credit losses corresponding to the seniority of the particular tranche. Each tranche of securities will have credit exposure to the reference obligations and the yield to maturity will be directly related to, among other things, the amount and timing of certain defined credit events on the reference obligations, any prepayments by borrowers, and any removals of a reference obligation from the pool.

Credit risk transfer securities are unguaranteed and unsecured debt securities issued by the entity and therefore are not directly linked to or backed by the underlying mortgage loans. As a result, in the event that the entity fails to pay principal or interest on its credit risk transfer securities or goes through a bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceeding, holders of such credit risk transfer securities have no direct recourse to the underlying mortgage loans and will generally receive recovery on par with other unsecured creditors in such a scenario. The Fund may also invest in credit risk transfer securities that are issued by private entities, such as banks or other financial institutions. Such securities are subject to risks similar to those associated with credit risk transfer securities issued by government-sponsored entities, though they may be less creditworthy than those issued by a government-sponsored entity.

The risks associated with an investment in credit risk transfer securities are different than the risks associated with an investment in mortgage-backed securities subject to a guarantee or the credit support of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, or other government-sponsored entities because some or all of the mortgage default or credit risk associated with the underlying mortgage loans is transferred to investors in credit risk transfer securities. As a result, the risk of loss is substantially greater with credit risk transfer securities.

Collateralized Debt Obligations

CDOs are a type of asset-backed security and include, among other things, CBOs, CLOs and other similarly structured securities. A CBO is a trust which may be backed by a diversified pool of high risk, below investment grade fixed income securities. A CLO is a trust typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and foreign senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans, second lien loans or other types of subordinate loans, and mezzanine loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans and including loans that may be covenant-lite. The cash flows from the CDO trust are generally split into two or more portions, called tranches, varying in risk and yield. Senior tranches are paid from the cash flows from the underlying assets before the junior tranches and equity or “first loss” tranches. Losses are

 

66


Table of Contents

first borne by the equity tranches, next by the junior tranches, and finally by the senior tranches. Senior tranches pay the lowest interest rates but are generally safer investments than more junior tranches because, should there be any default, senior tranches are typically paid first. The most junior tranches, such as equity tranches, would attract the highest interest rates but suffer the highest risk of loss should the holder of an underlying loan default. If some loans default and the cash collected by the CDO is insufficient to pay all of its investors, those in the lowest, most junior tranches suffer losses first.

Since it is partially protected from defaults, a senior tranche from a CDO trust typically has higher ratings and lower yields than the underlying securities, and can be rated investment grade. Despite the protection from the equity tranche, more senior CDO tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual defaults, increased sensitivity to defaults due to collateral default and disappearance of protecting tranches, market anticipation of defaults and aversion to CDO securities as a class.

The risks of an investment in a CDO depend largely on the quality and type of the collateral and the tranche of the CDO in which the Fund invests. Normally, CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs are privately offered and sold, and thus are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, there may be a limited secondary market for investments in CDOs and such investments may be illiquid. In addition to the risks associated with debt instruments (e.g., interest rate risk and credit risk), CDOs carry additional risks including, but not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (iii) the possibility that the Fund may invest in CDOs that are subordinate to other classes of the issuer’s securities; and (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results.

The Fund may invest in CDOs (including CLOs and CBOs) and other structured products sponsored or managed by, or otherwise affiliated with, the Adviser or related parties of the Adviser. Such investments may include investments in debt or equity interests issued of the CDO or structured product as well as investments purchased on the secondary market, and the Fund may invest in any tranche of the CDO or structured product, including an equity tranche.

U.S. Government Securities

The Fund may invest in U.S. Government securities, which are obligations of, or guaranteed by, the U.S. Government or its agencies, instrumentalities or government-sponsored enterprises. Some U.S. Government securities are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States; others are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; others are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase the agency’s obligations; and still others are supported only by the credit of the instrumentality. Although U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises may be chartered or sponsored by Congress, they are not funded by Congressional appropriations, and their securities are not issued by the U.S. Treasury or supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government and involve increased credit risks. See “Principal Risk Factors—U.S. government securities risk.” While some U.S. Government securities are guaranteed as to principal and interest, their market value is not guaranteed. Like other debt securities, U.S. Government securities are subject to interest rate risk and credit risk. The U.S. Government does not guarantee the NAV or market value of the Fund’s Common Shares. Concerns regarding the U.S. Government’s ability to borrow money or otherwise finance its obligations, including as a result of legislatively-imposed limits on the amount of money it may borrow, could cause the values of U.S. Government securities, including those of the U.S. Government’s agencies and instrumentalities and other government-sponsored enterprises, to decline.

Loans, Assignments and Participations

The Fund may make loans, and may acquire or invest in loans made by others. The Fund may acquire a loan interest directly by acting as a member of the original lending syndicate. Alternatively, the Fund may acquire

 

67


Table of Contents

some or all of the interest of a bank or other lending institution in a loan to a particular borrower, by means of an assignment or a participation. In an assignment, the Fund assumes all of the rights of a lending institution in a loan, including the right to receive payments of principal and interest and other amounts directly from the borrower and to enforce its rights as a lender directly against the borrower. The Fund assumes the position of a co-lender with other syndicate members. As an alternative, the Fund may purchase a participating interest in a portion of the rights of a lending institution in a loan. In such case, the Fund will generally be entitled to receive from the lending institution amounts equal to the payments of principal, interest and premium, if any, on the loan received by the institution, but will not generally be entitled to enforce its rights directly against the agent bank or the borrower, and must rely for that purpose on the lending institution. In the case of a participation, the value of the Fund’s loan investment will depend at least in part on the credit standing of the assigning or participating institution. The loans in which the Fund may invest include those that pay fixed rates of interest and those that pay floating rates—i.e., rates that adjust periodically based on a known lending rate, such as a bank’s prime rate. Investments in loans may be of any quality, including “distressed” loans. The Fund also may gain exposure to loans and related investments through the use of total and excess return swaps and/or other derivative instruments and through private funds and other pooled investment vehicles, including some which may be sponsored or advised by the Adviser or its related parties (see “Derivatives”).

Many loans are made by a syndicate of banks, represented by an agent bank (the “Agent”) which has negotiated and structured the loan and which is responsible generally for collecting interest, principal, and other amounts from the borrower on its own behalf and on behalf of the other lending institutions in the syndicate (the “Lenders”), and for enforcing its and their other rights against the borrower. Each of the lending institutions, which may include the Agent, lends to the borrower a portion of the total amount of the loan, and retains the corresponding interest in the loan. Unless, under the terms of the loan or other indebtedness, the Fund has direct recourse against the borrower, the Fund may have to rely on the Agent or other financial intermediary to apply appropriate credit remedies against a borrower.

The Fund’s ability to receive payments of principal and interest and other amounts in connection with loan participations held by it will depend primarily on the financial condition of the borrower (and, in some cases, the lending institution from which it purchases the loan). The value of collateral, if any, securing a loan can decline, or may be insufficient to meet the borrower’s obligations or may be difficult to liquidate. In addition, the Fund’s access to collateral may be limited by bankruptcy or other insolvency laws. The failure by the Fund to receive scheduled interest or principal payments on a loan would adversely affect the income of the Fund and would likely reduce the value of its assets, which would be reflected in a reduction in the Fund’s NAV. Loans that are fully secured offer the Fund more protection than an unsecured loan in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal. However, there is no assurance that the liquidation of collateral from a secured loan would satisfy the corporate borrower’s obligation, or that the collateral can be liquidated. Indebtedness of companies whose creditworthiness is poor involves substantially greater risks, and may be highly speculative. Some companies may never pay off their indebtedness, or may pay only a small fraction of the amount owed. Consequently, when investing in indebtedness of companies with poor credit, the Fund bears a substantial risk of losing the entire amount invested.

Banks and other lending institutions generally perform a credit analysis of the borrower before originating a loan or participating in a lending syndicate. In selecting the loans in which the Fund will invest, however, the Adviser will not rely solely on that credit analysis, but will perform its own investment analysis of the borrowers. The Adviser’s analysis may include consideration of the borrower’s financial strength and managerial experience, debt coverage, additional borrowing requirements or debt maturity schedules, changing financial conditions, and responsiveness to changes in business conditions and interest rates. Because loans in which the Fund may invest may not be rated by independent credit rating agencies, a decision by the Fund to invest in a particular loan may depend heavily on the Adviser’s or the original lending institution’s credit analysis of the borrower.

 

68


Table of Contents

Loans and other types of direct indebtedness may not be readily marketable and may be subject to restrictions on resale. In some cases, negotiations involved in disposing of indebtedness may require weeks to complete. Consequently, some indebtedness may be difficult or impossible to dispose of readily at what the Adviser believes to be a fair price. Additionally, even where there is a market for certain loans the settlement period may be extended, up to several weeks or longer. That means the Fund may have a limited ability to receive payment promptly on the sale of some of the loans in its portfolio. In addition, valuation of illiquid indebtedness involves a greater degree of judgment in determining the Fund’s NAV than if that value were based on available market quotations, and could result in significant variations in the Fund’s daily share price. At the same time, some loan interests are traded among certain financial institutions and accordingly may be deemed liquid. The Adviser will determine the liquidity of the Fund’s investments by reference to, among other things, market conditions and contractual provisions. Assignments and participations are generally not registered under the Securities Act, and thus investments in them may be less liquid or illiquid.

Although the Fund has no present intention to do so, the Fund may originate and own entire whole loans. In addition to interest, the Fund could receive origination fees, extension fees, modification or similar fees in connection with whole mortgage or other loans. Investments in loans through a direct or originated loan may involve additional risks to the Fund. For example, if a loan is foreclosed, the Fund could become part or sole owner of any collateral, and would bear the costs and liabilities associated with owning and disposing of the collateral. In addition, it is conceivable that under emerging legal theories of lender liability, the Fund could be held liable as co-owner. Lender liability may be founded upon the premise that an institutional lender has violated a duty of good faith and fair dealing owed to the borrower or has assumed a degree of control over the borrower resulting in creation of a fiduciary duty owed to the borrower or its other creditors or shareholders. In addition, courts have in some cases applied the doctrine of equitable subordination to subordinate the claim of a lending institution against a borrower to claims of other creditors of the borrower when the lending institution is found to have engaged in unfair, inequitable, or fraudulent conduct.

From time to time, loans or assignment or participation interests therein acquired by the Fund, or to which the Fund may have direct or indirect investment exposure, will at the time of their acquisition be, or may become after acquisition, non-performing for a wide variety of reasons. Non-performing loans include mortgages where the borrower is in default or is or has been delinquent as to the payment of interest and/or principal, including, potentially, for a significant period of time. Such non-performing loans could require a substantial amount of workout negotiations and/or restructuring, which could entail, among other things, a substantial reduction in the interest rate and a substantial write down of the principal of such loans. Even if a restructuring were successfully accomplished, a risk exists that upon maturity of such a loan, replacement “takeout” financing will not be available.

Loans and certain other forms of direct indebtedness may not be classified as “securities” under the federal securities laws and, therefore, purchasers of such instruments may not be entitled to the protections against fraud and misrepresentation contained in the federal securities laws.

It is the position of the SEC that, in the case of loan participations or assignments where a bank or other lending institution serves as a financial intermediary between the Fund and the corporate borrower, if the participation does not shift to the Fund the direct debtor-creditor relationship with the borrower, the Fund should treat both the lending bank or other lending institution and the borrower as “issuers.” If and to the extent the Fund treats a financial intermediary as an issuer of indebtedness, the Fund may in certain circumstances be limited in its ability to invest in indebtedness related to a single financial intermediary, or a group of intermediaries engaged in the same industry, even if the underlying borrowers represent many different companies and industries.

Economic exposure to loan interests through the use of derivative transactions, including, among others, total and excess return swaps, may involve greater risks than if the Fund had invested in the loan interest directly during a primary distribution or through assignments of, or participations in, a bank loan acquired in secondary

 

69


Table of Contents

markets since, in addition to the risks described above, certain derivative transactions may be subject to leverage risk and greater illiquidity risk, counterparty risk, valuation risk and other risks.

In managing the Fund, the Adviser may seek to avoid the receipt of material, non-public information (“Confidential Information”) about the issuers of floating rate loans or other investments being considered for acquisition by the Fund or held in the Fund’s portfolio if the receipt of the Confidential Information would restrict one or more of the Adviser’s clients, including, potentially, the Fund, from trading in securities they hold or in which they may invest. In many instances, issuers offer to furnish Confidential Information to prospective purchasers or holders of the issuer’s loans or other securities. In circumstances when the Adviser declines to receive Confidential Information from these issuers, the Fund may be disadvantaged in comparison to other investors, including with respect to evaluating the issuer and the price the Fund would pay or receive when it buys or sells those investments, and the Fund may not take advantage of investment opportunities that it otherwise might have if it had received such Confidential Information. Further, in situations when the Fund is asked, for example, to grant consents, waivers or amendments with respect to such investments, the Adviser’s ability to assess such consents, waivers and amendments may be compromised. In certain circumstances, the Adviser may determine to receive Confidential Information, including on behalf of clients other than the Fund. Receipt of Confidential Information by the Adviser could limit the Fund’s ability to sell certain investments held by the Fund or pursue certain investment opportunities on behalf of the Fund, potentially for a substantial period of time. In certain situations, the Adviser may create information walls around persons having access to the Confidential Information to limit the restrictions on others at the Adviser. Those measures could impair the ability of those persons to assist in managing the Fund. Also, certain issuers of senior floating rate loans, other bank loans and related investments may not have any publicly traded securities (“Private Issuers”) and may offer private information pursuant to confidentiality agreements or similar arrangements. The Adviser may access such private information, while recognizing that the receipt of that information could potentially limit the Fund’s ability to trade in certain securities if the Private Issuer later issues publicly traded securities. If the Adviser intentionally or unintentionally comes into possession of Confidential Information, it may be unable, potentially for a substantial period of time, to sell certain investments held by the Fund.

Real Estate Investment Trusts (“REITs”)

The Fund may invest in REITs. REITs are pooled investment vehicles that own, and typically operate, income-producing real estate. If a REIT meets certain requirements, including distributing to shareholders substantially all of its taxable income (other than net capital gains), then it is not taxed on the income distributed to shareholders. REITs are subject to management fees and other expenses, and so the Fund will bear its proportionate share of the costs of the REITs’ operations. There are three general categories of REITs: Equity REITs, Mortgage REITs and Hybrid REITs. Equity REITs, which invest primarily in direct fee ownership or leasehold ownership of real property and derive most of their income from rents, are generally affected by changes in the values of and incomes from the properties they own. Mortgage REITs invest mostly in mortgages on real estate, which may secure, for example, construction, development or long-term loans, and the main source of their income is mortgage interest payments. Mortgage REITs may be affected by the credit quality of the mortgage loans they hold. A hybrid REIT combines the characteristics of equity REITs and mortgage REITs, generally by holding both ownership interests and mortgage interests in real estate, and thus may be subject to risks associated with both real estate ownership and investments in mortgage-related investments. Along with the risks common to different types of real estate-related investments, REITs, no matter the type, involve additional risk factors, including poor performance by the REIT’s manager, adverse changes to the tax laws, and the possible failure by the REIT to qualify for the favorable tax treatment applicable to REITs under the Code or an exemption under the 1940 Act. REITs are not diversified and are heavily dependent on cash flow earned on the property interests they hold.

Mortgage REITs are exposed to the risks specific to the real estate market as well as the risks that relate specifically to the way in which mortgage REITs are organized and operated. Mortgage REITs receive principal and interest payments from the owners of the mortgaged properties. Accordingly, mortgage REITs are subject to

 

70


Table of Contents

the credit risk of the borrowers to whom they extend credit, and are subject to the risks described below under “Mortgage-Backed Securities Risk” and “Debt Securities Risk.” Mortgage REITs are also subject to significant interest rate risk. Mortgage REITs typically use leverage and many are highly leveraged, which exposes them to the risks of leverage. Leverage risk refers to the risk that leverage created from borrowing may impair a mortgage REIT’s liquidity, cause it to liquidate positions at an unfavorable time and increase the volatility of the values of securities issued by the mortgage REIT. The use of leverage may not be advantageous to a mortgage REIT. To the extent that a mortgage REIT incurs significant leverage, it may incur substantial losses if its borrowing costs increase or if the assets it purchases with leverage decrease in value.

The Fund’s investment in a REIT may result in the Fund making distributions that constitute a return of capital to Fund shareholders for federal income tax purposes. In addition, distributions attributable to REITs made by the Fund to Fund shareholders will not qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction, or, generally, for treatment as qualified dividend income. Certain distributions made by the Fund attributable to dividends received by the Fund from REITs may qualify as “qualified REIT dividends” in the hands of non-corporate shareholders.

Sovereign Debt Obligations

The Fund may invest in sovereign debt, including of emerging market countries. Investors should be aware that certain sovereign debt instruments in which the Fund may invest may involve great risk and may be deemed to be the equivalent in terms of credit quality to securities rated below investment grade by Moody’s, S&P, or Fitch.

Sovereign debt may be issued by foreign developed and emerging market governments and their respective sub-divisions, agencies or instrumentalities, government-sponsored enterprises and supra-national government entities. Supra-national entities include international organizations that are organized or supported by one or more government entities to promote economic reconstruction or development and by international banking institutions and related governmental agencies. Investment in sovereign debt can involve a high degree of risk. The governmental entity that controls the repayment of sovereign debt may not be able or willing to repay the principal and/or interest when due in accordance with the terms of the debt. A governmental entity’s willingness or ability to repay principal and interest due in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash flow situation, the extent of its foreign currency reserves or its inability to sufficiently manage fluctuations in relative currency valuations, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt service burden to the economy as a whole, the governmental entity’s policy toward principal international lenders such as the International Monetary Fund, and the political and social constraints to which a governmental entity may be subject. Governmental entities also may depend on expected disbursements from foreign governments, multilateral agencies and others to reduce principal and interest arrearages on their debt. The commitment on the part of these governments, agencies and others to make such disbursements may be conditioned on a governmental entity’s implementation of economic reforms and/or economic performance and the timely service of such debtor’s obligations. Failure to implement such reforms, achieve such levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest when due may result in the cancellation of such third parties’ commitments to lend funds to the governmental entity, which may further impair such debtor’s ability or willingness to service its debts in a timely manner. Consequently, governmental entities may decide to default on their sovereign debt in whole or in part. There is no bankruptcy proceeding through which holders of sovereign debt (including the Fund) may attempt to collect all or a portion of their investment upon a default, which could result in significant losses to the Fund.

The Fund may invest in Brady Bonds, sovereign debt securities created through the exchange of existing commercial bank loans to sovereign entities for new obligations in connection with debt restructurings under a debt restructuring plan. Brady Bonds may be collateralized or uncollateralized, are issued in various currencies (primarily the U.S. dollar) and are actively traded in the over-the-counter secondary market. Investments in Brady Bonds involve various risks associated with investing in sovereign debt securities and may be subject to restructuring arrangements or to requests for new credit, which may cause the Fund to lose interest or principal on holdings consisting of Brady Bonds.

 

71


Table of Contents

The Fund’s investments in foreign currency denominated debt obligations and hedging activities will likely produce a difference between its book income and its taxable income. This difference may cause a portion of the Fund’s income distributions to constitute returns of capital for tax purposes or require the Fund to make distributions exceeding book income to qualify as a RIC for federal tax purposes. See “Distributions” and “Tax Matters” below.

Some of the countries in which the Fund may invest have encountered difficulties in servicing their sovereign debt. Some of these countries have withheld payments of interest and/or principal of sovereign debt. These difficulties have also led to agreements to restructure external debt obligations; in particular, commercial bank loans, typically by rescheduling principal payments, reducing interest rates and extending new credits to finance interest payments on existing debt. Unlike most corporate debt restructurings, the fees and expenses of financial and legal advisers to the creditors in connection with a restructuring may be borne by the holders of the sovereign debt securities instead of the sovereign entity itself. Some sovereign debtors have in the past been able to restructure their debt payments without the approval of some or all debt holders or to declare moratoria on payments, and similar occurrences may happen in the future where holders of sovereign debt may be requested to participate in similar rescheduling of such debt.

The ability or willingness of foreign governments to make timely payments on their sovereign debt is likely to be influenced strongly by a country’s balance of trade and its access to trade and other international credits. A country whose exports are concentrated in a few commodities could be vulnerable to a decline in the international prices of one or more of such commodities. Increased protectionism on the part of a country’s trading partners could also adversely affect its exports. Such events could extinguish a country’s trade account surplus, if any. To the extent that a country receives payment for its exports in currencies other than hard currencies, its ability to make hard currency payments could be affected.

The occurrence of political, social, economic and diplomatic changes in one or more of the countries issuing sovereign debt could adversely affect the Fund’s investments. The countries issuing such instruments may be faced with social and political issues and some of them have experienced high rates of inflation and have extensive internal debt. Among other effects, high inflation and internal debt service requirements may adversely affect the cost and availability of future domestic sovereign borrowing to finance governmental programs, and may have other adverse social, political and economic consequences. Political changes or a deterioration of a country’s domestic economy or balance of trade may affect the willingness of countries to service their sovereign debt. There can be no assurance that adverse political changes will not cause the Fund to suffer a loss of interest or principal on any of its holdings.

As a result of all of the foregoing, a government obligor may default on its obligations and/or the values of its obligations may decline significantly. If an event of default occurs, the Fund may have limited legal recourse against the issuer and/or guarantor. Remedies must, in some cases, be pursued in the courts of the defaulting party itself, and the ability of the holder of foreign government debt securities to obtain recourse may be subject to the political climate in the relevant country. Bankruptcy, moratorium and other similar laws designed to protect and enforce the rights of creditors may not apply to issuers of sovereign debt obligations in many jurisdictions, may be substantially different from those applicable to issuers of private debt obligations, and/or may be ineffective in enforcing the Fund’s rights or effecting a recovery on the Fund’s investment. In addition, no assurance can be given that the holders of commercial bank debt will not contest payments to the holders of other foreign government debt obligations in the event of default under their commercial bank loan agreements. Periods of economic uncertainty may result in the volatility of market prices of sovereign debt and in turn, the Fund’s NAV, to a greater extent than the volatility inherent in domestic securities. The value of sovereign debt will likely vary inversely with changes in prevailing interest rates, which are subject to considerable variance in the international market.

 

72


Table of Contents

Foreign Currencies and Related Transactions

The Fund’s Common Shares are priced in U.S. dollars and the distributions paid by the Fund to Common Shareholders are paid in U.S. dollars. The Fund may take positions in various foreign (non-U.S.) currencies, including by actual holdings of those currencies and through forward, futures, swap, and option contracts with respect to foreign currencies, for hedging, or as a substitute for actual purchases or sales of the currencies in question; the Fund may also invest without limit in investments denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, including the local currencies of emerging markets. The Fund’s investments in securities that trade in, or receive revenues in, foreign currencies will be subject to currency risk, which is the risk that fluctuations in the exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies may negatively affect any investment. See “Principal Risk Factors–Foreign currency risk.” The Fund may (but is not required to) hedge some or all of its exposure to foreign currencies through the use of derivative strategies. For instance, the Fund may enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts, and may buy and sell foreign currency futures contracts and options on foreign currencies and foreign currency futures. A forward foreign currency exchange contract, which involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date at a price set at the time of the contract, may reduce the Fund’s exposure to changes in the value of the currency it will deliver and increase its exposure to changes in the value of the currency it will receive for the duration of the contract. The effect on the value of the Fund is similar to selling securities denominated in one currency and purchasing securities denominated in another currency. Contracts to sell foreign currency would limit any potential gain which might be realized by the Fund if the value of the hedged currency increases. The Fund may enter into these contracts to hedge against foreign exchange risk arising from the Fund’s investment or anticipated investment in securities denominated in foreign currencies. Suitable hedging transactions may not be available in all circumstances and there can be no assurance that the Fund will engage in such transactions at any given time or from time to time when they would be beneficial. Although DoubleLine has the flexibility to engage in such transactions for the Fund, it may determine not to do so or to do so only in unusual circumstances or market conditions. Also, these transactions may not be successful and may eliminate any chance for the Fund to benefit from favorable fluctuations in relevant foreign currencies.

The Fund also may use derivatives contracts for purposes of increasing exposure to a foreign currency or to shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one currency to another. To the extent that it does so, the Fund will be subject to the additional risk that the relative value of currencies will be different than anticipated by DoubleLine.

Please see “Investment Objective and Strategies—Foreign and Emerging Market Investments,” “Investment Objective and Strategies—Foreign Currency Transactions” and “Investment Objective and Strategies—Foreign Currency Exchange-Related Securities” in the SAI for more information regarding the types of foreign investments and foreign currency transactions in which the Fund may invest and their related risks.

Preferred Securities

Preferred securities represent an equity interest in a company that generally entitles the holder to receive, in preference to the holders of other stocks such as common stocks, dividends and a fixed share of the proceeds resulting from liquidation of the company. Unlike common stocks, preferred stocks usually do not have voting rights. Preferred stocks in some instances are convertible into common stock. Some preferred stocks also entitle their holders to receive additional liquidation proceeds on the same basis as holders of a company’s common stock, and thus also represent an ownership interest in the company. Some preferred stocks offer a fixed rate of return with no maturity date. Because they never mature, these preferred stocks may act like long-term bonds, can be more volatile than other types of preferred stocks and may have heightened sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Other preferred stocks have a variable dividend, generally determined on a quarterly or other periodic basis, either according to a formula based upon a specified premium or discount to the yield on particular U.S. Treasury securities or based on an auction process, involving bids submitted by holders and prospective purchasers of such stocks. Although they are equity securities, preferred securities have certain

 

73


Table of Contents

characteristics of both debt securities and common stock. They are like debt securities in that their stated income is generally contractually fixed. They are like common stocks in that they do not have rights to precipitate bankruptcy proceedings or collection activities in the event of missed payments. Furthermore, preferred securities have many of the key characteristics of equity due to their subordinated position in an issuer’s capital structure and because their quality and value are heavily dependent on the profitability of the issuer rather than on any legal claims to specific assets or cash flows. Because preferred securities represent an equity ownership interest in a company, their value usually will react more strongly than bonds and other debt instruments to actual or perceived changes in a company’s financial condition or prospects, or to fluctuations in the equity markets.

In order to be payable, dividends on preferred securities must be declared by the issuer’s board of directors. In addition, distributions on preferred securities may be subject to deferral and thus may not be automatically payable. Income payments on some preferred securities are cumulative, causing dividends and distributions to accrue even if they are not declared by the board of directors of the issuer or otherwise made payable. Other preferred securities are non-cumulative, meaning that skipped dividends and distributions do not continue to accrue. There is no assurance that dividends on preferred securities in which the Fund invests will be declared or otherwise made payable.

Preferred securities have a liquidation value that generally equals their original purchase price at the date of issuance. The market values of preferred securities may be affected by favorable and unfavorable changes impacting the issuers’ industries or industry sectors. They also may be affected by actual and anticipated changes or ambiguities in the tax status of the security and by actual and anticipated changes or ambiguities in tax laws, such as changes in corporate and individual income tax rates or the characterization of dividends as tax-advantaged. Many of the preferred securities in which the Fund may invest will not pay tax-advantaged dividends. See “Tax Matters.” Because the claim on an issuer’s earnings represented by preferred securities may become disproportionately large when interest rates fall below the rate payable on the securities or for other reasons, the issuer may redeem preferred securities, generally after an initial period of call protection in which the security is not redeemable. Thus, in declining interest rate environments in particular, the Fund’s holdings of higher dividend-paying preferred securities may be reduced and the Fund may be unable to acquire securities paying comparable rates with the redemption proceeds.

Convertible Securities

The Fund may invest in convertible securities. Convertible securities include bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stock and other securities that may be converted into or exchanged for, at a specific price or formula within a particular period of time, a prescribed amount of common stock or other equity securities of the same or a different issuer. Convertible securities may entitle the holder to receive interest paid or accrued on debt or dividends paid or accrued on preferred stock until the security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. The Fund may invest in convertible bonds and debentures of any credit quality and maturity.

The market value of a convertible security is a function of its investment value and its conversion value. A security’s investment value represents the value of the security without its conversion feature (i.e., a nonconvertible fixed income security). The investment value may be determined by reference to its credit quality and the current value of its yield to maturity or probable call date. At any given time, investment value is dependent upon such factors as the general level of interest rates, the yield of similar nonconvertible securities, the financial strength of the issuer and the seniority of the security in the issuer’s capital structure. A security’s conversion value is determined by multiplying the number of shares the holder is entitled to receive upon conversion or exchange by the current price of the underlying security.

If the conversion value of a convertible security is significantly below its investment value, the convertible security generally trades like nonconvertible debt or preferred stock and its market value will not be influenced greatly by fluctuations in the market price of the underlying security. Conversely, if the conversion value of a convertible security is near or above its investment value, the market value of the convertible security is typically

 

74


Table of Contents

more heavily influenced by fluctuations in the market price of the underlying security. Convertible securities generally have less potential for gain than common stocks.

The Fund’s investments in convertible securities may at times include securities that have a mandatory conversion feature, pursuant to which the securities convert automatically into common stock or other equity securities at a specified date and a specified conversion ratio, or that are convertible at the option of the issuer. Because conversion of the security is not at the option of the holder, the Fund may be required to convert the security into the underlying common stock even at times when to do so is not in the best interests of the shareholders.

The Fund also may invest in “synthetic” convertible securities, which will be selected based on the similarity of their economic characteristics to those of a traditional convertible security due to the combination of separate securities or instruments that possess the two principal characteristics of a traditional convertible security, i.e., an income-producing security (“income-producing component”) and the right to acquire an equity security (“convertible component”). The income-producing component is achieved by investing in non-convertible, income-producing securities such as bonds, preferred stocks and money market instruments. The convertible component is achieved by purchasing warrants or options to buy common stock at a certain exercise price, or options on a stock index. The Fund may also purchase synthetic securities created by other parties, typically investment banks, including convertible structured notes.

The Fund’s investments in convertible securities, including synthetic convertible securities, particularly securities that are convertible into securities of an issuer other than the issuer of the convertible security, may be illiquid, in which case the Fund may not be able to dispose of such securities in a timely fashion or for a fair price, which could result in losses to the Fund.

The Fund’s investment in convertible securities may also be generally subject to the risks associated with investment in fixed income securities. See “Principal Risk Factors—Debt securities risk.”

Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Dollar Rolls

Reverse repurchase agreements involve sales by the Fund of portfolio securities concurrently with an agreement by the Fund to repurchase the same securities at a later date at a fixed price. Reverse repurchase agreements are speculative techniques involving leverage. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities the Fund is obligated to repurchase under the agreement may decline below the repurchase price. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the buyer of the securities sold might be unable to deliver them when the Fund seeks to repurchase the securities. If the buyer files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, the Fund may be delayed or prevented from recovering the security that it sold.

The Fund may enter into mortgage dollar rolls with a bank or a broker-dealer. A mortgage dollar roll is a transaction in which the Fund sells mortgage-related securities for immediate settlement and simultaneously purchases substantially similar securities for forward settlement at a discount. While the Fund begins accruing interest on the newly purchased securities from the purchase or trade date, it is able to invest the proceeds from the sale of its previously owned securities, which will be used to pay for the new securities. The use of mortgage dollar rolls is a speculative technique involving leverage, and can have an economic effect similar to borrowing money for investment purposes.

Municipal Bonds

Municipal bonds are investments of any maturity issued by states, public authorities or political subdivisions to raise money for public purposes; they include, for example, general obligations of a state or other government entity supported by its taxing powers to acquire and construct public facilities, or to provide temporary financing in anticipation of the receipt of taxes and other revenue. They also include obligations of states, public authorities

 

75


Table of Contents

or political subdivisions to finance privately owned or operated facilities or public facilities financed solely by enterprise revenues. Changes in law or adverse determinations by the IRS or a state tax authority could cause the income from some of these obligations to become taxable.

Short-term municipal bonds are generally issued by state and local governments and public authorities as interim financing in anticipation of tax collections, revenue receipts or bond sales to finance such public purposes.

Certain types of private activity bonds may be issued by public authorities to finance projects such as privately operated housing facilities; certain local facilities for supplying water, gas or electricity; sewage or solid waste disposal facilities; student loans; or public or private institutions for the construction of educational, hospital, housing and other facilities. Such obligations are included within the term municipal bonds if the interest paid thereon is, in the opinion of bond counsel, exempt from federal income tax and state personal income tax (such interest may, however, be subject to federal alternative minimum tax). Other types of private activity bonds, the proceeds of which are used for the construction, repair or improvement of, or to obtain equipment for, privately operated industrial or commercial facilities, may also constitute municipal bonds, although current federal tax laws place substantial limitations on the size of such issues.

The Fund does not expect to qualify to pass through to shareholders the tax-exempt character of interest on municipal bonds.

Inverse Floaters

An inverse floater is a type of instrument that bears a floating or variable interest rate that moves in the opposite direction to interest rates generally or the interest rate on another security or index. Changes in interest rates generally, or the interest rate of the other security or index, inversely affect the interest rate paid on the inverse floater, with the result that the inverse floater’s price will be considerably more volatile than that of a fixed-rate bond. Brokers typically create inverse floaters by depositing an income-producing instrument, which may be a mortgage-backed security, in a trust. The trust in turn issues a variable rate security and inverse floaters. The rate at which interest is paid by the trust on an inverse floater may vary by a magnitude that exceeds the magnitude of the change in a reference rate of interest (typically a short term interest rate), and the market prices of inverse floaters may as a result be highly sensitive to changes in interest rates and in prepayment rates on the underlying securities, and may decrease significantly when interest rates increase or prepayment rates change. The interest rate for the variable rate security is typically determined by an index or an auction process, while the inverse floater holder receives the balance of the income from the underlying income-producing instrument less an auction fee.

Private Placements and Restricted Securities

The Fund may invest in securities that are purchased in private placements and, accordingly, are subject to restrictions on resale as a matter of contract or under federal securities laws. Because there may be relatively few potential purchasers for such investments, especially under adverse market or economic conditions or in the event of adverse changes in the financial condition of the issuer, the Fund could find it more difficult to sell such securities when the Adviser believes it advisable to do so or may be able to sell such securities only at prices lower than if such securities were more widely held. At times, it may also be more difficult to determine the fair value of such securities for purposes of computing the Fund’s NAV.

While such private placements may offer attractive opportunities for investment not otherwise available on the open market, the securities so purchased are often restricted securities, i.e., securities which cannot be sold to the public without registration under the Securities Act or the availability of an exemption from registration (such as Rules 144, 144A or Regulation S), or which are not readily marketable because they are subject to other legal

 

76


Table of Contents

or contractual delays in or restrictions on resale. There may also be limited public information available regarding investments in private funds, which will make such investment particularly dependent on the analytical abilities of the Fund’s portfolio managers.

The absence of a trading market can make it difficult to ascertain a market value for illiquid investments. Disposing of illiquid investments may involve time-consuming negotiation and legal expenses, and it may be difficult or impossible for the Fund to sell them promptly at an acceptable price. The Fund may have to bear the extra expense of registering such securities for resale and the risk of substantial delay in effecting such registration. In addition, market quotations are less readily available. The judgment of the Adviser may at times play a greater role in valuing these securities than in the case of publicly traded securities.

Generally speaking, restricted securities may be sold only to qualified institutional buyers, or in a privately negotiated transaction to a limited number of purchasers, or in limited quantities after they have been held for a specified period of time and other conditions are met pursuant to an exemption from registration, or in a public offering for which a registration statement is in effect under the Securities Act. The Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter for purposes of the Securities Act when selling restricted securities to the public, and in such event the Fund may be liable to purchasers of such securities if the registration statement prepared by the issuer, or the prospectus forming a part of it, is materially inaccurate or misleading.

Variable and Floating Rate Securities

Variable and floating rate securities provide for a periodic adjustment in the interest rate paid on the obligations. The Fund may invest in floating rate debt instruments (“floaters”) and engage in credit spread trades. While floaters provide a certain degree of protection against rising interest rates, the Fund will participate in any decline in interest rates as well. A credit spread trade is an investment position relating to a difference in the prices or interest rates of two bonds or other securities, where the value of the investment position is determined by changes in the difference between such prices or interest rates, as the case may be, of the respective securities. The Fund also may invest in inverse floating rate debt instruments (“inverse floaters”). An inverse floater may exhibit greater price volatility than a fixed rate obligation of similar credit quality.

Derivatives

Some of the instruments in which the Fund may invest may be referred to as “derivatives,” because their value “derives” from the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index. These instruments include options, futures contracts, forward currency contracts, swap agreements and similar instruments. The market value of derivative instruments and securities sometimes may be more volatile than those of other instruments and each type of derivative instrument may have its own special risks.

Some over-the-counter derivative instruments may expose the Fund to the credit risk of its counterparty. In the event the counterparty to such a derivative instrument becomes insolvent, the Fund potentially could lose all or a large portion of its investment in the derivative instrument.

Investing for hedging purposes or to increase the Fund’s return may result in certain additional transaction costs that may reduce the Fund’s performance. In addition, when used for hedging purposes, no assurance can be given that each derivative position will achieve a close correlation with the security or currency that is the subject of the hedge, or that a particular derivative position will be available when sought by the Adviser. While hedging strategies involving derivatives can reduce the risk of loss, they can also reduce the opportunity for gain or even result in losses by offsetting favorable price movements in other Fund investments. Certain derivatives may create a risk of loss greater than the amount invested. The Fund or its agents will earmark or segregate liquid assets on its books against its derivatives exposures to the extent required by applicable law.

 

77


Table of Contents

Currency Forward and Futures Contracts

A forward foreign currency exchange contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract as agreed by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. In the case of a cancelable forward contract, the holder has the unilateral right to cancel the contract at maturity by paying a specified fee. The contracts are traded in the interbank market conducted directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. A forward contract generally has no deposit requirement, and no commissions are charged at any stage for trades. A foreign currency futures contract is a standardized contract for the future delivery of a specified amount of a foreign currency at a future date at a price set at the time of the contract. Foreign currency futures contracts traded in the United States are designed by and traded on exchanges regulated by the CFTC, such as the New York Mercantile Exchange.

Forward foreign currency exchange contracts differ from foreign currency futures contracts in certain respects. For example, the maturity date of a forward contract may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, rather than a predetermined date in a given month. Forward contracts may be in any amounts agreed upon by the parties rather than predetermined amounts. Also, forward foreign exchange contracts are traded directly between currency traders so that no intermediary is required. A forward contract generally requires no margin or other deposit.

At the maturity of a forward or futures contract, the Fund may either accept or make delivery of the currency specified in the contract, or at or prior to maturity enter into a closing transaction involving the purchase or sale of an offsetting contract. Closing transactions with respect to forward contracts are usually effected with the currency trader who is a party to the original forward contract. Closing transactions with respect to futures contracts are effected on a commodities exchange or board of trade; a clearing corporation associated with the exchange assumes responsibility for closing out such contracts.

Positions in foreign currency futures contracts and related options may be closed out only on an exchange or board of trade which provides a secondary market in such contracts or options. Although the Fund will normally purchase or sell foreign currency futures contracts and related options only on exchanges or boards of trade where there appears to be an active secondary market, there is no assurance that a secondary market on an exchange or board of trade will exist for any particular contract or option or at any particular time. In such event, it may not be possible to close a futures or related option position and, in the event of adverse price movements, the Fund would continue to be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin on its futures positions.

Credit Default Swaps

A credit default swap is an agreement between the Fund and a counterparty that enables the Fund to buy or sell protection against a credit event related to a particular issuer. One party, acting as a protection buyer, makes periodic payments, which may be based on, among other things, a fixed or floating rate of interest, to the other party, a protection seller, in exchange for a promise by the protection seller to make a payment to the protection buyer if a negative credit event (such as a delinquent payment or default) occurs with respect to a referenced bond or group of bonds. Credit default swaps may also be structured based on the debt of a basket of issuers, rather than a single issuer, and may be customized with respect to the default event that triggers purchase or other factors (for example, the Nth default within a basket, or defaults by a particular combination of issuers within the basket, may trigger a payment obligation). As a credit protection seller in a credit default swap contract, the Fund would be required to pay the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation to the counterparty following certain negative credit events as to a specified third-party debtor, such as default by a U.S. or non-U.S. corporate issuer on its debt obligations. In return for its obligation, the Fund would receive from the counterparty a periodic stream of payments, which may be based on, among other things, a fixed or floating rate of interest, over the term of the contract provided that no event of default has occurred. If no default occurs, the Fund would keep the stream of payments, and would have no payment obligations to the counterparty. The Fund may sell credit protection in order to earn additional income and/or to take a synthetic long position in the underlying security or basket of securities.

 

78


Table of Contents

The Fund may enter into credit default swap contracts as protection buyer in order to hedge against the risk of default on the debt of a particular issuer or basket of issuers or attempt to profit from a deterioration or perceived deterioration in the creditworthiness of the particular issuer(s) (also known as buying credit protection). This would involve the risk that the investment may expire worthless and would only generate gain in the event of an actual default by the issuer(s) of the underlying obligation(s) (or, as applicable, a credit downgrade or other indication of financial instability). It would also involve the risk that the seller may fail to satisfy its payment obligations to the Fund. The purchase of credit default swaps involves costs, which will reduce the Fund’s return.

Credit default swaps involve a number of special risks. A protection seller may have to pay out amounts following a negative credit event greater than the value of the reference obligation delivered to it by its counterparty and the amount of periodic payments previously received by it from the counterparty. When the Fund acts as a seller of a credit default swap, it is exposed to, among other things, leverage risk because if an event of default occurs the seller must pay the buyer the full notional value of the reference obligation. When the Fund acts as a seller of a credit default swap, the Fund or its agents will earmark on its books or segregate liquid assets equal to the full notional amount of the swap agreement. Each party to a credit default swap is subject to the credit risk of its counterparty (the risk that its counterparty may be unwilling or unable to perform its obligations on the swap as they come due). The value of the credit default swap to each party will change, at times significantly, based on changes in the actual or perceived creditworthiness of the underlying issuer.

A protection buyer may lose its investment and recover nothing should an event of default not occur. The Fund may seek to realize gains on its credit default swap positions, or limit losses on its positions, by selling those positions in the secondary market. There can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist at any given time for any particular credit default swap or for credit default swaps generally.

The market for credit default swaps has at times become more volatile as the creditworthiness of certain counterparties has been questioned and/or downgraded. The parties to a credit default swap may be required to post collateral to each other. If the Fund posts initial or periodic collateral to its counterparty, it may not be able to recover that collateral from the counterparty in accordance with the terms of the swap. In addition, if the Fund receives collateral from its counterparty, it may be delayed or prevented from realizing on the collateral in the event of the insolvency or bankruptcy of the counterparty. The Fund may exit its obligations under a credit default swap only by terminating the contract and paying applicable breakage fees, or by entering into an offsetting credit default swap position, which may cause the Fund to incur more losses. There can be no assurance that the Fund will be able to exit a credit default swap position effectively when it seeks to do so.

Certain Interest Rate Transactions

Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by the Fund with a counterparty of their respective commitments to pay or receive interest, such as an exchange of fixed-rate payments for floating-rate payments. These transactions generally involve the Fund’s agreement with the swap counterparty to pay a fixed rate payment in exchange for the counterparty paying the Fund a variable rate payment that is intended to approximate a variable rate payment obligation of the Fund (for example, a variable rate payment obligation on any preferred shares issued by the Fund). The payment obligation would be based on the notional amount of the swap. Other forms of interest rate swap agreements in which the Fund may invest include interest rate caps, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates exceed a specified rate, or “cap”; interest rate floors, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates fall below a specified rate, or “floor”; and interest rate collars, under which a party sells a cap and purchases a floor or vice versa in an attempt to protect itself against interest rate movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels. The Fund may use interest rate swap transactions with the intent to reduce or eliminate the risk that an increase in short-term interest rates could pose for the performance of the Common Shares as a result of leverage, and also may use these instruments for other hedging or investment purposes. Any termination of an interest rate swap transaction could result in a termination payment by or to the Fund.

 

79


Table of Contents

Money Market Instruments

The Fund may invest in money market instruments. These instruments include, but are not limited to, commercial paper, money market instruments, money market mutual funds and the following instruments:

U.S. Government Securities. Obligations issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States or its agencies (such as the Export-Import Bank of the United States, Federal Housing Administration and Government National Mortgage Association) or its instrumentalities (such as the Federal Home Loan Bank), including Treasury bills, notes and bonds.

Bank Obligations. Obligations including certificates of deposit, fixed time deposits and bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper (see below) and other debt obligations of banks subject to regulation by the U.S. Government and having total assets of $1 billion or more, and instruments secured by such obligations, not including obligations of foreign branches of domestic banks except as permitted below.

Eurodollar Certificates of Deposit. Eurodollar certificates of deposit issued by foreign branches of domestic banks having total assets of $1 billion or more (investments in Eurodollar certificates may be affected by changes in currency rates or exchange control regulations, or changes in governmental administration or economic or monetary policy in the United States and abroad).

Obligations of Savings Institutions. Certificates of deposit of savings banks and savings and loan associations, having total assets of $1 billion or more (investments in savings institutions above $100,000 in principal amount are not protected by federal deposit insurance).

Fully Insured Certificates of Deposit. Certificates of deposit of banks and savings institutions, having total assets of less than $1 billion, if the principal amount of the obligation is insured by the Bank Insurance Fund or the Savings Association Insurance Fund (each of which is administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation).

Other Short-Term Obligations. Debt securities initially issued with a remaining maturity of 397 days or less.

Depositary Receipts

The Fund may invest in ADRs as well as other hybrid forms of ADRs, including EDRs and GDRs, which are certificates evidencing ownership of shares of a foreign issuer. These certificates are issued by depositary banks and generally trade on an established market in the United States or elsewhere. The underlying shares are held in trust by a custodian bank or similar financial institution in the issuer’s home country. The depositary bank may not have physical custody of the underlying securities at all times and may charge fees for various services, including forwarding dividends and interest and corporate actions. ADRs are alternatives to directly purchasing the underlying foreign securities in their national markets and currencies. However, ADRs continue to be subject to many of the risks associated with investing in foreign securities. In addition to investment risks associated with the underlying issuer, Depositary Receipts expose the Fund to additional risks associated with the non-uniform terms that apply to Depositary Receipt programs, credit exposure to the depository bank and to the sponsors and other parties with whom the depository bank establishes the programs, currency risk and the risk of an illiquid market for Depositary Receipts. Unsponsored ADR, EDR and GDR programs are organized independently and without the cooperation of the issuer of the underlying securities. Unsponsored programs generally expose investors to greater risks than sponsored programs and do not provide holders with many of the shareholder benefits that come from investing in a sponsored Depositary Receipt. As a result, available information concerning the issuer may not be as current as for sponsored ADRs, EDRs and GDRs, and the prices of unsponsored ADRs, EDRs and GDRs may be more volatile than if such instruments were sponsored by the issuer. Depositary Receipts are generally subject to the same risks as the foreign securities that they evidence or into which they may be converted.

 

80


Table of Contents

Portfolio Duration

The Fund may invest in securities of any or no maturity or negative duration, and there are no limits on the duration of the Fund’s portfolio. The Adviser retains broad discretion to modify the Fund’s duration within a wide range, including the discretion to construct a portfolio of investments for the Fund with a negative duration. Duration is a measure of the expected life of a debt instrument that is used to determine the sensitivity of a security’s price to changes in interest rates. For example, the value of a portfolio of debt securities with an average duration of ten years would generally be expected to decline by approximately 10% if interest rates rose by one percentage point. Effective duration is a measure of the Fund’s portfolio duration adjusted for the anticipated effect of interest rate changes on bond and mortgage pre-payment rates. The Adviser may seek to manage the dollar-weighted average effective duration of the Fund’s portfolio through the use of derivatives and other instruments (including, among others, Treasury futures and other futures contracts, inverse floaters, interest rate swaps, total return swaps, and swaptions). The Fund may incur costs in implementing duration management strategies, and there can be no assurance that the Fund will engage in duration management strategies or that any duration management strategy employed by the Fund will be successful.

Structured Notes and Related Instruments

A structured investment is a security having a return tied to an underlying index or other security or asset class. Structured investments generally are individually negotiated agreements and may be traded over-the-counter. Structured investments are organized and operated to restructure the investment characteristics of the underlying security. This restructuring involves the deposit with or purchase by an entity, such as a corporation or trust, or specified instruments (such as commercial bank loans) and the issuance by that entity or one or more classes of securities (“structured securities”) backed by, or representing interests in, the underlying instruments. The cash flow on the underlying instruments may be apportioned among the newly issued structured securities to create securities with different investment characteristics, such as varying maturities, payment priorities and interest rate provisions, and the extent of such payments made with respect to structured securities is dependent on the extent of the cash flow on the underlying instruments. Because structured securities typically involve no credit enhancement, their credit risk generally will be equivalent to that of the underlying instruments. Investments in structured securities are generally of a class of structured securities that is either subordinated or unsubordinated to the right of payment of another class. Subordinated structured securities typically have higher yields and present greater risks than unsubordinated structured securities. Structured securities are typically sold in private placement transactions, and there currently is no active trading market for structured securities. Investments in government and government-related and restructured debt instruments are subject to special risks, including the inability or unwillingness to repay principal and interest, requests to reschedule or restructure outstanding debt and requests to extend additional loan amounts.

Other Investment Companies

The Fund may invest without limit in securities of other open- or closed-end investment companies, including ETFs and investment companies sponsored or managed by the Adviser or its related parties, to the extent that such investments are consistent with the Fund’s investment objective, strategies and policies and are permissible under the 1940 Act. The Fund may invest in other investment companies to gain broad market or sector exposure, including during periods when it has large amounts of uninvested cash (such as the period shortly after the Fund receives the proceeds of the offering of its Common Shares) or when DoubleLine believes share prices of other investment companies offer attractive values. As a shareholder in an investment company, the Fund will bear its ratable share of that investment company’s expenses and would remain subject to payment of the Fund’s management fees and other expenses with respect to assets so invested. Common Shareholders would therefore be subject to duplicative expenses to the extent the Fund invests in other investment companies. The securities of other investment companies may be leveraged, in which case the NAV and/or market value of the investment company’s shares will be more volatile than unleveraged investments. See “Principal Risk Factors—Leverage risk.”

 

81


Table of Contents

The Fund’s investments in other investment companies may be limited by provisions of the 1940 Act that restrict the aggregate amount the Fund (and in some cases, its affiliated persons) can invest in any one investment company or any series thereof.

Common Stocks and Other Equity Securities

The Fund may invest in equity securities. Equity securities are securities that represent an ownership interest (or the right to acquire such an interest) in a company and include common and preferred stock. Common stocks represent an equity or ownership interest in an issuer. Preferred stock represents an equity or ownership interest in an issuer that pays dividends at a specified rate and that has priority over common stock in the payment of dividends. In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of owners of bonds take priority over holders of preferred stock, whose claims take priority over the claims of those who own common stock.

While offering greater potential for long-term growth, equity securities generally are more volatile and riskier than some other forms of investment, although under certain market conditions various fixed-income investments have comparable or greater price volatility. Therefore, the value of an investment in the Fund may at times decrease instead of increase. The Fund’s investments may include securities traded over-the-counter as well as those traded on a securities exchange. Some securities, particularly over-the-counter securities, may be more difficult to sell under some market conditions.

Commercial Paper

Commercial paper represents short-term unsecured promissory notes issued in bearer form by corporations such as banks or bank holding companies and finance companies. The rate of return on commercial paper may be linked or indexed to the level of exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and a foreign currency or currencies.

Repurchase Agreements

The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements, which may be viewed as a type of secured lending by the Fund, typically involving the acquisition by the Fund of debt securities from a selling financial institution such as a bank, savings and loan association or broker-dealer. The repurchase agreements will provide that the Fund will sell back to the institution, and that the institution will repurchase, the underlying security (“collateral”) at a specified price and at a fixed time in the future, often not more than seven days from the date of purchase. The collateral will be maintained in a segregated account and, with respect to United States repurchase agreements, will be marked to market daily to ensure that the full value of the collateral, as specified in the repurchase agreement, does not decrease below the repurchase price plus accrued interest. If such a decrease occurs, additional collateral will be requested and, when received, added to the account to maintain full collateralization. The Fund will accrue interest from the institution until the date the repurchase occurs. Although this date is deemed by the Fund to be the maturity date of a repurchase agreement, the maturities of the collateral securities are not subject to any limits and may exceed one year.

When-Issued, Delayed Delivery and Forward Commitment Transactions

When purchasing a security on a when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward commitment basis, the Fund assumes many of the benefits and risks of ownership of the security, including the risk of price and yield fluctuations, but does not take delivery of the security until a date substantially after the date the transaction is entered into. Because the Fund is not required to pay for the security until the delivery date, these transactions may create investment leverage. When the Fund has sold a security on a when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward commitment basis, the Fund does not participate in future gains or losses with respect to the security. Recently finalized rules of FINRA would impose mandatory margin requirements for certain types of when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward commitment transactions, with limited exceptions. Such transactions historically have not been required to be collateralized, and, if those rules are implemented, mandatory collateralization could increase the cost of such transactions and impose added operational complexity.

 

82


Table of Contents

Short Sales and Short Positions

Short sales are transactions in which the Fund sells an instrument it does not own, in anticipation of a decline in the market value of that instrument. To complete such a transaction, the Fund must borrow the instrument to make delivery to the buyer. The Fund then is obligated to replace the instrument borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at or prior to the time of replacement. The price at such time may be more or less than the price at which the instrument was sold by the Fund. Until the instrument is replaced, the Fund is required to repay the lender any dividends or interest that accrues during the period of the loan. The Fund may also enter into a derivative transaction in order to establish a short position with respect to a reference asset. To borrow the instrument or establish the position, the Fund also may be required to pay a premium, which would increase the cost of the instrument sold or position established. The net proceeds of the short position will be retained by the broker (or by the Fund’s custodian in a special custody account), to the extent necessary to meet margin requirements, until the short position is closed out. The Fund also will incur transaction costs in effecting short positions. The Fund does not currently intend to borrow securities for the purpose of engaging in short sales within one year of the effective date of its registration statement, though the Fund may enter into short positions at any time.

The Fund will incur a loss as a result of the short position if the price of the instrument or the value of the reference asset increases between the date of the short sale or short position and the date on which the Fund replaces the borrowed instrument or otherwise closes out the transaction. The Fund will generally realize a gain if the instrument or the value of the reference asset declines in price between those dates. The amount of any gain will be decreased, and the amount of any loss increased, by the amount of the premium, dividends, interest, or expenses the Fund may be required to pay in connection with a short position. There can be no assurance that the Fund will be able to close out the position at any particular time or at an acceptable price. The Fund’s ability to engage in short sales may from time to time be limited or prohibited because of the inability to borrow certain instruments in the market, legal restrictions on short sales, or other reasons. The loss to the Fund from a short position is potentially unlimited.

Lending of Portfolio Securities

The Fund may make secured loans of its portfolio securities, on either a short-term or long-term basis, amounting to not more than 3313% of its total assets, thereby potentially realizing additional income. The risks in lending portfolio securities, as with other extensions of credit, consist of possible delay in recovery of the securities or possible loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower fail financially. If a borrower defaults, the value of the collateral may decline before the Fund can dispose of it. As a matter of policy, securities loans are made to broker-dealers pursuant to agreements requiring that the loans be continuously secured by collateral consisting of cash or short-term debt obligations at least equal at all times to the value of the securities on loan, marked-to-market daily. The borrower pays to the Fund an amount equal to any dividends or interest received on securities lent. The Fund retains all or a portion of the interest received on investment of the cash collateral or receives a fee from the borrower. The Fund bears the risk of any loss on the investment of the collateral; any such loss may exceed, potentially by a substantial amount, any profit to the Fund from its securities lending activities. Although voting rights, or rights to consent, with respect to the loaned securities may pass to the borrower, the Fund retains the right to call the loans at any time on reasonable notice, and it will do so to enable the Fund to exercise voting rights on any matters materially affecting the investment. The Fund may also call such loans in order to sell the securities. The Fund may pay fees in connection with arranging loans of its portfolio securities.

Please see “Investment Objective and Strategies” in the SAI for additional information regarding the investments of the Fund and their related risks.

 

83


Table of Contents

LEVERAGE

As soon as reasonably practicable following the completion of the initial public offering of the Fund’s Common Shares, the Fund intends, subject to then favorable market conditions, to add leverage to its portfolio through borrowings, such as loans or lines of credit from banks or other credit facilities, the issuance of preferred shares, or a combination of borrowings and the issuance of preferred shares. However, if the Fund were to issue less than 50,000,000 Common Shares, the Fund would expect, subject to then favorable market conditions, to seek to use leverage in the form of borrowings. If the Fund were to issue approximately 50,000,000 Common Shares or more, the Fund would expect, subject to then favorable market conditions, to seek to use leverage through borrowings, the issuance of preferred shares or a combination of borrowings and the issuance of preferred shares. The Fund may also use reverse repurchase agreements and dollar roll transactions. The Adviser currently expects that the leverage initially obtained through such instruments may represent approximately 25% of the Fund’s total managed assets (including the amounts of leverage obtained through the use of such instruments).

The Fund also may enter into transactions other than borrowings, the issuance of preferred shares, reverse repurchase agreements, and dollar roll transactions that may give rise to a form of leverage or that have leverage embedded in them including, among others, transactions involving credit default swap contracts and/or other transactions. Other such transactions include loans of portfolio securities, transactions involving derivative instruments, short sales and when-issued, delayed delivery, and forward commitment transactions. These transactions may represent a form of investment leverage and will create special risks. The use of these forms of additional leverage will increase the volatility of the Fund’s investment portfolio and could result in larger losses than if the strategies were not used.

Under normal market conditions, the Fund will not (i) issue preferred shares, (ii) borrow money through loans or draw on lines of credit from banks or other credit facilities, (iii) enter into reverse repurchase agreements or dollar roll transactions, or (iv) write credit default swaps with the intention on the part of the Adviser to create investment leverage, if as a result the amount of investment leverage the Adviser determines to be attributable to the activities listed in (i) through (iv) above in the aggregate would exceed 50% of the Fund’s total assets (including, for purposes of the 50% limit, the amounts of leverage obtained through such activities) (the “50% leverage policy”). Written credit default swaps entered into by the Fund to hedge, manage or reduce risk or to equitize a cash position (i.e., obtain investment exposure in an amount equal to or less than the Fund’s position in cash, cash equivalents, high-quality short-term debt instruments and other similar investments) will not be considered to have been made for the purpose of creating investment leverage and therefore will not be subject to the 50% leverage policy; the Adviser generally will determine whether an investment has the effect of creating investment leverage by evaluating the effect of the investment on the exposure and risk profile of the Fund as a whole. It is possible that following the incurrence of any amount of investment leverage, the value of the assets of the Fund will decline due to market conditions or other factors and that the 50% leverage limit will as a result be exceeded. In that case, the leverage risk to Common Shareholders will increase. See “Principal Risk Factors—Leverage risk.”

There is no assurance that a line of credit, borrowings or other forms of leverage will in fact be established; any such line of credit, borrowings or other forms of leverage would be subject to renewal periodically, and there can be no assurance that the form of leverage could be renewed in the future.

The Fund will use leverage opportunistically and may choose to increase, decrease, or eliminate its use of leverage over time and from time to time based on DoubleLine’s assessment of the yield curve environment, interest rate trends, market conditions, and other factors. There is no assurance that the Fund will issue preferred shares, borrow money through loans or draw on lines of credit from banks or other credit facilities, enter into reverse repurchase agreements, or dollar roll transactions and/or use other forms of leverage. If used, there is no assurance that the Fund’s leveraging strategies will be successful. The use of leverage will increase the volatility of the performance of the Fund’s investment portfolio and could result in the Fund experiencing greater losses

 

84


Table of Contents

than if leverage were not used. The net proceeds the Fund obtains from the use of leverage will be invested in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and policies as described in this Prospectus. So long as the rate of return, net of applicable Fund expenses, on the investments purchased by the Fund exceeds the costs of such leverage to the Fund, the use of leverage should help the Fund to achieve an investment return greater than it would if it were not leveraged, although use of leverage may result in losses greater than if the Fund had not used leverage.

Leveraging is a speculative technique and there are special risks and costs involved. The Fund cannot assure you that any use of borrowings, an issuance of preferred shares, the use of reverse repurchase agreements, or dollar roll transactions, and/or the use of derivatives strategies will result in a higher investment return on your Common Shares, and it may result in losses. When leverage is used, the NAV and market price of the Common Shares and the yield to Common Shareholders will be more volatile. In addition, fees and expenses of repurchase agreements and borrowings, any future issuance of preferred shares, and other forms of leverage borne by the Fund are borne entirely by the Common Shareholders and not by preferred shareholders, if any, and will reduce the investment return of the Common Shares.

The 1940 Act generally prohibits the Fund from engaging in most forms of leverage representing indebtedness unless immediately after the issuance of the leverage the Fund has satisfied the asset coverage test with respect to senior securities representing indebtedness prescribed by the 1940 Act; that is, the value of the Fund’s total assets less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities (for these purposes, “total net assets”) is at least 300% of the senior securities representing indebtedness (effectively limiting the use of leverage through senior securities representing indebtedness to 33 1/3% of the Fund’s total net assets, including assets attributable to such leverage). In addition, the Fund is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its Common Shares unless, at the time of such declaration, this asset coverage test is satisfied with respect to indebtedness other than certain privately arranged debt that is not intended to be publicly distributed. The Fund may (but is not required to) cover its commitments under derivatives instruments by the segregation of liquid assets, or by entering into offsetting transactions or owning positions covering its obligations. To the extent that certain of these instruments are so covered, they will not be considered “senior securities” under the 1940 Act and therefore will not be subject to the 300% asset coverage requirement of the 1940 Act otherwise applicable to forms of senior securities representing indebtedness used by the Fund. However, such instruments, even if covered, represent a form of economic leverage and create special risks. The use of these forms of leverage increases the volatility of the Fund’s investment portfolio and could result in larger losses to Common Shareholders than if these strategies were not used. See “Principal Risk Factors—Leverage risk.”

The Fund’s ability to utilize derivatives and leverage may also be limited by asset coverage requirements applicable to the use of certain transactions that may involve leverage, restrictions imposed by the Fund’s creditors, and guidelines or restrictions imposed by rating agencies that provide ratings for preferred shares or in connection with liquidity arrangements for preferred shares.

The SEC has proposed a new rule that would replace present SEC and SEC staff regulatory guidance related to limits on a registered investment company’s use of derivative instruments and certain other transactions, such as short sales and reverse repurchase agreements. There is no assurance that the rule will be adopted. The proposed rule would, among other things, limit the ability of the Fund to enter into derivative transactions and certain other transactions if the effect would be to increase the Fund’s VaR beyond a multiple of the VaR of a designated, unleveraged reference index or, alternatively, a percentage of the Fund’s net assets. These limitations may substantially curtail the Fund’s ability to use derivative instruments and inhibit the Adviser’s ability to establish what it views as the optimal level of leverage for the Fund, especially when the Fund has issued preferred shares or has borrowings, reverse repurchase agreements or similar transactions outstanding. If the proposed rule is adopted, the Fund might not be able to use derivative instruments, reverse repurchase agreements and other transactions involving leverage to the same extent as if the current regulatory structure had remained in place, and the ability of the Adviser to pursue the Fund’s investment objective as currently

 

85


Table of Contents

anticipated, and the Fund’s long-term investment performance, might be adversely affected. The risks described in this Prospectus relating to the Fund’s use of derivatives and other financial instruments, including Leverage Risk, would continue to apply generally if the rule were adopted as proposed.

Additional or other new regulations or guidance issued by the SEC or the CFTC or their staffs could, among other things, restrict the Fund’s ability to engage in leveraging and derivatives transactions (for example, by making certain types of derivatives transactions no longer available to the Fund) and/or increase the costs of such leveraging and derivatives transactions (for example, by increasing margin or capital requirements), and the Fund may be unable to execute its investment strategy as a result.

The Fund’s ability to utilize derivatives and leverage may also be limited by asset coverage requirements applicable to the use of certain transactions that may involve leverage, restrictions imposed by the Fund’s creditors, and guidelines or restrictions imposed by rating agencies that provide ratings for preferred shares or in connection with liquidity arrangements for preferred shares.

Because the fees received by the Adviser are based on the total managed assets of the Fund (including assets attributable to any reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions, or similar transactions, borrowings, and preferred shares that may be outstanding) minus accrued liabilities (other than liabilities in respect of reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions, or similar transactions, and borrowings), there is a financial incentive for the Adviser to cause the Fund to use leverage, which creates a conflict of interest between the Adviser, on the one hand, and the Common Shareholders, on the other hand.

Please see “Principal Risk Factors—Leverage risk” for additional information regarding the Fund’s use of leverage and related risks.

Effects of Leverage

Assuming the Fund uses leverage in the form of borrowings representing 23.08% of the Fund’s total managed assets (including the amounts of leverage obtained through such instruments), at an annual effective interest expense of 2.71% payable by the Fund on such instruments (based on market interest rates as of the date of this Prospectus), the annual return that the Fund’s portfolio must experience in order to cover such costs of the borrowings would be 0.62%. The information below does not reflect the Fund’s use of certain other forms of economic leverage achieved through the use of other instruments or transactions not considered to be senior securities under the 1940 Act, such as reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions, credit default swaps, total return swaps or other derivative instruments. Of course, these figures are merely estimates based on current market conditions, used for illustration purposes only. Actual expenses associated with preferred shares and/or borrowings used by the Fund may vary frequently and may be significantly higher or lower than the rate used for the example above.

These assumed investment portfolio returns are hypothetical figures and are not necessarily indicative of the investment portfolio returns expected to be experienced by the Fund. Your actual returns may be greater or less than those appearing below. In addition, actual expenses associated with preferred shares or borrowings, if any, used by the Fund may vary frequently and may be significantly higher or lower that the rate used for the example below.

 

Assumed Portfolio Total Return

     (10.00 )%      (5.00 )%      0.00     5.00      10.00

Common Share Total Return

     (13.81 )%      (7.31 )%      (0.81 )%      5.69      12.19

Common Shares total return is composed of two elements—the distributions paid by the Fund to holders of Common Shares (the amount of which is largely determined by the net investment income of the Fund after paying interest expenses on the Fund’s leveraging transactions as described above and dividend payments on any preferred shares issued by the Fund and expenses on any forms of leverage outstanding) and gains or losses on

 

86


Table of Contents

the value of the securities and other instruments the Fund owns. As required by SEC rules, the table assumes that the Fund is more likely to suffer capital losses than to enjoy capital appreciation. For example, to assume a total return of 0%, the Fund must assume that the income it receives on its investments is entirely offset by losses in the value of those investments. This table reflects hypothetical performance of the Fund’s portfolio and not the actual performance of the Fund’s Common Shares, the value of which will be determined by market forces and other factors.

Any benefits of leverage used by the Fund cannot be fully achieved until the proceeds resulting from the use of such leverage have been received by the Fund and invested in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and policies. The Fund’s willingness to use leverage, and the extent to which leverage is used at any time, will depend on many factors, including, among other things, DoubleLine’s assessment of the yield curve environment, interest rate trends, market conditions and other factors.

Possible Future Issuance of Preferred Shares

If the Fund were to issue approximately 50,000,000 Common Shares or more, the Fund would expect, subject to then favorable market conditions, to seek to use leverage through borrowings, the issuance of preferred shares or a combination of borrowings and the issuance of preferred shares. Any issued preferred shares would have complete priority upon distribution of assets over the Common Shares. Under the 1940 Act, the Fund would not be permitted to issue preferred shares unless immediately after such issuance the value of the Fund’s total assets less liabilities (other than any senior securities outstanding or the liquidation value of any outstanding preferred shares) was at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding preferred shares plus the aggregate amount of any senior securities representing indebtedness (as defined in the 1940 Act) held by the Fund as described above (i.e., such liquidation value plus the aggregate amount of senior securities representing indebtedness may not exceed 50% of the Fund’s total assets less liabilities (other than any senior securities outstanding or the liquidation value of any outstanding preferred shares)). In addition, if the Fund issues preferred shares, the 1940 Act prohibits the declaration of any dividend (except a dividend payable in Common Shares of the Fund) or distribution upon the common shares of the Fund, or purchase of any such Common Shares, unless in every such case the preferred share class has, at the time of the declaration of any such dividend or distribution or at the time of any such purchase, an asset coverage of at least 200% (as described above) after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution, or purchase price, as the case may be. The 1940 Act requires that the holders of any preferred shares, voting separately as a single class, have the right to elect two Trustees at all times, and, if dividends on preferred shares shall be unpaid in an amount equal to two full years’ dividends on such preferred shares, to elect a majority of the Trustees. The Fund might also be subject to certain restrictions imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies that may issue ratings for preferred shares issued by the Fund. These guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed on the Fund by the 1940 Act.

If the Fund determines to issue preferred shares, the Fund expects to apply for ratings for such preferred shares from Moody’s, S&P, Fitch and/or another nationally recognized statistical rating organization (each an “NRSRO” and collectively “NRSROs”). In order to obtain and maintain such ratings, the Fund expects to be required to comply with investment quality and other guidelines established by an NRSRO. The Fund may also be required to comply with investment quality and other guidelines established by a liquidity provider with which the Fund may enter into an arrangement in order to enhance the liquidity of the preferred shares it issues. Any such guidelines imposed by an NRSRO and/or a liquidity provider will likely be more restrictive than the restrictions set forth in this Prospectus and the SAI; at this time, however, no assurance can be given as to the nature or extent of any such guidelines that may be imposed. No minimum rating is required for the issuance of preferred shares by the Fund. Moody’s, S&P and Fitch receive fees in connection with their ratings issuances.

 

87


Table of Contents

Credit Facility

In the event the Fund leverages through borrowings, the Fund may enter into definitive agreements with respect to a credit facility. The Fund may negotiate with commercial banks or other lenders to arrange a credit facility pursuant to which the Fund would expect to be entitled to borrow an amount up to approximately 3313% of the Fund’s total assets (including the amount borrowed). Any such borrowings would constitute financial leverage. Such a facility is not expected to be convertible into any other securities of the Fund. Outstanding amounts may be prepayable by the Fund prior to final maturity only with a penalty payment. There are not expected to be any sinking fund or mandatory retirement provisions. Outstanding amounts would be payable at maturity or such earlier times as required by the agreement. The Fund may be required to prepay outstanding amounts under the facility or incur a penalty rate of interest in the event of the occurrence of certain events of default. The Fund would be expected to indemnify the lenders under the facility against liabilities they may incur in connection with the facility. There can be no assurance that the Fund will be successful in establishing a credit facility or other forms of borrowing leverage. Leveraging with a credit facility is expected to result in the Fund paying one or more lenders fees that are in addition to the required interest payments (which may be based on a fixed or floating rate) under the credit facility, including, among others, a commitment fee, a facility fee on the unused portion of the credit facility, closing costs and related fees and expenses. See “Summary of Fund Expenses.”

In addition, the Fund expects that such a credit facility would contain covenants that, among other things, likely will limit the Fund’s ability to pay dividends in certain circumstances, incur additional debt, change its fundamental investment policies and engage in certain transactions, including mergers and consolidations, limit or prohibit certain investments otherwise contemplated by the Fund’s principal investment strategies and may require asset coverage ratios in addition to those required by the 1940 Act. The Fund may be required to pledge its assets and to maintain a portion of its assets in cash or high-grade securities, including as a reserve against interest or principal payments and expenses. Any borrowings from a credit facility may be required to be secured by a pledge of the Fund’s assets. Only certain of the Fund’s assets may be eligible to be pledged under the terms of a credit facility. Consequently, the Fund may be limited in its ability to draw on the credit facility by the amount of eligible securities the Fund holds in its portfolio and is able to pledge. The Fund expects that any credit facility would have customary covenant, negative covenant and default provisions. There can be no assurance that the Fund will enter into an agreement for a credit facility at all or on terms and conditions representative of the foregoing, or that additional material terms will not apply. In addition, if entered into, any such credit facility may in the future be replaced or refinanced by one or more credit facilities having substantially different terms or by the issuance of preferred shares or debt securities.

Under the 1940 Act, the Fund would not be permitted to issue any senior security representing indebtedness unless immediately after such issuance the value of the Fund’s total assets less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities is at least 300% of the value of the outstanding amount of any senior securities representing indebtedness (as defined in the 1940 Act). In addition, the Fund would not be permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its Common Shares unless, at the time of such declaration, the value of the Fund’s total assets satisfies the above-referenced 300% coverage requirement after deducting the amount of such dividend or distribution.

 

88


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL RISK FACTORS

Investing in the Fund involves risks, including the risk that you may receive little or no return on your investment or that you may lose part or even all of your investment. Therefore, you should carefully consider the risks below and other information contained in this Prospectus before you decide to participate in the offering. The section below does not describe all risks associated with an investment in the Fund. Additional risks and uncertainties also may adversely affect and impair the Fund.

No Prior History

The Fund is a newly organized, non-diversified, limited term closed-end management investment company with no history of operations and is subject to all of the business risks and uncertainties associated with any new business.

Market Discount Risk

As with any stock, the price of the Fund’s Common Shares will fluctuate with market conditions and other factors. If you sell your Common Shares, the price received may be more or less than your original investment. The Common Shares are designed for long-term investors and should not be treated as trading vehicles. Shares of closed-end management investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their NAV. The Common Shares may trade at a price that is less than the initial offering price. This risk may be greater for investors who sell their Common Shares relatively shortly after completion of the initial offering. The Fund cannot assure you that Common Shares will trade at a price equal to or higher than NAV in the future, and they may trade at a price lower than NAV. In addition to the Fund’s NAV, the Fund’s market price may be affected by factors related to the Fund such as dividend payments (which will in turn be affected by Fund expenses, including the costs of the Fund’s leverage, amounts of interest payments made by the Fund’s portfolio holdings, appreciation/depreciation of the Fund’s portfolio holdings, regulations affecting the timing and character of Fund distributions, and other factors), portfolio credit quality, liquidity, call protection, market supply and demand and similar factors relating to the Fund’s portfolio holdings. The Fund’s market price may also be affected by general market or economic conditions, including market trends affecting securities values generally or values of closed-end fund shares more specifically.

Limited Term and Tender Offer Risk

Unless the limited term provision of the Fund’s Declaration of Trust is amended by shareholders in accordance with the Declaration of Trust, or unless the Fund completes an Eligible Tender Offer and converts to perpetual existence, the Fund will terminate on or about the Dissolution Date. The Fund is not a so called “target date” or “life cycle” fund whose asset allocation becomes more conservative over time as its target date, often associated with retirement, approaches. In addition, the Fund is not a “target term” fund whose investment objective is to return its original NAV on the Dissolution Date or in an Eligible Tender Offer. The Fund’s investment objective and policies are not designed to seek to return to investors that purchase shares in this offering their initial investment of $20.00 per share on the Dissolution Date or in an Eligible Tender Offer, and such investors and investors that purchase shares after the completion of this offering may receive more or less than their original investment upon dissolution or in an Eligible Tender Offer.

Because the assets of the Fund will be liquidated in connection with the dissolution, the Fund will incur transaction costs in connection with dispositions of portfolio securities. The Fund does not limit its investments to securities having a maturity date prior to the Dissolution Date and may be required to sell portfolio securities when it otherwise would not, including at times when market conditions are not favorable, which may cause the Fund to lose money. In particular, the Fund’s portfolio may still have large exposures to illiquid securities as the Dissolution Date approaches, and losses due to portfolio liquidation may be significant. During the Wind-Down Period, the Fund may begin liquidating all or a portion of the Fund’s portfolio, and the Fund may deviate from its

 

89


Table of Contents

investment strategy and may not achieve its investment objective. As a result, during the Wind-Down Period, the Fund’s distributions may decrease, and such distributions may include a return of capital. It is expected that Common Shareholders will receive cash in any liquidating distribution from the Fund, regardless of their participation in the Fund’s automatic dividend reinvestment plan. However, if on the Dissolution Date the Fund owns securities or other investments for which no market exists or securities or other investments that are trading at depressed prices, such securities or other investments may be placed in a liquidating trust. The Fund cannot predict the amount, if any, of securities or other investments that will be required to be placed in a liquidating trust. Any such liquidating trust or other similar vehicle is not expected to be a registered investment company. The disposition of portfolio investments by the Fund could also cause market prices of such instruments, and hence the NAV and market price of the Common Shares, to decline. In addition, disposition of portfolio investments will cause the Fund to incur increased brokerage and related transaction expenses.

Moreover, in conducting such portfolio transactions, the Fund may need to deviate from its investment policies and may not achieve its investment objective. The Fund’s portfolio composition may change as its portfolio holdings mature or are called or sold in anticipation of an Eligible Tender Offer or the Dissolution Date. During such period(s), it is possible that the Fund will hold a greater percentage of its total assets in shorter term and lower yielding securities and cash and cash equivalents than it would otherwise, which may impede the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective and adversely impact the Fund’s performance and distributions to Common Shareholders, which may in turn adversely impact the market value of the Common Shares. In addition, the Fund may be required to reduce its leverage, which could also adversely impact its performance. The additional cash or cash equivalents held by the Fund could be obtained through reducing the Fund’s distributions to Common Shareholders and/or holding cash in lieu of reinvesting, which could limit the ability of the Fund to participate in new investment opportunities. The Fund does not limit its investments to securities having a maturity date prior to or around the Dissolution Date, which may exacerbate the foregoing risks and considerations. A Common Shareholder may be subject to the foregoing risks over an extended period of time, particularly if the Fund conducts an Eligible Tender Offer and is also subsequently terminated by or around the Dissolution Date.

If the Fund conducts an Eligible Tender Offer, the Fund anticipates that funds to pay the aggregate purchase price of shares accepted for purchase pursuant to the tender offer will be first derived from any cash on hand and then from the proceeds from the sale of portfolio investments held by the Fund. In addition, the Fund may be required to dispose of portfolio investments in connection with any reduction in the Fund’s outstanding leverage necessary in order to maintain the Fund’s desired leverage ratios following a tender offer. The risks related to the disposition of securities in connection with the Fund’s dissolution also would be present in connection with the disposition of securities in connection with an Eligible Tender Offer. It is likely that during the pendency of a tender offer, and possibly for a time thereafter, the Fund will hold a greater than normal percentage of its total assets in cash and cash equivalents, which may impede the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective and decrease returns to shareholders. The tax effect of any such dispositions of portfolio investments will depend on the difference between the price at which the investments are sold and the tax basis of the Fund in the investments. Any capital gains recognized on such dispositions, as reduced by any capital losses the Fund realizes in the year of such dispositions and by any available capital loss carryforwards, will be distributed to shareholders as capital gain dividends (to the extent of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) or ordinary dividends (to the extent of net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses) during or with respect to such year, and such distributions will generally be taxable to Common Shareholders. If the Fund’s tax basis for the investments sold is less than the sale proceeds, the Fund will recognize capital gains, which the Fund will be required to distribute to Common Shareholders. In addition, the Fund’s purchase of tendered Common Shares pursuant to a tender offer will have tax consequences for tendering Common Shareholders and may have tax consequences for non-tendering Common Shareholders. See “Tax Matters” below.

The purchase of Common Shares by the Fund pursuant to a tender offer will have the effect of increasing the proportionate interest in the Fund of non-tendering Common Shareholders. All Common Shareholders

 

90


Table of Contents

remaining after a tender offer may be subject to proportionately higher expenses due to the reduction in the Fund’s total assets resulting from payment for the tendered Common Shares. Such reduction in the Fund’s total assets may result in less investment flexibility, reduced diversification and greater volatility for the Fund, and may have an adverse effect on the Fund’s investment performance. Such reduction in the Fund’s total assets may also cause Common Shares to become thinly traded or otherwise negatively impact secondary trading of Common Shares. A reduction in net assets, and the corresponding increase in the Fund’s expense ratio, could result in lower returns and put the Fund at a disadvantage relative to its peers and potentially cause the Fund’s Common Shares to trade at a wider discount to NAV than it otherwise would. Furthermore, the portfolio of the Fund following an Eligible Tender Offer could be significantly different and, therefore, Common Shareholders retaining an investment in the Fund could be subject to greater risk. For example, the Fund may be required to sell its more liquid, higher quality portfolio investments to purchase Common Shares that are tendered in an Eligible Tender Offer, which would leave a less liquid, lower quality portfolio for remaining shareholders. The prospects of an Eligible Tender Offer may attract arbitrageurs who would purchase the Common Shares prior to the tender offer for the sole purpose of tendering those shares which could have the effect of exacerbating the risks described herein for shareholders retaining an investment in the Fund following an Eligible Tender Offer.

The Fund is not required to conduct an Eligible Tender Offer. If the Fund conducts an Eligible Tender Offer, there can be no assurance that the number of tendered Common Shares would not result in the Fund having aggregate net assets below the Dissolution Threshold, in which case the Eligible Tender Offer will be canceled, no Common Shares will be repurchased pursuant to the Eligible Tender Offer and the Fund will dissolve on the Dissolution Date (subject to possible extensions). Following the completion of an Eligible Tender Offer in which the number of tendered Common Shares would result in the Fund having aggregate net assets greater than or equal to the Dissolution Threshold, the Board may, by a Board Action Vote, eliminate the Dissolution Date and scheduled termination of the Fund without shareholder approval and the Fund would continue to operate indefinitely thereafter. The Adviser has a conflict of interest in recommending to the Board that the Dissolution Date be eliminated and the Fund have a perpetual existence, because the Adviser would continue to earn fees for managing the Fund. The Fund is not required to conduct additional tender offers following an Eligible Tender Offer and conversion to perpetual existence. Therefore, remaining Common Shareholders may not have another opportunity to participate in a tender offer. Shares of closed-end management investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their NAV, and as a result remaining Common Shareholders may only be able to sell their Shares at a discount to NAV.

Leverage Risk

The Fund’s use of leverage (as described under “Leverage” above) creates the opportunity for increased net income and capital appreciation, but also creates special risks for Common Shareholders. There is no assurance that the Fund’s leveraging strategies will be successful. Leverage is a speculative technique that may expose the Fund to greater risk and increased costs. The net proceeds the Fund obtains from its use of borrowings, an issuance of preferred shares, the use of reverse repurchase agreements, or dollar roll transactions will be invested in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and policies as described in this Prospectus. The interest expense payable by the Fund with respect to its reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions, borrowings and/or dividends payable with respect to any outstanding preferred shares may be based on shorter-term interest rates that periodically reset. So long as the Fund’s portfolio investments provide a higher rate of return (net of applicable Fund expenses) than the interest expenses, dividend expenses and other costs to the Fund of such leverage, the investment of the proceeds thereof should generate more income than will be needed to pay the costs of the leverage. If so, and all other things being equal, the excess would be used to pay higher dividends to Common Shareholders than if the Fund were not so leveraged. If, however, interest rates rise relative to the rate of return on the Fund’s portfolio, the interest and other costs to the Fund of leverage, including interest expenses on borrowings, the dividend rate on any outstanding preferred shares and/or the cost of the use of reverse repurchase agreements and dollar roll transactions, could exceed the rate of return on the debt obligations and other investments held by the Fund, thereby reducing the return to Common Shareholders. When leverage is used, the NAV and market price of the Common Shares and the investment return to Common

 

91


Table of Contents

Shareholders will likely be more volatile. There can be no assurance that the Fund’s use of leverage will result in a higher investment return on the Common Shares, and it may result in losses. In addition, fees and expenses of any form of leverage used by the Fund will be borne entirely by the Common Shareholders and not by preferred shareholders, if any, and will reduce the investment return of the Common Shares. In addition, any preferred shares issued by the Fund may pay cumulative dividends, which may tend to increase leverage risk.

Leverage creates several major types of risks for Common Shareholders, including:

 

   

the likelihood of greater volatility of NAV and market price of Common Shares, and of the investment return to Common Shareholders, than a comparable portfolio without leverage;

 

   

the possibility either that Common Share dividends will fall if the interest and other costs of leverage rise, or that dividends paid on Common Shares will fluctuate because such costs vary over time; and

 

   

the effects of leverage in a declining market or a rising interest rate environment, as leverage is likely to cause a greater decline in the NAV of the Common Shares than if the Fund were not leveraged and may result in a greater decline in the market value of the Common Shares.

In addition, the counterparties to the Fund’s leveraging transactions and any preferred shareholders of the Fund will have priority of payment over the Fund’s Common Shareholders.

The use by the Fund of reverse repurchase agreements and dollar roll transactions to obtain leverage also involves special risks. For instance, the market value of the securities that the Fund is obligated to repurchase under a reverse repurchase agreement may decline below the repurchase price and the securities may not be returned to the Fund. See “Portfolio Contents—Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Dollar Rolls.”

In addition to borrowings, an issuance of preferred shares, reverse repurchase agreements and/or dollar roll transactions, the Fund’s use of other transactions that may give rise to a form of leverage (including, among others, credit default swap contracts and other transactions, loans of portfolio securities, transactions involving derivative instruments, short sales, and when issued, delayed delivery, and forward commitment transactions) gives rise to the associated leverage risks described above, and may adversely affect the Fund’s income, distributions, and total returns to Common Shareholders. The Fund also may seek to offset derivatives positions against one another or against other assets in an attempt to manage effective market exposure resulting from derivatives in its portfolio. To the extent that any positions do not behave in relation to one another as expected by the Adviser, the Fund may perform as if it is leveraged through use of these derivative strategies. See “Leverage.”

Counterparties to the Fund’s other leveraging transactions (e.g., total return swaps, reverse repurchases, loans of portfolio securities, short sales and when-issued, delayed delivery and forward commitment transactions, credit default swaps, basis swaps and other swap agreements, futures and forward contracts, call and put options or other derivatives), if any, would have seniority over the Fund’s Common Shares.

The SEC has issued a proposed rule relating to a registered investment company’s use of derivatives and related instruments that, if adopted, could potentially require the Fund to reduce its use of leverage and/or observe more stringent asset coverage and related requirements than are currently imposed by the 1940 Act, which could adversely affect the value or performance of the Fund and the Common Shares.

The Fund’s ability to utilize derivatives and leverage may also be limited by asset coverage requirements applicable to the use of certain transactions that may involve leverage, restrictions imposed by the Fund’s creditors, and guidelines or restrictions imposed by rating agencies that provide ratings for preferred shares or in connection with liquidity arrangements for preferred shares.

Because the fees received by the Adviser are based on the total managed assets of the Fund (including assets attributable to any reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions, or similar transactions, borrowings,

 

92


Table of Contents

and preferred shares that may be outstanding) minus accrued liabilities (other than liabilities in respect of reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions, or similar transactions, and borrowings), the Adviser has a financial incentive to cause the Fund to use leverage, which creates a conflict of interest between the Adviser, on the one hand, and the Common Shareholders, on the other hand.

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Fund may invest in securities that trade in lower volumes and may be less liquid than other investments or that the Fund’s investments may become less liquid in response to market developments or adverse investor perceptions. Illiquidity may be the result of, for example, low trading volumes, lack of a market maker, or contractual or legal restrictions that limit or prevent the Fund from selling securities or closing positions. When there is no willing buyer and investments cannot be readily sold or closed out, the Fund may have to sell an investment at a lower price than the price at which the Fund is carrying the investments or may not be able to sell the investments at all, each of which would have a negative effect on the Fund’s performance and may cause the Fund to hold an investment longer than the Adviser would otherwise determine. It is possible that the Fund may be unable to sell a portfolio investment at a desirable time or at the value the Fund has placed on the investment or that the Fund may be forced to sell large amounts of securities more quickly than it normally would in the ordinary course of business. In such a case, the sale proceeds received by the Fund may be substantially less than if the Fund had been able to sell the securities in more-orderly transactions, and the sale price may be substantially lower than the price previously used by the Fund to value the securities for purposes of determining the Fund’s NAV. In addition, if the Fund sells investments with extended settlement times (e.g., certain kinds of loans (see—“Loan Risk”)), the settlement proceeds from the sales will not be available to the Fund for a substantial period of time. The Fund may be forced to sell other investment positions with shorter settlement cycles when the Fund would not otherwise have done so, which may adversely affect the Fund’s performance. If another fund or investment pool in which the Fund invests is not publicly offered or there is no public market for its shares or accepts investments subject to certain legal restrictions, such as lock-up periods implemented by private funds, the Fund will typically be prohibited by the terms of its investment from selling or redeeming its shares in the fund or pool, or may not be able to find a buyer for those shares at an acceptable price. Additionally, the market for certain investments may become illiquid under adverse market or economic conditions (e.g., if interest rates rise or fall significantly, if there is significant inflation or deflation, increased selling of debt securities generally across other funds, pools and accounts, changes in investor perception, or changes in government intervention in the financial markets) independent of any specific adverse changes in the conditions of a particular issuer. In such cases, shares of the Fund, due to the difficulty in purchasing and selling such securities or instruments, may decline in value or the Fund may be unable to achieve its desired level of exposure to a certain issuer or sector. During periods of substantial market disruption, a large portion of the Fund’s assets could potentially experience significant levels of illiquidity. The values of illiquid investments are often more volatile than the values of more liquid investments. It may be more difficult for the Fund to determine a fair value of an illiquid investment than those of more liquid comparable investments. Bond markets have consistently grown over the past three decades while the growth of capacity for traditional dealer counterparties to engage in fixed income trading has not kept pace and in some cases has decreased. As a result, dealer inventories of certain types of bonds and similar instruments, which provide a core indication of the ability of financial intermediaries to “make markets,” are at or near historic lows in relation to market size. Because market makers provide stability to a market through their intermediary services, the significant reduction in dealer inventories could potentially lead to decreased liquidity and increased volatility in the fixed income markets. Such issues may be exacerbated during periods of economic uncertainty.

Portfolio Management Risk

Portfolio management risk is the risk that an investment strategy may fail to produce the intended results. There can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective. The Adviser’s judgments about the attractiveness, value and potential appreciation of particular asset classes, sectors, securities, or other investments may prove to be incorrect and may not anticipate actual market movements or the impact of economic conditions

 

93


Table of Contents

generally. No matter how well a portfolio manager evaluates market conditions, the investments a portfolio manager chooses may fail to produce the intended result, and you could lose money on your investment in the Fund.

Valuation Risk

Valuation risk is the risk that the Fund will not value its investments in a manner that accurately reflects their market values or that the Fund will not be able to sell any investment at a price equal to the valuation ascribed to that investment for purposes of calculating the Fund’s NAV. The valuation of the Fund’s investments involves subjective judgment and some valuations may involve assumptions, projections, opinions, discount rates, estimated data points and other uncertain or subjective amounts, all of which may prove inaccurate. In addition, the valuation of certain investments held by the Fund may involve the significant use of unobservable and non-market inputs. Certain securities in which the Fund may invest may be more difficult to value accurately, especially during periods of market disruptions or extreme market volatility. As a result, there can be no assurance that fair value pricing will result in adjustments to the prices of securities or other assets, or that fair value pricing will reflect actual market value, and it is possible that the fair value determined for a security or other asset will be materially different from quoted or published prices, from the prices used by others for the same security or other asset and/or from the value that actually could be or is realized upon the sale of that security or other asset.

Investment and Market Risk

An investment in Common Shares is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount invested. An investment in Common Shares represents an indirect investment in the securities and other instruments owned by the Fund. The market price of securities and other instruments may go up or down, sometimes rapidly or unpredictably. Securities may decline in value due to factors affecting markets generally, particular industries represented in those markets, or the issuer itself. See “Principal Risk Factors—Issuer risk.” The values of securities may decline due to general market conditions that are not specifically related to a particular issuer, such as real or perceived adverse economic conditions, changes in the general outlook for corporate earnings, changes in interest or currency rates or adverse investor sentiment generally. Equity securities generally have greater price volatility than bonds and other debt securities. Common Shares are subject to the risk that markets will perform poorly or that the returns from the securities in which the Fund invests will underperform returns from the general securities markets or other types of investments. Markets may, in response to governmental actions or intervention, political, economic or market developments, or other external factors, experience periods of high volatility and reduced liquidity. Certain securities may be difficult to value during such periods. The value of securities and other instruments traded in over-the-counter markets, like other market investments, may move up or down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. Further, the value of securities and other instruments held by the Fund may decline in value due to factors affecting securities markets generally or particular industries. These risks may be heightened for fixed income securities due to the current historically low interest rate environment.

Issuer Non-Diversification Risk

As a non-diversified fund, the Fund may invest its assets in a smaller number of issuers than may a diversified fund. Accordingly, the Fund may be more susceptible to any single economic, political, or regulatory occurrence than a diversified fund investing in a broader range of issuers. A decline in the market value of one of the Fund’s investments may affect the Fund’s value more than if the Fund were a diversified fund. Some of the issuers in which the Fund invests also may present substantial credit or other risks. The Fund will be subject to similar risks to the extent that it enters into derivatives transactions with a limited number of counterparties.

 

94


Table of Contents

Credit Risk

Credit risk is the risk that an issuer or counterparty will fail to pay its obligations to the Fund when they are due. If an investment’s issuer or counterparty fails to pay interest or otherwise fails to meet its obligations to the Fund, the Fund’s income might be reduced and the value of the investment might fall or be lost entirely. Financial strength and solvency of an issuer are the primary factors influencing credit risk. Changes in the financial condition of an issuer or counterparty, changes in specific economic, social or political conditions that affect a particular type of security, other instrument or an issuer, and changes in economic, social or political conditions generally can increase the risk of default by an issuer or counterparty, which can affect a security’s or other instrument’s credit quality or value and an issuer’s or counterparty’s ability to pay interest and principal when due. The values of lower-quality debt securities (including debt securities commonly known as “high yield” securities or “junk bonds”) and floating rate loans, tend to be particularly sensitive to these changes. The values of securities also may decline for a number of other reasons that relate directly to the issuer, such as management performance, financial leverage and reduced demand for the issuer’s goods and services, as well as the historical and prospective earnings of the issuer and the value of its assets. Credit risk is heightened to the extent the Fund has fewer counterparties.

In addition, lack of or inadequacy of collateral or credit enhancements for a fixed income security may affect its credit risk. Credit risk of a security may change over time, and securities which are rated by rating agencies may be subject to downgrade, which may have an indirect impact on the market price of securities. Ratings are only opinions of the agencies issuing them as to the likelihood of re-payment. They are not guarantees as to quality and they do not reflect market risk.

Interest Rate Risk

Interest rate risk is the risk that debt instruments will change in value because of changes in interest rates. The value of an instrument with a longer duration (whether positive or negative) will be more sensitive to changes in interest rates than a similar instrument with a shorter duration. Bonds and other debt instruments typically have a positive duration. The value of a debt instrument with positive duration will generally decline if interest rates increase. Certain other investments, such as inverse floaters and certain derivative instruments, may have a negative duration. The value of instruments with a negative duration will generally decline if interest rates decrease. Inverse floaters, interest-only and principal-only securities are especially sensitive to interest rate changes, which can affect not only their prices but can also change the income flows and repayment assumptions about those investments. In recent years, the U.S. has experienced historically low interest rates, increasing the exposure of bond investors to the risks associated with rising interest rates. The prices of long-term debt obligations generally fluctuate more than prices of short-term debt obligations as interest rates change. Because the Fund’s weighted average effective duration generally will fluctuate as interest rates change, the Common Share NAV and market price per share may tend to fluctuate more in response to changes in market interest rates than if the Fund invested mainly in short-term debt securities. During periods of rising interest rates, the average life of certain types of securities may extend due to lower than expected rates of pre-payments, which could cause the securities’ durations to extend and expose the securities to more price volatility. This may lock in a below market yield, increase the security’s duration and reduce the securities’ value. In addition to directly affecting debt securities, rising interest rates also may have an adverse effect on the value of any equity securities held by the Fund. The Fund’s use of leverage, as described below, will tend to increase Common Share interest rate risk. DoubleLine may use certain strategies, including investments in structured notes or interest rate futures contracts or swap, cap, floor or collar transactions, for the purpose of reducing the interest rate sensitivity of the Fund’s portfolio, although there is no assurance that it will do so or that such strategies will be successful.

Yield curve risk is the risk associated with either a flattening or steepening of the yield curve. The yield curve is a representation of market interest rates of obligations with durations of different lengths. When the yield curve is “steep,” longer-term obligations bear higher rates of interest than similar shorter-term obligations; when the curve “flattens,” the difference between those interest rates is reduced. If the yield curve is “inverted,” longer

 

95


Table of Contents

term obligations bear lower interest rates than shorter term obligations. If the Fund’s portfolio is structured to perform favorably in a particular interest rate environment, a change in the yield curve could result in losses to the Fund.

Variable and floating rate debt securities are generally less sensitive to interest rate changes, but may decline in value if their interest rates do not rise as much, or as quickly, as interest rates in general. Conversely, floating rate securities will not generally increase in value if interest rates decline. Inverse floating rate debt securities may decrease in value if interest rates increase. Inverse floating rate debt securities also may exhibit greater price volatility than a fixed rate debt obligation with similar credit quality. When the Fund holds variable or floating rate securities, a decrease (or, in the case of inverse floating rate securities, an increase) in market interest rates will adversely affect the income received from such securities and the NAV of the Common Shares.

Debt Securities Risk

In addition to certain of the other risks described herein such as interest rate risk and credit risk, debt securities generally also are subject to the following risks:

 

   

Redemption Risk—Debt securities sometimes contain provisions that allow for redemption in the event of tax or security law changes in addition to call features at the option of the issuer. In the event of a redemption, the Fund may not be able to reinvest the proceeds at comparable rates of return.

 

   

Extension Risk—This is the risk that if interest rates rise, repayments of principal on certain debt securities, including, but not limited to, floating rate loans and mortgage-related securities, may occur at a slower rate than expected and the expected maturity of those securities could lengthen as a result. Securities that are subject to extension risk generally have a greater potential for loss when prevailing interest rates rise, which could cause their values to fall sharply.

 

   

Liquidity Risk—Certain debt securities may be substantially less liquid than many other securities, such as U.S. Government securities or common shares or other equity securities.

 

   

Spread Risk—Wider credit spreads and decreasing market values typically represent a deterioration of the debt security’s credit soundness and a perceived greater likelihood or risk of default by the issuer.

 

   

Limited Voting Rights—Debt securities typically do not provide any voting rights, except in some cases when interest payments have not been made and the issuer is in default. Even in such cases, such rights may be limited to the terms of the debenture or other agreements.

 

   

Prepayment/Reinvestment Risk—Many types of debt securities, including floating rate loans, mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities, may reflect an interest in periodic payments made by borrowers. Although debt securities and other obligations typically mature after a specified period of time, borrowers may pay them off sooner. When a prepayment happens, all or a portion of the obligation will be prepaid. A borrower is more likely to prepay an obligation which bears a relatively high rate of interest. This means that in times of declining interest rates, there is a greater likelihood that the Fund’s higher yielding securities will be pre-paid and the Fund will probably be unable to reinvest those proceeds in an investment with as great a yield, causing the Fund’s yield to decline. Securities subject to prepayment risk generally offer less potential for gains when prevailing interest rates fall. If the Fund buys those investments at a premium, accelerated prepayments on those investments could cause the Fund to lose a portion of its principal investment and result in lower yields to shareholders. The increased likelihood of prepayment when interest rates decline also limits market price appreciation, especially with respect to certain loans, mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities. The effect of prepayments on the price of a security may be difficult to predict and may increase the security’s price volatility. Interest-only and principal-only securities are especially sensitive to interest rate changes, which can affect not only their prices but can also change the income flows and repayment assumptions about those investments. Income from the Fund’s portfolio may decline when the Fund invests the proceeds from investment income, sales of portfolio securities or

 

96


Table of Contents
 

matured, traded or called debt obligations. A decline in income received by the Fund from its investments is likely to have a negative effect on the dividend levels and market price, NAV and/or overall return of the Common Shares.

The Fund’s investments in debt securities may include, but are not limited to, senior, junior, secured and unsecured bonds, notes and other debt securities, and may be fixed rate, floating rate, zero coupon and inflation linked, among other things. The Fund may invest in convertible bonds, which are fixed income securities that are exercisable into other debt or equity securities, and “synthetic” convertible securities, which are created through a combination of separate securities that possess the two principal characteristics of a traditional convertible security, i.e., an income-producing security (“income-producing component”) and the right to acquire an equity security (“convertible component”). The market value of a debt security may be affected by the credit rating of the issuer, the issuer’s performance, perceptions of the issuer in the market place, management performance, financial leverage and reduced demand for the issuer’s goods and services. There is a risk that the issuers of the debt securities in which the Fund may invest may not be able to meet their obligations on interest or principal payments at the time called for by an instrument.

The Adviser manages a wide variety of accounts and investment strategies. Investments made on behalf of one client or strategy can raise conflict of interest issues with other of the Adviser’s clients or strategies. For example, the Adviser may cause a client to purchase an issuer’s debt security and cause another client to purchase a different debt security of the same issuer, such as a different bond of the issuer or different tranche of a mortgage-backed security that is subordinated to the investment held by other clients. Please refer to the section of the SAI entitled “Portfolio Managers—Conflicts of Interest” for more information.

Mortgage-Backed Securities Risks

Mortgage-backed securities include, among other things, participation interests in pools of residential mortgage loans purchased from individual lenders by a federal agency or originated and issued by private lenders and involve, among others, the following risks:

Credit and Market Risks of Mortgage-Backed Securities. Investments by the Fund in fixed rate and floating rate mortgage-backed securities will entail credit risks (i.e., the risk of non-payment of interest and principal) and market risks (i.e., the risk that interest rates and other factors could cause the value of the instrument to decline). Some issuers or servicers of mortgage-backed securities guarantee timely payment of interest and principal on the securities, whether or not payments are made when due on the underlying mortgages. This kind of guarantee generally increases the quality of a security, but does not mean that the security’s market value and yield will not change. The values of mortgage-backed securities may change because of changes in the market’s perception of the credit quality of the assets held by the issuer of the mortgage-backed securities or an entity, if any, providing credit support in respect of the mortgage-backed securities. In addition, an unexpectedly high rate of defaults on the mortgages held by a mortgage pool may limit substantially the pool’s ability to make payments of principal or interest to the Fund as a holder of such securities, reducing the values of those securities or in some cases rendering them worthless. The Fund also may purchase securities that are not guaranteed or subject to any credit support. An investment in a privately issued mortgage-backed security is generally less liquid and subject to greater credit risks than an investment in a mortgage-backed security that is issued or otherwise guaranteed by a federal government agency or sponsored corporation.

Mortgage-backed securities may be structured similarly to collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”) and may be subject to similar risks. See “Collateralized Debt Obligations Risk” in this Prospectus and “Mortgage-Backed and Asset-Backed Securities—Collateralized Debt Obligations” in the SAI for more information. For example, the cash flows from the collateral held by the mortgage-backed security may be split into two or more portions, called tranches, varying in risk and yield. Senior tranches are paid from the cash flows from the underlying assets before the junior tranches and equity or “first loss” tranches. Losses are first borne by the equity tranches, next by the junior tranches, and finally by the senior tranches. Interest holders in senior tranches

 

97


Table of Contents

are entitled to the lowest interest rates but are generally subject to less credit risk than more junior tranches because, should there be any default, senior tranches are typically paid first. The most junior tranches, such as equity tranches, typically are due to be paid the highest interest rates but suffer the highest risk of loss should the holder of an underlying mortgage loan default. If some loans default and the cash collected by the issuer of the mortgage-backed security is insufficient to pay all of its investors, those in the lowest, most junior tranches suffer losses first.

Like bond investments, the value of fixed rate mortgage-backed securities will tend to rise when interest rates fall, and fall when rates rise. Floating rate mortgage-backed securities generally tend to have more moderate changes in price when interest rates rise or fall, but their current yield will generally be affected. In addition, the mortgage-backed securities market in general may be adversely affected by changes in governmental legislation or regulation. Factors that could affect the value of a mortgage-backed security include, among other things, the types and amounts of insurance which an individual mortgage or that specific mortgage-backed security carries, the default and delinquency rate of the mortgage pool, the amount of time the mortgage loan has been outstanding, the loan-to-value ratio of each mortgage and the amount of overcollateralization or undercollateralization of a mortgage pool.

The residential mortgage market in the United States has experienced difficulties at times, and the same or similar events may adversely affect the performance and market value of certain of the Fund’s mortgage-related investments. Delinquencies and losses on residential mortgage loans (especially subprime and second-lien mortgage loans) generally increased in the last recession and potentially could begin to increase again. A decline in or flattening of housing values (as was experienced recently and may continue to be experienced in many housing markets) may exacerbate such delinquencies and losses. Borrowers with adjustable rate mortgage loans may be more sensitive to changes in interest rates, which affect their monthly mortgage payments, and may be unable to secure replacement mortgages at comparably low interest rates. Also, a number of residential mortgage loan originators have experienced serious financial difficulties or bankruptcy. Reduced investor demand for mortgage-related securities has resulted and again may result in limited new issuances of mortgage-related securities and limited liquidity in the secondary market for mortgage-related securities, which can adversely affect the market value of mortgage-related securities and limit the availability of attractive investment opportunities for the Fund. It is possible that such limited liquidity in secondary markets could return and worsen.

Ongoing developments in the residential mortgage market may have additional consequences to the market for mortgage-backed securities. In past years, delinquencies and losses generally increased with respect to securitizations involving residential mortgage loans and potentially could begin increasing again as a result of a weakening housing market and the seasoning of securitized pools of mortgage loans. At times so called sub-prime mortgage pools were distressed and traded at significant discounts to their face value.

Additionally, mortgage lenders may adjust their loan programs and underwriting standards, which may reduce the availability of mortgage credit to prospective mortgagors. This may result in reduced availability of financing alternatives for mortgagors seeking to refinance their mortgage loans. The reduced availability of refinancing options for mortgagors may result in higher rates of delinquencies, defaults and losses on mortgage loans, particularly in the case of, but not limited to, mortgagors with adjustable rate mortgage loans (“ARMs”) or interest-only mortgage loans that experience significant increases in their monthly payments following the adjustment date or the end of the interest-only period (see “Adjustable Rate Mortgages Risks” below for further discussion of adjustable rate mortgage risks). These events, alone or in combination with each other and with deteriorating economic conditions in the general economy contribute to higher delinquency and default rates on mortgage loans. Tighter underwriting guidelines for residential mortgage loans, together with lower levels of home sales and reduced refinance activity, also may contribute to a reduction in the prepayment rate for mortgage loans generally.

 

98


Table of Contents

The values of mortgage-backed securities may be substantially dependent on the servicing of the underlying mortgage pools, and therefore are subject to risks associated with the negligence or malfeasance by their servicers and to the credit risk of their servicers. In certain circumstances, the mishandling of related documentation also may affect the rights of security holders in and to the underlying collateral.

Some government sponsored mortgage-related securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. The Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”), the principal guarantor of such securities, is a wholly owned United States government corporation within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. Other government-sponsored mortgage-related securities are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States government. Issuers of such securities include Fannie Mae (formally known as the Federal National Mortgage Association) and Freddie Mac (formally known as the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation). Fannie Mae is a government-sponsored corporation which is subject to general regulation by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development. Pass-through securities issued by Fannie Mae are guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest by Fannie Mae. Freddie Mac is a stockholder-owned corporation chartered by Congress and subject to general regulation by the Department of Housing and Urban Development. Participation certificates representing interests in mortgages from Freddie Mac’s national portfolio are guaranteed as to the timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of principal by Freddie Mac. The U.S. government has provided financial support to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac in the past, but there can be no assurances that it will support these or other government-sponsored entities in the future.

Under the Federal Housing Finance Agency’s “Single Security Initiative,” Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have entered into a joint initiative to develop a common securitization platform for the issuance of Uniform Mortgage-Backed Securities (“UMBS”), which would generally align the characteristics of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac participation certificates. In June 2019 Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac began issuing UMBS in place of their offerings of “to be announced”- eligible mortgage-backed securities. The long-term effect of the issuance of UMBS on the market for mortgage-backed securities is uncertain.

Liquidity Risk of Mortgage-Backed Securities. The liquidity of mortgage-backed securities varies by type of security; at certain times the Fund may encounter difficulty in disposing of such investments. Investments in privately issued mortgage-backed securities may have less liquidity than mortgage-backed securities that are issued by a federal government agency or sponsored corporation. Because mortgage-backed securities have the potential to be less liquid than other securities, the Fund may be more susceptible to liquidity risks than funds that invest in other securities. In the past, in stressed markets, certain types of mortgage-backed securities suffered periods of illiquidity when disfavored by the market. It is possible that the Fund may be unable to sell a mortgage-backed security at a desirable time or at the value the Fund has placed on the investment.

Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities (“CMBS”) Risks. CMBS include securities that reflect an interest in, or are secured by, mortgage loans on commercial real property. Many of the risks of investing in commercial mortgage-backed securities reflect the risks of investing in the real estate securing the underlying mortgage loans. These risks reflect the effects of local and other economic conditions on real estate markets, the ability of tenants to make loan payments and the ability of a property to attract and retain tenants. Commercial mortgage-backed securities may be less liquid and exhibit greater price volatility than other types of mortgage- or asset-backed securities.

Prepayment, Extension and Redemption Risks of Mortgage-Backed Securities. Mortgage-backed securities may reflect an interest in monthly payments made by the borrowers who receive the underlying mortgage loans. Although the underlying mortgage loans are for specified periods of time, such as 20 or 30 years, the borrowers can, and historically have often paid them off sooner. When a prepayment happens, a portion of the mortgage-backed security which represents an interest in the underlying mortgage loan will be prepaid. A borrower is more likely to prepay a mortgage which bears a relatively high rate of interest. This means that in times of declining interest rates, a portion of the Fund’s higher yielding securities are likely to be redeemed and the Fund will probably be unable to replace them with securities having as great a yield. Prepayments can result

 

99


Table of Contents

in lower yields to shareholders. The increased likelihood of prepayment when interest rates decline also limits market price appreciation. This is known as prepayment risk. Mortgage-backed securities also are subject to extension risk. Extension risk is the possibility that rising interest rates may cause prepayments to occur at a slower than expected rate. This particular risk may effectively change a security which was considered short or intermediate term into a long-term security. The values of long-term securities generally fluctuate more widely in response to changes in interest rates than short or intermediate-term securities. In addition, a mortgage-backed security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer. If a mortgage-backed security held by the Fund is called for redemption, the Fund will be required to permit the issuer to redeem or pay-off the security, which could have an adverse effect on the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective.

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMOs”) Risks. CMOs are debt obligations collateralized by mortgage loans or mortgage pass-through securities. The expected average life of CMOs is determined using mathematical models that incorporate prepayment assumptions and other factors that involve estimates of future economic and market conditions. These estimates may vary from actual future results, particularly during periods of extreme market volatility. Further, under certain market conditions, such as those that occurred in 1994, 2007, 2008 and 2009, the average weighted life of certain CMOs may not accurately reflect the price volatility of such securities. For example, in periods of supply and demand imbalances in the market for such securities and/or in periods of sharp interest rate movements, the prices of CMOs may fluctuate to a greater extent than would be expected from interest rate movements alone. CMOs issued by private entities are not obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities and are not guaranteed by any government agency, although the securities underlying a CMO may be subject to a guarantee. Therefore, if the collateral securing the CMO, as well as any third party credit support or guarantees, is insufficient to make payments when due, the holder could sustain a loss.

Adjustable Rate Mortgages (“ARMs”) Risks. ARMs contain maximum and minimum rates beyond which the mortgage interest rate may not vary over the lifetime of the security. In addition, many ARMs provide for additional limitations on the maximum amount by which the mortgage interest rate may adjust for any single adjustment period. Alternatively, certain ARMs contain limitations on changes in the required monthly payment. In the event that a monthly payment is not sufficient to pay the interest accruing on an ARM, any excess interest is added to the principal balance of the mortgage loan, which is repaid through future monthly payments. If the monthly payment for such an instrument exceeds the sum of the interest accrued at the applicable mortgage interest rate and the principal payment required at such point to amortize the outstanding principal balance over the remaining term of the loan, the excess is used to reduce the then-outstanding principal balance of the ARM.

In addition, certain ARMs may provide for an initial fixed, below-market or teaser interest rate. During this initial fixed-rate period, the payment due from the related mortgagor may be less than that of a traditional loan. However, after the teaser rate expires, the monthly payment required to be made by the mortgagor may increase significantly when the interest rate on the mortgage loan adjusts. This increased burden on the mortgagor may increase the risk of delinquency or default on the mortgage loan and in turn, losses on the mortgage-backed security into which that loan has been bundled.

Interest and Principal Only Securities Risks. Stripped mortgage-backed securities are usually structured with two classes that receive different portions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of debt instruments, such as mortgage loans. In one type of stripped mortgage-backed security, one class will receive all of the interest from the mortgage assets (the interest-only, or “IO” class), while the other class will receive all of the principal from the mortgage assets (the principal-only, or “PO” class). The yield to maturity (the expected rate of return on a bond if held until the end of its lifetime) on an IO class is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on the Fund’s yield to maturity from these securities. If the assets underlying the IO class experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the Fund may fail to recoup fully, or at all, its initial investment in these securities. PO class securities tend to decline in value if prepayments are slower than anticipated.

 

100


Table of Contents

Inverse Floaters and Related Securities Risks. Investments in inverse floaters and similar instruments expose the Fund to the same risks as investments in debt securities and derivatives, as well as other risks, including those associated with increased volatility. An investment in these securities typically will involve greater risk than an investment in a fixed rate security. Distributions on inverse floaters and similar instruments will typically bear an inverse relationship to short-term interest rates and typically will be reduced or, potentially, eliminated as interest rates rise. The rate at which interest is paid on an inverse floater may vary by a magnitude that exceeds the magnitude of the change in a reference rate of interest (typically a short-term interest rate). The effect of the reference rate multiplier in inverse floaters is associated with greater volatility in their market values. Investments in inverse floaters and similar instruments that have mortgage-backed securities underlying them will expose the Fund to the risks associated with those mortgage-backed securities and the values of those investments may be especially sensitive to changes in prepayment rates on the underlying mortgage-backed securities.

Mortgage-backed securities are a type of asset-backed security and therefore are also subject to the risks described below under “Asset-Backed Securities Investment Risk.”

New/Small Fund Risk

A new or smaller fund’s performance may not represent how the fund is expected to or may perform in the long term if and when it becomes larger and has fully implemented its investment strategies. Investment positions may have a disproportionate impact (negative or positive) on performance in a new and smaller fund, such as the Fund. New and smaller funds may also require a period of time before they are invested in securities that meet their investment objective and policies and achieve a representative portfolio composition. Fund performance may be lower or higher during this “ramp-up” period, and may also be more volatile, than would be the case after the fund is fully invested. Similarly, a new or smaller fund’s investment strategy may require a longer period of time to show returns that are representative of the strategy. New funds have limited performance histories for investors to evaluate and new and smaller funds may not attract sufficient assets to achieve investment and trading efficiencies. If a new or smaller fund were to fail to successfully implement its investment strategies or achieve its investment objective, performance may be negatively impacted, and any resulting liquidation could create negative transaction costs for the fund and tax consequences for investors.

Foreign Investing Risk

Investments in foreign securities or in issuers with significant exposure to foreign markets may involve greater risks than investments in domestic securities. To the extent that investments are made in a limited number of countries, events in those countries will have a more significant impact on the Fund.

As compared to U.S. companies, foreign issuers generally disclose less financial and other information publicly and are subject to less stringent and less uniform accounting, auditing, and financial reporting standards. In addition, there may be limited information generally regarding factors affecting a particular foreign market, issuer, or security.

Foreign countries typically impose less thorough regulations on brokers, dealers, stock exchanges, corporate insiders and listed companies than does the United States and foreign securities markets may be less liquid and more volatile than domestic markets. Investment in foreign securities involves higher costs than investment in U.S. securities, including higher transaction and custody costs as well as the imposition of additional taxes by foreign governments. In addition, security trading and custody practices abroad may offer less protection to investors such as the Fund. Political, social or financial instability, civil unrest and acts of terrorism are other potential risks that could adversely affect an investment in a foreign security or in foreign markets or issuers generally. Settlement of transactions in some foreign markets may be delayed or may be less frequent than in the United States which could affect the liquidity of the Fund’s portfolio.

 

101


Table of Contents

Because foreign securities generally are denominated and pay dividends or interest in foreign currencies, and the Fund may hold various foreign currencies from time to time, the value of the Fund’s assets, as measured in U.S. dollars, can be affected unfavorably by changes in exchange rates with respect to the U.S. dollar or with respect to other foreign currencies or by unfavorable currency regulations imposed by foreign governments. If the Fund invests in securities issued by foreign issuers, the Fund may be subject to these risks even if the investment is denominated in United States dollars. This risk may be heightened with respect to issuers whose revenues are principally earned in a foreign currency but whose debt obligations have been issued in United States dollars or other hard currencies.

Foreign issuers may become subject to sanctions imposed by the U.S. or another country or other governmental or non-governmental organizations, which could result in the immediate freeze of the foreign issuers’ assets or securities. The imposition of such sanctions could impair the market value of the securities of such foreign issuers and limit the Fund’s ability to buy, sell, receive or deliver the securities.

Continuing uncertainty as to the status of the EMU and the potential for certain countries (such as those in the United Kingdom) to withdraw from the institution has created significant volatility in currency and financial markets generally. Any partial or complete dissolution of the EU could have significant adverse effects on currency and financial markets, and on the values of the Fund’s portfolio investments.

In June 2016, the United Kingdom approved a referendum to leave the EU and, in March 2017, the United Kingdom commenced the formal process of withdrawing from the EU. The withdrawal agreement between the United Kingdom and the EU, endorsed by the European Council on November 25, 2018, sets out the basis on which the United Kingdom will withdraw from the EU and includes certain transitional provisions that have the effect of preserving the application of EU law in the United Kingdom until December 31, 2020 (or such other later date as may be agreed). The withdrawal agreement, and the associated transitional provisions, will become effective only once approved by the United Kingdom’s Parliament, which approval has not yet happened and may not happen, meaning that the United Kingdom may leave the EU without any transitional period (a so-called “hard Brexit”). On April 11, 2019, the United Kingdom came to an agreement with the EU to delay the deadline for withdrawal. Unless the United Kingdom’s Parliament approves the withdrawal agreement, there may be a hard Brexit in the near term absent any further agreements to delay the withdrawal. It is unclear when and if such a withdrawal will take place; however, recent parliamentary elections in the United Kingdom have increased the likelihood of a withdrawal in the near term. Significant uncertainty remains in the market regarding the ramifications of these developments, and the range and potential implications of possible political, regulatory, economic and market outcomes are difficult to predict. As and to the extent the United Kingdom moves forward with its withdrawal from the EU and makes various decisions regarding its post EU-status, markets may be further disrupted at various times given the uncertainty surrounding the country’s trade, financial, and other arrangements.

If one or more EMU countries were to stop using the euro as its primary currency, the Fund’s investments in such countries may be redenominated into a different or newly adopted currency, possibly resulting in the value of those investments declining significantly and unpredictably. In addition, securities or other investments that are redenominated may be subject to liquidity risk and the risk that the Fund may not be able to value investments accurately to a greater extent than similar investments currently denominated in euros. To the extent a currency used for redenomination purposes is not specified in respect of certain EMU-related investments, or should the euro cease to be used entirely, the currency in which such investments are denominated may be unclear, making such investments particularly difficult to value or dispose of. The Fund may incur additional expenses to the extent it is required to seek judicial or other clarification of the denomination or value of such securities.

Foreign Currency Risk

Currency risk is the risk that fluctuations in exchange rates may adversely affect the value of the Fund’s investments. Currency risk includes both the risk that currencies in which the Fund’s investments are traded and/or

 

102


Table of Contents

in which the Fund receives income, or currencies in which the Fund has taken an active investment position, will decline in value relative to other currencies. In the case of hedging positions, currency risk includes the risk that the currency the Fund is seeking exposure to will decline in value relative to the foreign currency being hedged. Currency exchange rates fluctuate significantly for many reasons, including changes in supply and demand in the currency exchange markets, actual or perceived changes in interest rates, intervention (or the failure to intervene) by U.S. or foreign governments, central banks, or supranational agencies such as the International Monetary Fund, and currency controls or other political and economic developments in the U.S. or abroad.

Currencies of emerging market countries have sometimes experienced devaluations relative to the U.S. dollar, and major devaluations have historically occurred in certain countries. A devaluation of the currency in which portfolio securities are denominated will negatively impact the value of those securities. The Fund may use derivatives to acquire positions in currencies the values to which the Fund is exposed through its investments. This presents the risk that the Fund could lose money on its exposure to a particular currency and also lose money on the derivative. The Fund also may take overweighted or underweighted currency positions and/or hedge the currency exposure of the securities in which it has invested. As a result, the Fund’s currency exposure may differ (in some cases significantly) from the currency exposure of its investments and/or its benchmarks.

Emerging Markets Risk

Investing in emerging market countries, as compared to foreign developed markets, involves substantial additional risk due to more limited information about the issuer and/or the security; higher brokerage costs; different accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards; less developed legal systems and thinner trading markets; the possibility of currency blockages or transfer restrictions; an emerging market country’s dependence on revenue from particular commodities or international aid; and the risk of expropriation, nationalization or other adverse political or economic developments.

Political and economic structures in many emerging market countries may undergo significant evolution and rapid development, and such countries may lack the social, political and economic stability characteristics of more developed countries. Some of these countries have in the past failed to recognize private property rights and have at times nationalized or expropriated the assets of private companies. In addition, unanticipated political or social developments may affect the value of investments in emerging markets and the availability of additional investments in these markets. The small size, limited trading volume and relative inexperience of the securities markets in these countries may make investments in securities traded in emerging markets illiquid and more volatile than investments in securities traded in more developed countries, and the Fund may be required to establish special custodial or other arrangements before making investments in securities traded in emerging markets. There may be little financial or accounting information available with respect to issuers of emerging market securities, and it may be difficult as a result to assess the value or prospects of an investment in such securities.

The securities markets of emerging market countries may be substantially smaller, less developed, less liquid and more volatile than the major securities markets in the United States and other developed nations. The limited size of many securities markets in emerging market countries and limited trading volume in issuers compared to the volume in U.S. securities or securities of issuers in other developed countries could cause prices to be erratic for reasons other than factors that affect the quality of the securities and investments in emerging markets can become illiquid. In addition, emerging market countries’ exchanges and broker-dealers may generally be subject to less regulation than their counterparts in developed countries. Brokerage commissions and dealer mark-ups, custodial expenses and other transaction costs are generally higher in emerging market countries than in developed countries. As a result, funds that invest in emerging market countries have operating expenses that are higher than funds investing in other securities markets.

 

103


Table of Contents

Emerging market countries may have different clearance and settlement procedures than in the U.S., including significantly longer settlement cycles for purchases and sales of securities, and in certain markets there may be times when settlements fail to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. Further, satisfactory custodial services for investment securities may not be available in some emerging market countries, which may result in the Fund incurring additional costs and delays in transporting and custodying such securities outside such countries. Delays in settlement or other problems could result in periods when the Fund’s assets are uninvested and no return is earned thereon. The Fund’s inability to make intended security purchases due to settlement problems or the risk of intermediary counterparty failures could cause the Fund to miss attractive investment opportunities. The inability to dispose of a portfolio security due to settlement problems could result either in losses to the Fund due to subsequent declines in the value of such portfolio security or, if the Fund has entered into a contract to sell the security, could result in possible liability to the purchaser.

Some emerging market countries have a greater degree of economic, political and social instability than the U.S. and other developed countries. Such social, political and economic instability could disrupt the financial markets in which the Fund invests and adversely affect the value of its investment portfolio. The currencies of certain emerging market countries have experienced devaluations relative to the U.S. dollar, and future devaluations may adversely affect the value of assets denominated in such currencies. Many emerging market countries have experienced substantial, and in some periods extremely high, rates of inflation or deflation for many years, and future inflation may adversely affect the economies and securities markets of such countries. When debt and similar obligations issued by foreign issuers are denominated in a currency (e.g., the U.S. dollar or the Euro) other than the local currency of the issuer, the subsequent strengthening of the non-local currency against the local currency will generally increase the burden of repayment on the issuer and may increase significantly the risk of default by the issuer.

Emerging market countries have and may in the future impose capital controls, foreign currency controls and repatriation controls. In addition, some currency hedging techniques may be unavailable in emerging market countries, and the currencies of emerging market countries may experience greater volatility in exchange rates as compared to those of developed countries.

Collateralized Debt Obligations Risk

CDOs are a type of asset-backed security, and include CBOs, CLOs, and other similarly structured securities. A CBO is a trust which may be backed by a diversified pool of high risk, below investment grade fixed income securities. A CLO is a trust typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and foreign senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans, second lien loans or other types of subordinate loans, and mezzanine loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans and including loans that may be covenant-lite. CDOs may charge management fees and administrative expenses. The cash flows from the CDO trust are generally split into two or more portions, called tranches, varying in risk and yield. Senior tranches are paid from the cash flows from the underlying assets before the junior tranches and equity or “first loss” tranches. Losses are first borne by the equity tranches, next by the junior tranches, and finally by the senior tranches. Holders of interests in the senior tranches are entitled to the lowest interest rate payments but those interests generally involve less credit risk as they are typically paid before junior tranches. The most junior tranches, such as equity tranches, typically are entitled to be paid the highest interest rate payments but suffer the highest risk of loss should the holder of an underlying debt instrument default. If some debt instruments go into default and the cash collected by the CDO is insufficient to pay all of its investors, those in the lowest, most junior tranches suffer losses first. Since it is partially protected from defaults, a senior tranche from a CDO trust typically has higher ratings and lower potential yields than the underlying securities, and can be rated investment grade. Despite the protection from the equity tranche, more senior CDO tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual defaults, increased sensitivity to defaults due to collateral default and disappearance of protecting tranches, market anticipation of defaults and aversion to CDO securities as a class.

 

104


Table of Contents

The risks of an investment in a CDO depend largely on the quality and type of the collateral and the tranche of the CDO in which the Fund invests. Normally, CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs are privately offered and sold, and thus are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, there may be a limited secondary market for investments in CDOs and such investments may be illiquid. In addition to the risks associated with debt instruments (e.g., interest rate risk and credit risk), CDOs carry additional risks including, but not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (iii) the possibility that the Fund may invest in CDOs that are subordinate to other classes of the issuer’s securities; and (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results.

Asset-Backed Securities Investment Risk

Asset-backed securities in which the Fund may invest include obligations backed by, among others, motor vehicle installment sales or installment loan contracts; home equity loans; leases of various types of real, personal and other property (including those relating to aircrafts, telecommunication, energy, and/or other infrastructure assets and infrastructure-related assets); receivables from credit card agreements; student loans; consumer loans; mobile home loans; boat loans; business and small business loans; project finance loans; airplane leases; and other non-mortgage-related income streams, such as income from renewable energy projects and franchise rights. They may also include asset-backed securities backed by whole loans or fractions of whole loans issued by alternative lending platforms and securitized by those platforms or other entities (such as third-party originators or brokers). Any of these loans may be of sub-prime quality or made to an obligor with a sub-prime credit history.

Asset-backed securities involve the risk that borrowers may default on the obligations backing them and that the values of and interest earned on such investments will decline as a result. Loans made to lower quality borrowers, including those of sub-prime quality, involve a higher risk of default. Such loans, including those made by alternative lending platforms, may be difficult to value, may have limited payment histories, and may be subject to significant changes in value over time as economic conditions change. Therefore, the values of asset-backed securities backed by lower quality loans, including those of sub-prime quality, may suffer significantly greater declines in value due to defaults, payment delays or a perceived increased risk of default, especially during periods when economic conditions worsen. In addition, most or all securities backed by the collateral described above do not involve any credit enhancement provided by the U.S. government or any other party, and certain asset-backed securities do not have the benefit of a security interest in the related collateral. For example, credit card receivables generally are unsecured, and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which give such debtors the right to set off certain amounts owed on the credit cards, thereby reducing the balance due. In addition, some issuers of automobile receivables permit the servicers to retain possession of the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the related automobile receivables. The impairment of the value of collateral or other assets underlying an asset-backed security, such as a result of non-payment of loans or nonperformance of other collateral or underlying assets, may result in a reduction in the value of such asset-backed securities and losses to the Fund. It is possible that many or all asset-backed securities will fall out of favor at any time or over time with investors, affecting adversely the values and liquidity of the securities.

Asset-backed securities tend to increase in value less than traditional debt securities of similar maturity and credit quality when interest rates decline, but are subject to a similar risk of decline in market value during periods of rising interest rates. Certain assets underlying asset-backed securities are subject to prepayment, which may reduce the overall return to asset-backed security holders. In a period of declining interest rates, pre-payments on asset-backed securities may increase and the Fund may be unable to reinvest those prepaid amounts in investments providing the same rate of interest as the pre-paid obligations.

 

105


Table of Contents

The values of asset-backed securities may also be substantially dependent on the servicing of and diligence performed by their servicers or sponsors or the originating alternative lending platforms. For example, the Fund may suffer losses due to a servicer’s, sponsor’s or platform’s negligence or malfeasance, such as through the mishandling of certain documentation affecting security holders’ rights in and to underlying collateral or the failure to update or collect accurate and complete borrower information. In addition, the values of asset-backed securities may be adversely affected by the credit quality of the servicer, sponsor or originating alternative lending platform, as applicable. Certain services, sponsors or originating alternative lending platforms may have limited operating histories to evaluate. The insolvency of a servicer, sponsor or originating alternative lending platform may result in added costs and delays in addition to losses associated with a decline in the value of underlying assets. The Fund also may experience delays in payment or losses on its investments if the full amount due on underlying collateral is not realized, which may occur because of unanticipated legal or administrative costs of enforcing the contracts, depreciation or damage to the collateral securing certain contracts, under-collateralization or other factors.

Equipment Trust Certificates (ETCs) and Enhanced Equipment Trust Certificates (EETCs) Risk:    ETCs and EETCs are types of asset-backed securities that generally represent undivided fractional interests in a trust whose assets consist of a pool of equipment retail installment contracts or leased equipment. EETCs are similar to ETCs, except that the securities have been divided into two or more classes, each with different payment priorities and asset claims. ETCs and EETCs are typically issued by specially-created trusts established by airlines, railroads, or other transportation firms. The assets of ETCs and EETCs are used to purchase equipment, such as airplanes, railroad cars, or other equipment, which may in turn serve as collateral for the related issue of the ETCs or EETCs, and the title to such equipment is held in trust for the holders of the issue. The equipment generally is leased from the specially-created trust by the airline, railroad or other firm, which makes rental or lease payments to the specially-created trust to provide cash flow for payments to ETC and EETC holders. Holders of ETCs and EETCs must look to the collateral securing the certificates, typically together with a guarantee provided by the lessee firm or its parent company for the payment of lease obligations, in the case of default in the payment of principal and interest on the ETCs or EETCs. ETCs and EETCs are subject to the risk that the lessee or payee defaults on its payments, and risks related to potential declines in the value of the equipment that serves as collateral for the issue. ETCs and EETCs are generally regarded as obligations of the company that is leasing the equipment and may be shown as liabilities in its balance sheet as a capitalized lease in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The lessee company, however, does not own the equipment until all the certificates are redeemed and paid. In the event the company defaults under its lease, the trustee may terminate the lease. If another lessee is not available, then payments on the certificates would cease until another lessee is available.

Credit Default Swaps Risk

A credit default swap is an agreement between the Fund and a counterparty that enables the Fund to buy or sell protection against a credit event related to a particular issuer. One party, acting as a protection buyer, makes periodic payments, which may be based on, among other things, a fixed or floating rate of interest, to the other party, a protection seller, in exchange for a promise by the protection seller to make a payment to the protection buyer if a negative credit event (such as a delinquent payment or default) occurs with respect to a referenced bond or group of bonds. Credit default swaps may also be structured based on the debt of a basket of issuers, rather than a single issuer, and may be customized with respect to the default event that triggers purchase or other factors (for example, the Nth default within a basket, or defaults by a particular combination of issuers within the basket, may trigger a payment obligation). As a credit protection seller in a credit default swap contract, the Fund would be required to pay the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation to the counterparty following certain negative credit events as to a specified third-party debtor, such as default by a U.S. or non-U.S. corporate issuer on its debt obligations. In return for its obligation, the Fund would receive from the counterparty a periodic stream of payments, which may be based on, among other things, a fixed or floating rate of interest, over the term of the contract provided that no event of default has occurred. If no default occurs, the Fund would

 

106


Table of Contents

keep the stream of payments, and would have no payment obligations to the counterparty. The Fund may sell credit protection in order to earn additional income and/or to take a synthetic long position in the underlying security or basket of securities.

The Fund may enter into credit default swap contracts as protection buyer in order to hedge against the risk of default on the debt of a particular issuer or basket of issuers or attempt to profit from a deterioration or perceived deterioration in the creditworthiness of the particular issuer(s) (also known as buying credit protection). This would involve the risk that the investment may expire worthless and would only generate gain in the event of an actual default by the issuer(s) of the underlying obligation(s) (or, as applicable, a credit downgrade or other indication of financial instability). It would also involve the risk that the seller may fail to satisfy its payment obligations to the Fund. The purchase of credit default swaps involves costs, which will reduce the Fund’s return.

Credit default swaps involve a number of special risks. A protection seller may have to pay out amounts following a negative credit event greater than the value of the reference obligation delivered to it by its counterparty and the amount of periodic payments previously received by it from the counterparty. When the Fund acts as a seller of a credit default swap, it is exposed to, among other things, leverage risk because if an event of default occurs the seller must pay the buyer the full notional value of the reference obligation. Each party to a credit default swap is subject to the credit risk of its counterparty (the risk that its counterparty may be unwilling or unable to perform its obligations on the swap as they come due). The value of the credit default swap to each party will change, at times significantly, based on changes in the actual or perceived creditworthiness of the underlying issuer.

A protection buyer may lose its investment and recover nothing should an event of default not occur. The Fund may seek to realize gains on its credit default swap positions, or limit losses on its positions, by selling those positions in the secondary market. There can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist at any given time for any particular credit default swap or for credit default swaps generally.

The market for credit default swaps has at times become more volatile as the creditworthiness of certain counterparties has been questioned and/or downgraded. The parties to a credit default swap may be required to post collateral to each other. If the Fund posts initial or periodic collateral to its counterparty, it may not be able to recover that collateral from the counterparty in accordance with the terms of the swap. In addition, if the Fund receives collateral from its counterparty, it may be delayed or prevented from realizing on the collateral in the event of the insolvency or bankruptcy of the counterparty. The Fund may exit its obligations under a credit default swap only by terminating the contract and paying applicable breakage fees, or by entering into an offsetting credit default swap position, which may cause the Fund to incur more losses. There can be no assurance that the Fund will be able to exit a credit default swap position effectively when it seeks to do so.

U.S. Government Securities Risk

Some U.S. Government securities, such as Treasury bills, notes, and bonds and mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (Ginnie Mae), are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States; others are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; others are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase the agency’s obligations; still others are supported only by the credit of the issuing agency, instrumentality, or enterprise. Although U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises may be chartered or sponsored by Congress, they are not funded by Congressional appropriations, and their securities are not issued by the U.S. Treasury, their obligations are not supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, and so investments in their securities or obligations issued by them involve greater risk than investments in other types of U.S. Government securities. In addition, certain governmental entities have been subject to regulatory scrutiny regarding their accounting policies and practices and other concerns that may result in legislation, changes in regulatory oversight and/or other consequences that could adversely affect the credit quality, availability or investment character of securities issued or guaranteed by these entities.

 

107


Table of Contents

The events surrounding the U.S. federal government debt ceiling and any resulting agreement could adversely affect the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective. For example, a downgrade of the long-term sovereign credit rating of the U.S. could increase volatility in both stock and bond markets, result in higher interest rates and lower Treasury prices and increase the costs of all kinds of debt. These events and similar events in other areas of the world could have significant adverse effects on the economy generally and could result in significant adverse impacts on issuers of securities held by the Fund and the Fund itself. The Adviser cannot predict the effects of these or similar events in the future on the U.S. economy and securities markets or on the Fund’s portfolio. The Adviser may not timely anticipate or manage existing, new or additional risks, contingencies or developments.

In the past, the values of U.S. Government securities have been affected substantially by increased demand for them around the world. Changes in the demand for U.S. Government securities may occur at any time and may result in increased volatility in the values of those securities.

Sovereign Debt Obligations Risk

Investments in countries’ government debt obligations involve special risks. Certain countries have historically experienced, and may continue to experience, high rates of inflation, high interest rates, exchange rate fluctuations, large amounts of external debt, balance of payments and trade difficulties and extreme poverty and unemployment. The issuer or governmental authority that controls the repayment of a country’s debt may not be able or willing to repay the principal and/or interest when due in accordance with the terms of such debt. A debtor’s willingness or ability to repay principal and interest due in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash flow situation and, in the case of a government debtor, the extent of its foreign currency reserves or its inability to sufficiently manage fluctuations in relative currency valuations, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt service burden to the economy as a whole, the government debtor’s policy towards principal international lenders such as the International Monetary Fund and the political and social constraints to which a government debtor may be subject. Government debtors may default on their debt and also may be dependent on expected disbursements from foreign governments, multilateral agencies and others abroad to reduce principal and interest arrearages on their debt. The commitment on the part of these governments, agencies and others to make such disbursements may be conditioned on a debtor’s implementation of economic reforms and/or economic performance and the timely service of such debtor’s obligations. Failure to implement such reforms, achieve such levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest when due may result in the cancellation of such third parties’ commitments to lend funds to the government debtor, which may further impair such debtor’s ability or willingness to service its debts on a timely basis.

As a result of the foregoing, a government obligor may default on its obligations. If such an event occurs, the Fund may have limited (or no) legal recourse against the issuer and/or guarantor. Remedies must, in some cases, be pursued in the courts of the defaulting party itself, and the ability of the holder of foreign government debt securities to obtain recourse may be subject to the political climate in the relevant country. In addition, no assurance can be given that the holders of more senior fixed-income securities, such as commercial bank debt, will not contest payments to the holders of other foreign government debt securities in the event of default under their commercial bank loan agreements. There is no bankruptcy proceeding by which sovereign debt on which governmental entities have defaulted may be collected in whole or in part. In addition, foreign governmental entities may enjoy various levels of sovereign immunity, and it may be difficult or impossible to bring a legal action against a foreign governmental entity or to enforce a judgment against such an entity.

Government obligors in emerging market countries are among the world’s largest debtors to commercial banks, other governments, international financial organizations and other financial institutions. The issuers of the government debt securities in which the Fund may invest have in the past experienced substantial difficulties in servicing their external debt obligations, which led to defaults on certain obligations and the restructuring of certain indebtedness. Restructuring arrangements have included, among other things, reducing and rescheduling interest and principal payments by negotiating new or amended credit agreements, and obtaining new credit to

 

108


Table of Contents

finance interest payments. Holders of certain foreign government debt securities may be requested to participate in the restructuring of such obligations and to extend further loans to their issuers. There can be no assurance that the foreign government debt securities in which the Fund may invest will not be subject to similar restructuring arrangements or to requests for new credit, which may adversely affect the Fund’s holdings. Furthermore, certain participants in the secondary market for such debt may be directly involved in negotiating the terms of these arrangements and may therefore have access to information not available to other market participants.

Loan Risk

Investments in loans are generally subject to the same risks as investments in other types of debt obligations, including, among others, credit risk, interest rate risk, prepayment risk, and extension risk. In addition, in many cases loans are subject to the risks associated with below-investment grade securities. This means loans are often subject to significant credit risks, including a greater possibility that the borrower will be adversely affected by changes in market or economic conditions and may default or enter bankruptcy. This risk of default will increase in the event of an economic downturn or a substantial increase in interest rates (which will increase the cost of the borrower’s debt service).

The interest rates on floating rate loans typically adjust only periodically. Accordingly, adjustments in the interest rate payable under a loan may trail prevailing interest rates significantly, especially if there are limitations placed on the amount the interest rate on a loan may adjust in a given period. Certain floating rate loans have a feature that prevents their interest rates from adjusting if market interest rates are below a specified minimum level. When interest rates are low, this feature could result in the interest rates of those loans becoming fixed at the applicable minimum level until interest rates rise above that level. Although this feature is intended to result in these loans yielding more than they otherwise would when interest rates are low, the feature might also result in the prices of these loans becoming more sensitive to changes in interest rates should interest rates rise but remain below the applicable minimum level.

In addition, investments in loans may be difficult to value and may be illiquid. Floating rate loans generally are subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale. The liquidity of floating rate loans, including the volume and frequency of secondary market trading in such loans, varies significantly over time and among individual floating rate loans. For example, if the credit quality of the borrower related to a floating rate loan unexpectedly declines significantly, secondary market trading in that floating rate loan can also decline. The secondary market for loans may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads, and extended trade settlement periods, which may increase the expenses of the Fund or cause the Fund to be unable to realize the full value of its investment in the loan, resulting in a material decline in the Fund’s NAV.

Opportunities to invest in loans or certain types of loans, such as senior loans, may be limited. Alternative investments may provide lower yields and may, in the Adviser’s view, offer less attractive investment characteristics. The limited availability of loans may be due to a number of reasons, including that direct lenders may allocate only a small number of loans to new investors, including the Fund. There also may be fewer loans made or available that the Adviser considers to be attractive investment opportunities, particularly during economic downturns. Also, lenders or agents may have an incentive to market only the least desirable loans to investors such as the Fund. If the market demand for loans increases, the availably of loans for purchase and the interest paid by borrowers may decrease.

Investments in loans through a purchase of a loan, loan origination or a direct assignment of a financial institution’s interests with respect to a loan may involve additional risks to the Fund. For example, if a loan is foreclosed, the Fund could become owner, in whole or in part, of any collateral, which could include, among other assets, real estate or other real or personal property, and would bear the costs and liabilities associated with owning and holding or disposing of the collateral. In addition, it is conceivable that under emerging legal theories of lender liability, the Fund as holder of a partial interest in a loan could be held liable as co-lender for acts of the agent lender.

 

109


Table of Contents

Loans and certain other forms of direct indebtedness may not be classified as “securities” under the federal securities laws and, therefore, when the Fund purchases such instruments, it may not be entitled to the protections against fraud and misrepresentation contained in the federal securities laws.

Additional risks of investments in loans may include:

Agent/Intermediary Risk. If the Fund holds a loan through another financial intermediary, as is the case with a participation, or relies on another financial intermediary to administer the loan, as is the case with most multi-lender facilities, the Fund’s receipt of principal and interest on the loan and the value of the Fund’s loan investment will depend at least in part on the credit standing of the financial intermediary and therefore will be subject to the credit risk of the intermediary. The Fund will be required to rely upon the financial intermediary from which it purchases a participation interest to collect and pass on to the Fund such payments and to enforce the Fund’s rights and may not be able to cause the financial intermediary to take what it considers to be appropriate action. As a result, an insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the financial intermediary may delay or prevent the Fund from receiving principal, interest and other amounts with respect to the Fund’s interest in the loan. In addition, if the Fund relies on a financial intermediary to administer a loan, the Fund is subject to the risk that the financial intermediary may be unwilling or unable to demand and receive payments from the borrower in respect of the loan, or otherwise unwilling or unable to perform its administrative obligations.

Equity Securities and Warrants Risk. The acquisition of equity securities may generally be incidental to the Fund’s purchase of a loan. These transactions may include operating loans, leveraged buyout loans, leveraged capitalization loans and other types of acquisition financing. The Fund may acquire equity securities as part of an instrument combining a loan and equity securities of a borrower or its affiliates. The Fund also may acquire equity securities issued in exchange for a loan or in connection with the default and/or restructuring of a loan, including subordinated and unsecured loans, and high-yield securities. Equity securities include common stocks, preferred stocks and securities convertible into common stock. Equity securities are subject to market risks and the risks of changes to the financial condition of the issuer, and fluctuations in value.

Highly Leveraged Transactions Risk. The Fund may invest in loans made in connection with highly leveraged transactions, which are generally subject to greater credit and liquidity risks than other types of loans. Such loans may be issued by companies that have converted from public to private ownership through leveraged buyout transactions and by companies that have restructured their balance sheets through leveraged recapitalizations. Loans issued in these situations may be used primarily to pay existing stockholders for their shares or to finance special dividend distributions to shareholders. The indebtedness incurred in connection with these transactions is often substantial and, as a result, often produces highly leveraged capital structures, which present greater risks for the holders of such loans as compared to loans of less leveraged issuers. Also, the market price of such loans may be more volatile. If the Fund voluntarily or involuntarily sold those types of loans, it might not receive the full value it expected.

Stressed, Distressed or Defaulted Borrowers Risk. The Fund can also invest in loans of borrowers that are experiencing, or are likely to experience, financial difficulty. These loans are subject to greater credit and liquidity risks than other types of loans. In addition, the Fund can invest in loans of borrowers that have filed for bankruptcy protection or that have had involuntary bankruptcy petitions filed against them by creditors. Various laws enacted for the protection of debtors may apply to loans. A bankruptcy proceeding or other court proceeding could delay or limit the ability of the Fund to collect the principal and interest payments on that borrower’s loans or adversely affect the Fund’s rights in collateral relating to a loan. If a lawsuit is brought by creditors of a borrower under a loan, a court or a trustee in bankruptcy could take certain actions that would be adverse to the Fund. For example:

 

   

Other creditors might convince the court to set aside a loan or the collateralization of the loan as a “fraudulent conveyance” or “preferential transfer.” In that event, the court could recover from the Fund the interest and principal payments that the borrower made before becoming insolvent. There can be no assurance that the Fund would be able to prevent that recapture.

 

110


Table of Contents
   

A bankruptcy court may restructure the payment obligations under the loan so as to reduce the amount to which the Fund would be entitled.

 

   

The court might discharge the amount of the loan that exceeds the value of the collateral.

 

   

The court could subordinate the Fund’s rights to the rights of other creditors of the borrower under applicable law, decreasing, potentially significantly, the likelihood of any recovery on the Fund’s investment.

Limited Information Risk. Because there may be limited public or other information available regarding loan investments, the Fund’s investments in such instruments may be particularly dependent on the analytical abilities of the Fund’s portfolio managers.

Interest Rate Benchmarks Risk. Interest rates on loans typically adjust periodically often based on changes in a benchmark rate plus a premium or spread over the benchmark rate. The benchmark rate may be LIBOR, the Prime Rate, or other base lending rates used by commercial lenders (each as defined in the applicable loan agreement).

Some benchmark rates may reset daily; others reset less frequently. The interest rate on LIBOR-based loans is reset periodically, typically based on a period between 30 days and one year. Certain floating or variable rate loans may permit the borrower to select an interest rate reset period of up to one year or longer. Investing in loans with longer interest rate reset periods may increase fluctuations in the Fund’s NAV as a result of changes in interest rates. Interest rates on loans with longer periods between benchmark resets will typically trail market interest rates in a rising interest rate environment.

Certain loans may permit the borrower to change the base lending rate during the term of the loan. One benchmark rate may not adjust to changing market or interest rates to the same degree or as rapidly as another, permitting the borrower the option to select the benchmark rate that is most advantageous to it and less advantageous to the Fund. To the extent the borrower elects this option, the interest income and total return the Fund earns on the investment may be adversely affected as compared to other investments where the borrower does not have the option to change the base lending or benchmark rate.

On July 27, 2017, the head of the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority announced a desire to phase out the use of LIBOR by the end of 2021. There remains uncertainty regarding the future utilization of LIBOR and the nature of any replacement rate. As such, the potential effect of a transition away from LIBOR on the Fund or the financial instruments in which the Fund invests cannot yet be determined. Please see “—LIBOR Risk” below for more information.

Restrictive Loan Covenants Risk. Borrowers must comply with various restrictive covenants that may be contained in loan agreements. They may include restrictions on dividend payments and other distributions to stockholders, provisions requiring the borrower to maintain specific financial ratios, and limits on total debt. They may include requirements that the borrower prepay the loan with any free cash flow. A break of a covenant that is not waived by the agent bank (or the lenders) is normally an event of default that provides the agent bank or the lenders the right to call the outstanding amount on the loan. If a lender accelerates the repayment of a loan because of the borrower’s violation of a restrictive covenant under the loan agreement, the borrower might default in payment of the loan.

Some of the loans in which the Fund may invest or to which the Fund may obtain exposure may be “covenant-lite.” Such loans contain fewer or less restrictive constraints on the borrower than certain other types of loans. Such loans generally do not include terms which allow the lender to monitor the performance of the borrower and declare a default or force a borrower into bankruptcy restructuring if certain criteria are breached. Under such loans, lenders typically must rely on covenants that restrict a borrower from incurring additional debt or engaging in certain actions. Such covenants can be breached only by an affirmative action of the borrower,

 

111


Table of Contents

rather than by a deterioration in the borrower’s financial condition. Accordingly, the Fund may have fewer rights against a borrower when it invests in or has exposure to such loans and so may have a greater risk of loss on such investments as compared to investments in or exposure to loans with additional or more conventional covenants.

Senior Loan and Subordination Risk. In addition to the risks typically associated with debt securities and loans generally, senior loans are also subject to the risk that a court could subordinate a senior loan, which typically holds a senior position in the capital structure of a borrower, to presently existing or future indebtedness or take other action detrimental to the holders of senior loans.

The Fund’s investments in senior loans may be collateralized with one or more of (1) working capital assets, such as accounts receivable and inventory, (2) tangible fixed assets, such as real property, buildings and equipment, (3) intangible assets such as trademarks or patents, or (4) security interests in shares of stock of the borrower or its subsidiaries or affiliates. In the case of loans to a non-public company, the company’s shareholders or owners may provide collateral in the form of secured guarantees and/or security interests in assets they own. However, the value of the collateral may decline after the Fund buys the senior loan, particularly if the collateral consists of equity securities of the borrower or its affiliates. If a borrower defaults, insolvency laws may limit the Fund’s access to the collateral, or the lenders may be unable to liquidate the collateral. A bankruptcy court might find that the collateral securing the senior loan is invalid or require the borrower to use the collateral to pay other outstanding obligations. If the collateral consists of stock of the borrower or its subsidiaries, the stock may lose all of its value in the event of a bankruptcy, which would leave the Fund exposed to greater potential loss. As a result, a collateralized senior loan may not be fully collateralized and can decline significantly in value.

If a borrower defaults on a collateralized senior loan, the Fund may receive assets other than cash or securities in full or partial satisfaction of the borrower’s obligation under the senior loan. Those assets may be illiquid, and the Fund might not be able to realize the benefit of the assets for legal, practical or other reasons. The Fund might hold those assets until the Adviser determined it was appropriate to dispose of them. If the collateral becomes illiquid or loses some or all of its value, the collateral may not be sufficient to protect the Fund in the event of a default of scheduled interest or principal payments.

Due to restrictions on transfers in loan agreements and the nature of the private syndication of senior loans including, for example, the lack of publicly-available information, some senior loans are not as easily purchased or sold as publicly-traded securities. Some senior loans and other Fund investments are illiquid, which may make it difficult for the Fund to value them or dispose of them at an acceptable price. Direct investments in senior loans and investments in participation interests in or assignments of senior loans may be limited.

Settlement Risk. Transactions in many loans settle on a delayed basis, and the Fund may not receive the proceeds from the sale of such loans for a substantial period after the sale. As a result, sale proceeds related to the sale of such loans may not be available to make additional investments until potentially a substantial period after the sale of the loans.

Inadequate Collateral or Guarantees Risk. Even if a loan to which the Fund is exposed is secured, there can be no assurance that the collateral will, when recovered and liquidated, generate sufficient (or any) funds to offset any losses associated with a defaulting loan. It is possible that the same collateral could secure multiple loans, in which case the liquidation proceeds of the collateral may be insufficient to cover the payments due on all the loans secured by that collateral. This risk is increased if the Fund’s loans are secured by a single asset. There can be no guarantee that the collateral can be liquidated and any costs associated with such liquidation could reduce or eliminate the amount of funds otherwise available to offset the payments due under the loan. The Fund generally will need to rely on the efforts of the originating lenders, servicers or their designated collection agencies to collect on defaulted loans and there is no guarantee that such parties will be successful in their efforts to collect. To the extent that the loan obligations in which the Fund invests are guaranteed by a third party, there can be no assurance that the guarantor will perform its payment obligations should the underlying borrower

 

112


Table of Contents

default on its payments. The Fund could suffer delays or limitations on its ability to realize the benefits of the collateral to the extent the borrower becomes bankrupt or insolvent. Moreover, the Fund’s security interests may be unperfected for a variety of reasons, including the failure to make a required filing by the servicer and, as a result, the Fund may not have priority over other creditors as it expected.

Unsecured Loans Risk. Subordinated or unsecured loans are lower in priority of payment to secured loans and are subject to the additional risk that the cash flow of the borrower and property securing the loan or debt, if any, may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments after giving effect to the senior secured obligations of the borrower. This risk is generally higher for subordinated unsecured loans or debt, which are not backed by a security interest in any specific collateral. Subordinated and unsecured loans generally have greater price volatility than secured loans and may be less liquid. There is also a possibility that originators will not be able to sell participations in subordinated or unsecured loans, which would create greater credit risk exposure for the holders of such loans. Subordinated and unsecured loans share the same risks as other below investment grade securities.

Servicer Risk. The Fund’s direct and indirect investments in loans are typically serviced by the originating lender or a third-party servicer. In the event that the servicer is unable to service the loan, there can be no guarantee that a backup servicer will be able to assume responsibility for servicing the loans in a timely or cost-effective manner; any resulting disruption or delay could jeopardize payments due to the Fund in respect of its investments or increase the costs associated with the Fund’s investments.

Direct Lending Risk. Although the Fund has no present intention to do so, the Fund may seek to originate loans, including, without limitation, commercial real estate or mortgage-related loans or other types of loans, which may be in the form of whole loans, secured and unsecured notes, senior and second lien loans, mezzanine loans or similar investments. The Fund will be responsible for the expenses associated with originating a loan (whether or not consummated). This may include significant legal and due diligence expenses, which will be indirectly borne by the Fund and Common Shareholders. Direct lending involves risks beyond those associated with investing in loans. If a loan is foreclosed, the Fund could become owner of any collateral and would bear the costs and liabilities associated with owning, operating, maintaining and disposing of the collateral. As a result, the Fund may be exposed to losses resulting from default and foreclosure and also operating and maintaining the property. Any costs or delays involved in the effectuation of a foreclosure of the loan or a liquidation of the underlying assets will further reduce the proceeds and thus increase the loss. There is no assurance that the Fund will correctly evaluate the value of the assets collateralizing the loan. In the event of a reorganization or liquidation proceeding relating to the borrower, the Fund may lose all or part of the amounts advanced to the borrower. There is no assurance that the protection of the Fund’s interests is adequate, including the validity or enforceability of the loan and the maintenance of the anticipated priority and perfection of the applicable security interests. Furthermore, there is no assurance that claims will not be asserted that might interfere with enforcement of the Fund’s rights.

There are no restrictions on the credit quality of the Fund’s loans. Loans may be deemed to have substantial vulnerability to default in payment of interest and/or principal. There can be no assurance as to the levels of defaults and/or recoveries that may be experienced on loans in which the Fund has invested. Certain of the loans in which the Fund may invest have uncertainties and/or exposure to adverse conditions, and may be considered to be predominantly speculative. Generally, such loans offer a higher return potential than better quality loans, but involve greater volatility of price and greater risk of loss of income and principal. The market values of certain of these loans also tend to be more sensitive to changes in economic conditions than better quality loans.

Loans to issuers operating in workout modes or under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or the equivalent laws of member states of the European Union are, in certain circumstances, subject to certain potential liabilities that may exceed the amount of the loan. For example, under certain circumstances, lenders who have inappropriately exercised control of the management and policies of a debtor may have their claims subordinated or disallowed or may be found liable for damages suffered by parties as a result of such actions.

 

113


Table of Contents

Various state licensing requirements could apply to the Fund with respect to investments in, or the origination and servicing of, loans and similar assets and it may take a substantial period of time for the Fund to obtain any necessary licenses or comply with other applicable regulatory requirements. The licensing requirements could apply depending on the location of the borrower, the location of the collateral securing the loan, or the location where the Fund or the Adviser operates or has offices. In states that require licensure for or otherwise regulate loan origination, the Fund or Advisor will be required to comply with applicable laws and regulations, including consumer protection and anti-fraud laws, which could impose restrictions on the Fund’s or Advisor’s ability to take certain actions to protect the value of its investments in such assets and impose compliance costs, or the Fund will have to forego investment opportunities subject to that state’s laws and regulations. Failure to comply with such laws and regulations could lead to, among other penalties, a loss of the Fund’s or Advisor’s license, which in turn could require the Fund to divest assets located in or secured by real property located in that state. In addition to laws governing the activities of lenders and servicers, some states require purchasers of certain loans to be licensed or registered in order to own loans connected to the state (e.g., made in the state or secured by property in the state) and, in certain states, to collect a rate of interest above a specified rate. These risks will also apply to issuers and entities in which the Fund invests that hold similar assets, as well as any origination company or servicer in which the Fund owns an interest. As of the date of this Prospectus, the Fund does not hold any licenses to originate loans in any states where a license is required, and there can be no assurance that the Fund will obtain any such licenses timely or ever.

Other Legal Risks. Recent case law has cast doubt on the ability of a purchaser of a loan, such as the Fund, to charge the same rate of interest as an originating entity after the loan has been sold by the originating entity. In 2015, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit issued a significant decision that interpreted the scope of federal preemption under the National Bank Act (the “NBA”) and held that a non-bank assignee of loans sourced by a national bank was not entitled to the benefits of NBA preemption as to state law claims of usury. Although the decision is binding only in Connecticut, New York and Vermont, it may significantly affect non-bank assignees of loans, including, potentially, the Fund. At a minimum, non-bank assignees/purchasers of bank loans may face uncertainty regarding their ability to rely upon federal preemption of state usury laws in those three states; in addition, a number of market participants, including, potentially, the Fund purchase loans from state-chartered banks promptly after origination and may seek to rely upon federal preemption to exempt the loans from state usury caps. The decision, although directly ruling on purchasers of national bank loans, could be applied by courts considering the scope of federal preemption under the Depository Institutions Deregulation and Monetary Control Act of 1980 (which generally preempts state usury laws in favor of federally insured state-chartered banks) with respect to loans originated by state-chartered banks.

The Second Circuit’s decision appears to be contrary to other federal circuit court decisions and inconsistent with long-standing commercial practice. Although the decision was appealed to the U.S. Supreme Court, the Court declined to consider it, leaving in place the Second Circuit’s ruling. In February 2017, in further action following remand from the Second Circuit, the U.S. District Court ruled that the choice of law provision, which selected Delaware rather than New York law, would not be enforced and that New York law should be applied for determining the applicable usury ceiling. The impact of the case is uncertain because the case ultimately settled in early 2019 without further action, and the Supreme Court could ultimately disagree with the ruling in a different case. In addition, the holding could be overturned, distinguished or otherwise limited by the subsequent litigation on similar issues in other cases in the Second Circuit. If the decision in this case were applied to lending activity more broadly, it is possible that certain loans made to borrowers in Connecticut, New York and Vermont by originating banks at interest rates in excess of the local usury ceiling could be in jeopardy if the ruling in this case is applied to them. As a result, if the Fund purchases or holds such loans (directly or indirectly) and litigation is brought to challenge their enforceability on similar grounds as this case, the Fund could suffer significant losses. Moreover, if the ruling in this case is applied in other jurisdictions, the enforceability of loans made through originating banks at interest rates in excess of a local usury ceiling may also be in jeopardy and the Fund could suffer losses if it purchases or holds such loans.

 

114


Table of Contents

Foreign Loan Risk. Loans involving foreign borrowers may involve risks not ordinarily associated with exposure to loans to U.S. entities and individuals. The foreign lending industry may be subject to less governmental supervision and regulation than exists in the U.S.; conversely, foreign regulatory regimes applicable to the lending industry may be more complex and more restrictive than those in the U.S., resulting in higher costs associated with such investments, and such regulatory regimes may be subject to interpretation or change without prior notice to investors, such as the Fund. Foreign lending may not be subject to accounting, auditing, and financial reporting standards and practices comparable to those in the U.S. Due to differences in legal systems, there may be difficulty in obtaining or enforcing a court judgment outside the U.S. For example, bankruptcy laws may differ across the jurisdictions in which the Fund may invest and it may be difficult for a servicer to pursue non-U.S. borrowers. In addition, to the extent that investments are made in a limited number of countries, events in those countries will have a more significant impact on the Fund. Loans to foreign entities and individuals may be subject to risks of increased transaction costs, potential delays in settlement or unfavorable differences between the U.S. economy and foreign economies.

The Fund’s exposure to loans of foreign borrowers may be subject to withholding and other foreign taxes, which may adversely affect the net return on such investments. In addition, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and exchange controls may adversely affect the market value of the Fund’s exposure to loans to foreign borrowers. The Fund is unlikely to be able to pass through to its shareholders foreign income tax credits in respect of any foreign income taxes it pays.

Lender Liability. A number of judicial decisions have upheld judgments of borrowers against lending institutions on the basis of various evolving legal theories, collectively termed “lender liability.” Generally, lender liability is founded on the premise that a lender has violated a duty (whether implied or contractual) of good faith, commercial reasonableness and fair dealing, or a similar duty owed to the borrower or has assumed an excessive degree of control over the borrower resulting in the creation of a fiduciary duty owed to the borrower or its other creditors or shareholders. If a loan held by the Fund were found to have been made or serviced under circumstances that give rise to lender liability, the borrower’s obligation to repay that loan could be reduced or eliminated or the Fund’s recovery on that loan could be otherwise impaired, which would adversely impact the value of that loan. In limited cases, courts have subordinated the loans of a senior lender to a borrower to claims of other creditors of the borrower when the senior lender or its agents, such as a loan servicer, is found to have engaged in unfair, inequitable or fraudulent conduct with respect to the other creditors. If a loan held by the Fund were subject to such subordination, it would be junior in right of payment to other indebtedness of the borrower, which could adversely impact the value of that loan.

Loan origination and servicing companies are routinely involved in legal proceedings concerning matters that arise in the ordinary course of their business. These legal proceedings range from actions involving a single plaintiff to class action lawsuits with potentially tens of thousands of class members. In addition, a number of participants in the loan origination and servicing industry (including control persons of industry participants) have been the subject of regulatory actions by state regulators, including state Attorneys General, and by the federal government. Governmental investigations, examinations or regulatory actions, or private lawsuits, including purported class action lawsuits, may adversely affect such companies’ financial results. To the extent the Fund engages in origination and/or servicing directly, or has a financial interest in, or is otherwise affiliated with, an origination or servicing company, the Fund will be subject to enhanced risks of litigation, regulatory actions and other proceedings. As a result, the Fund may be required to pay legal fees, settlement costs, damages, penalties or other charges, any or all of which could materially adversely affect the Fund and its investments.

The Fund may make loans directly to borrowers or may acquire an interest in a loan by means of an assignment or a participation. In an assignment, the Fund may be required generally to rely upon the assigning financial institution to demand payment and enforce its rights against the borrower, but would otherwise be entitled to the benefit of all of the financial institution’s rights in the loan. The Fund may also purchase a participating interest in a portion of the rights of a lending institution in a loan. In such case, the Fund will generally be entitled to receive from the lending institution amounts equal to the payments of principal, interest

 

115


Table of Contents

and premium, if any, on the loan received by the institution, but generally will not be entitled to enforce its rights directly against the agent bank or the borrower, and must rely for that purpose on the lending institution. In the case of an assignment or a participation, the value of the Fund’s loan investment will depend at least in part on the credit standing of the assigning or participating institution. The Fund will in certain cases be required to rely upon the intermediary from which it purchases an assignment or participation interest to collect and pass on to the Fund such payments and to enforce the Fund’s rights. As a result, an insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the intermediary may delay or prevent the Fund from receiving principal, interest and other amounts with respect to the Fund’s interest in the loan.

Below Investment Grade/High Yield Securities Risk

Debt instruments rated below investment grade or debt instruments that are unrated and of comparable or lesser quality are predominantly speculative. They are usually issued by companies without long track records of sales and earnings or by companies with questionable credit strength. These instruments, which include debt securities commonly known as “junk bonds,” have a higher degree of default risk and may be less liquid than higher-rated bonds. These instruments may be subject to greater price volatility due to such factors as specific corporate developments, interest rate sensitivity, negative perceptions of high yield investments generally, general economic downturn, and less secondary market liquidity. This potential lack of liquidity may make it more difficult for the Fund to value these instruments accurately. An economic downturn could severely affect the ability of issuers (particularly those that are highly leveraged) to service their debt obligations or to repay their obligations upon maturity.

Defaulted Securities Risk

Defaulted securities risk refers to the uncertainty of repayment of defaulted securities (e.g., a security on which a principal or interest payment is not made when due) and obligations of distressed issuers. Because the issuer of such securities is in default and is likely to be in distressed financial condition, repayment of defaulted securities and obligations of distressed issuers (including insolvent issuers or issuers in payment or covenant default, in workout or restructuring or in bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings) is subject to significant uncertainties. Insolvency laws and practices in emerging market countries are different than those in the U.S. and the effect of these laws and practices cannot be predicted with certainty. Investments in defaulted securities and obligations of distressed issuers are considered speculative and entail high risk.

REIT Risk

The Fund may invest in REITs. REITs are pooled investment vehicles that own, and typically operate, income-producing real estate. If a REIT meets certain requirements, including distributing to shareholders substantially all of its taxable income (other than net capital gains), then it is not taxed on the income distributed to shareholders. REITs are subject to management fees and other expenses, and so the Fund will bear its proportionate share of the costs of the REITs’ operations. There are three general categories of REITs: Equity REITs, Mortgage REITs and Hybrid REITs. Equity REITs, which invest primarily in direct fee ownership or leasehold ownership of real property and derive most of their income from rents, are generally affected by changes in the values of and incomes from the properties they own. Mortgage REITs invest mostly in mortgages on real estate, which may secure, for example, construction, development or long-term loans, and the main source of their income is mortgage interest payments. Mortgage REITs may be affected by the credit quality of the mortgage loans they hold. A hybrid REIT combines the characteristics of equity REITs and mortgage REITs, generally by holding both ownership interests and mortgage interests in real estate, and thus may be subject to risks associated with both real estate ownership and investments in mortgage-related investments. Along with the risks common to different types of real estate-related investments, REITs, no matter the type, involve additional risk factors, including poor performance by the REIT’s manager, adverse changes to the tax laws, and the possible failure by the REIT to qualify for the favorable tax treatment applicable to REITs under the Code or an exemption under the 1940 Act. REITs are not diversified and are heavily dependent on cash flow earned on the property interests they hold.

 

116


Table of Contents

Mortgage REITs are exposed to the risks specific to the real estate market as well as the risks that relate specifically to the way in which mortgage REITs are organized and operated. Mortgage REITs receive principal and interest payments from the owners of the mortgaged properties. Accordingly, mortgage REITs are subject to the credit risk of the borrowers to whom they extend credit, and are subject to the risks described under “Mortgage-Backed Securities Risk” and “Debt Securities Risk.” Mortgage REITs are also subject to significant interest rate risk. Mortgage REITs typically use leverage and many are highly leveraged, which exposes them to the risks of leverage. Leverage risk refers to the risk that leverage created from borrowing may impair a mortgage REIT’s liquidity, cause it to liquidate positions at an unfavorable time and increase the volatility of the values of securities issued by the mortgage REIT. The use of leverage may not be advantageous to a mortgage REIT. To the extent that a mortgage REIT incurs significant leverage, it may incur substantial losses if its borrowing costs increase or if the assets it purchases with leverage decrease in value.

The Fund’s investment in a REIT may result in the Fund making distributions that constitute a return of capital to Fund shareholders for federal income tax purposes. In addition, distributions attributable to REITs made by the Fund to Fund shareholders will not qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction, or, generally, for treatment as qualified dividend income. Certain distributions made by the Fund attributable to dividends received by the Fund from REITs may qualify as “qualified REIT dividends” in the hands of non-corporate shareholders, as discussed in the SAI.

Real Estate Risk

To the extent that the Fund invests in real estate related investments, including REITs, real estate-related loans or real-estate linked derivative instruments, it will be subject to the risks associated with owning real estate and with the real estate industry generally. These include difficulties in valuing and disposing of real estate, the possibility of declines in the value of real estate, risks related to general and local economic conditions, the possibility of adverse changes in the climate for real estate, environmental liability risks, the risk of increases in property taxes and operating expenses, possible adverse changes in zoning laws, the risk of casualty or condemnation losses, limitations on rents, the possibility of adverse changes in interest rates and in the credit markets and the possibility of borrowers paying off mortgages sooner than expected, which may lead to reinvestment of assets at lower prevailing interest rates. To the extent that the Fund invests in REITs, it will also be subject to the risk that a REIT may default on its obligations or go bankrupt. By investing in REITs indirectly through the Fund, a shareholder will indirectly bear his or her proportionate share of the expenses of the REITs. The Fund’s investments in REITs could cause the Fund to recognize income in excess of cash received from those securities and, as a result, the Fund may be required to sell portfolio securities, including when it is not advantageous to do so, in order to make distributions. An investment in a REIT or a real estate-linked derivative instrument that is linked to the value of a REIT is subject to additional risks, such as poor performance by the manager of the REIT, adverse changes to the tax laws or failure by the REIT to qualify for the favorable tax treatment applicable to REITs under the Code. In addition, some REITs have limited diversification because they invest in a limited number of properties, a narrow geographic area, or a single type of property. Also, the organizational documents of a REIT may contain provisions that make changes in control of the REIT difficult and time-consuming. Finally, private REITs are not traded on a national securities exchange. As such, these products may be illiquid. This reduces the ability of the Fund to redeem its investment early. Private REITs are also generally harder to value and may bear higher fees than public REITs.

LIBOR Risk

The terms of many investments, financings or other transactions to which the Fund may be a party have been historically tied to the London Interbank Offered Rate, or “LIBOR.” LIBOR is the offered rate at which major international banks can obtain wholesale, unsecured funding, and LIBOR may be available for different durations (e.g., 1 month or 3 months) and for different currencies. LIBOR may be a significant factor in determining the Fund’s payment obligations under a derivative investment, the cost of financing to the Fund or

 

117


Table of Contents

an investment’s value or return to the Fund, and may be used in other ways that affect the Fund’s investment performance. In July 2017, the Financial Conduct Authority, the United Kingdom’s financial regulatory body, announced that after 2021 it will cease its active encouragement of banks to provide the quotations needed to sustain LIBOR. That announcement suggests that LIBOR may cease to be published after that time. Various financial industry groups have begun planning for that transition, but there are obstacles to converting certain securities and transactions to a new benchmark. Transition planning is at an early stage, and neither the effect of the transition process nor its ultimate success can yet be known. The transition process might lead to increased volatility and illiquidity in markets for instruments whose terms currently include LIBOR. It could also lead to a reduction in the value of some LIBOR-based investments and reduce the effectiveness of new hedges placed against existing LIBOR-based investments. While some LIBOR-based instruments may contemplate a scenario where LIBOR is no longer available by providing for an alternative rate-setting methodology and/or increased costs for certain LIBOR-related instruments or financing transactions, not all may have such provisions and there may be significant uncertainty regarding the effectiveness of any such alternative methodologies, resulting in prolonged adverse market conditions for the Fund. Since the usefulness of LIBOR as a benchmark could deteriorate during the transition period, these effects could occur prior to the end of 2021. There also remains uncertainty and risk regarding the willingness and ability of issuers to include enhanced provisions in new and existing contracts or instruments. All of the aforementioned may adversely affect the Fund’s performance or NAV.

Municipal Bond Risk

Investing in the municipal bond market involves the risks of investing in debt securities generally and certain other risks. The amount of public information available about the municipal bonds in the Fund’s portfolio is generally less than that for corporate equities or bonds, and the investment performance of the Fund’s investment in municipal bonds may therefore be more dependent on the analytical abilities of the Adviser than its investments in taxable bonds. The secondary market for municipal bonds also tends to be less well developed or liquid than many other securities markets, which may adversely affect the Fund’s ability to sell municipal bonds at attractive prices.

The ability of municipal issuers to make timely payments of interest and principal may be diminished during general economic downturns, by litigation, legislation or political events, or by the bankruptcy of the issuer. Laws, referenda, ordinances or regulations enacted in the future by Congress or state legislatures or the applicable governmental entity could extend the time for payment of principal and/or interest, or impose other constraints on enforcement of such obligations, or on the ability of municipal issuers to levy taxes. Issuers of municipal securities also might seek protection under the bankruptcy laws. In the event of bankruptcy of such an issuer, the Fund could experience delays in collecting principal and interest and the Fund may not, in all circumstances, be able to collect all principal and interest to which it is entitled. To enforce its rights in the event of a default in the payment of interest or repayment of principal, or both, the Fund may take possession of and manage the assets securing the issuer’s obligations on such securities, which may increase the Fund’s operating expenses. Any income derived from the Fund’s ownership or operation of such assets may not be tax exempt.

The Fund may invest in revenue bonds, which are typically issued to fund a wide variety of capital projects including: electric, gas, water and sewer systems; highways, bridges and tunnels; port and airport facilities; colleges and universities; and hospitals. Because the principal security for a revenue bond is generally the net revenues derived from a particular facility or group of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise or other specific revenue source, there is no guarantee that the particular project will generate enough revenue to pay its obligations, in which case the Fund’s performance may be adversely affected.

Interest on municipal obligations, while generally exempt from federal income tax, may not be exempt from federal alternative minimum tax. The Fund does not expect to be eligible to pass the tax-exempt character of such interest through to Common Shareholders.

 

118


Table of Contents

Hedging Strategy Risk

Certain of the investment techniques that the Fund may employ for hedging will expose the Fund to additional or increased risks. For example, there may be an imperfect correlation between changes in the value of the Fund’s portfolio holdings and hedging positions entered into by the Fund, which may prevent the Fund from achieving the intended hedge or expose the Fund to risk of loss. In addition, the Fund’s success in using hedge instruments is subject to the Adviser’s ability to predict correctly changes in the relationships of such hedge instruments to the Fund’s portfolio holdings, and there can be no assurance that the Adviser’s judgment in this respect will be accurate. Consequently, the use of hedging transactions might result in a poorer overall performance for the Fund, whether or not adjusted for risk, than if the Fund had not hedged its portfolio holdings.

The Adviser is under no obligation to engage in any hedging strategies, and may, in its discretion, choose not to. Even if the Adviser desires to hedge some of the Fund’s risks, suitable hedging transactions may not be available or, if available, attractive. A failure to hedge may result in losses to the value of the Fund’s investments.

Short Sales and Short Position Risk

To the extent the Fund makes use of short sales for investment and/or risk management purposes, the Fund may be subject to certain risks associated with selling short. Short sales are transactions in which the Fund sells securities or other instruments that the Fund does not own. Short exposure with respect to securities or market segments may also be achieved through the use of derivative instruments, such as forwards, futures or swaps on indices or on individual securities. When the Fund engages in a short sale on a security or other instrument, it typically borrows the security or other instrument sold short and delivers it to the counterparty. The Fund will ordinarily have to pay a fee or premium to borrow the security and will be obligated to repay the lender of the security any dividends or interest that accrue on the security during the period of the loan. The amount of any gain from a short sale will be decreased, and the amount of any loss increased, by the amount of the premium, dividends, interest or expenses the Fund pays in connection with the short sale. Short sales expose the Fund to the risk that it will be required to cover its short position at a time when the securities have appreciated in value, thus resulting in a loss to the Fund. The Fund may engage in short sales when it does not own or have the right to acquire the security sold short at no additional cost. The Fund’s loss on a short sale theoretically could be unlimited in a case in which the Fund is unable, for whatever reason, to close out its short position. In addition, the Fund’s short selling strategies may limit its ability to benefit from increases in the markets. Short selling involves a form of financial leverage that may exaggerate any losses realized by the Fund. Also, there is the risk that the counterparty to a short sale may fail to honor its contractual terms, causing a loss to the Fund.

The Fund may borrow an instrument from a broker or other institution and sell it to establish a short position in the instrument. The Fund may also enter into a derivative transaction in order to establish a short position with respect to a reference asset. The Fund may make a profit or incur a loss depending upon whether the market price of the instrument or the value of the position decreases or increases between the date the Fund established the short position and the date on which the Fund must replace the borrowed instrument or otherwise close out the transaction. An increase in the value of an instrument, index or interest rate with respect to which the Fund has established a short position will result in a loss to the Fund, and there can be no assurance that the Fund will be able to close out the position at any particular time or at an acceptable price. The loss to the Fund from a short position is potentially unlimited.

Convertible Securities Risk

The Fund may invest in convertible securities. Convertible securities include bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stock and other securities that may be converted into or exchanged for, at a specific price or formula within a particular period of time, a prescribed amount of common stock or other equity securities of the same or a different issuer. Convertible securities may entitle the holder to receive interest paid or accrued on debt or dividends paid or accrued on preferred stock until the security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged.

 

119


Table of Contents

The market value of a convertible security is a function of its investment value and its conversion value. A security’s investment value represents the value of the security without its conversion feature (i.e., a nonconvertible fixed income security). The investment value may be determined by reference to its credit quality and the current value of its yield to maturity or probable call date. At any given time, investment value is dependent upon such factors as the general level of interest rates, the yield of similar nonconvertible securities, the financial strength of the issuer and the seniority of the security in the issuer’s capital structure. A security’s conversion value is determined by multiplying the number of shares the holder is entitled to receive upon conversion or exchange by the current price of the underlying security.

If the conversion value of a convertible security is significantly below its investment value, the convertible security generally trades like nonconvertible debt or preferred stock and its market value will not be influenced greatly by fluctuations in the market price of the underlying security. Conversely, if the conversion value of a convertible security is near or above its investment value, the market value of the convertible security is typically more heavily influenced by fluctuations in the market price of the underlying security. Convertible securities generally have less potential for gain than common stocks.

The Fund’s investments in convertible securities may at times include securities that have a mandatory conversion feature, pursuant to which the securities convert automatically into common stock or other equity securities at a specified date and a specified conversion ratio, or that are convertible at the option of the issuer. Because conversion of the security is not at the option of the holder, the Fund may be required to convert the security into the underlying common stock even at times when to do so is not in the best interests of the shareholders.

The Fund also may invest in “synthetic” convertible securities, which will be selected based on the similarity of their economic characteristics to those of a traditional convertible security due to the combination of separate securities or instruments that possess the two principal characteristics of a traditional convertible security, i.e., an income-producing security (“income-producing component”) and the right to acquire an equity security (“convertible component”). The income-producing component is achieved by investing in non-convertible, income-producing securities such as bonds, preferred stocks and money market instruments. The convertible component is achieved by purchasing warrants or options to buy common stock at a certain exercise price, or options on a stock index. The Fund may also purchase synthetic securities created by other parties, typically investment banks, including convertible structured notes.

The Fund’s investments in convertible securities, including synthetic convertible securities, particularly securities that are convertible into securities of an issuer other than the issuer of the convertible security, may be illiquid, in which case the Fund may not be able to dispose of such securities in a timely fashion or for a fair price, which could result in losses to the Fund.

The Fund’s investment in convertible securities may also be generally subject to the risks associated with investment in fixed income securities. See “—Debt Securities Risk.”

Focused Investment Risk

A fund that invests a substantial portion of its assets in a particular market, industry, sector, group of industries or sectors, country, region, group of countries or asset class is subject to greater risk than a fund that invests in a more diverse investment portfolio. In addition, the value of such a fund is more susceptible to any single economic, market, political, regulatory or other occurrence affecting, for example, the particular markets, industries, regions, sectors or asset classes in which the fund is invested. This is because, for example, issuers in a particular market, industry, region, sector or asset class may react similarly to specific economic, market, regulatory, political or other developments. The particular markets, industries, regions, sectors or asset classes in which the Fund may focus its investments may change over time and the Fund may alter its focus at inopportune times.

 

120


Table of Contents

To the extent the Fund invests in the securities of a limited number of issuers, it is particularly exposed to adverse developments affecting those issuers, and a decline in the market value of a particular security held by the Fund may affect the Fund’s performance more than if the Fund invested in the securities of a larger number of issuers. In addition, the limited number of issuers to which the Fund may be exposed may provide the Fund exposure to substantially the same market, industry, sector, group of industries or sectors, country, region, group of countries, or asset class, which may increase the risk of loss as a result of focusing the Fund’s investments, as discussed above.

Derivatives Risk

The Fund’s use of derivatives may involve risks different from, or greater than, the risks associated with investing in more traditional investments, such as stocks and bonds. Derivatives can be highly complex and may perform in ways unanticipated by the Adviser and may not be available at the time or price desired. Derivatives positions may also be improperly executed or constructed.

The Fund’s use of derivatives involves the risk that the other party to the derivative contract will fail to make required payments or otherwise to comply with the terms of the contract. In the event the counterparty to a derivative instrument becomes insolvent, the Fund potentially could lose all or a large portion of the value of its investment in the derivative instrument. Because most derivatives involve contractual arrangements with a counterparty, the Fund’s ability to enter into them requires a willing counterparty. The Fund’s ability to close out or unwind a derivatives position prior to expiration or maturity may also depend on the ability and willingness of the counterparty to enter into a transaction closing out the position.

Derivatives may be difficult to value and highly illiquid and/or volatile. The Fund may not be able to close out or sell a derivatives position at a particular time or at an anticipated price.

Use of derivatives may affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders and, therefore, may increase the amount of taxes payable by taxable shareholders.

The Fund may use derivatives to create investment leverage and the Fund’s use of derivatives may otherwise cause its portfolio to be leveraged. Leverage increases the Fund’s portfolio losses when the value of its investments declines. Since many derivatives involve leverage, adverse changes in the value or level of the underlying asset, rate, or index may result in a loss substantially greater than the amount invested in the derivative itself. Some derivatives have the potential for unlimited loss, regardless of the size of the initial investment.

When the Fund enters into a derivatives transaction as a substitute for or alternative to a direct cash investment, the Fund is exposed to the risk that the derivative transaction may not provide a return that corresponds precisely or at all with that of the underlying investment. When the Fund uses a derivative for hedging purposes, it is possible that the derivative will not in fact provide the anticipated protection, and the Fund could lose money on both the derivative transaction and the exposure the Fund sought to hedge. While hedging strategies involving derivatives can reduce the risk of loss, they can also reduce the opportunity for gain or even result in losses by offsetting favorable price movements in other Fund investments.

The SEC has proposed a new rule that would replace present SEC and SEC staff regulatory guidance related to limits on a registered investment company’s use of derivative instruments and certain other transactions, such as short sales and reverse repurchase agreements. There is no assurance that the rule will be adopted. The proposed rule would, among other things, limit the ability of the Fund to enter into derivative transactions and certain other transactions if the effect would be to increase the Fund’s VaR beyond a multiple of the VaR of a designated, unleveraged reference index or, alternatively, a percentage of the Fund’s net assets. These limitations may substantially curtail the Fund’s ability to use derivative instruments and inhibit the Adviser’s ability to establish what it views as the optimal level of leverage for the Fund, especially when the Fund has issued

 

121


Table of Contents

preferred shares or has borrowings, reverse repurchase agreements or similar transactions outstanding. If the proposed rule is adopted, the Fund might not be able to use derivative instruments, reverse repurchase agreements and other transactions involving leverage to the same extent as if the current regulatory structure had remained in place, and the ability of the Adviser to pursue the Fund’s investment objective as currently anticipated, and the Fund’s long-term investment performance, might be adversely affected. The risks described in this Prospectus relating to the Fund’s use of derivatives and other financial instruments, including Leverage Risk, would continue to apply generally if the rule were adopted as proposed. Future regulation of the derivatives markets may make derivatives more costly, may limit the availability or liquidity of derivatives, or may otherwise adversely affect the value or performance of derivatives. Any such adverse developments could impair the effectiveness of the Fund’s derivatives transactions and cause the Fund to lose value.

When it takes a derivatives position, the Fund may be required to maintain assets as “cover,” maintain segregated accounts, post collateral or make margin payments. Assets that are segregated or used as cover, margin or collateral may be required to be in the form of cash or liquid securities, and typically may not be sold while the derivatives position is open unless they are replaced with other appropriate assets. If markets move against the Fund’s position, the Fund may be required to maintain or post additional assets and may have to dispose of existing investments to obtain assets acceptable as collateral or margin. This may prevent the Fund from pursuing its investment objective. Assets that are segregated or used as cover, margin or collateral typically are invested, and these investments are subject to risk and may result in losses to the Fund. These losses may be substantial, and may be in addition to losses incurred by using the derivative in question. If the Fund is unable to close out its position, it may be required to continue to maintain such assets or accounts or make such payments until the position expires or matures, and the Fund will continue to be subject to investment risk on the assets. In addition, the Fund may not be able to recover the full amount of its margin from an intermediary if that intermediary were to experience financial difficulty. Segregation, cover, margin and collateral requirements may impair the Fund’s ability to sell a portfolio security or make an investment at a time when it would otherwise be favorable to do so, or require the Fund to sell a portfolio security or close out a derivatives position at a disadvantageous time or price.

Risks Related to the Fund’s Clearing Broker and Central Clearing Counterparty

Transactions in some types of swaps (including interest rate swaps and index credit default swaps) are required to be centrally cleared. In a transaction involving those swaps (“cleared derivatives”), the Fund’s counterparty is a clearing house, rather than a bank or broker. Since the Fund is not a member of clearing houses and only members of a clearing house (“clearing members”) can participate directly in the clearing house, the Fund will hold cleared derivatives through accounts at clearing members. In cleared derivatives positions, the Fund will make payments (including margin payments) to and receive payments from a clearing house through their accounts at clearing members. Clearing members guarantee performance of their clients’ obligations to the clearing house.

There is a risk that assets deposited by the Fund with any swaps or futures clearing member as margin for futures contracts or cleared swaps may, in certain circumstances, be used to satisfy losses of other clients of the Fund’s clearing member. In addition, the assets of the Fund might not be fully protected in the event of the clearing member’s bankruptcy, as the Fund would be limited to recovering only a pro rata share of all available funds segregated on behalf of the clearing member’s customers for the relevant account class. Similarly, all customer funds held at a clearing organization in connection with any futures contracts are held in a commingled omnibus account and are not identified to the name of the clearing member’s individual customers. All customer funds held at a clearing organization with respect to cleared swaps of customers of a clearing member are also held in an omnibus account, but CFTC rules require that the clearing member notify the clearing organization of the amount of the initial margin provided by the clearing member to the clearing organization that is attributable to each customer. With respect to futures and options contracts, a clearing organization may use assets of a non-defaulting customer held in an omnibus account at the clearing organization to satisfy payment obligations of a defaulting customer of the clearing member to the clearing organization. With respect to cleared swaps, a

 

122


Table of Contents

clearing organization generally cannot do so, but may do so if the clearing member does not provide accurate reporting to the clearing organization as to the attribution of margin among its clients. Also, since clearing members generally provide to clearing organizations the net amount of variation margin required for cleared swaps for all of their customers in the aggregate, rather than the gross amount of each customer, the Fund is subject to the risk that a clearing organization will not make variation margin payments owed to the Fund if another customer of the clearing member has suffered a loss and is in default. As a result, in the event of a default or the clearing member’s other clients or the clearing member’s failure to extend its own funds in connection with any such default, the Fund may not be able to recover the full amount of assets deposited by the clearing member on behalf of the Fund with the clearing organization. In addition, in the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of a clearing house, the Fund might experience a loss of funds deposited through its clearing member as margin with the clearing house, a loss of unrealized profits on its open positions, and the loss of funds owed to it as realized profits on closed positions. Such a bankruptcy or insolvency might also cause a substantial delay before the Fund could obtain the return of funds owed to it by a clearing member who was a member of such clearing house.

In some ways, cleared derivative arrangements are less favorable to funds than bilateral arrangements. For example, a Fund may be required to provide more margin for cleared derivatives positions than for bilateral derivatives positions. Also, in contrast to a bilateral derivatives position, following a period of notice to a Fund, a clearing member generally can require termination of an existing cleared derivatives position at any time or an increase in margin requirements above the margin that the clearing member required at the beginning of a transaction. Clearing houses also have broad rights to increase margin requirements for existing positions or to terminate those positions at any time. Any increase in margin requirements or termination of existing cleared derivatives positions by the clearing member or the clearing house could interfere with the ability of a Fund to pursue its investment strategy. Further, any increase in margin requirements by a clearing member could expose a Fund to greater credit risk to its clearing member because margin for cleared derivatives positions in excess of a clearing house’s margin requirements may be held by the clearing member. Also, a Fund is subject to risk if it enters into a derivatives transaction that is required to be cleared (or that the Adviser expects to be cleared), and no clearing member is willing or able to clear the transaction on the Fund’s behalf. In those cases, the position might have to be terminated, and the Fund could lose some or all of the benefit of the position, including loss of an increase in the value of the position and/or loss of hedging protection, or could realize a loss. In addition, the documentation governing the relationship between the Fund and clearing members is drafted by the clearing members and generally is less favorable to the Fund than typical bilateral derivatives documentation. While futures contracts entail similar risks, the risks likely are more pronounced for cleared swaps due to their more limited liquidity and the short market history of clearing houses.

Some types of cleared derivatives are required to be executed on an exchange or on a swap execution facility. A swap execution facility is a trading platform where multiple market participants can execute derivatives by accepting bids and offers made by multiple other participants in the platform. While this execution requirement is designed to increase transparency and liquidity in the cleared derivatives market, trading on a swap execution facility can create additional costs and risks for the Fund. For example, swap execution facilities typically charge fees, and if a Fund executes derivatives on a swap execution facility through a broker intermediary, the intermediary may impose fees as well. Also, a Fund may be required to indemnify a swap execution facility, or a broker intermediary who executes cleared derivatives on a swap execution facility on the Fund’s behalf, against any losses or costs that may be incurred as a result of the Fund’s transactions on the swap execution facility.

These and other new rules and regulations could, among other things, restrict a Fund’s ability to engage in, or increase the cost to the Fund of, derivatives transactions, for example, by making some types of derivatives no longer available to the Fund, increasing margin or capital requirements, or otherwise limiting liquidity or increasing transaction costs. The implementation of the clearing requirement has increased the costs of derivatives transactions for the Fund, since the Fund has to pay fees to its clearing members and is typically required to post more margin for cleared derivatives than it has historically posted for uncleared derivatives. The

 

123


Table of Contents

costs of derivatives transactions are expected to increase further as clearing members raise their fees to cover the costs of additional capital requirements and other regulatory changes applicable to the clearing members. These regulations are new and evolving, so their potential impact on the Fund and the financial system are not yet known. While the new regulations and central clearing of some derivatives transactions are designed to reduce systemic risk (e.g., the risk that the interdependence of large derivatives dealers could cause them to suffer liquidity, solvency or other challenges simultaneously), there is no assurance that the new clearing mechanisms will achieve that result. While these new systems are introduced into the market, as noted above, central clearing and related requirements expose the Fund to new kinds of risks and costs, not all of which are known as these new processes emerge and evolve.

Counterparty Risk

The Fund will be subject to credit risk presented by another party (whether a clearing corporation in the case of exchange-traded or cleared instruments or another third party in the case of over-the-counter instruments) that promises to honor an obligation to the Fund with respect to the derivative contracts and other instruments, such as repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements, entered into by the Fund. If such a party becomes bankrupt or insolvent or otherwise fails or is unwilling to perform its obligations to the Fund due to financial difficulties or for other reasons, the Fund may experience significant losses or delays in realizing on any collateral the counterparty has provided in respect of the counterparty’s obligations to the Fund or recovering collateral that the Fund has provided and is entitled to recover. In addition, in the event of the bankruptcy, insolvency or other event of default (e.g., cross-default) of a counterparty to a derivative transaction, the derivative transaction would typically be terminated at its fair market value. If the Fund is owed this fair market value in the termination of the derivative transaction and its claim is unsecured, the Fund will likely be treated as a general creditor of such counterparty. The Fund may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances. Counterparty risk with respect to certain exchange-traded and over-the-counter derivatives may be further complicated by U.S. financial reform legislation. Subject to certain U.S. federal income tax limitations, the Fund is not subject to any limit with respect to the number or the value of transactions they can enter into with a single counterparty.

Unrated Securities Risk

Unrated securities (which are not rated by a rating agency) may be less liquid than comparable rated securities and involve the risk that the Adviser may not accurately evaluate the security’s comparative credit rating and value. To the extent that the Fund invests in unrated securities, the Fund’s success in achieving its investment objective may depend more heavily on the Adviser’s creditworthiness analysis than if the Fund invested exclusively in rated securities. Some or all of the unrated instruments in which the Fund may invest will involve credit risk comparable to or greater than that of rated debt securities of below investment grade quality.

Structured Products and Structured Notes Risk

Generally, structured investments are interests in entities organized and operated for the purpose of restructuring the investment characteristics of underlying investment interests or securities. These investment entities may be structured as trusts or other types of pooled investment vehicles. This type of restructuring generally involves the deposit with or purchase by an entity of the underlying investments and the issuance by that entity of one or more classes of securities backed by, or representing interests in, the underlying investments or referencing an indicator related to such investments. The cash flow or rate of return on the underlying investments may be apportioned among the newly issued securities to create different investment characteristics, such as varying maturities, credit quality, payment priorities and interest rate provisions. Structured products include, among other things, CDOs, mortgage-backed securities, other types of asset-backed securities and certain types of structured notes.

 

124


Table of Contents

The cash flow or rate of return on a structured investment may be determined by applying a multiplier to the rate of total return on the underlying investments or referenced indicator. Application of a multiplier is comparable to the use of financial leverage, a speculative technique. Leverage magnifies the potential for gain and the risk of loss. As a result, a relatively small decline in the value of the underlying investments or referenced indicator could result in a relatively large loss in the value of a structured product. Holders of structured products indirectly bear risks associated with the underlying investments, index or reference obligation, and are subject to counterparty risk. The Fund generally has the right to receive payments to which it is entitled only from the structured product, and generally does not have direct rights against the issuer. While certain structured investment vehicles enable the investor to acquire interests in a pool of securities without the brokerage and other expenses associated with directly holding the same securities, investors in structured vehicles generally pay their share of the investment vehicle’s administrative and other expenses.

Structured products are generally privately offered and sold, and thus, are not registered under the securities laws. Certain structured products may be thinly traded or have a limited trading market and may have the effect of increasing the Fund’s illiquidity to the extent that the Fund, at a particular point in time, may be unable to find qualified buyers for these securities. In addition to the general risks associated with fixed income securities discussed herein, structured products carry additional risks including, but not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from underlying investments will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the underlying investments may decline in value or default; (iii) the possibility that the security may be subordinate to other classes of the issuer’s securities; and (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results.

Structured notes are derivative securities for which the amount of principal repayment and/or interest payments is based on the movement of one or more “factors.” These factors may include, but are not limited to, currency exchange rates, interest rates (such as the prime lending rate or LIBOR), referenced bonds and stock indices. Some of these factors may or may not correlate to the total rate of return on one or more underlying instruments referenced in such notes. In some cases, the impact of the movements of these factors may increase or decrease through the use of multipliers or deflators.

Investments in structured notes involve risks including interest rate risk, credit risk and market risk. Depending on the factor used and the use of multipliers or deflators, changes in interest rates and movement of the factor may cause significant price fluctuations. Additionally, changes in the reference instrument or security may cause the interest rate on the structured note to be reduced to zero and any further changes in the reference instrument may then reduce the principal amount payable on maturity. In the case of structured notes where the reference instrument is a debt instrument, such as credit-linked notes, the Fund will be subject to the credit risk of the issuer of the reference instrument and the issuer of the structured note.

The Adviser manages a wide variety of accounts and investment strategies. Investments made on behalf of one client or strategy can raise conflict of interest issues with other of the Adviser’s clients or strategies. For example, the Adviser may cause a client to purchase an issuer’s debt security and cause another client to purchase a different debt security of the same issuer, such as a different bond of the issuer or different tranche of a mortgage-backed security that is subordinated to the investment held by other clients. Please refer to the section of the SAI entitled “Portfolio Managers—Conflicts of Interest” for more information.

Issuer Risk

Issuer risk is the risk that the market price of securities may go up or down, sometimes rapidly or unpredictably, including due to factors affecting securities markets generally, particular industries represented in those markets, or the issuer itself.

 

125


Table of Contents

Equity Securities, Small Capitalization Companies and Related Market Risk

The market price of common stocks and other equity securities may go up or down, sometimes rapidly or unpredictably. Equity securities may decline in value due to factors affecting equity securities markets generally, particular industries represented in those markets, or the issuer itself. See “—Issuer Risk.” The values of equity securities may decline due to general market conditions that are not specifically related to a particular company, such as real or perceived adverse economic conditions, changes in the general outlook for corporate earnings, changes in interest or currency rates or adverse investor sentiment generally. They also may decline due to factors which affect a particular industry or industries, such as labor shortages or increased production costs and competitive conditions within an industry. Equity securities generally have greater price volatility than bonds and other debt securities.

Investing in small capitalization companies may involve special risks because those companies may have narrower product lines, more limited financial resources, fewer experienced managers, dependence on a few key employees, and a more limited trading market for their stocks, as compared with larger companies. In addition, securities of these companies are subject to the risk that, during certain periods, the liquidity of particular issuers or industries will shrink or disappear with little forewarning as a result of adverse economic or market conditions, or adverse investor perceptions, whether or not accurate. Securities of smaller capitalization issuers may therefore be subject to greater price volatility and may decline more significantly in market downturns than securities of larger companies. Smaller capitalization issuers may also require substantial additional capital to support their operations, to finance expansion or to maintain their competitive position; and may have substantial borrowings or may otherwise have a weak financial condition, and may be susceptible to bankruptcy. Transaction costs for these investments are often higher than those of larger capitalization companies. There is typically less publicly available information about small capitalization companies.

Confidential Information Access Risk

In managing the Fund, the Adviser may seek to avoid the receipt of material, non-public information (“Confidential Information”) about the issuers of floating rate loans or other investments being considered for acquisition by the Fund or held in the Fund’s portfolio if the receipt of the Confidential Information would restrict one or more of the Adviser’s clients, including, potentially, the Fund, from trading in securities they hold or in which they may invest. In many instances, issuers offer to furnish Confidential Information to prospective purchasers or holders of the issuer’s loans or other securities. In circumstances when the Adviser declines to receive Confidential Information from these issuers, the Fund may be disadvantaged in comparison to other investors, including with respect to evaluating the issuer and the price the Fund would pay or receive when it buys or sells those investments, and the Fund may not take advantage of investment opportunities that it otherwise might have if it had received such Confidential Information. Further, in situations when the Fund is asked, for example, to grant consents, waivers or amendments with respect to such investments, the Adviser’s ability to assess such consents, waivers and amendments may be compromised. In certain circumstances, the Adviser may determine to receive Confidential Information, including on behalf of clients other than the Fund. Receipt of Confidential Information by the Adviser could limit the Fund’s ability to sell certain investments held by the Fund or pursue certain investment opportunities on behalf of the Fund, potentially for a substantial period of time. In certain situations, the Adviser may create information walls around persons having access to the Confidential Information to limit the restrictions on others at the Adviser. Those measures could impair the ability of those persons to assist in managing the Fund. Also, certain issuers of senior floating rate loans, other bank loans and related investments may not have any publicly traded securities (“Private Issuers”) and may offer private information pursuant to confidentiality agreements or similar arrangements. The Adviser may access such private information, while recognizing that the receipt of that information could potentially limit the Fund’s ability to trade in certain securities if the Private Issuer later issues publicly traded securities. If the Adviser intentionally or unintentionally comes into possession of Confidential Information, it may be unable, potentially for a substantial period of time, to sell certain investments held by the Fund.

 

126


Table of Contents

Restricted Securities, Rule 144A/Regulation S Securities Risk

The Fund may hold securities that the Fund is prevented or limited by law or the terms of an agreement from selling (a “restricted security”). To the extent that the Fund is permitted to sell a restricted security, there can be no assurance that a trading market will exist at any particular time and the Fund may be unable to dispose of the security promptly at reasonable prices or at all. The Fund may have to bear the expense of registering the securities for resale and the risk of substantial delays in effecting registration. Also, restricted securities may be difficult to value because market quotations may not be readily available, and the values of restricted securities may have significant volatility. Rule 144A permits the Fund to sell restricted securities to qualified institutional buyers without limitation. However, investing in Rule 144A securities could have the effect of increasing the level of the Fund’s illiquidity to the extent the Fund, at a particular point in time, may be unable to find qualified institutional buyers (or other purchasers qualified to buy such securities) interested in purchasing such securities. Limitations on the resale of restricted securities may have an adverse effect on their marketability, and may prevent the Fund from disposing of them promptly at reasonable prices. The Fund may have to bear the expense of registering such securities for resale and the risk of substantial delays in effecting such registration.

Inflation/Deflation Risk

Inflation risk is the risk that the value of assets or income from the Fund’s investments will be worth less in the future as inflation decreases the value of payments at future dates. As inflation increases, the real value of the Fund’s portfolio could decline. Deflation risk is the risk that prices throughout the economy decline over time. Deflation may have an adverse effect on the creditworthiness of issuers and may make issuer default more likely, which may result in a decline in the value of the Fund’s portfolio.

Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risk

Various market risks can affect the price or liquidity of an issuer’s securities in which the Fund may invest. Returns from the securities in which the Fund invests may underperform returns from the various general securities markets. Different types of securities tend to go through cycles of outperformance and underperformance in comparison to the general securities markets. Adverse events occurring with respect to an issuer’s performance or financial position can depress the value of the issuer’s securities. The liquidity in a market for a particular security will affect its value and may be affected by factors relating to the issuer, as well as the depth of the market for that security. Other market risks that can affect value include a market’s current attitudes about types of securities, market reactions to political or economic events, including litigation, and tax and regulatory effects (including lack of adequate regulations for a market or particular type of instrument). During periods of severe market stress, it is possible that the market for certain investments held by the Fund, such as loans, may become highly illiquid. In such an event, the Fund may find it difficult to sell the investments it holds, and, for those investments it is able to sell in such circumstances, the sale price may be significantly lower than, and the trade settlement period may be longer than, anticipated.

Markets may, in response to governmental actions or intervention, political, economic or market developments, or other external factors, experience periods of high volatility and reduced liquidity. During those periods, the Fund may have to sell securities at times when it would otherwise not do so, and potentially at unfavorable prices. Securities may be difficult to value during such periods. These risks may be heightened for fixed income securities due to the current low interest rate environment.

The United States and other governments and the Federal Reserve and certain foreign central banks have taken steps in the past to support financial markets. For example, during the last decade, governmental financial regulators, including the U.S. Federal Reserve, took steps to maintain historically low interest rates, such as by purchasing bonds. Steps by those regulators, including, for example, steps to reverse, withdraw, curtail or taper such activities, could have a material adverse effect on prices for the Fund’s portfolio of investments and on the management of the Fund. The withdrawal of support, failure of efforts in response to a financial crisis, or

 

127


Table of Contents

investor perception that those efforts are not succeeding could negatively affect financial markets generally as well as the values and liquidity of certain securities. Federal, state, and other governments, their regulatory agencies, or self-regulatory organizations may take actions that affect the regulation of the securities in which the Fund invests or the issuers of such securities in ways that are unforeseeable. Legislation or regulation also may change the way in which the Fund or the Adviser are regulated. Such legislation, regulation, or other government action could limit or preclude the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective and affect the Fund’s performance.

Political, social or financial instability, civil unrest and acts of terrorism are other potential risks that could adversely affect an investment in a security or in markets or issuers generally. In addition, political developments in foreign countries or the United States may at times subject such countries to sanctions from the U.S. government, foreign governments and/or international institutions that could negatively affect the Fund’s investments in issuers located in, doing business in or with assets in such countries.

Portfolio Turnover Risk

The length of time the Fund has held a particular security is not generally a consideration in investment decisions. A change in the securities held by the Fund is known as portfolio turnover. Portfolio turnover generally involves a number of direct and indirect costs and expenses to the Fund, including, for example, brokerage commissions, dealer mark-ups and bid/ask spreads, and transaction costs on the sale of securities and reinvestment in other securities, and may result in the realization of taxable capital gains (including short-term capital gains, which are generally taxable to shareholders subject to tax at ordinary income rates). Portfolio turnover risk includes the risk that frequent purchases and sales of portfolio securities may result in higher Fund expenses and may result in larger distributions of taxable capital gains to investors as compared to a fund that trades less frequently.

Legal and Regulatory Risk

Legal, tax and regulatory changes could occur and may adversely affect the Fund and its ability to pursue its investment strategies and/or increase the costs of implementing such strategies. New (or revised) laws or regulations may be imposed by the CFTC, the SEC, the IRS, the U.S. Federal Reserve or other banking regulators, other governmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations that supervise the financial markets that could adversely affect the Fund. In particular, these agencies are implementing a variety of new rules pursuant to financial reform legislation in the United States. The EU and some other countries are implementing similar requirements. The Fund also may be adversely affected by changes in the enforcement or interpretation of existing statutes and rules by these governmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations.

In addition, the securities and futures markets are subject to comprehensive statutes, regulations and margin requirements. The CFTC, the SEC, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, other regulators and self-regulatory organizations and exchanges are authorized under these statutes, regulations and otherwise to take extraordinary actions in the event of market emergencies. The Fund and the Adviser have historically been eligible for exemptions from certain regulations. However, there is no assurance that the Fund and the Adviser will continue to be eligible for such exemptions.

The CFTC and certain futures exchanges have established limits, referred to as “position limits,” on the maximum net long or net short positions which any person may hold or control in particular options and futures contracts. The CFTC has proposed position limits for certain swaps. All positions owned or controlled by the same person or entity, even if in different accounts, may be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the applicable position limits have been exceeded. Thus, even if the Fund does not intend to exceed applicable position limits, it is possible that different clients managed by the Adviser and its related parties may be aggregated for this purpose. Therefore it is possible that the trading decisions of the Adviser may have to be

 

128


Table of Contents

modified and that positions held by the Fund may have to be liquidated in order to avoid exceeding such limits. The modification of investment decisions or the elimination of open positions, if it occurs, may adversely affect the performance of the Fund.

The SEC has in the past adopted interim rules requiring reporting of all short positions above a certain de minimis threshold and may adopt rules requiring monthly public disclosure in the future. In addition, other non-U.S. jurisdictions where the Fund may trade have adopted reporting requirements. If the Fund’s short positions or its strategy become generally known, it could have a significant effect on the Adviser’s ability to implement its investment strategy. In particular, it would make it more likely that other investors could cause a short squeeze in the securities held short by the Fund forcing the Fund to cover its positions at a loss. Such reporting requirements may also limit the Adviser’s ability to access management and other personnel at certain companies where the Adviser seeks to take a short position. In addition, if other investors engage in copycat behavior by taking positions in the same issuers as the Fund, the cost of borrowing securities to sell short could increase drastically and the availability of such securities to the Fund could decrease drastically. Such events could make the Fund unable to execute its investment strategy. In addition, if the SEC were to adopt restrictions regarding short sales, they could restrict the Fund’s ability to engage in short sales in certain circumstances, and the Fund may be unable to execute its investment strategies as a result.

The SEC and regulatory authorities in other jurisdictions may adopt (and in certain cases, have adopted) bans on short sales of certain securities in response to market events. Bans on short selling may make it impossible for the Fund to execute certain investment strategies and may have a material adverse effect on the Fund’s ability to generate returns.

Rules implementing the credit risk retention requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act for asset-backed securities require the sponsor of certain securitization vehicles (or a majority owned affiliate of such sponsor) to retain, and to refrain from transferring, selling, conveying to a third party, or hedging the credit risk on a portion of the assets transferred, sold, or conveyed through the issuance of the asset-backed securities of such vehicle, subject to certain exceptions. These requirements may increase the costs to originators, securitizers, and, in certain cases, collateral managers of securitization vehicles in which the Fund may invest, which costs could be passed along to the Fund as an investor in such vehicles. In addition, the costs imposed by the risk retention rules on originators, securitizers and/or collateral managers may result in a reduction of the number of new offerings of asset-backed securities and thus in fewer investment opportunities for the Fund. A reduction in the number of new securitizations could also reduce liquidity in the markets for certain types of financial assets that are typically held by securitization vehicles, which in turn could negatively affect the returns on the Fund’s investment in asset-backed securities.

Investors should also be aware that some EU-regulated institutions (including banks, certain investment firms, and authorized managers of alternative investment funds) are restricted from investing in securitizations (including U.S.-related securitizations), unless, in summary: (i) the institution is able to demonstrate that it has undertaken certain due diligence in respect of various matters, including its investment position, the underlying assets, and (in the case of authorized managers of alternative investment funds) the sponsor and the originator of the securitization; and (ii) the originator, sponsor, or original lender of the securitization has explicitly disclosed to the institution that it will retain, on an ongoing basis, a net economic interest of not less than 5% of specified credit risk tranches or asset exposures related to the securitization. In addition, in respect of securitization transactions the securities of which are issued on or after January 1, 2019 and to any securitization that creates new securitization positions on or after January 1, 2019, there is a direct requirement on the originator, sponsor or original lender of the securitization to make the required credit risk retention (in each case to the extent such entities are established in the European Union). The costs of compliance, in the case of any securitization within the EU risk retention rules in which the Fund has invested or is seeking to invest, could be indirectly borne by the Fund and the other investors in the securitization.

 

129


Table of Contents

Regulatory risk—Commodity Pool Operator. The Adviser has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”) pursuant to U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) Regulation 4.5 (the “exclusion”). Accordingly, the Adviser currently is not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under the CEA. The Fund currently expects to operate in a manner that would permit the Adviser to continue to qualify for the exclusion, which may adversely affect the Adviser’s ability to manage the Fund under certain market conditions and may adversely affect the Fund’s total returns. In the event the Adviser becomes unable to rely on the exclusion with respect to the Fund and is required to register with the CFTC as a commodity pool operator with respect to the Fund, the Fund’s expenses may increase and the Fund may be adversely affected. The Fund may be limited in its ability to use futures and options on futures and to engage in certain swaps transactions during any period where the Adviser is not registered as a Commodity Pool Operator. Such limitations are not expected to affect the normal operations of the Fund.

Tax Risk

The Fund intends to elect to be treated as a RIC under the Code and intends each year to qualify and be eligible to be treated as such. If the Fund qualifies as a RIC, it generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on its net investment income or net short-term or long-term capital gains, distributed (or deemed distributed) to shareholders, provided that, for each taxable year, the Fund distributes (or is treated as distributing) to its shareholders an amount equal to or exceeding 90% of its “investment company taxable income” as that term is defined in the Code (which includes, among other things, dividends, taxable interest and the excess of any net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses, as reduced by certain deductible expenses). The Fund intends to distribute all or substantially all of its investment company taxable income and net capital gain each year. In order for the Fund to qualify as a RIC in any taxable year, the Fund must meet certain asset diversification tests and at least 90% of its gross income for such year must be certain types of qualifying income. If for any taxable year the Fund were to fail to meet the income or diversification test described above, the Fund could in some cases cure the failure, including by paying a fund-level tax and, in the case of a diversification test failure, disposing of certain assets.

Some of the income and gain that the Fund may recognize, such as income and gain from real estate assets received upon foreclosure of a loan held by the Fund, generally does not constitute qualifying income, and whether certain other income and gain that the Fund may recognize constitutes qualifying income is not certain. The Fund’s investments therefore may be limited by the Fund’s intention to qualify as a RIC and may bear on the Fund’s ability to so qualify.

The Fund may hold certain investments that do not give rise to qualifying income through one or more wholly-owned Subsidiaries treated as U.S. corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Such Subsidiaries will be required to pay U.S. corporate income tax on their earnings, which ultimately will reduce the yield on such investments. Depending on the assets held by the Subsidiary and other considerations, a Subsidiary may qualify and elect to be treated as a REIT for federal income tax purposes, in which case such Subsidiary generally would not be subject to U.S. corporate income tax to the extent such Subsidiary timely distributes all its income and gain. The Fund may not invest more than 25% of its total assets in (i) any one Subsidiary or (i) two or more Subsidiaries that are treated as being in the same, similar or related trades or businesses for purposes of the diversification tests applicable to RICs.

If the Fund were ineligible to or otherwise did not cure such failure for any year, or were otherwise to fail to qualify as a RIC accorded special tax treatment in any taxable year, it would be treated as a corporation subject to U.S. federal income tax, thereby subjecting any income earned by the Fund to tax at the corporate level and, when such income is distributed, to a further tax as dividends at the shareholder level to the extent of the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits.

 

130


Table of Contents

Repurchase Agreements Risk

In the event of a default or bankruptcy by a selling financial institution under a repurchase agreement, the Fund will seek to sell the underlying security serving as collateral. However, this could involve certain costs or delays, and, to the extent that proceeds from any sale were less than the repurchase price, the Fund could suffer a loss.

Zero-Coupon Bond Risk

Zero-coupon bonds are issued at a significant discount from their principal amount in lieu of paying interest periodically. Because zero-coupon bonds do not pay current interest in cash, their value is subject to greater fluctuation in response to changes in market interest rates than bonds that pay interest currently. Zero-coupon bonds allow an issuer to avoid the need to generate cash to meet current interest payments. Accordingly, such bonds may involve greater credit risks than bonds paying interest currently in cash. The Fund is required to accrue interest income on such investments and to distribute such amounts at least annually to shareholders even though the investments do not make any current interest payments. Thus, it may be necessary at times for the Fund to liquidate other investments in order to satisfy its distribution requirements under the Code.

Operational Risk

An investment in the Fund, like any fund, can involve operational risks arising from factors such as processing errors, human errors, inadequate or failed internal or external processes, failures in systems and technology, changes in personnel and errors caused by third-party service providers. The occurrence of any of these failures, errors or breaches could result in investment losses to the Fund, a loss of information, regulatory scrutiny, reputational damage or other events, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Fund. While the Fund seeks to minimize such events through controls and oversight, there may still be failures that could cause losses to the Fund.

Cybersecurity Risk

With the increased use of technologies such as the Internet and the dependence on computer systems to perform necessary business functions, investment companies such as the Fund and its service providers may be prone to operational and information security risks resulting from cyber-attacks. In general, cyber-attacks result from deliberate attacks but unintentional events may have effects similar to those caused by cyber-attacks. Cyber- attacks include, among other behaviors, stealing or corrupting data maintained online or digitally, denial of service attacks on websites, the unauthorized release of confidential information and causing operational disruption. Successful cyber-attacks against, or security breakdowns of, the Fund or its adviser, custodian, fund accountant, fund administrator, transfer agent, pricing vendors and/or other third party service providers may adversely impact the Fund and its shareholders. For instance, cyber-attacks may impact the Fund’s ability to calculate its NAV, cause the release of private shareholder information or confidential Fund information, impede trading, cause reputational damage, and subject the Fund to regulatory fines, penalties or financial losses, reimbursement or other compensation costs, and/or additional compliance costs. The Fund also may incur substantial costs for cybersecurity risk management in order to guard against any cyber incidents in the future. While the Fund or its service providers may have established business continuity plans and systems designed to guard against such cyber-attacks or adverse effects of such attacks, there are inherent limitations in such plans and systems including the possibility that certain risks have not been identified, in large part because different unknown threats may emerge in the future. Similar types of cybersecurity risks also are present for issuers of securities in which the Fund invests, which could result in material adverse consequences for such issuers, and may cause the Fund’s investment in such securities to lose value. In addition, cyber-attacks involving a counterparty to the Fund could affect such a counterparty’s ability to meets it obligations to the Fund, which may result in losses to the Fund and its shareholders. The Adviser and the Fund do not control the cybersecurity plans and systems put in place by third-party service providers, and such third-party service providers may have no or limited indemnification obligations to the Adviser or the Fund.

 

131


Table of Contents

Preferred Securities Risk

In addition to many of the risks associated with both debt securities (e.g., interest rate risk and credit risk) and common shares or other equity securities, preferred securities typically contain provisions that allow an issuer, at its discretion, to defer distributions for an extended period. Preferred securities also may contain provisions that allow an issuer, under certain conditions, to skip (in the case of noncumulative preferred securities) or defer (in the case of cumulative preferred securities) dividend payments. If a Fund owns a preferred security that is deferring its distributions, the Fund may be required to report income for tax purposes while it is not receiving any distributions. Preferred stock in some instances is convertible into common shares or other securities. Preferred securities typically contain provisions that allow for redemption in the event of tax or security law changes in addition to call features at the option of the issuer. In the event of a redemption, the Fund may not be able to reinvest the proceeds at comparable or favorable rates of return.

Preferred securities typically do not provide any voting rights, except in cases in which dividends are in arrears beyond a certain time period, which varies by issue. Preferred securities are generally subordinated to bonds and other debt instruments in a company’s capital structure in terms of priority to corporate income and liquidation payments, and therefore will be subject to greater credit risk than those debt instruments. Preferred securities may be substantially less liquid than many other securities.

Other Investment Companies Risk

As a shareholder in an investment company, the Fund will bear its ratable share of that investment company’s expenses, and would remain subject to payment of the Fund’s investment management fees with respect to the assets so invested. Common Shareholders would therefore be subject to duplicative expenses to the extent the Fund invests in other investment companies. In addition, these other investment companies may use leverage, in which case an investment would subject the Fund to additional risks associated with leverage. See “—Leverage Risk.”

Anti-Takeover Provisions Risk

The Declaration of Trust includes provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or to convert the Fund to open-end status. See “Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Declaration of Trust” and “Repurchase of Common Shares; Conversion to Open-End Fund.” These provisions in the Declaration of Trust could have the effect of depriving the Common Shareholders of opportunities to sell their Common Shares at a premium over the then-current market price of the Common Shares or at NAV.

 

132


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

Trustees and Officers

The Board is responsible for overseeing the management and operations of the Fund, including oversight of the duties performed by the Adviser. The role of the Board and of any individual Trustee is one of oversight and not of management of the day-to-day affairs of the Fund and its oversight role does not make the Board a guarantor of the Fund’s investments, operations or activities. As is the case for most registered investment companies, the day-to-day management and operation of the Fund are performed by various service providers to the Fund, such as the Adviser, Administrator, custodian and transfer agent, each of which is discussed in greater detail in this Prospectus or in the SAI. The names and business addresses of the Trustees and officers of the Fund and their principal occupations and other affiliations during the past five years are set forth under “Management of the Fund” in the SAI.

Investment Adviser

DoubleLine Capital LP, with offices at 333 South Grand Avenue, Suite 1800, Los Angeles, California 90071, serves as the investment adviser of the Fund. The Adviser is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. Subject to the oversight of the Board, the Adviser is responsible for managing, either directly or through others selected by it, the investment activities of the Fund and the Fund’s business affairs.

Mr. Gundlach serves as the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer of the Adviser. Mr. Barach serves as President of the Adviser. The general partner of the Adviser is DoubleLine Capital GP LLC, an entity that is wholly owned by Jeffrey E. Gundlach. As a result, Mr. Gundlach may be deemed to control the Adviser. As of December 31, 2019, the Adviser had approximately $148.4 billion of assets under management.

The following individuals at DoubleLine are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Fund:

 

Name

  

Since

  

Recent Professional Experience

Jeffrey E. Gundlach

  

Inception*

  

Mr. Gundlach is the founder and Chief Executive Officer (CEO) of DoubleLine Capital and is Chief Investment Officer (CIO) of DoubleLine Capital. Mr. Gundlach has been CEO and CIO of DoubleLine Capital since its inception in December 2009.

Jeffrey J. Sherman

  

Inception*

  

Mr. Sherman was named as DoubleLine Capital’s Deputy Chief Investment Officer in June 2016. He has been a Portfolio Manager of DoubleLine Capital since September 2010. He has been President of DoubleLine Alternatives LP since April 2015.

 

*

As of the date of this Prospectus, the Fund has not commenced operations.

The SAI provides additional information about the portfolio managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and the portfolio managers’ ownership of securities in the Fund.

Investment Management Agreement

Pursuant to an Investment Management Agreement between the Adviser and the Fund, the Fund has agreed to pay the Adviser an annual fee, computed and paid monthly, in an amount equal to 1.35% of the Fund’s average daily total managed assets, for the services rendered, facilities provided, and expenses borne by the Adviser under the Investment Management Agreement. Total managed assets means the total assets of the Fund

 

133


Table of Contents

(including assets attributable to any reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions or similar transactions, borrowings, and preferred shares that may be outstanding) minus accrued liabilities (other than liabilities in respect of reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions, or similar transactions, and borrowings). For purposes of calculating “total managed assets,” the liquidation preference of any preferred shares outstanding shall not be considered a liability. With respect to any reverse repurchase agreement, dollar roll or similar transaction, “total managed assets” includes any proceeds from the sale of an asset of the Fund to a counterparty in such a transaction, in addition to the value of the asset subject to the reverse repurchase agreement or dollar roll transaction, as of the relevant measuring date. Cash and cash equivalents are included when calculating the Fund’s total managed assets. For purposes of calculating total managed assets, the Fund’s derivative investments generally will be valued based on their market value (i.e., the notional value of such investments will not be used for purposes of calculating total managed assets). The average daily total managed assets of the Fund for any month is determined by taking an average of all of the determinations of total managed assets during such month at the close of business on each business day during such month.

Because the fees received by the Adviser are based on the total managed assets of the Fund (including assets attributable to any reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions, or similar transactions, borrowings, and preferred shares that may be outstanding) minus accrued liabilities (other than liabilities in respect of reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions, or similar transactions, and borrowings), the Adviser has a financial incentive for the Fund to use leverage, which creates a conflict of interest between the Adviser, on the one hand, and the holders of the Fund’s Common Shares, on the other hand.

A discussion regarding the considerations of the Fund’s Board for approving the Investment Management Agreement will be included in the Fund’s first report to shareholders.

Administrator

Pursuant to the Master Services Agreement among the Fund and USBGFS, USBGFS serves as administrator, fund accountant and transfer agent, and provides certain additional compliance services to the Fund. As administrator, USBGFS provides certain services, including, among other things, furnishing the Fund with various services required by the Fund’s operations; compiling data for and preparing notices to the SEC; calculating the Fund’s daily NAV, providing pricing information and certain other financial data; preparing reports that are required by the securities, investment, tax or other laws and regulations of the United States; coordinating federal and state tax returns; monitoring the Fund’s expense accruals; and generally assisting in the overall operations of the Fund.

U.S. Bank National Association (the “Custodian”), an affiliate of USBGFS, serves as custodian for the Fund and is responsible for maintaining custody of the Fund’s cash and investments. The Fund will pay USBGFS and the Custodian a combined aggregate asset based fee, payable monthly (the “Administration Fee”), at the annual rate of 0.02% of the Fund’s average total managed assets. For these purposes, the Fund’s average total managed assets will be calculated in the same manner as they are for purposes of calculating the fee payable under the Investment Management Agreement. See “—Investment Management Agreement.” The Fund will also pay the Custodian additional charges for transactions in book-entry securities, repurchase agreements, short sales, options, futures, mutual funds, margin variation, physical security transactions and segregated accounts and reimburse USBGFS and the Custodian for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in performing their duties under the Master Services Agreement and the Custody Agreement. The Custodian is expected to serve as a custodian for any wholly-owned Subsidiary formed by the Fund for the purpose of holding Fund investments.

Expenses

The Adviser and the Administrator are each obligated to pay expenses associated with providing the services contemplated by the agreements to which they are parties, including compensation of and office space for their respective officers and employees connected with investment and economic research, trading and

 

134


Table of Contents

investment management and administration of the Fund. DoubleLine will pay the fees of any Trustee of the Fund who is an officer or employee of DoubleLine. In addition to the fees of the Adviser and the Administrator, the Fund pays all other costs and expenses of its operations, including, among other things, compensation of its Trustees (other than those affiliated with the Adviser), custodial expenses, shareholder servicing expenses, transfer agency, sub-transfer agency and dividend disbursing expenses, legal fees, expenses of independent auditors, expenses of preparing, printing and distributing prospectuses, shareholder reports, notices, proxy statements and reports to governmental agencies, costs, including dividend and/or interest expenses and other costs (including, without limitation, offering and related legal costs, fees to brokers, fees to auction or liquidity agents, fees to transfer agents, fees to rating agencies and fees to auditors associated with satisfying rating agency requirements for preferred shares or other senior securities issued by the Fund and other related requirements in the Fund’s organizational documents) associated with the Fund’s issuance, offering, redemption and maintenance of preferred shares or other senior securities, and taxes, if any.

Offering expenses relating to the Fund’s Common Shares will be payable by the Adviser. Certain of such fees and expenses constitute underwriting compensation and are a component of the total compensation to underwriters. See “Underwriters.”

The Investment Management Agreement authorizes DoubleLine to select brokers or dealers (including affiliates) to arrange for the purchase and sale of portfolio securities, including principal transactions. Any commission, fee or other remuneration paid to an affiliated broker or dealer is paid in compliance with the Fund’s procedures adopted in accordance with Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act.

NET ASSET VALUE

The NAV of the Common Shares of the Fund is calculated as of the close of trading on the NYSE (usually 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) each day the NYSE opens for regular trading. The NAV is determined by adding the value of the Fund’s securities, cash and other assets of the Fund, subtracting all of the Fund’s expenses and liabilities, and then dividing by the total number of Common Shares outstanding (assets-liabilities/# of Common Shares = NAV). In calculating its NAV, the Fund generally will not consider information that becomes available after the time as of which the Fund calculates its NAV, such as securities transactions that occur after that time.

The Fund values its portfolio securities for purposes of calculating its NAV using procedures approved by the Fund’s Board. Those procedures allow for a variety of methodologies to be used to value the Fund’s securities. The specific methodologies used for a particular security may vary based on the market data available for a specific security at the time the Fund calculates its NAV or based on other considerations. The procedures also permit a level of judgment to be used in the valuation process. Accordingly, the methodologies summarized below are not an exhaustive list of the methodologies the Fund may use to value a security and they may not represent the means by which the Fund’s investments are valued on any particular business day.

The Fund’s investments for which market quotations are readily available are valued based on market value. Equity securities are typically valued at the official close or the last reported sales price on the principal exchange or market on which they are traded or, if there were no sales that day at the mean between the closing bid and asked prices. Exchange traded options, futures and options on futures are generally valued at the settlement price determined by the relevant exchange on which they principally trade. The Fund does not normally take into account trading, clearances or settlements that take place after the close of the principal exchange or market on which such securities are traded.

Market values for domestic and foreign fixed income securities are normally determined on the basis of valuations provided by independent pricing services. Prices obtained from independent pricing services use various inputs, including, but not limited to, information provided by broker-dealers; pricing formulas, such as dividend discount models; option valuation formulas; estimates of market values obtained from yield data

 

135


Table of Contents

relating to investments or securities with similar characteristics; and discounted cash flow models that might be applicable. The Fund will generally value its investments in other investment companies and private funds, such as hedge funds, at their reported NAVs, to the extent available. The Fund’s holdings in whole loans, securitizations and certain other types of alternative lending-related instruments may be valued based on prices provided by a third-party pricing service. The Fund accounts for whole and fractional loans at the individual loan level for valuation purposes, and whole loans and fractional loans are fair valued, where applicable, using inputs of which the Fund has knowledge as of each time the Fund’s net asset value is calculated that take into account borrower-level data that is updated periodically to take into account new information regarding the borrower or the loan, including, potentially, borrower payment history, loan collateral and borrower creditworthiness.

The Fund will generally value over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives on the basis of valuations obtained from counterparties, published index closing levels or evaluated prices supplied by independent pricing services, some or all of which may be based on market data from trading on exchanges that closed significantly before the time as of which the Fund calculates its NAV. Forward foreign currency contracts are generally valued based on rates provided by independent data providers.

Senior secured floating rate loans for which an active secondary market exists to a reliable degree will be valued at the mean of the last available bid/ask prices in the market for such loans, as provided by an independent pricing service. Senior secured floating rate loans for which an active secondary market does not exist to a reliable degree in the judgment of the Adviser will be valued at fair value. In valuing a senior secured floating rate loan at fair value, the factors considered may include, but are not limited to, the following: (a) the creditworthiness of the borrower and any intermediate participants; (b) the terms of the loan; (c) recent prices in the market for similar loans, if any and (d) recent prices in the market for instruments of similar quality, rate, period until next interest rate reset and maturity.

The Fund may hold investment positions in sizes smaller than institutionally-sized round lot positions (sometimes referred to as ‘odd lots’). Pricing services generally provide evaluations on the basis of institutionally-sized round lots. The Fund does not generally apply discounts to pricing service evaluations of securities when it holds and values odd lot positions. If the Fund sells a position in an odd-lot transaction, the sale price may be less than the value at which the position has been held by the Fund.

Investments denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar are valued in U.S. dollars using exchange rates obtained from independent data providers, generally as of the time the Fund calculates its NAV. As a result, the NAV of the Fund’s shares may be affected by changes in the values of currencies in relation to the U.S. dollar.

If market quotations are unavailable or deemed unreliable for a security or if a security’s value may have been significantly affected by events occurring after the close of a securities market on which the security principally trades but before the Fund calculates its NAV, the Fund may, in accordance with procedures adopted by the Board, attempt to assign a value to the security. This fair value may be higher or lower than any available market price or quotation for such security and, because this process necessarily depends upon judgment, this value also may vary from valuations determined by other funds using their own valuation procedures. While the Fund’s use of fair value pricing is intended to result in calculation of an NAV that fairly reflects security values as of the time of pricing, the Fund cannot guarantee that any fair value price will, in fact, approximate the amount the Fund would actually realize upon the sale of the securities in question. Fair valuation may require subjective determinations about the value of a security. While the Fund’s policy is intended to result in a calculation of the Fund’s NAV that fairly reflects security values as of the time of pricing, the Fund cannot ensure that fair values used by the Fund accurately reflect the price that the Fund could obtain for a security if it were to dispose of that security as of the time of pricing (for instance, in a forced or distressed sale). The prices used by the Fund may differ from the value that would be realized if the securities were sold.

 

136


Table of Contents

In determining the valuation of certain commercial real estate-related, residential real estate-related and certain other investments for which a limited market may exist, the Fund may value such investments based on appraisals conducted by an independent valuation advisor or a similar pricing agent. These firms may be engaged to conduct periodic (e.g., monthly, quarterly) appraisals of such investments or ad hoc appraisals at times where the Adviser believes there may have been a significant change in the investment’s value. Certain valuation advisors, pricing agents and/or valuation methodologies may require a significant period of time to incorporate new pricing-related information (e.g., remittance data) into the resulting pricing evaluation, appraisal or model output and, accordingly, updated pricing evaluations, appraisals or other pricing outputs may not be available to the Fund for a period of time after new pricing-related information becomes available to the Adviser. Unless the NAV, market price and other aspects of an investment exceed certain significance thresholds, an independent valuation firm may not be retained to undertake an evaluation of an asset periodically or at all.

In addition, the Adviser will monitor the Fund’s real estate-related investments for events that they believe may be expected to have a material impact on the values of such investments, and will notify any valuation advisors or pricing agents the Fund uses for any such asset of such events. If, in the opinion of the Adviser, an event becomes known to it (including through communication with the valuation advisors or pricing agents) that leads it to conclude that a valuation other than the most recent evaluation of the affected investment better reflects the investment’s fair value, the Adviser will recommend to the Fund’s Valuation Committee adjusting the valuation of the investment accordingly. The volume of pricing related information that may become available with respect to an investment and/or the complexity of the valuation model used for an investment may inhibit the Adviser’s ability to ascertain promptly whether new pricing related information will have a material effect on the value of the investment.

The valuations of securities that trade principally on a foreign market that closes before the time as of which the Fund calculates its NAV will generally be based on quotations or other information as of that earlier closing time. If significant events occur after that earlier closing time but before the time as of which the Fund calculates its NAV, the Fund may fair value those securities in accordance with the Fund’s valuation policies. For purposes of valuing, in U.S. dollars, the Fund’s securities or other assets that are denominated in a foreign currency, the Fund will normally use the currency exchange rates as of the time the Fund calculates its NAV. Foreign markets may be closed on days when the Fund prices its shares (e.g., on non-U.S. holidays), and foreign markets may be open on weekends and other days when the Fund does not price its shares.

DISTRIBUTIONS

The Fund intends to declare and pay distributions from its net investment income monthly. The Fund also expects to make a distribution during or with respect to each calendar year (which may be combined with a regular monthly distribution), which will generally include any net investment income and net realized capital gain for the year not otherwise distributed previously. The tax treatment and characterization of the Fund’s distributions may vary significantly from time to time because of the varied nature of the Fund’s investments. The tax characterization of the Fund’s distributions made in a taxable year cannot finally be determined until at or after the end of the year. If the total distributions made in any taxable year exceed the sum of the Fund’s (i) investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code) and net tax-exempt income, determined in each case without regard to the deduction for dividends paid, and (ii) net capital gains (defined as net long-term gains in excess of net short-term losses, in each case taking into account any loss carryforwards), such excess distributed amount would be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes first as a tax-free return of capital to Common Shareholders to the extent of their adjusted tax basis in the Common Shares. After such adjusted tax basis is reduced to zero, the distribution would constitute capital gain (assuming the shares are held as capital assets). In general terms, a return of capital would involve a situation where a Fund distribution (or a portion thereof) represents a return of a portion of the Common Shareholder’s investment, rather than net income or capital gains generated from his or her investment during a particular period. Although return of capital distributions may not be taxable, such distributions would reduce the basis of a shareholder’s Common Shares

 

137


Table of Contents

and therefore may increase a shareholder’s tax liability for capital gains upon a sale of Common Shares. See “Tax Matters.” Returns of capital cause less of the Common Shareholders’ assets to be invested in the Fund and thereby potentially increase the Fund’s expense ratio over time. The distribution policy may cause the Fund to sell a security at a time it would not otherwise do so in order to manage the distribution of income and gain.

The Fund’s initial distribution is expected to be declared approximately 30 to 45 days after the completion of this offering and paid approximately 60 to 90 days after the completion of the offering, depending on market conditions. The initial distributions by the Fund may consist primarily of a return of capital depending on the timing of the investment of the proceeds of this offering.

Section 19(b) of the 1940 Act limits the number of times the Fund may distribute long-term capital gains in any tax year, which may increase the variability of the Fund’s distributions and result in certain distributions being comprised more or less heavily than others of long-term capital gains currently eligible for favorable income tax rates.

Although the Fund does not presently intend to do so, the Fund may in the future apply for an order granting an exemption from Section 19(b) of the 1940 Act and Rule 19b-1 thereunder to permit the Fund to include realized long-term capital gains as a part of its regular distributions to Common Shareholders more frequently than would otherwise be permitted by the 1940 Act (generally once per taxable year). There is no assurance that the SEC would grant the Fund’s request for such an exemptive order if such a request were made. If the Fund fails to receive the requested relief and the Fund is unable to include realized capital gains in regular distributions more frequently than would otherwise be permitted by the 1940 Act, it is possible that the Fund’s distribution policy, as set forth above, will otherwise be adversely affected.

If the Fund were to receive the exemptive order discussed above, the Fund may, but will not necessarily, seek to pay distributions generally at a rate based on a fixed percentage of the Common Shares’ NAV at a particular time (a “managed distribution policy”). Any such managed distribution policy may be modified by the Board from time to time. If the Fund were to seek to make distributions under a managed distribution policy, it would typically be intended to result in the payment of approximately the same percentage of the Fund’s NAV to Common Shareholders each month. Section 19(a) of the 1940 Act and Rule 19a-1 thereunder require the Fund to provide a written statement accompanying any such payment that adequately discloses its source or sources. Thus, if the source of the dividend or other distribution were the original capital contribution of the Common Shareholder, and the payment amounted to a return of capital, the Fund would be required to provide written disclosure to that effect. Nevertheless, persons who periodically receive the payment of a dividend or other distribution may be under the impression that they are receiving net profits when they are not. Common Shareholders should read any written disclosure provided pursuant to Section 19(a) and Rule 19a-1 carefully, and should not assume that the source of any distribution from the Fund is net income or net profit. In addition, in cases where the Fund would return capital to Common Shareholders, such a distribution may bear on the Fund’s ability to maintain its asset coverage requirements and to pay the dividends on any preferred shares that the Fund may issue, if ever.

The Fund is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its Common Shares unless, at the time of such declaration, the Fund satisfies the asset coverage test with respect to senior securities representing indebtedness or senior securities that are stocks, if any, as prescribed by the 1940 Act. See “Leverage” on page 84 for more information.

Unless the registered owner of Common Shares elects to receive dividends and distributions in cash, dividends and capital gains distributions will be reinvested in Common Shares of the Fund in accordance with the Fund’s automatic dividend reinvestment plan. The Fund may pay distributions from sources that may not be available in the future and that are unrelated to the Fund’s performance, such as from offering proceeds and/or borrowings. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”

 

138


Table of Contents

Although it does not currently intend to do so, the Board may change the Fund’s distribution policy and the amount or timing of distributions, based on a number of factors, including the amount of the Fund’s undistributed net investment income and net short- and long-term capital gains and historical and projected net investment income and net short- and long-term capital gains.

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

Unless the registered owner of Common Shares elects to receive cash by contacting USBGFS (the “Plan Administrator”), all dividends, capital gain distributions and returns of capital, if any, declared on Common Shares will be automatically reinvested by the Plan Administrator for shareholders in the Fund’s Automatic Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”), in additional Common Shares. Common Shareholders who elect not to participate in the Plan will receive all dividends and other distributions payable in cash directly to the shareholder of record (or, if the Common Shares are held in street or other nominee name, then to such nominee) by the Plan Administrator as dividend disbursing agent. Participation in the Plan is completely voluntary and may be terminated or resumed at any time without penalty by providing notice in writing to the Plan Administrator at least 5 days prior to the dividend/distribution record date; otherwise such termination or resumption will be effective with respect to any subsequently declared dividend or other distribution.

Whenever the Fund declares an income dividend, a capital gain distribution or other distribution (collectively referred to as “dividends”) payable either in shares or cash, non-participants in the Plan will receive cash and participants in the Plan will receive a number of Common Shares, determined in accordance with the following provisions. The Common Shares will be acquired by the Plan Administrator for the participants’ accounts, depending upon the circumstances described below, either (i) through receipt of additional unissued but authorized Common Shares from the Fund (“Newly Issued Common Shares”) or (ii) by purchase of outstanding Common Shares on the open market (“Open-Market Purchases”) on the NYSE or elsewhere. If, on the payment date for any dividend, the market price per Common Share plus estimated brokerage trading fees is equal to or greater than the NAV per Common Share (such condition is referred to here as “market premium”), the Plan Administrator shall receive Newly Issued Common Shares, including fractions of shares from the Fund for each Plan participant’s account. The number of Newly Issued Common Shares to be credited to each participant’s account will be determined by dividing the dollar amount of the dividend by the NAV per Common Share on the date of issuance; provided that, if the NAV per Common Share is less than or equal to 95% of the current market value on the date of issuance, the dollar amount of the dividend will be divided by 95% of the market price per Common Share on the date of issuance for purposes of determining the number of shares issuable under the Plan. If, on the payment date for any dividend, the NAV per Common Share is greater than the market value plus estimated brokerage trading fees (such condition being referred to here as a “market discount”), the Plan Administrator will seek to invest the dividend amount in Common Shares acquired on behalf of the Plan participants in Open-Market Purchases.

In the event of a market discount on the payment date for any dividend, the Plan Administrator will have until the last business day before the next date on which the Common Shares trade on an “ex-dividend” basis or in no event more than 30 days after the record date for such dividend, whichever is sooner (the “Last Purchase Date”), to invest the dividend amount in Common Shares acquired in Open-Market Purchases. It is contemplated that the Fund will pay monthly dividends. If, before the Plan Administrator has completed its Open-Market Purchases, the market price per Common Share exceeds the NAV per Common Share, the average per Common Share purchase price paid by the Plan Administrator may exceed the NAV of the Common Shares, resulting in the acquisition of fewer Common Shares than if the dividend had been paid in Newly Issued Common Shares on the dividend payment date. The Plan provides that if the Plan Administrator is unable to invest the full dividend amount in Open-Market Purchases during the purchase period or if the market discount shifts to a market premium during the purchase period, the Plan Administrator may cease making Open-Market Purchases and may instead receive the Newly Issued Common Shares from the Fund for each participant’s account, in respect of the uninvested portion of the dividend, at the NAV per Common Share at the close of business on the Last Purchase

 

139


Table of Contents

Date provided that, if the NAV is less than or equal to 95% of the then current market price per Common Share, the dollar amount of the dividend will be divided by 95% of the market price on the date of issuance for purposes of determining the number of shares issuable under the Plan.

The Plan Administrator maintains all registered shareholders’ accounts in the Plan and furnishes written confirmation of all transactions in the accounts, including information needed by shareholders for tax records. Common Shares in the account of each Plan participant will be held by the Plan Administrator in non-certificated form in the name of the Plan participant, and each shareholder proxy will include those shares purchased or received pursuant to the Plan. The Plan Administrator will forward all proxy solicitation materials to participants and vote proxies for shares held under the Plan in accordance with the instructions of the participants.

In the case of Common Shares owned by a beneficial owner but registered with the Plan Administrator in the name of a nominee, such as a bank, a broker or other financial intermediary (each, a “Nominee”), the Plan Administrator will administer the Plan on the basis of the number of Common Shares certified from time to time by the Nominee as participating in the Plan. The Plan Administrator will not take instructions or elections from a beneficial owner whose Common Shares are registered with the Plan Administrator in the name of a Nominee. If a beneficial owner’s Common Shares are held through a Nominee and are not registered with the Plan Administrator as participating in the Plan, neither the beneficial owner nor the Nominee will be participants in or have distributions reinvested under the Plan with respect to those Common Shares. If a beneficial owner of Common Shares held in the name of a Nominee wishes to participate in the Plan, and the Shareholder’s Nominee is unable or unwilling to become a registered shareholder and a Plan participant with respect to those Common Shares on the beneficial owner’s behalf, the beneficial owner may request that the Nominee arrange to have all or a portion of his or her Common Shares registered with the Plan Administrator in the beneficial owner’s name so that the beneficial owner may be enrolled as a participant in the Plan with respect to those Common Shares. Please contact your Nominee for details or for other possible alternatives. Participants whose shares are registered with the Plan Administrator in the name of one Nominee may not be able to transfer the shares to another firm or Nominee and continue to participate in the Plan.

There will be no brokerage charges with respect to Common Shares issued directly by the Fund as a result of dividends payable either in Common Shares or in cash. However, each participant will pay a pro rata share of brokerage trading fees incurred in connection with Open-Market Purchases. The automatic reinvestment of dividends will not relieve Plan participants of any federal, state or local income tax that may be payable (or required to be withheld) on such dividends. See “Tax Matters” below. Participants that request a sale of Common Shares through the Plan Administrator are subject to brokerage commissions.

The Fund reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan. There is no direct service charge to participants with regard to purchases in the Plan; however, the Fund reserves the right to amend the Plan to include a service charge payable by the participants by written notice provided directly or in the next report to shareholders.

All correspondence, questions, or requests for additional information concerning the Plan should be directed to the Plan Administrator by calling toll-free (877) DLine11 (877-354-6311) or by writing to U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC at P.O. Box 701, Milwaukee, WI 53201. Be sure to include your name, address, daytime phone number, Social Security or tax I.D. number and a reference to DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund on all correspondence.

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES

The following is a brief description of the anticipated capital structure of the Fund. This description does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to the Declaration of Trust and the Fund’s Bylaws (the “Bylaws”).

 

140


Table of Contents

The Fund is an unincorporated voluntary association with transferable shares of beneficial interest (commonly referred to as a “Massachusetts business trust”) established under the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts by the Agreement and Declaration of Trust (the “Declaration of Trust”). The Declaration of Trust provides that the Board may authorize separate classes of shares of beneficial interest. Preferred shares may be issued in one or more series, with such par value and with such rights as determined by the Board, by action of the Board without the approval of the Common Shareholders.

The Declaration of Trust authorizes the issuance of an unlimited number of Common Shares. The Common Shares will be issued with a par value of $0.00001 per share. Common Shareholders are entitled to share equally in dividends declared by the Board and in the net assets of the Fund available for distribution to Common Shareholders after payment of the preferential amounts payable to any outstanding preferred shares of beneficial interest. All Common Shares have equal rights to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon liquidation. Common Shares will, when issued, be fully paid and, subject to matters discussed in “Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Declaration of Trust,” non-assessable, and will have no pre-emptive or conversion rights or rights to cumulative voting, and have no right to cause the Fund to redeem their shares. Upon liquidation of the Fund, after paying or adequately providing for the payment of all liabilities of the Fund and the liquidation preference with respect to any outstanding preferred shares, and upon receipt of such releases, indemnities and refunding agreements as they deem necessary for their protection, the Board may distribute the remaining assets of the Fund among the Fund’s Common Shareholders.

Common Shareholders are entitled to one vote for each Common Share held. Each fractional share shall be entitled to a proportionate fractional vote, except as otherwise provided by the Declaration of Trust, Bylaws, or required by applicable law.

The Fund will send unaudited reports at least semiannually and audited financial statements annually to all of its Common Shareholders. However, beginning on January 1, 2021, as permitted by regulations adopted by the SEC, paper copies of the Fund’s annual and semi-annual shareholder reports will no longer be sent by mail, unless you specifically request paper copies of the reports. Instead, the reports will be made available on the Fund’s website (www.doublelinefunds.com), and you will be notified by mail each time a report is posted and provided with a website link to access the report. If you already elected to receive shareholder reports electronically, you will not be affected by this change and you need not take any action. You may elect to receive shareholder reports and other communications from the Fund electronically anytime by contacting your financial intermediary (such as a broker-dealer or bank). You may elect to receive all future reports in paper free of charge. You can contact your financial intermediary to request that you continue to receive paper copies of your shareholder reports. Your election to receive reports in paper will apply to all funds held in your account if you invest through your financial intermediary.

The Fund anticipates that its Common Shares will be listed on the NYSE, subject to notice of issuance, under the trading or “ticker” symbol “DLY.” The Fund intends to hold annual meetings of shareholders so long as the Common Shares are listed on a national securities exchange and annual meetings are required as a condition of such listing.

The Fund’s net asset value will be reduced immediately following the offering by the amount of offering expenses paid or reimbursed by the Fund. The Adviser (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay any applicable underwriting sales load or commission and the Fund is not obligated to repay the sales load or commission paid by the Adviser. The Adviser (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay all of the Fund’s organizational expenses and the offering costs of the Common Shares. The Fund is not obligated to repay any such organizational expenses or offering costs paid by the Adviser.

Unlike open-end funds, closed-end funds like the Fund do not continuously offer shares and do not provide daily redemptions. Rather, if a shareholder determines to buy additional Common Shares or sell shares already

 

141


Table of Contents

held, the shareholder may do so by trading on the exchange through a broker or otherwise. The Declaration of Trust limits the ability of the Fund to convert to open-end status. See “Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Declaration of Trust.”

Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at prices lower than NAV. Shares of closed-end investment companies have during some periods traded at prices higher than NAV and during other periods traded at prices lower than NAV. The Fund cannot assure you that Common Shares will trade at a price equal to or higher than NAV in the future. In addition to the Fund’s NAV, the market price of the Common Shares may be affected by factors relating to the Fund such as dividend levels and stability (which will in turn be affected by Fund expenses, including the costs of any preferred shares issued by the Fund and the Fund’s borrowings, reverse repurchase agreements, and other leverage, levels of dividend and interest payments by the Fund’s portfolio holdings, levels of appreciation/depreciation of the Fund’s portfolio holdings, regulation affecting the timing and character of Fund distributions and other factors), portfolio credit quality, liquidity, call protection, market supply and demand, and similar factors relating to the Fund’s portfolio holdings. The Fund’s market price may also be affected by general market or economic conditions, including market trends affecting securities values generally or values of closed-end fund shares more specifically. The Common Shares are designed primarily for long-term investors, and investors in the Common Shares should not view the Fund as a vehicle for trading purposes. See the SAI under “Repurchase of Common Shares; Conversion to Open-End Fund.”

As noted under “Leverage,” as soon as reasonably practicable following the completion of the initial public offering of the Fund’s Common Shares, the Fund intends, subject to then favorable market conditions, to add leverage to its portfolio through borrowings, such as loans or lines of credit from banks or other credit facilities, the issuance of preferred shares, or a combination of borrowings and the issuance of preferred shares. However, if the Fund were to issue less than 50,000,000 Common Shares, the Fund would expect, subject to then favorable market conditions, to seek to use leverage in the form of borrowings. If the Fund were to issue approximately 50,000,000 Common Shares or more, the Fund would expect, subject to then favorable market conditions, to seek to use leverage through borrowings, the issuance of preferred shares or a combination of borrowings and the issuance of preferred shares. The Fund may also use reverse repurchase agreements and dollar roll transactions. Any obligations of the Fund arising out of leverage would have complete priority upon distribution of assets over the Common Shares. The Adviser currently expects that the leverage initially obtained through such instruments may represent approximately 25% of the Fund’s total managed assets (including the amounts of leverage obtained through the use of such instruments). The Fund may also enter into transactions other than those noted above that may give rise to a form of leverage including, among others, futures and forward contracts (including foreign currency exchange contracts), credit default swaps and other derivative transactions, loans of portfolio securities, short sales and when-issued, delayed delivery and forward commitment transactions. See “Leverage.”

DoubleLine Asset Management Company LLC (“DAMCO”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Adviser, has purchased Common Shares from the Fund in an amount satisfying the net worth requirements of Section 14(a) of the 1940 Act. As of December 31, 2019, DAMCO owned 100% of the outstanding Common Shares. DAMCO may be deemed to control the Fund until such time as it owns less than 25% of the outstanding Common Shares, which is expected to occur as of the completion of the offering of Common Shares. Through Mr. Gundlach’s indirect interest in DAMCO, Mr. Gundlach may also be deemed to control the Fund until such time as DAMCO owns less than 25% of the outstanding Common Shares, which is expected to occur as of the completion of the offering of Common Shares.

As of December 31, 2019, the following number of Common Shares of the Fund was authorized for registration and outstanding

 

(1)

  

(2)

  

(3)

  

(4)

Title of Class

  

Amount Authorized

  

Amount Held by the Fund or for its Account

  

Amount Outstanding Exclusive of Amount Shown under (3)

Common Shares

  

Unlimited

  

0

  

5,0001

 

1

DoubleLine Asset Management Company, LLC (“DAMCO”) purchased 5,000 Common Shares from the Fund in an amount satisfying the net worth requirements of Section 14(a) of the 1940 Act.

 

142


Table of Contents

ANTI-TAKEOVER AND OTHER PROVISIONS IN THE DECLARATION OF TRUST

The Declaration of Trust and the Bylaws includes provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or to convert the Fund to open-end status. The Fund’s Trustees are divided into three classes. At each annual meeting of shareholders, the term of one class will expire and each Trustee elected to that class will hold office for a term of three years. With the Board’s initial composition, it would require two years to change a majority of the Fund’s Board. In addition, the Declaration of Trust provides that a Trustee may be removed from office, for any reason or for no reason, only (i) by action of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the outstanding shares of the classes or series of shares entitled to vote for the election of such Trustee, or (ii) by written instrument, signed by at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the remaining Trustees.

As described below, the Declaration of Trust grants special approval rights with respect to certain matters to members of the Board who qualify as “Continuing Trustees,” which term means a Trustee who either (i) has been a member of the Board for a period of at least thirty-six months (or since the commencement of the Fund’s operations, if less than thirty-six months) or (ii) was nominated to serve as a member of the Board by a majority of the Continuing Trustees then members of the Board.

The Declaration of Trust requires the affirmative vote or consent of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Trustees and holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Fund’s shares to authorize certain Fund transactions not in the ordinary course of business, including a merger or consolidation, issuances or transfers by the Fund of the Fund’s shares having an aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more (except as may be made pursuant to a public offering, the Fund’s dividend reinvestment plan or upon exercise of any stock subscription rights), sales, leases, exchanges, mortgages, pledges, transfers, or other dispositions of Fund assets, having an aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more (except for transactions in securities effected by the Fund in the ordinary course of business) or any shareholder proposal regarding specific investment decisions, unless the transaction is authorized by both a majority of the Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees (in which case no shareholder authorization would be required by the Declaration of Trust, but may be required in certain cases under the Fund’s Bylaws, the 1940 Act, and other applicable law). The Declaration of Trust also requires the affirmative vote or consent of holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Fund’s shares entitled to vote on the matter to authorize a conversion of the Fund from a closed-end to an open-end investment company, unless the conversion is authorized by both a majority of the Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees (in which case shareholders would have only the minimum voting rights required by the 1940 Act with respect to the conversion). Also, the Declaration of Trust provides that the Fund may be terminated at any time by vote or consent of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Fund’s shares entitled to vote or, alternatively, by vote or consent of both a majority of the Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees upon written notice to shareholders of the Fund. See “Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Declaration of Trust” in the SAI for a more detailed summary of these provisions.

The Trustees may from time to time grant other voting rights to shareholders with respect to these and other matters in the Fund’s Bylaws.

The overall effect of these provisions is to render more difficult the accomplishment of a merger or the assumption of control of the Fund by a third party. They provide, however, the advantage of potentially requiring persons seeking control of the Fund to negotiate with its management regarding the price to be paid and facilitating the continuity of the Fund’s investment objective and policies. The Board of the Fund has considered the foregoing anti-takeover provisions and concluded that they are in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders, including Common Shareholders.

The foregoing is intended only as a summary and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Declaration of Trust and the Fund’s Bylaws, both of which are on file with the SEC.

 

143


Table of Contents

Under Massachusetts law, shareholders could, in certain circumstances, be held personally liable for the obligations of the Fund. However, the Declaration of Trust contains an express disclaimer of shareholder liability for debts or obligations of the Fund and requires that notice of such limited liability be given in each agreement, obligation or instrument entered into or executed by the Fund or the Trustees. The Declaration of Trust further provides for indemnification out of the assets and property of the Fund for all loss and expense of any shareholder held personally liable for the obligations of the Fund. Thus, the risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability is limited to circumstances in which the Fund would be unable to meet its obligations. The Fund believes that the likelihood of such circumstances is remote.

The Declaration of Trust provides that, except with respect to claims asserted under the federal securities laws, shareholders must obtain authorization from the Trustees to bring or maintain a direct action or claim for monetary damages against the Fund or the Trustees predicated upon an express or implied right of action under the Declaration of Trust or for a single shareholder to bring or maintain a direct action with respect to an alleged injury suffered by similarly situated shareholders. The Declaration of Trust also provides that, except with respect to claims asserted under the federal securities laws, shareholders must make a demand on the Trustees requesting the Trustees to bring or maintain any action, proceeding or claim on behalf of the Fund or any class of shareholders unless the plaintiff makes a specific showing that irreparable nonmonetary injury to the Fund or a series or class of shares would otherwise result.

REPURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES; CONVERSION TO OPEN-END FUND

The Fund is a closed-end investment company and as such its shareholders will not have the right to cause the Fund to redeem their shares. Instead, the Common Shares will trade in the open market at a price that will be a function of the Fund’s NAV and of other factors relating to the Fund such as dividend levels and stability (which will in turn be affected by Fund expenses, including the costs of any preferred shares issued by the Fund, total return swaps, reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls, borrowings and other leverage used by the Fund, levels of dividend and interest payments by the Fund’s portfolio holdings, levels of appreciation/depreciation of the Fund’s portfolio holdings, regulation affecting the timing and character of Fund’s distributions and other factors), portfolio credit quality, liquidity, call protection, market supply and demand and similar factors relating to the Fund’s portfolio holdings. The market price of the Common Shares may also be affected by general market or economic conditions, including market trends affecting securities values generally or values of closed-end fund shares more specifically. Shares of a closed-end investment company may frequently trade at prices lower than NAV. The Board will regularly monitor the relationship between the market price and NAV of the Common Shares. If the Common Shares were to trade at a substantial discount to NAV for an extended period of time, the Board may consider the repurchase of its Common Shares on the open market or in private transactions, the making of a tender offer for such shares or the conversion of the Fund to an open-end investment company. The Fund cannot assure you that the Board will decide to take or propose any of these actions, or that Common Share repurchases or tender offers will actually reduce any market discount.

If the Fund were to convert to an open-end company, the Common Shares likely would no longer be listed on the NYSE. In contrast to a closed-end investment company, shareholders of an open-end investment company may require the company to redeem their shares at any time (except in certain circumstances as authorized by or under the 1940 Act) at their NAV, less any redemption charge that is in effect at the time of redemption.

Before deciding whether to take any action to convert the Fund to an open-end investment company, the Board would consider all relevant factors, including the extent and duration of any discount, the liquidity of the Fund’s portfolio, the impact of any action that might be taken on the Fund or its shareholders and market considerations. Based on these considerations, even if the Common Shares should trade at a discount, the Board may determine that, in the interest of the Fund and its shareholders, no action should be taken. See “Repurchase of Common Shares; Conversion to Open-End Fund” in the SAI for a further discussion of possible action to reduce or eliminate any such discount to NAV.

 

144


Table of Contents

LIMITED TERM AND ELIGIBLE TENDER OFFER

In accordance with the Fund’s Declaration of Trust, the Fund intends to terminate as of the first business day following the twelfth anniversary of the effective date of the Fund’s initial registration statement, which the Fund currently expects, subject to potential extension, to occur on or about February 25, 2032 (the “Dissolution Date”); provided that the Board may, by a Board Action Vote, without shareholder approval, extend the Dissolution Date (i) once for up to one year, and (ii) once for up to an additional six months, to a date up to and including the eighteenth month after the initial Dissolution Date, which later date shall then become the Dissolution Date. In determining whether to extend the Dissolution Date, the Board may consider the inability to sell the Fund’s assets in a time frame consistent with dissolution due to lack of market liquidity or other extenuating circumstances. Additionally, the Board may determine that market conditions are such that it is reasonable to believe that, with an extension, the Fund’s remaining assets will appreciate and generate income in an amount that, in the aggregate, is meaningful relative to the cost and expense of continuing the operation of the Fund. At the Dissolution Date, each Common Shareholder would be paid a pro rata portion of the Fund’s net assets as determined as of the Dissolution Date upon termination of the Fund.

Beginning one year before the Dissolution Date (the “Wind-Down Period”), the Fund may begin liquidating all or a portion of the Fund’s portfolio, and may deviate from its investment policies and may not achieve its investment objective. During the Wind-Down Period (or in anticipation of an Eligible Tender Offer, as defined below), the Fund’s portfolio composition may change as more of its portfolio holdings are called or sold and portfolio holdings are disposed of in anticipation of liquidation. Rather than reinvesting the proceeds of matured, called or sold securities in accordance with the investment program described above, the Fund may invest such proceeds in short term or other lower yielding securities or hold the proceeds in cash, which may adversely affect its performance.

The Board may, by a Board Action Vote, cause the Fund to conduct a tender offer, as of a date within twelve months preceding the Dissolution Date (as may be extended as described above), to all Common Shareholders to purchase 100% of the then outstanding Common Shares of the Fund at a price equal to the NAV per Common Share on the expiration date of an Eligible Tender Offer. In an Eligible Tender Offer, the Fund will offer to purchase all shares held by each shareholder; provided that if the number of properly tendered shares would result in the Fund having aggregate net assets below the Dissolution Threshold, the Eligible Tender Offer will be canceled, no shares will be repurchased pursuant to the Eligible Tender Offer, and the Fund will begin (or continue) liquidating its portfolio and proceed to terminate on or about the Dissolution Date. If an Eligible Tender Offer is conducted and the number of properly tendered shares would result in the Fund having aggregate net assets greater than or equal to the Dissolution Threshold, all Common Shares properly tendered and not withdrawn will be purchased by the Fund pursuant to the terms of the Eligible Tender Offer. Regardless of whether the Eligible Tender Offer is completed or canceled, DoubleLine will pay all costs and expenses associated with the Eligible Tender Offer, other than brokerage and related transaction costs associated with the disposition of portfolio investments in connection with the Eligible Tender Offer, which will be borne by the Fund and its Common Shareholders.

Following the completion of an Eligible Tender Offer, the Board may, by a Board Action Vote, eliminate the Dissolution Date and scheduled termination of the Fund without shareholder approval and the Fund would continue to operate indefinitely thereafter. In determining whether to eliminate the Dissolution Date, the Board may consider market conditions at such time and all other factors deemed relevant by the Board in consultation with the Adviser, taking into account that the Adviser has a conflict of interest in recommending to the Board that the limited term structure be eliminated and the Fund have a perpetual existence, because the Adviser would continue to earn fees for managing the Fund. In making a decision to eliminate the Dissolution Date to provide for the Fund’s perpetual existence, the Board will take such actions with respect to the continued operations of the Fund as it deems to be in the best interests of the Fund. The Fund is not required to conduct additional tender offers following an Eligible Tender Offer and conversion to a perpetual structure. Therefore, remaining Common Shareholders may not have another opportunity to participate in a tender offer or exchange their Common Shares for the then-existing NAV per Common Share.

 

145


Table of Contents

All Common Shareholders remaining after a tender offer will be subject to proportionately higher expenses due to the reduction in the Fund’s total assets resulting from payment for the tendered Common Shares. A reduction in net assets, and the corresponding increase in the Fund’s expense ratio, could result in lower returns and put the Fund at a disadvantage relative to its peers and potentially cause the Fund’s Common Shares to trade at a wider discount to NAV than it otherwise would. Such reduction in the Fund’s total assets may also result in less investment flexibility, reduced diversification and greater volatility for the Fund, and may have an adverse effect on the Fund’s investment performance. Moreover, the resulting reduction in the number of outstanding Common Shares could cause the Common Shares to become more thinly traded or otherwise adversely impact the secondary market trading of such Common Shares.

The Eligible Tender Offer would be made in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act, the Exchange Act and the applicable tender offer rules thereunder (including Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E under the Exchange Act). The Fund’s purchase of tendered Common Shares pursuant to a tender offer will have tax consequences for tendering Common Shareholders and may have tax consequences for non-tendering Common Shareholders. In addition, the Fund would continue to be subject to its obligations with respect to its issued and outstanding borrowings, preferred stock or debt securities, if any. An Eligible Tender Offer may be commenced upon a Board Action Vote and without a shareholder vote. The Fund is not required to conduct an Eligible Tender Offer. If no Eligible Tender Offer is conducted, the Fund will dissolve on the Dissolution Date (subject to extension as described above), unless the limited term provisions of the Declaration of Trust are amended with the vote of shareholders.

The Board may terminate the Fund without shareholder approval at any time, including prior to the Dissolution Date. Upon its termination, the Fund will distribute substantially all of its net assets to shareholders, after paying or otherwise providing for all charges, taxes, expenses and liabilities, whether due or accrued or anticipated, of the Fund, as may be determined by the Board. The Fund retains broad flexibility to liquidate its portfolio, wind up its business and make liquidating distributions to Common Shareholders in a manner and on a schedule it believes will best contribute to the achievement of its investment objective. Accordingly, as the Fund nears an Eligible Tender Offer or the Dissolution Date, the Adviser may begin liquidating all or a portion of the Fund’s portfolio through opportunistic sales. During this time, the Fund may not achieve its investment objective, comply with the investment guidelines described in this Prospectus or be able to sustain its historical distribution levels. During such period(s), the Fund’s portfolio composition may change as more of its portfolio holdings are called or sold and portfolio holdings are disposed of in anticipation of liquidation or an Eligible Tender Offer. Rather than reinvesting the proceeds of matured, called or sold securities in accordance with the investment program described above, the Fund may invest such proceeds in short term or other lower yielding securities or hold the proceeds in cash, which may adversely affect its performance. The Fund’s distributions during the Wind-Down Period may decrease, and such distributions may include a return of capital. The Fund may distribute the proceeds in one or more liquidating distributions prior to the final liquidation, which may cause fixed expenses to increase when expressed as a percentage of assets under management. It is expected that shareholders will receive cash in any liquidating distribution from the Fund, regardless of their participation in the Fund’s dividend reinvestment plan. shareholders generally will realize capital gain or loss upon the termination of the Fund in an amount equal to the difference between the amount of cash or other property received by the shareholder (including any property deemed received by reason of its being placed in a liquidating trust) and the shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in the shares of the Fund for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

If on the Dissolution Date the Fund owns securities for which no market exists or securities that are trading at depressed prices, such securities may be placed in a liquidating trust. Securities placed in a liquidating trust may be held for an indefinite period of time, potentially several years or longer, until they can be sold or pay out all of their cash flows. During such time, the shareholders will continue to be exposed to the risks associated with the Fund and the value of their interest in the liquidating trust will fluctuate with the value of the liquidating trust’s remaining assets. To the extent the costs associated with a liquidating trust exceed the value of the remaining securities, the liquidating trust trustees may elect to write off or donate the remaining securities to

 

146


Table of Contents

charity. The Fund cannot predict the amount, if any, of securities that will be required to be placed in a liquidating trust or how long it will take to sell or otherwise dispose of such securities. Any such liquidating trust or other similar vehicle is not expected to be a registered investment company.

The Fund may continue in existence after the Dissolution Date to pay, satisfy and discharge any existing debts or obligations, collect and distribute any remaining net assets to Common Shareholders and do all other acts required to liquidate and wind up its business and affairs. If the Fund determines to liquidate, the Fund will complete the liquidation of its portfolio (to the extent possible and not already liquidated), retire or redeem its leverage facilities (to the extent not already retired or redeemed), distribute all of its liquidated net assets to its Common Shareholders (to the extent not already distributed), and the Fund will terminate its existence under Massachusetts law.

The Fund is not a so called “target date” or “life cycle” fund whose asset allocation becomes more conservative over time as its target date, often associated with retirement, approaches. In addition, the Fund is not a “target term” fund whose investment objective is to return its original NAV on the Dissolution Date or in an Eligible Tender Offer. Accordingly, investors may receive more or less than their original investment upon termination of the Fund or in an Eligible Tender Offer.

The Board may, to the extent it deems appropriate and without shareholder approval, adopt a plan of liquidation at any time preceding the anticipated Dissolution Date, which plan of liquidation may set forth the terms and conditions for implementing the termination of the existence of the Fund, including the commencement of the winding down of its investment operations and the making of one or more liquidating distributions to Common Shareholders prior to the Dissolution Date. See “Principal Risk Factors—Limited term and tender offer risk.”

TAX MATTERS

U.S. Federal Income Tax Matters

The following is a summary discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a Common Shareholder that acquires, holds and/or disposes of Common Shares of the Fund, and reflects provisions of the Code, existing Treasury regulations, rulings published by the IRS, and other applicable authority, as of the date of this Prospectus. These authorities are subject to change by legislative or administrative action, possibly with retroactive effect. The following discussion is only a summary of some of the important tax considerations generally applicable to investments in the Fund. For more detailed information regarding tax considerations, see the SAI. There may be other and different tax considerations applicable to particular investors, such as insurance companies, financial institutions, broker-dealers, tax-advantaged retirement plans and non-U.S. shareholders. In addition, income earned through an investment in the Fund may be subject to state, local and foreign taxes. Common Shareholders should consult their own tax advisers regarding their particular situation and the possible application of U.S. federal, state, local, foreign or other tax laws.

TAXATION OF THE FUND

The Fund intends to elect to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code and intends each year to qualify and be eligible to be treated as such. In order for the Fund to qualify as a RIC, it must meet an income and asset diversification test each year. To satisfy the income test, the Fund must derive at least 90% of its gross income in each taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded

 

147


Table of Contents

partnerships” (as defined in the Code). To satisfy the asset diversification test, the Fund must diversify its holdings so that at the end of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year, (a) at least 50% of the value of its total assets consists of cash and cash items (including receivables), U.S. Government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities limited, with respect to any one issuer, to no more than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets is invested, including through corporations in which the Fund owns a 20% or more voting stock interest, in the securities (other than those of the U.S. Government or other RICs) of any one issuer or of two or more issuers which the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses, or in the securities of one or more “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as defined in the Code). If the Fund qualifies as a RIC and satisfies certain distribution requirements, the Fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax to the extent it distributes its investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code, without regard to the deduction for dividends paid), its net tax-exempt income, if any, and its net capital gains (the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital loss, determined in each case with reference to any capital loss carryforwards) in a timely manner to its shareholders in the form of dividends or capital gain distributions. The Fund intends to distribute substantially all of such income and gains each year.

If the Fund does retain any investment company taxable income, it will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates on the amount retained. If the Fund retains any net capital gain, it also will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates on the amount retained. If the Fund retains any net capital gain and pays tax on such amount, it may designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gain in a notice to its shareholders who would then (i) be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, their shares of such undistributed amount, and (ii) be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the tax paid by the Fund on such undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim such refunds on a properly filed U.S. tax return to the extent the credit exceeds such liabilities. If the Fund makes this designation, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the tax basis of Common Shares of the Fund (and any other shares of the Fund) owned by a shareholder will be increased by an amount equal under current law to the difference between the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the shareholder’s gross income under clause (i) of the preceding sentence and the tax deemed paid by the shareholder under clause (ii) of the preceding sentence. The Fund is not required to, and there can be no assurance that the Fund will, make this designation if it retains all or a portion of its net capital gain in a taxable year.

If the Fund were to fail to distribute in a calendar year at least an amount equal to the sum of 98% of its ordinary income for such year and 98.2% of its capital gain net income for the one-year period ending October 31 of such year, plus any such amounts retained from the prior year, the Fund would be subject to a nondeductible 4% excise tax on the undistributed amounts. For purposes of the required excise tax distribution, a RIC’s ordinary gains and losses from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of property that would otherwise be taken into account after October 31 of a calendar year generally are treated as arising on January 1 of the following calendar year. Also, for these purposes, the Fund will be treated as having distributed any amount on which it has been subject to corporate income tax for the taxable year ending within the calendar year. The Fund intends generally to make distributions sufficient to avoid imposition of the 4% excise tax, although there can be no assurance that it will be able to do so.

The Fund’s investments can be limited by the Fund’s intention to qualify as a RIC and can limit the Fund’s ability to so qualify. If the Fund were to fail to meet the income, diversification, or distribution test, the Fund could in some cases cure such failure, including by paying a Fund-level tax, paying interest, making additional distributions, or disposing of certain assets. If the Fund were ineligible to or otherwise did not cure such failure for any taxable year, or if the Fund were otherwise to fail to qualify as a RIC accorded special tax treatment for such year, the Fund would be subject to tax on its taxable income at corporate rates, and all distributions from earnings and profits, including any distributions of net long-term capital gains, would be taxable to Common Shareholders as dividend income. In addition, the Fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest and make substantial distributions before re-qualifying as a RIC that is accorded special tax treatment.

 

148


Table of Contents

If at any time when preferred shares are outstanding the Fund does not meet applicable asset coverage requirements, it will be required to suspend distributions to Common Shareholders until the requisite asset coverage is restored. Any such suspension may cause the Fund to pay a U.S. federal income and excise tax on undistributed income or gains and may, in certain circumstances, prevent the Fund from qualifying for treatment as a RIC. The Fund may repurchase or otherwise retire preferred shares in an effort to comply with the distribution requirement applicable to RICs.

DISTRIBUTIONS

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, distributions of net investment income are generally taxable as ordinary income. Taxes on distributions of capital gains are determined by how long the Fund owned (or is deemed to have owned) the investments that generated them, rather than how long a shareholder has owned his or her Common Shares. In general, the Fund will recognize long-term capital gain or loss on investments it has owned (or is deemed to have owned) for more than one year, and short-term capital gain or loss on investments it has owned (or is deemed to have owned) for one year or less. Distributions of net capital gain (that is, the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss, determined in each case with reference to any loss carryforwards) that are properly reported by the Fund as capital gain dividends (“Capital Gain Dividends”) will be taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gains includible in net capital gain and taxed to individuals at reduced rates.

Distributions of net short-term capital gain (as reduced by any net long-term capital loss for the taxable year) will be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. The Fund may report certain dividends as derived from “qualified dividend income,” which, when received by a non-corporate shareholder, will be taxed at the rates applicable to net capital gain, provided holding period and other requirements are met at both the shareholder and Fund levels.

In general, dividends of net investment income received by corporate shareholders of the Fund may qualify for the dividends-received deduction generally available to corporations to the extent of the amount of eligible dividends received by the Fund from domestic corporations for the taxable year, provided the shareholder meets certain holding period and other requirements in respect of the Fund’s shares.

If, in and with respect to any taxable year, the Fund makes a distribution in excess of its current and accumulated “earnings and profits,” the excess distribution will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of a shareholder’s tax basis in his or her shares of the Fund, and thereafter as capital gain. A return of capital is not taxable, but it reduces a shareholder’s basis in his or her shares, thus reducing any loss or increasing any gain on a subsequent taxable disposition by the shareholder of such shares. Where one or more such distributions occur in and with respect to any taxable year of the Fund, the available earnings and profits will be allocated first to the distributions made to holders of preferred shares, and only thereafter to distributions made to holders of Common Shares. As a result, holders of preferred shares would receive a disproportionate share of the distributions treated as dividends, and the holders of Common Shares would receive a disproportionate share of the distributions treated as a return of capital.

The IRS currently requires a RIC that the IRS recognizes as having two or more “classes” of stock for U.S. federal income tax purposes to allocate to each such class proportionate amounts of each type of the RIC’s income (such as ordinary income and capital gains) based upon the percentage of total dividends distributed to each class for the tax year. Accordingly, the Fund intends each tax year to allocate Capital Gain Dividends between and among its Common Shares and each series of its preferred shares, in proportion to the total dividends paid to each class with respect to such tax year. Dividends qualifying and not qualifying for the dividends received deduction or as qualified dividend income will similarly be allocated between and among Common Shares and any series of preferred shares.

 

149


Table of Contents

The determination of the character for U.S. federal income tax purposes of any distribution from the Fund (e.g., ordinary income dividends, Capital Gain Dividends, qualified dividends, or return of capital distributions) will be made as of the end of the Fund’s taxable year. Generally, the Fund will provide shareholders with a written statement reporting the amount of any capital gain distributions or other distributions.

Dividends and distributions on the Fund’s Common Shares are generally subject to federal income tax as described herein to the extent they do not exceed the Fund’s realized income and gains, even though such dividends and distributions may economically represent a return of a particular shareholder’s investment. Such distributions are likely to occur in respect of the Fund’s Common Shares purchased at a time when the Fund’s net asset value reflects unrealized gains or income or gains that are realized but not yet distributed. Such realized income and gains may be required to be distributed even when the Fund’s net asset value also reflects unrealized losses.

A distribution by the Fund will be treated as paid on December 31 of any calendar year if it is declared by the Fund in October, November or December with a record date in such a month and paid by the Fund during January of the following calendar year. Such distributions will be taxable to shareholders in the calendar year in which the distributions are declared, rather than the calendar year in which the distributions are received.

SALE OR EXCHANGE OF COMMON SHARES

Common Shareholders who sell or exchange their Common Shares of the Fund will generally recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount received and the Common Shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in the Common Shares sold or exchanged. If the Common Shares of the Fund are held as a capital asset, any gain or loss realized upon a taxable disposition of the Common Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than 12 months. Otherwise, the gain or loss on the taxable disposition of Common Shares of the Fund will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. However, any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of Common Shares of the Fund held by a shareholder for six months or less will be treated as long-term, rather than short-term, to the extent of Capital Gain Dividends received (or deemed received) by the shareholder with respect to the shares. For purposes of determining whether Common Shares of the Fund have been held for six months or less, the holding period is suspended for any periods during which the Common Shareholder’s risk of loss is diminished as a result of holding one or more other positions in substantially similar or related property or through certain options or short sales. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange of Common Shares of the Fund will be disallowed to the extent those Common Shares are replaced by other substantially identical shares within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the date of disposition of the Common Shares (including through the reinvestment of distributions, which could occur, for example, if the Common Shareholder is a participant in the Dividend Reinvestment Plan). In that event, the basis of the replacement shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.

REDEMPTION OF COMMON SHARES

In certain circumstances, the Fund may redeem Common Shares. Common Shareholders who tender all shares held, or considered held, by them will be treated as having sold their shares and generally will realize a capital gain or loss. If a Common Shareholder tenders fewer than all or its shares, such shareholder may be treated as having received a distribution under Section 301 of the Code (“Section 301 distribution”) unless the redemption is treated as being either (i) “substantially disproportionate” with respect to such Common Shareholder or (ii) otherwise “not essentially equivalent to a dividend” under the relevant rules of the Code. A Section 301 distribution is not treated as a sale or exchange giving rise to a capital gain or loss, but rather is treated as a dividend to the extent supported by the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, with the excess treated as a return of capital reducing the Common Shareholder’s tax basis in Fund shares, and thereafter as capital gain. Where a redeeming Common Shareholder is treated as receiving a dividend, there is a risk that

 

150


Table of Contents

non-tendering Common Shareholders whose interests in the Fund increase as a result of such tender will be treated as having received a taxable distribution from the Fund. The extent of such risk will vary depending upon the particular circumstances of the tender offer, in particular whether such offer is a single and isolated event or is part of a plan for periodically redeeming the shares of the Fund; if isolated, any such risk is likely remote.

MEDICARE TAX

A 3.8% Medicare contribution tax will be imposed on the “net investment income” of individuals, estates and trusts whose income exceeds certain threshold amounts. Net investment income generally includes for this purpose dividends, including any Capital Gain Dividends paid by the Fund, and net gains recognized on the sale, exchange, or redemption of Common Shares of the Fund.

FOREIGN TAXES

Income, proceeds and gains received by the Fund from sources within foreign countries may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by such countries. Tax treaties between certain countries and the U.S. may reduce or eliminate such taxes.

The Fund does not expect to be eligible to elect to “pass through” such foreign taxes and therefore does not expect that Common Shareholders will be entitled to a credit or deduction in respect of such taxes.

CERTAIN FUND INVESTMENTS

From time to time, a substantial portion of the Fund’s investments in debt obligations could be treated as having “original issue discount” (“OID”) and/or “market discount” for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which, in some cases, could be significant and could cause the Fund to recognize income in respect of these investments before or without receiving cash representing such income. If so, the Fund could be required to pay out as an income distribution each year an amount which is greater than the total amount of cash interest the Fund actually received. As a result, the Fund could be required at times to liquidate investments (including at potentially disadvantageous times or prices) in order to satisfy its distribution requirements or to avoid incurring Fund-level U.S. federal income or excise taxes. If the Fund liquidates portfolio securities to raise cash, the Fund may realize gain or loss on such liquidations; in the event the Fund realizes net long-term or short-term capital gains from such liquidation transactions, its shareholders may receive larger capital gain or ordinary dividends, respectively, than they would in the absence of such transactions.

Investments in debt obligations that are at risk of or in default present special tax issues for the Fund. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as whether or to what extent the Fund should recognize market discount on a debt obligation; when the Fund may cease to accrue interest, OID or market discount; when and to what extent the Fund may take deductions for bad debts or worthless securities; and how the Fund should allocate payments received on obligations in default between principal and income. These and other related issues will be addressed by the Fund when, as, and if it invests in such securities in order to seek to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its status as a RIC and avoid becoming subject to U.S. federal income or excise tax.

A portion of the interest paid or accrued on certain high yield discount obligations owned by the Fund may not, and interest paid on debt obligations, if any, that are considered for tax purposes to be payable in the equity of the issuer or a related party will not, be deductible to the issuer. This may affect the cash flow of the issuer. If a portion of the interest paid or accrued on certain high yield discount obligations is not deductible, that portion will be treated as a dividend paid by the issuer for purposes of the corporate dividends received deduction. In

 

151


Table of Contents

such cases, if the issuer of the high yield discount obligations is a domestic corporation, dividend payments by the Fund may be eligible for the dividends-received deduction to the extent of the deemed dividend portion of such interest.

The Fund may hold certain investments, such as real estate acquired upon foreclosure of a loan held by the Fund, through one or more wholly-owned Subsidiaries. Such Subsidiaries are expected to be corporations subject to U.S. federal and applicable state taxes on income and gain earned by such Subsidiaries. The Fund’s investment in such Subsidiaries may therefore reduce returns to shareholders. Net losses incurred by such Subsidiaries do not flow through to the Fund and thus will not be available to offset the Fund’s other income or capital gains. Distributions by such Subsidiaries to the Fund will be dividends to the extent of the applicable Subsidiary’s earnings and profits, included in the Fund’s investment income distributed to shareholders. When distributed by the Fund, such amounts may be eligible to be treated as “qualified dividend income” by non-corporate shareholders and eligible for the dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders. Depending on the assets held by the Subsidiary and other considerations, a Subsidiary may qualify and elect to be treated as a REIT for federal income tax purposes, in which case such Subsidiary generally would not be subject to U.S. corporate income tax to the extent such Subsidiary timely distributes all its income and gain. Distributions by a Subsidiary that is a REIT for federal income tax purposes will be included in the Fund’s income and gain to the extent of the Subsidiary’s earnings and profits. Such amounts, when distributed to shareholders, will not qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction, generally will not constitute qualified dividend income and may qualify as qualified REIT dividends in the hands of individual shareholders, as discussed further below.

The Fund’s transactions in derivative instruments (e.g., options, futures, forward contracts, structured notes and swap agreements), as well as any of its other hedging, short sale, securities loan or similar transactions, may be subject to uncertainty with respect to their tax treatment, and to one or more special tax rules (e.g., notional principal contract, straddle, constructive sale, wash sale, and short sale rules). The aforementioned rules may affect whether gains and losses recognized by the Fund are treated as ordinary or capital or as short-term or long-term, accelerate the recognition of income or gains to the Fund, defer losses to the Fund, and cause adjustments in the holding periods of the Fund’s securities. These rules could therefore affect the amount, timing and/or character of distributions to Common Shareholders. Because the tax treatment and the tax rules applicable to these types of transactions are in some cases uncertain under current law, an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to these rules or treatment (which determination or guidance could be retroactive) may affect whether the Fund has made sufficient distributions, and otherwise satisfied the relevant requirements, to maintain its qualification as a RIC and avoid a Fund-level tax.

It is possible that the Fund’s use of derivatives and hedging activities will produce a difference between its book income and its taxable income. If such a difference arises, and the Fund’s book income is less than its taxable income, the Fund could be required to make distributions exceeding book income to qualify as a RIC that is accorded special tax treatment and to eliminate Fund-level tax. In the alternative, if the Fund’s book income exceeds its taxable income (including realized capital gains), the distribution (if any) of such excess generally will be treated as (i) a dividend to the extent of the Fund’s remaining earnings and profits, (ii) thereafter, as a return of capital to the extent of the recipient’s basis in its shares, and (iii) thereafter as gain from the sale or exchange of a capital asset. As described above, available earnings and profits will be allocated first to the distributions made to the holders of preferred shares.

Any investment by the Fund in equity securities of REITs may result in the Fund’s receipt of cash in excess of the REIT’s earnings; if the Fund distributes these amounts, these distributions could constitute a return of capital to Fund shareholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Dividends received by the Fund from a REIT will not qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction and generally will not constitute qualified dividend income. Pursuant to proposed regulations on which the Fund may rely, distributions by the Fund to its shareholders that the Fund properly reports as “section 199A dividends,” as defined and subject to certain conditions, are treated as REIT dividends in the hands of non-corporate shareholders. Non-corporate shareholders are permitted a federal income tax deduction equal to 20% of qualified REIT dividends received by them, subject

 

152


Table of Contents

to certain limitations. The Fund is permitted to report such part of its dividends as section 199A dividends as are eligible, but is not required to do so. Distributions of income or gain attributable to derivatives with respect to REIT securities, including swaps, will not constitute qualified REIT dividends.

The Fund may invest directly or indirectly in residual interests in REMICs (including by investing in residual interests in CMOs with respect to which an election to be treated as a REMIC is in effect) or equity interests in taxable mortgage pools (“TMPs”). Under a notice issued by the IRS in October 2006 and Treasury regulations that have yet to be issued but may apply retroactively, a portion of the Fund’s income (including income allocated to the Fund from a REIT or other pass-through entity) that is attributable to a residual interest in a REMIC or an equity interest in a TMP (referred to in the Code as an “excess inclusion”) will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax. This notice also provides, and the regulations are expected to provide, that excess inclusion income of a RIC will be allocated to shareholders of the RIC in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related interest directly. As a result, the Fund may not be a suitable investment for certain tax-exempt investors.

In general, excess inclusion income allocated to Common Shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions), (ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) to entities (including a qualified pension plan, an individual retirement account, a 401(k) plan, a Keogh plan or other tax-exempt entity) subject to tax on UBTI, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income; and (iii) in the case of a foreign shareholder, will not qualify for any reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax. A shareholder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such inclusions notwithstanding any exemption from such income tax otherwise available under the Code. Charitable remainder trusts and other tax-exempt shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisers concerning the consequences of investing in the Fund.

The Fund may restructure or modify certain non-performing loans it holds, or may foreclose on the collateral securing the loan. Any such activity could cause the Fund to recognize taxable income without a corresponding receipt of cash, which may require the Fund to distribute cash obtained from other sources (including a sale of other portfolio securities) in order to satisfy the distribution requirement applicable to RICs and to avoid a Fund-level tax. Any such activity could also result in the Fund receiving assets that give rise to non-qualifying income for purposes of the 90% gross income test described above.

BACKUP WITHHOLDING

Backup withholding is generally required with respect to taxable distributions or the gross proceeds of a sale of Common Shares of the Fund paid to any non-corporate shareholder who fails to properly furnish a correct taxpayer identification number, who has under-reported dividend or interest income, or who fails to certify that he or she is not subject to such withholding. Amounts withheld as a result of backup withholding are remitted to the U.S. Treasury but do not constitute an additional tax imposed on the shareholder; such amounts may be claimed as a credit on the shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax return, provided the appropriate information is furnished to the IRS.

OTHER REPORTING AND WITHHOLDING REQUIREMENTS

Sections 1471-1474 of the Code and Treasury regulations and IRS guidance issued hereunder (collectively, “FATCA”) generally requires the Fund to obtain information sufficient to identify the status of each of its shareholders under FATCA or under an applicable intergovernmental agreement (an “IGA”) between the United States and a foreign government. If a shareholder fails to provide this information or otherwise fails to comply with FATCA or an IGA, the Fund may be required to withhold under FATCA at a rate of 30% with respect to

 

153


Table of Contents

that shareholder on ordinary dividends it pays. The IRS and the Department of Treasury have issued proposed regulations providing that these withholding rules will not be applicable to the gross proceeds of share redemptions or Capital Gain Dividends the Fund pays. If a payment by the Fund is subject to FATCA withholding, the Fund is required to withhold even if such payment would otherwise be exempt from withholding under the rules applicable to foreign shareholders described above (e.g., short-term capital gain dividends and interest-related dividends).

SHARES PURCHASED THROUGH TAX-QUALIFIED PLANS

Special tax rules apply to investments though defined contribution plans and other tax-qualified plans. Common Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the suitability of the Fund’s Common Shares as an investment through such plans and the precise effect of an investment on their particular tax situation.

GENERAL

The U.S. federal income tax discussion set forth above is for general information only. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisers regarding the specific federal tax consequences of purchasing, holding, and disposing of Common Shares of the Fund, as well as the effects of state, local, foreign, and other tax law and any proposed tax law changes.

Please see “Tax Matters” in the Statement of Additional Information for additional information regarding the tax aspects of investing in Common Shares of the Fund.

 

154


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITERS

The underwriters named below (the “Underwriters”), acting through UBS Securities LLC, 1285 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10171; BofA Securities, Inc., One Bryant Park, New York, NY 10036; Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, 1858 Broadway, New York, NY 10036 and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, 550 South Tryon Street, Charlotte, North Carolina 28202, have severally and not jointly agreed, subject to the terms and conditions of an underwriting agreement with the Fund and the Adviser (the “Underwriting Agreement”) to purchase from the Fund the number of Common Shares set forth opposite their respective names. The Underwriters are committed to purchase and pay for all such Common Shares (other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below) if any are purchased.

 

Underwriters    Number of Shares  

UBS Securities LLC

                   

BofA Securities, Inc.

  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

  

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  

Arcadia Securities, LLC

  

B. Riley FBR, Inc.

  

Bancroft Capital, LLC

  

BB&T Capital Markets, a division of BB&T Securities LLC

  

D.A. Davidson & Co.

  

Hennion & Walsh

  

Incapital LLC

  

Janney Montgomery Scott LLC

  

JonesTrading Institutional Services LLC

  

Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.

  

Maxim Group LLC

  

National Securities Corporation

  

Newbridge Securities Corporation

  

Pershing LLC

  

Wedbush Securities Inc.

  
  

 

 

 

Total

     [●]  
  

 

 

 

If an Underwriter fails to purchase the Common Shares it has agreed to purchase, the Underwriting Agreement provides that one or more substitute underwriters may be found, the purchase commitments of the remaining Underwriters may be increased or the Underwriting Agreement may be terminated.

The Fund has granted to the Underwriters an option, exercisable for 45 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to [●] additional Common Shares to cover over-allotments, if any, at the initial offering price. The Underwriters may exercise such option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments incurred in the sale of the Common Shares offered hereby. To the extent that the Underwriters exercise this option, each of the Underwriters will have a firm commitment, subject to certain conditions, to purchase an additional number of Common Shares proportionate to such Underwriter’s initial commitment.

The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the Underwriters to purchase the Common Shares included in this offering are subject to approval of certain legal matters by counsel and certain other conditions.

Investors must pay for any Common Shares purchases on or before [●], 2020.

 

155


Table of Contents

Investors purchasing Common Shares in this offering will not be charged a sales load. The Underwriters may pay up to $[●] per Share from such commission to selected dealers who sell the Common Shares and that such dealers may reallow a concession of up to $[●] per Share to certain other dealers who sell Common Shares.

The Adviser, and not the Fund, will pay all organizational expenses of the Fund and all offering costs associated with this offering. The Fund is not obligated to repay any such expenses or offering costs paid by the Adviser.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public or private market for the Common Shares or any other securities of the Fund. Consequently, the offering price for the Common Shares was determined by negotiation among the Fund and the Underwriters. There can be no assurance, however, that the price at which the Common Shares sell after this offering will not be lower than the price at which they are sold by the Underwriters or that an active trading market in the Common Shares will develop and continue after this offering. The Fund’s Common Shares are expected to be listed on the NYSE under the trading or ticker symbol “DLY”, subject to notice of issuance.

In connection with the requirements for listing the Common Shares on the NYSE, the Underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of 100 or more Common Shares to a minimum of 400 beneficial owners in the United States. The minimum investment requirement is 100 Common Shares.

The Fund and the Adviser have each agreed to indemnify the several Underwriters for or to contribute to the losses arising out of certain liabilities, including liabilities under the 1933 Act, or to contribute to payments the Underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities, except in the cases of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of applicable obligations and duties.

The Fund has agreed not to offer, sell or register with the SEC any additional equity securities of the Fund, other than issuances (1) of Common Shares hereby, (2) of preferred shares or (3) pursuant to the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan, for a period of 180 days after the date of the Underwriting Agreement without the prior written consent of the Underwriters.

In connection with this offering, the Underwriters may purchase and sell Common Shares in the open market. These transactions may include over-allotment and stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover syndicate short positions created in connection with this offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of certain bids or purchases for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the Common Shares and syndicate short positions involve the sale by the Underwriters of a greater number of Common Shares than they are required to purchase from the Fund in this offering. The Underwriters also may impose a penalty bid, whereby selling concessions allowed to syndicate members or other broker-dealers in respect of the Common Shares sold in this offering for their account may be reclaimed by the syndicate if such Common Shares are repurchased by the syndicate in stabilizing or covering transactions. These activities may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the Common Shares, which may be higher than the price that might otherwise prevail in the open market; and these activities, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time without notice. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE or otherwise.

In connection with the offering, certain of the Underwriters or selected dealers may distribute prospectuses electronically.

The Fund anticipates that from time to time certain of the Underwriters may act as brokers or dealers in connection with the execution of the Fund’s portfolio transactions after they have ceased to be Underwriters and,

 

156


Table of Contents

subject to certain restrictions, may act as brokers while they are Underwriters. Certain Underwriters have performed investment banking and advisory services for the Adviser and its related parties from time to time, for which they have received customary fees and expenses. Certain Underwriters may, from time to time, engage in transactions with or perform services for the Adviser and its affiliates in the ordinary course of business.

Additional Underwriter Compensation

The Adviser (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay, from its own assets, additional compensation of up to $0.54 per Common Share to the Underwriters in connection with this offering, which amount will not exceed 2.70% of the total public offering price of the shares sold in this offering.

The Adviser (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay to each of UBS Securities LLC, BofA Securities, Inc. (or an affiliate), Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC, and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated from the Adviser’s own assets, a fee for advice relating to the structure, design and organization of the Fund as well as for services related to the sale and distribution of the Fund’s Common Shares in the amount of [●], [●], [●], [●], [●] and [●] respectively. If the over-allotment option is not exercised, the structuring fee paid to each of UBS Securities LLC, BofA Securities, Inc. (or an affiliate), Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC, and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated will not exceed [●]%, [●]%, [●]%, [●]%, [●]% and [●]%, respectively, of the total public offering price of the Common Shares sold in this offering. If the over-allotment option is exercised in full, the structuring fee paid to each of UBS Securities LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC, and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company will not exceed [●]%, [●]%, [●]%, [●]%, [●]% and [●]%, respectively, of the total public offering price of the Common Shares sold in this offering.

The Adviser (and not the Fund) also may pay certain qualifying underwriters from among those named in the table above a structuring fee, additional compensation or a sales incentive fee in connection with the offering.

The Adviser and Vision 4 Fund Distributors, LLC (“Vision 4”) have entered into a distribution services agreement under which Vision 4 provides certain distribution and marketing-related services in connection with the offering of the Fund’s Common Shares contemplated by this Prospectus. Under such distribution agreement, the Adviser (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay an amount equal to 0.35% of the total price to the public of the Common Shares sold in such offering (including Common Shares offered pursuant to the underwriters’ overallotment option) within 10 business days of the closing of the initial public offering, 0.175% of the total price to the public of the Common Shares sold in the Fund’s initial public offering (including any Common Shares sold pursuant to the overallotment option) on January 31, 2021, and 0.175% of the total price to the public of the Common Shares sold in the Fund’s initial public offering (including any Common Shares sold pursuant to the overallotment option) on January 31, 2022, to Vision 4 as payment for providing certain distribution-related services and to pay up to $465,000 in expense reimbursement to Vision 4. The sum total of all compensation to the underwriters in connection with this initial public offering of Common Shares, including all forms of additional compensation or structuring or sales incentive fee payments, if any, to the underwriters and other expenses, will be limited to not more than [●]% of the total public offering price of the Common Shares sold in this offering. Vision 4 is a registered broker-dealer and a member of FINRA and may be deemed an “underwriter” for purposes of this offering under the Securities Act, although Vision 4 will not purchase or resell any of the Common Shares in connection with the offering.

The sum of all compensation to the Underwriters and Vision 4 in connection with this public offering of Common Shares, including the structuring fees, sales incentive fees, if any, and all forms of additional payments to the Underwriters and Vision 4, and certain other expenses, will not exceed [●]% of the total public offering price of the Common Shares sold in this offering.

 

157


Table of Contents

CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT

The custodian of the assets of the Fund is U.S. Bank National Association, 1555 N. Rivercenter Drive, Suite 302, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53212. The custodian performs custodial services on behalf of the Fund. The Custodian is expected to serve as a custodian for any wholly-owned Subsidiary formed by the Fund for the purpose of holding Fund investments.

USBGFS, 777 E. Wisconsin Avenue Milwaukee, WI 53202, serves as the Fund’s transfer agent, registrar, dividend disbursement agent and shareholder servicing agent, as well as agent for the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan.

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Deloitte & Touche LLP, 695 Town Center Drive, Suite 1000, Costa Mesa California 92626, serves as independent registered public accounting firm, providing audit services for the Fund. Deloitte Tax LLP provides tax return preparation services for the Fund.

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters will be passed on for the Fund by Ropes & Gray LLP, Boston, Massachusetts. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by Dechert LLP.

 

158


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

THE FUND

     3  

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

     3  

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND STRATEGIES

     4  

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

     66  

INVESTMENT MANAGER

     74  

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

     76  

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

     80  

ANTI-TAKEOVER AND OTHER PROVISIONS IN THE DECLARATION OF TRUST

     83  

REPURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES; CONVERSION TO OPEN-END FUND

     84  

TAX MATTERS

     86  

CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AGENT AND DIVIDEND DISBURSEMENT AGENT

     100  

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

     100  

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

     101  

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     102  

APPENDIX A—PROCEDURES FOR SHAREHOLDERS TO SUBMIT NOMINEE CANDIDATES

     A-1  

APPENDIX B—PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

     B-1  

 

159


Table of Contents

PRIVACY POLICY

What Does DoubleLine Do With Your Personal Information?

This notice provides information about how DoubleLine (“we” and “our”) collects, shares, and protects your personal information, and how you might choose to limit our ability to share certain information about you. Please read this notice carefully.

Why do we need your personal information?

All financial companies need to share customers’ personal information to run their everyday businesses, to appropriately tailor the services offered to you (where applicable), and to comply with our regulatory obligations. Accordingly, information, confidential and proprietary, plays an important role in the success of our business. However, we recognize that you have entrusted us with your personal and financial data, and we recognize our obligation to keep this information secure. Maintaining your privacy is important to us, and we hold ourselves to a high standard in its safekeeping and use. Most importantly, DoubleLine does not sell its customers’ non-public personal information to any third parties. DoubleLine uses its customers’ non-public personal information primarily to complete financial transactions that its customers request (where applicable) to make its customers aware of other financial products and services offered by a DoubleLine affiliated company, and to satisfy obligations we owe to regulatory bodies.

Information we may collect

We may collect various types of personal data about you, including:

 

   

Your personal identification information, which may include your name and passport information, your IP address, politically exposed person (“PEP”) status, and such other information as may be necessary for us to provide our services to you and to complete our customer due diligence process and discharge anti-money laundering obligations;

 

   

Your contact information, which may include postal address and e-mail address and your home and mobile telephone numbers;

 

   

Your family relationships, which may include your marital status, the identity of your spouse and the number of children that you have;

 

   

Your professional and employment information, which may include your level of education and professional qualifications, your employment, employer’s name and details of directorships and other offices which you may hold; and

 

   

Financial information, risk tolerance, sources of wealth and your assets, which may include details of shareholdings and beneficial interests in financial instruments, your bank details and your credit history.

Where we obtain your personal information?

DoubleLine may collect non-public information about you from the following sources:

 

   

Information we receive about you on applications or other forms;

 

   

Information you may give us orally;

 

   

Information about your transactions with us or others;

 

   

Information you submit to us in correspondence, including emails or other electronic communications; and

 

160


Table of Contents
   

Information about any bank account you use for transfers between your bank account and any Fund account, including information provided when effecting wire transfers.

Information Collected from Websites

Websites maintained by DoubleLine or its service providers may use a variety of technologies to collect information that help DoubleLine and its service providers understand how the website is used. Information collected from your web browser (including small files stored on your device that are commonly referred to as “cookies”) allow the websites to recognize your web browser and help to personalize and improve your user experience and enhance navigation of the website. You can change your cookie preferences by changing the setting on your web browser to delete or reject cookies. If you delete or reject cookies, some website pages may not function properly. Our websites may contain links that are maintained or controlled by third parties, each of which has privacy policies which may differ, in some cases significantly, from the privacy policies described in this notice. Please read the privacy policies of such third parties and understand that accessing their website is at your own risk. Please contact your DoubleLine representative if you would like to receive more information about the privacy policies of third parties.

We also use web analytics services, which currently include but are not limited to Google Analytics and Adobe Analytics. Such web analytics services use cookies and similar technologies to evaluate visitor’s use of the domain, compile statistical reports on domain activity, and provide other services related to our websites. For more information about Google Analytics, or to opt out of Google Analytics, please go to https://tools.google.com/dlpage/gaoptout. For more information about Adobe Analytics, or to opt out of Adobe Analytics, please go to: http://www.adobe.com/privacy/opt-out.html.

How and why we may share your information

DoubleLine does not disclose any non-public personal information about our customers or former customers without the customer’s authorization, except that we may disclose the information listed above, as follows:

 

   

It may be necessary for DoubleLine to provide information to nonaffiliated third parties in connection with our performance of the services we have agreed to provide to the DoubleLine funds or you. For example, it might be necessary to do so in order to process transactions and maintain accounts.

 

   

DoubleLine will release any of the non-public information listed above about a customer if directed to do so by that customer or if DoubleLine is authorized by law to do so, such as in the case of a court order, legal investigation, or other properly executed governmental request.

 

   

In order to alert a customer to other financial products and services offered by an affiliate, DoubleLine may share information with an affiliate, including companies using the DoubleLine name. Such products and services may include, for example, other investment products offered by a DoubleLine company. If you prefer that we not disclose non-public personal information about you to our affiliates for this purpose, you may direct us not to make such disclosures (other than disclosures permitted by law) by calling 1 (213) 633-8200. If you limit this sharing and you have a joint account, your decision will be applied to all owners of the account.

We will limit access to your personal account information to those agents and vendors who need to know that information to provide products and services to you. Your information is not provided by us to nonaffiliated third parties for marketing purposes. We maintain physical, electronic, and procedural safeguards to guard your non-public personal information.

 

161


Table of Contents

Notice related to the California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA) and to “natural persons” residing in the State of California

DoubleLine collects and uses information that identifies, describes, references, links or relates to, or is associated with, a particular consumer or device (“Personal Information”). Personal Information we collect from our customers, website visitors and consumers is covered under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and is therefore excluded from the scope of the California Consumer Privacy Act.

Notice to “natural persons” residing in the European Economic Area (the “EEA”)

If you reside in the EEA, we may transfer your personal information outside the EEA, and will ensure that it is protected and transferred in a manner consistent with legal requirements applicable to the information. This can be done in a number of different ways, for instance:

 

   

the country to which we send the personal information may have been assessed by the European Commission as providing an “adequate” level of protection for personal data;

 

   

the recipient may have signed a contract based on standard contractual clauses approved by the European Commission; or

 

   

where the recipient is located in the U.S., it may be a certified member of the EU-U.S. Privacy Shield scheme.

In other circumstances, the law may permit us to otherwise transfer your personal information outside the EEA. In all cases, however, any transfer of your personal information will be compliant with applicable data protection law.

Retention of personal information and security

Your personal information will be retained for as long as required:

 

   

for the purposes for which the personal information was collected;

 

   

in order to establish or defend legal rights or obligations or to satisfy any reporting or accounting obligations; and/or

 

   

as required by data protection laws and any other applicable laws or regulatory requirements, including, but not limited to, U.S. laws and regulations applicable to our business.

We will undertake commercially reasonable efforts to protect the personal information that we hold with appropriate security measures.

Access To and Control of Your Personal Information

Depending on your country of domicile, you may have the following rights in respect of the personal information about you that we process:

 

   

the right to access and port personal information;

 

   

the right to rectify personal information;

 

   

the right to restrict the use of personal information;

 

   

the right to request that personal information is erased; and

 

   

the right to object to processing of personal information.

 

162


Table of Contents

Although you have the right to request that your personal information be deleted at any time, applicable laws or regulatory requirements may prohibit us from doing so. If you are an investor in the DoubleLine funds, certain of the rights described above that may apply to direct clients of DoubleLine domiciled or resident outside the United States will not apply to you. In addition, if you invest in a DoubleLine fund through a financial intermediary, DoubleLine may not have access to personal information about you.

If you wish to exercise any of the rights set out above, please contact privacy@doubleline.com.

Changes to DoubleLine’s Privacy Policy

As required by U.S. federal law, DoubleLine will notify customers of DoubleLine’s Privacy Policy annually. DoubleLine reserves the right to modify its privacy policy at any time, but in the event that there is a change that affects the content of this notice materially, DoubleLine will promptly inform its customers of that change, in accordance with applicable law.

 

163


Table of Contents

APPENDIX A

DESCRIPTION OF S&P GLOBAL RATINGS (“S&P”), MOODY’S INVESTORS SERVICE, INC. (“MOODY’S”) RATINGS AND FITCH, INC. (“FITCH”) RATINGS

S&P

AAA—An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA—An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is very strong.

A—An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is still strong.

BBB—An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

BB, B, CCC, CC, and C—Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposure to adverse conditions.

BB—An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

B—An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

CCC—An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

CC—An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The ‘CC’ rating is used when a default has not yet occurred, but S&P expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default.

C—An obligation rated ‘C’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared with obligations that are rated higher.

D—An obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or 30 calendar days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the

 

A-1


Table of Contents

filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to ‘D’ if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer.

* Ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the rating categories.

Moody’s

Aaa—Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.

Aa—Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

A—Obligations rated A are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

Baa—Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

Ba—Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.

B—Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

Caa—Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

Ca—Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

C—Obligations rated C are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category. Additionally, a “(hyb)” indicator is appended to all ratings of hybrid securities issued by banks, insurers, finance companies, and securities firms.*

* By their terms, hybrid securities allow for the omission of scheduled dividends, interest, or principal payments, which can potentially result in impairment if such an omission occurs. Hybrid securities may also be subject to contractually allowable write-downs of principal that could result in impairment. Together with the hybrid indicator, the long-term obligation rating assigned to a hybrid security is an expression of the relative credit risk associated with that security.

Fitch

AAA: Highest credit quality. “AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of default risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

AA: Very high credit quality. “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low default risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

 

A-2


Table of Contents

A: High credit quality. “A” ratings denote expectations of low default risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

BBB: Good credit quality. “BBB” ratings indicate that expectations of default risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

BB: Speculative. “BB” ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to default risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial flexibility exists that supports the servicing of financial commitments.

B: Highly speculative. “B” ratings indicate that material default risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment.

CCC: Substantial credit risk. Default is a real possibility.

CC: Very high levels of credit risk. Default of some kind appears probable.

C: Near default. A default or default-like process has begun, or the issuer is in standstill, or for a closed funding vehicle, payment capacity is irrevocably impaired. Conditions that are indicative of a “C” category rating for an issuer include: (a) the issuer has entered into a grace or cure period following non-payment of a material financial obligation; (b) the issuer has entered into a temporary negotiated waiver or standstill agreement following a payment default on a material financial obligation; (c) the formal announcement by the issuer or their agent of a distressed debt exchange; (d) a closed financing vehicle where payment capacity is irrevocably impaired such that it is not expected to pay interest and/or principal in full during the life of the transaction, but where no payment default is imminent.

RD: Restricted default. “RD” ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch’s opinion has experienced: (a) an uncured payment default or distressed debt exchange on a bond, loan or other material financial obligation, but (b) has not entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation, or other formal winding-up procedure, and (c) has not otherwise ceased operating. This would include: (i) the selective payment default on a specific class or currency of debt; (ii) the uncured expiry of any applicable grace period, cure period or default forbearance period following a payment default on a bank loan, capital markets security or other material financial obligation; (iii) the extension of multiple waivers or forbearance periods upon a payment default on one or more material financial obligations, either in series or in parallel; ordinary execution of a distressed debt exchange on one or more material financial obligations.

D: Default. “D” ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch’s opinion has entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure or that has otherwise ceased business. Default ratings are not assigned prospectively to entities or their obligations; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will generally not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period, unless a default is otherwise driven by bankruptcy or other similar circumstance, or by a distressed debt exchange. In all cases, the assignment of a default rating reflects the agency’s opinion as to the most appropriate rating category consistent with the rest of its universe of ratings and may differ from the definition of default under the terms of an issuer’s financial obligations or local commercial practice.

 

A-3


Table of Contents

[] Common Shares

DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund

Common Shares of Beneficial Interest

$20.00 per Common Share

 

 

Prospectus

[], 2020

 

 

 

 

 

Through and including [                , 2020] (the 25th day after the date of this Prospectus) federal securities law may require all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, to deliver a prospectus. This requirement is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

The information in this Statement of Additional Information is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Statement of Additional Information is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state or jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION – DATED FEBRUARY 25, 2020

DOUBLELINE YIELD OPPORTUNITIES FUND

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund (the “Fund”) is a newly organized, non-diversified, limited term closed-end management investment company with no operating history.

This Statement of Additional Information (the “SAI”) relating to shares of the Fund (“Common Shares”) is not a prospectus, and should be read in conjunction with the Fund’s prospectus relating thereto dated [●], 2020 (the “Prospectus”). This SAI does not include all information that a prospective investor should consider before purchasing Common Shares, and investors should obtain and read the Prospectus prior to purchasing such shares. You may obtain a copy of the Prospectus on the web site (http://www.sec.gov) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this SAI have the meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.

This Statement of Additional Information is dated [●], 2020


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

THE FUND

     3  

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

     3  

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND STRATEGIES

     4  

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

     66  

INVESTMENT MANAGER

     74  

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

     76  

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

     80  

ANTI-TAKEOVER AND OTHER PROVISIONS IN THE DECLARATION OF TRUST

     83  

REPURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES; CONVERSION TO OPEN-END FUND

     84  

TAX MATTERS

     86  

CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AGENT AND DIVIDEND DISBURSEMENT AGENT

     100  

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

     100  

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

     101  

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     102  

APPENDIX A—PROCEDURES FOR SHAREHOLDERS TO SUBMIT NOMINEE CANDIDATES

     A-1  

APPENDIX B—PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

     B-1  


Table of Contents

THE FUND

The Fund is a non-diversified, limited term, closed-end management investment company with no operating history. The Fund was formed on September 17, 2019 as a Massachusetts business trust.

The Fund is classified as a non-diversified fund under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”).

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

Fundamental Investment Policies

The investment policies numbered 1 through 7 below have been adopted as fundamental policies for the Fund and may not be changed without the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund (as defined in the 1940 Act). The 1940 Act provides that a “vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” of the Fund means the affirmative vote of the lesser of (1) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund, or (2) 67% or more of the shares present at a meeting if more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund are represented at the meeting in person.

(1) The Fund may issue senior securities to the extent consistent with applicable law from time to time.

(2) The Fund may borrow money to the extent permitted by applicable law from time to time.

(3) The Fund may not act as underwriter of securities of other issuers except to the extent that, in connection with the disposition of portfolio securities or in connection with the purchase of securities directly from the issuer thereof, it may be deemed to be an underwriter under certain federal securities laws.

(4) The Fund may not purchase any security if as a result 25% or more of the Fund’s total assets (taken at current value) would be invested in securities of issuers in a single industry, except that the Fund will normally invest at least 25% of its total assets in issuers involved in one or more real estate-related industries. Investments in issuers involved in real estate-related industries include, without limitation, investments in mortgage-related obligations issued or guaranteed by government agencies or other government entities or by private originators or issuers; instruments of any kind that are backed by or that provide exposure to one or more real estate-related mortgages; interests in issuers that deal in, hold, or invest in mortgages, real estate, or other real estate-related assets; real estate investment trusts of any kind; instruments whose performance is based on or relates to payments made on real estate mortgages or other real estate-related obligations; instruments secured by any interest in real estate; and other investments that DoubleLine Capital LP (the “Adviser” or “DoubleLine”) determines provide exposure to real estate or one or more of the foregoing. For purposes of this restriction, (i) loans and loan participations (other than those secured by one or more interests in real estate) will be considered investments in the industry of the underlying borrower and (ii) U.S. Government securities and investment companies are not considered to be part of any industry.

(5) The Fund may make loans, including to affiliated investment companies, except to the extent the Fund is prohibited from doing so by applicable law. The Fund may purchase loan participations or otherwise invest in loans or similar obligations, and may make loans directly to borrowers, itself or as part of a lending syndicate. The Fund may purchase debt obligations or other financial instruments in which the Fund may invest consistent with its investment policies, enter into repurchase agreements, or lend its portfolio securities.

(6) The Fund may purchase or sell commodities to the extent permitted by applicable law from time to time.

(7) The Fund may purchase real estate except to the extent the Fund is prohibited from doing so by applicable law, and the Fund may possess, hold, purchase and/or dispose of real estate in connection with managing or exercising its rights in respect of its investments. The Fund may, for clarity, (i) purchase interests in issuers which deal, hold or invest in real estate, including limited partnership interests of limited partnerships that invest or deal in real estate, (ii) purchase securities which are secured by real estate or interests in real estate, including real estate mortgage loans, and (iii) acquire (by way of foreclosure or otherwise), hold and/or dispose of real estate that secured, or is otherwise related to, an investment of the Fund.

 

3


Table of Contents

Except as stated elsewhere in the Fund’s Prospectus or this SAI, to the extent the Fund has reserved the freedom to invest in a type of investment or to utilize a particular investment practice, the Fund may invest in such investment or engage in such investment practice without limit.

For purposes of applying the terms of the fund’s fundamental investment policy (4), the Adviser will, on behalf of the Fund, make reasonable determinations as to the appropriate industry classification to assign to each issuer of securities in which the Fund invests. Further, there is no limit on the amount of assets the Fund may use to originate loans, except that the Fund will not originate loans to any borrower if as a result 25% or more of the Fund’s total assets at the time of origination would be invested in securities of issuers in the same industry as the borrower (other than real estate-related industries). For purposes of applying the terms of the fund’s fundamental investment policy (4), the Fund also expects to treat an investment in an investment company that concentrates its investments in a particular industry as an investment by the Fund in that industry generally to the extent of the Fund’s estimate of the underlying fund’s investment in that industry for purposes of applying the Fund’s limit on industry concentration.

As a general matter, the Fund considers an industry to be a group of companies whose principal activities, products or services offered give them a similar economic risk profile vis-à-vis issuers active in other sectors of the economy. The definition of what constitutes a particular industry is therefore an evolving one, particularly for issuers in industries that are new or are undergoing rapid development. Some issuers could reasonably fall within more than one industry category. For example, some companies that sell goods over the Internet (including issuers of securities in which the Fund may invest) were initially classified as Internet companies, but over time have evolved into the economic risk profiles of retail companies.

For purposes of the Fund’s policies (including the fundamental policies discussed above), any actions taken or omitted or investments made in reliance on, or in accordance with, exemptive relief, no action relief, interpretive guidance or other regulatory or governmental action or guidance, shall be considered to have been taken, made, or omitted in accordance with applicable law.

Other Investment Policies

All percentage limitations and requirements (including those set forth in the fundamental policies discussed above) as to investments will apply only at the time of an investment to which the limitation or requirement is applicable and shall not be considered violated unless an excess or deficiency occurs or exists immediately after and as a result of such investment. Accordingly, any later increase or decrease resulting from a change in values, net assets or other circumstances will not be considered in determining whether any investment complies with the Fund’s limitation or requirement.

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND STRATEGIES

The Fund’s Prospectus describes the Fund’s principal investment strategies. The following provides information that supplements the information provided in the Fund’s Prospectus.

Unless a strategy, instrument or policy described below is specifically prohibited by the investment restrictions listed in the Fund’s Prospectus, under “Investment Restrictions” in this SAI, or by applicable law, the Fund may, but will not necessarily, engage in each of the investment practices described below.

The Adviser’s investment process may take into account a number of factors. These factors may include, among others, standard of living convergence, consumer deleveraging, private sector debt transference and demographic shifts, position in the business cycle, sector returns, relative growth, monetary and fiscal policy, risk integration, market sentiment, behavioral analysis, relative value, market technicals, and government and/or regulatory intervention.

The Fund will attempt to achieve its objective by investing in a variety of investments (that may be obligations of domestic or foreign entities), such as but not limited to (as specified in greater detail below): (i) project bonds; (ii) debt obligations issued or guaranteed by governments or governmental agencies (iii) U.S. Government securities; (iv) corporate debt securities, including bonds, notes and debentures; (v) corporate and asset-backed commercial paper; (vi) mortgage and other asset-backed securities, including collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”), Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits (“REMICs”) and Re-REMICs (which are REMICs that have been resecuritized); (vii) Enhanced Equipment Trust Certificates (“EETCs”) and Equipment Trust Certificate (“ETCs”) (viii) variable and floating rate debt

 

4


Table of Contents

securities (including inverse floaters); (ix) subordinated corporate, mortgage, and asset-backed securities; (x) equity securities; (xi) commodities; (xii) bank certificates of deposit; (xiii) fixed time deposits and bankers’ acceptances; (xiv) money market securities; (xv) repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements; (xvi) hybrid securities; (xvii) obligations of foreign governments or their subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities or foreign corporate issuers; (xviii) loan participations and assignments; (ixx) commercial or residential whole mortgage loans; (xx) derivatives (including but not limited to options, futures contracts, including Treasury futures, swap agreements such as credit default swaps, interest rate swaps, and total and excess return swaps, and currency-related transactions, including forward exchange contracts and futures contracts); (xxi) private placements, including Regulation S and Rule 144A securities; (xxii) futures and options on futures relating to currencies, indexes and other financial factors; (xxiii) loans including, without limitation, secured and unsecured senior loans, term loans, mezzanine, second lien, and other subordinated loans, delayed funding loans, revolving credit facilities, non-performing loans, re-performing loans, and other fixed and floating rate loans (as well as various forms of securitizations of these and other types of loans); (xxiv) distressed and defaulted debt securities; (xxv) mortgage dollar rolls; (xxvi) other mutual funds, including Exchange Traded Funds (“ETFs”), such as SPDRs or iShares; (xxvii) unrated securities; (xxviii) structured notes; (xxix) municipal bonds and securities; (xxx) collateralized debt obligations such as collateralized loan obligations and collateralized bond obligations; (xxxi) perpetual maturity bonds; (xxxii) inflation-indexed bonds; (xxxiii) convertible securities; (xxxiv) preferred securities; (xxxv) payment-in-kind bonds; (xxxvi) zero-coupon bonds; (xxxvii) custodial receipts, cash and cash equivalents; (xxxviii) short-term, high quality investments, including, for example, commercial paper, bankers’ acceptances, certificates of deposit, and bank time deposits; (xxxix) real estate investment trusts (“REITs”); (xl) credit-linked notes; (xli) pass-through notes; (xlii) contingent value rights; (xliii) Private Investments in Public Companies (“PIPEs”); (xliv) global depositary notes (“GDNs”); and (xlv) bank capital securities. The Fund generally will invest in some, but generally not all, of these types of investments at any given time, each of which may be denominated in United States Dollars (“USD”) or any other currency worldwide unless prohibited by the Fund’s investment objective and strategies. Depending on the Fund’s principal investment strategies, the amount of the Fund’s assets that may be committed to any of these types of investments (if any) may vary. The above list of investments is not intended to be an exhaustive list of the types of investments in which the Fund may invest.

In attempting to achieve its investment objective, the Fund may utilize, among others, one or more of the strategies or securities set forth below. The Fund may, in addition, invest in other instruments (including derivative investments) or use other investment strategies that are developed or become available in the future and that are consistent with its objective and restrictions.

Fixed-Income Securities

The Fund may invest in fixed-income securities. Fixed-income securities include a broad array of short-, medium-, and long-term obligations issued by the U.S. or foreign governments, government or international agencies and instrumentalities, and corporate and private issuers of various types. The maturity date is the date on which a fixed-income security matures. This is the date on which the borrower must pay back the borrowed amount, which is known as the principal. Some fixed-income securities represent uncollateralized obligations of their issuers; in other cases, the securities may be backed by specific assets (such as mortgages or other receivables) that have been set aside as collateral for the issuer’s obligation. Fixed-income securities generally involve an obligation of the issuer to pay interest or dividends on either a current basis or at the maturity of the security, as well as the obligation to repay the principal amount of the security at maturity. The rate of interest on fixed-income securities may be fixed, floating, or variable. Some securities pay a higher interest rate than the current market rate. An investor may have to pay more than the security’s principal to compensate the seller for the value of the higher interest rate. This additional payment is a premium.

Fixed-income securities are subject to, among other risks, credit risk, market risk, and interest rate risk. Except to the extent values are affected by other factors such as developments relating to a specific issuer, generally the value of a fixed-income security can be expected to rise when interest rates decline and, conversely, the value of such a security can be expected to fall when interest rates rise. Some fixed-income securities may be subject to extension risk. This is the risk that if interest rates rise, repayments of principal on certain debt securities, including, but not limited to, floating rate loans and mortgage-related securities, may occur at a slower rate than expected and the expected maturity of those securities could lengthen as a result. Some fixed-income securities also involve prepayment or call risk. This is the risk that the issuer will repay the Fund the principal on the security before it is due, thus depriving the Fund of a favorable stream of future interest or dividend payments. The Fund could buy another security, but that other security might pay a lower interest rate. In addition, many fixed-income securities contain call or buy-back features that permit their issuers to call or repurchase the securities from their holders. Such securities may present risks based on payment expectations. If an issuer were to exercise a call option and redeem the security during times of declining interest rates, the Fund may realize a capital loss on its investment if the security was purchased at a premium and the Fund may be forced to replace the called security with a lower yielding security.

 

5


Table of Contents

Changes by nationally recognized securities rating organizations (“NRSROs”) in their ratings of any fixed-income security or the issuer of a fixed-income security and changes in the ability of an issuer to make payments of interest and principal may also affect the value of these investments. Changes in the value of portfolio securities generally will not affect income derived from these securities, but will affect the Fund’s performance.

Because interest rates vary, it is impossible to predict the income, if any, for any particular period for the Fund that invests in fixed-income securities. Fluctuations in the value of the Fund’s investments in fixed-income securities may adversely affect the Fund’s performance.

Duration is an estimate of how much a bond fund’s share price will fluctuate in response to a change in interest rates. In general, the value of a fixed-income security with positive duration will generally decline if interest rates increase, whereas the value of a security with negative duration will generally decline if interest rates decrease. If interest rates rise by one percentage point, the value of a portfolio of debt securities with an average duration of five years would be expected to decline by approximately 5%. If rates decrease by a percentage point, the value of portfolio of debt securities with an average duration of five years would be expected to rise by approximately 5%. The greater the duration of a bond (whether positive or negative), the greater its percentage price volatility due to changes in interest rates. Only a pure discount bond – that is, one with no coupon or sinking-fund payments – has a duration equal to the remaining maturity of the bond, because only in this case does the present value of the final redemption payment represent the entirety of the present value of the bond. For all other bonds, duration is less than maturity.

The Fund may invest in variable- or floating-rate securities that bear interest at rates subject to periodic adjustment or provide for periodic recovery of principal on demand. Variable- and floating-rate securities may include, without limitations, floating rate notes issued by the U.S. Treasury, catastrophe and other event-linked bonds, bank capital securities, unsecured bank loans, corporate bonds, money market instruments and certain types of mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities. The value of the Fund’s investment in certain of these securities may depend on the Fund’s right to demand that a specified bank, broker-dealer, or other financial institution either purchase such securities from the Fund at par or make payment on short notice to the Fund of unpaid principal and/or interest on the securities. These securities are subject to, among others, interest rate risk and credit risk.

The Fund may invest in commercial paper, which is a short-term debt obligation that is usually issued by banks, corporations, and other borrowers and often sold on a discount basis in order to finance their current operations. Commercial paper is typically bought by investors to earn returns on a short-term basis, and it is usually repaid at maturity by the issuer from the proceeds of the issuance of new commercial paper. As a result, investments in commercial paper are subject to the risk that the issuer cannot issue enough new commercial paper to satisfy its outstanding commercial paper, also known as rollover risk. In addition, under certain circumstances commercial paper may become illiquid or may suffer from reduced liquidity. These instruments are generally unsecured, which increases the credit risk associated with this type of investment.

Commercial paper purchasable by the Fund may include “Section 4(a)(2) paper,” a term that includes debt obligations issued in reliance on the “private placement” exemption from registration afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Section 4(a)(2) paper is restricted as to disposition under the Federal securities laws, and is frequently sold (and resold) to institutional investors such as the Fund through or with the assistance of investment dealers who make a market in the Section 4(a)(2) paper, thereby providing liquidity. Section 4(a)(2) paper is sold to institutional investors who must agree to purchase the paper for investment and not with a view to public distribution. Any resale by the purchaser must be in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Section 4(a)(2) paper normally is resold to other institutional investors like the Fund through or with the assistance of the issuer or investment dealers that make a market in Section 4(a)(2) paper. As a result it is subject to liquidity risk, the risk that the securities may be difficult to value because of the absence of an active market, and the risk that it may be sold only after considerable expense and delay, if at all. There can be no assurance that a liquid trading market will exist at any time for any particular Section 4(a)(2) paper securities.

The Fund also may purchase asset-backed commercial paper, which includes debt obligations issued in reliance on an exemption from registration available in Section 3(a)(3) of the Securities Act. Asset-backed commercial paper issued pursuant to Section 3(a)(3) must not have a maturity exceeding nine months. Asset-backed commercial paper is subject to similar liquidity risks associated with Section 4(a)(2) paper described in the paragraph above.

 

6


Table of Contents

Generally, the Adviser uses the terms debt security, debt obligation, fixed-income instrument and fixed-income security interchangeably. These terms should be considered to include any evidence of indebtedness, including, by way of example, a security or instrument having one or more of the following characteristics: a security or instrument issued at a discount to its face value, a security or instrument that pays interest at a fixed, floating, or variable rate, or a security or instrument with a stated principal amount that requires repayment of some or all of that principal amount to the holder of the security. These terms are interpreted broadly to include any instrument or security evidencing what is commonly referred to as an IOU rather than evidencing the corporate ownership of equity unless that equity represents an indirect or derivative interest in one or more debt securities. For this purpose, the terms also include instruments that are intended to provide one or more of the characteristics of a direct investment in one or more debt securities. As new fixed-income instruments are developed, the Adviser may invest in those opportunities for the Fund as well.

Below Investment Grade/High Yield Investments

Debt securities that are, at the time of purchase, rated below investment grade (Ba1 or below by Moody’s and BB+ or below by S&P and Fitch), an equivalent rating assigned by another NRSRO or unrated but judged by DoubleLine to be of comparable quality include securities commonly referred to as “high yield” securities or “junk bonds.”

Investments in high yield securities generally provide greater income and increased opportunity for capital appreciation than investments in higher quality securities, but they also typically entail greater price volatility and principal and income risk, including the possibility of issuer default and bankruptcy. High yield securities are regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s continuing ability to meet principal and interest payments. Debt securities in the lowest investment grade category also may be considered to possess some speculative characteristics by certain rating agencies. In addition, analysis of the creditworthiness of issuers of high yield securities may be more complex than for issuers of higher quality securities.

High yield securities may be more susceptible to real or perceived adverse economic and competitive industry conditions than investment grade securities. A projection of an economic downturn or of a period of rising interest rates, for example, could cause a decline in high yield security prices because the advent of a recession could lessen the ability of an issuer to make principal and interest payments on its debt obligations. If an issuer of high yield securities defaults, in addition to risking non-payment of all or a portion of interest and principal, the Fund may incur additional expenses to seek recovery. The market prices of high yield securities structured as zero-coupon, step-up or payment-in-kind securities will normally be affected to a greater extent by interest rate changes, and therefore tend to be more volatile than the prices of securities that pay interest currently and in cash.

The secondary market on which high yield securities are traded may be less liquid than the market for investment grade securities. Less liquidity in the secondary trading market could adversely affect the price at which the Fund could sell a high yield security, and could adversely affect the net asset value of the shares. Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease the values and liquidity of high yield securities, especially in a thinly-traded market. When secondary markets for high yield securities are less liquid than the market for investment grade securities, it may be more difficult to value the securities because such valuation may require more research, and elements of judgment may play a greater role in the valuation because there is less reliable, objective data available. During periods of thin trading in these markets, the spread between bid and asked prices is likely to increase significantly and the Fund may have greater difficulty selling its portfolio securities. The Fund will be more dependent on DoubleLine’s research and analysis when investing in high yield securities.

A general description of the ratings of securities by Moody’s, S&P and Fitch is set forth in Appendix A to the Prospectus. The ratings of Moody’s, S&P and Fitch represent their opinions as to the quality of the securities they rate. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are general and are not absolute standards of quality. Consequently, debt obligations with the same maturity, coupon and rating may have different yields while obligations with the same maturity and coupon with different ratings may have the same yield. For these reasons, the use of credit ratings as the sole method of evaluating high yield securities can involve certain risks. For example, credit ratings evaluate the safety of principal and interest payments, not the market value risk of high yield securities. Also, credit rating agencies may fail to change credit ratings in a timely fashion to reflect events since the security was last rated. DoubleLine does not rely solely on credit ratings when selecting securities for the Fund.

 

7


Table of Contents

The Fund’s credit quality policies apply only at the time a security is purchased, and the Fund is not required to dispose of a security in the event that a rating agency or DoubleLine downgrades its assessment of the credit characteristics of a particular issue. In determining whether to retain or sell such a security, DoubleLine may consider such factors as DoubleLine’s assessment of the credit quality of the issuer of such security, the price at which such security could be sold and the rating, if any, assigned to such security by other rating agencies. However, analysis of creditworthiness may be more complex for issuers of high yield securities than for issuers of higher quality debt securities.

The lower ratings of the high yield securities which the Fund will purchase reflect a greater possibility that the financial condition of the issuers, or adverse changes in general economic conditions, or both, may impair the ability of the issuers to make payments of principal and interest. The market value of a single lower-rated debt security may fluctuate more than the market value of higher rated securities, since changes in the creditworthiness of lower rated issuers and in market perceptions of the issuers’ creditworthiness tend to occur more frequently and in a more pronounced manner than in the case of higher rated issuers. High yield debt securities also tend to reflect individual corporate developments to a greater extent than higher rated securities. The securities in which the Fund may invest are frequently subordinated to senior indebtedness.

The economy and interest rates affect high yield securities differently from other securities. The prices of high yield bonds have been found to be more sensitive to adverse economic changes or individual corporate developments. During an economic downturn or substantial period of rising interest rates, highly leveraged issuers may experience financial stress which would adversely affect their ability to service their principal and interest payment obligations, to meet projected business goals, and to obtain additional financing. If the issuer of a bond owned by the Fund defaults, the Fund may incur additional expenses to seek recovery. In addition, periods of economic uncertainty and changes can be expected to result in increased volatility of market prices of high yield bonds and the Fund’s asset value. Furthermore, the market prices of high yield bonds structured as zero coupon or pay-in-kind securities are affected to a greater extent by interest rate changes and thereby tend to be more volatile than securities which pay interest periodically and in cash.

To the extent there is a limited retail secondary market for particular high yield bonds, these bonds may be thinly-traded and the Adviser’s ability to accurately value high yield bonds and the Fund’s assets may be more difficult because there is less reliable, objective data available. In addition, the Fund’s ability to acquire or dispose of the bonds may be negatively-impacted. Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease the values and liquidity of high yield bonds, especially in a thinly-traded market. To the extent the Fund owns or may acquire illiquid or restricted high yield bonds, these securities may involve special registration responsibilities, liabilities and costs, and liquidity and valuation difficulties.

Analysis of creditworthiness of issuers of high yield securities may be more complex than for issuers of higher-quality fixed income securities. To the extent that the Fund invests in high yield securities, the Fund’s success in achieving its investment objective may depend more heavily on the Adviser’s creditworthiness analysis than if the Fund invested exclusively in higher-quality securities.

High yield securities include securities issued by emerging credit companies and companies which have experienced a leveraged buyout or recapitalization. Although the small and medium size companies that constitute emerging credit issuers typically have significant operating histories, these companies generally do not have strong enough operating results to secure investment grade ratings from the rating agencies. In addition, at times there has been a substantial volume of high yield securities issued by companies that have converted from public to private ownership through leveraged buyout transactions and by companies that have restructured their balance sheets through leveraged recapitalizations. High yield securities issued in these situations are used primarily to pay existing stockholders for their shares or to finance special dividend distributions to shareholders. The indebtedness incurred in connection with these transactions is often substantial and, as a result, often produces highly leveraged capital structures which present special risks for the holders of such securities. Also, the market price of such securities may be more volatile to the extent that expected benefits from the restructuring do not materialize. The second category of high yield securities consists of securities of former investment grade companies that have experienced poor operating performance due to such factors as cyclical downtrends in their industry, poor management or increased foreign competition.

Special tax considerations are associated with investing in lower rated debt securities structured as zero coupon or pay-in-kind securities. The Fund accrues income on these securities prior to the receipt of cash payments. The Fund must distribute substantially all of its income to shareholders to qualify for the favorable tax treatment afforded RICs and their shareholders under the Code and may, therefore, have to dispose of portfolio securities to satisfy distribution requirements.

 

8


Table of Contents

Underwriting and dealer spreads associated with the purchase of lower rated bonds are typically higher than those associated with the purchase of high grade bonds.

Unrated Securities. Unrated securities involve the risks associated with investments in rated securities of equivalent credit quality, though they may be less liquid than comparable rated securities and involve the risk that the Adviser may not accurately evaluate the security’s creditworthiness. To the extent the Fund invests in unrated securities, the Fund’s success in achieving its investment objective may depend more heavily on the Adviser’s analysis than if the Fund invested exclusively in rated securities. Some or all of the unrated instruments in which the Fund may invest will involve credit risk comparable to or greater than that of rated debt securities of below investment grade quality.

Mortgage-Backed and Asset-Backed Securities

Mortgage-backed securities, including CMOs and certain stripped mortgage-backed securities, represent a participation in, or are secured by, mortgage loans. Asset-backed securities are structured like mortgage-backed securities, but instead of mortgage loans or interests in mortgage loans, the underlying assets may include such items as credit card and automobile finance receivables, student loans, consumer loans, installment loan contracts, home equity loans, mobile home loans, boat loans, business and small business loans, project finance loans, airplane leases, and leases of various other types of real and personal property (including those relating to railcars, containers, or telecommunication, energy, and/or other infrastructure assets and infrastructure-related assets), and other non-mortgage-related income streams, such as income from renewable energy projects and franchise rights. The cash flow generated by the underlying assets is applied to make required payments on the securities and to pay related administrative expenses. The amount of residual cash flow resulting from a particular issue of asset-backed or mortgage-backed securities depends on, among other things, the characteristics of the underlying assets, the coupon rates on the securities, prevailing interest rates, the amount of administrative expenses and the actual prepayment experience on the underlying assets. The Fund may invest in any such instruments or variations as may be developed, to the extent consistent with its investment objective and policies and applicable regulatory requirements. In general, the collateral supporting asset-backed securities is of a shorter maturity than mortgage loans and is likely to experience substantial prepayments.

Mortgage-backed securities have yield and maturity characteristics corresponding to the underlying assets. Unlike traditional debt securities, which may pay a fixed rate of interest until maturity, when the entire principal amount comes due, payments on certain mortgage-backed securities include both interest and a partial repayment of principal. Besides the scheduled repayment of principal, repayments of principal may result from the voluntary prepayment, refinancing or foreclosure of the underlying mortgage loans. If property owners make unscheduled prepayments of their mortgage loans, these prepayments will result in early payment of the applicable mortgage-backed securities. In that event the Fund may be unable to invest the proceeds from the early payment of the mortgage-backed securities in an investment that provides as high a yield as the mortgage-backed securities. Consequently, early payment associated with mortgage-backed securities may cause these securities to experience significantly greater price and yield volatility than that experienced by traditional fixed-income securities. The occurrence of mortgage prepayments is affected by factors including the level of interest rates, general economic conditions, the location and age of the mortgage and other social and demographic conditions. During periods of falling interest rates, the rate of mortgage prepayments tends to increase, thereby tending to decrease the life of mortgage-backed securities. During periods of rising interest rates, the rate of mortgage prepayments usually decreases, thereby tending to increase the life of mortgage-backed securities. If the life of a mortgage-backed security is inaccurately predicted, the Fund may not be able to realize the rate of return it expected.

Adjustable rate mortgage securities (“ARMs”), like traditional mortgage-backed securities, are interests in pools of mortgage loans that provide investors with payments consisting of both principal and interest as mortgage loans in the underlying mortgage pool are paid off by the borrowers. Unlike fixed-rate mortgage-backed securities, ARMs are collateralized by or represent interests in mortgage loans with variable rates of interest. These interest rates are reset at periodic intervals, usually by reference to an interest rate index or market interest rate. Although the rate adjustment feature may act as a buffer to reduce sharp changes in the value of adjustable rate securities, these securities are still subject to changes in value based on, among other things, changes in market interest rates or changes in the issuer’s creditworthiness. Because the interest rates are reset only periodically, changes in the interest rate on ARMs may lag changes in prevailing market interest rates. Also, some ARMs (or the underlying mortgages) are subject to caps or floors that limit the maximum change in the interest rate during a specified period or over the life of the security. As a result, changes in the interest rate on an ARM may not fully reflect changes in prevailing market interest rates during certain periods. The Fund may also invest in hybrid ARMs, whose underlying mortgages combine fixed-rate and adjustable rate features.

 

9


Table of Contents

In considering an investment for the Fund in mortgage-backed securities, the Adviser will consider a number of factors with respect to the underlying mortgages. These include, but are not limited to, (1) the nature of the borrowers (e.g., residential vs. commercial); (2) the collateral loan type (e.g., for residential: First Lien – Jumbo/Prime, First Lien – Alt-A, First Lien – Subprime, First Lien – Pay-Option, or Second Lien; for commercial: Conduit, Large Loan, or Single Asset/Single Borrower); and (3) in the case of residential loans, whether they are fixed rate or adjustable mortgages. Each of these criteria can cause mortgage-backed securities to have differing risk factors and performance characteristics.

Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities are less effective than other types of securities as a means of “locking in” attractive long-term interest rates. One reason is the need to reinvest prepayments of principal; another is the possibility of significant unscheduled prepayments resulting from declines in interest rates. These prepayments would have to be reinvested at lower rates. The automatic interest rate adjustment feature of mortgages underlying ARMs likewise reduces the ability to lock-in attractive rates. As a result, mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities may have less potential for capital appreciation during periods of declining interest rates than other securities of comparable maturities, although they may have a similar risk of decline in market value during periods of rising interest rates. Prepayments may also significantly shorten the effective maturities of these securities, especially during periods of declining interest rates. Conversely, during periods of rising interest rates, a reduction in prepayments may increase the effective maturities of these securities, subjecting them to a greater risk of decline in market value in response to rising interest rates than traditional debt securities, and, therefore, potentially increasing the volatility of the Fund.

At times, some mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities will have higher than market interest rates and therefore will be purchased at a premium above their par value. Prepayments may cause losses on securities purchased at a premium.

CMOs may be issued by a U.S. Government agency or instrumentality or by a private issuer. Although payment of the principal of, and interest on, the underlying collateral securing privately issued CMOs may be guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities, these CMOs represent obligations solely of the private issuer and are not insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities or any other person or entity. Government-related guarantors (i.e., not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government) include Fannie Mae (formally known as Federal National Mortgage Association) and Freddie Mac (formally known as Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation). Fannie Mae is a government-sponsored corporation the common stock of which is owned entirely by private stockholders. Fannie Mae purchases conventional (i.e., not insured or guaranteed by any government agency) residential mortgages from a list of approved seller/servicers which include state and federally chartered savings and loan associations, mutual savings banks, commercial banks, and credit unions and mortgage bankers. Pass-through securities issued by Fannie Mae (also known as “Fannie Maes”) are guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest by Fannie Mae, but are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. Freddie Mac was created by Congress in 1970 for the purpose of increasing the availability of mortgage credit for residential housing. It is a government-sponsored corporation that issues Freddie Mac Guaranteed Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates (also known as “Freddie Macs” or “PCs”), which are pass-through securities, each representing an undivided interest in a pool of residential mortgages. Freddie Mac guarantees the timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of principal, but PCs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. The Fund may also invest in bonds, including unguaranteed mezzanine bonds and subordinate bonds, securitized through Freddie Mac’s “K-Deal” program, which securitizes mortgage loans backed by multi-family apartment properties. Such bonds are also not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.

Prepayments could cause early retirement of CMOs. CMOs are designed to reduce the risk of prepayment for certain investors by issuing multiple classes of securities, each having different maturities, interest rates and payment schedules, and with the principal and interest on the underlying mortgages allocated among the several classes in various ways. Payment of interest or principal on some classes or series of CMOs may be subject to contingencies or some classes or series may bear some or all of the risk of default on the underlying mortgages. CMOs of different classes or series are generally retired in sequence as the underlying mortgage loans in the mortgage pool are repaid. If enough mortgages are repaid ahead of schedule, the classes or series of a CMO with the earliest maturities generally will be retired prior to their maturities. Thus, the early retirement of particular classes or series of a CMO would have the same effect as the prepayment of mortgages underlying other mortgage-backed securities. Conversely, slower than anticipated prepayments can extend the effective maturities of CMOs, subjecting them to a greater risk of decline in market value in response to rising interest rates than traditional debt securities, and, therefore, potentially increasing their volatility.

Prepayments could result in losses on stripped mortgage-backed securities. Stripped mortgage-backed securities are usually structured with two classes that receive different portions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage loans. The yield to maturity on an interest only (“IO”) class of stripped mortgage-backed securities is extremely

 

10


Table of Contents

sensitive not only to changes in prevailing interest rates but also to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the underlying assets. A rapid rate of principal prepayments may have a measurable adverse effect on the Fund’s yield to maturity to the extent it invests in IOs. If the assets underlying the IO experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the Fund may fail to recoup fully its initial investment in these securities. Principal only (“POs”) tend to increase in value if prepayments are greater than anticipated and decline if prepayments are slower than anticipated. The secondary market for stripped mortgage-backed securities may be more volatile and less liquid than that for other mortgage-backed securities, potentially limiting the Fund’s ability to buy or sell those securities at any particular time.

Subprime mortgage loans, which typically are made to less creditworthy borrowers, have a higher risk of default than conventional mortgage loans. Therefore, mortgage-backed securities backed by subprime mortgage loans may suffer significantly greater declines in value due to defaults or the increased risk of default.

The mortgage loans backing the mortgage-backed securities in which the Fund may invest may include re-performing loans (“RPLs”), non-performing loans and non-qualified mortgage (“Non-QM”) loans. RPLs are loans that have previously been delinquent but are current at the time they are securitized. Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, among others, securitize RPLs. For example, in Fannie Mae’s case, the RPLs securitized are single-family, fixed rate re-performing loans that generally were previously placed in a mortgage-backed security trust with certificates guaranteed by Fannie Mae, purchased from the trust by Fannie Mae and held as a distressed asset after four or more months of delinquency, and subsequently became current (i.e. performing) again. Such RPLs may have exited delinquency through efforts at reducing defaults (e.g., loan modification). In selecting RPLs for securitization, Fannie Mae follows certain criteria related to length of time the loan has been performing, the type of loan (single-family, fixed rate), and the status of the loan as first lien, among other things. Fannie Mae may include different loan structures and modification programs in the future. Non-performing loans are mortgage loans where the borrower is in default or is or has been delinquent, for a potentially significant period of time, as to the payment of interest and/or principal. Non-QM loans do not comply with the rules of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”) relating to qualified mortgages (“QM”). To qualify as a QM loan under the CFPB’s rules, the loan must meet certain requirements, such as a borrower debt-to-income ratio, being fully-amortizing, and limits on loan fees. Non-QM loans do not comply with at least one of these requirements.

In addition to investing in mortgage-backed securities that are backed by mortgage loans themselves, the Fund may invest in securities that are backed by mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”), including normal MSRs and excess MSRs. Normal MSRs refer to the contractual right to cash flows payable to the mortgage servicer of a pool of mortgage loans for their ongoing administrative duties to the extent such cash flows do not exceed a reasonable amount of consideration for normal servicing activities. Excess MSRs are the rights to any amount of cash flows in excess of normal MSRs.

The risks associated with other asset-backed securities (including in particular the risks of issuer default and of early prepayment) are generally similar to those described above for CMOs. In addition, because asset-backed securities generally do not have the benefit of a security interest in the underlying assets that is comparable to a mortgage (though certain asset-backed securities, such as ETCs and EETCs, may be structured such that there is a security interest in the underlying asset), asset-backed securities may present certain additional risks that are not commonly present with mortgage-backed securities. The ability of an issuer of asset-backed securities to enforce its security interest in the underlying assets may be limited. For example, revolving credit receivables are generally unsecured and the debtors on such receivables are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which give debtors the right to set-off certain amounts owed, thereby reducing the balance due. Automobile receivables generally are secured, but by automobiles, rather than by real property. Similarly, ETCs and EETCs are often secured by different types of equipment (see “—Equipment Trust Certificates (ETCs) and Enhanced Equipment Trust Certificates (EETCs)” below).

Asset-backed securities may be collateralized by the fees earned by service providers. The values of asset-backed securities may be substantially dependent on the servicing of the underlying asset and are therefore subject to risks associated with the negligence or malfeasance by their servicers and to the credit risk of their servicers. In certain circumstances, the mishandling of related documentation may also affect the rights of the security holders in and to the underlying collateral. The insolvency of entities that generate receivables or that utilize the assets may result in added costs and delays in addition to losses associated with a decline in the value of the underlying assets.

Federal, state and local government officials and representatives as well as certain private parties have proposed actions to assist homeowners who own or occupy property subject to mortgages. Certain of those proposals involve actions that would affect the mortgages that underlie or relate to certain mortgage-related securities, including securities or other instruments which the Fund may hold or in which it may invest. Some of those proposals include, among other things,

 

11


Table of Contents

lowering or forgiving principal balances; forbearing, lowering or eliminating interest payments; or utilizing eminent domain powers to seize mortgages, potentially for below market compensation. The prospective or actual implementation of one or more of these proposals may significantly and adversely affect the value and liquidity of securities held by the Fund and could cause the Fund’s net asset value to decline, potentially significantly. Uncertainty remains in the market concerning the resolution of these issues; the range of proposals and the potential implications of any implemented solution are impossible to predict.

The Fund may invest in any level of the capital structure of an issuer of mortgage-backed or asset-backed securities, including the equity or “first loss” tranche. See “—Collateralized Debt Obligations” below.

Consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and policies, the Adviser may also cause the Fund to invest in other types of mortgage- and asset-backed securities offered currently or in the future, including certain yet-to-be-developed types of mortgage- and asset-backed securities which may be created as the market evolves.

Equipment Trust Certificates (ETCs) and Enhanced Equipment Trust Certificates (EETCs). ETCs and EETCs are types of asset-backed securities that generally represent undivided fractional interests in a trust whose assets consist of a pool of equipment retail installment contracts or leased equipment. EETCs are similar to ETCs, except that the securities have been divided into two or more classes, each with different payment priorities and asset claims (see “Collateralized Debt Obligations” below for information regarding how different classes or tranches of interests issued by an issuer can affect the risks of an investment in EETCs). ETCs and EETCs are typically issued by specially-created trusts established by airlines, railroads, or other transportation firms. The assets of ETCs and EETCs are used to purchase equipment, such as airplanes, railroad cars, or other equipment, which may in turn serve as collateral for the related issue of the ETCs or EETCs, and the title to such equipment is held in trust for the holders of the issue. The equipment generally is leased from the specially-created trust by the airline, railroad or other firm, which makes rental or lease payments to the specially-created trust to provide cash flow for payments to ETC and EETC holders. Holders of ETCs and EETCs must look to the collateral securing the certificates, typically together with a guarantee provided by the lessee firm or its parent company for the payment of lease obligations, in the case of default in the payment of principal and interest on the ETCs or EETCs.

ETCs and EETCs are subject to the risk that the lessee or payee defaults on its payments, and risks related to potential declines in the value of the equipment that serves as collateral for the issue. ETCs and EETCs are generally regarded as obligations of the company that is leasing the equipment and may be shown as liabilities in its balance sheet as a capitalized lease in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The lessee company, however, does not own the equipment until all the certificates are redeemed and paid. In the event the company defaults under its lease, the trustee may terminate the lease. If another lessee is not available, then payments on the certificates would cease until another lessee is available.

Pass-Through Notes. The Fund may invest in pass-through notes, which are a type of pass-through obligation of the operator of a marketplace lending platform. The operator of a marketplace lending platform may purchase loan(s) from a funding bank at par using the funds of multiple lenders on deposit in a segregated deposit account held by the operator, and then issue to each such lender at par a pass-through note of the operator (or an affiliate of the operator) representing the right to receive the lender’s proportionate share of all principal and interest payments received by the operator from the borrower on the loan funded by such lender (net of the platform servicing fees). Pass-through notes are not direct obligations of the borrowers under the underlying marketplace loans originated by such platforms. As such, holders of certain pass-through notes are exposed to the credit risk of the operator. An operator that becomes subject to bankruptcy proceedings may be unable to make full and timely payments on its pass-through notes even if the borrowers of the underlying marketplace loans timely make all payments due from them. In addition, pass-through notes are non-recourse obligations (except to the extent that the operator actually receives payments from the borrower on the loan). Accordingly, lenders assume all of the borrower credit risk on the loans they fund and are not entitled to recover any deficiency of principal or interest from the operator if the borrower defaults on its payments.

There may be a delay between the time the Fund commits to purchase a pass-through note and the issuance of such note and, during such delay, the funds committed to such an investment will not be available for investment in any other instruments. Because the funds committed to an investment in pass-through notes do not earn interest until the issuance of the note, the delay in issuance will have the effect of reducing the effective rate of return on the investment.

Contingent Value Rights. The Fund may invest in contingent value rights (“CVRs”). A CVR gives its holder the right to receive an amount, which may be fixed or determined by a formula, in the event that a specified corporate action

 

12


Table of Contents

or other business event or trigger occurs (or fails to occur) during the term of the CVR. CVRs are often awarded to shareholders as a result of a corporate acquisition or restructuring. For example, shareholders of an acquired company may receive CVRs that enable them to receive additional shares of the acquiring company upon certain trigger events such as a specified drop in the acquiring company’s share price. Risks associated with investments in CVRs are generally similar to risks associated with the use of options, such as the risk that the trigger event does not occur prior to the CVR’s expiration, causing it to expire with no value. CVRs also may be subject to risks associated with unregistered securities as well as illiquidity risk, counterparty risk, and credit risk. In addition, CVRs may be subject to valuation risk because they may be valued based on the likelihood of the occurrence of a trigger event, which may require subjective modeling and judgment.

Collateralized Debt Obligations. Collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”) are a type of asset-backed security and include, among other things, collateralized bond obligations (“CBOs”), collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”) and other similarly structured securities. A CBO is a trust which may be backed by a diversified pool of high risk, below investment grade fixed income securities. A CLO is a trust typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and foreign senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans, second lien loans or other types of subordinate loans, and mezzanine loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans and including loans that may be covenant-lite. The cash flows from the CDO trust are generally split into two or more portions, called tranches, varying in risk and yield. Senior tranches are paid from the cash flows from the underlying assets before the junior tranches and equity or “first loss” tranches. Losses are first borne by the equity tranches, next by the junior tranches, and finally by the senior tranches. Senior tranches pay the lowest interest rates but are generally safer investments than more junior tranches because, should there be any default, senior tranches are typically paid first. The most junior tranches, such as equity tranches, would attract the highest interest rates but suffer the highest risk of loss should the holder of an underlying loan default. If some loans default and the cash collected by the CDO is insufficient to pay all of its investors, those in the lowest, most junior tranches suffer losses first.

Since it is partially protected from defaults, a senior tranche from a CDO trust typically has higher ratings and lower yields than the underlying securities, and can be rated investment grade. Despite the protection from the equity tranche, more senior CDO tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual defaults, increased sensitivity to defaults due to collateral default and disappearance of protecting tranches, market anticipation of defaults and aversion to CDO securities as a class.

The risks of an investment in a CDO depend largely on the quality and type of the collateral and the tranche of the CDO in which the Fund invests. Normally, CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs are privately offered and sold, and thus are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, there may be a limited secondary market for investments in CDOs and such investments may be illiquid. In addition to the risks associated with debt instruments (e.g., interest rate risk and credit risk), CDOs carry additional risks including, but not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (iii) the possibility that the Fund may invest in CDOs that are subordinate to other classes of the issuer’s securities; and (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results.

The Fund may invest in CDOs (including CLOs and CBOs) and other structured products (see “Structured Products and Structured Notes Risk”) sponsored or managed by, or otherwise affiliated with, the Adviser or related parties of the Adviser. Such investments may include investments in debt or equity interests issued of the CDO or structured product as well as investments purchased on the secondary market, and the Fund may invest in any tranche of the CDO or structured product, including an equity tranche.

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMOs”) and Multiclass Pass-Through Securities. CMOs are debt obligations collateralized by mortgage loans or mortgage pass-through securities. CMOs may be collateralized by Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”), Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”) or Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”) certificates, but also may be collateralized by whole loans or private mortgage pass-through securities (such collateral is collectively hereinafter referred to as “Mortgage Assets”). Mortgage Assets may be collateralized by commercial or residential uses. Multiclass pass-through securities are equity interests in a trust composed of Mortgage Assets. Payments of principal of and interest on the Mortgage Assets, and any reinvestment income thereon, may require the Fund to pay debt service on the CMOs or make scheduled distributions on the multiclass pass-through securities. CMOs may be issued by federal agencies, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose

 

13


Table of Contents

subsidiaries of the foregoing. The issuer of a series of mortgage pass-through securities may elect to be treated as a REMIC. REMICs include governmental and/or private entities that issue a fixed pool of mortgages secured by an interest in real property. REMICs are similar to CMOs in that they issue multiple classes of securities, but unlike CMOs, which are required to be structured as debt securities, REMICs may be structured as indirect ownership interests in the underlying assets of the REMICs themselves. Although CMOs and REMICs differ in certain respects, characteristics of CMOs described below apply in most cases to REMICs, as well.

In a CMO, a series of bonds or certificates is issued in multiple classes. Each class of CMOs, often referred to as a “tranche,” is issued at a specific fixed or floating coupon rate and has a stated maturity or final distribution date. Principal prepayments on the Mortgage Assets may cause the CMOs to be retired substantially earlier than their stated maturities or final distribution dates. Interest is paid or accrues on all classes of the CMOs on a monthly, quarterly or semiannual basis. Certain CMOs may have variable or floating interest rates and others may be Stripped Mortgage Securities. For more information on Stripped Mortgage Securities, see “—Stripped Mortgage Securities” below. The Fund’s investment in CMOs may include investment in Z Bonds. Interest on a Z Bond is accrued and added to principal and a like amount is paid as principal on the other tranches of the CMO currently being paid off. When the other tranches of the CMO are paid in full, interest and principal on the Z Bond begin to be paid currently; as a result, Z Bonds typically have a longer average life relative to other tranches of the CMO.

The principal of and interest on the Mortgage Assets may be allocated among the several classes of a CMO series in a number of different ways. Generally, the purpose of the allocation of the cash flow of a CMO to the various classes is to obtain a more predictable cash flow to certain of the individual tranches than exists with the underlying collateral of the CMO. As a general rule, the more predictable the cash flow is on a CMO tranche, the lower the anticipated yield will be on that tranche at the time of issuance relative to prevailing market yields on other mortgage-backed securities. As part of the process of creating more predictable cash flows on most of the tranches in a series of CMOs, one or more tranches generally must be created that absorb most of the volatility in the cash flows on the underlying mortgage loans. The yields on these tranches are generally higher than prevailing market yields on mortgage-backed securities with similar maturities. As a result of the uncertainty of the cash flows of these tranches, the market prices of and yield on these tranches generally are more volatile. See “—Collateralized Debt Obligations” above for a discussion on investments in structured products with multiple tranches.

CMO Residuals. CMO residuals are mortgage securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, homebuilders, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose entities of the foregoing. The cash flow generated by the mortgage assets underlying a series of a CMO is applied first to make required payments of principal and interest on the securities or certificates issued by the CMO and second to pay the related administrative expenses and any management fee of the issuer. The residual in a CMO structure generally represents the interest in any excess cash flow remaining after making the foregoing payments. Each payment of such excess cash flow to a holder of the related CMO residual represents income and/or a return of capital. The amount of residual cash flow resulting from a CMO will depend on, among other things, the characteristics of the mortgage assets, the coupon rate of each class of CMO, prevailing interest rates, the amount of administrative expenses and the pre-payment experience on the mortgage assets. In particular, the yield to maturity on CMO residuals is extremely sensitive to pre-payments on the related underlying mortgage assets. In addition, if a series of a CMO includes a class that bears interest at an adjustable rate, the yield to maturity on the related CMO residual will also be extremely sensitive to changes in the level of the index upon which interest rate adjustments are based. As described below with respect to stripped mortgage-backed securities, in certain circumstances the Fund may fail to recoup fully its initial investment in a CMO residual. CMO residuals are generally purchased and sold by institutional investors through several investment banking firms acting as brokers or dealers. In addition, CMO residuals may, or pursuant to an exemption therefrom, may not have been registered under the Securities Act. CMO residuals, whether or not registered under the Securities Act, may be subject to certain restrictions on transferability, and may be deemed “illiquid.”

Credit Risk Transfer Securities. Credit risk transfer securities are fixed- or floating-rate unsecured general obligations issued from time to time by Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae or another government-sponsored entity. Typically, such securities are issued at par and have stated final maturities. The securities are structured so that: (i) interest is paid directly by the issuing entity, and (ii) principal is paid by the issuing entity in accordance with the principal payments and default performance of a certain pool of residential mortgage loans acquired by the entity (“reference obligations”). The performance of the securities will be directly affected by the selection of the reference obligations by the entity. Such securities are issued in tranches to which are allocated certain principal repayments and credit losses corresponding to the

 

14


Table of Contents

seniority of the particular tranche. Each tranche of securities will have credit exposure to the reference obligations and the yield to maturity will be directly related to, among other things, the amount and timing of certain defined credit events on the reference obligations, any prepayments by borrowers, and any removals of a reference obligation from the pool.

Credit risk transfer securities are unguaranteed and unsecured debt securities issued by the entity and therefore are not directly linked to or backed by the underlying mortgage loans. As a result, in the event that the entity fails to pay principal or interest on its credit risk transfer securities or goes through a bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceeding, holders of such credit risk transfer securities have no direct recourse to the underlying mortgage loans and will generally receive recovery on par with other unsecured creditors in such a scenario. The Fund may also invest in credit risk transfer securities that are issued by private entities, such as banks or other financial institutions. Such securities are subject to risks similar to those associated with credit risk transfer securities issued by government-sponsored entities, though they may be less creditworthy than those issued by a government-sponsored entity.

The risks associated with an investment in credit risk transfer securities are different than the risks associated with an investment in mortgage-backed securities subject to a guarantee or the credit support of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, or other government-sponsored entities because some or all of the mortgage default or credit risk associated with the underlying mortgage loans is transferred to investors in credit risk transfer securities. As a result, the risk of loss is substantially greater with credit risk transfer securities.

Government Mortgage Pass-Through Securities. Mortgage pass-through securities represent participation interests in pools of residential mortgage loans purchased from individual lenders by an agency, instrumentality or sponsored corporation of the United States government (“Federal Agency”) or originated by private lenders and guaranteed, to the extent provided in such securities, by a Federal Agency. Such securities, which are ownership interests in the underlying mortgage loans, provide for payments (not necessarily in fixed amounts) that are a “pass-through” of the monthly interest and principal payments (including any prepayments) made by the individual borrowers on the pooled mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the guarantor of such securities and the servicer of the underlying mortgage loans. Under the Federal Housing Finance Regulatory Reform Act of 2008 (the “Reform Act”), which was included as part of Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (the “FHFA”), as conservator or receiver, has the power to repudiate any contract entered into by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac prior to FHFA’s appointment as conservator or receiver, as applicable, if FHFA determines, in its sole discretion, that performance of the contract is burdensome and that repudiation of the contract promotes the orderly administration of Fannie Mae’s or Freddie Mac’s affairs. The Reform Act requires FHFA to exercise its right to repudiate any contract within a reasonable period of time after its appointment as conservator or receiver. FHFA, in its capacity as conservator, has indicated that it has no intention to repudiate the guaranty obligations of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac because FHFA views repudiation as incompatible with the goals of the conservatorship.

The FHFA’s 2014 strategic plan for the conservatorships of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac set forth three strategic goals, including maintaining a safe and sound manner, foreclosure prevention activities and credit availability for new and refinanced mortgages to foster liquid, efficient, competitive and resilient national housing finance markets, reducing taxpayer risk through increasing the role of private capital in the mortgage market, and building a new single-family securitization infrastructure for use by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and adaptable for use by other participants in the secondary market in the future.

Under the Federal Housing Finance Agency’s “Single Security Initiative,” Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have entered into a joint initiative to develop a common securitization platform for the issuance of uniform mortgage-backed securities (“UMBS”), which would generally align the characteristics of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac participation certificates. In June 2019 Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac began issuing UMBS in place of their offerings of “to be announced”- eligible mortgage-backed securities. The long-term effect of the issuance of UMBS on the market for mortgage-backed securities is uncertain.

Long-term, continued operation in government-run conservatorships is not sustainable for Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac. Each of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac has a small capital reserve, is operating on a remaining, finite financial commitment from taxpayers, and cannot rebuild capital under the terms of support from Treasury. Until Congress determines the future of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and the housing finance market, FHFA will continue to serve as conservator. As of the date of this SAI, there have been ongoing discussions regarding the operation of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac; there can be no assurance as to the outcome of these discussions, nor any prediction about the resulting impact on the U.S. housing or financial markets.

 

15


Table of Contents

Inverse Floaters. An inverse floater is a type of instrument that bears a floating or variable interest rate that moves in the opposite direction to interest rates generally or the interest rate on another security or index. Changes in interest rates generally, or the interest rate of the other security or index, inversely affect the interest rate paid on the inverse floater, with the result that the inverse floater’s price will be considerably more volatile than that of a fixed-rate bond. Brokers typically create inverse floaters by depositing an income-producing instrument, which may be a mortgage-backed security, in a trust. The trust in turn issues a variable rate security and inverse floaters. The returns on the inverse floaters may be leveraged, increasing substantially their volatility and interest rate sensitivity. The rate at which interest is paid by the trust on an inverse floater may vary by a magnitude that exceeds the magnitude of the change in a reference rate of interest (typically a short term interest rate), and the market prices of inverse floaters may as a result be highly sensitive to changes in interest rates and in prepayment rates on the underlying securities, and may decrease significantly when interest rates increase or prepayment rates change. The interest rate for the variable rate security is typically determined by an index or an auction process, while the inverse floater holder receives the balance of the income from the underlying income-producing instrument less an auction fee.

Mortgage Dollar Rolls. A mortgage dollar roll is a transaction in which the Fund sells mortgage-related securities for immediate settlement and simultaneously purchases substantially similar securities for forward settlement at a discount. While the Fund begins accruing interest on the newly purchased securities from the purchase or trade date, it is able to invest the proceeds from the sale of its previously owned securities, which will be used to pay for the new securities. The use of mortgage dollar rolls is a speculative technique involving leverage, and can have an economic effect similar to borrowing money for investment purposes.

Private Mortgage Pass-Through Securities. Private mortgage pass-through securities are structured similarly to the Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac mortgage pass-through securities but are issued by domestic and foreign private issuers such as originators of and investors in mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. These securities usually are backed by a pool of conventional fixed rate or adjustable rate mortgage loans. Since private mortgage pass-through securities typically are not guaranteed by an entity having the credit status of Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, such securities generally are structured with one or more types of credit enhancement.

Mortgage assets often consist of a pool of assets representing the obligations of a number of different parties. There are usually fewer properties in a pool of assets backing commercial mortgage-backed securities than in a pool of assets backing residential mortgage-backed securities hence they may be more sensitive to the performance of fewer Mortgage Assets. To lessen the effect of failures by obligors on underlying assets to make payments, those securities may contain elements of credit support, which fall into two categories: (i) liquidity protection and (ii) protection against losses resulting from ultimate default by an obligor on the underlying assets. Liquidity protection refers to the provision of advances, generally by the entity administering the pool of assets, to ensure that the receipt of payments on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion. Protection against losses resulting from default ensures ultimate payment of the obligations on at least a portion of the assets in the pool. This protection may be provided through guarantees, insurance policies or letters of credit obtained by the issuer or sponsor from third parties, through various means of structuring the transaction or through a combination of such approaches. The degree of credit support provided for each issue is generally based on historical information respecting the level of credit risk associated with the underlying assets. Delinquencies or losses in excess of those anticipated could adversely affect the return on an investment in a security.

Loan Pool Investments. The Fund may invest in pools of loans through a trust or other entity that issues interests in the loans, some of which may be senior to others. Alternatively, the Fund may invest directly in a pool of loans, itself or with other clients of the Adviser or its related parties. The Fund’s direct investments in pools of loans present risks that may differ from the Fund’s investments in mortgage and other asset-backed securities. For example, if it were to invest directly in such pools, the Fund would share in all losses incurred on the loans in the pool. However, if the Fund were to invest in a senior tranche of a mortgage- or other asset-backed security, it might have a more limited exposure to losses on the loans. In connection with the Fund’s purchase of certain loan portfolios, the Fund will incur costs, which may include the costs of various diligence-related services. The diligence-related services the Fund may require in connection with such investments may include, without limitation, loan file review, underwriting documentation review, and site visits. The Adviser would typically rely on information and analysis provided by these diligence-related services in determining whether to invest in a particular loan portfolio. The costs associated with investments in a pool of loans may be significant and will reduce the performance contribution of such loans and the Fund’s performance.

 

16


Table of Contents

Stripped Mortgage Securities. Stripped mortgage securities may be issued by federal agencies, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. Stripped mortgage securities issued by federal agencies generally will be treated by the Fund as liquid securities under procedures adopted by the Fund and approved by the Fund’s Board of Trustees (the “Board” or the “Trustees”).

Stripped mortgage securities usually are structured with two classes that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distribution of a pool of mortgage assets. A common type of stripped mortgage security will have one class receiving some of the interest and most of the principal from the mortgage assets, while the other class will receive most of the interest and the remainder of the principal. In the most extreme case, one class will receive all of the interest from the mortgage assets (the interest-only or “IO” class), while the other class will receive all of the principal from the mortgage assets (the principal-only or “PO” class). PO classes generate income through the accretion of the deep discount at which such securities are purchased, and, while PO classes do not receive periodic payments of interest, they receive monthly payments associated with scheduled amortization and principal prepayment from the mortgage assets underlying the PO class. The yield to maturity (the expected rate of return on a bond if held until the end of its lifetime) on a PO or an IO class security is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets. A slower than expected rate of principal payments may have an adverse effect on a PO class security’s yield to maturity. If the underlying mortgage assets experience slower than anticipated principal repayment, the Fund may fail to fully recoup its initial investment in these securities. Conversely, a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on an IO class security’s yield to maturity. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments or principal, the Fund may fail to fully recoup its initial investment in these securities.

The Fund may purchase stripped mortgage securities for income, or for hedging purposes to protect the Fund’s portfolio against interest rate fluctuations. For example, since an IO class will tend to increase in value as interest rates rise, it may be utilized to hedge against a decrease in value of other fixed-income securities in a rising interest rate environment.

Privacy and Data Security Laws. U.S. Federal Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (“GLBA”) and other laws limit the disclosure of certain non-public personal information about a consumer to non-affiliated third parties and require financial institutions to disclose certain privacy policies and practices with respect to information sharing with both affiliates and non-affiliated third parties. Many states and a number of foreign jurisdictions have enacted privacy and data security laws requiring safeguards on the privacy and security of consumers’ personally identifiable information. Other laws deal with obligations to safeguard and dispose of private information in a manner designed to avoid its dissemination.

Privacy rules adopted by the U.S. Federal Trade Commission implement GLBA and other requirements and govern the disclosure of consumer financial information by certain financial institutions, ranging from banks to private investment funds. U.S. platforms following certain models generally are required to have privacy policies that conform to these GLBA and other requirements. In addition, such platforms typically have policies and procedures intended to maintain personal information of consumers securely and dispose of it properly.

Service providers to the Fund, including the Fund’s investment adviser and custodian, and, potentially, the Fund may obtain, hold or process such information in connection with providing services to the Fund. The Fund cannot guarantee the security or confidentiality of that data and cannot guarantee that service providers have been and will continue to comply with GLBA, other data security and privacy laws and any other related regulatory requirements. Violations of GLBA and other laws could subject the Fund to litigation and/or fines, penalties or other regulatory action, which, individually or in the aggregate, could have an adverse effect on the Fund. The Fund may also face regulations related to privacy and data security in the other jurisdictions in which the Fund invests.

Real Estate Investment Trusts (“REITs”)

Exposure to the real estate sector may be gained by investing in a variety of ways, including by investing in real estate investment trust (“REIT”) securities that trade on an exchange (i.e., the Fund may not purchase REIT securities that do not trade on an exchange) and common, preferred and convertible securities of issuers in real estate-related industries. Each of these types of investments are subject to risks similar to those associated with direct ownership of real estate, including loss to casualty or condemnation, increases in property taxes and operating expenses, zoning law amendments, changes in interest rates, overbuilding and increased competition, variations in market value, and possible environmental liabilities. Real estate-related investments may entail leverage and may be highly volatile.

 

17


Table of Contents

REITs are pooled investment vehicles that own, and typically operate, income-producing real estate or that hold interests in real estate, such as mortgages. If a REIT meets certain requirements, including distributing to shareholders substantially all of its taxable income (other than net capital gains), then it is not taxed on the income distributed to shareholders. REITs are subject to management fees and other expenses, and so the Fund will bear its proportionate share of the costs of the REITs’ operations. There are three general categories of REITs: Equity REITs, Mortgage REITs and Hybrid REITs. Equity REITs, which invest primarily in direct fee ownership or leasehold ownership of real property and derive most of their income from rents, are generally affected by changes in the values of and incomes from the properties they own. Mortgage REITs invest mostly in mortgages on real estate, which may secure, for example, construction, development or long-term loans, and the main source of their income is mortgage interest payments. Mortgage REITs may be affected by the credit quality of the mortgage loans they hold. A hybrid REIT combines the characteristics of equity REITs and mortgage REITs, generally by holding both ownership interests and mortgage interests in real estate, and thus may be subject to risks associated with both real estate ownership and investments in mortgage-related investments. Along with the risks common to different types of real estate-related investments, REITs, no matter the type, involve additional risk factors, including poor performance by the REIT’s manager, adverse changes to the tax laws, and the possible failure by the REIT to qualify for the favorable tax treatment applicable to REITs under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) or an exemption under the 1940 Act. REITs are not diversified and are heavily dependent on cash flow earned on the property interests they hold.

Mortgage REITs are exposed to the risks specific to the real estate market as well as the risks that relate specifically to the way in which mortgage REITs are organized and operated. Mortgage REITs receive principal and interest payments from the owners of the mortgaged properties. Accordingly, mortgage REITs are subject to the credit risk of the borrowers to whom they extend credit, and are subject to the risks described below under “mortgage-backed securities risk” and “prepayment risk.” Mortgage REITs are also subject to significant interest rate risk. Mortgage REITs typically use leverage and many are highly leveraged, which exposes them to the risks of leverage. Leverage risk refers to the risk that leverage created from borrowing may impair a mortgage REIT’s liquidity, cause it to liquidate positions at an unfavorable time and increase the volatility of the values of securities issued by the mortgage REIT. The use of leverage may not be advantageous to a mortgage REIT. To the extent that a mortgage REIT incurs significant leverage, it may incur substantial losses if its borrowing costs increase or if the assets it purchases with leverage decrease in value.

The Fund’s investment in a REIT may result in the Fund making distributions that constitute a return of capital to Fund shareholders for federal income tax purposes. In addition, distributions attributable to REITs made by the Fund to Fund shareholders will not qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction, or, generally, for treatment as qualified dividend income. Certain distributions made by the Fund attributable to dividends received by the Fund from REITs may qualify as “qualified REIT dividends” in the hands of non-corporate shareholders, as discussed below.

Foreign and Emerging Market Investments

The Fund may invest in securities issued by a foreign issuer, including emerging market issuers, or by an issuer with significant revenue or other exposure to foreign markets. There may be less information publicly available about a foreign market, issuer, or security than about U.S. markets or a U.S. issuer or security, and foreign issuers may not be subject to accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards and practices comparable to those in the United States. In addition, there may be less (or less effective) regulation of exchanges, brokers and listed companies in some foreign countries. The securities of some foreign issuers are less liquid and at times more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. issuers. Foreign brokerage commissions, custodial expenses and other fees are also generally higher than in the United States.

Foreign settlement procedures and trade regulations may be more complex and involve certain risks (such as delay in payment or delivery of securities or in the recovery of the Fund’s assets held abroad) and expenses not present in the settlement of investments in U.S. markets. For example, settlement of transactions involving foreign securities or foreign currencies (see below) may occur within a foreign country, and the Fund may accept or make delivery of the underlying securities or currency in conformity with any applicable U.S. or foreign restrictions or regulations, and may pay fees, taxes or charges associated with such delivery. In addition, local market holidays or other factors may extend the time for settlement of purchases and sales of the Fund’s investments in securities that trade on foreign markets. Such investments may also involve the risk that an entity involved in the settlement may not meet its obligations. Extended settlement cycles or other delays in settlement may increase the Fund’s liquidity risk.

 

18


Table of Contents

In addition, foreign securities may be subject to the risk of nationalization or expropriation of assets, imposition of currency exchange controls, foreign withholding or other taxes or restrictions on the repatriation of foreign currency, confiscatory taxation, political, social or financial instability and diplomatic developments which could affect the value of the Fund’s investments in certain foreign countries. Dividends or interest on, or proceeds from the sale of, foreign securities may be subject to foreign withholding or other taxes, and special U.S. tax considerations may apply.

Foreign issuers may become subject to sanctions imposed by the U.S. or another country or other governmental or non-governmental organizations, which could result in the immediate freeze of the foreign issuers’ assets or securities. The imposition of such sanctions could impair the market value of the securities of such foreign issuers and limit the Fund’s ability to buy, sell, receive or deliver the securities.

Legal remedies available to investors in certain foreign countries may be more limited than those available with respect to investments in the United States or in other foreign countries. The laws of some foreign countries may limit the Fund’s ability to invest in securities of certain issuers organized under the laws of those foreign countries. For example, certain countries may require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons or limit the amount of investment by foreign persons in a particular company. Certain countries may also limit investment by foreign persons to only a specific class of securities that may have less advantageous terms, and such securities may be less liquid than other classes of securities of an issuer.

To the extent the Fund invests a significant portion of its assets in a specific geographic region, countries or group of countries, the Fund will have greater exposure to risks associated with such region, country or group of countries. See “Principal Risk Factors— Focused investment risk” in the Fund’s Prospectus.

The risks described above, including the risks of nationalization or expropriation of assets, typically are increased in connection with investments in developing countries, also known as emerging markets. For example, political and economic structures in these countries may be in their infancy and developing rapidly, and such countries may lack the social, political and economic stability characteristic of more developed countries. Certain of these countries have in the past failed to recognize private property rights and have at times nationalized and expropriated the assets of private companies. In addition, the economies of certain developing or emerging market countries may be dependent on a single industry or limited group of industries, which may increase the risks described above and make those countries particularly vulnerable to global economic and market changes.

There may also be limited counterparties available in developing markets, which may increase the Fund’s credit risks. Foreign government regulations may restrict potential counterparties to certain financial institutions that are located in or operating in a particular country. Such counterparties may not possess creditworthiness standards, financial reporting standards, and legal protections similar to counterparties located in developed markets, which can increase the risk associated with the Fund’s investments in such markets.

The values of foreign securities may be adversely affected by changes in currency exchange rates. This may be because the foreign securities are denominated and/or traded in a foreign currency or because the assets or revenues of an issuer are denominated in a currency different from the issuer’s debt or other obligations. For example, the credit quality of issuers who have outstanding debt denominated in the U.S. dollar, and the values of their debt obligations, may be adversely affected if the value of the U.S. dollar strengthens relative to the value of the currency in which the issuer’s assets or revenues are denominated. In addition, the Fund is required to compute and distribute its income in U.S. dollars. Therefore, if the exchange rate for a foreign currency declines after the Fund’s income has been earned and translated into U.S. dollars (but before payment), the Fund could be required to liquidate portfolio securities to make such distributions. Similarly, if an exchange rate declines between the time the Fund incurs expenses in U.S. dollars and the time such expenses are paid, the amount of such currency required to be converted into U.S. dollars in order to pay such expenses in U.S. dollars will be greater than the equivalent amount in any such currency of such expenses at the time they were incurred. High rates of inflation or currency devaluations may adversely affect the economies and securities markets of such countries and the values of the Fund’s investments in those markets. A foreign government may seek to devalue its currency if it has issued debt in its local currency because any such devaluation reduces the burden on it of repaying its debt obligations. Any devaluation of a currency in which the Fund’s portfolio holdings are denominated will reduce the value of and return on the investment to the Fund when translated into U.S. dollars.

 

19


Table of Contents

Continuing uncertainty as to the status of the Euro and the European Economic and Monetary Union (“EMU”) and the potential for certain countries (such as those in the United Kingdom) to withdraw from the institution has created significant volatility in currency and financial markets generally. Any partial or complete dissolution of the European Union (the “EU”) could have significant adverse effects on currency and financial markets, and on the values of the Fund’s portfolio investments.

In June 2016, the United Kingdom approved a referendum to leave the EU and, in March 2017, the United Kingdom commenced the formal process of withdrawing from the EU. The withdrawal agreement between the United Kingdom and the EU, endorsed by the European Council on November 25, 2018, sets out the basis on which the United Kingdom will withdraw from the EU and includes certain transitional provisions that have the effect of preserving the application of EU law in the United Kingdom until December 31, 2020 (or such other later date as may be agreed). The withdrawal agreement, and the associated transitional provisions, will become effective only once approved by the United Kingdom’s Parliament, which approval has not yet happened and may not happen, meaning that the United Kingdom may leave the EU without any transitional period (a so-called “hard Brexit”). On April 11, 2019, the United Kingdom came to an agreement with the EU to delay the deadline for withdrawal. Unless the United Kingdom’s Parliament approves the withdrawal agreement, there may be a hard Brexit in the near term absent any further agreements to delay the withdrawal. It is unclear when and if such a withdrawal will take place; however, recent parliamentary elections in the United Kingdom have increased the likelihood of a withdrawal in the near term. Significant uncertainty remains in the market regarding the ramifications of these developments, and the range and potential implications of possible political, regulatory, economic and market outcomes are difficult to predict. As and to the extent the United Kingdom moves forward with its withdrawal from the EU and makes various decisions regarding its post EU-status, markets may be further disrupted at various times given the uncertainty surrounding the country’s trade, financial, and other arrangements.

If one or more EMU countries were to stop using the euro as its primary currency, the Fund’s investments in such countries may be redenominated into a different or newly adopted currency, possibly resulting in the value of those investments declining significantly and unpredictably. In addition, securities or other investments that are redenominated may be subject to liquidity risk and the risk that the Fund may not be able to value investments accurately to a greater extent than similar investments currently denominated in euros. To the extent a currency used for redenomination purposes is not specified in respect of certain EMU-related investments, or should the euro cease to be used entirely, the currency in which such investments are denominated may be unclear, making such investments particularly difficult to value or dispose of. The Fund may incur additional expenses to the extent it is required to seek judicial or other clarification of the denomination or value of such securities.

The currencies of certain emerging market countries have experienced devaluations relative to the U.S. dollar, and future devaluations may adversely affect the value of assets denominated in such currencies. Many emerging market countries have experienced substantial, and in some periods extremely high, rates of inflation or deflation for many years, and future inflation may adversely affect the economies and securities markets of such countries. When debt and similar obligations issued by foreign issuers are denominated in a currency (e.g., the U.S. dollar or the Euro) other than the local currency of the issuer, the subsequent strengthening of the non-local currency against the local currency will generally increase the burden of repayment on the issuer and may increase significantly the risk of default by the issuer.

In addition, unanticipated political or social developments may affect the value of investments in emerging markets and the availability of additional investments in these markets. The small size, limited trading volume and relative inexperience of the securities markets in these countries may make investments in securities traded in emerging markets illiquid and more volatile than investments in securities traded in more developed countries, and the Fund may be required to establish special custodial or other arrangements before making investments in securities traded in emerging markets. There may be little financial or accounting information available with respect to issuers of emerging market securities, and it may be difficult as a result to assess the value or prospects of an investment in such securities.

American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) as well as other hybrid forms of ADRs, including European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) and Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”), are certificates evidencing ownership of shares of a foreign issuer. These certificates are issued by depositary banks and generally trade on an established market in the United States or elsewhere. The underlying shares are held in trust by a custodian bank or similar financial institution in the issuer’s home country. The depositary bank may not have physical custody of the underlying securities at all times and may charge fees for various services, including forwarding dividends and interest and corporate actions. ADRs are alternatives to directly purchasing the underlying foreign securities in their national markets and currencies. However, ADRs continue to

 

20


Table of Contents

be subject to many of the risks associated with investing in foreign securities. In addition to investment risks associated with the underlying issuer, ADRs, EDRs, and GDRs (together, “Depositary Receipts”) expose the Fund to additional risks associated with the non-uniform terms that apply to Depositary Receipt programs, credit exposure to the depository bank and to the sponsors and other parties with whom the depository bank establishes the programs, currency risk and the risk of an illiquid market for Depositary Receipts. Unsponsored ADR, EDR and GDR programs are organized independently and without the cooperation of the issuer of the underlying securities. Unsponsored programs generally expose investors to greater risks than sponsored programs and do not provide holders with many of the shareholder benefits that come from investing in a sponsored Depositary Receipt. As a result, available information concerning the issuer may not be as current as for sponsored ADRs, EDRs and GDRs, and the prices of unsponsored ADRs, EDRs and GDRs may be more volatile than if such instruments were sponsored by the issuer. Depositary Receipts are generally subject to the same risks as the foreign securities that they evidence or into which they may be converted.

Foreign securities and emerging markets securities include Global Depositary Notes (“GDNs”). A GDN is a debt instrument created by a bank that evidences ownership of local currency-denominated debt securities. GDNs reflect the terms of particular local currency-denominated bonds. GDNs trade, settle, and pay interest and principal in U.S. dollars but typically are restricted securities that do not trade on an exchange. Any distributions paid to the holders of GDNs are usually subject to a fee charged by the depositary bank. In addition to the risks associated with foreign investments, the Fund’s investments in GDNs are subject to the risks associated with the underlying local currency-denominated bond and derivative instruments including credit risk, default risk, counterparty risk, interest rate risk, leverage risk, liquidity risk, and reliance on the adviser risk. Holders of GDNs may have limited rights, and investment restrictions in certain countries may adversely impact the value of GDNs because such restrictions may limit the ability to convert the bonds into GDNs and vice versa. Such restrictions may cause bonds of the underlying issuer to trade at a discount or premium to the market price of the GDN.

Certain of the foregoing risks may also apply to some extent to securities of U.S. issuers that are denominated in foreign currencies or that are traded in foreign markets, or securities of U.S. issuers having significant foreign operations or other exposure to foreign markets. When the Fund invests in securities issued by foreign issuers, the Fund may be subject to the risks described above even if all of the Fund’s investments are denominated in USD, especially with respect to issuers whose revenues are principally earned in a foreign currency but whose debt obligations have been issued in USD or other hard currencies.

Non-U.S. Subcustodians. Rules adopted under the 1940 Act permit the Fund to maintain its non-U.S. securities and cash in the custody of certain eligible non-U.S. banks and securities depositories.

Certain banks in non-U.S. countries may not be eligible sub-custodians for the Fund, in which event the Fund may be precluded from purchasing securities in certain non-U.S. countries in which it otherwise would invest or which may result in the Fund’s incurring additional costs and delays in providing transportation and custody services for such securities outside of such countries. The Fund may encounter difficulties in effecting on a timely basis portfolio transactions with respect to any securities of issuers held outside their countries. Other banks that are eligible non-U.S. sub-custodians may be recently organized or otherwise lack extensive operating experience. In addition, in certain countries there may be legal restrictions or limitations on the ability of the Fund to recover assets held in custody by non-U.S. sub-custodians in the event of the bankruptcy of the sub-custodian.

Sovereign Debt Obligations

The Fund may invest in sovereign debt, including of emerging market countries. Investors should be aware that certain sovereign debt instruments in which the Fund may invest may involve great risk and may be deemed to be the equivalent in terms of credit quality to securities rated below investment grade by Moody’s, S&P or Fitch.

Sovereign debt may be issued by foreign developed and emerging market governments and their respective sub-divisions, agencies or instrumentalities, government sponsored enterprises and supranational government entities. Supranational entities include international organizations that are organized or supported by one or more government entities to promote economic reconstruction or development and by international banking institutions and related governmental agencies. Investment in sovereign debt can involve a high degree of risk. The governmental entity that controls the repayment of sovereign debt may not be able or willing to repay the principal and/or interest when due in accordance with the terms of the debt. A governmental entity’s willingness or ability to repay principal and interest due in

 

21


Table of Contents

a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash flow situation, the extent of its foreign currency reserves or its inability to sufficiently manage fluctuations in relative currency valuations, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt service burden to the economy as a whole, the governmental entity’s policy toward principal international lenders such as the International Monetary Fund, and the political and social constraints to which a governmental entity may be subject. Governmental entities also may depend on expected disbursements from foreign governments, multilateral agencies and others to reduce principal and interest arrearages on their debt. The commitment on the part of these governments, agencies and others to make such disbursements may be conditioned on a governmental entity’s implementation of economic reforms and/or economic performance and the timely service of such debtor’s obligations. Failure to implement such reforms, achieve such levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest when due may result in the cancellation of such third parties’ commitments to lend funds to the governmental entity, which may further impair such debtor’s ability or willingness to service its debts in a timely manner. Consequently, governmental entities may decide to default on their sovereign debt in whole or in part. There is no bankruptcy proceeding through which holders of sovereign debt (including the Fund) may attempt to collect all or a portion of their investment upon a default, which could result in significant losses to the Fund.

The Fund may invest in Brady Bonds, sovereign debt securities created through the exchange of existing commercial bank loans to sovereign entities for new obligations in connection with debt restructurings under a debt restructuring plan. Brady Bonds may be collateralized or uncollateralized, are issued in various currencies (primarily the U.S. dollar) and are actively traded in the over-the-counter secondary market. Investments in Brady Bonds involve various risks associated with investing in sovereign debt securities and may be subject to restructuring arrangements or to requests for new credit, which may cause the Fund to lose interest or principal on holdings consisting of Brady Bonds.

Some of the countries in which the Fund may invest have encountered difficulties in servicing their sovereign debt. Some of these countries have withheld payments of interest and/or principal of sovereign debt. These difficulties have also led to agreements to restructure external debt obligations; in particular, commercial bank loans, typically by rescheduling principal payments, reducing interest rates and extending new credits to finance interest payments on existing debt. Unlike most corporate debt restructurings, the fees and expenses of financial and legal advisers to the creditors in connection with a restructuring may be borne by the holders of the sovereign debt securities instead of the sovereign entity itself. Some sovereign debtors have in the past been able to restructure their debt payments without the approval of some or all debt holders or to declare moratoria on payments, and similar occurrences may happen in the future where holders of sovereign debt may be requested to participate in similar rescheduling of such debt.

The ability or willingness of foreign governments to make timely payments on their sovereign debt is likely to be influenced strongly by a country’s balance of trade and its access to trade and other international credits. A country whose exports are concentrated in a few commodities could be vulnerable to a decline in the international prices of one or more of such commodities. Increased protectionism on the part of a country’s trading partners could also adversely affect its exports. Such events could extinguish a country’s trade account surplus, if any. To the extent that a country receives payment for its exports in currencies other than hard currencies, its ability to make hard currency payments could be affected.

The occurrence of political, social, economic and diplomatic changes in one or more of the countries issuing sovereign debt could adversely affect the Fund’s investments. The countries issuing such instruments may be faced with social and political issues and some of them have experienced high rates of inflation and have extensive internal debt. Among other effects, high inflation and internal debt service requirements may adversely affect the cost and availability of future domestic sovereign borrowing to finance governmental programs, and may have other adverse social, political and economic consequences. Political changes or a deterioration of a country’s domestic economy or balance of trade may affect the willingness of countries to service their sovereign debt. There can be no assurance that adverse political changes will not cause the Fund to suffer a loss of interest or principal on any of its holdings.

As a result of all of the foregoing, a government obligor may default on its obligations and/or the values of its obligations may decline significantly. If an event of default occurs, the Fund may have limited legal recourse against the issuer and/or guarantor. Remedies must, in some cases, be pursued in the courts of the defaulting party itself, and the ability of the holder of foreign government debt securities to obtain recourse may be subject to the political climate in the relevant country. Bankruptcy, moratorium and other similar laws designed to protect and enforce the rights of creditors may not apply to issuers of sovereign debt obligations in many jurisdictions may be substantially different from those applicable to issuers of private debt obligations, and/or may be ineffective in enforcing the Fund’s rights or effecting a recovery on the

 

22


Table of Contents

Fund’s investment. In addition, no assurance can be given that the holders of commercial bank debt will not contest payments to the holders of other foreign government debt obligations in the event of default under their commercial bank loan agreements. Periods of economic uncertainty may result in the volatility of market prices of sovereign debt and in turn, the market price of the Fund’s Common Shares, to a greater extent than the volatility inherent in domestic securities. The value of sovereign debt will likely vary inversely with changes in prevailing interest rates, which are subject to considerable variance in the international market.

Tax Considerations. The Fund’s investments in foreign currency denominated debt obligations and hedging activities will likely produce a difference between its book income and its taxable income. This difference may cause a portion of the Fund’s income distributions to constitute returns of capital for tax purposes or require the Fund to make distributions exceeding book income to qualify as a regulated investment company for federal tax purposes. For a discussion of the requirements the Fund must meet to qualify as a regulated investment company and the consequences for the Fund’s investments and distributions, see “Tax Matters” below.

Yankee Dollar Obligations, Eurobonds, Global Bonds

Certain debt securities purchased by the Fund may take the forms of Yankee dollar obligations, Eurobonds or global bonds. Yankee dollar obligations are U.S. dollar-denominated obligations issued in the U.S. capital markets by foreign issuers, such as corporations and banks. A Eurobond is a bond issued in a currency other than the currency of the country or market in which it is issued. Global bonds are bonds that can be offered within multiple markets simultaneously. Unlike Eurobonds, global bonds can be issued in the local currency of the country of issuance.

Foreign Currency Transactions

The Fund may engage in currency exchange transactions to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign currency exchange rates and to increase current return. There can be no assurance that appropriate foreign currency transactions will be available for the Fund at any time or that the Fund will enter into such transactions at any time or under any circumstances even if appropriate transactions are available to it. While foreign currency transactions may be available, the cost of these transactions may be prohibitively expensive so that the Fund may not to be able to effectively use them.

The Fund may engage in both transaction hedging and position hedging. When it engages in transaction hedging, the Fund enters into foreign currency transactions with respect to specific receivables or payables of the Fund generally arising in connection with the purchase or sale of its portfolio securities. The Fund may engage in transaction hedging when it desires to lock in the U.S. dollar price of a security it has agreed to purchase or sell, or the U.S. dollar equivalent of a dividend or interest payment in a foreign currency. By transaction hedging, the Fund may attempt to protect against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and the applicable foreign currency during the period between the date on which the security is purchased or sold or on which the dividend or interest payment is declared, and the date on which such payments are made or received.

The Fund may purchase or sell a foreign currency on a spot (i.e., cash) basis at the prevailing spot rate in connection with transaction hedging. The Fund may also enter into contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies at a future date (“forward contracts”) and purchase and sell foreign currency futures contracts.

For transaction hedging purposes, the Fund may also purchase exchange-listed and over-the-counter call and put options on foreign currency futures contracts and on foreign currencies. A put option on a futures contract gives the Fund the right to assume a short position in the futures contract until expiration of the option. A put option on currency gives the Fund the right to sell a currency at a specified exercise price until the expiration of the option. A call option on a futures contract gives the Fund the right to assume a long position in the futures contract until the expiration of the option. A call option on currency gives the Fund the right to purchase a currency at the exercise price until the expiration of the option. The Fund will engage in over-the-counter transactions only when appropriate exchange-traded transactions are unavailable and when, in the opinion of the Adviser, the pricing mechanism and liquidity are satisfactory and the participants are responsible parties likely to meet their contractual obligations.

The Fund may engage in foreign currency exchange transactions to protect against a decline in the values of the foreign currencies in which securities held by the Fund are denominated or are quoted in their principal trading markets or an increase in the value of currency for securities which the Fund expects to purchase. In connection with position hedging, the Fund may purchase put or call options on foreign currency and foreign currency futures contracts and buy or sell forward contracts and foreign currency futures contracts. The Fund may also purchase or sell foreign currency on a spot basis.

 

23


Table of Contents

The precise matching of the amounts of foreign currency exchange transactions and the value of the portfolio securities involved will not generally be possible since the future value of such securities in foreign currencies will change as a consequence of market movements in the values of those securities between the dates the currency exchange transactions are entered into and the dates they mature.

It is impossible to forecast with precision the market value of the Fund’s portfolio securities at the expiration or maturity of a forward or futures contract. Accordingly, it may be necessary for the Fund to purchase additional foreign currency on the spot market (and bear the expense of such purchase) if the market value of the security or securities being hedged is less than the amount of foreign currency the Fund is obligated to deliver and if a decision is made to sell the security or securities and make delivery of the foreign currency. Conversely, it may be necessary to sell on the spot market some of the foreign currency received upon the sale of the portfolio security or securities of the Fund if the market value of such security or securities exceeds the amount of foreign currency the Fund is obligated to deliver. To offset some of the costs of hedging against fluctuations in currency exchange rates, the Fund may write covered call options on those currencies.

Transaction and position hedging do not eliminate fluctuations in the underlying prices of the securities that the Fund owns or intends to purchase or sell. They simply establish a rate of exchange that one can achieve at some future point in time. Additionally, although these techniques tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, they tend to limit any potential gain which might result from the increase in the value of such currency.

The Fund may also seek to increase its current return by purchasing and selling foreign currency on a spot basis, by purchasing and selling futures contracts on foreign currencies and options on foreign currencies and on foreign currency futures contracts, and by purchasing and selling foreign currency forward contracts.

The value of any currency, including U.S. dollars and foreign currencies, may be affected by complex political, social, and economic factors applicable to the issuing country. In addition, the exchange rates of foreign currencies (and therefore the values of foreign currency options, forward contracts, and futures contracts) may be affected significantly, fixed, or supported directly or indirectly by U.S. and foreign government actions. Government intervention may increase risks involved in purchasing or selling foreign currency options, forward contracts, and futures contracts, since exchange rates may not be free to fluctuate in response to other market forces. Foreign governmental restrictions or taxes could result in adverse changes in the cost of acquiring or disposing of foreign currencies.

Currency Forward and Futures Contracts. A forward foreign currency exchange contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract as agreed by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. In the case of a cancelable forward contract, the holder has the unilateral right to cancel the contract at maturity by paying a specified fee. The contracts are traded in the interbank market conducted directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. A forward contract generally has no deposit requirement, and no commissions are charged at any stage for trades. A foreign currency futures contract is a standardized contract for the future delivery of a specified amount of a foreign currency at a future date at a price set at the time of the contract. Foreign currency futures contracts traded in the United States are designed by and traded on exchanges regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”), such as the New York Mercantile Exchange.

The Fund may enter into foreign currency forward contracts in order to protect against the risk that the U.S. dollar value of the Fund’s dividends, interest, net realized capital gains, sales proceeds or investments denominated in foreign currency will decline, including to the extent of any devaluation of the currency during the intervals between (a) (i) the time the Fund becomes entitled to receive or receives dividends, interest, net realized capital gains or sales proceeds or (ii) the time an investor gives notice of a requested redemption of a certain amount and (b) the time such amount(s) are converted into U.S. dollars for remittance out of the particular country or countries.

Forward foreign currency exchange contracts differ from foreign currency futures contracts in certain respects. For example, the maturity date of a forward contract may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, rather than a predetermined date in a given month. Forward contracts may be in any amounts agreed upon by the parties rather than predetermined amounts. Also, forward foreign exchange contracts are traded directly between currency traders so that no intermediary is required. A forward contract generally requires no margin or other deposit.

 

24


Table of Contents

At the maturity of a forward or futures contract, the Fund may either accept or make delivery of the currency specified in the contract, or at or prior to maturity enter into a closing transaction involving the purchase or sale of an offsetting contract. Closing transactions with respect to forward contracts are usually effected with the currency trader who is a party to the original forward contract. Closing transactions with respect to futures contracts are effected on a commodities exchange; a clearing corporation associated with the exchange assumes responsibility for closing out such contracts.

Positions in foreign currency futures contracts and related options may be closed out only on an exchange or board of trade which provides a secondary market in such contracts or options. Although the Fund will normally purchase or sell foreign currency futures contracts and related options only on exchanges or boards of trade where there appears to be an active secondary market, there is no assurance that a secondary market on an exchange or board of trade will exist for any particular contract or option or at any particular time. In such event, it may not be possible to close a futures or related option position and, in the event of adverse price movements, the Fund would continue to be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin on its futures positions.

Foreign Currency Options. Options on foreign currencies operate similarly to options on securities, and are traded primarily in the over-the-counter market, although options on foreign currencies are listed on several exchanges. Such options will be purchased or written only when the Adviser believes that a liquid secondary market exists for such options. There can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for a particular option at any specific time. Options on foreign currencies are affected by all of those factors which influence exchange rates and investments generally.

The value of a foreign currency option is dependent upon the value of the foreign currency and the U.S. dollar, and may have no relationship to the investment merits of a foreign security. Because foreign currency transactions occurring in the interbank market involve substantially larger amounts than those that may be involved in the use of foreign currency options, investors may be disadvantaged by having to deal in an odd lot market (generally consisting of transactions of less than $1 million) for the underlying foreign currencies at prices that are less favorable than for round lots.

There is no systematic reporting of last-sale information for foreign currencies and there is no regulatory requirement that quotations available through dealers or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely basis. Available quotation information is generally representative of very large transactions in the interbank market and thus may not reflect relatively smaller transactions (less than $1 million) where rates may be less favorable. The interbank market in foreign currencies is a global, around-the-clock market. To the extent that the U.S. options markets are closed while the markets for the underlying currencies remain open, significant price and rate movements may take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the U.S. options markets.

Foreign Currency Conversion. Although foreign exchange dealers do not charge a fee for currency conversion, they do realize a profit based on the difference (the “spread”) between prices at which they buy and sell various currencies. Thus, a dealer may offer to sell a foreign currency to the Fund at one rate, while offering a lesser rate of exchange should the Fund desire to resell that currency to the dealer.

Tax Consequences of Hedging. Regulations that may be issued in the future could limit the ability of the Fund to enter into the foreign currency transactions described above. Under applicable tax law, the Fund may be required to limit its gains from hedging in such transactions. The extent to which these limits apply is subject to tax regulations as yet unissued. Hedging also may result in the application of the mark-to-market and straddle provisions of the Code. Those provisions could result in an increase (or decrease) in the amount of taxable dividends paid by the Fund and could affect whether dividends paid by the Fund are classified as capital gains or ordinary income. For further discussion of the tax consequences of the Fund’s hedging, see “Tax Matters” below.

Foreign Currency Exchange-Related Securities

Foreign Currency Warrants. Foreign currency warrants such as Currency Exchange WarrantsSM are warrants which entitle the holder to receive from their issuer an amount of cash (generally, for warrants issued in the United States, in U.S. dollars) which is calculated pursuant to a predetermined formula and based on the exchange rate between a specified foreign currency and the U.S. dollar as of the exercise date of the warrant. Foreign currency warrants generally are exercisable upon their issuance and expire as of a specified date and time. Foreign currency warrants have been issued in connection with U.S. dollar-denominated debt offerings by major corporate issuers in an attempt to reduce the foreign

 

25


Table of Contents

currency exchange risk which, from the point of view of prospective purchasers of the securities, is inherent in the international fixed-income marketplace. Foreign currency warrants may reduce the foreign exchange risk assumed by purchasers of a security by, for example, providing for a supplemental payment in the event that the U.S. dollar depreciates against the value of a major foreign currency such as the Japanese yen or the euro. The formula used to determine the amount payable upon exercise of a foreign currency warrant may make the warrant worthless unless the applicable foreign currency exchange rate moves in a particular direction (e.g., unless the U.S. dollar appreciates or depreciates against the particular foreign currency to which the warrant is linked or indexed). Foreign currency warrants are severable from the debt obligations with which they may be offered, and may be listed on exchanges. Foreign currency warrants may be exercisable only in certain minimum amounts, and an investor wishing to exercise warrants who possesses less than the minimum number required for exercise may be required either to sell the warrants or to purchase additional warrants, thereby incurring additional transaction costs. In the case of any exercise of warrants, there may be a time delay between the time a holder of warrants gives instructions to exercise and the time the exchange rate relating to exercise is determined, during which time the exchange rate could change significantly, thereby affecting both the market and cash settlement values of the warrants being exercised. The expiration date of the warrants may be accelerated if the warrants should be delisted from an exchange or if their trading should be suspended permanently, which would result in the loss of any remaining “time value” of the warrants (i.e., the difference between the current market value and the exercise value of the warrants), and, in the case the warrants were “out-of-the-money,” in a total loss of the purchase price of the warrants. Warrants are generally unsecured obligations of their issuers and are not standardized foreign currency options issued by the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”). Unlike foreign currency options issued by OCC, the terms of foreign exchange warrants generally will not be amended in the event of governmental or regulatory actions affecting exchange rates or in the event of the imposition of other regulatory controls affecting the international currency markets. The initial public offering price of foreign currency warrants is generally considerably in excess of the price that a commercial user of foreign currencies might pay in the interbank market for a comparable option involving significantly larger amounts of foreign currencies. Foreign currency warrants are subject to significant foreign exchange risk, including risks arising from complex political or economic factors.

Principal Exchange Rate Linked Securities. Principal exchange rate linked securities (“PERLsSM”) are debt obligations the principal on which is payable at maturity in an amount that may vary based on the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and a particular foreign currency at or about that time. The return on “standard” principal exchange rate linked securities is enhanced if the foreign currency to which the security is linked appreciates against the U.S. dollar, and is adversely affected by increases in the foreign exchange value of the U.S. dollar; “reverse” principal exchange rate linked securities are like the “standard” securities, except that their return is enhanced by increases in the value of the U.S. dollar and adversely impacted by increases in the value of foreign currency. Interest payments on the securities are generally made in U.S. dollars at rates that reflect the degree of foreign currency risk assumed or given up by the purchaser of the notes (i.e., at relatively higher interest rates if the purchaser has assumed some of the foreign exchange risk, or relatively lower interest rates if the issuer has assumed some of the foreign exchange risk, based on the expectations of the current market). PERLs may in limited cases be subject to acceleration of maturity (generally, not without the consent of the holders of the securities), which may have an adverse impact on the value of the principal payment to be made at maturity.

Performance Indexed Paper. Performance indexed paper (“PIPsSM”) is U.S. dollar-denominated commercial paper the yield of which is linked to certain foreign exchange rate movements. The yield to the investor on performance indexed paper is established at maturity as a function of spot exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and a designated currency as of or about that time (generally, the index maturity two days prior to maturity). The yield to the investor will be within a range stipulated at the time of purchase of the obligation, generally with a guaranteed minimum rate of return that is below, and a potential maximum rate of return that is above, market yields on U.S. dollar-denominated commercial paper, with both the minimum and maximum rates of return on the investment corresponding to the minimum and maximum values of the spot exchange rate two business days prior to maturity.

U.S. Government Securities

U.S. Government securities are obligations of and, in certain cases, guaranteed by, the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities. Some U.S. Government securities, such as Treasury bills, notes, and bonds and mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by Ginnie Mae, are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States; others are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; others are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase the agency’s obligations; still others are supported only by the credit of the issuing agency, instrumentality, or enterprise. Although U.S. government sponsored enterprises (“GSEs”), such as the Federal Home Loan

 

26


Table of Contents

Bank System (the “FHLBS”), Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae and the Student Loan Marketing Association may be chartered or sponsored by Congress, they are not funded by Congressional appropriations, and their securities are not issued by the U.S. Treasury or supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government and involve increased credit risks. Although legislation has been enacted to support certain GSEs, including the FHLBS, Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, there is no assurance that GSE obligations will be satisfied in full, or that such obligations will not decrease in value or default. It is difficult, if not impossible, to predict the future political, regulatory or economic changes that could impact the GSEs and the values of their related securities or obligations. In addition, certain governmental entities have been subject to regulatory scrutiny regarding their accounting policies and practices and other concerns that may result in legislation, changes in regulatory oversight and/or other consequences that could adversely affect the credit quality, availability or investment character of securities issued or guaranteed by these entities.

U.S. Government securities include securities that have no coupons, or have been stripped of their unmatured interest coupons, individual interest coupons from such securities that trade separately, and evidences of receipt of such securities. Such securities may pay no cash income, and are purchased at a deep discount from their value at maturity. See “— Zero-Coupon Bonds, Step-Ups and Payment-In-Kind Securities” below. Custodial receipts issued in connection with so-called trademark zero-coupon securities, such as Certificates of Accrual on Treasury Securities, are not issued by the U.S. Treasury, and are therefore not U.S. Government securities, although the underlying bond represented by such receipt is a debt obligation of the U.S. Treasury.

While some U.S. Government securities are guaranteed as to principal and interest, their market value is not guaranteed. U.S. Government securities are subject to the same interest rate and credit risks as are other debt securities. The U.S. Government does not guarantee the net asset value or market value of the Fund’s Common Shares. The U.S. Government’s ability to borrow money or otherwise finance its obligations, including as a result of legislatively-imposed limits on the amount of money it may borrow, could cause the values of U.S. Government securities, including those of the U.S. Government’s agencies and instrumentalities and other government-sponsored enterprises, to decline. U.S. Government securities are obligations issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States or its agencies (such as the Export-Import Bank of the United States, Federal Housing Administration and Government National Mortgage Association) or its instrumentalities (such as the FHLBS), including Treasury bills, notes and bonds.

Municipal Bonds

Municipal bonds are investments of any maturity issued by states, public authorities or political subdivisions to raise money for public purposes; they include, for example, general obligations of a state or other government entity supported by its taxing powers to acquire and construct public facilities, or to provide temporary financing in anticipation of the receipt of taxes and other revenue. They also include obligations of states, public authorities or political subdivisions to finance privately owned or operated facilities or public facilities financed solely by enterprise revenues. Changes in law or adverse determinations by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) or a state tax authority could cause the income from some of these obligations to become taxable.

Short-term municipal bonds are generally issued by state and local governments and public authorities as interim financing in anticipation of tax collections, revenue receipts or bond sales to finance such public purposes.

Certain types of private activity bonds may be issued by public authorities to finance projects such as privately operated housing facilities; certain local facilities for supplying water, gas or electricity; sewage or solid waste disposal facilities; student loans; or public or private institutions for the construction of educational, hospital, housing and other facilities. Such obligations are included within the term municipal bonds if the interest paid thereon is, in the opinion of bond counsel, exempt from federal income tax and state personal income tax (such interest may, however, be subject to federal alternative minimum tax). Other types of private activity bonds, the proceeds of which are used for the construction, repair or improvement of, or to obtain equipment for, privately operated industrial or commercial facilities, may also constitute municipal bonds, although current federal tax laws place substantial limitations on the size of such issues.

The Fund does not expect to qualify to pass through to shareholders the tax-exempt character of interest on municipal bonds. The Fund may also invest in certain types of municipal bonds that are not tax-exempt, such as Build America Bonds. See “—Tax Credit Bonds” and “—Build America Bonds” below.

Participation interests. The Fund may invest in municipal bonds either by purchasing them directly or by purchasing certificates of accrual or similar instruments evidencing direct ownership of interest payments or principal payments, or both, on municipal bonds, provided that, in the opinion of counsel, any discount accruing on a certificate or instrument

 

27


Table of Contents

that is purchased at a yield not greater than the coupon rate of interest on the related municipal bonds will be exempt from federal income tax to the same extent as interest on the municipal bonds. The Fund may also invest in municipal bonds by purchasing from banks participation interests in all or part of specific holdings of municipal bonds. These participations may be backed in whole or in part by an irrevocable letter of credit or guarantee of the selling bank. The selling bank may receive a fee from the Fund in connection with the arrangement.

Stand-by commitments. If the Fund purchases municipal bonds, it has the authority to acquire stand-by commitments from banks and broker-dealers with respect to those municipal bonds. A stand-by commitment may be considered a security independent of the municipal bond to which it relates. The amount payable by a bank or dealer during the time a stand-by commitment is exercisable, absent unusual circumstances, would be substantially the same as the market value of the underlying municipal bond to a third party at any time. It is expected that stand-by commitments generally will be available without the payment of direct or indirect consideration.

Yields. The yields on municipal bonds depend on a variety of factors, including general money market conditions, effective marginal tax rates, the financial condition of the issuer, general conditions of the municipal bond market, the size of a particular offering, the maturity of the obligation and the rating of the issue. The ratings assigned by NRSROs represent their opinions as to the credit quality of the municipal bonds that they undertake to rate. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are general and are not absolute standards of quality. Consequently, municipal bonds with the same maturity and interest rate but with different ratings may have the same yield. Yield disparities may occur for reasons not directly related to the investment quality of particular issues or the general movement of interest rates and may be due to such factors as changes in the overall demand or supply of various types of municipal bonds or changes in the investment objectives of investors. Subsequent to purchase by the Fund, an issue of municipal bonds or other investments may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced. Neither event will require the elimination of an investment from the Fund’s portfolio, but the Adviser will consider such an event in its determination of whether the Fund should continue to hold an investment in its portfolio.

Moral obligation bonds. The Fund may invest in so-called moral obligation bonds, where repayment is backed by a moral commitment of an entity other than the issuer, if the credit of the issuer itself, without regard to the moral obligation, meets the investment criteria established for investments by the Fund.

Municipal leases. The Fund may acquire participations in lease obligations or installment purchase contract obligations (collectively, “lease obligations”) of municipal authorities or entities. Lease obligations do not constitute general obligations of the municipality for which the municipality’s taxing power is pledged. Certain of these lease obligations contain non-appropriation clauses, which provide that the municipality has no obligation to make lease or installment purchase payments in future years unless money is appropriated for such purpose on a yearly basis. In the case of a non-appropriation lease, the Fund’s ability to recover under the lease in the event of non-appropriation or default will be limited solely to the repossession of the leased property, and in any event, foreclosure of that property might prove difficult.

Pre-refunded municipal bonds. The Fund may invest in pre-refunded municipal bonds, which are a type of municipal bond where the issuer, prior to final maturity of the bond, has set aside high-quality debt instruments in a designated escrow account to fund in full the payment of the amount owed at final maturity to a call date on or before the final maturity of principal and remain outstanding in the municipal market. The payment of principal and interest of the pre-refunded municipal bonds held by the Fund is funded from the securities in the designated escrow account, which typically holds U.S. Treasury securities or other obligations of the U.S. government, including its agencies and instrumentalities (“Agency Securities”). Pre-refunded municipal bonds usually will bear an AAA rating (if a re-rating has been requested and paid for) because they typically are backed by the U.S. Treasury or Agency Securities. As the payment of principal and interest is generated from securities held in a designated escrow account, the pledge of the municipality has been fulfilled and the original pledge of revenue by the municipality is no longer in place. The escrow account securities pledged to pay the principal and interest of the pre-refunded municipal bonds held by the Fund nonetheless still subject the Fund to interest rate risk and market risk. In addition, while a secondary market exists for pre-refunded municipal bonds, if the Fund sells pre-refunded municipal bonds prior to maturity, the price received may be more or less than the original cost, depending on market conditions at the time of sale. The interest on pre-refunded bonds issued on or before December 31, 2017 is exempt from federal income tax; the interest on such bonds issued after December 31, 2017 is not exempt from federal income tax.

 

28


Table of Contents

Revenue Bonds. The Fund may invest in revenue bonds, which are a type of municipal bond payable only from the revenues derived from a particular facility, a class of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise tax or other specific revenue source. Revenue bonds have been issued to fund a wide variety of capital projects including: electric, gas, water, and sewer systems; highways, bridges and tunnels; port and airport facilities; colleges and universities; hospitals; and other infrastructure assets or projects. Although some of these obligations may be unsecured, municipal bonds may provide security in the form of a debt service reserve fund the assets of which may be used to make principal and interest payments on the issuer’s obligations. In addition to a debt service reserve fund, some authorities provide further security in the form of a state’s ability (without obligation) to make up deficiencies in the debt reserve fund.

Because revenue bonds are typically payable only from revenue generated by the facility, class of facilities, facility operator, or special excise tax proceeds for payment of interest and principal, rather than the credit of the state or local government authority issuing the bonds, revenue bonds may be subject to greater credit risk than general obligations because of the relatively limited source of revenue. Industry-specific conditions may also affect the investment quality and value of revenue bonds.

Build America Bonds. The Fund may invest in Build America Bonds, which are taxable municipal bonds with federal subsidies for a portion of the issuer’s borrowing costs. Build America Bonds were issued through the Build America Bond program, which was created as part of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009. The objective of the program was to reduce the borrowing costs of state and local governments. Because the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act was not extended beyond its expiration date on December 31, 2010, tax subsidies (if any) will not apply to Build America Bonds issued following such date. However, Build America Bonds outstanding and issued before such date remain eligible for the federal interest rate subsidy, which is expected to continue for the life of the Build America Bonds.

Tax Credit Bonds. If the Fund holds, directly or indirectly, one or more “tax credit bonds,” issued on or before December 31, 2017, such as Build America Bonds issued before January 1, 2011, on one or more applicable dates during a taxable year, it is possible that the Fund will elect to permit its shareholders to claim a tax credit on their income tax returns equal to each shareholder’s proportionate share of tax credits from the applicable bonds that otherwise would be allowed to the Fund. In such a case, a shareholder will be deemed to receive a distribution of money with respect to its Fund shares equal to the shareholder’s proportionate share of the amount of such credits and be allowed a credit against the shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability equal to the amount of such deemed distribution, subject to certain limitations imposed by the Code on the credits involved. Even if the Fund is eligible to pass through such tax credits to shareholders, the Fund may choose not to do so.

Inverse Floaters. Inverse floaters are typically created by brokers by depositing an income-producing instrument in a trust. The trust in turn issues a variable rate security and inverse floaters. The interest rate on the short-term component is reset by an index or auction process normally every seven to 35 days, while the inverse floater holder receives the balance of the income from the underlying Municipal Bond less an auction fee. Therefore, rising short-term interest rates result in lower income for the inverse floater, and vice versa. An investment in inverse floaters typically will involve greater risk than an investment in a fixed rate bond. Inverse floaters have interest rates that bear an inverse relationship to the interest rate on another security or the value of an index. Because increases in the interest rate on the other security or index reduce the residual interest paid on an inverse floater, the value of an inverse floater is generally more volatile than that of a fixed rate bond. Inverse floaters have interest rate adjustment formulas that generally reduce or, in the extreme, eliminate the interest paid to the Fund when short-term interest rates rise, and increase the interest paid to the Fund when short-term interest rates fall. Inverse floaters have varying degrees of liquidity, and the market price for these securities is volatile. Inverse floaters can be very volatile and may be less liquid than other bonds of comparable maturity. These securities will generally underperform the market of fixed rate bonds in a rising interest rate environment, but tend to outperform the market of fixed rate bonds when interest rates decline or remain relatively stable. Although volatile, inverse floaters typically offer the potential for yields exceeding the yields available on fixed rate bonds with comparable credit quality, coupon, call provisions and maturity. Investing in inverse floaters may have the result of increasing the Fund’s leverage. Trusts in which inverse floaters may be held could be terminated, in which case the residual bond holder would take possession of the underlying bond(s) on an unleveraged basis.

Additional risks. Securities in which the Fund may invest, including municipal bonds, are subject to the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors, such as the federal Bankruptcy Code (including special provisions related to municipalities and other public entities), and laws, if any, that may be enacted by Congress or state legislatures extending the time for payment of principal or interest, or both, or imposing other constraints upon enforcement of such obligations. There is also the possibility that, as a result of litigation or other conditions, such

 

29


Table of Contents

as the recent bankruptcy-type proceedings by the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the power, ability or willingness of issuers to meet their obligations for the payment of interest and principal on their municipal bonds may be materially affected or their obligations may be found to be invalid or unenforceable. Such litigation or conditions may from time to time have the effect of introducing uncertainties in the market for municipal bonds or certain segments thereof, or of materially affecting the credit risk with respect to particular bonds. Adverse economic, business, legal or political developments might affect all or a substantial portion of the Fund’s municipal bonds in the same manner.

From time to time, proposals have been introduced before Congress for the purpose of restricting or eliminating the federal income tax exemption for interest on debt obligations issued by states and their political subdivisions. Federal tax laws limit the types and amounts of tax-exempt bonds issuable for certain purposes, especially industrial development bonds and private activity bonds. Such limits may affect the future supply and yields of these types of municipal bonds. Further proposals limiting the issuance of municipal bonds may well be introduced in the future.

Private Investment in Public Companies (“PIPEs”).

The Fund may invest in PIPE transactions. In a typical PIPE transaction, the Fund will acquire stock of a company (such as convertible notes or convertible preferred stock) that is convertible into common stock through a private placement pursuant to Regulation D. The issuer’s common stock is usually publicly traded on a U.S. securities exchange or in the OTC markets, but the securities that are acquired in the PIPE transaction are not registered and will be subject to restrictions on their resale. Due to the potentially illiquid nature of such securities, the purchase price in a PIPE transaction will typically be fixed at a discount to the prevailing market price of the issuer’s common stock at the time of the transaction. As part of a PIPE transaction, the issuer will generally be contractually obligated to seek to register the securities under the U.S. securities laws within an agreed upon period of time after the PIPE transaction. However, the Fund may not be able to sell its shares until that registration process is completed. PIPE transactions are subject to the risk that the issuer may be unable to register the securities for public resale in a timely manner, or at all, in which case the securities could be sold only in a privately negotiated transaction and, potentially, at a price less than that paid by the Fund. Disposing of such securities may involve negotiation and legal expenses. Even if such securities are registered for public sale, the resulting market for the securities may be thin or illiquid, which could make it difficult for the Fund to dispose of such securities at an acceptable price.

Corporate Debt Securities

Bonds and related debt obligations of varying maturities issued by U.S. and foreign corporations and other business entities may include corporate bonds, debentures, notes and other similar corporate debt instruments, including convertible securities. Bonds are fixed or variable rate debt obligations, including bills, notes, debentures, money market instruments and similar instruments and securities. Bonds generally are used by corporations and other issuers to borrow money from investors. The issuer pays the investor a rate of interest and normally must repay the amount borrowed on or before maturity. The rate of interest on a corporate debt security may be fixed, floating or variable, and may vary inversely with respect to a reference rate. The rate of return or return of principal on some debt obligations may be linked or indexed to the level of exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and a foreign currency or currencies. Debt securities may be acquired with warrants attached. Certain bonds are “perpetual” in that they have no maturity date.

The Fund’s investments in corporate debt securities are subject to a number of risks described in the Prospectus and elaborated upon elsewhere in this section of the SAI, including interest rate risk, credit risk, below investment grade/high yield risk, issuer risk, foreign investing risk, inflation/deflation risk, liquidity risk, and portfolio management risk.

Tender Option Bonds

In a tender option bond transaction (“TOB”), a tender option bond trust (“TOB Trust”) issues floating rate certificates (“TOB Floater”) and residual interest certificates (“TOB Residual”) and utilizes the proceeds of such issuance to purchase a fixed-rate municipal bond (“Fixed Rate Bond”) that either is owned or identified by the Fund. The TOB Floater is generally issued to investors (typically a money market fund) and the TOB Residual is generally issued to other investors, including, potentially, the Fund, that may have sold or identified the Fixed Rate Bond. The TOB Trust divides the income stream provided by the Fixed Rate Bond to create two securities, the TOB Floater, which is a short-term security, and the TOB Residual, which is a longer-term security. The interest rates payable on the TOB Residual bear an inverse relationship to the interest rate on the TOB Floater. The interest rate on the TOB Floater is reset by a remarketing process typically every 7 to 35 days. After income is paid on the TOB Floater at current rates, the residual income from the Fixed Rate Bond goes to the TOB Residual. Therefore, rising short-term rates result in lower income for the TOB Residual, and vice versa.

 

30


Table of Contents

In the case of a TOB Trust that utilizes the cash received (less transaction expenses) from the issuance of the TOB Floater and TOB Residual to purchase the Fixed Rate Bond from the Fund, the Fund may then invest the cash received in additional securities, generating leverage for the Fund. Other DoubleLine-managed accounts may also contribute municipal bonds to a TOB Trust into which a Fund has contributed Fixed Rate Bonds. If multiple DoubleLine-managed accounts participate in the same TOB Trust, the economic rights and obligations under the TOB Residual will be shared among the funds ratably in proportion to their participation in the TOB Trust.

The TOB Residual may be more volatile and less liquid than other municipal bonds of comparable maturity. In most circumstances the TOB Residual holder bears substantially all of the underlying Fixed Rate Bond’s downside investment risk and also benefits from any appreciation in the value of the underlying Fixed Rate Bond. Investments in a TOB Residual typically will involve greater risk than investments in Fixed Rate Bonds.

A TOB Residual held by the Fund may provide the Fund with the right to: (1) cause the holders of the TOB Floater to tender their notes at par, and (2) cause the sale of the Fixed-Rate Bond held by the TOB Trust, thereby collapsing the TOB Trust. TOB Trusts are generally supported by a liquidity facility provided by a third party bank or other financial institution (the “Liquidity Provider”) that provides for the purchase of TOB Floaters that cannot be remarketed. The holders of the TOB Floaters have the right to tender their certificates in exchange for payment of par plus accrued interest on a periodic basis (typically weekly) or on the occurrence of certain mandatory tender events. The tendered TOB Floaters are remarketed by a remarketing agent, which is typically an affiliated entity of the Liquidity Provider. If the TOB Floaters cannot be remarketed, the TOB Floaters are purchased by the TOB Trust either from the proceeds of a loan from the Liquidity Provider or from a liquidation of the Fixed Rate Bond.

The TOB Trust may also be collapsed without the consent of the Fund, as the TOB Residual holder, upon the occurrence of certain “tender option termination events” (or “TOTEs”) as defined in the TOB Trust agreements. Such termination events typically include the bankruptcy or default of the issuer of the municipal bond, a substantial downgrade in credit quality of the municipal bond (or issuer thereof), or a judgment or ruling that interest on the Fixed Rate Bond is subject to federal income taxation. Upon the occurrence of a termination event, the TOB Trust would generally be liquidated in full with the proceeds typically applied first to any accrued fees owed to the trustee, remarketing agent and liquidity provider, and then to the holders of the TOB Floater up to par plus accrued interest owed on the TOB Floater and a portion of gain share, if any, with the balance paid out to the TOB Residual holder. In the case of a mandatory termination event, after the payment of fees, the TOB Floater holders would be paid before the TOB Residual holders (i.e., the Fund). In contrast, in the case of a TOTE, after payment of fees, the TOB Floater holders and the TOB Residual holders would be paid pro rata in proportion to the respective face values of their certificates.

In December 2013, regulators finalized rules implementing Section 619 (the “Volcker Rule”) and Section 941 (the “Risk Retention Rules”) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”). Both the Volcker Rule and the Risk Retention Rules apply to tender option bond programs. The Volcker Rule precludes banking entities from (i) sponsoring or acquiring interests in the trusts used to hold a municipal bond in the creation of TOB Trusts; and (ii) continuing to service or maintain relationships with existing programs involving TOB Trusts to the same extent and in the same capacity as existing programs. The Risk Retention Rules require the sponsor to a TOB Trust (e.g., the Fund) to retain at least five percent of the credit risk of the underlying assets supporting the TOB Trust’s municipal bonds. The Risk Retention Rules may adversely affect the Fund’s ability to engage in tender option bond trust transactions or increase the costs of such transactions in certain circumstances.

In response to these rules, industry participants explored various structuring alternatives for TOB Trusts and agreed on a new tender option bond structure in which the Fund may hire service providers to assist with establishing, structuring and sponsoring a TOB Trust. Service providers to a TOB Trust, such as administrators, liquidity providers, trustees and remarketing agents act at the direction of, and as agent of, the Fund as the TOB residual holders.

Under the new TOB Trust structure, the Liquidity Provider or remarketing agent will no longer purchase the tendered TOB Floaters, even in the event of failed remarketing. This may increase the likelihood that a TOB Trust will need to be collapsed and liquidated in order to purchase the tendered TOB Floaters. The TOB Trust may draw upon a loan from the Liquidity Provider to purchase the tendered TOB Floaters. Any loans made by the Liquidity Provider will be secured by the purchased TOB Floaters held by the TOB Trust and will be subject to an interest rate agreed with the Liquidity Provider.

 

31


Table of Contents

Convertible Securities

The Fund may invest in convertible securities. Convertible securities include bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stock and other securities that may be converted into or exchanged for, at a specific price or formula within a particular period of time, a prescribed amount of common stock or other equity securities of the same or a different issuer. Convertible securities may entitle the holder to receive interest paid or accrued on debt or dividends paid or accrued on preferred stock until the security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged.

The market value of a convertible security is a function of its investment value and its conversion value. A security’s investment value represents the value of the security without its conversion feature (i.e., a nonconvertible fixed income security). The investment value may be determined by reference to its credit quality and the current value of its yield to maturity or probable call date. At any given time, investment value is dependent upon such factors as the general level of interest rates, the yield of similar nonconvertible securities, the financial strength of the issuer and the seniority of the security in the issuer’s capital structure. A security’s conversion value is determined by multiplying the number of shares the holder is entitled to receive upon conversion or exchange by the current price of the underlying security.

If the conversion value of a convertible security is significantly below its investment value, the convertible security generally trades like nonconvertible debt or preferred stock and its market value will not be influenced greatly by fluctuations in the market price of the underlying security. Conversely, if the conversion value of a convertible security is near or above its investment value, the market value of the convertible security is typically more heavily influenced by fluctuations in the market price of the underlying security. Convertible securities generally have less potential for gain than common stocks.

The Fund’s investments in convertible securities may at times include securities that have a mandatory conversion feature, pursuant to which the securities convert automatically into common stock or other equity securities at a specified date and a specified conversion ratio, or that are convertible at the option of the issuer. Because conversion of the security is not at the option of the holder, the Fund may be required to convert the security into the underlying common stock even at times when to do so is not in the best interests of the shareholders.

Synthetic Convertible Securities

The Fund also may invest in “synthetic” convertible securities, which will be selected based on the similarity of their economic characteristics to those of a traditional convertible security due to the combination of separate securities or instruments that possess the two principal characteristics of a traditional convertible security, i.e., an income-producing security (“income-producing component”) and the right to acquire an equity security (“convertible component”). The income-producing component is achieved by investing in non-convertible, income-producing securities such as bonds, preferred stocks and money market instruments. Unlike a traditional convertible security, which is a single security having a unitary market value, a synthetic convertible comprises two or more separate securities, each with its own market value. Therefore, the “market value” of a synthetic convertible security is the sum of the values of its income-producing component and its convertible component. For this reason, the values of a synthetic convertible security and a traditional convertible security may respond differently to market fluctuations. The convertible component is achieved by purchasing warrants or options to buy common stock at a certain exercise price, or options on a stock index. The Fund may also purchase synthetic securities created by other parties, typically investment banks, including convertible structured notes.

More flexibility is possible in the assembly of a synthetic convertible security than in the purchase of a convertible security. Although synthetic convertible securities may be used for the Fund where the two components are issued by a single issuer, thus making the synthetic convertible security similar to the traditional convertible security, the character of a synthetic convertible security allows the combination of components representing distinct issuers, when DoubleLine believes that such a combination would better promote the Fund’s investment objective. A synthetic convertible security also is a more flexible investment in that its two components may be purchased separately. For example, an investor may purchase a warrant for inclusion in a synthetic convertible security but temporarily hold short-term investments while postponing the purchase of a corresponding bond pending development of more favorable market conditions.

A holder of a synthetic convertible security faces the risk of a decline in the price of the security or the level of the index involved in the convertible component, causing a decline in the value of the call option or warrant purchased to create the synthetic convertible security. Should the price of the stock fall below the exercise price and remain there

 

32


Table of Contents

throughout the exercise period, the entire amount paid for the call option or warrant would be lost. Because a synthetic convertible security includes the income-producing component as well, the holder of a synthetic convertible security also faces the risk that interest rates will rise, causing a decline in the value of the income-producing instrument. Synthetic convertible securities may be created by other parties, including convertible structured notes. Convertible structured notes are income-producing debentures linked to equity, and are typically issued by investment banks.

The Fund’s investment in convertible securities may also be generally subject to the risks associated with investment in fixed income securities.

Preferred Stock

Preferred stock represents an equity interest in a company that generally entitles the holder to receive, in preference to the holders of other stocks such as common stocks, dividends and a fixed share of the proceeds resulting from a liquidation of the company. Some preferred stocks also entitle their holders to receive additional liquidation proceeds on the same basis as holders of a company’s common stock, and thus also represent an ownership interest in that company. Preferred stocks may pay fixed or adjustable rates of return. The value of a company’s preferred stock may fall as a result of factors relating directly to that company’s products or services. A preferred stock’s value may also fall because of factors affecting not just the company, but companies in the same industry or in a number of different industries, such as increases in production costs. The value of preferred stock may also be affected by changes in financial markets that are relatively unrelated to the company or its industry, such as changes in interest rates or currency exchange rates. In addition, a company’s preferred stock generally pays dividends only after the company makes required payments to holders of its bonds and other debt. For this reason, the value of the preferred stock will usually react more strongly than bonds and other debt to actual or perceived changes in the company’s financial condition or prospects. Preferred stocks of smaller companies may be more vulnerable to adverse developments than those of larger companies.

Fixed Rate Preferred Stocks. Some fixed rate preferred stocks, known as perpetual preferred stocks, offer a fixed return with no maturity date. Because they never mature, perpetual preferred stocks act like long-term bonds, can be more volatile than other types of preferred stocks that have a maturity date and may have heightened sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Sinking fund preferred stocks offer a fixed return, but have a maturity date and are retired or redeemed on a predetermined schedule. The shorter duration of sinking fund preferred stocks makes them perform somewhat like intermediate-term bonds and they typically have lower yields than perpetual preferred stocks.

Adjustable Rate and Auction Preferred Stocks. Typically, the dividend rate on an adjustable rate preferred stock is determined prospectively each quarter by applying an adjustment formula established at the time of issuance of the stock. Although adjustment formulas vary among issues, they typically involve a fixed premium or discount relative to rates on specified debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury. The premium or discount adjustment to be added to or subtracted from this highest U.S. Treasury base rate yield is fixed at the time of issue and cannot be changed without the approval of the holders of the stock. The dividend rate on certain other preferred stocks, commonly known as auction preferred stocks, is adjusted at intervals that may be more frequent than quarterly, such as every 49 days, based on bids submitted by holders and prospective purchasers of such stocks and may be subject to stated maximum and minimum dividend rates. The issues of most adjustable rate and auction preferred stocks currently outstanding are perpetual, but may be redeemable after a specified date at the option of the issuer. Certain issues supported by the credit of a high-rated financial institution provide for mandatory redemption prior to expiration of the credit arrangement. No redemption can occur if full cumulative dividends are not paid. Although the dividend rates on adjustable and auction preferred stocks are generally adjusted or reset frequently, the market values of these preferred stocks may still fluctuate in response to changes in interest rates. Market values of adjustable preferred stocks also may substantially fluctuate if interest rates increase or decrease once the maximum or minimum dividend rate for a particular stock is approached. Auctions for U.S. auction preferred stocks have failed since early 2008, and the dividend rates payable on such preferred shares since that time typically have been paid at their maximum applicable rate (typically a function of a reference rate of interest). The Fund expects that auction preferred stocks will continue to pay dividends at their maximum applicable rate for the foreseeable future and cannot predict whether or when the auction markets for auction preferred stocks may resume normal functioning.

Bank Obligations

Bank capital securities are issued by banks to help fulfill their regulatory capital requirements. There are three common types of bank capital: Lower Tier II, Upper Tier II and Tier I. Bank capital is generally, but not always, of investment grade quality. Upper Tier II securities are commonly thought of as hybrids of debt and preferred securities. Upper Tier II

 

33


Table of Contents

securities are often perpetual (with no maturity date), callable and have a cumulative interest deferral feature. This means that under certain conditions, the issuer bank can withhold payment of interest until a later date. However, such deferred interest payments generally earn interest. Tier I securities often take the form of trust preferred securities.

The Fund may also invest in other bank obligations including, without limitation certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptance and fixed time deposits. Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates that are issued against funds deposited in a commercial bank for a definite period of time and that earn a specified return. Bankers’ acceptances are negotiable drafts or bills of exchange, normally drawn by an importer or exporter to pay for specific merchandise, which are “accepted” by a bank, meaning, in effect, that the bank unconditionally agrees to pay the face value of the instrument on maturity. Fixed time deposits are bank obligations payable at a stated maturity date and bearing interest at a fixed rate. Fixed time deposits may be withdrawn on demand by the investor, but may be subject to early withdrawal penalties which vary depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of the obligations. There are generally no contractual restrictions on the right to transfer a beneficial interest in a fixed time deposit to a third party, although there is generally no market for such deposits. The Fund may also hold funds on deposit with its custodian bank in an interest-bearing account for temporary purposes.

The activities of U.S. banks and most foreign banks are subject to comprehensive regulations which, in the case of U.S. regulations, have undergone substantial changes in the past decade and are currently subject to legislative and regulatory scrutiny. The enactment of new legislation or regulations, as well as changes in interpretation and enforcement of current laws, may affect the manner of operations and profitability of U.S. and foreign banks. Significant developments in the U.S. banking industry have included increased competition from other types of financial institutions, increased acquisition activity and geographic expansion. Banks may be particularly susceptible to certain economic factors, such as interest rate changes and adverse developments in the market for real estate. Fiscal and monetary policy and general economic cycles can affect the availability and cost of funds, loan demand and asset quality and thereby impact the earnings and financial conditions of banks.

Obligations of foreign banks involve somewhat different investment risks than those affecting obligations of United States banks, including the possibilities that their liquidity could be impaired because of future political and economic developments, that their obligations may be less marketable than comparable obligations of United States banks, that a foreign jurisdiction might impose withholding taxes on interest income payable on those obligations, that foreign deposits may be seized or nationalized, that foreign governmental restrictions such as exchange controls may be adopted which might adversely affect the payment of principal and interest on those obligations and that the selection of those obligations may be more difficult because there may be less publicly available information concerning foreign banks or the accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, practices and requirements applicable to foreign banks may differ from those applicable to United States banks. Foreign banks are not generally subject to examination by any United States Government agency or instrumentality.

Loans, Assignments, and Participations

The Fund may make loans directly to borrowers and may acquire or invest in loans made by others. The Fund may acquire a loan interest directly by originating the loan or acting as a member of the original lending syndicate. Alternatively, the Fund may acquire some or all of the interest of a bank or other lending institution in a loan to a particular borrower by means of an assignment or a participation. In an assignment, the Fund assumes all of the rights of a lending institution in a loan, including the right to receive payments of principal and interest and other amounts directly from the borrower and to enforce its rights as a lender directly against the borrower. The Fund assumes the position of a co-lender with other syndicate members. As an alternative, the Fund may purchase an assignment of a portion of a lender’s interest in a loan. In this case, the Fund may be required generally to rely upon the assigning financial institution to demand payment and enforce its rights against the borrower, but would otherwise be entitled to the benefit of all of the financial institution’s rights in the loan. The Fund may also purchase a participating interest in a portion of the rights of a lending institution in a loan. In such case, the Fund will generally be entitled to receive from the lending institution amounts equal to the payments of principal, interest and premium, if any, on the loan received by the institution, but will not generally be entitled to enforce its rights directly against the agent bank or the borrower, and must rely for that purpose on the lending institution. In the case of a participation, the value of the Fund’s loan investment will depend at least in part on the credit standing of the assigning or participating institution. The loans in which the Fund may invest include those that pay fixed rates of interest and those that pay floating rates – i.e., rates that adjust periodically based on a known lending rate, such as a bank’s prime rate. Investments in loans may be of any quality, including “distressed” loans. The Fund also may gain exposure to loans and related investments through the use of total and excess return swaps and/or other derivative instruments (see “Derivative Instruments”) and through private funds and other pooled investment vehicles, including some which may be sponsored or advised by the Adviser or its related parties.

 

34


Table of Contents

Many loans are made by a syndicate of banks, represented by an agent bank (the “Agent”) which has negotiated and structured the loan and which is responsible generally for collecting interest, principal, and other amounts from the borrower on its own behalf and on behalf of the other lending institutions in the syndicate (the “Lenders”), and for enforcing its and their other rights against the borrower. Each of the lending institutions, which may include the Agent, lends to the borrower a portion of the total amount of the loan, and retains the corresponding interest in the loan. Unless, under the terms of the loan or other indebtedness, the Fund has direct recourse against the borrower, the Fund may have to rely on the Agent or other financial intermediary to apply appropriate credit remedies against a borrower.

The Fund’s ability to receive payments of principal and interest and other amounts in connection with loan participations held by it will depend primarily on the financial condition of the borrower (and, in some cases, the lending institution from which it purchases the loan). The value of collateral, if any, securing a loan can decline, or may be insufficient to meet the borrower’s obligations or may be difficult to liquidate. In addition, the Fund’s access to collateral may be limited by bankruptcy or other insolvency laws. The failure by the Fund to receive scheduled interest or principal payments on a loan would adversely affect the income of the Fund and would likely reduce the value of its assets, which would be reflected in a reduction in the Fund’s net asset value. Loans that are fully secured offer the Fund more protection than an unsecured loan in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal. However, there is no assurance that the liquidation of collateral from a secured loan would satisfy the corporate borrower’s obligation, or that the collateral can be liquidated. Indebtedness of companies whose creditworthiness is poor involves substantially greater risks, and may be highly speculative. Some companies may never pay off their indebtedness, or may pay only a small fraction of the amount owed. Consequently, when investing in indebtedness of companies with poor credit, the Fund bears a substantial risk of losing the entire amount invested. The Fund will in certain cases be required to rely upon the intermediary from which it purchases an assignment or participation interest to collect and pass on to the Fund such payments and to enforce the Fund’s rights. As a result, an insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the intermediary may delay or prevent the Fund from receiving principal, interest and other amounts with respect to the Fund’s interest in the loan.

Banks and other lending institutions generally perform a credit analysis of the borrower before originating a loan or participating in a lending syndicate. In selecting the loans in which the Fund will invest, however, the Adviser will not rely solely on that credit analysis, but will perform its own investment analysis of the borrowers. The Adviser’s analysis may include consideration of the borrower’s financial strength and managerial experience, debt coverage, additional borrowing requirements or debt maturity schedules, changing financial conditions, and responsiveness to changes in business conditions and interest rates. Because loans in which the Fund may invest may not be rated by independent credit rating agencies, a decision by the Fund to invest in a particular loan may depend heavily on the Adviser’s or the original lending institution’s credit analysis of the borrower.

Loans and other types of direct indebtedness may not be readily marketable and may be subject to restrictions on resale. In some cases, negotiations involved in disposing of indebtedness may require weeks to complete. Consequently, some indebtedness may be difficult or impossible to dispose of readily at what the Adviser believes to be a fair price. Additionally, even where there is a market for certain loans the settlement period may be extended, up to several weeks or longer. That means the Fund may have a limited ability to receive payment promptly on the sale of some of the loans in its portfolio. In addition, valuation of illiquid indebtedness involves a greater degree of judgment in determining the Fund’s net asset value than if that value were based on available market quotations, and could result in significant variations in the Fund’s daily share price. At the same time, some loan interests are traded among certain financial institutions and accordingly may be deemed liquid. The Adviser will determine the liquidity of the Fund’s investments by reference to, among other things, market conditions and contractual provisions. Investments in loans through a direct loan may involve additional risks to the Fund. For example, if a loan is foreclosed, the Fund could become part owner of any collateral, and would bear the costs and liabilities associated with owning and disposing of the collateral. In addition, it is conceivable that under emerging legal theories of lender liability, the Fund could be held liable as co-owner. Lender liability may be founded upon the premise that an institutional lender has violated a duty of good faith and fair dealing owed to the borrower or has assumed a degree of control over the borrower resulting in creation of a fiduciary duty owed to the borrower or its other creditors or shareholders. In addition, courts have in some cases applied the doctrine of equitable subordination to subordinate the claim of a lending institution against a borrower to claims of other creditors of the borrower when the lending institution is found to have engaged in unfair, inequitable, or fraudulent conduct.

 

35


Table of Contents

From time to time, loans or assignment or participation interests therein acquired by the Fund, or to which the Fund may have direct or indirect investment exposure, will at the time of their acquisition be, or may become after acquisition, non-performing for a wide variety of reasons. Non-performing loans include mortgages where the borrower is in default or is or has been delinquent as to the payment of interest and/or principal, including, potentially, for a significant period of time. Such non-performing loans could require a substantial amount of workout negotiations and/or restructuring, which could entail, among other things, a substantial reduction in the interest rate and a substantial write down of the principal of such loans. Even if a restructuring were successfully accomplished, a risk exists that upon maturity of such a loan, replacement “takeout” financing will not be available.

Loans and certain other forms of direct indebtedness may not be classified as “securities” under the federal securities laws and, therefore, purchasers of such instruments may not be entitled to the protections against fraud and misrepresentation contained in the federal securities laws.

It is the position of the SEC that, in the case of loan participations or assignments where a bank or other lending institution serves as a financial intermediary between the Fund and the corporate borrower, if the participation does not shift to the Fund the direct debtor-creditor relationship with the borrower, the Fund should treat both the lending bank or other lending institution and the borrower as “issuers.” If and to the extent the Fund treats a financial intermediary as an issuer of indebtedness, the Fund may in certain circumstances be limited in its ability to invest in indebtedness related to a single financial intermediary, or a group of intermediaries engaged in the same industry, even if the underlying borrowers represent many different companies and industries.

Economic exposure to loan interests through the use of derivative transactions, including, among others, total and excess return swaps, may involve greater risks than if the Fund had invested in the loan interest directly during a primary distribution or through assignments of, or participations in, a bank loan acquired in secondary markets since, in addition to the risks described above, certain derivative transactions may be subject to leverage risk and greater illiquidity risk, counterparty risk, valuation risk and other risks.

In managing the Fund, the Adviser may seek to avoid the receipt of material, non-public information (“Confidential Information”) about the issuers of floating rate loans or other investments being considered for acquisition by the Fund or held in the Fund’s portfolio if the receipt of the Confidential Information would restrict one or more of the Adviser’s clients, including, potentially, the Fund, from trading in securities they hold or in which they may invest. In many instances, issuers offer to furnish Confidential Information to prospective purchasers or holders of the issuer’s loans or other securities. In circumstances when the Adviser declines to receive Confidential Information from these issuers, the Fund may be disadvantaged in comparison to other investors, including with respect to evaluating the issuer and the price the Fund would pay or receive when it buys or sells those investments, and the Fund may not take advantage of investment opportunities that it otherwise might have if it had received such Confidential Information. Further, in situations when the Fund is asked, for example, to grant consents, waivers or amendments with respect to such investments, the Adviser’s ability to assess such consents, waivers and amendments may be compromised. In certain circumstances, the Adviser may determine to receive Confidential Information, including on behalf of clients other than the Fund. Receipt of Confidential Information by the Adviser could limit the Fund’s ability to sell certain investments held by the Fund or pursue certain investment opportunities on behalf of the Fund, potentially for a substantial period of time. In certain situations, the Adviser may create information walls around persons (“walled-off personnel”) having access to the Confidential Information to limit the restrictions on others at the Adviser. Those measures could impair the ability of those persons to assist in managing the Fund. Also, certain issuers of senior floating rate loans, other bank loans and related investments may not have any publicly traded securities (“Private Issuers”) and may offer private information pursuant to confidentiality agreements or similar arrangements. The Adviser may access such private information, while recognizing that the receipt of that information could potentially limit the Fund’s ability to trade in certain securities if the Private Issuer later issues publicly traded securities. If the Adviser intentionally or unintentionally comes into possession of Confidential Information, it may be unable, potentially for a substantial period of time, to sell certain investments held by the Fund.

Lending Fees. In the process of buying, selling and holding loans, the Fund may receive and/or pay certain fees. These fees are in addition to interest payments received and may include facility fees, commitment fees, commissions and prepayment penalty fees. When the Fund buys a loan it may receive a facility fee and when it sells a loan it may pay a facility fee. On an ongoing basis, the Fund may receive a commitment fee based on the undrawn portion of the underlying line of credit portion of the loan. In certain circumstances, the Fund may receive a prepayment penalty fee upon the prepayment of a loan by a borrower. Other fees received by the Fund may include covenant waiver fees and covenant modification fees.

 

36


Table of Contents

Borrower Covenants. A borrower under a loan may be required to comply with various restrictive covenants contained in a loan agreement or note purchase agreement between the borrower and the Lender or lending syndicate (the “Loan Agreement”). Such covenants, in addition to requiring the scheduled payment of interest and principal, may include restrictions on dividend payments and other distributions to stockholders, provisions requiring the borrower to maintain specific minimum financial ratios and limits on total debt. In addition, the Loan Agreement may contain a covenant requiring the borrower to prepay the loan with a certain portion of excess cash flow. Excess cash flow is generally defined as net income after scheduled debt service payments, taxes paid in cash and permitted capital expenditures but before depreciation and amortization among other adjustments includes the proceeds from asset dispositions or sales of securities. A breach of a covenant which is not waived by the Agent, or by the lenders directly, as the case may be, is normally an event of acceleration; i.e., the Agent, or the lenders directly, as the case may be, has the right to call the outstanding loan. The typical practice of an Agent or a Lender in relying exclusively or primarily on reports from the borrower may involve a risk of fraud by the borrower. In the case of a loan in the form of a participation, the agreement between the buyer and seller may limit the rights of the participant to vote on certain changes which may be made to the Loan Agreement, such as waiving a breach of a covenant.

Some of the loans in which the Fund may invest or to which the Fund may obtain exposure may contain fewer or less restrictive constraints on the borrower than certain other types of loans (“covenant-lite” loans). See “Loan Risk — Restrictive Loan Covenants Risk” in the Fund’s Prospectus for more information.

Administration of Loans. In certain loans, the Agent administers the terms of the Loan Agreement. In such cases, the Agent is normally responsible for the collection of principal and interest payments from the borrower and the apportionment of these payments to the credit of all institutions which are parties to the Loan Agreement. The Fund will generally rely upon the Agent or an intermediate participant to receive and forward to the Fund its portion of the principal and interest payments on the loan. Furthermore, unless under the terms of a participation agreement the Fund has direct recourse against the borrower, the Fund will rely on the Agent and the other members of the lending syndicate to use appropriate credit remedies against the borrower. The Agent is typically responsible for monitoring compliance with covenants contained in the Loan Agreement based upon reports prepared by the borrower. The Agent usually does, but is often not obligated to, notify holders of loans of any failures of compliance. In certain loans such as asset-backed loans, the Agent may monitor the value of the collateral, if any, and if the value of such collateral declines, may accelerate the loan, may give the borrower an opportunity to provide additional collateral or may seek other protection for the benefit of the participants in the loan. The Agent is compensated by the borrower for providing these services under a Loan Agreement, and such compensation may include special fees paid upon structuring and funding the loan and other fees paid on a continuing basis. With respect to loans for which the Agent does not perform such administrative and enforcement functions, the Adviser will perform such tasks on behalf of the Fund, although a collateral bank will typically hold any collateral on behalf of the Fund and the other lenders pursuant to the applicable Loan Agreement.

A financial institution’s appointment as Agent may usually be terminated in the event that it fails to observe the requisite standard of care or becomes insolvent, enters Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) receivership, or, if not FDIC insured, enters into bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings. A successor Agent would generally be appointed to replace the terminated Agent, and assets held by the Agent under the Loan Agreement should remain available to holders of loans. However, if assets held by the Agent for the benefit of the Fund were determined to be subject to the claims of the Agent’s general creditors, the Fund might incur certain costs and delays in realizing payment on a loan, or suffer a loss of principal and/or interest. In situations involving other intermediate participants, similar risks may arise.

Prepayments. Loans may require, in addition to scheduled payments of interest and principal, the prepayment of the loan from free cash flow, as defined above. The degree to which borrowers prepay loans, whether as a contractual requirement or at their election, may be affected by general business conditions, the financial condition of the borrower and competitive conditions among lenders, among others. As such, prepayments cannot be predicted with accuracy. Upon a prepayment, either in part or in full, the actual outstanding debt on which the Fund derives interest income will be reduced. However, the Fund may, but will not necessarily, receive both a prepayment penalty fee from the prepaying borrower and a facility fee upon the purchase of a new loan with the proceeds from the prepayment of the former.

Bridge Financings. Loans may be designed to provide temporary or “bridge” financing to a borrower pending the sale of identified assets or the arrangement of longer-term loans or the issuance and sale of debt obligations. Loans may also be obligations of borrowers who have obtained bridge loans from other parties. A borrower’s use of bridge loans involves a risk that the borrower may be unable to locate permanent financing to replace the bridge loan, which may impair the borrower’s perceived creditworthiness or its willingness or ability to repay the bridge loan.

 

37


Table of Contents

Senior Loans. Senior floating rate loans may be made to or issued by U.S. or non-U.S. banks or other corporations (“Senior Loans”). Senior Loans include senior floating rate loans and institutionally traded senior floating rate debt obligations issued by asset-backed pools and other issues, and interests therein. Senior Loan interests may be acquired from U.S. or foreign commercial banks, insurance companies, finance companies or other financial institutions that have made loans or are members of a lending syndicate or from other holders of loan interests. Senior Loans typically pay interest at rates which are re-determined periodically on the basis of a floating base lending rate (such as the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate, “LIBOR”) plus a premium. Senior Loans generally (but not always) hold the most senior position in the capital structure of a borrower and, if below investment grade quality, are often secured with collateral.

From time to time, the Adviser and its related parties may borrow money from various banks in connection with their business activities. Such banks may also sell Senior Loans to or acquire them from the Fund or may be intermediate participants with respect to Senior Loans in which the Fund owns interests. Such banks may also act as Agents for Senior Loans held by the Fund.

To the extent that the collateral, if any, securing a Senior Loan consists of the stock of the borrower’s subsidiaries or other affiliates, the Fund will be subject to the risk that this stock will decline in value. Such a decline, whether as a result of bankruptcy proceedings or otherwise, could cause the Senior Loan to be undercollateralized or unsecured. In most credit agreements there is no requirement to pledge additional collateral. In addition, a Senior Loan may be guaranteed by, or fully secured by assets of, shareholders or owners, even if the Senior Loans are not otherwise collateralized by assets of the borrower. There may be temporary periods when the principal asset held by a borrower is the stock of a related company, which may not legally be pledged to secure a secured Senior Loan. On occasions when such stock cannot be pledged, the secured Senior Loan will be temporarily unsecured until the stock can be pledged or is exchanged for or replaced by other assets, which will be pledged as security for such Senior Loan. However, the borrower’s ability to dispose of such securities, other than in connection with such pledge or replacement, will be strictly limited for the protection of the holders of secured Senior Loans.

If a borrower becomes involved in bankruptcy proceedings, a court under certain circumstances potentially could invalidate the Fund’s security interest in any loan collateral or subordinate the Fund’s rights under a secured Senior Loan to the interests of the borrower’s unsecured creditors. Such action by a court could be based, for example, on a “fraudulent conveyance” claim to the effect that the borrower did not receive “reasonably equivalent value” for granting the security interest in the loan collateral to the Fund. For secured Senior Loans made in connection with a highly leveraged transaction, consideration for granting a security interest may be deemed inadequate if the proceeds of such loan were not received or retained by the borrower, but were instead paid to other persons, such as shareholders of the borrower, in an amount which left the borrower insolvent or without sufficient working capital. There are also other events, such as the failure to perfect a security interest due to faulty documentation or faulty official filings, which could lead to the invalidation of the Fund’s security interest in any loan collateral. If the Fund’s security interest in loan collateral is invalidated or a secured Senior Loan is subordinated to other debt of a borrower in bankruptcy or other proceedings, it is unlikely that the Fund would be able to recover the full amount of the principal and interest due on the secured Senior Loan.

Real Estate Loans. The Fund may acquire commercial whole mortgage loans secured by a first mortgage lien on commercial property, which may be structured to either permit the Fund to retain the entire loan, or sell the lower yielding senior portions of the loans and retain the higher yielding subordinate investment. Typically, borrowers under these loans are institutions and real estate operating companies and investors. These loans are generally secured by commercial real estate assets in a variety of industries with a variety of characteristics. In addition to interest, the Fund may receive origination fees, extension fees, modification or similar fees in connection with whole mortgage loans.

The Fund may also acquire performing residential mortgage loans secured by a first mortgage lien on residential property. Typically, borrowers of these loans are individuals rather than institutions, and the quality of residential real estate loans can depend largely on the credit characteristics of the underlying borrowers. In the last decade, the residential mortgage market in the United States experienced difficulties that resulted in losses on residential mortgage loans (especially subprime and second-lien mortgage loans). There can be no assurance that such difficulties would not be experienced again, which could result in losses as a result of investments in residential real estate loans. For more information regarding these and other risks, see “Principal Risk Factors — Mortgage-backed securities risks” in the Fund’s Prospectus.

B-Notes. A B-Note is a mortgage loan typically (i) secured by a first mortgage on a single large commercial property or group of related properties and (ii) subordinated to an A-Note secured by the same first mortgage on the same collateral.

 

38


Table of Contents

As a result, if a borrower defaults, there may not be sufficient funds remaining for B-Note holders after payment to the A-Note holders. Since each transaction is privately negotiated, B-Notes can vary in their structural characteristics and risks. For example, the rights of holders of B-Notes to control the process following a borrower default may be limited in certain investments. Further, B-Notes typically are secured by a single property, and so reflect the increased risks associated with a single property compared to a pool of properties.

Mezzanine Loans. Mezzanine loans are loans that are subordinate in the capital structure of the borrower, meaning that there may be significant indebtedness ranking ahead of the borrower’s obligation to the Fund in the event of the borrower’s insolvency. Such loans may be collateralized with tangible fixed assets such as real property or interests in real property, or may be uncollateralized. As with other loans to corporate borrowers, repayment of a mezzanine loan is dependent on the successful operation of the borrower. Mezzanine loans may also be affected by the successful operation of other properties, the interests in which are not pledged to secure the mezzanine loan. While mezzanine investments may benefit from the same or similar financial and other covenants as those enjoyed by the indebtedness ranking ahead of the mezzanine investments and may benefit from cross-default provisions and security over the borrower’s assets, some or all of such terms may not apply to particular mezzanine investments. Mezzanine investments generally are subject to various risks including, without limitation, (i) a subsequent characterization of an investment as a “fraudulent conveyance”; (ii) the recovery as a “preference” of liens perfected or payments made on account of a debt incurred in the 90 days before a bankruptcy filing; (iii) equitable subordination claims by other creditors; (iv) so-called “lender liability” claims by the issuer of the obligations; and (v) environmental liabilities that may arise with respect to collateral securing the obligations. In addition to interest, the Fund may receive origination fees, extension fees, modification or similar fees in connection with investments in mezzanine loans.

Privacy and Data Security Laws. U.S. Federal Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (“GLBA”) and other laws limit the disclosure of certain non-public personal information about a consumer to non-affiliated third parties and require financial institutions to disclose certain privacy policies and practices with respect to information sharing with both affiliates and non-affiliated third parties. Many states and a number of foreign jurisdictions have enacted privacy and data security laws requiring safeguards on the privacy and security of consumers’ personally identifiable information. Other laws deal with obligations to safeguard and dispose of private information in a manner designed to avoid its dissemination.

Privacy rules adopted by the U.S. Federal Trade Commission implement GLBA and other requirements and govern the disclosure of consumer financial information by certain financial institutions, ranging from banks to private investment funds. U.S. platforms following certain models generally are required to have privacy policies that conform to these GLBA and other requirements. In addition, such platforms typically have policies and procedures intended to maintain personal information of consumers securely and dispose of it properly.

Service providers to the Fund, including the Fund’s investment adviser and custodian, and, potentially, the Fund may obtain, hold or process such information in connection with providing services to the Fund. The Fund cannot guarantee the security or confidentiality of that data and cannot guarantee that service providers have been and will continue to comply with GLBA, other data security and privacy laws and any other related regulatory requirements. Violations of GLBA and other laws could subject the Fund to litigation and/or fines, penalties or other regulatory action, which, individually or in the aggregate, could have an adverse effect on the Fund. The Fund may also face regulations related to privacy and data security in the other jurisdictions in which the Fund invests.

Delayed Funding Loans and Revolving Credit Facilities

Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities are borrowing arrangements in which the lender agrees to make loans up to a maximum amount upon demand by the borrower during a specified term. A revolving credit facility differs from a delayed funding loan in that as the borrower repays the loan, an amount equal to the repayment may be borrowed again during the term of the revolving credit facility. Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities usually provide for floating or variable rates of interest. These commitments may have the effect of requiring the Fund to increase its exposure to a company at a time when it might not otherwise be desirable to do so (including a time when the company’s financial condition makes it unlikely that such amounts will be repaid or which the Fund needs to sell other assets to raise cash to satisfy its obligor).

Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities may be subject to restrictions on transfer, and only limited opportunities may exist to resell such instruments. As a result, the Fund may be unable to sell such investments at an opportune time or may have to resell them at less than fair market value. For a further discussion of the risks involved in investing in loan participations and other forms of direct indebtedness see “—Loans, Assignments, and Participations.” Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities are subject to credit, interest rate and liquidity risk.

 

39


Table of Contents

Zero-Coupon Bonds, Step-Ups and Payment-In-Kind Securities

Zero-coupon securities are debt obligations that do not entitle the holder to any periodic payments of interest either for the entire life of the obligation or for an initial period after the issuance of the obligations. Like zero-coupon bonds, “step-up” bonds pay no interest initially but eventually begin to pay a coupon rate prior to maturity, which rate may increase at stated intervals during the life of the security. Payment-in-kind securities (“PIKs”) pay dividends or interest in the form of additional securities of the issuer, rather than in cash. Zero-coupon bonds, step-ups and PIKs allow an issuer to avoid or delay the need to generate cash to meet current interest payments, and, as a result, may involve greater credit risk than bonds that pay interest currently or in cash. Each of these instruments is typically issued and traded at a deep discount from its face amount. The amount of the discount varies depending on such factors as the time remaining until maturity of the securities, prevailing interest rates, the liquidity of the security and the perceived credit quality of the issuer. The market prices of zero-coupon bonds, step-ups and PIKs generally are more volatile than the market prices of debt instruments that pay interest currently and in cash and are likely to respond to changes in interest rates to a greater degree than do other types of securities having similar maturities and credit quality. Because the Fund will not, on a current basis, receive cash payments from the issuer of these securities in respect of any accrued original issue discount, in some years the Fund may have to distribute cash obtained from selling other portfolio holdings of the Fund in order to satisfy the distribution requirement for treatment as a “regulated investment company” under the Code. In some circumstances, such sales might be necessary in order to satisfy cash distribution requirements even though investment considerations might otherwise make it undesirable for the Fund to sell securities at such time. Under many market conditions, investments in zero-coupon bonds, step-ups and PIKs may be illiquid, making it difficult for the Fund to dispose of them or determine their current value.

Custodial Receipts

The Fund may invest in custodial receipts representing interests in securities held by a custodian. The securities so held may include U.S. Government Securities or other types of securities in which the Fund may invest. The custodial receipts may evidence ownership of future interest payments, principal payments or both on the underlying securities, or, in some cases, the payment obligation of a third party that has entered into an interest rate swap or other arrangement with the custodian or trustee. For certain securities laws purposes, custodial receipts may not be considered obligations of the U.S. government or other issuer of the securities held by the custodian or trustee. As a holder of custodial receipts, the Fund will bear its proportionate share of the fees and expenses charged to the custodial account.

Inflation-Indexed Bonds

Inflation-indexed bonds are fixed income securities whose principal value is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation. Two structures are common. The U.S. Treasury and some other issuers utilize a structure that accrues inflation into the principal value of the bond. Many other issuers pay out the Consumer Price Index accruals as part of a semiannual coupon.

Inflation-indexed securities issued by the U.S. Treasury have maturities of approximately five, ten or thirty years, although it is possible that securities with other maturities will be issued in the future. The U.S. Treasury securities pay interest on a semi-annual basis equal to a fixed percentage of the inflation-adjusted principal amount. For example, if the Fund purchased an inflation-indexed bond with a par value of $1,000 and a 3% real rate of return coupon (payable 1.5% semi-annually), and the rate of inflation over the first six months was 1%, the mid-year par value of the bond would be $1,010 and the first semi-annual interest payment would be $15.15 ($1,010 times 1.5%). If inflation during the second half of the year resulted in the whole year’s inflation equaling 3%, the end-of-year par value of the bond would be $1,030 and the second semi-annual interest payment would be $15.45 ($1,030 times 1.5%).

If the periodic adjustment rate measuring inflation falls, the principal value of inflation-indexed bonds will be adjusted downward, and consequently the interest payable on these securities (calculated with respect to a smaller principal amount) will be reduced. Repayment of the original bond principal upon maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is guaranteed in the case of U.S. Treasury inflation-indexed bonds, even during a period of deflation, although the inflation-adjusted principal received could be less than the inflation-adjusted principal that had accrued to the bond at the time of purchase. However, the current market value of the bonds is not guaranteed and will fluctuate. The Fund also may invest in other inflation related bonds which may or may not provide a similar guarantee. If a guarantee of principal is not provided, the adjusted principal value of the bond repaid at maturity may be less than the original principal amount.

 

40


Table of Contents

The value of inflation-indexed bonds is expected to change in response to changes in real interest rates. Real interest rates in turn are tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. Therefore, if the rate of inflation rises at a faster rate than nominal interest rates, real interest rates might decline, leading to an increase in value of inflation-indexed bonds. In contrast, if nominal interest rates increase at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates might rise, leading to a decrease in value of inflation-indexed bonds.

While these securities are expected to provide protection from long-term inflationary trends, short-term increases in inflation may lead to a decline in value. If interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation (for example, due to changes in currency exchange rates), investors in these securities may not be protected to the extent that the increase is not reflected in the bond’s inflation measure.

The periodic adjustment of U.S. inflation-indexed bonds is tied to the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (“CPI-U”), which is not seasonably adjusted and which is calculated monthly by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. The CPI-U is a measurement of changes in the cost of living, made up of components such as housing, food, transportation and energy. Inflation-indexed bonds issued by a foreign (non-U.S.) government are generally adjusted to reflect a comparable inflation index calculated by that government. There can be no assurance that the CPI-U or any foreign (non-U.S.) inflation index will accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services. Moreover, there can be no assurance that the rate of inflation in a foreign (non-U.S.) country will be correlated to the rate of inflation in the United States.

Any increase in the principal amount of an inflation-indexed bond will be considered taxable ordinary income, even though investors do not receive their principal until maturity.

Perpetual Bonds

Perpetual bonds offer a fixed return with no maturity date. Because they never mature, perpetual bonds can be more volatile than other types of bonds that have a maturity date and may have heightened sensitivity to changes in interest rates. An issuer of perpetual bonds is responsible for coupon payments in perpetuity but does not have to redeem the securities. Perpetual bonds are often callable after a set period of time, typically between 5 and 10 years. It is possible that one or more perpetual bonds in which the Fund may invest will be characterized as equity rather than debt for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Where such perpetual bonds are issued by non-U.S. issuers, they may be treated in turn as equity securities of a “passive foreign investment company.” See “Tax Matters” below for additional information on the tax considerations relating to the Fund’s equity investments in passive foreign investment companies.

Event-Linked Bonds

Event-linked exposure may be gained by investing in “event-linked bonds” or “event-linked swaps,” or implement “event-linked strategies.” Event-linked exposure results in gains that typically are contingent on the non-occurrence of a specific “trigger” event, such as a hurricane, earthquake, or other physical or weather-related phenomena. Some event-linked bonds are commonly referred to as “catastrophe bonds.” They may be issued by government agencies, insurance companies, reinsurers, special purpose corporations or other on-shore or off-shore entities (such special purpose entities are created to accomplish a narrow and well-defined objective, such as the issuance of a note in connection with a reinsurance transaction). If a trigger event causes losses exceeding a specific amount in the geographic region and time period specified in a bond, the principal amount of the bond is reduced (potentially to zero), and the Fund may lose a portion or all of its principal invested in the bond. If no trigger event occurs, the Fund will recover its principal plus interest. For some event-linked bonds, the trigger event or losses may be based on company-wide losses, index-portfolio losses, industry indices, or readings of scientific instruments rather than specified actual losses. Often the event-linked bonds provide for extensions of maturity that are mandatory, or optional at the discretion of the issuer, in order to process and audit loss claims in those cases where a trigger event has, or possibly has, occurred. An extension of maturity may increase volatility. In addition to the specified trigger events, event-linked bonds also may expose an investor to certain unanticipated risks including but not limited to issuer risk, credit risk, counterparty risk, adverse regulatory or jurisdictional interpretations, and adverse tax consequences.

 

41


Table of Contents

Event-linked bonds are a relatively new type of financial instrument. As such, there is no significant trading history of these securities, and there can be no assurance that a liquid market in these instruments will develop. See “–Illiquid Securities.” Lack of a liquid market may impose the risk of higher transaction costs and the possibility that the Fund may be forced to liquidate positions when it would not be advantageous to do so.

Derivative Instruments

Some of the instruments in which the Fund may invest may be referred to as “derivatives,” because their value “derives” from the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index. These instruments include options, futures contracts, forward currency contracts, swap agreements and similar instruments. The market value of derivative instruments and securities sometimes may be more volatile than those of other instruments and each type of derivative instrument may have its own special risks.

Some over-the-counter derivative instruments may expose the Fund to the credit risk of its counterparty. In the event the counterparty to such a derivative instrument becomes insolvent, the Fund potentially could lose all or a large portion of its investment in the derivative instrument.

Investing for hedging purposes or to increase the Fund’s return may result in certain additional transaction costs that may reduce the Fund’s performance. In addition, when used for hedging purposes, no assurance can be given that each derivative position will achieve a close correlation with the security or currency that is the subject of the hedge, or that a particular derivative position will be available when sought by the Adviser. While hedging strategies involving derivatives can reduce the risk of loss, they can also reduce the opportunity for gain or even result in losses by offsetting favorable price movements in other Fund investments. Certain derivatives may create a risk of loss greater than the amount invested. The Fund or its agents will earmark or segregate liquid assets on its books against its derivatives exposures to the extent required by applicable law.

Options

The Fund may purchase and write (sell) call and put options, including options listed on U.S. or foreign securities exchanges or written in over-the-counter transactions (“OTC Options”). Exchange-listed options are issued by the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”) (in the U.S.) or other clearing corporation or exchange which assures that all transactions in such options are properly executed. OTC Options are purchased from or sold (written) to dealers or financial institutions which have entered into direct agreements with the Fund. With OTC Options, such variables as expiration date, exercise price and premium will be agreed upon between the Fund and the transacting dealer, without the intermediation of a third party such as the OCC. In the event the counterparty to such a derivative instrument becomes insolvent, the Fund will lose all or substantially all of its investment in the derivative instrument, as well as the benefits derived therefrom.

Purchasing Call and Put Options. The Fund may purchase a call option in order to close out a covered call position (see “Covered Call Writing” below), to protect against an increase in price of a security it anticipates purchasing. The purchase of the call option to effect a closing transaction on a call written over-the-counter may be a listed or an OTC Option. In either case, the call purchased is likely to be on the same securities and have the same terms as the written option. If purchased over-the-counter, the option would generally be acquired from the dealer or financial institution which purchased the call written by the Fund.

The Fund may purchase put options on securities which it holds in its portfolio to protect itself against a decline in the value of the security and to close out written put option positions. If the value of the underlying security were to fall below the exercise price of the put purchased in an amount greater than the premium paid for the option, the Fund would incur no additional loss. In addition, the Fund may sell a put option which it has previously purchased prior to the sale of the securities underlying such option. Such a sale would result in a net gain or loss depending whether the amount received on the sale is more or less than the premium and other transaction costs paid on the put option which is sold. Such gain or loss could be offset in whole or in part by a change in the market value of the underlying security. If a put option purchased by the Fund expired without being sold or exercised, the premium would be lost.

Covered Call Writing. The Fund is permitted to write covered call options on securities. Generally, a call option is covered if the Fund owns, or has the right to acquire, without additional cash consideration (or for additional cash consideration held for the Fund by its custodian in a segregated account) the underlying security subject to the option, or otherwise segregates sufficient cash or U.S. Government securities or other liquid securities to cover the outstanding position. A call option is also covered if the Fund holds a call on the same security as the underlying security of the written option, where the exercise price of the call used for coverage is equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written.

 

42


Table of Contents

The writer of an option receives from the purchaser, in return for a call it has written, a premium (i.e., the price of the option). Receipt of these premiums may better enable the Fund to earn a higher level of current income than it would earn from holding the underlying securities alone. Moreover, the premium received will offset a portion of the potential loss incurred by the Fund if the securities underlying the option are ultimately sold by the Fund at a loss. Furthermore, a premium received on a call written on a foreign currency will ameliorate any potential loss of value on the portfolio security due to a decline in the value of the currency.

However, during the option period, the covered call writer has, in return for the premium on the option, given up the opportunity for capital appreciation above the exercise price should the market price of the underlying security increase, but has retained the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security decline. The premium received will fluctuate with varying economic market conditions. If the market value of the portfolio securities upon which call options have been written increases, the Fund may receive a lower total return from the portion of its portfolio upon which calls have been written than it would have had such calls not been written.

With respect to listed options and certain OTC Options, during the option period, the Fund may be required, at any time, to deliver the underlying security against payment of the exercise price on any calls it has written (exercise of certain listed and OTC Options may be limited to specific expiration dates). This obligation is terminated upon the expiration of the option period or at such earlier time when the writer effects a closing purchase transaction. A closing purchase transaction is accomplished by purchasing an option of the same series as the option previously written. However, once the Fund has been assigned an exercise notice, the Fund will be unable to effect a closing purchase transaction.

Closing purchase transactions are ordinarily effected to realize a profit or loss on an outstanding call option, to prevent an underlying security from being called, to permit the sale of an underlying security or to enable the Fund to write another call option on the underlying security with either a different exercise price or expiration date or both. The Fund may realize a net gain or loss from a closing purchase transaction depending upon whether the amount of the premium received on the call option is more or less than the cost of effecting the closing purchase transaction. Any loss incurred in a closing purchase transaction may be wholly or partially offset by unrealized appreciation in the market value of the underlying security. Conversely, a gain resulting from a closing purchase transaction could be offset in whole or in part or exceeded by a decline in the market value of the underlying security.

If a call option expires unexercised, the Fund realizes a gain in the amount of the premium on the option less the commission paid. Such a gain, however, may be offset by depreciation in the market value of the underlying security during the option period. If a call option is exercised, the Fund realizes a gain or loss from the sale of the underlying security equal to the difference between the purchase price of the underlying security and the proceeds of the sale of the security plus the premium received on the option less the commission paid.

Covered Put Writing. The Fund is permitted to write covered put options on securities. As a writer of a covered put option, the Fund incurs an obligation to buy the security underlying the option from the purchaser of the put at the option’s exercise price at any time during the option period at the purchaser’s election (certain listed and OTC put options written by the Fund will be exercisable by the purchaser only on a specific date). A put is covered if, at all times during the option period, the Fund maintains, in a segregated account, cash or other liquid assets in an amount equal to at least the exercise price of the option. Similarly, a short put position could be covered by the Fund by its purchase of a put option on the same security as the underlying security of the written option, where the exercise price of the purchased option is equal to or more than the exercise price of the put written or less than the exercise price of the put written if the marked to market difference is maintained by the Fund in cash or other liquid assets which the Fund holds in a segregated account. In writing puts, the Fund assumes the risk of loss should the market value of the underlying security decline below the exercise price of the option (any loss being decreased by the receipt of the premium on the option written). In the case of listed options, during the option period, the Fund may be required, at any time, to make payment of the exercise price against delivery of the underlying security. The operation of and limitations on covered put options in other respects are substantially identical to those of call options.

Options on Futures Contracts. The Fund may also purchase and write call and put options on futures contracts which are traded on an exchange and enter into closing transactions with respect to such options to terminate an existing position. An option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right (in return for the premium paid) to assume a position in a futures contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short position if the option is a put) at a specified exercise price at any time during the term of the option.

 

43


Table of Contents

The Fund will purchase and write options on futures contracts for identical purposes to those set forth above for the purchase of a futures contract (purchase of a call option or sale of a put option) and the sale of a futures contract (purchase of a put option or sale of a call option), or to close out a long or short position in futures contracts. If, for example, the Fund wished to protect against an increase in interest rates and the resulting negative impact on the value of a portion of its fixed-income portfolio, it might write a call option on an interest rate futures contract, the underlying security of which correlates with the portion of the portfolio the Fund seeks to hedge. Any premiums received in the writing of options on futures contracts may, of course, provide a further hedge against losses resulting from price declines in portions of the Fund’s portfolio.

Commodities

The Fund may invest directly or indirectly in commodities (such as precious metals, industrial metals, natural gas or other energy commodities, and agriculture and livestock). Commodity prices can be more volatile than prices of other types of investments and can be affected by a wide range of factors, including changes in overall market movements, speculative activity of other investors, real or perceived inflationary trends, commodity index volatility, changes in interest rates or currency exchange rates, population growth and changing demographics, nationalization, expropriation or other confiscation, economic or other sanctions, international regulatory, political, and economic developments (for example, regime changes and changes in economic activity levels), and developments affecting a particular sector, industry, or commodity, such as drought, floods, or other weather conditions, livestock disease, trade embargoes, competition from substitute products, transportation bottlenecks or shortages, fluctuations in supply and demand, tariffs and international economic, political and regulatory developments. Certain commodities may also originate from or be produced in countries or regions that are experiencing or may experience social and political unrest and may be subject to risks associated with economic, social or political developments in those countries or regions.

The Fund may also use commodity-related derivatives such as commodity-linked swaps, commodity index-linked structured notes and other derivative instruments that provide exposure to the investment returns of the commodity markets without direct investment in physical commodities or commodities futures contracts. Commodity-linked swaps are derivative instruments whereby the cash flows agreed upon between counterparties are dependent upon the price of the underlying commodity or commodity index over the life of the swap. The value of the swap will rise and fall in response to changes in the underlying commodity or commodity index. These swaps expose the Fund economically to movements in commodity prices. The Fund may also invest in commodity-linked notes that pay a return linked to the performance of a commodities index or basket of futures contracts with respect to all of the commodities in an index. In some cases, the return is based on a multiple of the performance of the relevant index or basket. Structured notes may be structured by the issuer or the purchaser of the note. Structured notes are derivative debt instruments with principal payments generally linked to the value of commodities, commodity futures contracts or the performance of commodity indices and interest and coupon payments pegged to a market-based interest rate, such as LIBOR or a bank’s prime rate. The value of these notes will rise or fall in response to changes in the underlying commodity or related index or investment. The Fund may also take long and/or short positions in commodities by investing in other investment companies, ETFs or other pooled investment vehicles, such as commodity pools. Certain of these other investment vehicles may seek to provide exposure to commodities without actually owning physical commodities, and may, therefore, produce different results than they would through ownership of the commodities.

The Fund may hold positions in commodity futures contracts. Commodity futures contracts are agreements between two parties in which one party agrees to buy an asset from another party at a later date at a price and quantity that is agreed upon at the time the contract is made. Commodity futures contracts are generally traded on futures exchanges. Transactions in commodity futures that are traded on futures exchanges occur through a clearing corporation that processes trades, offers a secondary market for futures trading, and offers trading of futures contracts with standardized contract expiration dates and contract sizes. Commodity futures exchanges may have position limit rules that limit the amount of futures contracts that any one party may hold in a particular commodity at any point in time. These position limit rules are designed to prevent any one participant from controlling a significant portion of the market. Upon entering a futures transaction, the purchaser is typically required to deposit an initial margin payment to a futures commission merchant. Futures clearinghouses typically mark every futures contract to market at the end of each trading day. If the Fund’s futures positions have declined in value, the Fund may be required to post additional margin when its futures contracts are marked-to-market. Prior to the expiration of a futures contract, the Fund may elect to close out its position, at which time a final determination of variation margin is made. At that time, the Fund then realizes any loss or gain on the futures transaction.

 

44


Table of Contents

The values of these derivatives may fluctuate more than the relevant underlying commodity or commodities or commodity index. The requirements for qualification as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) can limit the manner in or extent to which the Fund may enter into certain commodity-related derivatives, such as commodities futures contracts discussed above, and such derivatives may adversely affect the Fund’s ability to qualify as a RIC. See “Tax Matters” below.

Futures Contracts

The Fund may purchase and sell futures contracts (each a “futures contract”), including interest rate futures and security index futures contracts, futures contracts on commodities or commodity-related derivatives, Treasury futures, currency and currency index futures contracts, provided that, with respect to futures on security indices and currencies, the securities and currencies underlying the futures contract are eligible for purchase by the Fund.

The Fund may enter into interest rate futures contracts and securities index futures contracts (collectively referred to as “financial futures contracts”) for hedging or other purposes. Interest rate futures contracts obligate the long or short holder to take or make delivery of a specified quantity of a financial instrument during a specified future period at a specified price. Securities index futures contracts, which are contracts to buy or sell units of a securities index at a specified future date at a price agreed upon when the contract is made, are similar in economic effect, but they are based on a specific index of securities (rather than on specified securities) and are settled in cash.

The following example illustrates generally the manner in which index futures contracts operate. The S&P’s 100 Stock Index (the “S&P 100 Index”) is composed of 100 selected common stocks, most of which are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”). The S&P 100 Index assigns relative weightings to the common stocks included in that index, and the index fluctuates with changes in the market values of those common stocks. In the case of the S&P 100 Index, contracts are to buy or sell 100 units. Thus, if the value of the S&P 100 Index were $180, one contract would be worth $18,000 (100 units x $180). The stock index futures contract specifies that no delivery of the actual stocks making up the index will take place. Instead, settlement in cash must occur upon the termination of the contract, with the settlement being the difference between the contract price and the actual level of the stock index at the expiration of the contract. For example, if the Fund enters into a futures contract to buy 100 units of the S&P 100 Index at a specified future date at a contract price of $180 and the S&P 100 Index is at $184 on that future date, the Fund will gain $400 (100 units x gain of $4). If the Fund enters into a futures contract to sell 100 units of the stock index at a specified future date at a contract price of $180 and the S&P 100 Index is at $182 on that future date, the Fund will lose $200 (100 units x loss of $2).

Positions in index futures may be established or closed out only on the exchange or board of trade on which such futures contract is listed.

Treasury futures are futures contracts that track the prices of specific U.S. Treasury securities.

In order to hedge its investments successfully using financial futures contracts, the Fund must invest in futures contracts with respect to securities, indexes or sub-indexes the movements of which will, in the Adviser’s judgment, have a significant correlation with movements in the prices of the Fund’s portfolio securities.

There are special risks associated with entering into financial futures contracts. The skills needed to use financial futures contracts effectively are different from those needed to select the Fund’s investments. There may be an imperfect correlation between the price movements of financial futures contracts and the price movements of the securities in which the Fund invests. There is also a risk that the Fund will be unable to close a futures position when desired because there is no liquid secondary market for it.

The risk of loss in trading financial futures can be substantial due to the low margin deposits required and the extremely high degree of leverage involved in futures pricing. Relatively small price movements in a financial futures contract could have an immediate and substantial impact, which may be favorable or unfavorable to the Fund. It is possible for a price-related loss to exceed the amount of the Fund’s margin deposit.

 

45


Table of Contents

Although some financial futures contracts by their terms call for the actual delivery or acquisition of securities at expiration, in most cases the contractual commitment is closed out before expiration. The offsetting of a contractual obligation is accomplished by purchasing (or selling as the case may be) on a commodities or futures exchange an identical financial futures contract calling for delivery in the same month. Such a transaction, if effected through a member of an exchange, cancels the obligation to make or take delivery of the securities. The Fund will incur brokerage fees when it purchases or sells financial futures contracts, and will be required to maintain margin deposits. If a liquid secondary market does not exist when the Fund wishes to close out a financial futures contract, it will not be able to do so and will continue to be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin in the event of adverse price movements. There is no assurance that the Fund will be able to enter into closing transactions.

The Fund may enter into futures contracts on other underlying assets or indexes, including physical commodities and indexes of physical commodities.

At any time prior to expiration of a futures contract, the Fund may seek to close the position by taking an opposite position which would typically operate to terminate the Fund’s position in the futures contract. A final determination of any variation margin is then made, additional cash is required to be paid by or released to the Fund and the Fund realizes a loss or gain.

Margin Payments. When the Fund purchases or sells a futures contract, it is required to deposit with its custodian an amount of cash, U.S. Treasury bills, or other permissible collateral equal to a small percentage of the amount of the futures contract. This amount is known as initial margin. Initial margin requirements are established by the exchanges on which futures contracts trade and may, from time to time, change. The nature of initial margin is different from that of margin in security transactions in that it does not involve borrowing money to finance transactions. Rather, initial margin is similar to a performance bond or good faith deposit that is returned to the Fund upon termination of the contract, assuming the Fund satisfies its contractual obligations. In addition, brokers may establish margin deposit requirements in excess of those required by the exchanges.

Subsequent payments to and from the broker occur on a daily basis in a process known as marking to market. These payments are called variation margin and are made as the value of the underlying futures contract fluctuates. For example, when the Fund sells a futures contract and the price of the underlying index rises above the delivery price, the Fund’s position declines in value. The Fund then pays the broker a variation margin payment equal to the difference between the delivery price of the futures contract and the value of the index underlying the futures contract. Conversely, if the price of the underlying index falls below the delivery price of the contract, the Fund’s futures position increases in value. The broker then must make a variation margin payment equal to the difference between the delivery price of the futures contract and the value of the index underlying the futures contract.

When the Fund terminates a position in a futures contract, a final determination of variation margin is made, additional cash is paid by or to the Fund, and the Fund realizes a loss or a gain. Such closing transactions involve additional commission costs.

Options on Financial Futures Contracts. The Fund may purchase and write call and put options on financial futures contracts. An option on a financial futures contract gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in an index futures contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short position if the option is a put) at a specified exercise price at any time during the period of the option. Upon exercise of the option, the holder would assume the underlying futures position and would receive a variation margin payment of cash or securities approximating the increase in the value of the holder’s option position. If an option is exercised on the last trading day prior to the expiration date of the option, the settlement will be made entirely in cash based on the difference between the exercise price of the option and the closing level of the index on which the futures contract is based on the expiration date. Purchasers of options who fail to exercise their options prior to the exercise date suffer a loss of the premium paid.

Special Risks of Transactions in Futures Contracts and Related Options. Financial futures contracts entail risks. If the Adviser’s judgment about the general direction of interest rates or markets is wrong, the Fund’s overall performance may be poorer than if no financial futures contracts had been entered into. For example, in some cases, securities called for by a financial futures contract may not have been issued at the time the contract was written. In addition, the market prices of financial futures contracts may be affected by certain factors.

 

46


Table of Contents

Liquidity Risks. Positions in futures contracts may be established and closed out only on the exchange or board of trade on which such futures contract is listed. Although the Fund may intend to purchase or sell futures for which there appears to be an active market, there is no assurance that a liquid market will exist for any particular contract or at any particular time. If there is not a liquid market at a particular time, it may not be possible to close out a futures position at such time and, in the event of adverse price movements, the Fund would continue to be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin. However, in the event financial futures are used to hedge portfolio securities, such securities will not generally be sold until the financial futures can be terminated. In such circumstances, an increase in the price of the portfolio securities, if any, may partially or completely offset losses on the financial futures.

The ability to establish and close out positions in options on futures contracts will be subject to the development and maintenance of a liquid market. It is not certain that such a market will develop. Although the Fund generally will purchase only those options for which there appears to be an active market, there is no assurance that a liquid market will exist for any particular option or at any particular time. In the event no such market exists for particular options, it might not be possible to effect closing transactions in such options, with the result that the Fund would have to exercise the options in order to realize any profit.

Hedging Risks. There are several risks in connection with the use by the Fund of futures contracts and related options as a hedging device. One risk arises because of the imperfect correlation between movements in the prices of the futures contracts and options and movements in the underlying securities or index or movements in the prices of the Fund’s securities which are the subject of a hedge. The Adviser will, however, attempt to reduce this risk by purchasing and selling, to the extent possible, futures contracts and related options on securities and indexes the movements of which will, in its judgment, correlate closely with movements in the prices of the underlying securities or index and the Fund’s portfolio securities sought to be hedged.

Successful use of futures contracts and options by the Fund for hedging purposes is also subject to the Adviser’s ability to correctly predict movements in the direction of the market. It is possible that, where the Fund has purchased puts on futures contracts to hedge its portfolio against a decline in the market, the securities or index on which the puts are purchased may increase in value and the value of securities held in the portfolio may decline. If this occurred, the Fund would lose money on the puts and also experience a decline in the value of its portfolio securities. In addition, the prices of futures, for a number of reasons, may not correlate perfectly with movements in the underlying securities or index due to certain market distortions. First, all participants in the futures market are subject to margin deposit requirements. Such requirements may cause investors to close futures contracts through offsetting transactions which could distort the normal relationship between the underlying security or index and futures markets. Second, the margin requirements in the futures markets are less onerous than margin requirements in the securities markets in general, and as a result the futures markets may attract more speculators than the securities markets do. Increased participation by speculators in the futures markets may also cause temporary price distortions. Due to the possibility of price distortion, even a correct forecast of general market trends by the Adviser still may not result in a successful hedging transaction over a very short time period.

Other Risks. The Fund will incur brokerage fees in connection with its futures and options transactions. In addition, while futures contracts and options on futures will be purchased and sold to reduce certain risks, those transactions themselves entail certain other risks. Thus, while the Fund may benefit from the use of futures and related options, unanticipated changes in interest rates or stock price movements may result in a poorer overall performance for the Fund than if it had not entered into any futures contracts or options transactions. Moreover, in the event of an imperfect correlation between the futures position and the portfolio position that is intended to be protected, the desired protection may not be obtained and the Fund may be exposed to risk of loss.

The risks associated with purchasing and writing put and call options on financial futures contracts can be influenced by the market for financial futures contracts. An increase in the market value of a financial futures contract on which the Fund has written an option may cause the option to be exercised. In this situation, the benefit to the Fund would be limited to the value of the exercise price of the option and, if the Fund closes out the option, the cost of entering into the offsetting transaction could exceed the premium the Fund initially received for writing the option. In addition, the Fund’s ability to enter into an offsetting transaction depends upon the market’s demand for such financial futures contracts. If a purchased option expires unexercised, the Fund would realize a loss in the amount of the premium paid for the option.

The Adviser has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”) pursuant to the CFTC Regulation 4.5 (the “exclusion”). Accordingly, the Adviser

 

47


Table of Contents

currently is not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under the CEA. The Fund currently expects to operate in a manner that would permit the Adviser to continue to qualify for the exclusion, which may adversely affect the Adviser’s ability to manage the Fund under certain market conditions and may adversely affect the Fund’s total returns. In the event the Adviser becomes unable to rely on the exclusion with respect to the Fund and is required to register with the CFTC as a commodity pool operator with respect to the Fund, the Fund’s expenses may increase and the Fund may be adversely affected. The Fund may be limited in its ability to use futures and options on futures and to engage in certain swaps transactions during any period where the Adviser is not registered as a Commodity Pool Operator. Such limitations are not expected to affect the normal operations of the Fund.

Congress, various exchanges and regulatory and self-regulatory authorities have undertaken reviews of options and futures trading in light of market volatility. Among the actions that have been taken or are proposed to be taken are new limits and reporting requirements for speculative positions, particularly in the energy markets, new or more stringent daily price fluctuation limits for futures and options transactions, and increased margin requirements for various types of futures transactions. Additional measures are under active consideration and as a result there may be further actions that adversely affect the regulation of the instruments in which the Fund may invest. Subject to certain limitations, the Fund may enter into futures contracts or options on such contracts to attempt to protect against possible changes in the market value of securities held in or to be purchased by the Fund resulting from interest rate or market fluctuations, to protect the Fund’s unrealized gains in the value of its portfolio securities, to facilitate the sale of such securities for investment purposes, to manage its effective maturity or duration, or to establish a position in the derivatives markets as a temporary substitute for purchasing or selling particular securities. In connection with the purchase or sale of futures contracts, the Fund will be required to either (i) segregate sufficient cash or other liquid assets to cover the outstanding position or (ii) cover the futures contract by either owning the instruments underlying the futures contracts or by holding a portfolio of securities with characteristics substantially similar to the underlying index or stock index comprising the futures contracts or by holding a separate offsetting option permitting it to purchase or sell the same futures contract.

The Fund may purchase or sell interest rate futures for the purpose of hedging some or all of the value of its portfolio securities against changes in prevailing interest rates or to manage its duration or effective maturity. If the Adviser anticipates that interest rates may rise and, concomitantly, the price of certain of its portfolio securities may fall, the Fund may sell futures contracts. If declining interest rates are anticipated, the Fund may purchase futures contracts to protect against a potential increase in the price of securities the Fund intends to purchase. Subsequently, appropriate securities may be purchased by the Fund in an orderly fashion; as securities are purchased, corresponding futures positions would be terminated by offsetting sales of contracts.

Swap Agreements

The Fund may enter into swap agreements and other types of over-the-counter transactions such as caps, floors and collars with broker-dealers or other financial institutions for hedging or investment purposes. An example of one type of swap involves the exchange by the Fund with another party of their respective commitments to pay or receive cash flows, for example, an exchange of floating rate payments for fixed-rate payments. The purchase of a cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index or other underlying financial measure exceeds a predetermined value on a predetermined date or dates, to receive payments on a notional principal amount from the party selling the cap. The purchase of a floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index or other underlying financial measure falls or other underlying measure below a predetermined value on a predetermined date or dates, to receive payments on a notional principal amount from the party selling the floor. A collar combines elements of a cap and a floor.

Swap agreements and similar transactions can be individually negotiated and structured to include exposure to a variety of different types of investments or market factors. Depending on their structures, swap agreements may increase or decrease the Fund’s exposure to long-or short-term interest rates (in the United States or abroad), foreign currency values, mortgage securities, mortgage rates, corporate borrowing rates, or other factors such as security prices, inflation rates or the volatility of an index or one or more securities. For example, if the Fund agrees to exchange payments in U.S. dollars for payments in a non-U.S. currency, the swap agreement would tend to decrease the Fund’s exposure to U.S. interest rates and increase its exposure to that non-U.S. currency and interest rates. The value of the Fund’s swap positions would increase or decrease depending on the changes in value of the underlying rates, currency values, volatility or other indices or measures. Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options. Depending on how they are used, swap agreements may increase or decrease the overall volatility of the Fund’s investments and its share price. The Fund’s ability to engage in certain swap transactions may be limited by tax considerations.

 

48


Table of Contents

The Fund’s ability to realize a profit from such transactions will depend on the ability of the financial institutions with which it enters into the transactions to meet their obligations to the Fund. If a counterparty’s creditworthiness declines, the value of the agreement would be likely to decline, potentially resulting in losses. If a default occurs by the other party to such transaction, the Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction, which may be limited by applicable law in the case of a counterparty’s insolvency. Under certain circumstances, suitable transactions may not be available to the Fund, or the Fund may be unable to close out its position under such transactions at the same time, or at the same price, as if it had purchased comparable publicly traded securities. Swaps carry counterparty risks that cannot be fully anticipated. Also, because swap transactions typically involve a contract between the two parties, such swap investments can be extremely illiquid, as it is uncertain as to whether another counterparty would wish to take assignment of the rights under the swap contract at a price acceptable to the Fund.

The Fund may also enter into options on swap agreements (“swaptions”). A swaption is a contract that gives a counterparty the right (but not the obligation) to enter into a new swap agreement or to shorten, extend, cancel or otherwise modify an existing swap agreement, at some designated future time on specified terms. The Fund may write (sell) and purchase put and call swaptions to the same extent it may make use of standard options on securities or other instruments. Swaptions are generally subject to the same risks involved in the Fund’s use of options.

Credit Default Swaps. A credit default swap is an agreement between the Fund and a counterparty that enables the Fund to buy or sell protection against a credit event related to a particular issuer. One party, acting as a protection buyer, makes periodic payments, which may be based on, among other things, a fixed or floating rate of interest, to the other party, a protection seller, in exchange for a promise by the protection seller to make a payment to the protection buyer if a negative credit event (such as a delinquent payment or default) occurs with respect to a referenced bond or group of bonds. Credit default swaps may also be structured based on the debt of a basket of issuers, rather than a single issuer, and may be customized with respect to the default event that triggers purchase or other factors (for example, the Nth default within a basket, or defaults by a particular combination of issuers within the basket, may trigger a payment obligation).

As a credit protection seller in a credit default swap contract, the Fund would be required to pay the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation to the counterparty following certain negative credit events as to a specified third-party debtor, such as default by a U.S. or non-U.S. corporate issuer on its debt obligations. In return for its obligation, the Fund would receive from the counterparty a periodic stream of payments, which may be based on, among other things, a fixed or floating rate of interest, over the term of the contract provided that no event of default has occurred. If no default occurs, the Fund would keep the stream of payments, and would have no payment obligations to the counterparty. The Fund may sell credit protection in order to earn additional income and/or to take a synthetic long position in the underlying security or basket of securities.

The Fund may enter into credit default swap contracts as protection buyer in order to hedge against the risk of default on the debt of a particular issuer or basket of issuers or attempt to profit from a deterioration or perceived deterioration in the creditworthiness of the particular issuer(s) (also known as buying credit protection). This would involve the risk that the investment may expire worthless and would only generate gain in the event of an actual default by the issuer(s) of the underlying obligation(s) (or, as applicable, a credit downgrade or other indication of financial instability). It would also involve the risk that the seller may fail to satisfy its payment obligations to the Fund. The purchase of credit default swaps involves costs, which will reduce the Fund’s return.

Credit default swaps involve a number of special risks. A protection seller may have to pay out amounts following a negative credit event greater than the value of the reference obligation delivered to it by its counterparty and the amount of periodic payments previously received by it from the counterparty. When the Fund acts as a seller of a credit default swap, it is exposed to, among other things, leverage risk because if an event of default occurs the seller must pay the buyer the full notional value of the reference obligation. When the Fund acts as a seller of a credit default swap, the Fund or its agents will earmark on its books or segregate liquid assets equal to the full notional amount of the swap agreement. Each party to a credit default swap is subject to the credit risk of its counterparty (the risk that its counterparty may be unwilling or unable to perform its obligations on the swap as they come due). The value of the credit default swap to each party will change, at times significantly, based on changes in the actual or perceived creditworthiness of the underlying issuer.

Credit default swap agreements involve greater risks than if the Fund had invested in the reference obligation directly since, in addition to general market risks, credit default swaps are subject to illiquidity risk, counterparty risk and credit risk. A buyer generally also will lose its investment and recover nothing should no credit event occur and the swap is held

 

49


Table of Contents

to its termination date. If a credit event were to occur, the value of any deliverable obligation received by the seller, coupled with the upfront or periodic payments previously received, may be less than the full notional value it pays to the buyer, resulting in a loss of value to the seller.

The Fund may seek to realize gains on its credit default swap positions, or limit losses on its positions, by selling those positions in the secondary market. There can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist at any given time for any particular credit default swap or for credit default swaps generally.

The market for credit default swaps has at times become more volatile as the creditworthiness of certain counterparties has been questioned and/or downgraded. The parties to a credit default swap may be required to post collateral to each other. If the Fund posts initial or periodic collateral to its counterparty, it may not be able to recover that collateral from the counterparty in accordance with the terms of the swap. In addition, if the Fund receives collateral from its counterparty, it may be delayed or prevented from realizing on the collateral in the event of the insolvency or bankruptcy of the counterparty. The Fund may exit its obligations under a credit default swap only by terminating the contract and paying applicable breakage fees, or by entering into an offsetting credit default swap position, which may cause the Fund to incur more losses. There can be no assurance that the Fund will be able to exit a credit default swap position effectively when it seeks to do so.

Total and Excess Return Swaps. The Fund may also enter into total and excess return swap agreements, which are contracts in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to another party based on the change in market value of the assets underlying the contract, which may include a specified security or commodity, basket of securities or commodities, or securities or commodities indices during the specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate or the total return from other underlying assets. Total and excess return swap agreements may be used to obtain exposure to a security, commodity, or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security or commodity or investing directly in such market. Total and excess return swap agreements may effectively add leverage to the Fund’s portfolio because, in addition to its total net assets, the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.

Total and excess return swap agreements are subject to the risk that a counterparty will default on its payment obligations to the Fund thereunder. Swap agreements also bear the risk that the Fund will not be able to meet its obligation to the counterparty. The Fund may enter into total and excess return swaps on a net basis (i.e., the two payment streams are netted against one another with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments). The net amount of the excess, if any, of the Fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each total or excess return swap will be accrued on a daily basis, and an amount of liquid assets having an aggregate market value at least equal to the accrued excess will be segregated by the Fund. If the total or excess return swap transaction is entered into on other than a net basis, the full amount of the Fund’s obligations will be accrued on a daily basis, and the full amount of the Fund’s obligations will be segregated by the Fund in an amount equal to or greater than the market value of the liabilities under the total or excess return swap agreement or the amount it would have cost the Fund initially to make an equivalent direct investment, plus or minus any amount the Fund is obligated to pay or is to receive under the total or excess return swap agreement.

Many swaps are complex and often valued subjectively. Many over-the-counter derivatives are complex and their valuation often requires modeling and judgment, which increases the risk of mispricing or incorrect valuation. The pricing models used may not produce valuations that are consistent with the values the Fund realizes when it closes or sells an over-the-counter derivative. Valuation risk is more pronounced when the Fund enters into over-the-counter derivatives with specialized terms because the market value of those derivatives in some cases is determined in part by reference to similar derivatives with more standardized terms. Incorrect valuations may result in increased cash payment requirements to counterparties, undercollateralization and/or errors in calculation of the net asset value of the Fund’s Common Shares.

Structured Products and Structured Notes

Generally, structured investments are interests in entities organized and operated for the purpose of restructuring the investment characteristics of underlying investment interests or securities. These investment entities may be structured as trusts or other types of pooled investment vehicles. This type of restructuring generally involves the deposit with or purchase by an entity of the underlying investments and the issuance by that entity of one or more classes of securities backed by, or representing interests in, the underlying investments or referencing an indicator related to such investments. The cash flow or rate of return on the underlying investments may be apportioned among the newly issued securities to create different investment characteristics, such as varying maturities, credit quality, payment priorities and interest rate provisions.

 

50


Table of Contents

The cash flow or rate of return on a structured investment may be determined by applying a multiplier to the rate of total return on the underlying investments or referenced indicator. Application of a multiplier is comparable to the use of financial leverage, a speculative technique. Leverage magnifies the potential for gain and the risk of loss. As a result, a relatively small decline in the value of the underlying investments or referenced indicator could result in a relatively large loss in the value of a structured product. Holders of structured products indirectly bear risks associated with the underlying investments, index or reference obligation, and are subject to counterparty risk. The Fund generally has the right to receive payments to which it is entitled only from the structured product, and generally does not have direct rights against the issuer. While certain structured investment vehicles enable the investor to acquire interests in a pool of securities without the brokerage and other expenses associated with directly holding the same securities, investors in structured vehicles generally pay their share of the investment vehicle’s administrative and other expenses.

Structured products are generally privately offered and sold, and thus, are not registered under the securities laws. Certain structured products may be thinly traded or have a limited trading market and may have the effect of increasing the Fund’s illiquidity to the extent that the Fund, at a particular point in time, may be unable to find qualified buyers for these securities. In addition to the general risks associated with fixed income securities discussed herein, structured products carry additional risks including, but not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from underlying investments will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the underlying investments may decline in value or default; (iii) the possibility that the security may be subordinate to other classes of the issuer’s securities; and (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results.

Structured products include, among other things, CDOs, mortgage-backed securities, other types of asset-backed securities and certain types of structured notes. Other portions of this SAI provide more information about these specific structured products.

Structured notes are derivative securities for which the amount of principal repayment and/or interest payments is based on the movement of one or more “factors.” These factors may include, but are not limited to, currency exchange rates, interest rates (such as the prime lending rate or LIBOR), referenced bonds and stock indices. Some of these factors may or may not correlate to the total rate of return on one or more underlying instruments referenced in such notes. In some cases, the impact of the movements of these factors may increase or decrease through the use of multipliers or deflators.

Investments in structured notes involve risks including interest rate risk, credit risk and market risk. Depending on the factor used and the use of multipliers or deflators, changes in interest rates and movement of the factor may cause significant price fluctuations. Additionally, changes in the reference instrument or security may cause the interest rate on the structured note to be reduced to zero and any further changes in the reference instrument may then reduce the principal amount payable on maturity. In the case of structured notes where the reference instrument is a debt instrument, such as credit-linked notes, the Fund will be subject to the credit risk of the issuer of the reference instrument and the issuer of the structured note.

The Adviser manages a wide variety of accounts and investment strategies. Investments made on behalf of one client or strategy can raise conflict of interest issues with other of the Adviser’s clients or strategies. For example, the Adviser may cause a client to purchase an issuer’s debt security and cause another client to purchase a different debt security of the same issuer, such as a different bond of the issuer or different tranche of a mortgage-backed security that is subordinated to the investment held by other clients.

Hybrid Securities

The Fund may acquire hybrid securities. A third party or Adviser may create a hybrid security by combining an income-producing debt security (“income producing component”) and the right to receive payment based on the change in the price of an equity security (“equity component”). The income-producing component is achieved by investing in non-convertible, income-producing securities such as bonds, preferred stocks and money market instruments, which may be represented by derivative instruments. The equity component is achieved by investing in securities or instruments such as cash-settled warrants or options to receive a payment based on whether the price of a common stock surpasses a certain

 

51


Table of Contents

exercise price, or options on a stock index. A hybrid security comprises two or more separate securities, each with its own market value. Therefore, the market value of a hybrid security is derived from the values of its income-producing component and its equity component.

A holder of a hybrid security faces the risk of a decline in the price of the security or the level of the index involved in the equity component, causing a decline in the value of the security or instrument, such as a call option or warrant, purchased to create the hybrid security. The equity component has risks typical to a purchased call option. Should the price of the stock fall below the exercise price and remain there throughout the exercise period, the entire amount paid for the call option or warrant would be lost. Because a hybrid security includes the income-producing component as well, the holder of a hybrid security also faces risks typical to all debt securities.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Dollar Rolls

A reverse repurchase agreement involves the sale of a portfolio-eligible security by the Fund, coupled with its agreement to repurchase the instrument at a specified time and price. Under a reverse repurchase agreement, the Fund continues to be entitled to receive any principal and interest payments on the underlying security during the term of the agreement. Reverse repurchase agreements involve leverage risk; the Fund may lose money as a result of declines in the values both of the security subject to the reverse repurchase agreement and the instruments in which the Fund invested the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement.

A “dollar roll” is similar to a reverse repurchase agreement in certain respects. In a “dollar roll” transaction, the Fund sells a mortgage-related security, such as a security issued by Ginnie Mae, to a dealer and simultaneously agrees to repurchase a similar security (but not the same security) in the future at a pre-determined price. A “dollar roll” can be viewed, like a reverse repurchase agreement, as a collateralized borrowing in which the Fund pledges a mortgage-related security to a dealer to obtain cash. However, unlike reverse repurchase agreements, the dealer with which the Fund enters into a dollar roll transaction is not obligated to return the same securities as those originally sold by the Fund, but only securities which are “substantially identical.” To be considered “substantially identical,” the securities returned to the Fund generally must: (1) be collateralized by the same types of underlying mortgages; (2) be issued by the same agency and be part of the same program; (3) have a similar original stated maturity; (4) have identical net coupon rates; (5) have similar market yields (and therefore price); and (6) satisfy “good delivery” requirements, meaning that the aggregate principal amounts of the securities delivered and received back must be within 2.5% of the initial amount delivered.

The Fund also may effect simultaneous purchase and sale transactions that are known as “sale-buybacks.” A sale-buyback is similar to a reverse repurchase agreement, except that in a sale-buyback, the counterparty who purchases the security is entitled to retain any principal or interest payments made on the underlying security pending settlement of the Fund’s repurchase of the underlying security.

In addition to the risks associated with leverage (see “Principal Risk Factors—Leverage Risk” in the Prospectus), the Fund’s use of reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and similar transactions is subject to the risk that the market value of the securities that the Fund is obligated to purchase or repurchase under the agreement may decline below the purchase or repurchase price. In the event the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement or dollar roll files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, the Fund’s use of the proceeds of the agreement may be restricted pending a determination by the other party, or its trustee or receiver, whether to enforce the Fund’s obligation to purchase or repurchase the securities. Furthermore, these instruments may be “illiquid.”

Repurchase Agreements

Repurchase agreements, which may be viewed as a type of secured lending by the Fund, typically involve the acquisition by the Fund of debt securities from a selling financial institution such as a bank, savings and loan association or broker-dealer. The repurchase agreements will provide that the Fund will sell back to the institution, and that the institution will repurchase, the underlying security (“collateral”) at a specified price and at a fixed time in the future. The collateral will be maintained in a segregated account and, with respect to United States repurchase agreements, will be marked to market daily to ensure that the full value of the collateral, as specified in the repurchase agreement, does not decrease below the repurchase price plus accrued interest. If such a decrease occurs, additional collateral will be requested and, when received, added to the account to maintain full collateralization. The Fund will accrue interest from the institution until the date the repurchase occurs. Although this date is deemed by the Fund to be the maturity date of a repurchase agreement, the maturities of the collateral securities are not subject to any limits and may exceed one year.

 

52


Table of Contents

Credit-Linked Trust Certificates

Credit-linked trust certificates are investments in a limited purpose trust or other vehicle formed under state law which, in turn, invests in a basket of derivative instruments, such as credit default swaps, total return swaps, interest rate swaps and/or other securities, in order to provide exposure to the high yield or another debt securities market.

Like an investment in a bond, investments in credit-linked trust certificates represent the right to receive periodic income payments (in the form of distributions) and payment of principal at the end of the term of the certificate. However, these payments are conditioned on the trust’s receipt of payments from, and the trust’s potential obligations to, the counterparties to the derivative instruments and other securities in which the trust invests. For instance, the trust may sell one or more credit default swaps, under which the trust would receive a stream of payments over the term of the swap agreements provided that no event of default has occurred with respect to the referenced debt obligation upon which the swap is based. If a default occurs, the stream of payments may stop and the trust would be obligated to pay to the counterparty the par (or other agreed upon value) of the referenced debt obligation. This, in turn, would reduce the amount of income and principal that the Fund would receive as an investor in the trust. See “—Credit Default Swaps” herein for additional information about credit default swaps. The Fund’s investments in these instruments are indirectly subject to the risks associated with derivative instruments, including, among others, credit risk, default or similar event risk, counterparty risk, interest rate risk, valuation risk, leverage risk and management risk. It is expected that the trusts that issue credit-linked trust certificates will constitute “private” investment companies, exempt from registration under the 1940 Act. Therefore, the certificates will be subject to the risks described under “Exchange-Traded Funds and Other Investment Companies” herein and “Other Investment Companies” in the Prospectus, and will not be subject to applicable investment limitations and other regulation imposed by the 1940 Act (although the Fund will remain subject to such limitations and regulation, including with respect to its investments in the certificates). Although the trusts are typically private investment companies, they generally are not actively managed such as a “hedge fund” might be. It also is expected that the certificates will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. Accordingly, there may be no established trading market for the certificates and they may constitute illiquid investments. See “Principal Risk Factors — Liquidity risk” in the Prospectus. If market quotations are not readily available for the certificates, they will be valued by the Fund at fair value as determined by the Trustees or persons acting at their direction. See “Net Asset Value” in the Prospectus.

The market for credit-linked notes may suddenly become illiquid. The other parties to the transaction may be the only investors with sufficient understanding of the derivative to be interested in bidding for it. Changes in liquidity may result in significant, rapid and unpredictable changes in the prices for credit linked notes. In certain cases, a market price for a credit-linked note may not be available or the market may not be active.

When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Securities and Forward Commitments

When purchasing a security on a when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward commitment basis, the Fund assumes many of the benefits and risks of ownership of the security, including the risk of price and yield fluctuations, but does not take delivery of the security until a date substantially after the date the transaction is entered into. Because the Fund is not required to pay for the security until the delivery date, these transactions may create investment leverage. When the Fund has sold a security on a when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward commitment basis, the Fund does not participate in future gains or losses with respect to the security. If the other party to a transaction fails to deliver or pay for the securities, the Fund could miss a favorable price or yield opportunity or could suffer a loss. The Fund may dispose of or renegotiate a transaction after it is entered into, and may sell when-issued, delayed delivery or forward commitment securities before they are delivered, which may result in a capital gain or loss. There is no percentage limitation on the extent to which the Fund may purchase or sell securities on a when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward commitment basis.

Recently finalized rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) would impose mandatory margin requirements for certain types of when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward commitment transactions, with limited exceptions. Such transactions historically have not been required to be collateralized, and, if those rules are implemented, mandatory collateralization could increase the cost of such transactions and impose added operational complexity.

 

53


Table of Contents

Equity Securities

The Fund may invest in equity securities. Equity securities are securities that represent an ownership interest (or the right to acquire such an interest) in a company and include common and preferred stock. Common stocks represent an equity or ownership interest in an issuer. Preferred stock represents an equity or ownership interest in an issuer that pays dividends at a specified rate and that has priority over common stock in the payment of dividends. In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of owners of bonds take priority over holders of preferred stock, whose claims take priority over the claims of those who own common stock. The value of a company’s stock may fall as a result of factors directly relating to that company, such as decisions made by its management or lower demand for the company’s products or services. A common stock’s value also may fall because of factors affecting not just the company, but also companies in the same industry or in a number of different industries, such as increases in production costs. The value of a company’s stock also may be affected by changes in financial markets that are relatively unrelated to the company or its industry, such as changes in interest rates or currency exchange rates. In addition, a company’s stock generally pays dividends only after the company invests in its own business and makes required payments to holders of its bonds, other debt and preferred stock. For this reason, the value of a company’s stock will usually react more strongly than its bonds, other debt and preferred stock to actual or perceived changes in the company’s financial condition or prospects, and historical trends would indicate that common stocks are generally subject to higher levels of volatility and market and issuer-specific risk than debt securities of the same issuer. Stocks of smaller companies are generally more vulnerable to adverse developments than those of larger companies. Companies with small market capitalizations often have limited product lines, markets or financial resources and may be dependent upon a relatively small management group. These securities may have limited marketability and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic movements in price than securities of companies with larger market capitalizations or market averages in general. Stocks of companies that DoubleLine believes are fast-growing may trade at a higher multiple of current earnings than other stocks. The value of such stocks may be more sensitive to changes in current or expected earnings than the values of other stocks.

While offering greater potential for long-term growth, equity securities generally are more volatile and riskier than some other forms of investment, although under certain market conditions various fixed-income investments have comparable or greater price volatility. Therefore, the value of an investment in the Fund may at times decrease instead of increase. The Fund’s investments may include securities traded over-the-counter as well as those traded on a securities exchange. Some securities, particularly over-the-counter securities, may be more difficult to sell under some market conditions.

Short Sales and Short Positions

Short sales are transactions in which the Fund sells an instrument it does not own, in anticipation of a decline in the market value of that instrument. To complete such a transaction, the Fund must borrow the instrument to make delivery to the buyer. The Fund then is obligated to replace the instrument borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at or prior to the time of replacement. The price at such time may be more or less than the price at which the instrument was sold by the Fund. Until the instrument is replaced, the Fund is required to repay the lender any dividends or interest that accrues during the period of the loan. The Fund may also enter into a derivative transaction in order to establish a short position with respect to a reference asset. To borrow the instrument or establish the position, the Fund also may be required to pay a premium, which would increase the cost of the instrument sold or position established. The net proceeds of the short position will be retained by the broker (or by the Fund’s custodian in a special custody account), to the extent necessary to meet margin requirements, until the short position is closed out. The Fund also will incur transaction costs in effecting short positions.

The Fund will incur a loss as a result of the short position if the price of the instrument or the value of the reference asset increases between the date of the short sale or short position and the date on which the Fund replaces the borrowed instrument or otherwise closes out the transaction. The Fund will generally realize a gain if the instrument or the value of the reference asset declines in price between those dates. The amount of any gain will be decreased, and the amount of any loss increased, by the amount of the premium, dividends, interest, or expenses the Fund may be required to pay in connection with a short position. There can be no assurance that the Fund will be able to close out the position at any particular time or at an acceptable price. The Fund’s ability to engage in short sales may from time to time be limited or prohibited because of the inability to borrow certain instruments in the market, legal restrictions on short sales, or other reasons. The loss to the Fund from a short sale or short position is potentially unlimited.

 

54


Table of Contents

Illiquid Securities

In the context of regulations that apply only to open-end registered investment companies, the SEC has defined illiquid securities to mean any investment that the fund reasonably expects cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions in seven calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the investment. Illiquid securities may include, among other things, certain written over-the-counter options, certain securities or other liquid assets being used as cover for such options, certain loan participation interests, fixed time deposits which are not subject to prepayment or provide for withdrawal penalties upon prepayment (other than overnight deposits), and certain other securities whose disposition is restricted under the federal securities laws other than securities issued pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act and certain commercial paper. Securities that may otherwise have been liquid may become illiquid with little or no warning under adverse economic, market or other conditions. Illiquid securities may include privately placed securities, which are sold directly to a small number of investors, usually institutions. Unlike public offerings, such securities are not registered under the federal securities laws. Although certain of these securities may be readily sold, others may be illiquid, and their sale may involve substantial delays and additional costs.

Rule 144A/ Regulation S Securities

The Fund may invest in securities that are purchased in private placements and, accordingly, are subject to restrictions on resale as a matter of contract or under federal securities laws. Because there may be relatively few potential purchasers for such investments, especially under adverse market or economic conditions or in the event of adverse changes in the financial condition of the issuer, the Fund could find it more difficult to sell such securities when the Adviser believes it advisable to do so or may be able to sell such securities only at prices lower than if such securities were more widely held. At times, it may also be more difficult to determine the fair value of such securities for purposes of computing the net asset value (the “NAV”) of the Fund’s Common Shares.

While such private placements may offer attractive opportunities for investment not otherwise available on the open market, the securities so purchased are often restricted securities, i.e., securities which cannot be sold to the public without registration under the Securities Act or the availability of an exemption from registration (such as Rules 144, 144A or Regulation S), or which are not readily marketable because they are subject to other legal or contractual delays in or restrictions on resale. There may also be limited public information available regarding investments in private funds, which will make such investment particularly dependent on the analytical abilities of the Fund’s portfolio managers.

The absence of a trading market can make it difficult to ascertain a market value for illiquid investments. Disposing of illiquid investments may involve time-consuming negotiation and legal expenses, and it may be difficult or impossible for the Fund to sell them promptly at an acceptable price. The Fund may have to bear the extra expense of registering such securities for resale and the risk of substantial delay in effecting such registration. In addition, market quotations are less readily available. The judgment of the Adviser may at times play a greater role in valuing these securities than in the case of publicly traded securities.

Generally speaking, restricted securities may be sold only to qualified institutional buyers, or in a privately negotiated transaction to a limited number of purchasers, or in limited quantities after they have been held for a specified period of time and other conditions are met pursuant to an exemption from registration, or in a public offering for which a registration statement is in effect under the Securities Act. The Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter for purposes of the Securities Act when selling restricted securities to the public, and in such event the Fund may be liable to purchasers of such securities if the registration statement prepared by the issuer, or the prospectus forming a part of it, is materially inaccurate or misleading.

Exchange-Traded Funds and Other Investment Companies

The Fund may invest in shares of both open- or closed-end investment companies (including money market funds, single country funds, and ETFs of any kind) and trusts, limited partnerships, limited liability companies or other forms of business organizations, including other pooled investment vehicles sponsored, advised, distributed or serviced by, or otherwise affiliated with, the Adviser, related parties of the Adviser or other service providers to the Fund. Investing in another pooled vehicle exposes the Fund to all the risks of that pooled vehicle.

As the shareholder of another investment company, the Fund would bear, along with other shareholders, its pro rata portion of the other investment company’s expenses, including advisory fees. Such expenses are in addition to the expenses the Fund pays in connection with its own operations. If the Fund invests in pooled or other investment vehicles sponsored

 

55


Table of Contents

by the Adviser or related parties of the Adviser (“other DoubleLine Funds”), the Adviser will waive its advisory fee in an amount equal to the advisory fees paid to the Adviser or a related party by other DoubleLine Funds in respect of Fund assets so invested. The Fund’s investments in other investment companies may be limited by applicable law. It is possible that, under certain circumstances, the Fund may be prevented by applicable law from investing in other investment companies when doing so may otherwise be the most efficient way for the Fund to obtain exposure to a portfolio of debt securities.

Despite the possibility of greater fees and expenses, investments in other investment companies may nonetheless be attractive for several reasons, especially in connection with foreign investments. Because of restrictions on direct investment by U.S. entities in certain countries, investing indirectly in such countries (by purchasing shares of another fund that is permitted to invest in such countries) may be the most practical and efficient way for the Fund to invest in such countries. In other cases, when a portfolio manager desires to make only a relatively small investment in a particular country, investing through another fund that holds a diversified portfolio in that country may be more effective than investing directly in issuers in that country.

Among the types of investment companies in which the Fund may invest are Portfolio Depositary Receipts (“PDRs”) and Index Fund Shares (PDRs and Index Fund Shares are collectively referred to as ETFs). PDRs represent interests in a unit investment trust (“UIT”) holding a portfolio of securities that may be obtained from the UIT or purchased in the secondary market. Each PDR is intended to track the underlying securities, trade like a share of common stock, and pay to PDR holders periodic dividends proportionate to those paid with respect to the underlying securities, less certain expenses. Index Fund Shares are shares issued by an open-end management investment company that seeks to provide investment results that correspond generally to the price and yield performance of a specified index (Index Fund). Individual investments in PDRs generally are not redeemable. However, large quantities of PDRs known as “Creation Units” are redeemable from the sponsor of the UIT. The liquidity of smaller holdings of ETF shares will depend upon the existence of a secondary market.

Disruptions in the markets for the securities held by ETFs or other investment companies purchased or sold by the Fund could result in losses on investments in ETFs or other investment companies. ETFs also carry the risk that the price the Fund pays or receives may be higher or lower than the ETF’s NAV. ETFs are also subject to certain additional risks, including the risks of illiquidity and of possible trading halts due to market conditions or other reasons, based on the policies of the relevant exchange. ETFs and other investment companies in which the Fund may invest may be leveraged, which would increase the volatility of the value of the Fund’s Common Shares.

The SEC has proposed regulations that may adversely affect the Fund’s ability to invest in other investment companies, such as another DoubleLine Fund. The proposed regulations, if adopted, could also significantly affect the Fund’s ability to redeem its investments in other investment companies in the manner that they do now, making such investments less attractive. The final terms of any proposed regulations are not known as of the date of this SAI, but they could cause the Fund to incur losses, realize taxable gains distributable to shareholders, incur greater or unexpected expenses or experience other adverse consequences.

Portfolio Turnover

A portfolio turnover rate is, in summary, the percentage computed by dividing the lesser of the Fund’s purchases or sales of securities (excluding short-term securities and certain derivatives) by the average market value of the Fund. The Adviser manages the Fund’s assets by buying and selling securities to help attain its investment objective. This may result in increases or decreases in the Fund’s current income and gains available for distribution to its shareholders. The Fund may dispose of investments (including money market instruments) regardless of the holding period if, in the opinion of the Adviser, it is in the best interest of the Fund to do so, for example, because an issuer’s creditworthiness or perceived changes in a company’s growth prospects or asset value make selling them advisable. Such an investment decision may result in capital gains, including short-term capital gains taxable as ordinary income when distributed to taxable shareholders, or losses and could result in a high portfolio turnover rate during a given period. Transactions in equity securities typically involve the payment of brokerage commissions, which are borne by the Fund and negatively affect the Fund’s performance. Debt securities are normally traded on a principal basis, involving a mark-up or mark-down of the price which is an indirect transaction cost, and therefore the Fund incurs transaction costs when trading them. Its costs are incorporated in purchase or sale prices and negatively affect the Fund’s performance. The trading costs and tax effects associated with portfolio turnover may adversely affect the Fund’s performance.

 

56


Table of Contents

Warrants

The Fund may invest in warrants, which are instruments that give the Fund the right to purchase certain securities from an issuer at a specific price (the “strike price”) for a limited period of time. The strike price of warrants typically is much lower than the current market price of the underlying securities, yet they are subject to similar price fluctuations. As a result, warrants may be more volatile investments than the underlying securities and may offer greater potential for capital appreciation as well as capital loss. Warrants do not entitle a holder to dividends or voting rights with respect to the underlying securities and do not represent any rights in the assets of the issuing company. Also, the value of the warrant does not necessarily change with the value of the underlying securities and a warrant ceases to have value if it is not exercised prior to the expiration date. These factors can make warrants more speculative than other types of investments.

In addition to warrants on securities, the Fund may purchase put warrants and call warrants whose values vary depending on the change in the value of one or more specified securities indices (“index warrants”). Index warrants are generally issued by banks or other financial institutions and give the holder the right, at any time during the term of the warrant, to receive upon exercise of the warrant a cash payment from the issuer based on the value of the underlying index at the time of exercise. In general, if the value of the underlying index rises above the exercise price of the index warrant, the holder of a call warrant will be entitled to receive a cash payment from the issuer upon exercise based on the difference between the value of the index and the exercise price of the warrant; if the value of the underlying index falls, the holder of a put warrant will be entitled to receive a cash payment from the issuer upon exercise based on the difference between the exercise price of the warrant and the value of the index. The holder of a warrant would not be entitled to any payments from the issuer at any time when, in the case of a call warrant, the exercise price is greater than the value of the underlying index, or, in the case of a put warrant, the exercise price is less than the value of the underlying index. If the Fund were not to exercise an index warrant prior to its expiration, then the Fund would lose the amount of the purchase price paid by it for the warrant.

The Fund will normally use index warrants in a manner similar to its use of options on securities indices. The risks of the Fund’s use of index warrants are generally similar to those relating to its use of index options. Unlike most index options, however, index warrants are issued in limited amounts and are not obligations of a regulated clearing agency, but are backed only by the credit of the bank or other institution which issues the warrant. Also, index warrants generally have longer terms than index options. Index warrants are not likely to be as liquid as certain index options backed by a recognized clearing agency. In addition, the terms of index warrants may limit the Fund’s ability to exercise the warrants at such time, or in such quantities, as the Fund would otherwise wish to do.

Securities Loans

The Fund may make secured loans of its portfolio securities, on either a short-term or long-term basis thereby potentially realizing additional income. The risks in lending portfolio securities, as with other extensions of credit, consist of possible delay in recovery of the securities or possible loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower fail financially. If a borrower defaults, the value of the collateral may decline before the Fund can dispose of it. As a matter of policy, securities loans are made to broker-dealers pursuant to agreements requiring that the loans be continuously secured by collateral consisting of cash or short-term debt obligations at least equal at all times to the value of the securities on loan, marked-to-market daily. The borrower pays to the Fund an amount equal to any dividends or interest received on securities lent. The Fund retains all or a portion of the interest received on investment of the cash collateral or receives a fee from the borrower. The Fund bears the risk of any loss on the investment of the collateral; any such loss may exceed, potentially by a substantial amount, any profit to the Fund from its securities lending activities. Although voting rights, or rights to consent, with respect to the loaned securities may pass to the borrower, the Fund retains the right to call the loans at any time on reasonable notice, and it will do so to enable the Fund to exercise voting rights on any matters materially affecting the investment. The Fund may also call such loans in order to sell the securities. The Fund may pay fees in connection with arranging loans of its portfolio securities.

The Fund may invest the cash collateral received (generally in money market investments or money market funds) or receive a fee from the borrower. In the case of cash collateral, the Fund typically pays a rebate to the borrower. Subject to conditions established by the SEC staff, an investment company may transfer cash collateral into a joint account along with cash collateral of other affiliated investment companies. Cash collateral in any such joint accounts may be invested in repurchase agreements and/or short-term money market instruments. Although control over, and voting rights or rights to consent with respect to, the loaned securities pass to the borrower, the Fund, as the lender, retains the right to call the

 

57


Table of Contents

loans and obtain the return of the securities loaned at any time on reasonable notice. The Fund may call such loans in order to sell the securities involved or, if the holders of the securities are asked to vote upon or consent to matters which DoubleLine believes materially affect the investment, in order to vote the securities. If the borrower defaults on its obligation to return the securities loaned because of insolvency or other reasons, the Fund could experience delays and costs in recovering the securities loaned or in gaining access to the collateral. These delays and costs could be greater for foreign securities. When engaged in securities lending, the Fund’s performance will continue to reflect changes in the value of the securities loaned and will also reflect the receipt of either interest, through investment of cash collateral by the Fund in permissible investments, or a fee, if the collateral is U.S. Government securities. It is possible that the Fund will realize losses on the investment of any cash collateralizing a securities loan; any such losses would be for the account of the Fund, not the borrower.

Participation on Creditors’ Committees

Participation on committees formed by creditors to negotiate with the management of financially troubled issuers of securities held by the Fund may subject the Fund to expenses such as legal fees and may make the Fund an “insider” of the issuer for purposes of the federal securities laws, and therefore may restrict the Fund’s ability to trade in or acquire additional positions in a particular security when it might otherwise desire to do so. Participation by the Fund on such committees also may expose the Fund to potential liabilities under the federal bankruptcy laws or other laws governing the rights of creditors and debtors.

Short-Term Investments / Temporary Defensive Strategies

When attempting to respond to adverse market, economic, political, or other conditions, the Fund may take temporary defensive positions that may be inconsistent (including materially inconsistent) with the Fund’s principal investment strategies. The Adviser then may, but is not required to, temporarily use alternative strategies that are mainly designed to limit the Fund’s exposure to such adverse conditions under the circumstances. In implementing these strategies, the Fund may invest primarily in, among other things, U.S. Government and agency obligations, fixed or floating rate investments, derivative instruments, cash or money market instruments (including, money market funds), or any other securities or instruments that the portfolio managers consider consistent with such defensive strategies or deemed consistent with the then existing market conditions. By way of example, the Fund may hold a higher than normal proportion of its assets in cash in times of extreme market stress. The Fund may also use derivatives, such as futures contracts, interest rate swaps, and credit default swaps, as an efficient means to adjust the Fund’s interest rate, credit, and other exposures in connection with taking such temporary defensive positions. During periods when the Fund has taken temporary defensive positions, the Fund may not achieve its investment objective.

Money Market Instruments

The Fund may invest in money market instruments. These instruments include, but are not limited to, commercial paper, money market instruments, money market mutual funds and the following instruments:

U.S. Government Securities. Obligations issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States or its agencies (such as the Export-Import Bank of the United States, Federal Housing Administration and Government National Mortgage Association) or its instrumentalities (such as the Federal Home Loan Bank), including Treasury bills, notes and bonds.

Bank Obligations. Obligations including certificates of deposit, fixed time deposits and bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper (see below) and other debt obligations of banks subject to regulation by the U.S. Government and having total assets of $1 billion or more, and instruments secured by such obligations (See “Bank Obligations” above), not including obligations of foreign branches of domestic banks except as permitted below.

Eurodollar Certificates of Deposit. Eurodollar certificates of deposit issued by foreign branches of domestic banks having total assets of $1 billion or more (investments in Eurodollar certificates may be affected by changes in currency rates or exchange control regulations, or changes in governmental administration or economic or monetary policy in the United States and abroad).

 

58


Table of Contents

Obligations of Savings Institutions. Certificates of deposit of savings banks and savings and loan associations, having total assets of $1 billion or more (investments in savings institutions above $100,000 in principal amount are not protected by federal deposit insurance).

Fully Insured Certificates of Deposit. Certificates of deposit of banks and savings institutions, having total assets of less than $1 billion, if the principal amount of the obligation is insured by the Bank Insurance Fund or the Savings Association Insurance Fund (each of which is administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation).

Other Short-Term Obligations. Debt securities initially issued with a remaining maturity of 397 days or less.

Guaranteed Investment Contracts (Funding Agreements)

Guaranteed investment contracts, or funding agreements, are short-term, privately placed debt instruments issued by insurance companies. Pursuant to such contracts, the Fund may make cash contributions to a deposit fund of the insurance company’s general account. The insurance company then credits to the Fund payments at negotiated, floating or fixed interest rates. In general, guaranteed investment contracts are not assignable.

Qualified Financial Contract

Regulations adopted by federal banking regulators under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank”), which are scheduled to take effect throughout 2019, require that certain qualified financial contracts (“QFCs”) with counterparties that are part of U.S. or foreign global systemically important banking organizations be amended to include contractual restrictions on close-out and cross-default rights. QFCs include, but are not limited to, securities contracts, commodities contracts, forward contracts, repurchase agreements, securities lending agreements and swaps agreements, as well as related master agreements, security agreements, credit enhancements, and reimbursement obligations. If a covered counterparty of the Fund or certain of the covered counterparty’s affiliates were to become subject to certain insolvency proceedings, the Fund may be temporarily unable to exercise certain default rights, and the QFC may be transferred to another entity. These requirements may impact the Fund’s credit and counterparty risks.

Exchange-Traded Notes (“ETNs”)

The Fund may invest in ETNs. ETNs have many features of senior, unsecured, unsubordinated debt securities. Their returns are linked to the performance of a particular asset, such as a market index, less applicable fees and expenses. ETNs are listed on an exchange and traded in the secondary market. The Fund may hold the ETN until maturity, at which time the issuer is obligated to pay a return linked to the performance of the relevant asset. ETNs do not typically make periodic interest payments and principal is not protected.

The market value of an ETN may be influenced by, among other things, time to maturity, level of supply and demand of the ETN, volatility and lack of liquidity in the underlying assets, changes in the applicable interest rates, the current performance of the asset to which the ETN is linked, and the credit rating of the ETN issuer. ETNs represent an unsecured obligation and therefore carry with them the risk that the counterparty will default and the Fund may not be able to recover the current value of its investment. The market value of an ETN may differ from the performance of the applicable asset and there may be times when an ETN trades at a premium or discount to the underlying asset’s value. This difference in price may be due to the fact that the supply and demand in the market for ETNs at any point in time is not always identical to the supply and demand in the market for the assets on which the ETN’s return is based. A change in the issuer’s credit rating may also affect the value of an ETN despite the underlying asset remaining unchanged.

ETNs are also subject to tax risk. For tax purposes, no assurance can be given that the IRS will accept, or a court will uphold, how the Fund characterizes and treats ETNs or amounts realized thereon; further, the requirements for qualification as a RIC may limit the extent to which the Fund may invest in certain ETNs. See “Tax Matters” below.

An ETN that is tied to a specific market index may not be able to replicate and maintain exactly the composition and relative weighting of securities, commodities or other components in the applicable market index. ETNs also incur certain expenses not incurred by their applicable market index, and the Fund would bear a proportionate share of any fees and expenses borne by the ETN in which it invests. The Fund’s decision to sell its ETN holdings may be limited by the availability of a secondary market. In addition, although an ETN may be listed on an exchange, the issuer may not be required to maintain the listing and there can be no assurance that a secondary market will exist for an ETN. Some ETNs that use leverage in an effort to amplify the returns of an underlying market index can, at times, be relatively illiquid and may therefore be difficult to purchase or sell at a fair price. Leveraged ETNs may offer the potential for greater return, but the potential for loss and speed at which losses can be realized also are greater.

 

59


Table of Contents

ETNs are generally similar to structured investments and hybrid instruments. For discussion of these investments and the risks generally associated with them, see “Hybrid Securities” and “Structured Investments” in this SAI.

Floating Rate and Variable Rate Demand Notes

The Fund may purchase taxable or tax-exempt floating rate and variable rate demand notes for short-term cash management or other investment purposes. Floating rate and variable rate demand notes and bonds may have a stated maturity in excess of one year, but may have features that permit a holder to demand payment of principal plus accrued interest upon a specified number of days notice. Frequently, such obligations are secured by letters of credit or other credit support arrangements provided by banks. The issuer has a corresponding right, after a given period, to prepay in its discretion the outstanding principal of the obligation plus accrued interest upon a specific number of days’ notice to the holders. The interest rate of a floating rate instrument may be based on a known lending rate, such as a bank’s prime rate, and is reset whenever such rate is adjusted. The interest rate on a variable rate demand note is reset at specified intervals at a market rate.

Inflation-Protected Securities

The Fund may invest in U.S. Treasury Inflation Protected Securities (“U.S. TIPS”), which are fixed income securities issued by the U.S. Department of Treasury, the principal amounts of which are adjusted daily based upon changes in the rate of inflation. The Fund may also invest in other inflation-protected securities issued by non-U.S. governments or by private issuers. U.S. TIPS pay interest on a semi-annual basis, equal to a fixed percentage of the inflation-adjusted principal amount. The interest rate on these bonds is fixed at issuance, but over the life of the bond this interest may be paid on an increasing or decreasing principal value that has been adjusted for inflation.

Repayment of the original bond principal upon maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is guaranteed for U.S. TIPS, even during a period of deflation. However, because the principal amount of U.S. TIPS would be adjusted downward during a period of deflation, the Fund will be subject to deflation risk with respect to its investments in these securities. In addition, the current market value of the bonds is not guaranteed, and will fluctuate. If the Fund purchases in the secondary market U.S. TIPS whose principal values have been adjusted upward due to inflation since issuance, the Fund may experience a loss if there is a subsequent period of deflation. The Fund may also invest in other inflation-related bonds which may or may not provide a guarantee of principal. If a guarantee of principal is not provided, the adjusted principal value of the bond repaid at maturity may be less than the original principal amount.

The periodic adjustment of U.S. TIPS is currently tied to the CPI-U, which is calculated by the U.S. Department of Treasury. The CPI-U is a measurement of changes in the cost of living, made up of components such as housing, food, transportation and energy. Inflation-protected bonds issued by a non-U.S. government are generally adjusted to reflect a comparable inflation index, calculated by that government. There can no assurance that the CPI-U or any non-U.S. inflation index will accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services. If interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation (for example, due to changes in currency exchange rates), investors in these securities may not be protected to the extent that the increase is not reflected in the bond’s inflation measure. In addition, there can be no assurance that the rate of inflation in a non-U.S. country will be correlated to the rate of inflation in the United States.

In general, the value of inflation-protected bonds is expected to fluctuate in response to changes in real interest rates, which are in turn tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. Therefore, if inflation were to rise at a faster rate than nominal interest rates, real interest rates might decline, leading to an increase in value of inflation-protected bonds. In contrast, if nominal interest rates increased at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates might rise, leading to a decrease in value of inflation-protected bonds. If inflation is lower than expected during the period the Fund holds the security, the Fund may earn less on the security than on a conventional bond. Any increase in principal value is taxable in the year the increase occurs, even though holders do not receive cash representing the increase at that time. As a result, if the Fund invests in inflation-protected securities, it could be required at times to liquidate other investments, including when it is not advantageous to do so, in order to satisfy its distribution requirements as a RIC and to eliminate any fund-level income tax liability under the Code.

 

60


Table of Contents

Infrastructure Investments

The Fund may invest in securities and other obligations of U.S. and non-U.S. issuers providing exposure to infrastructure investments. Infrastructure investments include, without limitation, fixed or floating-rate debt instruments or loans issued to finance (or re-finance) the ownership, development, construction, maintenance, renovation, enhancement, or operation of infrastructure assets. Infrastructure investments also include investments in the debt securities of or loans made to issuers of various types including issuers that invest in, own or hold infrastructure assets; or issuers that operate infrastructure assets or provide services, products or raw materials related to the development, construction, maintenance, renovation, enhancement or operation of infrastructure assets. Issuers in which the Fund may invest may include, among others, operating companies, special purpose vehicles, including vehicles created to hold or finance infrastructure assets, municipal issuers, and government-related issuers.

Infrastructure investments include assets or projects that support the operation, function, growth or development of a community or economy. The infrastructure assets to which the Fund may have exposure, directly or indirectly, include, without limitation, those related to transportation (e.g., airports, metro systems, subways, railroads, ports, toll roads, airplanes); electric utilities and power (e.g., power generation, transmission and distribution); energy (e.g., exploration & production, pipeline, storage, refining and distribution of energy); renewable energies (e.g., wind, solar, hydro, geothermal); communication networks and equipment; water and sewage treatment; social infrastructure (e.g., health care facilities, government accommodations, and other public service facilities); metals and mining; and shipping, cement, steel, and other resources and services related to infrastructure assets (e.g., chemical companies).

The values of the Fund’s infrastructure investments may be entirely dependent upon the successful development, construction, maintenance, renovation, enhancement or operation of infrastructure assets or infrastructure-related projects. Accordingly, the Fund may have significant exposure to adverse economic, regulatory, political, legal, demographic, environmental and other developments affecting the success of the infrastructure assets or projects in which it directly or indirectly invests.

Initial Public Offerings

The Fund may purchase debt or equity securities in initial public offerings (“IPOs”). These securities, which are often issued by unseasoned companies, may be subject to many of the same risks of investing in companies with smaller market capitalizations. Securities issued in IPOs have no trading history, and information about the companies may be available for very limited periods. Securities issued in an IPO frequently are very volatile in price, and the Fund may hold securities purchased in an IPO for a very short period of time. As a result, the Fund’s investments in IPOs may increase portfolio turnover, which increases brokerage and administrative costs and may result in distributions taxable to shareholders subject to tax.

At any particular time or from time to time the Fund may not be able to invest in securities issued in IPOs, or invest to the extent desired because, for example, only a small portion (if any) of the securities being offered in an IPO may be made available to the Fund. In addition, under certain market conditions a relatively small number of companies may issue securities in IPOs. Similarly, as the number of funds advised by the Adviser to which IPO securities are allocated increases, the number of securities issued to any one fund may decrease. The investment performance of the Fund during periods when it is unable to invest significantly or at all in IPOs may be lower than during periods when the Fund is able to do so. In addition, as the Fund increases in size, the impact of IPOs on the Fund’s performance will generally decrease. There can be no assurance that investments in IPOs will be available to the Fund or improve the Fund’s performance.

Private Investment Vehicles

The Fund may also invest in private investment funds, pools, vehicles, or other structures such as, without limitation, hedge funds, private equity funds or other pooled investment vehicles, which may take the form of corporations, partnerships, trusts, limited partnerships, limited liability companies, or any other form of business organization (collectively, “private funds”), including those sponsored or advised by the Adviser or its related parties. Private funds may utilize leverage without limit and, to the extent the Fund invests in private funds that utilize leverage, the Fund will indirectly be exposed to the risks associated with that leverage and the values of its shares may be more volatile as a result. If a private fund in which the Fund invests is not publicly offered or there is no public market for its shares, the Fund will typically be prohibited by the terms of its investment from selling its shares in the private fund, or may not be able to find a buyer for those shares at an acceptable price. Securities issued by private funds are generally issued in private placements and are restricted securities. An investment in a private fund may be highly volatile and difficult to value. The Fund would bear its pro rata share of the expenses of any private fund in which it invests. See “—Private Placement and Restricted Securities” in the Prospectus.

 

61


Table of Contents

An investment in private funds sponsored or advised by the Adviser or its related parties presents certain conflicts of interest. Private funds may pay the Adviser (or its related parties) different levels of fees, each based on the amount of assets invested in them. Accordingly, the Adviser or its related parties will earn fees if the Adviser invests the Fund’s assets in private funds that pay fees to the Adviser or its related parties, and will earn more in payments if the Fund’s assets are allocated to those private funds paying fees at the highest rates. This provides the Adviser an incentive to allocate the Fund’s assets into those private funds that pay the highest rate of fees to the Adviser and its related parties; however, the Adviser has a duty to disregard that incentive and allocate the Fund’s assets based on the best interest of the Fund.

Redeemable Securities

Certain securities held by the Fund may permit the issuer at its option to call or redeem its securities. If an issuer were to redeem securities held by the Fund during a time of declining interest rates, the Fund may not be able to reinvest the proceeds in securities providing the same investment return as the securities redeemed.

Short-Term Investments

Short-term, high quality investments, including, for example, commercial paper, bankers’ acceptances, certificates of deposit, bank time deposits, repurchase agreements, and investments in money market mutual funds or similar pooled investments.

Special Purpose Acquisition Companies

The Fund may invest in stock, warrants, and other securities of special purpose acquisition companies (“SPACs”) or similar special purpose entities that pool funds to seek potential acquisition opportunities. Unless and until an acquisition meeting the SPAC’s requirements is completed, a SPAC generally invests its assets (less a portion retained to cover expenses) in U.S. Government securities, money market securities and cash; if an acquisition that meets the requirements for the SPAC is not completed within a pre-established period of time, the invested funds are returned to the entity’s shareholders. Because SPACs and similar entities have no operating history or ongoing business other than seeking acquisitions, the value of their securities is particularly dependent on the ability of the entity’s management to identify and complete a profitable acquisition. Some SPACs may pursue acquisitions only within certain industries or regions, which may increase the volatility of their prices. In addition, these securities, which are typically traded in the over-the-counter market, may be considered illiquid and/or be subject to restrictions on resale. The Fund’s affiliates may create a SPAC for purchase by the Fund to assist the Fund in purchasing certain assets not otherwise available to the Fund.

Stapled Securities

The Fund may invest in stapled securities, which are financial instruments comprised of two or more different instruments that are contractually bound to form a single salable unit; they cannot be bought or sold separately. Stapled securities may often include a share in a company and a unit in a trust related to that company. The resulting security is influenced by both parts, and must be treated as one unit at all times, such as when buying or selling a security. The value of stapled securities and the income, if any, derived from them may fall as well as rise. The market for stapled securities may be illiquid at times, even for those securities that are listed on a domestic or foreign exchange.

Structured Investments

A structured investment is a security having a return tied to an underlying index or other security or asset class. Structured investments generally are individually negotiated agreements and may be traded over-the-counter. Structured investments are organized and operated to restructure the investment characteristics of the underlying security. This restructuring involves the deposit with or purchase by an entity, such as a corporation or trust, or specified instruments (such as commercial bank loans) and the issuance by that entity or one or more classes of securities (“structured securities”) backed by, or representing interests in, the underlying instruments. The cash flow on the underlying instruments may be apportioned among the newly issued structured securities to create securities with different investment characteristics, such as varying maturities, payment priorities and interest rate provisions, and the extent of such payments made with respect to structured securities is dependent on the extent of the cash flow on the underlying instruments. Because structured securities typically involve no credit enhancement, their credit risk generally will be equivalent to that

 

62


Table of Contents

of the underlying instruments. Investments in structured securities are generally of a class of structured securities that is either subordinated or unsubordinated to the right of payment of another class. Subordinated structured securities typically have higher yields and present greater risks than unsubordinated structured securities. Structured securities are typically sold in private placement transactions, and there currently is no active trading market for structured securities. Investments in government and government-related and restructured debt instruments are subject to special risks, including the inability or unwillingness to repay principal and interest, requests to reschedule or restructure outstanding debt and requests to extend additional loan amounts.

Mezzanine Loans

The Fund may invest in mezzanine loans, which are loans that are subordinate in the capital structure of the borrower, meaning that there may be significant indebtedness ranking ahead of the borrower’s obligation to the Fund in the event of the borrower’s insolvency. Although the Fund has no present intention to do so, the Fund may originate mezzanine loans. Such loans may be collateralized with tangible fixed assets such as real property or interests in real property, or may be uncollateralized. As with other loans to corporate borrowers, repayment of a mezzanine loan is dependent on the successful operation of the borrower. Mezzanine loans may also be affected by the successful operation of other properties, the interests in which are not pledged to secure the mezzanine loan.

While mezzanine investments may benefit from the same or similar financial and other covenants as those enjoyed by the indebtedness ranking ahead of the mezzanine investments and may benefit from cross-default provisions and security over the borrower’s assets, some or all of such terms may not apply to particular mezzanine investments. Mezzanine investments generally are subject to various risks including, without limitation, (i) a subsequent characterization of an investment as a “fraudulent conveyance”; (ii) the recovery as a “preference” of liens perfected or payments made on account of a debt incurred in the 90 days before a bankruptcy filing; (iii) equitable subordination claims by other creditors; (iv) so-called “lender liability” claims by the issuer of the obligations; and (v) environmental liabilities that may arise with respect to collateral securing the obligations. In addition to interest, the Fund may receive origination fees, extension fees, modification or similar fees in connection with investments in mezzanine loans.

Income Deposit Securities

The Fund may purchase income deposit securities (“IDSs”). Each IDS represents two separate securities, shares of common stock and subordinated notes issued by the same company, that are combined into one unit that trades like a stock on an exchange. Holders of IDSs receive dividends on the Common Shares and interest at a fixed rate on the subordinated notes to produce a blended yield. An IDS is typically listed on a stock exchange, but the underlying securities typically are not listed on the exchange until a period of time after the listing of the IDS or upon the occurrence of certain events (e.g., a change of control of the issuer of the IDS). When the underlying securities are listed, the holders of IDSs generally have the right to separate the components of the IDSs and trade them separately.

There may be a thinner and less active market for IDSs than that available for other securities. The value of an IDS will be affected by factors generally affecting common stock and subordinated debt securities, including the issuer’s actual or perceived ability to pay interest and principal on the notes and pay dividends on the stock.

The U.S. federal income tax treatment of IDSs is not entirely clear and there is no authority that directly addresses the tax treatment of securities with terms substantially similar to IDSs. Among other things, although it is expected that the subordinated notes portion of an IDS will be treated as debt, if it were characterized as equity rather than debt, then it would be possible that the interest paid on the notes might be treated as dividends to the extent paid out of the issuer’s earnings and profits, but it is not at all clear that such dividends would qualify for favorable long-term capital gains rates currently available to dividends on other types of equity.

Indexed Securities

The Fund may purchase securities whose prices are indexed to the prices of other securities, securities indices, currencies, precious metals or other commodities, or other financial indicators. Indexed securities typically, but not always, are debt securities or deposits whose value at maturity or coupon rate is determined by reference to a specific instrument or statistic. Gold-indexed securities, for example, typically provide for a maturity value that depends on the price of gold, resulting in a security whose price tends to rise and fall together with gold prices. Currency-indexed securities typically are short-term to intermediate-term debt securities whose maturity values or interest rates are determined by reference to the values of one or more specified foreign currencies, and may offer higher yields than U.S. dollar-denominated securities

 

63


Table of Contents

of equivalent issuers. Currency-indexed securities may be positively or negatively indexed; that is, their maturity value may increase when the specified currency value increases, resulting in a security whose price characteristics are similar to a put option on the underlying currency. Currency-indexed securities also may have prices that depend on the values of a number of different foreign currencies relative to each other.

The performance of indexed securities depends to a great extent on the performance of the security, currency, commodity or other instrument to which they are indexed, and also may be influenced by interest rate changes in the United States and abroad. At the same time, indexed securities are subject to the credit risks associated with the issuer of the security, and their values may decline substantially if the issuer’s creditworthiness deteriorates. Recent issuers of indexed securities have included banks, corporations, and certain U.S. Government agencies.

Master Limited Partnerships

The Fund may invest in master limited partnerships (“MLPs”), which are limited partnerships in which ownership units are publicly traded. MLPs often own or own interests in properties or businesses that are related to oil and gas industries, including pipelines, although MLPs may invest in other types of investments, including credit-related investments. Generally, an MLP is operated under the supervision of one or more managing general partners. Limited partners (like the Fund when it invests in an MLP) are not involved in the day-to-day management of the partnership. The Fund also may invest in companies who serve (or whose affiliates serve) as the general partner of an MLP.

Investments in MLPs are generally subject to many of the risks that apply to partnerships. For example, holders of the units of MLPs may have limited control and limited voting rights on matters affecting the partnership. There may be fewer corporate protections afforded investors in an MLP than investors in a corporation. Conflicts of interest may exist among unit holders, subordinated unit holders and the general partner of an MLP, including those arising from incentive distribution payments. MLPs that concentrate in a particular industry or region are subject to risks associated with such industry or region. MLPs holding credit-related investments are subject to interest rate risk and the risk of default on payment obligations by debt issuers. Investments held by MLPs may be illiquid. MLP units may trade infrequently and in limited volume, and they may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than securities of larger or more broadly based companies.

The Fund may also hold investments in limited liability companies that have many of the same characteristics and are subject to many of the same risks as master limited partnerships.

The manner and extent of the Fund’s investments in MLPs and limited liability companies may be limited by its intention to qualify as a RIC under the Code, and any such investments by the Fund may adversely affect the ability of the Fund to so qualify. Subject to any future regulatory guidance to the contrary, any distribution of income attributable to qualified publicly traded partnership income from the Fund’s investment in an MLP will ostensibly not qualify for the deduction that would be available to a non-corporate shareholder were the shareholder to own such MLP directly.

Bank Capital Securities

The Fund may invest in bank capital securities of both non-U.S. (foreign) and U.S. issuers. Bank capital securities may be issued by banks to help fulfill their regulatory capital requirements. Bank capital securities may be of any credit quality. Bank capital securities may include, among other investments, fixed-maturity dated subordinated notes; hybrid securities with characteristics of both debt obligations and preferred stocks; perpetual callable securities with no maturity date and a cumulative interest deferral feature, which permits the issuer bank to withhold payment of interest until a later undetermined date; and convertible debt securities that can be converted at the issuer’s option to equity securities. Investments in bank capital securities are subject to the risks of other debt investments, such as default and non-payment, as well as certain other risks, such as the risk that bank regulators may force the bank to dissolve, merge, restructure its capitalization or take other actions intended to prevent its failure or ensure its orderly resolution. Bank regulators in certain jurisdictions have broad authorities they may use to prevent the failure of banking institutions or to stabilize the banking industry, all of which may adversely affect the values of investments in bank capital securities and other bank obligations, including those of other banks.

Litigation

The Fund or the Adviser on behalf of the Fund may participate in bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar proceedings relating to securities held by the Fund and join creditors’ committees to preserve and pursue the Fund’s rights. Further, the

 

64


Table of Contents

Adviser or the Fund may, on occasion, initiate litigation against an issuer or related parties in connection with securities presently or previously held by the Fund (whether by opting out of an existing class action lawsuit or otherwise). There can be no assurance of any recovery in any such proceeding and there may be significant delay in achieving any recovery. The Fund will bear its own costs in pursuing such actions, including, potentially, retaining counsel to represent the Fund on a contingency or other fee basis. The Fund may encounter substantial difficulties in obtaining and enforcing judgments against individuals and companies located in certain foreign jurisdictions. It may be difficult or impossible to obtain or enforce remedies against governments, their agencies and sponsored entities. The Fund could be subject to claims against it and any litigation it pursues could result in counterclaims against it, all of which could adversely affect the Fund.

Tax Considerations

The requirements for qualification and treatment as a regulated investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes limit the extent to which the Fund may invest in certain securities and transactions described above. In addition, the Fund’s utilization of certain investment instruments may alter the character and timing of income attributable to the Fund relative to other means of achieving similar investment exposure. In certain circumstances, accelerated attribution of income may require the Fund to sell assets in order to meet regulated investment company distribution requirements even when investment considerations make such sales otherwise undesirable. For more information concerning these requirements and the taxation of investments, see “Tax Matters” below.

Legal and Regulatory Risk

Legal, tax and regulatory changes could occur and may adversely affect the Fund and its ability to pursue its investment strategies and/or increase the costs of implementing such strategies. New (or revised) laws or regulations may be imposed by the CFTC, the SEC, the IRS, the U.S. Federal Reserve or other banking regulators, other governmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations that supervise the financial markets that could adversely affect the Fund. In particular, these agencies are implementing a variety of new rules pursuant to financial reform legislation in the United States. The EU and some other countries are implementing similar requirements. The Fund also may be adversely affected by changes in the enforcement or interpretation of existing statutes and rules by these governmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations.

In addition, the securities and futures markets are subject to comprehensive statutes, regulations and margin requirements. The CFTC, the SEC, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, other regulators and self-regulatory organizations and exchanges are authorized under these statutes, regulations and otherwise to take extraordinary actions in the event of market emergencies. The Fund and the Adviser have historically been eligible for exemptions from certain regulations. However, there is no assurance that the Fund and the Adviser will continue to be eligible for such exemptions.

The CFTC and certain futures exchanges have established limits, referred to as “position limits,” on the maximum net long or net short positions which any person may hold or control in particular options and futures contracts. The CFTC has proposed position limits for certain swaps. All positions owned or controlled by the same person or entity, even if in different accounts, may be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the applicable position limits have been exceeded. Thus, even if the Fund does not intend to exceed applicable position limits, it is possible that different clients managed by the Adviser and its related parties may be aggregated for this purpose. Therefore it is possible that the trading decisions of the Adviser may have to be modified and that positions held by the Fund may have to be liquidated in order to avoid exceeding such limits. The modification of investment decisions or the elimination of open positions, if it occurs, may adversely affect the performance of the Fund.

The SEC has in the past adopted interim rules requiring reporting of all short positions above a certain de minimis threshold and may adopt rules requiring monthly public disclosure in the future. In addition, other non-U.S. jurisdictions where the Fund may trade have adopted reporting requirements. If the Fund’s short positions or its strategy become generally known, it could have a significant effect on the Adviser’s ability to implement its investment strategy. In particular, it would make it more likely that other investors could cause a short squeeze in the securities held short by the Fund forcing the Fund to cover its positions at a loss. Such reporting requirements may also limit the Adviser’s ability to access management and other personnel at certain companies where the Adviser seeks to take a short position. In addition, if other investors engage in copycat behavior by taking positions in the same issuers as the Fund, the cost of borrowing securities to sell short could increase drastically and the availability of such securities to the Fund could decrease drastically. Such events could make the Fund unable to execute its investment strategy. In addition, if the SEC were to adopt restrictions regarding short sales, they could restrict the Fund’s ability to engage in short sales in certain circumstances, and the Fund may be unable to execute its investment strategies as a result.

 

65


Table of Contents

The SEC and regulatory authorities in other jurisdictions may adopt (and in certain cases, have adopted) bans on short sales of certain securities in response to market events. Bans on short selling may make it impossible for the Fund to execute certain investment strategies and may have a material adverse effect on the Fund’s ability to generate returns.

Rules implementing the credit risk retention requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act for asset-backed securities require the sponsor of certain securitization vehicles (or a majority owned affiliate of such sponsor) to retain, and to refrain from transferring, selling, conveying to a third party, or hedging the credit risk on a portion of the assets transferred, sold, or conveyed through the issuance of the asset-backed securities of such vehicle, subject to certain exceptions. These requirements may increase the costs to originators, securitizers, and, in certain cases, collateral managers of securitization vehicles in which the Fund may invest, which costs could be passed along to the Fund as an investor in such vehicles. In addition, the costs imposed by the risk retention rules on originators, securitizers and/or collateral managers may result in a reduction of the number of new offerings of asset-backed securities and thus in fewer investment opportunities for the Fund. A reduction in the number of new securitizations could also reduce liquidity in the markets for certain types of financial assets that are typically held by securitization vehicles, which in turn could negatively affect the returns on the Fund’s investment in asset-backed securities.

Investors should also be aware that some EU-regulated institutions (including banks, certain investment firms, and authorized managers of alternative investment funds) are restricted from investing in securitizations (including U.S.-related securitizations), unless, in summary: (i) the institution is able to demonstrate that it has undertaken certain due diligence in respect of various matters, including its investment position, the underlying assets, and (in the case of authorized managers of alternative investment funds) the sponsor and the originator of the securitization; and (ii) the originator, sponsor, or original lender of the securitization has explicitly disclosed to the institution that it will retain, on an ongoing basis, a net economic interest of not less than 5% of specified credit risk tranches or asset exposures related to the securitization. In addition, in respect of securitization transactions the securities of which are issued on or after January 1, 2019 and to any securitization that creates new securitization positions on or after January 1, 2019, there is a direct requirement on the originator, sponsor or original lender of the securitization to make the required credit risk retention (in each case to the extent such entities are established in the European Union). The costs of compliance, in the case of any securitization within the EU risk retention rules in which the Fund has invested or is seeking to invest, could be indirectly borne by the Fund and the other investors in the securitization.

Subsidiaries

The Fund may execute its strategy by investing through one or more Subsidiaries. The Fund will treat a Subsidiary’s assets as assets of the Fund for purposes of determining compliance with various provisions of the 1940 Act applicable to the Fund, including those relating to investment policies (Section 8), capital structure and leverage (Section 18) and transactions with affiliated persons and custody (Section 17). In addition, DoubleLine and the Fund’s Board intend to comply with the provisions of Section 15 of the 1940 Act with respect to the Subsidiary’s investment advisory contract. The Fund does not currently intend to sell or transfer all or any portion of its ownership interest in any Subsidiary. The Fund reserves the right to establish additional Subsidiaries through which the Fund may execute its strategy.

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

The Board is responsible for overseeing the management and operations of the Fund. The Board approves all significant agreements between the Fund and the persons or companies that furnish services to the Fund, including agreements with its distributor, investment manager, administrator, custodian and transfer agent.

Role of the Board of Trustees, Leadership Structure and Risk Oversight

The Board of the Fund consists of three Trustees, two of whom are not considered to be “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund (the “Independent Trustees”). Tables containing required information about the Trustees are found on page 68 of this SAI. The Board is responsible for overseeing the management and operations of the Fund, including general supervision of the duties performed by the Adviser and other service providers to the Fund. The Adviser and the Fund’s administrator are responsible for the day-to-day management and administration of the Fund.

 

66


Table of Contents

The Chairman of the Board, Mr. Ronald R. Redell, also serves as Chairman of the Board of DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund and DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund as well as President of DoubleLine Funds Trust and as an executive of the Adviser and, as such, he participates in the oversight of the Fund’s day-to-day business affairs. Mr. Redell is an “interested person” of the Fund due to his positions with and ownership interests in the Adviser as well as his investment holdings in securities issued by Morgan Stanley, Wells Fargo and Bank of America.

A portion of each regular meeting of the Board is devoted to an executive session of the Independent Trustees at which no members of management or the Fund’s administrator are present. At those meetings, the Independent Trustees consider a variety of matters that are required by law to be considered by the Independent Trustees, as well as matters that are scheduled to come before the full Board, including fund governance, fund management, and leadership issues, and are advised by independent legal counsel.

The Board has established an Audit Committee in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), consisting of the Independent Trustees. The Audit Committee makes recommendations to the Board concerning the selection of the independent auditors and reviews with the auditors the results of the annual audit, including the scope of auditing procedures, the adequacy of internal controls and compliance by the Fund with the accounting and financial reporting requirements of the 1940 Act. Because the Fund is newly organized, the committee members did not meet during the prior fiscal year.

The Board has a Qualified Legal Compliance Committee (“QLCC”), consisting of the Independent Trustees. The QLCC receives, reviews and takes appropriate action with respect to any report made or referred to the QLCC by an attorney of evidence of a material violation of applicable U.S. federal or state securities law, material breach of a fiduciary duty under U.S. federal or state law or a similar material violation by the Fund or by any officer, director, employee, or agent of the Fund. Because the Fund is newly organized, the committee members did not meet during the prior fiscal year.

The Board has a Nominating Committee consisting of Trustees who are Independent Trustees. The members of the Fund’s Nominating Committee are the Independent Trustees. The Nominating Committee makes recommendations to the Board regarding nominations for membership on the Board as an independent trustee. Based on, among other things, information provided by management of the Fund, the Nominating Committee periodically reviews trustee compensation and recommends any changes it deems appropriate to the Independent Trustees. The Nominating Committee will also consider potential trustee candidates recommended by shareholders provided that the proposed candidates satisfy the trustee qualification requirements provided in the Fund’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, as amended (the “Declaration”), and the “Procedures for Shareholders to Submit Nominee Candidates,” which are set forth as Appendix A to the Fund’s Nominating Committee Charter and attached as Appendix A to this Statement of Additional Information. Because the Fund is newly organized, the committee members did not meet during the prior fiscal year.

Although not a Committee of the Board, the Fund has a Valuation Committee that, among other things, implements or oversees certain aspects of the Fund’s Pricing and Valuation Policy. The Valuation Committee consists of one or more persons, typically employees of the Adviser, who have been authorized by the Board to make fair value determinations on a day-to-day basis with respect to Fund holdings when market prices are not readily available or are considered unreliable in accordance with Board approved valuation procedures.

The Board believes that each Trustee’s experience, qualifications, attributes or skills on an individual basis and in combination with those of the other Trustees lead to the conclusion that the Board possesses the requisite skills and attributes to carry out its oversight responsibilities with respect to the Fund. The Board believes that the Trustees’ ability to review, critically evaluate, question, and discuss information provided to them, to interact effectively with the Adviser, other service providers, counsel and independent auditors, and to exercise effective business judgment in the performance of its duties, support this conclusion. The Board also has considered the following experience, qualifications, attributes and/or skills, among others, of its members in reaching its conclusion: (i) such person’s business and professional experience and accomplishments, including prior experience in the financial services and investment management fields or on other boards; (ii) such person’s ability to work effectively with the other members of the Board; (iii) how the individual’s skills, experiences, and attributes would contribute to an appropriate mix of relevant skills and experience on the Board; (iv) such person’s character and integrity; (v) such person’s willingness to serve and willingness and ability to commit the time necessary to perform the duties of a Trustee; and (vi) as to each Trustee other than Mr. Redell, his status as an Independent Trustee. In addition, the following specific experience, qualifications, attributes and/or skills were

 

67


Table of Contents

considered in respect of the listed Trustee: Mr. Ciprari, significant experience serving in the investment banking industry and as a senior executive at an investment bank; Mr. Salter, significant experience and familiarity with securities markets and financial matters generally; Mr. Woolson, significant financial consulting, fund accounting, and fund administration experience; and Mr. Redell, significant experience and service in the investment management industry and as a senior executive at an investment advisory firm. References to the experience, qualifications, attributes, and skills of Trustees are pursuant to requirements of the SEC, do not constitute holding out of the Board or any Trustee as having any special expertise or experience, and shall not impose any greater responsibility or liability on any such person or on the Board by reason thereof.

The Board has determined that its leadership structure is appropriate given the business and nature of the Fund, including: (i) the extensive oversight provided by the Adviser, of which Mr. Redell is an executive; (ii) the extent to which the Independent Trustees meet as needed, together with their independent legal counsel, in the absence of members of management and members of the Board who are “interested persons” of the Fund; and (iii) the leadership role of the lead Independent Trustee. The Board reviews its structure on an annual basis.

In its oversight role, the Board and/or its Committees receive and review reports from the Fund’s officers, including, but not limited to, the President, Chief Compliance Officer and Treasurer, DoubleLine portfolio management personnel and other senior personnel of DoubleLine, the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm, and the Fund’s third-party service providers with respect to a variety of matters, including matters that relate to the operations of the Fund, including related risks.

The function of the Board with respect to risk management is one of periodic oversight and not active involvement in, or coordination of, day-to-day risk management activities for the Fund. The Adviser’s personnel seek to identify and address risks, i.e., events or circumstances that could have material adverse effects on the business, operations, shareholder services, investment performance or reputation of the Fund.

Under the general oversight of the Board or the applicable Committee of the Board, the Fund, the Adviser, and other service providers to the Fund employ a variety of processes, procedures, and controls to identify such possible events or circumstances, to lessen the probability of their occurrence and/or to mitigate the effects of such events or circumstances if they do occur. The Board recognizes, however, that not all risks that may affect the Fund can be identified, that it may not be practical or cost-effective to eliminate or mitigate certain risks, that it may be necessary to bear certain risks (such as investment-related risks) to achieve the Fund’s goals, and that the processes, procedures, and controls employed to address certain risks may be limited in their effectiveness. Moreover, reports received by the Trustees that may relate to risk management matters are typically summaries of the relevant information. There is no assurance that the Board’s operations or leadership structure will identify, prevent, or mitigate risks in actual practice.

The name, year of birth and principal occupations for the past five years of the Trustees and officers of the Fund are listed below, along with the number of portfolios in the fund complex(1) overseen by and the other directorships held by each Trustee. The business address for each Trustee and each officer of the Fund is c/o DoubleLine Capital LP, 333 South Grand Avenue, Suite 1800, Los Angeles, CA 90071.

INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES

 

Name

and Year
of Birth

   Position
with
the Fund
  

Term of Office

And Length of

Time Served

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

  

Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee(1)

  

Other

Directorships

Held

by Trustee
During Past
5 Years

Joseph J. Ciprari

1964

   Trustee    Class II (2022)/ Since Inception    President, Remo Consultants, a real estate financial consulting firm. Formerly, Managing Director, UBS AG. Formerly, Managing Director, Ally Securities LLC.    22    None

 

68


Table of Contents

Name

and Year
of Birth

   Position
with
the Fund
  

Term of Office

And Length of

Time Served

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

  

Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee(1)

  

Other

Directorships

Held

by Trustee
During Past
5 Years

John C. Salter

1957

   Trustee    Class III (2023)/ Since Inception    Partner, Stark Municipal Brokers. Formerly, Managing Director, Municipals, Tullet Prebon Financial Services LLC (d/b/a Chapdelaine). Formerly, Partner, Stark, Salter & Smith, a securities brokerage firm specializing in tax exempt bonds.    22    None

 

INTERESTED TRUSTEE

 

The following Trustee is an “interested person” of the Fund as defined in the 1940 Act because he is an officer of the Adviser.

Name

and Year
of Birth

  

Positions

with

the Fund

  

Term of Office

And Length of

Time Served

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

       Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee(1)
      

Other

Directorships

Held

by Trustee
During Past
5 Years

Ronald R. Redell

1970

   Trustee,
Chairman
of the
Board,
President
and Chief
Executive
Officer
   Class I (2021)/Since Inception    Trustee, Chairman, President, and Chief Executive Officer, DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund (since January 2013); President, DoubleLine Group LP (since January 2019 and Executive from January 2013 to January 2019); Trustee, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund (since July 2011); Executive, DoubleLine Capital (since July 2010); President, DoubleLine Funds Trust (since January 2010).      22      None

 

 

 

(1) 

The term “Fund Complex” as used herein includes the Fund and the following registered investment companies: DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund, DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund, each series of DoubleLine Funds Trust.

EXPECTED ADDITIONAL INDEPENDENT TRUSTEE

The Board currently expects to appoint Raymond B. Woolson as an Independent Trustee immediately following completion of the offering of the Fund’s Common Shares. When so appointed, Mr. Woolson is expected to serve as the Lead Independent Trustee and as a member and the Chairperson of the Fund’s Audit Committee, the QLCC and the Nominating Committee. The following table provides additional information regarding Mr. Woolson.

 

Name

and Year

of Birth

  

Positions
Expected to be
Held

with
the Fund

  

Expected Term of
Office

And Length of

Time Served

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

      

Number of

Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Expected to be

Overseen

by Trustee(1)

      

Other

Directorships
Held

by Trustee
During Past
5 Years

Raymond B. Woolson*

1958

   Trustee    Class I (2021)/
Since Inception
   President, Apogee Group, Inc., a company providing financial consulting services.      22     

Independent

Trustee,

Advisors

Series Trust

(an open-end

investment

company with

39 portfolios)

 

 

 

*

The Board currently expects to appoint Mr. Woolson as an Independent Trustee of the Fund immediately following the completion of the offering of the Fund’s Common Shares.

 

(1)

The term “Fund Complex” as used herein includes the Fund and the following registered investment companies: DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund, DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund, each series of DoubleLine Funds Trust.

 

69


Table of Contents

OFFICERS

 

Name

And Year of Birth

  

Position(s)

Held with

the Fund

  

Term of Office

And Length of

Time Served

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

Henry V. Chase

1949

   Treasurer and Principal Financial and Accounting Officer    Indefinite/Since January 2020    Treasurer and Principal Financial and Accounting Officer, DoubleLine Funds Trust (since January 2020); Treasurer and Principal Financial and Accounting Officer, DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund (since January 2020); Treasurer and Principal Financial and Accounting Officer, DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund (since January 2020); Chief Financial Officer, DoubleLine Capital (since January 2013); Vice President, DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund (since Inception); Vice President, DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund (since May 2019); Vice President, DoubleLine Funds Trust (since May 2019); Vice President, DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund (since May 2019).

Youse Guia

1972

   Chief Compliance Officer    Indefinite/ Since Inception    Chief Compliance Officer, DoubleLine Capital (since March 2018); Chief Compliance Officer, DoubleLine Equity LP (since March 2018); Chief Compliance Officer, DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund (since March 2018); Chief Compliance Officer, DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund (since March 2018). Formerly, Executive Vice President and Deputy Chief Compliance Officer, Pacific Investment Management Company LLC (“PIMCO”) (from April 2014 to February 2018); Chief Compliance Officer, PIMCO Managed Accounts Trust (from September 2014 to February 2018); Chief Compliance Officer, PIMCO-sponsored closed-end funds (from September 2014 to February 2018); Chief Compliance Officer, PIMCO Flexible Credit Income Fund (from February 2017 to February 2018). Formerly, Head of Compliance, Allianz Global Investors U.S. Holdings LLC (from October 2012 to March 2014); Chief Compliance Officer, Allianz Funds, Allianz Multi-Strategy Trust, Allianz Global Investors Sponsored Closed-End Funds, Premier Multi-Series VIT and The Korea Fund, Inc. (from October 2004 to December 2013).

Winnie Han

1988

   Assistant Treasurer    Indefinite/ Since Inception    Assistant Treasurer, DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund (since May 2017); Assistant Treasurer, DoubleLine Funds Trust (since May 2017); Assistant Treasurer, DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund (since May 2017); Assistant Treasurer, DoubleLine Capital (since March 2017); Formerly, Investment Accounting Supervisor, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. (June 2016 to March 2017); Formerly, Manager, PricewaterhouseCoopers (January 2011 to June 2016).

Cris Santa Ana

1965

   Vice President and Secretary    Indefinite/ Since Inception    Secretary, DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund (since July 2018); Secretary, DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund (since July 2018); Secretary, DoubleLine Funds Trust (since July 2018); Vice President, DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund (since January 2013); Vice President, DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund (since July 2011); Vice President, DoubleLine Funds Trust (since April 2011); Chief Risk Officer, DoubleLine Capital (since June 2010). Formerly, Chief Operating Officer, DoubleLine Capital (from December 2009 through May 2010).

 

70


Table of Contents

Name

And Year of Birth

  

Position(s)

Held with

the Fund

  

Term of Office

And Length of

Time Served

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

Earl A. Lariscy

1966

   Vice President    Indefinite/ Since Inception    Vice President and Assistant Secretary, DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund (since January 2013); Vice President, DoubleLine Funds Trust (since May 2012); Vice President and Assistant Secretary, DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund (since May 2012 and inception, respectively); General Counsel, DoubleLine Capital (since April 2010).

David Kennedy

1964

   Vice President    Indefinite/ Since Inception    Vice President, DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund (since January 2013); Vice President, DoubleLine Funds Trust (since May 2012); Vice President, DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund (since May 2012); Manager, Trading and Settlements, DoubleLine Capital (since December 2009).

Patrick A. Townzen

1978

   Vice President    Indefinite/Since Inception    Vice President, DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund (since January 2013); Vice President, DoubleLine Funds Trust (since September 2012); Vice President, DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund (since September 2012); Director of Operations, DoubleLine Capital (since March 2018). Formerly, Manager of Operations, DoubleLine Capital (from September 2012 to March 2018).

Brady J. Femling

1987

   Vice President    Indefinite/Since Inception    Senior Fund Accountant, DoubleLine Capital (Since April 2013). Fund Accounting Supervisor, ALPS Fund Services (From October 2009 to April 2013).

Neal L. Zalvan

1973

   AML Officer and Vice President    Indefinite/Since Inception    Anti-Money Laundering Officer, DoubleLine Funds Trust (since May 2016); Anti-Money Laundering Officer, DoubleLine Capital, DoubleLine Equity LP and DoubleLine Alternatives LP (since March 2016); Legal/Compliance, DoubleLine Group LP (since January 2013); Legal/Compliance, Batterymarch Financial Management, Inc. (From June 2011 to December 2012).

Jeffrey J. Sherman

1977

   Vice President    Indefinite/Since Inception    Deputy Chief Investment Officer, DoubleLine (since June 2016); President and Portfolio Manager, DoubleLine Alternatives (since April 2015 and May 2015, respectively); Vice President, DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund (since January 2013); Vice President, DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund (since July 2011); Portfolio Manager, DoubleLine Capital (since September 2010); Fixed Income Asset Allocation, DoubleLine Capital LP (since December 2009).

 

71


Table of Contents

Name

And Year of Birth

  

Position(s)

Held with

the Fund

  

Term of Office

And Length of

Time Served

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

Adam D. Rossetti

1978

   Vice President    Indefinite/Since Inception    Vice President, DoubleLine Funds Trust (since February 2019); Vice President, DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund (since February 2019); Vice President, DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund (since February 2019); Chief Compliance Officer, DoubleLine Alternatives LP (since June 2015); Legal/Compliance, DoubleLine Group LP (since April 2015). Formerly, Chief Compliance Officer, DoubleLine Capital (from August 2017 to March 2018); Chief Compliance Officer, DoubleLine Equity LP (from August 2017 to March 2018); Chief Compliance Officer, DoubleLine Funds Trust (from August 2017 to March 2018); Chief Compliance Officer, DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund (from August 2017 to March 2018); Chief Compliance Officer, DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund (from August 2017 to March 2018); Vice President and Counsel, PIMCO (from April 2012 to April 2015).

Grace Walker

1970

   Vice President    Indefinite/Since January 2020    Vice President, DoubleLine Funds Trust (since January 2020); Vice President, DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund (since January 2020); Vice President, DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund (since January 2020); Treasurer, DoubleLine Funds (Luxembourg) and DoubleLine Cayman Unit Trust (since March 2017). Formerly, Assistant Treasurer, DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund (from January 2013 to May 2017); Assistant Treasurer, DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund (from March 2012 to May 2017); Assistant Treasurer, DoubleLine Funds Trust (from March 2012 to May 2017).

Dawn Oswald

1980

   Vice President    Indefinite/Since January 2020    Vice President, DoubleLine Funds Trust (since January 2020); Vice President, DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund (since January 2020); Vice President, DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund (since January 2020); Pricing Manager, DoubleLine Capital (since January 2018). Formerly, Operations Specialist, DoubleLine Capital (from July 2016 to January 2018). Global Securities Fixed Income Valuation Senior Analyst, Capital Group (from April 2015 to July 2016). Global Securities Fair Valuation Analyst, Capital Group (from January 2010 to April 2015).

Securities Ownership

None of the Trustees own beneficially or of record any shares of the Fund. The following table provides information regarding the aggregate amount of equity securities held by each Trustee in all registered investment companies in the Fund complex as of December 31, 2019:

 

Name of Trustee

  

Dollar Range of Equity Securities
in the Fund

  

Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in

All Registered Investment Companies Overseen

by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies

Independent Trustees

     

Joseph J. Ciprari

   None    Over $100,000

John C. Salter

   None    Over $100,000

Raymond B. Woolson*

   None    Over $100,000

Interested Trustee

     

Ronald R. Redell

   None    Over $100,000

 

*

The Board currently expects to appoint Mr. Woolson as an Independent Trustee immediately following completion of the offering of the Fund’s Common Shares.

For Independent Trustees and their immediate family members, the following table provides information regarding each class of securities owned beneficially in an investment adviser or principal underwriter of the Fund, or a person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with an investment adviser or principal underwriter of the Fund as of December 31, 2019:

 

Name of Trustee

   Name of Owners
and Relationships
to Trustee
   Company    Title of
Class
   Value of
Securities
   Percent
of
Class

Joseph J. Ciprari

   None    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A

John C. Salter

   None    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A

Raymond B. Woolson*

   None    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A

 

*

The Board currently expects to appoint Mr. Woolson as an Independent Trustee immediately following completion of the offering of the Fund’s Common Shares.

As of December 31, 2019, the Fund’s officers and Trustees as a group owned less than 1% of the outstanding Common Shares.

 

72


Table of Contents

Except as noted below in the table, to the Fund’s knowledge, no persons owned of record 5% or more of any class of shares of the Fund. The following information is provided as of December 31, 2019.

 

Shareholder

  

Number of
Common Shares

  

Percentage of the
Fund’s outstanding
shares as of
December 31, 2019

DoubleLine Asset Management Company LLC (“DAMCO”)1

   5,000    100%

Jeffrey E. Gundlach(1)

   5,000    100%
(1)

Through Mr. Gundlach’s indirect interest in DAMCO, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Adviser, Mr. Gundlach may also be deemed to control the Fund until such time as DAMCO owns less than 25% of the outstanding Common Shares, which is expected to occur as of the completion of the offering of Common Shares.

Compensation

The following table illustrates the estimated compensation to be paid to each current Trustee by the Fund and the Fund Complex for the fiscal year ending September 30, 2020.

 

Name of Trustee

  

Estimated
Compensation
from the Fund*

  

Pension or
Retirement
Benefits Accrued as
Part of Fund
Expenses

  

Estimated Annual
Benefits Upon
Retirement

  

Total
Compensation
from the Fund and
Fund
Complex(1)  Paid to
the Trustees

Joseph J. Ciprari

   $48,000    N/A    N/A    $413,000

John C. Salter

   $48,000    N/A    N/A    $413,000

Raymond B. Woolson**

   $48,000    N/A    N/A    $459,600

 

(1) 

The term “Fund Complex” as used herein includes the Fund and the following registered investment companies: DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund, DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund, each series of DoubleLine Funds Trust.

 

*

Because the Fund has not completed its first full fiscal year, compensation is estimated based upon future payments to be made by the Fund during the current fiscal year.

**

The Board currently expects to appoint Mr. Woolson as an Independent Trustee immediately following completion of the offering of the Fund’s Common Shares.

The Fund has not adopted a retirement policy for Trustees

The following table illustrates the annual compensation paid to each Trustee who is not an employee of the Adviser or its affiliates for his services as Trustee of the Fund, DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund, DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund, and DoubleLine Funds Trust (collectively, the “DoubleLine Funds”) and, if applicable, the compensation paid to a Trustee for his service as the Audit Committee Chair and/or the lead Independent Trustee (such compensation being in addition to the fees received for serving on the Boards) of the Boards of the DoubleLine Funds, DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund, and DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund. Mr. Redell does not receive any compensation from the Fund for serving as an Interested Trustee or officer of the Fund. Compensation is paid on a quarterly basis.

 

Position

  

Annual Compensation from the Fund and the Fund Complex

Trustee

   $413,000

Audit Committee Chair

   $21,600

Lead Independent Trustee

   $25,000

The fees shown above represent aggregate compensation for serving as a Trustee of the Fund, DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund, DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund, and each of the series of DoubleLine Funds Trust. The Fund will also reimburse the Trustees for travel and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of the Trustees. Trustees do not receive any pension or retirement benefits as a result of their service as a trustee of the Fund. Trustees and officers who are employed by the Adviser or an affiliated company thereof do not receive any compensation or expense reimbursement from the Fund.

 

73


Table of Contents

Code of Ethics

Both the Fund and the Adviser have adopted a joint code of ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act (the “Code of Ethics”). While the Code of Ethics permits personnel subject thereto to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Fund, they also subject such personnel, other than Trustees of the Fund that are not interested persons of the Fund within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act, to a number of procedures and prohibitions with respect to investment activities. These procedures include (1) reporting, including on a quarterly and annual basis, of accounts, position and transaction information, other than positions in certain securities that are excluded from the reporting requirements of Rule 17j-1(d); (2) pre-clearance of securities transactions other than transactions in certain excluded securities and other than certain exclusions based on de minimis trade sizes; and (3) a pre-approval requirement with respect to the purchase of any securities in a private placement, initial public offering or limited offering. The Code of Ethics also prohibits the investment by subject personnel in (1) any security on the Adviser’s list of restricted securities; (2) uncovered short sales; and (3) uncovered options. Additional restrictions and prohibitions also apply to certain investment personnel subject to the Code of Ethics, including portfolio managers.

The code of ethics will be filed as an exhibit to the Fund’s registration statement and will be available on the EDGAR database of the Commission’s website at www.sec.gov. In addition, copies of the code of ethics may be obtained, after mailing the appropriate duplicating fee, by e-mail request to publicinfo@sec.gov.

INVESTMENT MANAGER

The Fund and the Adviser are parties to an Investment Management Agreement (“Investment Management Agreement”). DoubleLine Capital was organized in 2009 as a Delaware limited liability company, and was converted into a Delaware limited partnership on December 23, 2009. The general partner of DoubleLine Capital is DoubleLine Capital GP LLC, an entity that is wholly owned by Jeffrey E. Gundlach. As a result, Mr. Gundlach may be deemed to control DoubleLine Capital. As of December 31, 2019, DoubleLine Capital had approximately $148.4 billion of assets under management. All investment personnel of DoubleLine Capital are employees of DoubleLine Group LP and provide services to DoubleLine Capital pursuant to contractual arrangements. The general partner of DoubleLine Group LP is DoubleLine Capital GP LLC, an entity that is wholly owned by Jeffrey E. Gundlach. As a result, Mr. Gundlach may be deemed to control DoubleLine Group LP. Under the Investment Management Agreement, the Fund retains the Adviser to manage the investment of its assets, to place orders for the purchase and sale of its portfolio securities, to administer its day-to-day operations, and to be responsible for overall management of the Trust’s business affairs subject to the oversight of the Board of the Fund. The Adviser is responsible for obtaining and evaluating economic, statistical, and financial data and for formulating and implementing investment programs in furtherance of the Fund’s investment objective.

Investment Advisory Services

The Adviser furnishes to the Fund office space and equipment, provides certain bookkeeping and clerical services, and pays all salaries, fees, and expenses of officers and Trustees of the Fund who are officers or employees of the Adviser.

The Adviser will receive an annual fee, computed and paid monthly, in an amount equal to 1.35% of the Fund’s average daily total managed assets. “Total managed assets” means the total assets of the Fund (including assets attributable to any reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions, or similar transactions, borrowings, and preferred shares that may be outstanding) minus accrued liabilities (other than liabilities in respect of reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions, or similar transactions, and borrowings). For purposes of calculating “total managed assets,” the liquidation preference of any preferred shares outstanding is not considered a liability. With respect to any reverse repurchase agreement, dollar roll or similar transaction, “total managed assets” includes any proceeds from the sale of an asset of the Fund to a counterparty in such a transaction, in addition to the value of the asset subject to the reverse repurchase agreement or dollar roll transaction, as of the relevant measuring date. Cash and cash equivalents are included when calculating the Fund’s total managed assets. For purposes of calculating total managed assets, the Fund’s derivative investments generally will be valued based on their market value (i.e., the notional value of such investments will not be used for purposes of calculating total managed assets). The average daily total managed assets of the Fund for any month is determined by taking an average of all of the determinations of total managed assets during such month at the close of business on each business day during such month.

 

74


Table of Contents

Except for expenses specifically assumed by the Adviser under the Investment Management Agreement or otherwise, the Fund bears all expenses incurred in its operations including, without limitation, (a) all costs and expenses incident to the public offering of securities of the Fund not otherwise assumed by the Adviser, including those relating to the registration of its securities under the Securities Act and any filings required under state securities laws and any fees payable in connection therewith; (b) the charges and expenses of any custodian(s) appointed by the Fund for the safekeeping of the cash, portfolio securities, and other property of the Fund; (c) the charges and expenses of independent accountants; (d) the charges and expenses of any stock transfer and dividend disbursing agent or agents and registrar or registrars appointed by the Fund; (e) the charges and expenses of any administrator appointed by the Fund to provide administrative services to the Fund; (f) the charges and expenses of any accounting and/or sub-accounting agent appointed by the Fund to provide accounting or sub-accounting services to the Fund; (g) the costs and expenses of any wholly-owned subsidiary of the Fund to the extent such costs or expenses are not directly borne by the subsidiary; (h) brokerage commissions, dealer spreads, and other costs incurred in connection with proposed or consummated portfolio securities transactions; (i) all taxes, including securities issuance and transfer taxes, and corporate fees payable by the Fund to federal, state, local, or other governmental agencies; (j) the cost and expense of printing and issuing certificates, if any, representing securities of the Fund; (k) fees involved in registering and maintaining registrations of the Fund under the 1940 Act; (l) all expenses of shareholders’ and Trustees’ meetings, and of preparing, printing, and mailing proxy statements and reports to shareholders; (m) fees and expenses of Trustees of the Fund who are not officers or employees of the Adviser or a non-investment company entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Adviser; (n) all fees and expenses incident to the Fund’s dividend reinvestment plan; (o) charges and expenses of legal counsel (or any other consultant or adviser) to the Fund or to the Independent Trustees of the Fund; (p) trade association dues; (q) costs, including dividend and/or interest expenses and other costs (including, without limitation, offering and related legal costs, fees to brokers, fees to auction or liquidity agents, fees to transfer agents, fees to rating agencies and fees to auditors associated with satisfying rating agency requirements for preferred shares or other senior securities issued by the Fund and other related requirements in the Fund’s organizational documents) associated with the Fund’s issuance, offering, redemption and maintenance of preferred shares or other senior securities; (r) any shareholder relations expense; (s) premiums for a fidelity bond and any errors and omissions insurance maintained by the Fund; and (t) any other ordinary or extraordinary expenses incurred by the Fund in the course of its business.

The Investment Management Agreement will continue in effect as to the Fund initially for two years and thereafter from year to year if such continuance is approved at least annually by (a) the Board or by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, and (b) vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees, cast in a manner consistent with the 1940 Act, and any applicable guidance or interpretations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff, at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Investment Management Agreement may be terminated without penalty at any time on not more than 60 days’ written notice, by the Board of the Fund or by affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Fund. The Adviser may at any time, without paying any penalty, terminate the Investment Management Agreement by not less than 60 days’ written notice to the Fund. The Investment Management Agreement terminates automatically in the event of its assignment.

The Investment Management Agreement also provides that in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of the Adviser, or reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under the Investment Management Agreement, the Adviser, including its officers, directors, and partners, shall not be subject to any liability to the Fund, or to any shareholder, officer, director, partner, or Trustee of the Fund, for any act or omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering services under the Investment Management Agreement.

Administrative Services

U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, with offices at 777 E. Wisconsin Avenue Milwaukee, WI 53202 and doing business as U.S. Bank Global Fund Services, (“USBGFS” or the “Administrator”) is the Fund’s administrator, fund accountant and transfer agent pursuant to a Master Services Agreement (the “Master Services Agreement”) among the Fund and USBGFS. As administrator, USBGFS provides certain services, including, among other things, certain compliance monitoring services; furnishing the Fund with various services required by the Fund’s operations; compiling data for and preparing filings or notices to the SEC; calculating the Fund’s daily NAV, providing pricing information and certain other financial data; preparing reports that are required by the securities, investment, tax or other laws and regulations of the United States; coordinating federal and state tax returns; monitoring the Fund’s expense accruals; and generally assisting in the overall operations of the Fund.

 

75


Table of Contents

U.S. Bank National Association (the “Custodian”), an affiliate of USBGFS, serves as custodian for the Fund and is responsible for maintaining custody of the Fund’s cash and investments. The Fund will pay USBGFS and the Custodian a combined aggregate asset based fee, payable monthly, at the annual rate of 0.02% of the Fund’s average total managed assets. For these purposes, the Fund’s average total managed assets will be calculated in the same manner as they are for purposes of calculating the fee payable under the investment management agreement (the “Investment Management Agreement”). See “Management of the Fund—Investment Management Agreement” in the Prospectus. The Fund will also pay the Custodian additional charges for transactions in book-entry securities, repurchase agreements, short sales, options, futures, mutual funds, margin variation, physical security transactions and segregated accounts and reimburse USBGFS and the Custodian for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in performing their duties under the Master Services Agreement and the Custody Agreement.

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

The following table sets forth certain additional information with respect to the portfolio managers for the Fund. Unless noted otherwise, all information is provided as of November 30, 2019.

Other Accounts Managed By Portfolio Managers

The table below identifies, for each portfolio manager, the number of accounts for which he or she has day-to-day management responsibilities and the total assets in such accounts, within each of the following categories: (i) the number of registered investment companies, pooled investment vehicles and other accounts managed by the portfolio manager; and (ii) the total assets of such companies, vehicles and accounts, and the number and total assets of such companies, vehicles and accounts with respect to which the advisory fee is based on performance.

 

    Performance Fee Accounts
Portfolio Manager   Registered
Investment
Companies
  Other Pooled
Investment
Vehicles
  Other Accounts   Registered
Investment
Companies
  Other Pooled
Investment
Vehicles
  Other Accounts
    # of
Accts
  Total
Assets
($B)
  # of
Accts
  Total
Assets
($B)
  # of
Accts
  Total
Assets
($B)
  # of
Accts
  Total
Assets
($)
  # of
Accts
  Total
Assets
($B)
  # of
Accts
  Total
Assets
($MM)
Jeffrey E. Gundlach   36   108.3   19   9.9   77   25.7   None   None   2   2.7   2   991
Jeffrey J. Sherman   23   43.2   8   3.3   18   11.2   None   None   None   None   None   None

Conflicts of Interest

From time to time, potential and actual conflicts of interest may arise between a portfolio manager’s management of the investments of the Fund, on the one hand, and the management of other accounts, on the other. Potential and actual conflicts of interest also may result because of the Adviser’s other business activities. Other accounts managed by a portfolio manager might have similar investment objectives or strategies as the Fund, be managed (benchmarked) against the same index that a portfolio investment of the Fund tracks, or otherwise hold, purchase, or sell securities that are eligible to be held, purchased or sold by the Fund. The other accounts might also have different investment objectives or strategies than the Fund.

Knowledge and Timing of Fund Trades. A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the portfolio managers’ management of the Fund. Because of their position with the Fund, the portfolio managers know the size, timing and possible market impact of the Fund’s trades. It is theoretically possible that the portfolio managers could use this information to the advantage of other accounts under management, and also theoretically possible that actions could be taken (or not taken) to the detriment of the Fund.

Investment Opportunities. A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the portfolio managers’ management of a number of accounts with varying investment guidelines. Often, an investment opportunity may be suitable for both the Fund and other accounts managed by the portfolio managers, but securities may not be available in sufficient quantities for both the Fund and the other accounts to participate fully. Similarly, there may be limited opportunity to sell an investment held by the Fund and another account. The Adviser has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities on a fair and equitable basis over time.

 

76


Table of Contents

Under the Adviser’s allocation procedures, investment opportunities are allocated among various investment strategies based on individual account investment guidelines, the Adviser’s investment outlook, cash availability and a series of other factors. The Adviser has also adopted additional internal practices to complement the general trade allocation policy that are designed to address potential conflicts of interest due to the side-by-side management of the Fund and certain pooled investment vehicles, including investment opportunity allocation issues.

Conflicts potentially limiting the Fund’s investment opportunities may also arise when the Fund and other clients of the Adviser invest in, or even conduct research relating to, different parts of an issuer’s capital structure, such as when the Fund owns senior debt obligations of an issuer and other clients own junior tranches of the same issuer. In such circumstances, decisions over whether to trigger an event of default, over the terms of any workout, or how to exit an investment may result in conflicts of interest. In order to minimize such conflicts, a portfolio manager may avoid certain investment opportunities that would potentially give rise to conflicts with other clients of the Adviser or result in the Adviser receiving material, non-public information, or the Adviser may enact internal procedures designed to minimize such conflicts, which could have the effect of limiting the Fund’s investment opportunities. Additionally, if the Adviser acquires material non-public confidential information in connection with its business activities for other clients, a portfolio manager or other investment personnel may be restricted from purchasing securities or selling certain securities for the Fund or other clients. When making investment decisions where a conflict of interest may arise, the Adviser will endeavor to act in a fair and equitable manner between the Fund and other clients; however, in certain instances the resolution of the conflict may result in the Adviser acting on behalf of another client in a manner that may not be in the best interest, or may be opposed to the best interest, of the Fund.

Investors in the Fund may also be advisory clients of the Adviser or the Fund may invest in a product managed or sponsored or otherwise affiliated with the Adviser. Accordingly, the Adviser may in the course of its business provide advice to advisory clients whose interests may conflict with those of the Fund, may render advice to the Fund that provides a direct or indirect benefit to the Adviser or a related party of the Adviser or may manage or advise a product in which the Fund is invested in such a way that would not be beneficial to the Fund. For example, the Adviser may advise a client who has invested in the Fund to sell its investment in the Fund, which may cause the market value of the Fund’s shares to decline. The Adviser could also, for example, make decisions with respect to a structured product managed or sponsored by the Adviser in a manner that could have adverse effects on investors in the product, including, potentially, the Fund. The Adviser and/or its related parties currently provide asset allocation investment advice, which may include recommending the purchase and/or sale of shares of the Fund, to another investment advisor which itself makes that advice available to a number of unaffiliated registered representatives, who then may provide identical or similar recommendations to their clients.

Broad and Wide-Ranging Activities. The portfolio managers, the Adviser and its related parties engage in a broad spectrum of activities. In the ordinary course of their business activities, the portfolio managers, the Adviser and its related parties may engage in activities where the interests of certain divisions of the Adviser and its related parties or the interests of their clients may conflict with the interests of the shareholders of the Fund.

Potential conflicts may be inherent in the Adviser’s use of multiple strategies. For example, conflicts will arise in cases where different clients (for purposes of this discussion, references to a “client” should be read to include potentially one or more of the DoubleLine Funds potentially as well as potentially other client accounts, including those in which the Adviser or its related persons and employees may have interests), invest in different parts of an issuer’s capital structure, including circumstances in which one or more clients may own securities or obligations of an issuer and other clients of the Adviser, may own or seek to acquire different securities of the same issuer. For example, the Fund may acquire a loan, loan participation or a loan assignment of a particular borrower in which one or more other clients of the Adviser have an equity investment, or may invest in senior debt obligations of an issuer for one client and junior debt obligations or equity of the same issuer for another client.

The Adviser may also, for example, direct a client to invest in a tranche of a structured finance vehicle, such as an MBS, CLO or CDO, where the Adviser is also, at the same or different time, directing another client to make investments in a different tranche of the same vehicle, which tranche’s interests may be adverse to other tranches. The Adviser may also cause a client to purchase from, or sell assets to, an entity, such as a structured finance vehicle, in which other clients may have an interest, potentially in a manner that will have an adverse effect on the other clients. There may also be conflicts where, for example, a client holds certain debt or equity securities of an issuer, and that same issuer has issued other debt, equity or other instruments that are owned by other clients or by an entity, such as a structured finance vehicle, in which other clients have an interest.

 

77


Table of Contents

In each of the situations described above, the Adviser may take actions with respect to the assets held by one client that are adverse to the interests of other clients, for example, by foreclosing on loans, by putting an issuer into default, or by exercising rights to purchase or sell to an issuer, causing an issuer to take actions adverse to certain classes of securities, or otherwise. In negotiating the terms and conditions of any such investments, or any subsequent amendments or waivers or taking any other actions, the Adviser may find that the interests of a client and the interests of one or more other clients could conflict. In these situations, decisions over items such as whether to make the investment or take an action, proxy voting, reorganizations, how to exit an investment, or bankruptcy or similar matters (including, for example, whether to trigger an event of default or change the terms of any workout) may result in conflicts of interest.

Similarly, if an issuer in which a client and one or more other clients directly or indirectly hold different classes of securities (or other assets, instruments or obligations issued by such issuer or underlying investments of such issuer) encounters financial problems, decisions over the terms of any workout will raise conflicts of interests (including, for example, conflicts over proposed waivers and amendments to debt covenants). For example, a debt holder may be better served by a liquidation of the issuer in which it may be paid in full, whereas an equity or junior bond holder might prefer a reorganization that holds the potential to create value for the equity holders. In some cases the Adviser may refrain from taking certain actions or making certain investments on behalf of clients in order to avoid or mitigate certain conflicts of interest or to prevent adverse regulatory or other effects on the Adviser, or may sell investments for certain clients (in each case potentially disadvantaging the clients on whose behalf the actions are not taken, investments not made, or investments sold). Foregone investment opportunities or actions may adversely affect the performance of a client’s account if similarly attractive opportunities are not available or cannot be identified. In other cases, the Adviser may not refrain from taking actions or making investments on behalf of certain clients that have the potential to disadvantage other clients. In addition, the Adviser may take actions or refrain from taking actions in order to mitigate legal risks to the Adviser or its affiliates or its clients even if disadvantageous to a client. Moreover, a client may invest in a transaction in which one or more other clients are expected to participate, or already have made or will seek to make, an investment.

Possible Future Activities. The Adviser and its related parties may expand the range of services that it provides over time. Except as provided herein, the Adviser and its related parties will not be restricted in the scope of its business or in the performance of any such services (whether now offered or undertaken in the future) even if such activities could give rise to conflicts of interest, and whether or not such conflicts are described herein. The Adviser and its related parties have, and will continue to develop, relationships with a significant number of companies, financial sponsors and their senior managers, including relationships with clients who may hold or may have held investments similar to those intended to be made by the Fund. These clients may themselves represent appropriate investment opportunities for the Fund or may compete with the Fund for investment opportunities.

Performance Fees and Personal Investments. A portfolio manager may advise certain accounts with respect to which the advisory fee is based entirely or partially on performance or in respect of which the portfolio manager may have made a significant personal investment. Such circumstances may create a conflict of interest for the portfolio manager in that the portfolio manager may have an incentive to allocate the investment opportunities that he or she believes might be the most profitable to such other accounts instead of allocating them to the Fund. The Adviser has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities between the Fund and performance fee based accounts on a fair and equitable basis over time.

Joint Insurance Policies. The Fund has entered into (and paid a portion of the premiums of) a joint errors and omissions/trustees and officers insurance policy with the Adviser and certain private funds advised by the Adviser. Participation in the joint policy could potentially limit the recovery of the Fund as a result of, among other reasons, claims by other insureds (such as the Adviser or a private fund) exhausting the available coverage. Such arrangements are reviewed annually by the Board. The Adviser may engage an independent third party to assess the allocation of the portions of the premiums paid by the Fund and the Adviser. Any such expenses borne by the Fund are indirectly borne by the Fund’s shareholders.

Use of Leverage. During periods in which the Fund is using leverage, the fees paid to the Adviser for investment advisory services, which may directly or indirectly affect the portfolio managers’ compensation, will be higher than if the Fund did not use leverage because the fees paid will be calculated on the basis of the Fund’s total managed assets, including assets attributable to borrowings, any preferred shares that may be outstanding, reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions and/or similar transactions, which may create an incentive for a portfolio manager to leverage the Fund or to leverage using strategies that increase the Adviser’s fee.

 

78


Table of Contents

Portfolio Manager Compensation

The overall objective of the compensation program for the portfolio managers is for the Adviser to attract competent and expert investment professionals and to retain them over the long-term. Compensation is comprised of several components which, in the aggregate are designed to achieve these objectives and to reward the portfolio managers for their contribution to the success of their clients and the Adviser. The portfolio managers are generally compensated through a combination of base salary, discretionary bonus and equity participation in the Adviser. Bonuses and equity generally represent most of the portfolio managers’ compensation. However, in some cases, the portfolio managers may have a profit sharing interest in the net income related to the business unit for which the portfolio managers are responsible. Such profit sharing arrangements can comprise a significant portion of a portfolio manager’s overall compensation.

Salary. Salary is agreed to with managers at time of employment and is reviewed from time to time. It does not change significantly and often does not constitute a significant part of a portfolio manager’s compensation.

Discretionary Bonus/Guaranteed Minimums. The portfolio managers receive discretionary bonuses. However, in some cases, pursuant to contractual arrangements, some portfolio managers may be entitled to a mandatory minimum bonus if the sum of their salary and profit sharing does not reach certain levels.

Equity Incentives. The portfolio managers participate in equity incentives based on overall firm performance of the Adviser, through direct ownership interests in the Adviser or participation in stock option or stock appreciation plans of the Adviser. These ownership interests or participation interests provide eligible portfolio managers the opportunity to participate in the financial performance of the Adviser as a whole. Participation is generally determined in the discretion of the Adviser, taking into account factors relevant to a portfolio manager’s contribution to the success of the Adviser.

Other Plans and Compensation Vehicles. The portfolio managers may elect to participate in the Adviser’s 401(k) plan, to which they may contribute a portion of their pre- and post-tax compensation to the plan for investment on a tax-deferred basis. The Adviser may also choose from time to time to offer certain other compensation plans and vehicles, such as a deferred compensation plan, to the portfolio managers.

Summary. As described above, an investment professional’s total compensation is determined through a subjective process that evaluates numerous quantitative and qualitative factors, including the contribution made to the overall investment process. Not all factors apply to each investment professional and there is no particular weighting or formula for considering certain factors. Among the factors considered are: relative investment performance of portfolios (although there are no specific benchmarks or periods of time used in measuring performance); complexity of investment strategies; participation in the investment team’s dialogue; contribution to business results and overall business strategy; success of marketing/business development efforts and client servicing; seniority/length of service with the firm; management and supervisory responsibilities; and fulfillment of the Adviser’s leadership criteria.

Portfolio Manager Securities Ownership in the Fund

Since the Fund is newly formed, currently, the Fund’s portfolio managers do not beneficially own any equity securities of the Fund other than as disclosed above under “Management of the Fund – Securities Ownership”.

Proxy Voting Policies

The determination of how to vote proxies relating to the Fund’s portfolio securities is made by the Adviser pursuant to its written proxy voting policies and procedures (the “Proxy Policy”), which have been adopted pursuant to Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”). The Proxy Policy also applies to any voting rights and/or consent rights on behalf of the portfolio securities, with respect to debt securities, including but not limited to, plans of reorganization, and waivers and consents under applicable indentures.

 

79


Table of Contents

The Proxy Policy is designed and implemented in a manner reasonably expected to ensure that voting and consent rights are exercised in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders. To assist DoubleLine in carrying out its proxy voting obligations, on behalf of the Adviser, DoubleLine Group LP has retained a third-party proxy voting service provider, currently Glass, Lewis & Co. (“Glass Lewis”), as its proxy voting agent. Pursuant to an agreement with DoubleLine Group LP, Glass Lewis obtains proxy ballots with respect to securities held by the Fund, evaluates the individual facts and circumstances relating to any proposal, and generally votes on any such proposal in accordance with the guidelines set forth in Appendix B attached hereto (the “Guidelines”). In the event that a proposal is not adequately addressed by the Guidelines, Glass Lewis will make a recommendation to the Adviser as to how to vote on such proposal, which the Adviser may accept or reject in accordance with the Proxy Policy. The Adviser’s personnel are responsible for managing the relationship with Glass Lewis and/or any other third-party proxy voting service provider and for overseeing its compliance with the Proxy Policy. The Adviser, in its discretion, may retain another third-party proxy voting service provider in addition to or in lieu of Glass Lewis.

In connection with exercising a voting or consent right on behalf of the Fund, the Adviser will monitor for material conflicts of interest arising between the Adviser and the Fund in accordance with the Proxy Policy. If no conflict exists, the Adviser will vote the proxy on a case-by-case basis in the best interest of each client under the circumstances in accordance with the Proxy Policy, as discussed above.

If a material conflict does exist, the Adviser will seek to resolve any such conflict in accordance with the Proxy Policy, which seeks to resolve such conflict in the Fund’s best interest by pursuing any one of the following courses of action: (i) voting (or not voting) in accordance with the guidelines included in the Proxy Policy; (ii) convening a Proxy Voting Committee meeting to assess available measures to address the conflict and implementing those measures; (iii) voting in accordance with the recommendation of an independent third-party service provider chosen by the Proxy Voting Committee; (iv) voting (or not voting) in accordance with the instructions of the Fund’s Board, or any committee thereof; or (v) not voting with respect to the proposal if consistent with DoubleLine’s fiduciary obligations. In voting proxies, including those in which a material conflict may be determined to exist, the Adviser may also consider the factors and guidelines included in its Proxy Policy.

In certain limited circumstances, particularly in the area of structured finance, the Adviser may enter into voting agreements or other contractual obligations that govern the voting of shares and, in such cases, will vote any proxy in accordance with such agreement or obligation.

In addition, where the Adviser determines that there are unusual costs and/or difficulties associated with voting a proxy, which more typically might be the case with respect to proposals relating to non-U.S. issuers, the Adviser reserves the right to not vote on such a proposal unless it determines that the potential benefits of voting on such proposal exceed the expected cost to the Fund.

The Adviser supervises and periodically reviews its proxy voting activities and implementation of the Proxy Policy.

Information about how the Fund voted proxies relating to portfolio securities held during the most recent twelve month period ended June 30th (Form N-PX) will be available no later than the following August 31st without charge, upon request, by calling (877) DLine11 (877-354-6311) and on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

Copies of the written Proxy Policy are available by calling 877-DLine11 (877-354-6311).

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

The Adviser is responsible for the placement of the Fund’s portfolio transactions and, with respect thereto, the negotiation of prices, brokerage commissions, if any, and mark-ups and mark-downs or spreads on principal transactions. The Adviser may also purchase securities on behalf of the Fund in underwritten offerings at fixed prices that include discounts to underwriters and/or concessions to dealers.

In placing a portfolio transaction, the Adviser seeks to achieve best execution. This means that, in selecting broker-dealers to execute portfolio transactions for the Fund, the Adviser seeks to select broker-dealers that will execute securities transactions in a manner such that the total cost or proceeds of each transaction is the most favorable under the circumstances. This does not mean, however, that portfolio transactions are always executed at the lowest available commission or spread, and the Adviser may effect transactions that cause the Fund to pay a commission or spread in excess of a commission or spread that another broker-dealer would have charged if the Adviser determines that, notwithstanding

 

80


Table of Contents

such commission or spread, such transaction is in the Fund’s best interest. In making this determination, the Adviser may take a variety of factors into consideration, including, without limitation, (i) execution quality in light of order size, difficulty of execution and other relevant factors; (ii) associated expenses and costs; (iii) the quality, reliability, responsiveness and value of the provided services; (iv) the operational compatibility between the broker-dealer and the Adviser; (v) the broker-dealer’s safety and soundness; and (vi) the provision of research and brokerage products and services. The provision of research and brokerage products and services is not typically considered in respect of transactions by the Fund when trading fixed income securities.

From time to time, the Adviser receives unsolicited research from various brokers, which may or may not be counterparties to trades placed on behalf of clients. While the Adviser may review and consider certain of the research received, the provision of unsolicited research does not factor into the Adviser’s broker selection process with respect to trading fixed-income securities. Research services include items such as reports on industries and companies, economic analyses, review of business conditions and portfolio strategy and various trading and quotation services. Such services also include advice from broker-dealers as to the value of securities, availability of securities, availability of buyers, and availability of sellers. These services also include recommendations as to purchase and sale of individual securities and timing of transactions.

Investment decisions for the Fund and for the other investment advisory clients of the Adviser are made with a view to achieving their respective investment objectives. Investment decisions are the product of many factors in addition to basic suitability for the particular client involved (including the Fund). Some securities considered for investment by the Fund also may be appropriate for other clients served by the Adviser. Thus, a particular security may be bought or sold for certain clients even though it could have been bought or sold for other clients at the same time, including accounts in which the Adviser, its officers or employees may have a financial interest. If a purchase or sale of securities consistent with the investment policies of the Fund and one or more of these clients served by the Adviser is considered at or about the same time, transactions in such securities will be allocated among the Fund and other clients pursuant to the Adviser’s trade allocation policy that is designed to ensure that all accounts, including the Fund, are treated fairly and equitably over time.

As of the date of this SAI, the Adviser does not expect to cause the Fund to pay brokers or dealers amounts of commissions for effecting portfolio investment transactions that are in excess of the amount of commission that another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting transactions to compensate the brokers or dealers for “brokerage and research services” (as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) or to accumulate credits to purchase such services. The Adviser may modify its practice in this regard without prior notice to shareholders and, in the event the Adviser does so, the following disclosure regarding such practices shall apply.

As permitted by Section 28(e) of the Exchange Act, the Adviser may, on behalf of a client, pay a broker or dealer, including those acting in the capacity of a futures commission merchant, that provides “brokerage and research services” (as defined in the Exchange Act) to the Adviser an amount of commission for effecting a portfolio investment transaction in excess of the amount of commission that another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction, if the Adviser determines in good faith that such amount of commission was reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the Adviser’s overall responsibilities to the client and to other client accounts over which the Adviser exercises investment discretion. Such research services include proprietary research created internally by a broker or by a third-party provider (and made available to the Adviser by a broker) such as, for example, individual stock information and research, industry and sector analysis, trend analysis and forecasting, discussions with individual stock analysts, and meetings arranged with various sources of information regarding particular issuers, industries, governmental policies, specific information about local markets and applicable regulations, economic trends, and other matters. In addition, a broker may accumulate credits for the Adviser’s account and use them to purchase brokerage and research services at the Adviser’s discretion and based on the Adviser’s determination of the relative benefits of the various services available for purchase. These arrangements are commonly known as “commission sharing arrangements.” Accordingly, the Adviser’s clients may be deemed to be paying for research and these other services with “soft” or commission dollars. Research furnished by brokers or dealers or pursuant to credits accumulated at brokers or dealers through commission sharing arrangements may be used in servicing any or all of the Adviser’s clients and may be used for client accounts other than those that pay commissions to the broker or dealer providing the research. The Adviser also may receive soft dollar credits based on certain “riskless” principal securities transactions with brokerage firms. With respect to certain products and services used for both research/brokerage and non-research/brokerage purposes, the Adviser generally allocates the costs of such products and services between their research/brokerage and non-research/brokerage uses, and generally uses soft dollars to pay only for the portion allocated to research/brokerage uses. Examples of products and services used for non-research/brokerage purposes (and not paid for

 

81


Table of Contents

with soft dollars) include equipment and exchange data (e.g., quotes, volume). Some of these services may be of value to the Adviser and its related parties in advising various of their clients (including the Fund), although not all of these services are necessarily useful and of value in managing the Fund. The management fee paid by the Fund is not reduced because the Adviser or its related parties receive these services even though the Adviser might otherwise be required to purchase some of these services for cash. The Adviser’s authority to cause the Fund to pay any such greater commissions is also subject to such policies as the Trustees may adopt from time to time.

The Adviser’s relationships with brokerage firms that provide soft dollar services to the Adviser (including brokerage firms that participate in commission sharing arrangements) may influence the Adviser’s judgment and create conflicts of interest, both in allocating brokerage business between firms that provide soft dollar services and firms that do not, and in allocating the costs of mixed-use products between their research and non-research uses. When the Adviser uses client brokerage commissions to obtain research or other products or services, the Adviser receives a benefit because it does not have to produce or pay for such research, products, or services. As such, that Adviser has an incentive to select or recommend a broker-dealer based on the Adviser’s interest in receiving the research or other products or services, rather than on the Adviser’s clients’ interest in receiving most favorable execution. Client trades executed through these brokers or any other brokerage firm may not be at the lowest price otherwise available. The Adviser maintains policies and procedures designed to address such conflicts of interest.

Aggregated Transactions. In an effort to achieve efficiencies in execution and reduce trading costs, the Adviser and its related parties may, but will not necessarily, aggregate securities transactions on behalf of a number of accounts, including accounts of the Fund, at the same time. In addition, the Adviser may execute securities transactions alongside or interspersed between aggregated orders when the Adviser believes that such execution will not interfere with its ability to execute in a manner believed to be most favorable to its clients as a whole. The Adviser may exclude trades for accounts that direct brokerage or that are managed in part for tax considerations from aggregate orders.

When executing aggregate orders, trades will be allocated among accounts using procedures that the Adviser considers to be reasonably designed to be non-preferential and fair and equitable over time. This may include making the allocation on a pro rata basis or on a non-pro rata basis based on various factors, including liquidity requirements, reserves and cash flow considerations; diversification requirements; portfolio duration; amount of capital available for investment by a client, including new clients, as well as projected future capacity for investment; variance of the portfolio from models, target weights or indexes; risk management considerations; the size of the investment relative to the size of the account; client-specific industry and other allocation targets, including each account’s target average credit quality, liquidity, sector targets, and composition; minimum and maximum investment size requirements; tax considerations; legal, contractual, or regulatory constraints specific to or imposed by a client; and any other relevant limitations imposed by or conditions set forth in the applicable offering or other organizational documents of a client.

The Adviser shares allocations of public offerings and other desirable but limited opportunities to buy or sell securities in a manner that the Adviser considers reasonably designed to be non-preferential and fair and equitable over time, such that no account or group of accounts receives consistently favorable or unfavorable treatment. Generally, such allocations will be made after taking into account cash availability and need, suitability, investment objectives and guidelines and other factors deemed appropriate in making investment allocation decisions for each client. Shares obtained in IPOs will be allocated using these criteria unless the number of shares made available to the Adviser is de minimis, in which case, the shares will be allocated among the eligible accounts based on the Adviser’s assessment of the circumstances.

In addition, and particularly with respect to fixed-income securities, if a small amount of an investment is allocated to the Adviser, the Adviser may allocate it disproportionately, taking into consideration lot size, existing or targeted account weightings in particular securities and/or sectors, account size, diversification requirements and investment objectives/restrictions.

Certain diligence-related transaction costs. The Adviser may aggregate the Fund’s order for an investment in, or sale of, an interest in certain instruments, including, for example, a subordinated tranche CMBS, including investments at original issuance, or certain loan instruments, with orders of one or more other DoubleLine Funds or other DoubleLine accounts. Certain diligence-related or structuring costs and expenses will be allocated to all of the accounts, including the Fund, participating in the aggregated transaction pro rata based on the size of the accounts considering the investment opportunity or the amount of investment made by each account participating in the transaction. The Fund’s participation in any such aggregated transaction will be subject to a number of conditions intended to result in the fair and equitable treatment of each participating account, including the Fund. For example, where the Adviser aggregates the Fund’s order

 

82


Table of Contents

for an investment in, or sale of, an interest in a subordinated tranche CMBS with orders of one or more other DoubleLine Funds or other DoubleLine accounts, the Fund will not incur diligence- or structuring-related expenses in connection with any such transaction in excess of 0.50% of the value of the Fund’s investment in the structured product without the Board’s approval of those expenses. The Adviser may advance diligence- or structuring-related expenses relating to a transaction on behalf of the Fund and seek to receive reimbursement (without interest) of any such expenses advanced on behalf of the Fund from the Fund at a later date. The Fund may incur diligence-related expenses in connection with the evaluation of investment opportunities that the Adviser ultimately determines not to pursue on behalf of the Fund. In some cases, the diligence- or structuring-related expenses that would otherwise be incurred by the Fund or the Adviser may be borne by the sponsor or seller of an investment.

ANTI-TAKEOVER AND OTHER PROVISIONS IN THE DECLARATION OF TRUST

Shareholder Liability

Under Massachusetts law, shareholders could, under certain circumstances, be held personally liable for the obligations of the Fund. However, the Declaration contains an express disclaimer of shareholder liability for acts or obligations of the Fund and requires that notice of such limited liability be given in each agreement, obligation or instrument entered into or executed by the Fund or the Trustees. The Declaration also provides for indemnification out of the Fund’s assets and property for all loss and expense of any shareholder held personally liable for the obligations of the Fund. Thus, the risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability should be limited to circumstances in which the Fund is unable to meet its obligations.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

The Declaration includes provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund, convert the Fund to open-end status or to change the composition of its Board, and could have the effect of depriving shareholders of opportunities to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control of the Fund.

The Fund’s Trustees are divided into three classes (Class I, Class II and Class III), having initial terms of one, two and three years, respectively. With the Board’s initial composition, it would require two years to change a majority of the Fund’s Board. At each annual meeting of shareholders, the term of one class will expire and each Trustee elected to that class will hold office for a term of three years. In addition, the Declaration provides that a Trustee may be removed from office, for any reason or for no reason, only (i) by action of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the outstanding shares of the classes or series of shares entitled to vote for the election of such Trustee, or (ii) by at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the remaining Trustees.

Except as provided in the next paragraph, the affirmative vote or consent of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Board and at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the holders of shares of the Fund (including Common Shares and preferred shares) outstanding and entitled to vote thereon is required to authorize any of the following transactions (each a “Material Transaction”): (1) a merger, consolidation or share exchange of the Fund or any series or class of shares of the Fund with or into any other person or company, or of any such person or company with or into the Fund or any such series or class of shares; (2) the issuance or transfer by the Fund or any series or class of shares (in one or a series of transactions in any twelve-month period) of any securities of the Fund or such series or class to any other person or entity for cash, securities or other property (or combination thereof) having an aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more, excluding sales of securities of the Fund or such series or class in connection with a public offering, issuances of securities of the Fund or such series or class pursuant to a Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”) adopted by the Fund and issuances of securities of the Fund or such series or class upon the exercise of any stock subscription rights distributed by the Fund; or (3) a sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition by the Fund or any series or class of shares (in one or a series of transactions in any twelve-month period) to or with any person of any assets of the Fund or such series or class having an aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more, except for transactions in securities effected by the Fund or such series or class in the ordinary course of its business. The same affirmative votes are required with respect to any shareholder proposal as to specific investment decisions made or to be made with respect to the Fund’s assets or the assets of any series or class of shares of the Fund.

 

83


Table of Contents

Notwithstanding the approval requirements specified in the preceding paragraph, the Declaration requires no vote or consent of the Fund’s shareholders to authorize a Material Transaction if the transaction is approved by a vote of both a majority of the Board and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees (as defined below), so long as all other conditions and requirements, if any, provided for in the Fund’s Bylaws and applicable law (including any shareholder voting rights under the 1940 Act) have been satisfied.

In addition, the Declaration provides that the Fund may be terminated at any time by vote or consent of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Fund’s shares entitled to vote or, alternatively, by vote or consent of both a majority of the Board and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees (as defined below) upon written notice to shareholders of the Fund.

In certain circumstances, the Declaration also imposes shareholder voting requirements that are more demanding than those required under the 1940 Act in order to authorize a conversion of the Fund from a closed-end to an open-end investment company. See “Repurchase of Common Shares; Conversion to Open-End Fund” below.

The overall effect of these provisions is to render more difficult the accomplishment of a merger or the assumption of control of the Fund by a third party. They provide, however, the advantage of potentially requiring persons seeking control of the Fund to negotiate with its management regarding the price to be paid and facilitating the continuity of the Fund’s investment objective and policies. The provisions of the Declaration described above could have the effect of depriving the holders of common shares of beneficial interest (“Common Shareholders”) of opportunities to sell their Common Shares at a premium over the then current market price of the Common Shares by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control of the Fund in a tender offer or similar transaction. The Board has considered the foregoing anti-takeover provisions and concluded that they are in the best interests of the Fund and its Common Shareholders.

A “Continuing Trustee,” as used in the discussion above, is any member of the Board who either (i) has been a member of the Board for a period of at least thirty-six months (or since the commencement of the Fund’s operations, if less than thirty-six months) or (ii) was nominated to serve as a member of the Board by a majority of the Continuing Trustees then members of the Board.

The foregoing is intended only as a summary and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Declaration and the Fund’s Bylaws, both of which are on file with the SEC.

Liability of Trustees

The Declaration provides that the obligations of the Fund are not binding upon the Trustees of the Fund individually, but only upon the assets and property of the Fund, and that the Trustees shall not be liable for errors of judgment or mistakes of fact or law. Nothing in the Declaration, however, protects a Trustee against any liability to which he would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office.

Direct and Derivative Claims

The Declaration provides that, except with respect to claims asserted under the federal securities laws, shareholders must obtain authorization from the Trustees to bring or maintain a direct action or claim for monetary damages against the Fund or the Trustees predicated upon an express or implied right of action under the Declaration or for a single shareholder to bring or maintain a direct action with respect to an alleged injury suffered by similarly situated shareholders. The Declaration also provides that, except with respect to claims asserted under the federal securities laws, shareholders must make a demand on the Trustees requesting the Trustees to bring or maintain any action, proceeding or claim on behalf of the Fund or any class of shareholders unless the plaintiff makes a specific showing that irreparable nonmonetary injury to the Fund or a series or class of shares would otherwise result.

REPURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES; CONVERSION TO OPEN-END FUND

The Fund is a closed-end investment company and as such its shareholders will not have the right to cause the Fund to redeem their shares. Instead, the Common Shares will trade in the open market at a price that will be a function of the Fund’s net asset value and of other factors relating to the Fund such as dividend levels and stability (which will in turn be affected by Fund expenses, including the costs of any preferred shares issued by the Fund, borrowings and other leverage,

 

84


Table of Contents

the Fund’s reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions and similar transactions, levels of dividend and interest payments by the Fund’s portfolio holdings, levels of appreciation/depreciation of the Fund’s portfolio holdings, regulations affecting the timing and character of Fund’s distributions, and other factors) portfolio credit quality, liquidity, call protection, market supply and demand, and similar factors relating to the Fund’s portfolio holdings. The market price of the Common Shares may also be affected by general market or economic conditions, including market trends affecting securities values generally or values of closed-end fund shares more specifically. Shares of a closed-end investment company may frequently trade at prices lower than net asset value. The Board will regularly monitor the relationship between the market price and net asset value of the Common Shares. If the Common Shares were to trade at a substantial discount to net asset value for an extended period of time, the Board may consider the repurchase of its Common Shares on the open market or in private transactions, the making of a tender offer for such shares or the conversion of the Fund to an open-end investment company. If the Board determines in the future to conduct a tender offer for its common shares, Fund shareholders to whom the tender offer is made will be provided notice, instructions regarding how to participate in the tender offer, and information regarding the terms of the tender offer that such shareholders should consider before determining whether to participate (including, if applicable, information regarding any applicable repurchase fee). The Fund cannot assure you that the Board will decide to take or propose any of these actions, or that share repurchases or tender offers will actually reduce any market discount. The Fund has no present intention to repurchase its Common Shares.

If the Fund were to convert to an open-end investment company, the Common Shares likely would no longer be listed on the NYSE. In contrast to a closed-end investment company, shareholders of an open-end investment company may require the company to redeem their shares at any time (except in certain circumstances as authorized by or under the 1940 Act) at their net asset value, less any redemption charge that is in effect at the time of redemption.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time when the Fund has any preferred shares outstanding, the Fund may not purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of its Common Shares unless (1) all accrued dividends on any such preferred shares have been paid and (2) at the time of such purchase, redemption or acquisition, the net asset value of the Fund’s portfolio (determined after deducting the acquisition price of the Common Shares) is at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding preferred shares (expected to equal the original purchase price per share plus any accrued and unpaid dividends thereon) plus the aggregate amount of any senior securities representing indebtedness.

Subject to its investment limitations, the Fund may borrow to finance the repurchase of shares or to make a tender offer. Interest on any borrowings to finance share repurchase transactions or the accumulation of cash by the Fund in anticipation of share repurchases or tenders will reduce the Fund’s net income. Any share repurchase, tender offer or borrowing that might be approved by the Board would have to comply with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

If the Board were to determine in the future to convert the Fund to an open-end company, such a conversion would require the affirmative vote or consent of holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of each class of the Fund’s shares entitled to vote on the matter, unless the conversion is authorized by both a majority of the Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees. That seventy-five percent (75%) shareholder approval requirement is higher than is required under the 1940 Act. In the event that a conversion is approved by the Board and the Continuing Trustees as described above, the minimum shareholder vote required under the 1940 Act would be necessary to authorize the conversion. Currently, the 1940 Act would require approval of the holders of a “majority of the outstanding” Common Shares and, if issued, preferred shares voting together as a single class, and the holders of a “majority of the outstanding” preferred shares (if any) voting as a separate class, in order to authorize a conversion. If the Fund converted to an open-end company, it would be required to redeem any preferred shares then outstanding (requiring in turn that it liquidate a portion of its investment portfolio), and the Fund’s Common Shares likely would no longer be listed on the NYSE. Shareholders of an open-end investment company may require the company to redeem their shares on any business day (except in certain circumstances as authorized by or under the 1940 Act) at their net asset value, less a redemption charge, if any, as might be in effect at the time of redemption. Such redemptions typically are made in cash. To limit the need to maintain large cash positions or liquidate favorable investments to meet redemptions, open-end companies typically engage in a continuous offering of their shares. Open-end companies are thus subject to periodic asset in-flows and out-flows that can complicate portfolio management. Open-end companies also are generally subject to greater restrictions than closed-end companies on their ability to engage in leverage, which may affect adversely the Fund’s performance. In determining whether to submit to Fund shareholders a proposal to convert to an open-end company, the Board would consider all factors it determined to be relevant, including, potentially, the relationship of the market price of the Common

 

85


Table of Contents

Shares to net asset value; the extent to which the Fund’s capital structure is leveraged and the possibility of re-leveraging; the spread, if any, between the yields on securities in the Fund’s portfolio and interest and dividend charges on outstanding Fund borrowings or any preferred shares issued by the Fund; the liquidity of the Fund’s portfolio; the impact of any action that might be taken on the Fund or its shareholders; and general market and economic conditions. Based on these considerations, even if the Common Shares should trade at a discount, the Board may determine that, in the interest of the Fund and its shareholders, no action should be taken.

The repurchase by the Fund of its shares at prices below net asset value will result in an increase in the net asset value of those shares that remain outstanding. However, there can be no assurance that share repurchases or tenders at or below net asset value will result in the Fund’s shares trading at a price equal to their net asset value. Nevertheless, the fact that the Fund’s shares may be the subject of repurchase or tender offers at net asset value from time to time, or that the Fund may be converted to an open-end company, may reduce any spread between market price and net asset value that might otherwise exist.

In addition, a purchase by the Fund of its Common Shares will decrease the Fund’s total assets. This would likely have the effect of increasing the Fund’s expense ratio. Any purchase by the Fund of its Common Shares at a time when Fund borrowings or preferred shares are outstanding will increase the leverage applicable to the outstanding Common Shares then remaining. See the Prospectus under “Principal Risk Factors — Leverage risk.”

Before deciding whether to take any action if the Fund’s Common Shares trade below net asset value, the Board would consider all relevant factors, including the extent and duration of the discount, the liquidity of the Fund’s portfolio, the impact of any action that might be taken on the Fund or its shareholders and market considerations. Based on these considerations, even if the Fund’s Common Shares should trade at a discount, the Board may determine that, in the interest of the Fund and its shareholders, no action should be taken.

Minimum Fund Size

The Fund reserves the right not to commence operations depending on the size of the initial public offering.

TAX MATTERS

The following discussion of U.S. federal income tax consequences is based on the Code, existing U.S. Treasury regulations, and other applicable authority, as of the date of this SAI. These authorities are subject to change by legislative or administrative action, possibly with retroactive effect. The following discussion is only a summary of some of the important U.S. federal tax considerations generally applicable to investments in the Fund. It does not address special tax rules applicable to certain classes of investors, such as investors holding Common Shares through tax-advantaged accounts (such as 401(k) plan accounts or IRAs), tax-exempt entities, foreign investors, insurance companies, financial institutions and investors making in-kind contributions to the Fund. Common Shareholders should consult their own tax adviser for more information about their particular situation, including possible other federal, state, local, and, where applicable, foreign tax consequences of investing in the Fund.

Taxation of the Fund

The Fund intends to elect to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code and intends each year to qualify and to be eligible to be treated as such. In order to qualify for the special tax treatment accorded RICs and their Common Shareholders, the Fund must, among other things: (a) derive at least 90% of its gross income for each taxable year from (i) dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures, or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities, or currencies, and (ii) net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as defined below); (b) diversify its holdings so that, at the close of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the market value of the Fund’s total assets consists of cash, cash items, U.S. Government securities, securities of other RICs and other securities limited in respect of any one issuer to a value not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets is invested, including through corporations in which the Fund owns a 20% or more voting stock interest (x) in the securities (other than those of the U.S. Government or other RICs) of any one issuer or of two or more issuers that the Fund controls and that are engaged

 

86


Table of Contents

in the same, similar or related trades or businesses, or (y) in the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships (as defined below); and (c) distribute with respect to each taxable year at least 90% of the sum of its investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code without regard to the deduction for dividends paid – generally, taxable ordinary income and the excess, if any, of net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses) and net tax-exempt interest income, if any, for such year.

In general, for purposes of the 90% gross income requirement described in (a) above, income derived from a partnership will be treated as qualifying income only to the extent such income is attributable to items of income of the partnership that would be qualifying income if realized directly by the RIC. However, 100% of the net income derived from an interest in a “qualified publicly traded partnership” (a partnership (x) the interests in which are traded on an established securities market or are readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof, and (y) that derives less than 90% of its income from the qualifying income described in (a)(i) above) will be treated as qualifying income. In general, such entities will be treated as partnerships for federal income tax purposes because they meet the passive income requirement under Code Section 7704(c)(2). In addition, although in general the passive loss rules of the Code do not apply to RICs, such rules do apply to a RIC with respect to items attributable to an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership. MLPs, if any, in which the Fund invests generally will qualify as qualified publicly traded partnerships.

Gains from foreign currencies (including foreign currency futures and foreign currency forward contracts) currently constitute “qualifying income” for purposes of the 90% test described in (a) above. However, the U.S. Treasury has the authority to issue regulations (possibly with retroactive effect) excluding from the definition of qualifying income the Fund’s foreign currency gains to the extent that such income is not directly related to the Fund’s principal business of investing in stock or securities. This could adversely affect the qualification of the Fund as a RIC.

For purposes of the diversification test in (b) above, the term “outstanding voting securities of such issuer” will include the equity securities of a qualified publicly traded partnership. Also, for purposes of the diversification test in (b) above, the identification of the issuer (or, in some cases, issuers) of a particular Fund investment can depend on the terms and conditions of that investment. In some cases, identification of the issuer (or issuers) is uncertain under current law, and an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to issuer identification for a particular type of investment may adversely affect the Fund’s ability to meet the diversification test in (b) above.

If the Fund qualifies as a RIC that is accorded special tax treatment, the Fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on income or gains distributed in a timely manner to its Common Shareholders in the form of dividends (including Capital Gain Dividends, as defined below).

The Fund’s intention to qualify for treatment as a RIC may negatively affect the Fund’s return to Common Shareholders by limiting the Fund’s ability to acquire or continue to hold positions that would otherwise be consistent with its investment strategy or by requiring it to engage in transactions, including its investment in a subsidiary, it might otherwise not engage in, resulting in additional transaction costs. If the Fund were to fail to meet the income, diversification or distribution test described above, the Fund could in some cases cure such failure, including by paying a Fund-level tax, paying interest, making additional distributions, or disposing of certain assets. If the Fund were ineligible to or otherwise did not cure such failure for any year, or if the Fund were otherwise to fail to qualify as a RIC accorded special tax treatment for such year, the Fund would be subject to tax on its taxable income at corporate rates, and all distributions from earnings and profits, including any distributions of net tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gains would be taxable to Common Shareholders as ordinary income. Some portions of such distributions may be eligible for the dividends-received deduction in the case of corporate Common Shareholders and may be eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income in the case of Common Shareholders taxed as individuals, provided, in both cases, the Common Shareholder meets certain holding period and other requirements in respect of the Fund’s shares (as described below). In addition, the Fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest, and make substantial distributions before re-qualifying as a RIC that is accorded special tax treatment.

The Fund intends to distribute at least annually to its Common Shareholders all or substantially all of its investment company taxable income (computed without regard to the dividends-paid deduction), its net tax-exempt income (if any) and its net capital gain (that is, the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss, in each case determined with reference to any loss carryforwards). Any taxable income including any net capital gain retained by the Fund will be subject to tax at the Fund level at regular corporate rates. In the case of net capital gain, the Fund is

 

87


Table of Contents

permitted to designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gain in a timely notice to its Common Shareholders who would then, in turn, be (i) required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, their shares of such undistributed amount, and (ii) entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the tax paid by the Fund on such undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds on a properly-filed U.S. tax return to the extent the credit exceeds such liabilities. If the Fund makes this designation, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the tax basis of shares owned by a Common Shareholder of the Fund would be increased by an amount equal to the difference between the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the Common Shareholder’s gross income under clause (i) of the preceding sentence and the tax deemed paid by the Common Shareholder under clause (ii) of the preceding sentence. The Fund is not required to, and there can be no assurance the Fund will, make this designation if it retains all or a portion of its net capital gain in a taxable year.

In determining its net capital gain, including in connection with determining the amount available to support a Capital Gain Dividend (as defined below), its taxable income, and its earnings and profits, a RIC generally may elect to treat part or all of any post-October capital loss (defined as any net capital loss attributable to the portion, if any, of the taxable year after October 31 or, if there is no such loss, the net long-term capital loss or net short-term capital loss attributable to such portion of the taxable year) or late-year ordinary loss (generally, the sum of its (i) net ordinary loss from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of property, attributable to the portion, if any, of the taxable year after October 31, and its (ii) other net ordinary loss, if any, attributable to the portion, if any, of the taxable year after December 31) as if incurred in the succeeding taxable year.

If the Fund were to fail to distribute in a calendar year at least an amount equal to the sum of 98% of its ordinary income for such year and 98.2% of its capital gain net income for the one-year period ending October 31 of such year, plus any such amounts retained from the prior year, the Fund would be subject to a nondeductible 4% excise tax on the undistributed amounts. For purposes of the required excise tax distribution, a RIC’s ordinary gains and losses from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of property that would otherwise be taken into account after October 31 of a calendar year generally are treated as arising on January 1 of the following calendar year. Also, for these purposes, the Fund will be treated as having distributed any amount on which it has been subject to corporate income tax for the taxable year ending within the calendar year. The Fund intends generally to make distributions sufficient to avoid imposition of the 4% excise tax, although there can be no assurance that it will be able to do so.

Capital losses in excess of capital gains (“net capital losses”) are not permitted to be deducted against the Fund’s net investment income. Instead, potentially subject to certain limitations, the Fund may carry net capital losses from any taxable year forward to subsequent taxable years to offset capital gains, if any, realized during such subsequent taxable year. The Fund may carry net capital losses forward to one or more subsequent taxable years without expiration; any such carryforward losses will retain their character as short-term or long-term and the Fund must apply such carryforwards first against gains of the same character. The Fund’s available capital loss carryforwards, if any, will be set forth in its annual shareholder report for each fiscal year.

Fund Distributions

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, distributions of investment income are generally taxable to Common Shareholders as ordinary income. Taxes on distributions of capital gains are determined by how long the Fund owned (or is deemed to have owned) the investments that generated the gains, rather than by how long a Common Shareholder has owned his or her shares. In general, the Fund will recognize long-term capital gain or loss on investments it has owned (or is deemed to have owned) for more than one year, and short-term capital gain or loss on investments it has owned (or is deemed to have owned) for one year or less. Distributions of net capital gain that are properly reported by the Fund to its Common Shareholders as capital gain dividends (“Capital Gain Dividends”) will be taxable to Common Shareholders as long-term capital gains includible in net capital gain and taxed to individuals at reduced rates relative to ordinary income. Distributions from capital gains are generally made after applying any available capital loss carryforwards. Distributions of net short-term capital gain (as reduced by any net long-term capital loss for the taxable year) will be taxable to Common Shareholders as ordinary income.

In general, distributions of investment income reported by the Fund to its Common Shareholders as derived from qualified dividend income are taxed in the hands of individuals at the rates applicable to net capital gain, provided holding period and other requirements are met at both the Common Shareholder and Fund level. In order for some portion of the dividends received by the Common Shareholder to be “qualified dividend income” that is eligible for taxation at long-term

 

88


Table of Contents

capital gain rates, the Fund must meet holding period and other requirements with respect to some portion of the dividend-paying stocks in its portfolio and the Common Shareholder must meet holding period and other requirements with respect to the Fund’s shares. In general, a dividend will not be treated as qualified dividend income (at either the Fund or Common Shareholder level) (1) if the dividend is received with respect to any hare of stock, or any Common Share of stock, held for fewer than 61 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date which is 60 days before the date on which such share, or Common Share, becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (or, in the case of certain preferred stock, 91 days during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date), (2) to the extent that the recipient is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property, (3) if the recipient elects to have the dividend income treated as investment income for purposes of the limitation on deductibility of investment interest, or (4) if the dividend is received from a foreign corporation that is (a) not eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States (with the exception of dividends paid on stock of such a foreign corporation readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States) or (b) treated as a passive foreign investment company. The Fund does not expect a significant portion of Fund distributions to be derived from qualified dividend income.

In general, dividends of net investment income received by corporate Common Shareholders of the Fund will qualify for the dividends-received deduction generally available to corporations only to the extent of the amount of eligible dividends received by the Fund from domestic corporations for the taxable year. A dividend received by the Fund will not be treated as a dividend eligible for the dividends-received deduction (1) if it has been received with respect to any share of stock that the Fund has held for less than 46 days (91 days in the case of certain preferred stock) during the 91-day period beginning on the date which is 45 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date in the case of certain preferred stock) or (2) to the extent that the Fund is under an obligation (pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. Moreover, the dividends received deduction may otherwise be disallowed or reduced (1) if the corporate Common Shareholder fails to satisfy the foregoing requirements with respect to its shares of the Fund or (2) by application of various provisions of the Code (for instance, the dividends-received deduction is reduced in the case of a dividend received on debt-financed portfolio stock (generally, stock acquired with borrowed funds)). The Fund does not expect that a significant portion of its distributions will be eligible for the corporate dividends-received deduction.

Any distribution of income that is attributable to (i) income received by the Fund in lieu of dividends with respect to securities on loan pursuant to a securities lending transaction or (ii) dividend income received by the Fund on securities it temporarily purchased from a counterparty pursuant to a repurchase agreement that is treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a loan by the Fund, will not constitute qualified dividend income to individual Common Shareholders and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction for corporate Common Shareholders.

Pursuant to proposed regulations on which the Fund may rely, distributions by the Fund to its Common Shareholders that the Fund properly reports as “section 199A dividends,” as defined and subject to certain conditions described below, are treated as REIT dividends in the hands of non-corporate Common Shareholders. Non-corporate Common Shareholders are permitted a federal income tax deduction equal to 20% of qualified REIT dividends received by them, subject to certain limitations. Very generally, a “section 199A dividend” is any dividend or portion thereof that is attributable to certain dividends received by a RIC from REITs, to the extent such dividends are properly reported as such by the RIC in a written notice to its Common Shareholders. A section 199A dividend is treated as a qualified REIT dividend only if the Common Shareholder receiving such dividend holds the dividend-paying regulated investment company shares for at least 46 days of the 91-day period beginning 45 days before the shares become ex-dividend, and is not under an obligation to make related payments with respect to a position in substantially similar or related property. The Fund is permitted to report such part of its dividends as section 199A dividends as are eligible, but is not required to do so. Distributions of income or gain attributable to derivatives with respect to REIT securities, including swaps, will not constitute qualified REIT dividends.

Subject to any future regulatory guidance to the contrary, any distribution of income attributable to qualified publicly traded partnership income from the Fund’s investment in an MLP will ostensibly not qualify for the deduction that would be available to a non-corporate Common Shareholder were the Common Shareholder to own such MLP directly. Furthermore, distributions of income or gain attributable to swaps on MLP securities will not constitute qualified publicly traded partnership income and will not be eligible for such deduction.

 

89


Table of Contents

If, in and with respect to any taxable year, the Fund makes a distribution to a Common Shareholder in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess distribution will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of such Common Shareholder’s tax basis in its shares, and thereafter as capital gain. A return of capital is not taxable, but it reduces a Common Shareholder’s tax basis in its shares, thus reducing any loss or increasing any gain on a subsequent taxable disposition by the Common Shareholder of its shares. W here one or more such distributions occur in and with respect to any taxable year of the Fund, the available earnings and profits will be allocated first to the distributions made to holders of preferred shares, and only thereafter to distributions made to holders of Common Shares. As a result, holders of preferred shares would receive a disproportionate share of the distributions treated as dividends, and the holders of Common Shares would receive a disproportionate share of the distributions treated as a return of capital.

The Code generally imposes a 3.8% Medicare contribution tax on the net investment income of certain individuals, trusts and estates to the extent their income exceeds certain threshold amounts. For these purposes, “net investment income” generally includes, among other things, (i) distributions paid by the Fund of net investment income and capital gains as described above, and (ii) any net gain from the sale, redemption, exchange or other taxable disposition of Fund shares. Common Shareholders are advised to consult their tax advisers regarding the possible implications of this additional tax on their investment in the Fund.

The IRS requires a RIC that the IRS recognizes as having two or more “classes” of stock for U.S. federal income tax purposes to allocate to each such class proportionate amounts of each type of the RIC’s income (such as ordinary income and capital gains) based upon the percentage of total dividends distributed to each class for the tax year. Accordingly, the Fund intends each tax year to allocate Capital Gain Dividends between and among its Common Shares and each series of its preferred shares, in proportion to the total dividends paid to each class with respect to such tax year. Dividends qualifying and not qualifying for the dividends received deduction or as qualified dividend income will similarly be allocated between and among Common Shares and any series of preferred shares.

As required by federal law, detailed federal tax information with respect to each calendar year will be furnished to Common Shareholders early in the succeeding year.

Distributions are taxable as described herein whether Common Shareholders receive them in cash or reinvest them in additional shares of the Fund.

A dividend paid to Common Shareholders by the Fund in January generally is deemed to have been paid by the Fund on December 31 of the preceding year, if the dividend was declared and payable to Common Shareholders of record on a date in October, November, or December of that preceding year.

Distributions on the Fund’s shares are generally subject to U.S. federal income tax as described herein to the extent they do not exceed the Fund’s realized income and gains, even though such distributions may economically represent a return of a particular Common Shareholder’s investment. Such distributions are likely to occur in respect of shares purchased at a time when the Fund’s NAV reflects either unrealized gains, or realized but undistributed income or gains, that were therefore included in the price the Common Shareholder paid. Such distributions may reduce the fair market value of the Fund’s shares below the Common Shareholder’s cost basis in those shares. As described above, the Fund is required to distribute realized income and gains regardless of whether the Fund’s NAV also reflects unrealized losses.

If at any time when preferred shares are outstanding the Fund does not meet applicable asset coverage requirements, it will be required to suspend distributions to Common Shareholders until the requisite asset coverage is restored. Any such suspension may cause the Fund to pay a U.S. federal income and excise tax on undistributed income or gains and may, in certain circumstances, prevent the Fund from qualifying for treatment as a RIC. The Fund may repurchase or otherwise retire preferred shares in an effort to comply with the distribution requirement applicable to RICs.

Tax Implications of Certain Fund Investments

Special Rules for Debt Obligations. Some debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of more than one year from the date of issuance (and zero-coupon debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of more than one year from the date of issuance) will be treated as debt obligations that are issued originally at a discount. Generally, the original issue discount (“OID”) is treated as interest income and is included in the Fund’s income and required to be distributed by the Fund over

 

90


Table of Contents

the term of the debt security, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, upon partial or full repayment or disposition of the debt security. In addition, payment-in-kind securities will give rise to income which is required to be distributed and is taxable even though the Fund holding the security receives no interest payment in cash on the security during the year.

Some debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of more than one year from the date of issuance that are acquired by the Fund in the secondary market may be treated as having market discount. Very generally, market discount is the excess of the stated redemption price of a debt obligation (or in the case of an obligation issued with OID, its revised issue price) over the purchase price of such obligation Subject to the discussion below regarding Section 451 of the Code, (i) generally, any gain recognized on the disposition of, and any partial payment of principal on, a debt security having market discount is treated as ordinary income to the extent the gain, or principal payment, does not exceed the accrued market discount on such debt security, (ii) alternatively, the Fund may elect to accrue market discount currently, in which case the Fund will be required to include the accrued market discount in the Fund’s income (as ordinary income) and thus distribute it over the term of the debt security, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, upon partial or full repayment or disposition of the debt security, and (iii) the rate at which the market discount accrues, and thus is included in the Fund’s income, will depend upon which of the permitted accrual methods the Fund elects. Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective for taxable years beginning after 2017, Section 451 of the Code generally requires any accrual method taxpayer to take into account items of gross income no later than the time at which such items are taken into account as revenue in the taxpayer’s financial statements. The Treasury Department and IRS have issued proposed regulations providing that Section 451 does not apply to accrued market discount. If Section 451 were to apply to the accrual of market discount, the Fund would be required to include in income any market discount as it takes the same into account on its financial statements.

Some debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of one year or less from the date of issuance may be treated as having OID or, in certain cases, acquisition discount (very generally, the excess of the stated redemption price over the purchase price). The Fund will be required to include the OID or acquisition discount in income (as ordinary income) and thus distribute it over the term of the debt security, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, upon partial or full repayment or disposition of the debt security. The rate at which OID or acquisition discount accrues, and thus is included in the Fund’s income, will depend upon which of the permitted accrual methods the Fund elects.

If the Fund holds the foregoing kinds of obligations or other obligations subject to special rules under the Code, it may be required to pay out as an income distribution each year an amount which is greater than the total amount of cash interest the Fund actually received. Such distributions may be made from the cash assets of the Fund or, if necessary, by liquidation of portfolio securities including at a time when it may not be advantageous to do so. These dispositions may cause the Fund to realize higher amounts of short-term capital gains (generally taxed to Common Shareholders at ordinary income tax rates) and, in the event the Fund realizes net capital gains from such transactions, its Common Shareholders may receive a larger Capital Gain Dividend than if the Fund had not held such obligations.

A portion of the OID accrued on certain high yield discount obligations may not be deductible to the issuer and will instead be treated as a dividend paid by the issuer for purposes of the dividends-received deduction. In such cases, if the issuer of the high yield discount obligations is a domestic corporation, dividend payments by the Fund may be eligible for the dividends-received deduction to the extent attributable to the deemed dividend portion of such OID.

Securities Purchased at a Premium. Very generally, where the Fund purchases a bond at a price that exceeds the redemption price at maturity (i.e., a premium), the premium is amortizable over the remaining term of the bond. In the case of a taxable bond, if the Fund makes an election applicable to all such bonds it purchases, which election is irrevocable without consent of the IRS, the Fund reduces the current taxable income from the bond by the amortized premium and reduces its tax basis in the bond by the amount of such offset; upon the disposition or maturity of such bonds, the Fund is permitted to deduct any remaining premium allocable to a prior period. In the case of a tax-exempt bond, tax rules require the Fund to reduce its tax basis by the amount of amortized premium.

At-risk or Defaulted Debt Obligations. Investments in debt obligations that are at risk of or in default present special tax issues for the Fund. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as whether or to what extent the Fund should recognize market discount on a debt obligation; when the Fund may cease to accrue interest, OID or market discount; when and to what extent the Fund may take deductions for bad debts or worthless securities and how the Fund should allocate payments received on obligations in default between principal and income. These and other related issues will be addressed by the Fund when, as and if it invests in such obligations, in order to seek to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its status as a RIC and does not become subject to U.S. federal income or excise tax.

 

91


Table of Contents

Certain Investments in REITs. Any investment by the Fund in equity securities of REITs qualifying as such under Subchapter M of the Code may result in the Fund’s receipt of cash in excess of the REIT’s earnings; if the Fund distributes these amounts, these distributions could constitute a return of capital to Common Shareholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Dividends received by the Fund from a REIT will not qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction and generally will not constitute qualified dividend income. Certain distributions made by the Fund attributable to dividends received by the Fund from REITs may qualify as “qualified REIT dividends” in the hands of non-corporate Common Shareholders, as discussed above.

Mortgage-Related Securities. The Fund may invest, including through investments in REITs or other pass-through entities, in residual interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”) (including by investing in residual interests in CMOs with respect to which an election to be treated as a REMIC is in effect) or equity interests in taxable mortgage pools (“TMPs”). Under a notice issued by the IRS in October 2006 and Treasury regulations that have yet to be issued but may apply retroactively, a portion of the Fund’s income (including income allocated to the Fund from a REIT or other pass-through entity) that is attributable to a residual interest in a REMIC or an equity interest in a TMP (referred to in the Code as an “excess inclusion”) will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in all events. This notice also provides, and the regulations are expected to provide, that excess inclusion income of a RIC will be allocated to shareholders of the RIC in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related interest directly. As a result, the Fund investing in such interests may not be a suitable investment for certain tax-exempt investors, as noted below.

In general, excess inclusion income allocated to Common Shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions), (ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) to entities (including a qualified pension plan, an individual retirement account, a 401(k) plan, a Keogh plan or other tax-exempt entity) subject to tax on UBTI, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income, and (iii) in the case of a non-U.S. Common Shareholder, will not qualify for any reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax. A Common Shareholder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such inclusions notwithstanding any exemption from such income tax otherwise available under the Code.

Restructuring, Modifying or Foreclosing Loans. The Fund may restructure or modify certain non-performing loans it holds, or may foreclose on the collateral securing the loan. Any such activity could cause the Fund to recognize taxable income without a corresponding receipt of cash, which may require the Fund to distribute cash obtained from other sources (including a sale of other portfolio securities) in order to satisfy the distribution requirement applicable to RICs and to avoid a Fund-level tax. Any such activity could also result in the Fund receiving assets that give rise to non-qualifying income for purposes of the 90% gross income test described above.

Foreign Currency Transactions. Any transaction by the Fund in foreign currencies, foreign currency-denominated debt obligations or certain foreign currency options, futures contracts or forward contracts (or similar instruments) may give rise to ordinary income or loss to the extent such income or loss results from fluctuations in the value of the foreign currency concerned. Any such net gains could require a larger dividend toward the end of the calendar year. Any such net losses will generally reduce and potentially require the recharacterization of prior ordinary income distributions. Such ordinary income treatment may accelerate Fund distributions to Common Shareholders and increase the distributions taxed to Common Shareholders as ordinary income. Any net ordinary losses so created cannot be carried forward by the Fund to offset income or gains earned in subsequent taxable years.

Passive Foreign Investment Companies. The Fund’s investments that are treated as equity investments for federal income tax purposes in certain “passive foreign investment companies” (“PFICs”) could potentially subject the Fund to a U.S. federal income tax (including interest charges) on distributions received from the company or on proceeds received from the disposition of shares in the company. This tax cannot be eliminated by making distributions to Common Shareholders. However, the Fund may elect to avoid the imposition of this tax. For example, the Fund may elect to treat a PFIC as a qualified electing fund (i.e., make a “QEF election”), in which case the Fund will be required to include its share of the PFIC’s income and net capital gains annually, regardless of whether it receives any distribution from the PFIC. The Fund also may make an election to mark the gains (and to a limited extent losses) in such holdings to the market as though

 

92


Table of Contents

it had sold (and, solely for purposes of this mark-to-market election, repurchased) its holdings in those PFICs on the last day of the Fund’s taxable year. Such gains and losses are treated as ordinary income and loss. The QEF and mark-to-market elections may accelerate the recognition of income (without the receipt of cash) and increase the amount required to be distributed by the Fund to avoid taxation. Making either of these elections therefore may require the Fund to liquidate other investments (including when it is not advantageous to do so) to meet its distribution requirement, which also may accelerate the recognition of gain and affect the Fund’s total return. Dividends paid by PFICs will not be eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income. If the Fund indirectly invests in PFICs by virtue of the Fund’s investment in other funds, it may not make such PFIC elections; rather, the underlying funds directly investing in the PFICs would decide whether to make such elections.

Because it is not always possible to identify a foreign corporation as a PFIC, the Fund may incur the tax and interest charges described above in some instances.

Tax Credit Bonds. If the Fund holds, directly or indirectly, one or more “tax credit bonds” issued on or before December 31, 2017, such as Build America Bonds issued before January 1, 2011, on one or more applicable dates during a taxable year, it is possible that the Fund will elect to permit its Common Shareholders to claim a tax credit on their income tax returns equal to each Common Shareholder’s proportionate share of tax credits from the applicable bonds that otherwise would be allowed to the Fund. In such a case, a Common Shareholder will be deemed to receive a distribution of money with respect to its Fund shares equal to the Common Shareholder’s proportionate share of the amount of such credits and be allowed a credit against the Common Shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability equal to the amount of such deemed distribution, subject to certain limitations imposed by the Code on the credits involved. Even if the Fund is eligible to pass through such tax credits to Common Shareholders, the Fund may choose not to do so.

Options and Futures. In general, option premiums received by the Fund are not immediately included in the income of the Fund. Instead, the premiums are recognized when the option contract expires, the option is exercised by the holder, or the Fund transfers or otherwise terminates the option (for example, through a closing transaction). If a call option written by the Fund is exercised and the Fund sells or delivers the underlying stock, the Fund generally will recognize capital gain or loss equal to (a) sum of the strike price and the option premium received by the Fund minus (b) the Fund’s basis in the stock. Such gain or loss generally will be short-term or long-term depending upon the holding period of the underlying stock. If securities are purchased by the Fund pursuant to the exercise of a put option written by it, the Fund generally will subtract the premium received for purposes of computing its cost basis in the securities purchased. Gain or loss arising in respect of a termination of the Fund’s obligation under an option other than through the exercise of the option will be short-term gain or loss depending on whether the premium income received by the Fund is greater or less than the amount paid by the Fund (if any) in terminating the transaction. Thus, for example, if an option written by the Fund expires unexercised, the Fund generally will recognize short-term gain equal to the premium received.

The Fund’s options activities may include transactions constituting straddles for U.S. federal income tax purposes, that is, that trigger the U.S. federal income tax straddle rules contained primarily in Section 1092 of the Code. Such straddles include, for example, positions in a particular security, or an index of securities, and one or more options that offset the former position, including options that are “covered” by the Fund’s long position in the subject security. Very generally, where applicable, Section 1092 requires (i) that losses be deferred on positions deemed to be offsetting positions with respect to “substantially similar or related property,” to the extent of unrealized gain in the latter, and (ii) that the holding period of such a straddle position that has not already been held for the long-term holding period be terminated and begin anew once the position is no longer part of a straddle. Options on single stocks that are not “deep in the money” may constitute qualified covered calls which generally, are not subject to the straddle rules; the holding period on stock underlying qualified covered calls that are “in the money” although not “deep in the money” will be suspended during the period that such calls are outstanding. The straddle rules and the rules governing qualified covered calls could cause gains that would otherwise constitute long-term capital gains to be treated as short-term capital gains, and distributions that would otherwise constitute qualified dividend income or qualify for the dividends-received deduction to fail to satisfy the holding period requirements and therefore to be taxed as ordinary income or to fail to qualify for the dividends-received deduction, as the case may be.

The tax treatment of certain positions entered into by the Fund, including regulated futures contracts, certain foreign currency positions and certain listed non-equity options, will be governed by section 1256 of the Code (“section 1256 contracts”). Gains or losses on section 1256 contracts generally are considered 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gains or losses (“60/40”), although certain foreign currency gains and losses from such contracts may be treated as

 

93


Table of Contents

ordinary in character. Also, section 1256 contracts held by the Fund at the end of each taxable year (and, for purposes of the 4% excise tax, on certain other dates as prescribed under the Code) are marked to market with the result that unrealized gains or losses are treated as though they were realized and the resulting gain or loss is treated as ordinary or 60/40 gain or loss, as applicable.

Other Derivatives, Hedging, and Related Transactions. In addition to the special rules described above in respect of futures and options transactions, the Fund’s transactions in other derivative instruments (for example, forward contracts and swap agreements), as well as any of its other hedging, short sale or similar transactions, may be subject to one or more special tax rules (for example, notional principal contract, straddle, constructive sale, wash sale and short sale rules). These rules may affect whether gains and losses recognized by the Fund are treated as ordinary or capital or as short-term or long-term, accelerate the recognition of income or gains to the Fund, defer losses to the Fund, and cause adjustments in the holding periods of the Fund’s securities. These rules could therefore affect the amount, timing and/or character of distributions to Common Shareholders. In addition, the tax rules applicable to derivatives are in many cases uncertain under current law. An adverse determination, future guidance by the IRS or Treasury regulations, in each case with potentially retroactive effect, might bear adversely on the Fund’s satisfaction of the distribution or other requirements to maintain its qualification as a RIC and avoid a Fund-level tax.

Commodity-Related Investments. The Fund’s use of commodity-linked instruments can be limited by the Fund’s intention to qualify as a RIC, and can bear on the Fund’s ability to so qualify. Income and gains from certain commodity-linked instruments and from direct investments, if any, in commodities do not constitute qualifying income to a RIC for purposes of the 90% gross income test described above. The tax treatment of certain other commodity-linked instruments in which the Fund might invest is not certain, in particular with respect to whether income or gains from such instruments constitute qualifying income to a RIC. If the Fund were to treat income or gain from a particular instrument as qualifying income and the income or gain were later determined not to constitute qualifying income and, together with any other non-qualifying income, caused the Fund’s non-qualifying income to exceed 10% of its gross income in any taxable year, the Fund would fail to qualify as a RIC unless it is eligible to and does cure such failure by paying a tax at the Fund level.

Exchange-Traded Notes. The tax rules are uncertain with respect to the treatment, including timing, of income or gains arising in respect of ETNs. An adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to these rules (which determination or guidance could be retroactive) may affect the Fund’s ability to satisfy the requirements for qualifying for treatment as a RIC and to avoid a Fund-level tax.

Investments through Subsidiaries. The Fund may make or hold certain investments through a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Fund that is organized under the laws of the United States and taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes (any such subsidiary, a “Domestic Subsidiary”). Any such Domestic Subsidiary would be subject to U.S. federal income tax on its taxable income at the rate applicable to corporations, and such Domestic Subsidiary may also be subject to state or local taxes. Therefore, the Fund may, through its investment in any such Domestic Subsidiary, bear more tax than it would have if the Fund had held such investment directly. Any such taxes would reduce the Fund’s return on investments held through its Domestic Subsidiary. Distributions from a Domestic Subsidiary would generally be treated as dividend income to the extent of the Domestic Subsidiary’s earnings and profits, and thereafter as a return of capital. Such distributions treated as dividends may be eligible for the dividends-received deduction in the case of corporate Common Shareholders and may be eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income in the case of Common Shareholders taxed as individuals, provided, in both cases, the Common Shareholder meets certain holding period and other requirements in respect of the Fund’s shares (as described above). Depending on the assets held by the subsidiary and other considerations, a subsidiary may qualify and elect to be treated as a REIT for federal income tax purposes, in which case such subsidiary generally would not be subject to U.S. corporate income tax to the extent such subsidiary timely distributes all its income and gain. Distributions by a subsidiary that is a REIT for federal income tax purposes will be included in the Fund’s income and gain to the extent of the subsidiary’s earnings and profits. Such amounts, when distributed to shareholders, will not qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction, generally will not constitute qualified dividend income and may qualify as qualified REIT dividends in the hands of individual shareholders, as discussed further above.

Book-Tax Differences. Certain of the Fund’s investments in derivative instruments and foreign currency-denominated instruments, and any of the Fund’s transactions in foreign currencies and hedging activities, are likely to produce a difference between its book income and the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income (if any). If such a difference arises, and the Fund’s book income is less than the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income,

 

94


Table of Contents

the Fund could be required to make distributions exceeding book income to qualify as a RIC that is accorded special tax treatment. In the alternative, if the Fund’s book income exceeds the sum of its taxable income (including realized capital gains) and net tax-exempt income, the distribution (if any) of such excess generally will be treated as (i) a dividend to the extent of the Fund’s remaining earnings and profits (including earnings and profits arising from tax-exempt income), (ii) thereafter, as a return of capital to the extent of the recipient’s basis in its shares, and (iii) thereafter as gain from the sale or exchange of a capital asset.

Investments in Other RICs. The Fund’s investments in shares of another mutual fund, ETF or another company that qualifies as a RIC (each, an “underlying RIC”) can cause the Fund to be required to distribute greater amounts of net investment income or net capital gain than the Fund would have distributed had it invested directly in the securities held by the underlying RIC, rather than in shares of the underlying RIC. Further, the amount or timing of distributions from the Fund qualifying for treatment as a particular character (for example, long-term capital gain, exempt interest, eligibility for dividends-received deduction, etc.) will not necessarily be the same as it would have been had the Fund invested directly in the securities held by the investment company.

If the Fund receives dividends from an underlying RIC and the underlying RIC reports such dividends as qualified dividend income, then the Fund is permitted in turn to report to its Common Shareholders a portion of its distributions as qualified dividend income, provided the Fund meets holding period and other requirements with respect to shares of the underlying RIC.

If the Fund receives dividends from an underlying RIC and the underlying RIC reports such dividends as eligible for the dividends-received deduction, then the Fund is permitted in turn to report to its Common Shareholders its distributions derived from those dividends as eligible for the dividends-received deduction as well, provided the Fund meets holding period and other requirements with respect to shares of the underlying RIC.

If at the close of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year, at least 50% of its total assets were to consist of interests in other RICs, the Fund would be a qualified fund of funds. In that case, the Fund would be permitted to elect to pass through to its Common Shareholders foreign income and other similar taxes paid by the Fund in respect of foreign securities held directly by the Fund or by an underlying fund in which it invests that itself elected to pass such taxes through to shareholders, so that Common Shareholders of the Fund would be eligible to claim a tax credit or deduction for such taxes. However, even if the Fund were to qualify to make such election for any year, it may determine not to do so. See “Foreign Taxation” below for more information. Additionally, if the Fund were a qualified fund of funds, the Fund would be permitted to distribute exempt-interest dividends and thereby pass through to its Common Shareholders the tax-exempt character of any exempt-interest dividends it receives from underlying funds in which it invests, or interest on any tax-exempt obligations in which it directly invests, if any. The Fund does not expect to be able to distribute exempt-interest dividends under any other circumstances. Furthermore, even if the Fund were eligible to report any distributions as exempt-interest dividends, it provides no assurance that it would do so.

If the Fund were to own 20% or more of the voting interests of an underlying RIC, subject to a safe harbor in respect of certain fund of funds arrangements, the Fund would be required to “look through” the underlying RIC to its holdings and combine the appropriate percentage (as determined pursuant to the applicable Treasury Regulations) of the underlying RIC’s assets with the Fund’s assets for purposes of satisfying the 25% diversification test described above.

Backup Withholding

The Fund generally is required to withhold and remit to the U.S. Treasury a percentage of the taxable distributions and redemption proceeds paid to any individual Common Shareholder who fails to properly furnish the Fund with a correct taxpayer identification number, who has under-reported dividend or interest income, or who fails to certify to the Fund that he or she is not subject to such withholding.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be credited against the Common Shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the appropriate information is furnished to the IRS.

 

95


Table of Contents

Tax-Exempt Shareholders

Income of a RIC that would be UBTI if earned directly by a tax-exempt entity generally will not constitute UBTI when distributed to a tax-exempt shareholder of the RIC. Notwithstanding this blocking effect, a tax-exempt Common Shareholder could realize UBTI by virtue of its investment in the Fund if shares in the Fund constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt Common Shareholder within the meaning of Code Section 514(b).

A tax-exempt Common Shareholder may also recognize UBTI if the Fund recognizes excess inclusion income derived from direct or indirect investments in residual interests in REMICs or equity interests in TMPs as described above, if the amount of such income recognized by the Fund exceeds the Fund’s investment company taxable income (after taking into account deductions for dividends paid by the Fund).

In addition, special tax consequences apply to charitable remainder trusts (“CRTs”) that invest in RICs that invest directly or indirectly in residual interests in REMICs or equity interests in TMPs. Under legislation enacted in December 2006, a CRT (as defined in Section 664 of the Code) that realizes any UBTI for a taxable year must pay an excise tax annually of an amount equal to such UBTI. Under IRS guidance issued in October 2006, a CRT will not recognize UBTI as a result of investing in the Fund that recognizes excess inclusion income. Rather, if at any time during any taxable year a CRT (or one of certain other tax-exempt Common Shareholders, such as the United States, a state or political subdivision, or an agency or instrumentality thereof, and certain energy cooperatives) is a record holder of a Common Share in the Fund that recognizes excess inclusion income, then the Fund will be subject to a tax on that portion of its excess inclusion income for the taxable year that is allocable to such Common Shareholders at the highest federal corporate income tax rate. The extent to which this IRS guidance remains applicable in light of the December 2006 legislation is unclear. To the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the Fund may elect to specially allocate any such tax to the applicable CRT, or other Common Shareholder, and thus reduce such Common Shareholder’s distributions for the year by the amount of the tax that relates to such Common Shareholder’s interest in the Fund.

CRTs and other tax-exempt investors are urged to consult their tax advisers concerning the consequences of investing in the Fund.

Sale, Exchange or Redemption of Shares

The sale, exchange, or redemption of Fund shares may give rise to a gain or loss. In general, any gain or loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than 12 months. Otherwise, the gain or loss on the taxable disposition of Fund shares will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. However, any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of Fund shares held by a Common Shareholder for six months or less will be treated as long-term, rather than short-term, to the extent of any Capital Gain Dividends received (or deemed received) by the Common Shareholder with respect to the shares.

Further, all or a portion of any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of Fund shares will be disallowed under the Code’s “wash sale” rule if other substantially identical shares are purchased, including by means of dividend reinvestment, within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the newly purchased shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.

In certain circumstances, the Fund may redeem Common Shares. Common Shareholders who tender all shares held, or considered by held, by them will be treated as having sold their shares and generally will realize a capital gain or loss. If a Common Shareholder tenders fewer than all or its shares, such shareholder may be treated as having received a distribution under Section 301 of the Code (“Section 301 distribution”) unless the redemption is treated as being either (i) “substantially disproportionate” with respect to such Common Shareholder or (ii) otherwise “not essentially equivalent to a dividend” under the relevant rules of the Code. A Section 301 distribution is not treated as a sale or exchange giving rise to a capital gain or loss, but rather is treated as a dividend to the extent supported by the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, with the excess treated as a return of capital reducing the Common Shareholder’s tax basis in Fund shares, and thereafter as capital gain. Where a redeeming Common Shareholder is treated as receiving a dividend, there is a risk that non-tendering Common Shareholders whose interests in the Fund increase as a result of such tender will be treated as having received a taxable distribution from the Fund. The extent of such risk will vary depending upon the particular circumstances of the tender offer, in particular whether such offer is a single and isolated event or is part of a plan for periodically redeeming the shares of the Fund; if isolated, any such risk is likely remote.

 

96


Table of Contents

Upon the redemption or exchange of Fund shares, the Fund or, in the case of shares purchased through a financial intermediary, the financial intermediary may be required to provide the Common Shareholder and the IRS with cost basis and certain other related tax information about the Fund shares redeemed or exchanged. See the Fund’s Prospectus for more information.

Tax Shelter Reporting Regulations

Under Treasury regulations, if a Common Shareholder recognizes a loss of $2 million or more for an individual Common Shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate Common Shareholder, the Common Shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct holders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a RIC are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all RICs. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Common Shareholders should consult their tax advisers to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

Foreign Taxation

Income, proceeds and gains received by the Fund (or underlying RICs in which the Fund has invested) from sources within foreign countries may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by such countries, which would decrease the Fund’s yield on securities subject to such taxes. Tax treaties between certain countries and the U.S. may reduce or eliminate such taxes. This will decrease the Fund’s yield on securities subject to such taxes. If more than 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets at the close of a taxable year consists of securities of foreign corporations, the Fund will be eligible to elect to pass through to Common Shareholders foreign income taxes that it pays. If this election is made, Common Shareholders will be required to include their share of those taxes in gross income as a distribution from the Fund and generally will be allowed to claim a credit (or a deduction, if the Common Shareholder itemizes deductions) for such amounts on their federal U.S. income tax return, subject to certain limitations. If the Fund were a qualified fund of funds, it would be permitted to elect to pass through to its Common Shareholders foreign taxes it has paid or foreign taxes passed through to it by any underlying fund that itself elected to pass through such taxes to shareholders (see “Investments in Other RICs” above). Even if the Fund is eligible to make such an election for a given year, it may determine not to do so.

Foreign Shareholders

Distributions by the Fund to a Common Shareholder that are not “U.S. persons” within the meaning of the Code (“foreign shareholders”) properly reported by the Fund as (1) Capital Gain Dividends, (2) short-term capital gain dividends (3) interest-related dividends, each as defined and subject to certain conditions described below, and (4) exempt-interest dividends generally are not subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax (though such exempt interest dividends may be subject to backup withholding).

In general, the Code defines (1) “short-term capital gain dividends” as distributions of net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses and (2) “interest-related dividends” as distributions from U.S. source interest income of types similar to those not subject to U.S. federal income tax if earned directly by an individual foreign shareholder, in each case to the extent such distributions are properly reported as such by the Fund in a written notice to Common Shareholders.

The exceptions to withholding for Capital Gain Dividends and short-term capital gain dividends do not apply to (A) distributions to an individual foreign shareholder who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the distribution and (B) distributions attributable to gain that is treated as effectively connected with the conduct by the foreign shareholder of a trade or business within the United States under special rules regarding the disposition of U.S. real property interests as described below. The exception to withholding for interest-related dividends does not apply to distributions to a foreign shareholder (A) that has not provided a satisfactory statement that the beneficial owner is not a U.S. person, (B) to the extent that the dividend is attributable to certain interest on an obligation if the foreign shareholder is the issuer or is a 10% shareholder of the issuer, (C) that is within certain foreign countries that have inadequate information exchange with the United States, or (D) to the extent the dividend is attributable to interest paid by a person that is a related person of the foreign shareholder and the foreign shareholder is a controlled foreign corporation. If the Fund invests in another underlying RIC that pays such distributions to the Fund, such

 

97


Table of Contents

distributions retain their character as not subject to withholding if properly reported when paid by the Fund to foreign shareholders. The Fund is permitted to report such part of its dividends as are eligible, to be treated as short-term capital gain or interest-related dividends, but is not required to do so. In the case of shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary is permitted to withhold even if the Fund reports all or a portion of a payment as a short-term capital gain or an interest-related dividend to Common Shareholders.

Foreign shareholders should contact their intermediaries regarding the application of these rules to their accounts.

Distributions by the Fund to foreign shareholders other than Capital Gain Dividends, short-term capital gain dividends, interest-related dividends and exempt-interest dividends (e.g., dividends attributable to dividend and foreign source interest income or to short-term capital gains or U.S. source interest income to which the exception from withholding described above does not apply) are generally subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate).

A foreign shareholder is not, in general, subject to U.S. federal income tax on gains (and is not allowed a deduction for losses) realized on the sale of shares of the Fund unless (i) such gain is effectively connected with the conduct by the foreign shareholder of a trade or business within the United States, (ii) in the case of a foreign shareholder that is an individual, the Common Shareholder is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the sale and certain other conditions are met, or (iii) the special rules relating to gain attributable to the sale or exchange of U.S. real property interests (“USRPIs”) apply to the foreign shareholder’s sale of shares of the Fund (as described below).

Subject to certain exceptions (for example, for a fund that is a “United States real property holding corporation” as described below), the Fund is generally not required to withhold on the amount of a non-dividend distribution (i.e., a distribution that is not paid out of the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits for the applicable taxable year) when paid to its foreign shareholders.

Foreign shareholders with respect to whom income from the Fund is effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by the foreign shareholder within the United States will in general be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the income derived from the Fund at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. citizens, residents or domestic corporations, whether such income is received in cash or reinvested in shares of the Fund and, in the case of a foreign corporation, may also be subject to a branch profits tax. If a foreign shareholder is eligible for the benefits of a tax treaty, any effectively connected income or gain will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net basis only if it is also attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Common Shareholder in the United States. More generally, foreign shareholders who are residents in a country with an income tax treaty with the United States may obtain different tax results than those described herein, and are urged to consult their tax advisers.

Special rules would apply if the Fund were a qualified investment entity (“QIE”) because it is either a U.S. real property holding corporation (“USRPHC”) or would be a USRPHC but for the operation of certain exceptions to the definition of USRPIs described below. Very generally, a USRPHC is a domestic corporation that holds USRPIs the fair market value of which equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market values of the corporation’s USRPIs, interests in real property located outside the United States, and other trade or business assets. USRPIs are generally defined as any interest in U.S. real property and any interest (other than solely as a creditor) in a USRPHC or, very generally, an entity that has been a USRPHC in the last five years (a “former USRPHC”). If the Fund holds, directly or indirectly, significant interests in REITs, it may be a USRPHC. Interests in domestically controlled QIEs, including REITs and RICs that are QIEs, not-greater-than-10% interests in publicly traded classes of stock in REITs and not-greater-than-5% interests in publicly traded classes of stock in RICs generally are not USRPIs, but these exceptions do not apply for purposes of determining whether the Fund is a QIE.

If an interest in the Fund were a USRPI, the Fund would be required to withhold U.S. tax on the proceeds of a redemption of Common Shares by a greater-than-5% foreign shareholder, in which case such foreign shareholder generally would also be required to file U.S. tax returns and pay any additional taxes due in connection with the redemption.

Moreover, if the Fund were a USRPHC or, very generally, had been one in the last five years, it would be required to withhold on amounts distributed to a greater-than-5% foreign shareholder to the extent such amounts would not be treated as a dividend, i.e. are in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits for the applicable taxable year. Such withholding generally is not required if the Fund is a domestically controlled QIE.

 

98


Table of Contents

If the Fund were a QIE, under a special “look-through” rule, any distributions by the Fund to a foreign shareholder (including, in certain cases, distributions made by the Fund in redemption of its shares) attributable directly or indirectly to (i) distributions received by the Fund from a lower-tier RIC or REIT that the Fund is required to treat as USRPI gain in its hands and (ii) gains realized on the disposition of USRPIs by the Fund would retain their character as gains realized from USRPIs in the hands of the Fund’s foreign shareholder and would be subject to U.S. tax withholding. In addition, such distributions could result in the foreign shareholder being required to file a U.S. tax return and pay tax on the distributions at regular U.S. federal income tax rates. The consequences to a foreign shareholder, including the rate of such withholding and character of such distributions (for example, as ordinary income or USRPI gain), would vary depending upon the extent of the foreign shareholder’s current and past ownership of the Fund.

Foreign shareholders of the Fund also may be subject to “wash sale” rules to prevent the avoidance of the tax-filing and -payment obligations discussed above through the sale and repurchase of Fund shares.

Foreign shareholders should consult their tax advisers and, if holding shares through intermediaries, their intermediaries, concerning the application of these rules to their investment in the Fund.

In order to qualify for any exemptions from withholding described above or for lower withholding tax rates under income tax treaties, or to establish an exemption from backup withholding, a foreign shareholder must comply with special certification and filing requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or substitute form). Foreign shareholders should consult their tax advisers in this regard.

Special rules (including withholding and reporting requirements) apply to foreign partnerships and those holding Fund shares through foreign partnerships. Additional considerations may apply to foreign trusts and estates. Investors holding Fund shares through foreign entities should consult their tax advisers about their particular situation.

A foreign shareholder may be subject to state and local tax and to the U.S. federal estate tax in addition to the U.S. federal income tax referred to above.

Common Shareholders Reporting Obligations With Respect to Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts

Common Shareholders that are U.S. persons and own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the Fund by vote or value could be required to report annually their financial interest in the Fund’s foreign financial accounts, if any, on FinCEN Form 114, Report of Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts. Common Shareholders should consult a tax adviser, or if holding shares through an intermediary, their intermediary, regarding the applicability to them of this reporting requirement.

Other Reporting and Withholding Requirements

Sections 1471-1474 of the Code and the U.S. Treasury and IRS guidance issued thereunder (collectively, “FATCA”) generally require the Fund to obtain information sufficient to identify the status of each of its Common Shareholders under FATCA or under an applicable intergovernmental agreement (an “IGA”) between the United States and a foreign government. If a Common Shareholder fails to provide this information or otherwise fails to comply with FATCA or an IGA, the Fund may be required to withhold under FATCA at a rate of 30% with respect to that Common Shareholder on ordinary dividends it pays. The IRS and the Department of Treasury have issued proposed regulations providing that these withholding rules will not be applicable to the gross proceeds of a redemption of Common Shares or Capital Gain Dividends the Fund pays. If a payment by the Fund is subject to FATCA withholding, the Fund is required to withhold even if such payment would otherwise be exempt from withholding under the rules applicable to foreign shareholders described above (e.g., short-term capital gain dividends and interest-related dividends).

Each prospective investor is urged to consult its tax adviser regarding the applicability of FATCA and any other reporting requirements with respect to the prospective investor’s own situation, including investments through an intermediary.

 

99


Table of Contents

General Considerations

The U.S. federal income tax discussion set forth above is for general information only. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisers regarding the specific federal tax consequences of purchasing, holding, and disposing of shares of the Fund, as well as the effects of state, local, foreign, and other tax law and any proposed tax law changes.

CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AGENT AND DIVIDEND DISBURSEMENT AGENT

U.S. Bank National Association, 1555 N. Rivercenter Drive, Suite 302, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53212, serves as custodian for assets of the Fund and performs custodial services on behalf of the Fund. The Custodian is expected to serve as a custodian for any wholly-owned Subsidiary formed by the Fund for the purpose of holding Fund investments.

USBGFS, 777 E. Wisconsin Avenue Milwaukee, WI 53202, serves as the fund accountant, administrator, transfer agent, registrar and dividend disbursement agent for the Common Shares, as well as agent for the Dividend Reinvestment Plan relating to the Common Shares.

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Deloitte & Touche LLP, 695 Town Center Drive, Suite 1000, Costa Mesa California 92626, serves as independent registered public accounting firm, providing audit services for the Fund. Deloitte Tax LLP provides tax return preparation services for the Fund.

 

100


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and Board of Trustees

of DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund:

Opinion on the Financial Statement

We have audited the accompanying statement of assets and liabilities of DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund (the “Fund”), as of December 9, 2019, and the related notes. In our opinion, the financial statement presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Fund as of December 9, 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Basis for Opinion

This financial statement is the responsibility of the Fund’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Fund’s financial statement based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Funds in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statement is free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Fund is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Fund’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statement, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statement. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statement. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

LOGO

Costa Mesa, California

December 10, 2019

We have served as the auditor of one or more DoubleLine Funds investment companies since 2013.

 

101


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund

Statement of Assets and Liabilities

December 9, 2019

 

ASSETS                

Cash

     $ 100,000  

Total Assets

     $ 100,000  

LIABILITIES

          

Net Assets

     $ 100,000  

 

NET ASSETS CONSIST OF:

    
Paid-in Capital (5,000 shares of $0.00001 par value shares of beneficial interest issued and outstanding; unlimited shares authorized)      $ 100,000  

Common Shares Outstanding

       5,000  

Net Asset Value per Share

     $ 20.00  

See accompanying Notes to Financial Statements

 

102


Table of Contents
Notes to Financial Statement    December 9, 2019    

 

1.

Organization

DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund (the “Fund”), a Massachusetts business trust, was formed on September 17, 2019. The Fund is a newly organized, non-diversified, limited term closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). The Fund’s primary investment objective is to seek a high level of current income, capital appreciation, or both.

The Fund has a limited term and intends to terminate as of the first business day following the fifteenth anniversary of the effective date of the Fund’s initial registration statement, which the Fund currently expects, subject to potential extension, to occur on or about February 25, 2035 (the “Dissolution Date”); provided that the Fund’s Board of Trustees (the “Board”) may, by a vote of a majority of the Board and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees, as such term is defined in the Fund’s Declaration of Trust (a “Board Action Vote”), without shareholder approval, extend the Dissolution Date (i) once for up to one year, and (ii) once for up to an additional six months, to a date up to and including the eighteenth month after the initial Dissolution Date, which later date shall then become the Dissolution Date. Each holder of common shares of beneficial interest (“Common Shareholders”) would be paid a pro rata portion of the Fund’s net assets upon termination of the Fund. The Board may, by a Board Action Vote, cause the Fund to conduct a tender offer, as of a date within twelve months preceding the Dissolution Date (as may be extended as described above), to all Common Shareholders to purchase 100% of the then outstanding common shares of the Fund at a price equal to the net asset value (“NAV”) per common share on the expiration date of the tender offer (an “Eligible Tender Offer”). The Board has established that the Fund must have at least $200 million of net assets immediately following the completion of an Eligible Tender Offer to ensure the continued viability of the Fund (the “Dissolution Threshold”).

The Fund has had no operations as of December 9, 2019 other than matters relating to its organization and registration as a closed-end management investment company under the 1940 Act, and the sale and issuance to DoubleLine Asset Management Company, LLC (“DAMCO”), an affiliate of DoubleLine Capital LP (the “Adviser”), of 5,000 shares of the Fund at an aggregate purchase price of $100,000. The Fund intends to operate, each year, using a fiscal and taxable year ending September 30.

As of December 9, 2019, DAMCO owned 100% of the outstanding shares of beneficial interests of the Fund.

 

2.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The Fund is an investment company that applies the accounting and reporting guidance issued in Topic 946, “Financial Services – Investment Companies”, by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”). The following is a summary of the significant accounting policies of the Fund. These policies are in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”).

A. Use of Estimates. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

B. Cash. Cash includes non-interest bearing non-restricted cash with one financial institution.

C. Federal Income Taxes. The Fund intends to qualify as a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. If so qualified, the Fund will not be subject to federal income tax to the extent the Fund distributes substantially all of its net investment income and capital gains to shareholders.

D. Dividends and Distributions to Shareholders. The Fund intends to declare and pay distributions from its net investment income monthly. The Fund also expects to make a distribution during or with respect to each calendar year (which may be combined with a regular monthly distribution), which will generally include any net investment income and net realized capital gain for the year not otherwise distributed previously.

 

103


Table of Contents

E. Organization and Offering Costs. The Adviser has contractually agreed to pay all organizational expenses of the Fund and all offering costs associated with the initial public offering of the Fund’s common shares. The Fund is not obligated to repay any such organizational expenses or offering costs paid by the Adviser.

 

3.

Indemnification

Under the Fund’s organizational documents, each Trustee and officer of the Fund is indemnified, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, against certain liabilities that may arise out of performance of their duties to the Fund. Additionally, in the normal course of business, the Fund enters into contracts that contain a variety of indemnification clauses. The Fund’s maximum exposure under these arrangements is unknown as this would involve future claims that may be made against the Fund that have not yet occurred. However, the Fund has not had prior claims or losses pursuant to these contracts.

 

4.

Related Party Transactions

The Fund and the Adviser, as of December 5, 2019 entered into an Investment Management Agreement, under the terms of which the Fund will employ the Adviser to manage the investment of the assets of the Fund, to place orders for the purchase and sale of its portfolio securities, and to be responsible for overall management of the Fund’s business affairs, subject to control by the Board. The Fund intends to pay a monthly fee to the Adviser, calculated at the annual rate (as a percentage of the Fund’s average daily total managed assets) of 1.35%. For purposes of calculating “total managed assets,” the liquidation preference of any preferred shares outstanding shall not be considered a liability. With respect to any reverse repurchase agreement, dollar roll or similar transaction, “total managed assets” includes any proceeds from the sale of an asset of the Fund to a counterparty in such a transaction, in addition to the value of the asset so sold as of the relevant measuring date. Cash and cash equivalents are included when calculating the Fund’s total managed assets. For purposes of calculating total managed assets, the Fund’s derivative investments generally will be valued based on their market value (i.e., the notional value of such investments will not be used for purposes of calculating total managed assets). The average daily total managed assets of the Fund for any month is determined by taking an average of all of the determinations of total managed assets during such month at the close of business on each business day during such month. At December 5, 2019, the officers and certain trustees of the Fund were also employees of the Adviser.

 

5.

Administrator, Transfer Agent, Custodian and Distributor

U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, doing business as U.S. Bank Global Fund Services (“Fund Services”) and a subsidiary of U.S. Bancorp, intends to provide accounting, administrative and transfer agency services to the Fund pursuant to a master services agreement between the Fund and Fund Services. U.S. Bank National Association, an affiliate of Fund Services, serves as the Fund’s Custodian pursuant to a Custody Agreement. Vision 4 Fund Distributors, LLC intends to provide certain distribution-related services related to the initial public offering of the Fund’s common shares.

 

6.

Subsequent Events

Management has evaluated events and transactions occurring through the date of filing this financial statement. Such evaluation resulted in no adjustments to the accompanying financial statement.

 

104


Table of Contents

APPENDIX A

Procedures for Shareholders to Submit Nominee Candidates

(As of August 24, 2011, as amended February 27, 2013)

A shareholder of the Trust, or of any series thereof, if applicable, must follow the following procedures in order to submit properly a nominee recommendation for the Committee’s consideration.

 

  1.

The shareholder must submit any such recommendation (a “Shareholder Recommendation”) in writing to the Trust, to the attention of the Trust’s Secretary, at the address of the principal executive offices of the Trust.

 

  2.

The Shareholder Recommendation must be delivered to, or mailed and received at, the principal executive offices of the Trust not less than sixty (60) calendar days nor more than ninety (90) calendar days prior to the date of the Board or shareholder meeting at which the nominee candidate would be considered for election.

The Shareholder Recommendation must include: (i) a statement in writing setting forth (A) the name, age, date of birth, business address, residence address and nationality of the person recommended by the shareholder (the “candidate”); (B) the number of all shares of the Trust (including the series and class, if applicable) owned of record or beneficially by the candidate, as reported to such shareholder by the candidate; (C) any other information regarding the candidate called for with respect to director nominees by paragraphs (a), (d), (e) and (f) of Item 401 of Regulation S-K or paragraph (b) of Item 22 of Rule 14a-101 (Schedule 14A) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission (or the corresponding provisions of any applicable regulation or rule subsequently adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency with jurisdiction related to the Trust); (D) any other information regarding the candidate that would be required to be disclosed if the candidate were a nominee in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitation of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or any other applicable law or regulation; and (E) whether the recommending shareholder believes that the candidate is or will be an “interested person” of the Trust (as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended) and, if not an “interested person,” information regarding the candidate that will be sufficient for the Trust to make such determination; (ii) the written and signed consent of the candidate to be named as a nominee and to serve as a Trustee if elected; (iii) the recommending shareholder’s name as it appears on the Trust’s books; (iv) the number of all shares of the Trust (including the series and class, if applicable) owned beneficially and of record by the recommending shareholder; (v) a complete description of all arrangements or understandings between the recommending shareholder and the candidate and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the recommendation is being made by the recommending shareholder, and (vi) a brief description of the candidate’s relevant background and experience for membership on the Board, such as qualification as an audit committee financial expert. In addition, the Committee may require the candidate to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require or deem necessary to determine the eligibility of such candidate to serve as a Trustee of the Trust.

 

A-1


Table of Contents

APPENDIX B

Proxy Voting Guidelines

The proxy voting decisions set forth below refer to proposals by company management except for the categories of “Shareholder Proposals” and “Social Issue Proposals.” The voting decisions in these latter two categories refer to proposals by outside shareholders.

Governance

   

For trustee nominees in uncontested elections

   

For management nominees in contested elections

   

For ratifying auditors, except against if the previous auditor was dismissed because of a disagreement with the company or if the fees for non-audit services exceed 51% of total fees

   

For changing the company name

   

For approving other business

   

For adjourning the meeting

   

For technical amendments to the charter and/or bylaws

   

For approving financial statements

Capital Structure

   

For increasing authorized common stock

   

For decreasing authorized common stock

   

For amending authorized common stock

   

For the issuance of common stock, except against if the issued common stock has superior voting rights

   

For approving the issuance or exercise of stock warrants

   

For authorizing preferred stock, except against if the board has unlimited rights to set the terms and conditions of the shares

   

For increasing authorized preferred stock, except against if the board has unlimited rights to set the terms and conditions of the shares

   

For decreasing authorized preferred stock

   

For canceling a class or series of preferred stock

   

For amending preferred stock

   

For issuing or converting preferred stock, except against if the shares have voting rights superior to those of other shareholders

   

For eliminating preemptive rights

   

For creating or restoring preemptive rights

   

Against authorizing dual or multiple classes of common stock

   

For eliminating authorized dual or multiple classes of common stock

   

For amending authorized dual or multiple classes of common stock

   

For increasing authorized shares of one or more classes of dual or multiple classes of common stock, except against if it will allow the company to issue additional shares with superior voting rights

   

For a stock repurchase program

   

For a stock split

   

For a reverse stock split, except against if the company does not intend to proportionally reduce the number of authorized shares

Mergers and Restructuring

   

For merging with or acquiring another company

   

For recapitalization

   

For restructuring the company

   

For bankruptcy restructurings

   

For liquidations

   

For reincorporating in a different state

   

For spinning off certain company operations or divisions

 

B-1


Table of Contents
   

For the sale of assets

   

Against eliminating cumulative voting

   

For adopting cumulative voting

Board of Trustees

   

For limiting the liability of trustees

   

For setting the board size

   

For allowing the trustees to fill vacancies on the board without shareholder approval

   

Against giving the board the authority to set the size of the board as needed without shareholder approval

   

For a proposal regarding the removal of trustees, except against if the proposal limits the removal of trustees to cases where there is legal cause

   

For non-technical amendments to the company’s certificate of incorporation, except against if an amendment would have the effect of reducing shareholders’ rights

   

For non-technical amendments to the company’s bylaws, except against if an amendment would have the effect of reducing shareholder’s rights

Anti-Takeover Provisions

   

Against a classified board

   

Against amending a classified board

   

For repealing a classified board

   

Against ratifying or adopting a shareholder rights plan (poison pill)

   

Against redeeming a shareholder rights plan (poison pill)

   

Against eliminating shareholders’ right to call a special meeting

   

Against limiting shareholders’ right to call a special meeting

   

For restoring shareholders’ right to call a special meeting

   

Against eliminating shareholders’ right to act by written consent

   

Against limiting shareholders’ right to act by written consent

   

For restoring shareholders’ right to act by written consent

   

Against establishing a supermajority vote provision to approve a merger or other business combination

   

For amending a supermajority vote provision to approve a merger or other business combination, except against if the amendment would increase the vote required to approve the transaction

   

For eliminating a supermajority vote provision to approve a merger or other business combination

   

Against adopting supermajority vote requirements (lock-ins) to change certain bylaw or charter provisions

   

Against amending supermajority vote requirements (lock-ins) to change certain bylaw or charter provisions

   

For eliminating supermajority vote requirements (lock-ins) to change certain bylaw or charter provisions

   

Against expanding or clarifying the authority of the board of trustees to consider factors other than the interests of shareholders in assessing a takeover bid

   

Against establishing a fair price provision

   

Against amending a fair price provision

   

For repealing a fair price provision

   

For limiting the payment of greenmail

   

Against adopting advance notice requirements

   

For opting out of a state takeover statutory provision

   

Against opt into a state takeover statutory provision

Compensation

   

For adopting a stock incentive plan for employees, except if the plan dilution is more than 5% of outstanding common stock or if the potential dilution from all company plans, including the one proposed, is more than 10% of outstanding common stock

   

For amending a stock incentive plan for employees, except if the minimum potential dilution from all company plans, including the one proposed, is more than 10% of outstanding common stock

   

For adding shares to a stock incentive plan for employees, except if the plan dilution is more than 5% of outstanding common stock or if the potential dilution from all company plans, including the one proposed, is more than 10% of outstanding common stock

   

For limiting per-employee option awards

   

For extending the term of a stock incentive plan for employees

 

B-2


Table of Contents
   

For adopting a stock incentive plan for non-employee trustees, except if the plan dilution is more than 5% of outstanding common equity or if the minimum potential dilution from all plans, including the one proposed, is more than 10% of outstanding common equity

   

For amending a stock incentive plan for non-employee trustees, except if the minimum potential dilution from all plans, including the one proposed, is more than 10% of outstanding common equity

 

   

For adding shares to a stock incentive plan for non-employee trustees, except if the plan dilution is more than 5% of outstanding common equity or if the minimum potential dilution from all plans, including the one proposed, is more than 10% of the outstanding common equity

   

For adopting an employee stock purchase plan, except against if the proposed plan allows employees to purchase stock at prices of less than 85% of the stock’s fair market value

   

For amending an employee stock purchase plan, except against if the proposal allows employees to purchase stock at prices of less than 85% of the stock’s fair market value

   

For adding shares to an employee stock purchase plan, except against if the proposed plan allows employees to purchase stock at prices of less than 85% of the stock’s fair market value

   

For adopting a stock award plan, except if the plan dilution is more than 5% of the outstanding common equity or if the minimum potential dilution from all plans, including the one proposed, is more than 10% of the outstanding common equity

   

For amending a stock award plan, except against if the amendment shortens the vesting requirements or lessens the performance requirements

   

For adding shares to a stock award plan, except if the plan dilution is more than 5% of the outstanding common equity or if the minimum potential dilution from all plans, including the one proposed, is more than 10% of the outstanding common equity

   

For adopting a stock award plan for non-employee trustees, except if the plan dilution is more than 5% of the outstanding common equity or if the minimum potential dilution from all plans, including the one proposed, is more than 10% of the outstanding common equity

   

For amending a stock award plan for non-employee trustees, except if the minimum potential dilution from all plans is more than 10% of the outstanding common equity.

   

For adding shares to a stock award plan for non-employee trustees, except if the plan dilution is more than 5% of the outstanding common equity or if the minimum potential dilution from all plans, including the one proposed, is more than 10% of the outstanding common equity

   

For approving an annual bonus plan

   

For adopting a savings plan

   

For granting a one-time stock option or stock award, except if the plan dilution is more than 5% of the outstanding common equity

   

For adopting a deferred compensation plan

   

For approving a long-term bonus plan

   

For approving an employment agreement or contract

   

For amending a deferred compensation plan

   

For amending an annual bonus plan

   

For reapproving a stock option plan or bonus plan for purposes of OBRA

   

For amending a long-term bonus plan

Shareholder Proposals

   

For requiring shareholder ratification of auditors

   

Against requiring the auditors to attend the annual meeting

   

Against limiting consulting by auditors

   

Against requiring the rotation of auditors

   

Against restoring preemptive rights

   

For asking the company to study sales, spin-offs, or other strategic alternatives

   

For asking the board to adopt confidential voting and independent tabulation of the proxy ballots

   

Against asking the company to refrain from counting abstentions and broker non-votes in vote tabulations

   

Against eliminating the company’s discretion to vote unmarked proxy ballots.

   

For providing equal access to the proxy materials for shareholders

   

Against requiring a majority vote to elect trustees

 

B-3


Table of Contents
   

Against requiring the improvement of annual meeting reports

   

Against changing the annual meeting location

   

Against changing the annual meeting date

   

Against asking the board to include more women and minorities as trustees.

   

Against seeking to increase board independence

   

Against limiting the period of time a trustee can serve by establishing a retirement or tenure policy

   

Against requiring minimum stock ownership by trustees

   

Against providing for union or employee representatives on the board of trustees

   

For increasing disclosure regarding the board’s role in the development and monitoring of the company’s long-term strategic plan

   

For creating a nominating committee of the board

   

Against urging the creation of a shareholder committee

   

Against asking that the chairman of the board of trustees be chosen from among the ranks of the non-employee trustees

   

Against asking that a lead trustee be chosen from among the ranks of the non-employee trustees

   

For adopting cumulative voting

   

Against requiring trustees to place a statement of candidacy in the proxy statement

   

Against requiring the nomination of two trustee candidates for each open board seat

   

Against making trustees liable for acts or omissions that constitute a breach of fiduciary care resulting from a trustee’s gross negligence and/or reckless or willful neglect

   

For repealing a classified board

   

Against asking the board to redeem or to allow shareholders to vote on a poison pill shareholder rights plan

   

Against repealing fair price provisions

   

For restoring shareholders’ right to call a special meeting

   

For restoring shareholders’ right to act by written consent

   

For limiting the board’s discretion to issue targeted share placements or requiring shareholder approval before such block placements can be made

   

For seeking to force the company to opt out of a state takeover statutory provision

   

Against reincorporating the company in another state

   

For limiting greenmail payments

   

Against advisory vote on compensation

   

Against restricting executive compensation

   

For enhancing the disclosure of executive compensation

   

Against restricting trustee compensation

   

Against capping executive pay

   

Against calling for trustees to be paid with company stock

   

Against calling for shareholder votes on executive pay

   

Against calling for the termination of trustee retirement plans

   

Against asking management to review, report on, and/or link executive compensation to non-financial criteria, particularly social criteria

   

Against seeking shareholder approval to reprice or replace underwater stock options

   

For banning or calling for a shareholder vote on future golden parachutes

   

Against seeking to award performance-based stock options

   

Against establishing a policy of expensing the costs of all future stock options issued by the company in the company’s annual income statement

   

Against requesting that future executive compensation be determined without regard to any pension fund income

   

Against approving extra benefits under Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (SERPs)

   

Against requiring option shares to be held

   

For creating a compensation committee

   

Against requiring that the compensation committee hire its own independent compensation consultants-separate from the compensation consultants working with corporate management-to assist with executive compensation issues

   

For increasing the independence of the compensation committee

   

For increasing the independence of the audit committee

   

For increasing the independence of key committees

 

B-4


Table of Contents

Social Issue Proposals

   

Against asking the company to develop or report on human rights policies

   

Against asking the company to limit or end operations in Burma

   

For asking management to review operations in Burma

   

For asking management to certify that company operations are free of forced labor

   

Against asking management to implement and/or increase activity on each of the principles of the U.S. Business Principles for Human Rights of Workers in China.

   

Against asking management to develop social, economic, and ethical criteria that the company could use to determine the acceptability of military contracts and to govern the execution of the contracts

   

Against asking management to create a plan of converting the company’s facilities that are dependent on defense contracts toward production for commercial markets

   

Against asking management to report on the company’s government contracts for the development of ballistic missile defense technologies and related space systems

   

Against asking management to report on the company’s foreign military sales or foreign offset activities

   

Against asking management to limit or end nuclear weapons production

 

   

Against asking management to review nuclear weapons production

   

Against asking the company to establish shareholder-designated contribution programs

   

Against asking the company to limit or end charitable giving

   

For asking the company to increase disclosure of political spending and activities

   

Against asking the company to limit or end political spending

   

For requesting disclosure of company executives’ prior government service

   

Against requesting affirmation of political nonpartisanship

   

For asking management to report on or change tobacco product marketing practices, except against if the proposal calls for action beyond reporting

   

Against severing links with the tobacco industry

   

Against asking the company to review or reduce tobacco harm to health

   

For asking management to review or promote animal welfare, except against if the proposal calls for action beyond reporting

   

For asking the company to report or take action on pharmaceutical drug pricing or distribution, except against if the proposal asks for more than a report

   

Against asking the company to take action on embryo or fetal destruction

   

For asking the company to review or report on nuclear facilities or nuclear waste, except against if the proposal asks for cessation of nuclear-related activities or other action beyond reporting

   

For asking the company to review its reliance on nuclear and fossil fuels, its development or use of solar and wind power, or its energy efficiency, except vote against if the proposal asks for more than a report.

   

Against asking management to endorse the Ceres principles

   

For asking the company to control generation of pollutants, except against if the proposal asks for action beyond reporting or if the company reports its omissions and plans to limit their future growth or if the company reports its omissions and plans to reduce them from established levels

   

For asking the company to report on its environmental impact or plans, except against if management has issued a written statement beyond the legal minimum

   

For asking management to report or take action on climate change, except against if management acknowledges a global warming threat and has issued company policy or if management has issued a statement and committed to targets and timetables or if the company is not a major emitter of greenhouse gases

   

For asking management to report on, label, or restrict sales of bioengineered products, except against if the proposal asks for action beyond reporting or calls for a moratorium on sales of bioengineered products

   

Against asking the company to preserve natural habitat

   

Against asking the company to review its developing country debt and lending criteria and to report to shareholders on its findings

   

Against requesting the company to assess the environmental, public health, human rights, labor rights, or other socioeconomic impacts of its credit decisions

   

For requesting reports and/or reviews of plans and/or policies on fair lending practices, except against if the proposal calls for action beyond reporting

 

B-5


Table of Contents
   

Against asking the company to establish committees to consider issues related to facilities closure and relocation of work

   

For asking management to report on the company’s affirmative action policies and programs, including releasing its EEO-1 forms and providing statistical data on specific positions within the company, except against if the company releases its EEO-1 reports

   

Against asking management to drop sexual orientation from EEO policy

   

Against asking management to adopt a sexual orientation non-discrimination policy

   

For asking management to report on or review Mexican operations

   

Against asking management to adopt standards for Mexican operations

   

Against asking management to review or implement the MacBride principles

   

Against asking the company to encourage its contractors and franchisees to implement the MacBride principles

   

For asking management to report on or review its global labor practices or those of its contractors, except against if the company already reports publicly using a recognized standard or if the resolution asks for more than a report

   

Against asking management to adopt, implement, or enforce a global workplace code of conduct based on the International Labor Organization’s core labor conventions

   

For requesting reports on sustainability, except against if the company has already issued a report in GRI format

 

B-6


Table of Contents

PART C

OTHER INFORMATION

Item 25. Financial Statements and Exhibits

 

(1)    Financial Statements
  

The Registrant has not conducted any business as of the date of this filing, other than in connection with its organization. Financial Statements indicating that the Registrant has met the net worth requirements of Section 14(a) of the 1940 Act are filed herewith as part of the Statement of Additional Information.

(2)    Exhibits       
  

(a)(1)

   Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated September 17, 2019.(1)
  

(a)(2)

   Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated November 21, 2019.(2)
  

(a)(3)

   Second Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated February 20, 2020, filed herewith.
  

(b)(1)

   Bylaws of Registrant dated September 17, 2019.(1)
  

(b)(2)

   Amended and Restated Bylaws dated November 21, 2019.(2)
  

(b)(3)

   Second Amended and Restated Bylaws dated February 20, 2020, filed herewith.
  

(c)

   Not applicable.
  

(d)(1)

   Article III (Shares) and Article V (Shareholders’ Voting Powers and Meetings) of the Second Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust, filed herewith.
  

(d)(2)

   Article 10 (Shareholders’ Voting Powers and Meetings) of the Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant, filed herewith.
  

(d)(3)

   Form of Certificate for Common Shares of Beneficial Interest.(2)
  

(e)

   Form of Dividend Reinvestment Plan.(2)
  

(f)

   Not applicable.
  

(g)(1)

   Form of Investment Management Agreement.(2)
  

(g)(2)

   Form of Subsidiary Investment Management Agreement.(2)
  

(h)(1)

   Form of Underwriting Agreement, filed herewith.
  

(h)(2)

   Form of Closed-End Fund Distribution Services Agreement.(3)
  

(h)(3)

   Form of amended and restated Closed-End Fund Distribution Services Agreement.(4)
  

(h)(4)

   Form of Structuring Fee Agreement between the Investment Manager and UBS Securities LLC, filed herewith.
  

(h)(5)

   Form of Structuring Fee Agreement between the Investment Manager and BofA Securities, Inc., filed herewith.
  

(h)(6)

   Form of Structuring Fee Agreement between the Investment Manager and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, filed herewith.
  

(h)(7)

   Form of Structuring Fee Agreement between the Investment Manager and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, filed herewith.
  

(h)(8)

   Form of Structuring Fee Agreement between the Investment Manager and RBC Capital Markets, LLC, filed herewith.
  

(h)(9)

   Form of Structuring Fee Agreement between the Investment Manager and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, filed herewith.
  

(h)(10)

   Form of Sales Incentive Agreement between the Investment Manager and qualifying underwriters, filed herewith.
  

(h)(11)

  

Form of Master Selected Dealer Agreement, filed herewith.

  

(h)(12)

  

Form of Master Agreement Among Underwriters, filed herewith.

  

(i)

   Not applicable.
  

(j)(1)

   Custody Agreement and Fee Schedule, filed herewith.
  

(k)(1)

   Master Services Agreement, filed herewith.
  

(k)(2)

   Communication Administration Agreement, filed herewith.
  

(k)(3)

   Form of Organizational and Offering Expenses Agreement.(2)
  

(l)

   Opinion and Consent of Ropes & Gray LLP, filed herewith.
  

(m)

   Not applicable.
  

(n)

   Consent of Registrant’s independent public accounting firm, filed herewith.
  

(o)

   Not applicable.
  

(p)

   Subscription Agreement, filed herewith.
  

(q)

   Not applicable.
  

(r)(1)

   Code of Ethics of the Fund and DoubleLine Capital LP, filed herewith.
  

(r)(2)

   Code of Ethics Pursuant to Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 for Principal Executive and Senior Financial Officers, filed herewith.
  

(s)(1)

   Power of attorney for Joseph J. Ciprari.(2)
  

(s)(2)

   Power of attorney for Ronald R. Redell.(2)
  

(s)(3)

   Power of attorney for John C. Salter.(2)
  

(s)(4)

   Power of attorney for Raymond B. Woolson.(2)
  

(s)(5)

   Certified resolution of the Board of Trustees of the Fund, filed herewith.

 

 

(1)          Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, Registration Nos. 333-233877, 811-23476 (filed September 20, 2019).

(2)          Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, Registration Nos. 333-233877, 811-23476 (filed December 17, 2019).

(3)          Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, Registration Nos. 333-233877, 811-23476 (filed December 20, 2019).

(4)          Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, Registration Nos. 333-233877, 811-23476 (filed January 16, 2020).

(5)          Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, Registration Nos. 333-233877, 811-23476 (filed January 24, 2020).

Item 26. Marketing Arrangements

See the Form of Underwriting Agreement, the Form of Structuring Fee Agreement between DoubleLine Capital LP and UBS Securities LLC, the Form of Closed-End Fund Distribution Services Agreement between DoubleLine Capital LP and Vision 4 Fund Distributors, LLC, the Form of amended and restated Closed-End Fund Distribution Services Agreement between DoubleLine Capital LP and Vision 4 Fund Distributors, LLC, the Form of Structuring Fee Agreement between DoubleLine Capital LP and BofA Securities Inc., the Form of Structuring Fee Agreement between DoubleLine Capital LP and Morgan Stanley & Co., LLC, the Form of Structuring Fee Agreement between DoubleLine Capital LP and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, the Form of Structuring Fee Agreement between DoubleLine Capital LP and RBC Capital Markets, LLC, the Form of Structuring Fee Agreement between DoubleLine Capital LP and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, the Form of Sales Incentive Agreement between DoubleLine Capital LP and qualifying underwriters, the Form of Master Selected Dealer Agreement and the Form of Master Agreement Among Underwriters filed as Exhibit (h)(1), Exhibit (h)(2), Exhibit (h)(3), Exhibit (h)(4), Exhibit (h)(5), Exhibit (h)(6), Exhibit (h)(7), Exhibit (h)(8), Exhibit (h)(9), Exhibit (h)(10), Exhibit (h)(11) and Exhibit (h)(12), respectively, to this Registration Statement.

Item 27. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The approximate expenses in connection with the offering are as follows:

 

Securities and Exchange Commission Fees

     $ 155,760  

Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. Fees

     $ 180,000  

Printing and Engraving Expenses

     $ 373,000  

Legal Fees

     $ 950,000  

New York Stock Exchange Fees

     $ 40,000  

Accounting Expenses

     $ 31,000  

Marketing Expenses

     $ 500,000  
  

 

 

 

Total

     $ 2,229,760  


Table of Contents

Item 28. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control With Registrant

Not Applicable.

Item 29. Number of Holders of Securities

Set forth below is the number of record holders as of December 31, 2019 of each class of securities of the Registrant:

 

Title of Class

    

   Number of Record
Holders

Common Shares of Beneficial Interest

   1

Item 30. Indemnification

Reference is made to Article VIII, Sections 1 through 4, of the Registrant’s Second Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust, which is incorporated by reference herein.

The form of Underwriting Agreement filed herewith provides for each of the parties thereto, including the Registrant and the underwriters, to indemnify others, their directors or trustees, partners, members officers, agents, affiliates and persons who control them against certain liabilities in connection with the offering as described herein, including certain liabilities under the federal securities laws.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), may be permitted to trustees, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant by the Registrant pursuant to the Trust’s Second Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust, its Second Amended and Restated Bylaws or otherwise, the Registrant is aware that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and, therefore, is unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by trustees, officers or controlling persons of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such trustees, officers or controlling persons in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Reference is made to section 9.4 of the Form of Master Agreement Among Underwriters filed herewith.

Item 31. Business and Other Connections of Investment Manager

The Registrant’s investment adviser, DoubleLine Capital LP (the “Adviser”), is a Delaware limited partnership. The list required by this Item 31 of officers and trustees of the Adviser, together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by the Adviser and such officers and trustees during the past two years, is incorporated by reference to Form ADV (SEC File No. 801-70942) filed by the Adviser pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended.


Table of Contents

Item 32. Location of Accounts and Records

All applicable accounts, books and documents required to be maintained by the Registrant by Section 31(a) of the 1940 Act and the Rules promulgated thereunder are in the possession and custody of the Registrant, c/o DoubleLine Capital LP, 333 South Grand Avenue, Suite 1800, Los Angeles, California 90071, the Registrant’s administrator, U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, P.O. Box 701, Milwaukee, WI 53201, or the Registrant’s custodian, U.S. Bank, N.A., 1555 North River Center Drive, Suite 302, Milwaukee, WI 53212.

Item 33. Management Services

Not applicable.

Item 34. Undertakings

 

  1.

The Registrant undertakes to suspend the offering of its Common Shares of Beneficial Interest until the prospectus is amended if (1) subsequent to the effective date of this registration statement, the net asset value declines more than 10 percent from its net asset value as of the effective date of this registration statement or (2) the net asset value increases to an amount greater than its net proceeds as stated in the prospectus.

 

  2.

Not applicable.

 

  3.

Not applicable.

 

  4.

Not applicable.

 

  5.

The Registrant undertakes that:

(a)         for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of the registration statement as of the time it was declared effective; and

(b)         for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

  6.

The Registrant undertakes to send by first class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery, within two business days of receipt of an oral or written request, its Statement of Additional Information.

NOTICE

A copy of the Second Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust of DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund (the “Fund”), together with all amendments thereto, is on file with the Secretary of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and notice is hereby given that this instrument is executed on behalf of the Fund by any officer of the Fund as an officer and not individually and that the obligations of or arising out of this instrument are not binding upon any of the Trustees of the Fund or shareholders of the Fund individually, but are binding only upon the assets and property of the Fund.


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and/or the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant has duly caused this pre-effective amendment no. 5 to its Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Los Angeles, and the State of California on the 25th day of February, 2020.

 

DOUBLELINE YIELD OPPORTUNITIES FUND

By:

 

/s/ Ronald R. Redell                        

Name:  

 

Ronald R. Redell

Title:

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this pre-effective amendment no. 5 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Name

    

Capacity

 

Date

/s/ Ronald R. Redell

     Trustee, President and Chief Executive Officer  

February 25, 2020    

Ronald R. Redell  

/s/ Henry V. Chase

     Treasurer and Principal Financial and Accounting Officer  

February 25, 2020    

Henry V. Chase  

Joseph J. Ciprari*

     Trustee  

February 25, 2020    

Joseph J. Ciprari       

John C. Salter*

     Trustee  

February 25, 2020    

John C. Salter       

*By:

 

/s/ Cris Santa Ana

 

Cris Santa Ana

Attorney-In-Fact

Date: February 25, 2020


Table of Contents

DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund

Index to Exhibits

Exhibits for Item 25 of Form N-2

 

Exhibit

 

Exhibit Name

(a)(3)   Second Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated February 20, 2020
(b)(3)   Second Amended and Restated Bylaws dated February 20, 2020
(h)(1)   Form of Underwriting Agreement
(h)(4)   Form of Structuring Fee Agreement between the Investment Manager and UBS Securities LLC
(h)(5)   Form of Structuring Fee Agreement between the Investment Manager and BofA Securities, Inc.
(h)(6)   Form of Structuring Fee Agreement between the Investment Manager and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
(h)(7)   Form of Structuring Fee Agreement between the Investment Manager and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
(h)(8)   Form of Structuring Fee Agreement between the Investment Manager and RBC Capital Markets, LLC
(h)(9)   Form of Structuring Fee Agreement between the Investment Manager and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated
(h)(10)   Form of Sales Incentive Agreement between the Investment Manager and qualifying underwriters
(h)(11)  

Form of Master Selected Dealer Agreement

(h)(12)   Form of Master Agreement Among Underwriters
(j)(1)   Custody Agreement and Fee Schedule
(k)(1)   Master Services Agreement
(k)(2)   Communication Administration Agreement
(l)   Opinion and Consent of Ropes & Gray LLP
(n)   Consent of independent public accounting firm
(p)   Subscription Agreement
(r)(1)   Code of Ethics of the Fund and DoubleLine Capital LP
(r)(2)   Code of Ethics Pursuant to Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 for Principal Executive and Senior Financial Officers
(s)(5)   Certified resolution of the Board of Trustees of the Fund

Exhibit (a)(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DOUBLELINE YIELD OPPORTUNITIES FUND

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST

February 20, 2020

 


DOUBLELINE YIELD OPPORTUNITIES FUND

 

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST

 

 

This SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST is made this 20th day of February, 2020, by the Trustees hereunder, and by the holders of shares of beneficial interest to be issued hereunder as hereinafter provided.

WHEREAS, this Trust has been formed to carry on the business of an investment company; and

WHEREAS, the Trustees have agreed to manage all property coming into their hands as trustees of a Massachusetts business trust in accordance with the provisions hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Trustees hereby declare that they will hold all cash, securities and other assets which they may from time to time acquire in any manner as Trustees hereunder IN TRUST to manage and dispose of the same upon the following terms and conditions for the pro rata benefit of the holders from time to time of Shares in this Trust as hereinafter set forth.

ARTICLE I

NAME AND DEFINITIONS

Name

Section 1.      This Trust shall be known as “DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund” and the Trustees shall conduct the business of the Trust under that name or any other name as they may from time to time determine.

Definitions

Section 2.      Whenever used herein, unless otherwise required by the context or specifically provided:

(a)      The “Trust” refers to the Massachusetts business trust established by this Declaration, as amended or restated from time to time;

 

2


(b)    “Trustees” refers to the trustees of the Trust named herein, elected or appointed in accordance with Article IV hereof;

(c)    “Shares” means the equal proportionate transferable units of interest into which the beneficial interest in the Trust shall be divided from time to time or, if more than one class or series of Shares is authorized by the Trustees, the equal proportionate transferable units into which each class or series of shares shall be divided from time to time;

(d)    “Shareholder” means a record owner of Shares;

(e)    The “1940 Act” refers to the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules and regulations thereunder, or applicable orders of the Securities and Exchange Commission, all as such statute, rules, regulations or orders may be amended from time to time;

(f)    The terms “Affiliated Person,” “Interested Person,” and “Principal Underwriter” shall have the applicable meanings given them in the 1940 Act;

(g)    “Closed-end company” shall be as defined in the 1940 Act;

(h)    “Declaration” shall mean this Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust, as amended or restated from time to time;

(i)    “Bylaws” shall mean the Bylaws of the Trust as amended or restated from time to time;

(j)    The term “class” or “class of Shares” refers to the division of Shares into two or more classes as provided in Article III, Section 1 hereof;

(k)    The term “series” or “series of Shares” refers to the division of Shares representing any class into two or more series as provided in Article III, Section 1 hereof;

(l)    The term “Continuing Trustee” shall have the meaning given to such term in Article IV, Section 2 hereof.

(m)    The term “Dissolution Date” shall have the meaning given to such term in clause (a) of Article IX, Section 4 hereof; and

(n)    The term “Limited Term Provision” shall have the meaning given to such term in clause (a)(i) of Article IX, Section 4 hereof.

 

3


ARTICLE II

PURPOSE

The purpose of the Trust is to provide investors a managed investment primarily in securities, debt instruments and other instruments and rights of a financial character and to carry on such other business as the Trustees may from time to time determine pursuant to their authority under this Declaration.

ARTICLE III

SHARES

Division of Beneficial Interest

Section 1.      The Trustees may, without Shareholder approval, authorize one or more classes of Shares (which classes may be divided into two or more series), Shares of each such class or series having such par value and such preferences, voting powers, terms of redemption, if any, and special or relative rights or privileges (including conversion rights, if any) as the Trustees may determine. Subject to applicable law, the Trustees may, without Shareholder approval, authorize the Trust to issue subscription or other rights representing interests in Shares to existing Shareholders or other persons subject to such terms and conditions as the Trustees may determine. The number of Shares of each class or series authorized shall be unlimited, except as the Bylaws may otherwise provide, and the Shares so authorized may be represented in part by fractional shares. The Trustees may from time to time, without Shareholder approval, divide or combine the Shares of any class or series into a greater or lesser number without thereby changing the proportionate beneficial interest in the class or series.

Ownership of Shares

Section 2.      The ownership of Shares shall be recorded on the books of the Trust or a transfer or similar agent of the Trust. Except as provided in the Bylaws or as the Trustees may otherwise determine from time to time, no certificates certifying the ownership of Shares shall be issued. The Trustees may make such rules as they consider appropriate for the issuance of Share certificates, the transfer of Shares and similar matters. The record books of the Trust as kept by the Trust or any transfer or similar agent, as the case may be, shall be conclusive as to who are the Shareholders of each class and series and as to the number of Shares of each class and series held from time to time by each Shareholder.

Investments in the Trust

Section 3.      The Trustees shall accept investments in the Trust from such persons and on such terms and, subject to any requirements of law, for such consideration, which may consist of cash or tangible or intangible property or a combination thereof, as the Trustees or the Bylaws from time to time authorize.

 

4


No Preemptive Rights

Section 4.      Shareholders shall have no preemptive or other right to receive, purchase or subscribe for any additional Shares or other securities issued by the Trust.

Derivative Claims

Section 5.      As used herein, a “direct” Shareholder claim shall refer to (i) a claim based upon alleged violations of a Shareholder’s individual rights independent of any harm to the Trust, including a Shareholder’s voting rights under Article V herein or Article 10 of the Bylaws, rights to receive a dividend payment as may be declared from time to time, rights to inspect books and records, or other similar rights personal to the Shareholder and independent of any harm to the Trust; and/or (ii) a claim for which a direct Shareholder action is expressly provided under applicable law. Any other claim asserted by a Shareholder, including without limitation any claims purporting to be brought on behalf of the Trust or involving any alleged harm to the Trust, shall be considered a “derivative” claim.

No Shareholder or group of Shareholders shall have the right to bring or maintain any court action, proceeding or claim on behalf of the Trust or any series or class of Shares without first making demand on the Trustees requesting the Trustees to bring or maintain such action, proceeding or claim. Such demand shall not be excused under any circumstances, including claims of alleged interest on the part of the Trustees, unless the plaintiff makes a specific showing that irreparable nonmonetary injury to the Trust or a series or class of Shares would otherwise result. Such demand shall be mailed to the Secretary of the Trust at the Trust’s principal office and shall set forth with particularity the nature of the proposed court action, proceeding or claim and the essential facts relied upon by the Shareholder(s) to support the allegations made in the demand. The Trustees shall consider such demand within 90 days of its receipt by the Trust. In their sole discretion, the Trustees may submit the matter to a vote of Shareholders of the Trust or a series or class of Shares, as appropriate. Any decision by the Trustees to bring, maintain or settle (or not to bring, maintain or settle) such court action, proceeding or claim, or to submit the matter to a vote of Shareholders, shall be made by the Trustees in their business judgment and shall be binding upon the Shareholders. Any decision by the Trustees to bring or maintain a court action, proceeding or suit on behalf of the Trust or a series or class of Shares shall be subject to the right of the Shareholders under Article V, Section 1 hereof, if any, to vote on whether or not such court action, proceeding or suit should or should not be brought or maintained. For the sake of clarity, the foregoing provision shall not apply to claims asserted under the federal securities laws.

 

5


Direct Claims

Section 6.      No group of Shareholders shall have the right to bring or maintain a direct action or claim for monetary damages against the Trust or the Trustees predicated upon an express or implied right of action under this Declaration or applicable law, nor shall any single Shareholder, who is similarly situated to one or more other Shareholders with respect to the alleged injury, have the right to bring such an action, unless such group of Shareholders or Shareholder has obtained authorization from the Trustees to bring the action. The requirement of authorization shall not be excused under any circumstances, including claims of alleged interest on the part of the Trustees. A request for authorization shall be mailed to the Secretary of the Trust at the Trust’s principal office and shall set forth with particularity the nature of the proposed court action, proceeding or claim and the essential facts relied upon by the group of Shareholders or Shareholder to support the allegations made in the request. The Trustees shall consider such request within 90 days of its receipt by the Trust. In their sole discretion, the Trustees may submit the matter to a vote of Shareholders of the Trust or series or class of Shares, as appropriate. Any decision by the Trustees to settle or to authorize (or not to settle or to authorize) such court action, proceeding or claim, or to submit the matter to a vote of Shareholders, shall be made by the Trustees in their business judgment and shall be binding on all classes of Shareholders. For the sake of clarity, the foregoing provision shall not apply to claims asserted under the federal securities laws.

Status of Shares and Limitation of Personal Liability

Section 7.      Shares shall be deemed to be personal property giving only the rights provided in this Declaration or the Bylaws. Every Shareholder by virtue of having become a Shareholder shall be held to have expressly assented and agreed to the terms of this Declaration and the Bylaws and to have become a party hereto and thereto. The death of a Shareholder during the continuance of the Trust shall not operate to terminate the same nor entitle the representative of any deceased Shareholder to an accounting or to take any action in court or elsewhere against the Trust or the Trustees, but only to the rights of said decedent under this Trust. Ownership of Shares shall not entitle the Shareholder to any title in or to the whole or any part of the Trust property or right to call for a partition or division of the same or for an accounting, nor shall the ownership of Shares constitute the Shareholders partners. Neither the Trust nor the Trustees, nor any officer, employee or agent of the Trust, shall have any power to bind personally any Shareholder, nor except as specifically provided herein to call upon any Shareholder for the payment of any sum of money or assessment whatsoever other than such as the Shareholder may at any time personally agree to pay.

 

6


ARTICLE IV

THE TRUSTEES

Number and Classes of Trustees and Term of Office

Section 1.      Subject to the voting powers of one or more classes or series of Shares as set forth in the Bylaws, the number of Trustees shall be such number as shall be fixed from time to time by the vote of a majority of the Trustees then in office; provided, however, that the number of Trustees shall in no event be less than three (3) from and after the date when Shares are first sold pursuant to a public offering. The Trustees who are signatories to this Declaration on the date hereof, and such other persons as the Trustee or Trustees then in office shall appoint (to fill a vacancy or otherwise) prior to any sale of Shares pursuant to a public offering, shall each serve until the first meeting of Shareholders at which Trustees of the class to which the Trustee has been classified are elected (or, if later, until the first meeting of Shareholders at which Trustees of the Class to which such Trustee has been assigned are elected), or until the effective date of the first such election of Trustees pursuant to a written consent of Shareholders in lieu of a meeting, if sooner and until his or her successor is elected and qualified, or until he or she sooner dies, resigns or is removed, subject in each case to the Classes of Trustees and terms created pursuant to this Article IV.

An initial annual meeting of Shareholders or special meeting in lieu thereof shall be called to be held not more than eighteen months after Shares are first sold pursuant to a public offering; subsequent annual meetings of Shareholders or special meetings in lieu thereof (each an “annual meeting”) shall be held as specified in the Bylaws. Prior to any sale of Shares pursuant to a public offering, the Trustees shall classify themselves, with respect to the time for which they severally hold office, into the following three classes (each, a “Class”): Class I, whose term expires at the initial annual meeting; Class II, whose term expires at the next succeeding annual meeting after the initial annual meeting (the “second annual meeting”); and Class III, whose term expires at the next succeeding annual meeting after the second annual meeting. Each Class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one-third of the total number of Trustees constituting the entire Board of Trustees. At each annual meeting beginning with the initial annual meeting, the successors of the Class of Trustees whose term expires at that meeting shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting held in the third year following the year of their election, with each Trustee holding office until the expiration of the term of the relevant Class and the election and qualification of his or her successor, or until he or she sooner dies, resigns, retires or is disqualified or removed from office. The Trustees shall assign and/or reassign by resolution from their number Trustees to each of the three Classes. The Trustees may also determine by resolution those Trustees in each Class that shall be elected by Shareholders of a particular class of Shares (e.g., by a class of preferred Shares issued by the Fund) prior to the initial public offering of such class of Shares.

If the number of Trustees is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the Classes, as of the annual meeting of Shareholders next succeeding any such change, so as to maintain a number of Trustees in each Class as nearly equal as possible. No reduction in the number of Trustees shall have the effect of removing any Trustee from office prior to the expiration of his or her term unless the Trustee is specifically removed pursuant to Section 3 of this Article IV at the time of the decrease. Except as provided in this Section 1 or Section 3 of this Article IV, Trustees shall be elected only at an annual meeting of Shareholders.

 

7


Continuing Trustee; Definition

Section 2.      For purposes of this Declaration and the Bylaws, the term “Continuing Trustee” shall mean any member of the Board of Trustees who either (a) has been a member of the Board of Trustees for a period of at least thirty-six months (or since the commencement of the Trust’s operations, if less than thirty-six months) or (b) was nominated to serve as a member of the Board of Trustees by a majority of the Continuing Trustees then members of the Board of Trustees.

Vacancies; Resignation; Removal

Section 3.      From and after the date when Shares are first sold pursuant to a public offering and subject to any voting powers of one or more classes or series of Shares as set forth in this Declaration or in the Bylaws or by resolution of the Board of Trustees, any vacancies occurring in the Board of Trustees may be filled by the Trustees as set forth below. Prior to the date when Shares are first sold pursuant to a public offering, subject to any limitations imposed by the 1940 Act or other applicable law, any vacancies occurring in the Board of Trustees may be filled by the Trustees without any action by or meeting of Shareholders.

Subject to any limitations imposed by the 1940 Act or other applicable law, any vacancy occurring in the Board of Trustees that results from an increase in the number of Trustees may be filled by a majority of the entire Board of Trustees, and any other vacancy occurring in the Board of Trustees may be filled by a majority of the Trustees then in office, whether or not sufficient to constitute a quorum, or by a sole remaining Trustee; provided, however, that if the Shareholders of any class or series of Shares are entitled separately to elect one or more Trustees, a majority of the remaining Trustees elected by that class or series or the sole remaining Trustee elected by that class or series may fill any vacancy among the number of Trustees elected by that class or series, or if there is no remaining Trustee elected by that class or series, a majority of the entire Board of Trustees may fill any such vacancy elected by that class or series. A Trustee appointed by the Board of Trustees to fill any vacancy occurring in the Board of Trustees shall serve until the next annual meeting of the Shareholders and until his or her successor shall be elected and shall qualify, subject, however, to prior death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office. At any annual meeting of Shareholders, any Trustee elected to fill any vacancy occurring in the Board of Trustees that has arisen since the preceding annual meeting of Shareholders (whether or not any such vacancy has been filled by election of a new Trustee by the Board of Trustees) shall hold office for a term that coincides with the remaining term of the Class of Trustee to which such office was previously assigned, if such vacancy arose other than by an increase in the number of Trustees, and until his or her successor shall be elected and shall qualify. In the event such vacancy arose due to an increase in the number of Trustees, any Trustee so elected to fill such vacancy at an annual meeting shall hold office for a term which coincides with that of the Class of Trustee to which such office has been apportioned as heretofore provided, and until his or her successor shall be elected and shall qualify.

 

8


Trustees that are incapacitated shall be replaced for an interim term not to exceed one year or, if shorter, the remainder of the incapacitated Trustee’s remaining term of office, in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 of Article IV, as if the Trustee’s seat were vacant. After that interim term, if the incapacitated Trustee is not able to resume the duties of the office as determined by a majority of the other Trustees in their sole discretion, the incapacitated Trustee shall be considered to have resigned the office on that date and the Board will fill the seat in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 of Article IV, including, potentially, by re-appointing the interim Trustee. If the incapacitated Trustee can return to office within the interim term as determined by a majority of the other Trustees in their sole discretion, the interim Trustee’s term shall end immediately and the previously incapacitated Trustee shall resume the duties of the office.

Any Trustee may resign or retire as a Trustee (without need for prior or subsequent accounting except in the event of removal) by an instrument in writing signed by him and delivered to the President or Secretary or a Trustee of the Trust, and such resignation or retirement shall be effective upon such delivery, or at a later date according to the terms of the instrument. Any Trustee may be removed from office, for any reason or for no reason, only (i) by action of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the outstanding Shares of the classes or series of Shares entitled to vote for the election of such Trustee, or (ii) by written instrument, signed by at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the remaining Trustees, specifying the date when such removal shall become effective.

Effect of Death, Resignation, etc. of a Trustee

Section 4.      The death, declination, resignation, retirement, removal, disqualification or incapacity of the Trustees, or any one of them, shall not operate to annul the Trust or to revoke any existing agency created pursuant to the terms of this Declaration.

Powers

Section 5.      Subject to the provisions of this Declaration, the business of the Trust shall be managed by the Trustees, and they shall have all powers necessary or convenient to carry out that responsibility. Without limiting the foregoing, the Trustees may adopt Bylaws not inconsistent with this Declaration providing for the conduct of the business of the Trust and may amend and repeal them to the extent and as provided in Article IX, Section 7(c) of this Declaration. Subject to the voting power of one or more classes or series of Shares as set forth in this Declaration or in the Bylaws or by resolution of the Board of Trustees, the Trustees may fill vacancies in or add to their number, including vacancies resulting from increases in their number, and may elect and remove such officers and appoint and terminate such agents as they consider appropriate; they may appoint from their own number, and terminate, any one or more committees consisting of one or more Trustees, including an executive committee which may, when the Trustees are not in session, exercise some or all of the power and authority of the Trustees as the Trustees may determine; they may appoint an advisory board, the members of which shall not be Trustees and need not be Shareholders; they may employ one or more

 

9


custodians of the assets of the Trust and may authorize such custodians to employ subcustodians (including foreign custodians) and to deposit all or any part of such assets in a system or systems for the central handling of securities, retain a transfer agent or a shareholder servicing agent, or both, retain a fund accounting agent or administrator, or both, provide for the distribution of Shares by the Trust, through one or more principal underwriters or otherwise, set record dates for the determination of Shareholders with respect to various matters, and in general delegate such authority as they consider desirable to any officer of the Trust, to any committee of the Trustees and to any agent or employee of the Trust or to any such custodian or underwriter or other duly appointed service provider.

Without limiting the foregoing, the Trustees shall have power and authority:

(a)      To invest and reinvest cash, and to hold cash uninvested;

(b)      To sell, exchange, lend, pledge, mortgage, hypothecate, write options on and lease any or all of the assets of the Trust;

(c)      To vote or give assent, or exercise any rights of ownership, with respect to stock or other securities or property; and to execute and deliver proxies or powers of attorney to such person or persons as the Trustees shall deem proper, granting to such person or persons such power and discretion with relation to securities or property as the Trustees shall deem proper;

(d)      To exercise powers and rights of subscription or otherwise which in any manner arise out of ownership of securities;

(e)      To hold any security or property in a form not indicating any trust, whether in bearer, unregistered or other negotiable form, or in the name of the Trustees or of the Trust or in the name of a custodian, subcustodian or other depository or a nominee or nominees or otherwise;

(f)      To the extent necessary or appropriate to give effect to the preferences, special or relative rights and privileges of any classes or series of Shares, to allocate assets, liabilities, income and expenses of the Trust to a particular class or classes or series of Shares or to apportion the same among two or more classes or series;

(g)      To consent to or participate in any plan for the reorganization, consolidation or merger of any corporation or issuer, any security of which is or was held in the Trust; to consent to any contract, lease, mortgage, purchase or sale of property by such corporation or issuer, and to pay calls or subscriptions with respect to any security held in the Trust;

(h)      To join with other security holders in acting through a committee, depositary, voting trustee or otherwise, and in that connection to deposit any security with, or transfer any security to, any such committee, depositary or trustee, and to

 

10


delegate to them such power and authority with relation to any security (whether or not so deposited or transferred) as the Trustees shall deem proper, and to agree to pay, and to pay, such portion of the expenses and compensation of such committee, depositary or trustee as the Trustees shall deem proper;

(i)    To compromise, arbitrate, mediate or otherwise adjust claims in favor of or against the Trust on any matter in controversy, including but not limited to claims for taxes;

(j)    To enter into joint ventures, general or limited partnerships, limited liability companies, and any other combinations or associations;

(k)    To borrow funds;

(l)    To endorse or guarantee the payment of any notes or other obligations of any person; to make contracts of guaranty or suretyship, or otherwise assume liability for payment thereof; and to mortgage and pledge the Trust property or any part thereof to secure any of or all of such obligations;

(m)    To purchase and pay for entirely out of Trust property such insurance as they may deem necessary or appropriate for the conduct of the business of the Trust, including, without limitation, insurance policies insuring the assets of the Trust and payment of distributions and principal on its portfolio investments, and insurance policies insuring the Shareholders, Trustees, officers, employees, agents, investment advisers, sub-advisers or managers, principal underwriters or independent contractors of the Trust individually against all claims and liabilities of every nature arising by reason of holding, being or having held any such office or position, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted by any such person as Shareholder, Trustee, officer, employee, agent, investment adviser, sub-adviser or manager, principal underwriter or independent contractor, including any action taken or omitted that may be determined to constitute negligence, whether or not the Trust would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability;

(n)    To pay pensions for faithful service, as deemed appropriate by the Trustees, and to adopt, establish and carry out pension, profit-sharing, share bonus, share purchase, savings, thrift and other retirement, incentive and benefit plans, trusts and provisions, including the purchasing of life insurance and annuity contracts as a means of providing such retirement and other benefits, for any or all of the Trustees, officers, employees and agents of the Trust;

(o)    To purchase or otherwise acquire Shares; and

(p)    To engage in any other lawful act or activity in which business corporations or voluntary associations organized under the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts may engage, including, but not limited to, any and all acts permitted of a Closed-end company under the 1940 Act.

 

11


The Trustees shall not in any way be bound or limited by any present or future law or custom in regard to investments by trustees. Except as otherwise provided herein or from time to time in the Bylaws, any action to be taken by the Trustees may be taken by a majority of the Trustees present at a meeting of the Trustees (a quorum being present), within or outside of Massachusetts. Except as otherwise provided herein or from time to time in the Bylaws, any action to be taken by the Trustees may be taken at a meeting held by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting, or by written consents of a majority of the Trustees then in office (or such greater number as may be required by this Declaration, the Bylaws or applicable law).

Payment of Expenses by the Trust

Section 6.      The Trustees are authorized to pay, or to cause to be paid out of the principal or income, or partly out of principal and partly out of income, of the Trust as they deem fair, all expenses, fees, charges, taxes and liabilities incurred or arising in connection with the Trust, or in connection with the management thereof, including, but not limited to, the Trustees’ compensation and such expenses and charges for the services of the Trust’s officers, employees, investment advisers, sub-advisers or managers, principal underwriters, auditors, counsel, custodians, transfer agents, shareholder servicing agents, and such other agents or independent contractors and such other expenses and charges as the Trustees may deem necessary or proper to incur.

Ownership of Assets of the Trust

Section 7.      Title to all of the assets of the Trust and each series and class of Shares shall at all times be considered as vested in the Trustees.

Advisory, Management and Distribution

Section 8.      The Trustees may, at any time and from time to time, contract for exclusive or nonexclusive advisory and/or management services with one or more corporations, trusts, associations or other organizations (each, a “Manager”), every such contract to comply with such requirements and restrictions as may be set forth in the Bylaws; and any such contract may provide for one or more sub-advisers or other agents who shall perform all or part of the obligations of the relevant Manager under such contract and contain such other terms interpretive of or in addition to said requirements and restrictions as the Trustees may determine, including, without limitation, authority to determine from time to time what investments shall be purchased, held, sold or exchanged and what portion, if any, of the assets of the Trust shall be held uninvested and to make changes in the Trust’s investments. The Trustees may also, at any time

 

12


and from time to time, contract with one or more Managers or other corporations, trusts, associations or other organizations, appointing it or them exclusive or nonexclusive distributor(s) and/or principal underwriter(s) for the Shares, every such contract to comply with such requirements and restrictions as may be set forth in the Bylaws; and any such contract may contain such other terms interpretive of or in addition to said requirements and restrictions as the Trustees may determine.

The fact that:

(i)      any of the Shareholders, Trustees or officers of the Trust is a shareholder, director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, manager, adviser, sub-adviser, principal underwriter or distributor or agent of or for any corporation, partnership, trust, association or other organization, or of or for any parent or affiliate of any organization, with which an advisory, sub-advisory or management contract, or principal underwriter’s or distributor’s contract, or transfer, shareholder servicing or other agency contract may have been or may hereafter be made or that any such organization, or any parent or affiliate thereof, is a Shareholder or has an interest in the Trust, or that

(ii)      any corporation, trust, association or other organization with which an advisory, sub-advisory or management contract or principal underwriter’s or distributor’s contract or transfer, shareholder servicing or other agency contract may have been or may hereafter be made also has an advisory, sub-advisory or management contract, or principal underwriter’s or distributor’s contract or transfer, shareholder servicing or other agency contract with one or more other corporations, trusts, associations or other organizations, or has other business or interests,

shall not affect the validity of any such contract or disqualify any Shareholder, Trustee or officer of the Trust from voting upon or executing the same or create any liability or accountability to the Trust or its Shareholders.

Address of the Trustees and Agent for Service of Process

Section 9.      The principal address of the Trustees on the date here of is c/o DoubleLine Capital LP, 333 South Grand Avenue, Suite 1800, Los Angeles, California 90071. The name and address of the resident agent of the Trust on the date hereof in The Commonwealth of Massachusetts is Corporation Service Company, 84 State Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109. Each Trustee may change his or her principal address, and the Trustees may appoint a new or successor resident agent of the Trust, in each case, at any time in his, her or their sole discretion, without amending this Declaration.

 

13


ARTICLE V

SHAREHOLDERS’ VOTING POWERS AND MEETINGS

General

Section 1.      Except as otherwise provided in this Article V or elsewhere in this Declaration, Shareholders shall have such power to vote as is provided for in, and shall and may hold meetings and take actions pursuant to, the provisions of the Bylaws.

Voting Powers as to Certain Transactions

Section 2.      

(a)      Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (b) of this Section 2, the affirmative vote or consent of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Trustees of the Trust and at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Shares outstanding and entitled to vote thereon shall be necessary to authorize any of the following actions:

(i)       the merger or consolidation or share exchange of the Trust or any series or class of Shares with or into any other person or company (including, without limitation, a partnership, corporation, joint venture, business trust, common law trust or any other business organization) or of any such person or company with or into the Trust or any series or class of Shares;

(ii)      the issuance or transfer by the Trust or any series or class of Shares (in one or more series of transactions in any twelve-month period) of any securities of the Trust or such series or class to any other person or entity for cash, securities or other property (or combination thereof) having an aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more, excluding (i) sales of any securities of the Trust or a series or class in connection with a public offering thereof, (ii) issuance of securities of the Trust or a series or class pursuant to a dividend reinvestment plan adopted by the Trustees and (iii) issuances of securities of the Trust or a series or class upon the exercise of any stock subscription rights distributed by the Trust or a series or class;

(iii)      a sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition by the Trust or any series or class of Shares (in one or a series of transactions in any twelve-month period) to or with any person of any assets of the Trust or such series or class having an aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more, except for transactions in securities effected by the Trust or a series or class in the ordinary course of business;

 

14


(iv)      any Shareholder proposal as to specific investment decisions made or to be made with respect to the assets of the Trust or a series or class of Shares.

(b)      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in paragraph (a) of this Section 2, so long as each action is approved by both a majority of the entire Board of Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees, and so long as all other conditions and requirements, if any, provided for in the Bylaws and applicable law have been satisfied, then no Shareholder vote or consent shall be necessary or required to approve any of the actions listed in paragraphs (a)(i), (a)(ii), (a)(iii) or (a)(iv) of this Section 2, except to the extent such Shareholder vote or consent is required by the 1940 Act or other applicable law.

Conversion to Open-End Company

Section 3.      Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Declaration or the Bylaws, the conversion of the Trust or any series of Shares from a “closed-end company” to an “open-end company,” as those terms are defined in Sections 5(a)(2) and 5(a)(1), respectively, of the 1940 Act (as in effect on the date of this Declaration), together with any necessary amendments to this Declaration to permit such a conversion, shall require the affirmative vote or consent of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of each class of Shares outstanding and entitled to vote on the matter, unless a majority of the Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees entitled to vote on the matter approve such conversion and related actions. In the event of such approval by the Trustees and the Continuing Trustees as referred to in the preceding sentence, the 1940 Act shall govern whether and to what extent a vote or consent of Shares shall be required to approve such conversion and related actions. Any affirmative vote or consent required under this Section 3 shall be in addition to the vote or consent of the Shareholders otherwise required by law or by any agreement between the Trust and any national securities exchange.

ARTICLE VI

DISTRIBUTIONS AND DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

Distributions

Section 1.      The Trustees may each year, or more frequently if they so desire, but need not, distribute to the Shareholders of any or all classes or series of Shares such income and gains, accrued or realized, as the Trustees may determine, after providing for actual and accrued expenses and liabilities (including such reserves as the Trustees may establish) determined in accordance with good accounting practices and subject to the preferences, special or relative rights and privileges of the various classes or series of Shares. The Trustees shall have full discretion to determine which items shall be treated as income and which items as capital and their determination shall be binding upon the Shareholders. Distributions of income for each year or other period, if any be made, may be made in one or more payments, which shall be in Shares, in cash or otherwise and on a date or dates and as of a record date or dates determined by

 

15


the Trustees. At any time and from time to time in their discretion, the Trustees may distribute to the Shareholders as of a record date or dates determined by the Trustees, in Shares, in cash or otherwise, all or part of any gains realized on the sale or disposition of property or otherwise, or all or part of any other principal of the Trust. Each distribution pursuant to this Section 1 to the Shareholders of a particular class or series shall be made ratably according to the number of Shares of such class or series held by the several Shareholders on the applicable record date thereof, provided that no distribution need be made on Shares purchased pursuant to orders received, or for which payment is made, after such time or times as the Trustees may determine. Any such distribution paid in Shares will be paid at the net asset value thereof as determined in accordance with Section 2 of this Article VI, or at such other value as may be specified by the Bylaws or as the Trustees may from time to time determine, subject to applicable laws and regulations then in effect.

Determination of Net Asset Value

Section 2.      The net asset value per share of each class and each series of Shares of the Trust shall be determined in accordance with the 1940 Act and any related procedures adopted by the Trustees from time to time. Determinations made under and pursuant to this Section 2 in good faith and in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act shall be binding on all parties concerned.

ARTICLE VII

COMPENSATION AND LIMITATION

OF LIABILITY OF TRUSTEES

Compensation

Section 1.      The Trustees as such shall be entitled to reasonable compensation from the Trust; they may fix the amount of their compensation. Nothing herein shall in any way prevent the Trust’s employment of any Trustee for advisory, management, legal, accounting, investment banking, underwriting, brokerage or other services and payment for the same by the Trust.

Limitation of Liability

Section 2.      The Trustees shall not be responsible or liable in any event for any neglect or wrongdoing of any officer, agent, employee, adviser, sub-adviser, manager or principal underwriter of the Trust, nor shall any Trustee be responsible for the act or omission of any other Trustee, but nothing herein contained shall protect any Trustee against any liability to which he or she would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office.

 

16


Every note, bond, contract, instrument, certificate, Share or undertaking and every other act or thing whatsoever executed or done by or on behalf of the Trust or the Trustees or any of them in connection with the Trust shall be conclusively deemed to have been executed or done only in or with respect to their or his or her capacity as Trustees or Trustee, and such Trustees or Trustee shall not be personally liable thereon.

ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION

Trustees, Officers etc.

Section 1.      The Trust shall indemnify each of its Trustees and officers (including persons who serve at the Trust’s request as directors, officers or trustees of another organization in which the Trust has any interest as a shareholder, creditor or otherwise) (hereinafter referred to as a “Covered Person”) against all liabilities and expenses, including but not limited to amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and counsel fees reasonably incurred by any Covered Person in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, before any court or administrative or legislative body, including any form of alternate dispute resolution, such as, but not limited to arbitration or mediation, in which such Covered Person may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise or with which such Covered Person may be or may have been threatened, while in office or thereafter, by reason of being or having been such a Covered Person, except with respect to any matter as to which such Covered Person shall have been finally adjudicated in a decision on the merits in any such action, suit or other proceeding not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such Covered Person’s action was in the best interests of the Trust and except that no Covered Person shall be indemnified against any liability to the Trust or its Shareholders to which such Covered Person would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such Covered Person’s office. Expenses, including counsel fees so incurred by any such Covered Person (but excluding amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines or penalties), shall be paid from time to time by the Trust in advance of the final disposition of any such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Covered Person to repay amounts so paid to the Trust if it is ultimately determined that indemnification of such expenses is not authorized under this Article VIII, provided, that (a) such Covered Person shall provide appropriate security for his or her undertaking, (b) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of such Covered Person’s failure to fulfill his or her undertaking, or (c) a majority of the Trustees who are disinterested persons and who are not Interested Persons of the Trust (provided that a majority of such Trustees then in office act on the matter), or independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall determine, based on a review of readily available facts (but not a full trial-type inquiry), that there is reason to believe such Covered Person ultimately will be entitled to indemnification.

Each Covered Person’s right to indemnification vests by virtue of such Covered Person’s status as such, and no repeal or modification of this Article VIII, Section 1 shall adversely affect any rights to indemnification from liabilities or expenses or to the advancement of liabilities or expenses of any Covered Person who is within the definition of “Covered Person” existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

 

17


Compromise Payment

Section 2.      As to any matter disposed of (whether by a compromise payment, pursuant to a consent decree or otherwise) without an adjudication in a decision on the merits by a court, or by any other body before which the proceeding was brought, that such Covered Person either (a) did not act in good faith in the reasonable belief that such Covered Person’s action was in the best interests of the Trust or (b) is liable to the Trust or its Shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such Covered Person’s office, indemnification shall be provided if (x) approved as in the best interests of the Trust, after notice that it involves such indemnification, by at least a majority of the Trustees who are disinterested persons and are not Interested Persons of the Trust (provided that a majority of such Trustees then in office act on the matter), upon a determination, based upon a review of readily available facts (but not a full trial-type inquiry), that such Covered Person acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such Covered Person’s action was in the best interests of the Trust and is not liable to the Trust or its Shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such Covered Person’s office, or (y) there has been obtained an opinion in writing of independent legal counsel, based upon a review of readily available facts (but not a full trial-type inquiry), to the effect that such Covered Person appears to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such Covered Person’s action was in the best interests of the Trust and that such indemnification would not protect such Covered Person against any liability to the Trust to which such Covered Person would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office. Any approval pursuant to this Section 2 shall not prevent the recovery from any Covered Person of any amount paid to such Covered Person in accordance with this Section 2 as indemnification if such Covered Person is subsequently adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such Covered Person’s action was in the best interests of the Trust or to have been liable to the Trust or its Shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such Covered Person’s office.

Rebuttable Presumption

Section 3.      For purposes of the determination or opinion referred to in clause (c) of Section 1 of this Article VIII or clauses (x) or (y) of Section 2 of this Article VIII, the majority of disinterested Trustees acting on the matter or independent legal counsel, as the case may be, shall be entitled to rely upon a rebuttable presumption that the Covered Person has not engaged in willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such Covered Person’s office.

 

18


Indemnification Not Exclusive

Section 4.      The right of indemnification hereby provided shall not be exclusive of or affect any other rights to which any such Covered Person may be entitled. As used in this Article VIII, the term “Covered Person” shall include such person’s heirs, executors and administrators, and a “disinterested person” is a person against whom none of the actions, suits or other proceedings in question or another action, suit or other proceeding on the same or similar grounds is then or has been pending. Nothing contained in this Article VIII shall affect any rights to indemnification to which personnel of the Trust, other than Trustees and officers, and other persons may be entitled by contract or otherwise under law, nor the power of the Trust to purchase and maintain liability insurance on behalf of any person.

Shareholders

Section 5.      In case any Shareholder or former Shareholder shall be held to be personally liable solely by reason of his or her being or having been a Shareholder and not because of his or her acts or omissions or for some other reason, the Shareholder or former Shareholder (or his or her heirs, executors, administrators or other legal representatives or, in the case of a corporation or other entity, its corporate or other general successor) shall be entitled to be held harmless from and indemnified against all loss and expense arising from such liability.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

Trustees, Shareholders etc. Not Personally Liable; Notice

Section 1.      All persons extending credit to, contracting with or having any claim against the Trust or a particular series or class of Shares shall look only to the assets of the Trust or the assets of that particular series or class of Shares for payment under such credit, contract or claim; and neither the Shareholders nor the Trustees, nor any of the Trust’s officers, employees or agents, whether past, present or future, shall be personally liable therefor. Nothing in this Declaration shall protect any Trustee against any liability to which such Trustee would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of the office of Trustee.

Every note, bond, contract, instrument, certificate or undertaking made or issued by the Trustees or by any officer or officers shall give notice that this Declaration is on file with the Secretary of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and shall recite that the same was executed or made by or on behalf of the Trust or by them as Trustee or Trustees or as officer or officers and not individually and that the obligations of such instrument are not binding upon any of them or the Shareholders individually but are binding only upon the assets and property of the Trust, and may contain such further recital as he or she or they may deem appropriate, but the omission thereof shall not operate to bind any Trustee or Trustees or officer or officers or Shareholder or Shareholders individually.

 

19


Trustees and Officers Good Faith Action, Expert Advice, No Bond or Surety

Section 2.      The exercise by the Trustees of their powers and discretions hereunder shall be binding upon everyone interested. A Trustee or officer shall be liable for his or her own willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of the office of Trustee or officer, and for nothing else, and shall not be liable for errors of judgment or mistakes of fact or law. The Trustees or officers may take advice of counsel or other experts with respect to the meaning and operation of this Declaration, and shall be under no liability for any act or omission in accordance with such advice or for failing to follow such advice. The Trustees and officers shall not be required to give any bond as such, nor any surety if a bond is required.

For purposes of (a) any standard of care applicable to a Trustee in the discharge of his or her duties as a trustee and (b) indemnification of a Trustee pursuant to Article VIII of this Declaration, the conduct of the Trustee shall be evaluated solely by reference to a hypothetical reasonable person, without regard to any special expertise, knowledge or other qualifications of the Trustee. In particular, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, neither the determination that a Trustee is an “audit committee financial expert” nor the knowledge, experience or other qualifications underlying such a determination shall result in that Trustee being held to a standard of care that is higher than the standard that would be applicable in the absence of such a determination or such knowledge, experience or qualification, nor shall such a determination or such knowledge, experience or other qualification impose any duties, obligations or liabilities that are greater than would obtain in the absence of such a determination or such knowledge, experience or qualification.

Liability of Third Persons Dealing with Trustees

Section 3.      No person dealing with the Trustees shall be bound to make any inquiry concerning the validity of any transaction made or to be made by the Trustees or to see to the application of any payments made or property transferred to the Trust or upon its order.

Duration and Termination of Trust

Section 4.      

(a)      Notwithstanding any other provision of this Declaration or the Bylaws, unless terminated sooner in accordance with paragraph (b) of this Section 4, and except as otherwise provided in this Section 4, the Trust shall terminate as of the first business day following the twelfth anniversary of the effective date of the Trust’s initial registration statement on Form N-2 (the “Dissolution Date”); provided, however, that:

 

20


(i)      the term of the Trust may be extended (A) initially, pursuant to a decision made as of a date within twelve months preceding the Dissolution Date, to a date up to and including the first anniversary of the Dissolution Date (the “First Extension”) and, further, (B) pursuant to a decision made during the period of the First Extension, to a date up to and including the eighteen-month anniversary of the Dissolution Date, in each case with such decision made by vote or consent of a majority of the Board of Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees (the “Limited Term Provision”) without Shareholder approval.

(ii)      as of a date within twelve months preceding the Dissolution Date, or, as applicable, within twelve months preceding the expiration date of an extended term of the Trust pursuant to Section 4(a)(i), the Board of Trustees may (but is not required to), by vote or consent of a majority of the Board of Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees, cause the Trust to conduct a tender offer to all common Shareholders to purchase all outstanding common Shares of the Trust at a price equal to the net asset value per common share on the expiration date of the tender offer (an “Eligible Tender Offer”). If the number of properly tendered shares would result in the Trust’s net assets totaling below $200 million (the “Dissolution Threshold”), the Eligible Tender Offer will be canceled, no shares will be repurchased pursuant to the Eligible Tender Offer, and the Trust will terminate in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section 4. If an Eligible Tender Offer is conducted and the number of properly tendered shares would result in the Trust’s net assets totaling greater than or equal to the Dissolution Threshold, all common Shares properly tendered and not withdrawn will be purchased by the Trust pursuant to the terms of the Eligible Tender Offer, after which the Trust shall terminate on the Dissolution Date or any extension thereof, unless the Board of Trustees, by vote or consent of a majority of the Board of Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees, determines prior thereto that the Trust shall have an indefinite term and the Dissolution Date or any extension thereof will no longer apply, subject to the ability of the Shareholders or the Board of Trustees to terminate the Trust as provided in Section 4(b).

(b)      In addition to termination pursuant to the Limited Term Provision in paragraph (a) of this Section 4, subject to the voting powers of one or more classes or series of Shares as set forth in the Bylaws, the Trust may be terminated at any time (i) by vote or consent of Shareholders holding at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Shares entitled to vote or (ii) by vote or consent of majority of the entire Board of Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees upon written notice to the Shareholders. Any series or class of Shares may be terminated at any time (x) by vote or consent of Shareholders holding at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Shares of such series or class entitled to vote or (y) by vote or consent of majority of the entire Board of Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees upon written notice

 

21


to the Shareholders of such series or class. For the avoidance of any doubt and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Declaration, Shareholders shall have no separate right to vote with respect to the termination of the Trust or a series of class or Shares if the Trustees (including the Continuing Trustees) exercise their right to terminate the Trust or such series or class pursuant to clauses (ii) or (y) of this subsection.

(c)      Upon termination of the Trust or of any one or more series or classes of Shares, after paying or otherwise providing for all charges, taxes, expenses and liabilities, whether due or accrued or anticipated, of the Trust or of the particular series or class, as may be determined by the Trustees, the Trust shall in accordance with such procedures as the Trustees consider appropriate reduce the remaining assets to distributable form in cash or shares or other property, or any combination thereof, and distribute the proceeds to the Shareholders of the Trust or, as applicable, the series or class(es) involved, ratably according to the number of Shares of the Trust, or as applicable, the series or class(es) held by the several Shareholders on the date of termination, except to the extent otherwise required or permitted by the preferences and special or relative rights and privileges of any classes or series of Shares.

Filing of Copies, References, Headings

Section 5.      The original or a copy of this instrument and of each amendment hereto shall be kept at the office of the Trust, where it may be inspected by any Shareholder. A copy of this instrument and of each amendment hereto shall be filed by the Trust with the Secretary of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and with the Boston City Clerk, as well as any other governmental office where such filing may from time to time be required. Anyone dealing with the Trust may rely on a certificate by an officer of the Trust as to whether or not any such amendments have been made and as to any matters in connection with the Trust hereunder; and, with the same effect as if it were the original, may rely on a copy certified by an officer of the Trust to be a copy of this instrument or of any such amendments. In this instrument and in any such amendment, references to this instrument, and all expressions like “herein,” “hereof,” and “hereunder,” shall be deemed to refer to this instrument as amended or affected by any such amendments. Headings are placed herein for convenience of reference only and shall not be taken as a part hereof or control or affect the meaning, construction or effect of this instrument. This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original.

Applicable Law

Section 6.    This Declaration is made in The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and it is created under and is to be governed by and construed and administered according to the laws of said Commonwealth. The Trust shall be of the type commonly called a Massachusetts business trust, and without limiting the provisions hereof, the Trust may exercise all powers which may legally be exercised by such a trust.

 

22


Amendments

Section 7. (a) Except to the extent that the Bylaws or applicable law may require a higher vote or the separate vote of one or more classes or series of Shares, and except as provided in paragraph (b) of this Section 7, this Declaration may be amended at any time by an instrument in writing signed by a majority of the then Trustees (1) when authorized to do so by a vote of Shareholders holding a majority of the Shares entitled to vote or (2) without Shareholder approval as may be necessary or desirable in order to authorize one or more classes or series of Shares as in Section 1 of Article III hereof. Amendments having the purpose of changing the name of the Trust or of supplying any omission, curing any ambiguity or curing, correcting or supplementing any defective or inconsistent provision contained herein shall not require authorization by Shareholder vote.

(b) Except to the extent that the Bylaws or applicable law may require a higher vote or the separate vote of one or more classes or series of Shares, no amendment may be made under this Section 7 which shall amend, alter, change or repeal any of the following provisions hereof: Article III, Sections 4, 5, or 6; Article IV, Sections 1, 2 and 3; each Section of Article V; Article VII, Section 2; each Section of Article VIII; or this Article IX, Sections 1, 2, 3, 4, or 7; unless the amendment effecting such amendment, alteration, change or repeal shall be effected by an instrument in writing signed by a majority of the then Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees and shall receive the affirmative vote or consent of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Shares entitled to vote; provided, however, that such affirmative vote or consent shall be in addition to the vote or consent of the Shareholders otherwise required by applicable law or by the terms of any agreement between the Trust and any national securities exchange.

(c) Except to the extent that the Bylaws or applicable law requires a vote or consent of Shareholders, the Board of Trustees shall have the sole power and authority to adopt, amend, alter, change or repeal any Bylaw of the Trust, if the resolution or writing adopting, amending, altering, changing or repealing any such Bylaw is approved or signed by a majority of the Board of Trustees; provided, however, that the approval of a majority of the Board of Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees shall be required for (i) any amendment, alteration, change or repeal of Article 10 of the Bylaws and (ii) any amendment, alteration, change or repeal of any other Article or provision of the Bylaws designated from time to time by resolution of a majority of the Board of Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees to require such approval.

Address of the Trust

Section 8.    As of the date hereof, the principal address of the Trust is c/o DoubleLine Capital LP, 333 South Grand Avenue, Suite 1800, Los Angeles, California 90071. The Trustees may change the principal address of the Trust to any location within or outside of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts as they shall determine in their sole discretion.

 

23


IN WITNESS HEREOF, all of the Trustees as aforesaid do hereto set their hands this 20th day of February, 2020.

 

 

/s/ Joseph J. Ciprari

Joseph J. Ciprari

 

/s/ Ronald R. Redell

Ronald R. Redell

/s/ John C. Salter

John C. Salter

 

24

Exhibit (b)(3)

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

of

DOUBLELINE YIELD OPPORTUNITIES FUND

Dated as of February 20, 2020

ARTICLE 1

Agreement and Declaration of Trust and Principal Office

1.1      Principal Office of the Trust. The Trust may have one or more principal offices within or outside of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts as the Trustees may determine or as they may authorize.

1.2      Agreement and Declaration of Trust. These Second Amended and Restated Bylaws (the “Bylaws”) shall be subject to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust, as amended or restated from time to time (the “Declaration of Trust”), of DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund, the Massachusetts business trust established by the Declaration of Trust (the “Trust”). Capitalized terms used in these Bylaws and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Declaration of Trust.

ARTICLE 2

Meetings of Trustees

2.1      Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Trustees may be held without call or notice at such places and at such times as the Trustees may from time to time determine, provided that notice of the first regular meeting following any such determination shall be given to absent Trustees. A regular meeting of the Trustees may be held without call or notice immediately after and at the same place as an annual meeting of the Shareholders.

2.2      Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Trustees may be held at any time and at any place designated in the call of the meeting when called by the Chairman of the Trustees (if any), the President or the Treasurer or by two or more Trustees, sufficient notice thereof being given to each Trustee by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or by the officer or the Trustees calling the meeting.

2.3      Notice. It shall be sufficient notice to a Trustee of a special meeting to send notice (a) by mail at least seven days before the meeting; (b) by courier at least forty-eight hours before the meeting; (c) by e-mail, telegram, telex or telecopy or other electronic facsimile transmission method at least twenty-four hours, before the meeting addressed to the Trustee at his or her usual or last known business or residence address (or facsimile number or e-mail address as the case may be) or to give notice to him or her in person or by telephone, voicemail

 

1


or e-mail at least twenty-four hours before the meeting. Notice of a meeting need not be given to any Trustee if a written waiver of notice, executed by him or her, before or after the meeting, is filed with the records of the meeting, or to any Trustee who attends the meeting without protesting prior thereto or at its commencement the lack of notice to him or her. Neither notice of a meeting nor a waiver of a notice need specify the purposes of the meeting.

2.4      Quorum. At any meeting of the Trustees a majority of the Trustees then in office shall constitute a quorum. Any meeting may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of the votes cast upon the question, whether or not a quorum is present, and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice.

2.5      Telephone Meetings; Consents. Except as otherwise provided in the Declaration of Trust or from time to time in these Bylaws, any action to be taken by the Trustees may be taken at a meeting by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting, or by written consents or consents submitted electronically by a majority of the Trustees then in office (or such greater number as may be required by the Declaration of Trust, these Bylaws, or applicable law).

ARTICLE 3

Officers and Chairman of the Trustees

3.1 Enumeration; Qualification. The officers of the Trust shall be a President, a Treasurer, a Secretary, a Chief Compliance Officer and such other officers, if any, as the Trustees from time to time may in their discretion elect. The Trustees may delegate to any officer or committee the power to appoint any subordinate officers or agents. The Trust may also have such agents as the Trustees from time to time may in their discretion appoint. Any officer may but need not be a Trustee or a Shareholder. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

3.2 Election. The President, the Treasurer and the Secretary shall be elected by the Trustees. Other officers, if any, may be elected or appointed by the Trustees at the same meeting at which the President, Treasurer and Secretary are elected, or at any other time. If required by the 1940 Act, the Chief Compliance Officer shall be elected or appointed by a majority of the Trustees, as well as a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust (“Independent Trustees”), and otherwise in accordance with Rule 38a-1 (or any successor rule) under the 1940 Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time (“Rule 38a-1”). Vacancies in any office may be filled at any time.

3.3 Tenure. The Chairman of the Trustees, if one is elected, the President, the Treasurer, the Secretary and the Chief Compliance Officer shall hold office until their respective successors are chosen and qualified, or in each case until he or she sooner dies, resigns, is removed with or without cause or becomes disqualified, provided that, if required by the 1940 Act, any removal of the Chief Compliance Officer shall be in accordance with Rule 38a-1. Each other officer shall hold office and each agent of the Trust shall retain authority at the pleasure of the Trustees.

 

2


3.4 Powers. Subject to the other provisions of these Bylaws, each officer shall have, in addition to the duties and powers herein and set forth in the Declaration of Trust, such duties and powers as are commonly incident to the office occupied by him or her as if the Trust were organized as a Massachusetts business corporation and such other duties and powers as the Trustees may from time to time designate.

3.5 Chairman of the Trustees. There shall be an office of the Chairman of the Trustees, which shall serve on behalf of the Trustees. The office of the Chairman shall not be an officer position of the Trust, but an officer of the Trust who is also a Trustee may serve as Chairman of the Trustees. The office of the Chairman of the Trustees may be held by more than one person. Any Chairman of the Trustees shall be elected by a majority of the Trustees, as well as a majority of the Independent Trustees if required by the 1940 Act. If required by the 1940 Act, any Chairman of the Trustees shall be an Independent Trustee and may, but need not, be a Shareholder. The powers and the duties of the Chairman of the Trustees shall include any and all such powers and duties relating to the operations of the Trustees as, from time to time, may be conferred upon or assigned to such office by the Trustees or as may be required by law, provided that the Chairman of the Trustees shall have no individual authority to act for the Trust as an officer of the Trust. In carrying out the responsibilities and duties of the office, the Chairman of the Trustees may seek assistance and input from other Trustees or Committees of the Trustees, officers of the Trust and the Trust’s investment adviser(s) and other service providers, as deemed necessary or appropriate. The Trustees, including a majority of the Independent Trustees if required by the 1940 Act, may appoint one or more persons to perform the duties of the Chairman of the Trustees, in the event of his or her absence at any meeting or in the event of his or her disability.

3.6 President; Vice President. The President shall be the chief executive officer and the principal executive officer for purposes of the Sarbanes-Oxley of 2002 (“SOX”). Any Vice President shall have such duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Trustees or the President.

3.7 Treasurer; Assistant Treasurer. The Treasurer shall be the chief financial and accounting officer of the Trust, and shall, subject to the provisions of the Declaration of Trust and to any arrangement made by the Trustees with a custodian, investment adviser, sub-adviser or manager, or transfer, shareholder servicing or similar agent, be in charge of the books of account and accounting records of the Trust, and shall have such other duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Trustees or by the President. The Treasurer shall be the principal financial officer for purposes of SOX. Any Assistant Treasurer shall have such duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Trustees or the President.

 

3


3.8 Secretary; Assistant Secretary. The Secretary shall record all proceedings of the Shareholders and the Trustees in books to be kept therefor, which books or a copy thereof shall be kept at the principal office of the Trust. In the absence of the Secretary from any meeting of the Shareholders or Trustees, an Assistant Secretary, or if there be none or if he or she is absent, a temporary secretary chosen at such meeting shall record the proceedings thereof in the aforesaid books. Any Assistant Secretary shall have such duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Trustees or the President.

3.9 Chief Compliance Officer. The Chief Compliance Officer shall perform the duties and have the responsibilities of the chief compliance officer of the Trust, including if required by the 1940 Act any such duties and responsibilities imposed by Rule 38a-1 under the 1940 Act, and shall have such other duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Trustees.

3.10 Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by written instrument signed by him or her and delivered to the Chairman of the Trustees, if any, the President or the Secretary, or to a meeting of the Trustees. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless specified to be effective at some other time. Except to the extent expressly provided in a written agreement with the Trust, no officer resigning and no officer removed shall have any right to any compensation for any period following his or her resignation or removal, or any right to damages on account of such removal.

ARTICLE 4

Committees

4.1 Quorum; Voting. Except as provided below or as otherwise specifically provided in the Committee’s Charter or in the resolutions constituting a Committee of the Trustees and providing for the conduct of its meetings, a majority of the members of any Committee of the Trustees shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and any action of such a Committee may be taken at a meeting by a vote of a majority of the members present (a quorum being present) or evidenced by one or more writings signed by such a majority. Members of a Committee may participate in a meeting of such Committee by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting, or by written consents or consents submitted electronically by a majority of the members then in office (or such greater number as may be required by the Declaration of Trust, these Bylaws, or applicable law).

Except as specifically provided in the Committee’s Charter or in the resolutions constituting a Committee of the Trustees and providing for the conduct of its meetings, Article 2, Section 2.3 of these Bylaws relating to special meetings shall govern the notice requirements for Committee meetings, except that it shall be sufficient notice to any Valuation Committee consisting of any of the Trustees to send notice by e-mail, telegram, telex or telecopy or other electronic means (including by telephone voice-message) at least fifteen minutes before the meeting.

 

4


ARTICLE 5

Reports

5.1      General. The Trustees and officers shall render reports at the time and in the manner required by the Declaration of Trust or any applicable law. Officers and Committees shall render such additional reports as they may deem desirable or as may from time to time be required by the Trustees.

ARTICLE 6

Fiscal Year

6.1      General. Except as from time to time otherwise determined by the Trustees, the initial fiscal year of the Trust shall end on such date as is determined in advance or in arrears by the Treasurer, and the subsequent fiscal years shall end on such date in subsequent years.

ARTICLE 7

Seal

7.1      General. The seal of the Trust shall, subject to alteration by the Trustees, consist of a flat-faced die with the word “Massachusetts” together with the name of the Trust and the year of its organization cut or engraved thereon; provided, however, that unless otherwise required by the Trustees, the seal shall not be necessary to be placed on, and its absence shall not impair the validity of, any document, instrument or other paper executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Trust.

ARTICLE 8

Execution of Papers

8.1      General. Except as the Trustees may generally or in particular cases authorize the execution thereof in some other manner, all deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, notes, checks, drafts and other obligations made, accepted or endorsed by the Trust shall be executed by the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer or by whomever else shall be designated for that purpose by vote of the Trustees, and need not bear the seal of the Trust.

ARTICLE 9

Issuance of Share Certificates

9.1      Share Certificates. Each Shareholder shall be entitled to a certificate stating the number of Shares (as defined in the Declaration of Trust) owned by him or her, in such form as shall be prescribed from time to time by the Trustees. Such certificates shall be signed by the President or any Vice President and by the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer. Such signatures

 

5


may be by facsimile if the certificate is signed by a transfer agent, or by a registrar, other than a Trustee, officer or employee of the Trust. In case any officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed on such certificate shall cease to be such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Trust with the same effect as if he or she were such officer at the time of its issuance.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in lieu of issuing certificates for Shares, the Trustees or the transfer agent may either issue receipts therefor or may keep accounts upon the books of the Trust for the record holders of such Shares, who shall in either case be deemed, for all purposes hereunder, to be the holders of certificates for such Shares as if they had accepted such certificates and shall be held to have expressly assented and agreed to the terms hereof.

9.2      Loss of Certificates. In case of the alleged loss or destruction or the mutilation of a share certificate, a duplicate certificate may be issued in place thereof, upon such terms as the Trustees shall prescribe, including, but not limited to, levying all replacement costs upon the Shareholder.

9.3      Issuance of New Certificates to Pledgee. A pledgee of Shares transferred as collateral security shall be entitled to a new certificate if the instrument of transfer substantially describes the debt or duty that is intended to be secured thereby. Such new certificate shall express on its face that it is held as collateral security, and the name of pledgor shall be stated thereon, who alone shall be liable as a Shareholder and entitled to vote thereon.

9.4      Discontinuance of Issuance of Certificates. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 9, the Trustees may at any time discontinue the issuance of share certificates and may, by written notice to each Shareholder, require the surrender of share certificates to the Trust for cancellation. Such surrender and cancellation shall not affect the ownership of Shares in the Trust.

ARTICLE 10

Shareholders’ Voting Powers and Meetings

10.1    Voting Powers. The Shareholders shall have power to vote only (i) for the election or removal of Trustees as provided in Article IV, Sections 1 and 3 of the Declaration of Trust, (ii) with respect to any Manager or sub-adviser as provided in Article IV, Section 8 of the Declaration of Trust to the extent required by the 1940 Act, (iii) with respect to certain transactions and other matters to the extent and as provided in Article V, Sections 2 and 3 of the Declaration of Trust, (iv) with respect to any termination of this Trust to the extent and as provided in Article IX, Section 4(b) of the Declaration of Trust (for the avoidance of any doubt, Shareholders shall have no separate right to vote with respect to the termination of the Trust or a series or class of Shares if the Trustees (including the Continuing Trustees) exercise their right to terminate the Trust or such series or class pursuant to clauses (ii) or (y) of Article IX, Section 4(b) of the Declaration of Trust), (v) with respect to any amendment of the Declaration of Trust to the extent and as provided in Article IX, Section 7 of the Declaration of Trust, (vi) to the same

 

6


extent as the stockholders of a Massachusetts business corporation as to whether or not a court action, proceeding or claim should or should not be brought or maintained derivatively or as a class action on behalf of the Trust or the Shareholders, and (vii) with respect to such additional matters relating to the Trust as may be required by law, the Declaration of Trust, these Bylaws or any registration of the Trust with the Securities and Exchange Commission (or any successor agency) or any state, any agreement of the Trust with any national securities exchanges or as the Trustees may consider necessary or desirable. Each whole Share shall be entitled to one vote as to any matter on which it is entitled to vote and each fractional Share shall be entitled to a proportionate fractional vote, except as otherwise provided in the Declaration of Trust, these Bylaws, or required by applicable law. Except as otherwise provided in the Declaration of Trust or in respect of the terms of a class of preferred shares of beneficial interest of the Trust as reflected in these Bylaws or required by applicable law, all Shares of the Trust then entitled to vote shall be voted in the aggregate as a single class without regard to classes or series of Shares. There shall be no cumulative voting in the election of Trustees. Shares may be voted in person or by proxy. A proxy with respect to Shares held in the name of two or more persons shall be valid if executed by any one of them unless at or prior to exercise of the proxy the Trust receives a specific written notice to the contrary from any one of them. The placing of a Shareholder’s name on a proxy pursuant to telephonic or electronically transmitted instructions obtained pursuant to procedures reasonably designed to verify that such instructions have been authorized by such Shareholder shall constitute execution of such proxy by or on behalf of such Shareholder. A proxy purporting to be executed by or on behalf of a Shareholder shall be deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise and the burden of proving invalidity shall rest on the challenger. Until Shares of a particular class or series are issued, the Trustees may exercise all rights of Shareholders and may take any action required by law, the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws to be taken by Shareholders as to such class or series.

Nothing in these Bylaws or the Declaration of Trust shall restrict the power of the Trustees to terminate any series or class of Shares by written notice to the Shareholders of such series or class, whether or not such Shareholders have voted (or are proposed to vote) with respect to a merger, reorganization, sale of assets, or similar transaction involving such series or class of Shares.

10.2    Voting Power and Meetings. Except as provided in the third sentence of this paragraph, regular meetings of the Shareholders for the election of Trustees and the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting shall be held, so long as Shares are listed for trading on a national securities exchange, on at least an annual basis, on such day and at such place as shall be designated by the Trustees. For the avoidance of doubt, for this purpose, “on at least an annual basis” is intended to permit the Trustees to set as the date for the Trust’s annual meeting for any year any date within the timeframes permitted in respect of that year by any national securities exchange on which the Trust’s shares trade. In the event that such a meeting is not held in any annual period if so required, whether the omission be by oversight or otherwise, a subsequent special meeting may be called by the Trustees and held in lieu of such meeting with the same effect as if held within such annual period. Special meetings of the Shareholders or any or all classes or series of Shares may also be called by the Trustees from

 

7


time to time for such other purposes as may be prescribed by law, by the Declaration of Trust or by these Bylaws, or for the purpose of taking action upon any other matter deemed by a majority of the Trustees and a majority of the Continuing Trustees to be necessary or desirable. A special meeting of Shareholders may be held at any such time, day and place as is designated by the Trustees. Notice of any meeting of Shareholders, stating the date, time, place and purpose of the meeting, shall be given or caused to be given by a majority of the Trustees and a majority of the Continuing Trustees at least seven days before such meeting to each Shareholder entitled to vote thereat by leaving such notice with the Shareholder at his or her residence or usual place of business or by mailing such notice, postage prepaid, to the Shareholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Trust or by providing notice to such Shareholder by electronic transmission or by any other means permitted by applicable law. Such notice may be given by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or by any other officer or agent designated for such purpose by the Trustees. Whenever notice of a meeting is required to be given to a Shareholder under the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, executed before or after the meeting by such Shareholder or his or her attorney thereunto authorized and filed with the records of the meeting, shall be deemed equivalent to such notice. Notice of a meeting need not be given to any Shareholder who attends the meeting without protesting prior thereto or at its commencement the lack of notice to such Shareholder. No ballot shall be required for any election unless required by a Shareholder present or represented at the meeting and entitled to vote in such election. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 10.2, no matter shall be properly before any annual or special meeting of Shareholders and no business shall be transacted thereat unless in accordance with Section 10.6 of these Bylaws.

10.3    Quorum and Required Vote. Except when a larger quorum is required by any provision of law or the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws, thirty three and one third percent (33 1/3%) of the Shares entitled to vote on a particular matter shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at a Shareholders’ meeting, except that where any provision of law or the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws permits or requires that holders of any class or series of Shares shall vote as an individual class or series, then thirty three and one third percent (33 1/3%) (unless a larger quorum is required as specified above) of Shares of that class or series entitled to vote shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business by that class or series. Any lesser number shall be sufficient for adjournments. Any adjourned session or sessions may be held, within a reasonable time after the date set for the original meeting, without the necessity of further notice. Except when a different vote is required by any provision of law or the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws, a plurality of the Shares voted shall decide any questions and a plurality of Shares voted shall elect a Trustee, provided that where any provision of law or of the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws permits or requires that the holders of any class or series of Shares shall vote as an individual class or series, then a plurality of the quorum of Shares of that class or series necessary for the transaction of business by that class or series at a Shareholders’ meeting shall decide that matter insofar as that class or series is concerned.

 

8


10.4    Action by Written Consent. Any action taken by Shareholders may be taken without a meeting if a majority of Shareholders entitled to vote on the matter (or such larger proportion thereof as shall be required by any express provision of law or the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws) consent to the action in writing and such written consents are filed with the records of the meetings of Shareholders. Such consent shall be treated for all purposes as a vote taken at a meeting of Shareholders.

10.5    Record Dates. For the purpose of determining the Shareholders who are entitled to vote or act at any meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, or who are entitled to receive payment of any dividend or of any other distribution, the Trustees may from time to time fix a time, or may authorize the officers of the Trust to fix a time, which shall be not more than 90 days before the date of any meeting of Shareholders or the date for the payment of any dividend or of any other distribution, as the record date for determining the Shareholders having the right to notice of and to vote at such meeting and any adjournment or postponement thereof or the right to receive such dividend or distribution, and in such case only Shareholders of record on such record date shall have the right notwithstanding any transfer of Shares on the books of the Trust after the record date; or without fixing such record date the Trustees may for any of such purposes close the register or transfer books for all or any part of such period.

10.6    Advance Notice of Shareholder Nominees for Trustees and Other Shareholder Proposals.

(a)      As used in this Section 10.6, the term “annual meeting” refers to any annual meeting of Shareholders as well as any special meeting held in lieu of an annual meeting as described in the first three sentences of Section 10.2 of these Bylaws, and the term “special meeting” refers to all meetings of Shareholders other than an annual meeting or a special meeting in lieu of an annual meeting.

(b)      Unless otherwise required by applicable law, the matters to be considered and brought before any annual or special meeting of Shareholders shall be limited to only such matters, including the nomination and election of Trustees, as shall be brought properly before such meeting in compliance with the procedures set forth in this Section 10.6. Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 10.6 shall be eligible for election as Trustees, and no proposal to fix the number of Trustees shall be brought before an annual or special meeting of Shareholders or otherwise transacted unless in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 10.6, except as may be otherwise provided in these Bylaws with respect to the right of holders of preferred shares of beneficial interest, if any, of the Trust to nominate and elect a specified number of Trustees in certain circumstances.

(c)      Unless otherwise required by applicable law, for any matter to be properly before any annual meeting, the matter must be (i) specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of a majority of the Trustees and a majority of the Continuing Trustees pursuant to Section 10.2 of these Bylaws, (ii) otherwise brought before the meeting by or at the direction of a majority of the Continuing Trustees (or any duly authorized committee thereof), or (iii) brought before the meeting in the manner specified

 

9


in this Section 10.6(c) by a Shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting or by a Shareholder (a “Beneficial Owner”) that holds Shares entitled to vote at the meeting through a nominee or “street name” holder of record and that can demonstrate to the Trust such indirect ownership and such Beneficial Owner’s entitlement to vote such Shares, provided that the Shareholder was the Shareholder of record or the Beneficial Owner held such Shares at the time the notice provided for in this Section 10.6(c) is delivered to the Secretary.

In addition to any other requirements under applicable law and the Declaration of Trust and these Bylaws, persons nominated by Shareholders for election as Trustees and any other proposals by Shareholders may be properly brought before an annual meeting only pursuant to timely notice (the “Shareholder Notice”) in writing to the Secretary. To be timely, the Shareholder Notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Trust not less than forty-five (45) nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the first anniversary date of the date on which the Trust first mailed its proxy materials for the prior year’s annual meeting; provided, however, with respect to the first annual meeting to be held after the initial public offering of the Trust’s Common Shares, the Shareholder Notice must be so delivered or mailed and so received on or before September 30, 2020; provided further, however, if and only if the annual meeting is not scheduled to be held within a period that commences thirty (30) days before the first anniversary date of the annual meeting for the preceding year and ends thirty (30) days after such anniversary date (an annual meeting date outside such period being referred to herein as an “Other Annual Meeting Date”), such Shareholder Notice must be given in the manner provided herein by the later of the close of business on (i) the date forty-five (45) days prior to such Other Annual Meeting Date or (ii) the tenth (10th) business day following the date such Other Annual Meeting Date is first publicly announced or disclosed.

Any Shareholder desiring to nominate any person or persons (as the case may be) for election as a Trustee or Trustees of the Trust shall deliver, as part of such Shareholder Notice: (i) a statement in writing setting forth (A) the name, age, date of birth, business address, residence address and nationality of the person or persons to be nominated; (B) the class or series, if applicable, and number of all Shares of the Trust owned of record or beneficially by each such person or persons, as reported to such Shareholder by such nominee(s); (C) any other information regarding each such person required by paragraphs (a), (d), (e) and (f) of Item 401 of Regulation S-K or paragraph (b) of Item 22 of Schedule 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission (or the corresponding provisions of any applicable regulation or rule subsequently adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency applicable to the Trust); (D) any other information regarding the person or persons to be nominated that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitation of proxies for election of Trustees or directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or any other

 

10


applicable law or regulation; and (E) whether such Shareholder believes any nominee is or will be an “interested person” of the Trust (as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended) and, if not an “interested person,” information regarding each nominee that will be sufficient for the Trust to make such determination; (ii) the written and signed consent of the person or persons to be nominated to be named as nominees and to serve as Trustees if elected; and (iii) a brief description of the nominee’s relevant background and experience for membership on the Board, such as qualification as an audit committee financial expert. In addition, the Trustees may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as they may reasonably require or deem necessary to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a Trustee. Any Shareholder Notice required by this Section 10.6(c) in respect of a proposal to fix the number of Trustees shall also set forth a description of and the text of the proposal, which description and text shall state a fixed number of Trustees that otherwise complies with applicable law, these Bylaws and the Declaration of Trust.

Without limiting the foregoing, any Shareholder who gives a Shareholder Notice of any matter proposed to be brought before a Shareholder meeting (whether or not involving nominees for Trustees) shall deliver, as part of such Shareholder Notice: (i) the description of and text of the proposal to be presented; (ii) a brief written statement of the reasons why such Shareholder favors the proposal; (iii) such Shareholder’s name and address as they appear on the Trust’s books; (iv) any other information relating to the Shareholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies with respect to the matter(s) proposed pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; (v) the class or series, if applicable, and number of all Shares of the Trust owned beneficially and of record by such Shareholder; (vi) any material interest of such Shareholder in the matter proposed (other than as a Shareholder); (vii) a representation that the Shareholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the Shareholder meeting to act on the matter(s) proposed; (viii) if the proposal involves nominee(s) for Trustees, a complete description of all arrangements or understandings between the Shareholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by the Shareholder; and (ix) in the case of a Beneficial Owner, evidence establishing such Beneficial Owner’s indirect ownership of, and entitlement to vote, Shares at the meeting of Shareholders. As used in this Section 10.6, Shares “beneficially owned” shall mean all Shares which such person is deemed to beneficially own pursuant to Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act.

(d)      Unless otherwise required by applicable law, for any matter to be properly before any special meeting, the matter must be specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of a majority of the Trustees and a majority of the Continuing Trustees pursuant to Section 10.2 of these Bylaws. In the event the Trust calls a special meeting for the purpose of electing one or more Trustees, any Shareholder may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Trust’s

 

11


notice of meeting if and only if the Shareholder provides a notice containing the information required in the Shareholder Notice to the Secretary required with respect to annual meetings by Section 10.6(c) hereof, and such notice is delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive office of the Trust not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Trustees to be elected at such meeting are publicly announced or disclosed.

(e)      Unless otherwise required by applicable law, for purposes of this Section 10.6, a matter shall be deemed to have been “publicly announced or disclosed” if such matter is disclosed in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service, in a document publicly filed by the Trust with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or in a Web site accessible to the public maintained by the Trust or by its investment adviser or administrator or an affiliate of such investment adviser or administrator with respect to the Trust.

(f)      Unless otherwise required by applicable law, in no event shall an adjournment or postponement (or a public announcement thereof) of a meeting of Shareholders commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of notice as provided in this Section 10.6.

(g)      Unless otherwise required by applicable law, the person presiding at any meeting of Shareholders, in addition to making any other determinations that may be appropriate to the conduct of the meeting, shall have the power and duty to (i) determine whether a nomination or proposal of other matters to be brought before a meeting and notice thereof have been duly made and given in the manner provided in this Section 10.6 and elsewhere in these Bylaws and the Declaration of Trust and (ii) if not so made or given, to direct and declare at the meeting that such nomination and/or such other matters shall be disregarded and shall not be considered. Any determination by the person presiding shall be binding on all parties absent manifest error.

(h)      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 10.6 or otherwise in these Bylaws, unless required by federal law, no matter shall be considered at or brought before any annual or special meeting unless such matter has been approved for these purposes by a majority of the Continuing Trustees and, in particular, no Beneficial Owner shall have any rights as a Shareholder except as may be required by federal law. Furthermore, nothing in this Section 10.6 shall be construed as creating any implication or presumption as to the requirements of federal law.

 

12


ARTICLE 11

Provisions Relating to the Conduct of the Trust’s Business

11.1    Forum for Adjudication of Disputes. Unless the Trust consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Trust or the Shareholders, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any Trustee, officer, or other employee of the Trust to the Trust or the Trust’s Shareholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Massachusetts Business Corporation Act, Chapter 182 of the Massachusetts General Laws or the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws, (iv) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws or any agreement contemplated by any provision of the 1940 Act, the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws, or (v) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be within the federal or state courts in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (each, a “Covered Action”). For the sake of clarity, the foregoing provision shall not apply to Covered Actions asserted under the federal securities laws. Any person purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of beneficial interest of the Trust shall be (i) deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section 11.1, and (ii) deemed to have waived any argument relating to the inconvenience of the forum referenced above in connection with any action or proceeding described in this Section 11.1.

If any Covered Action is filed in a court other than in a federal or state court sitting within the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (a “Foreign Action”) in the name of any Shareholder, such Shareholder shall be deemed to have consented to (i) the personal jurisdiction of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts in connection with any action brought in any such courts to enforce the first paragraph of this Section 11.1 (an “Enforcement Action”) and (ii) having service of process made upon such Shareholder in any such Enforcement Action by service upon such Shareholder’s counsel in the Foreign Action as agent for such Shareholder.

If any provision or provisions of this Section 11.1 shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any person or circumstance for any reason whatsoever, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provision(s) in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Section 11.1 (including, without limitation, each portion of any sentence of this Section 11.1 containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) and the application of such provision to other persons and circumstances shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Amendment to the Bylaws

11.2    General. Except to the extent that the Declaration of Trust or applicable law requires a vote or consent of Shareholders or a higher vote or consent by the Trustees and/or the Continuing Trustees, these Bylaws may be amended, changed, altered or repealed, in whole or part, only by resolution of a majority of the Trustees and a majority of the Continuing Trustees then in office at any meeting of the Trustees, or by one or more writings signed by such Trustees and Continuing Trustees.

 

13

Exhibit (h)(1)

DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund

[●] Common Shares of Beneficial Interest

Par Value $0.00001 Per Share

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

 

[●], 2020


UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

[·], 2020

UBS Securities LLC

BofA Securities, Inc.

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

Arcadia Securities, LLC

B. Riley FBR, Inc.

Bancroft Capital, LLC

BB&T Capital Markets, a division of BB&T Securities LLC

D.A. Davidson & Co.

Hennion & Walsh

Incapital LLC

Janney Montgomery Scott LLC

JonesTrading Institutional Services LLC

Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.

Maxim Group LLC

National Securities Corporation

Newbridge Securities Corporation

Pershing LLC

Wedbush Securities Inc.

c/o UBS Securities LLC

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10019

Ladies and Gentlemen:

DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund, an unincorporated voluntary association with transferable shares of beneficial interest organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (commonly referred to as a “Massachusetts business trust”) (the “Fund”), proposes to issue and sell to the underwriters named in Schedule A annexed hereto (the “Underwriters”) an aggregate of [·] common shares of beneficial interest (the “Firm Shares”), par value $0.00001 per share (the “Common Shares”), of the Fund. In addition, solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, the Fund proposes to grant to the Underwriters the option to purchase from the Fund up to an additional [·] Common Shares (the “Additional Shares”). The Firm Shares and the Additional Shares are hereinafter collectively sometimes referred to as the “Shares.” The Shares are described in the Prospectus which is defined below. UBS Securities LLC, BofA Securities, Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (the “Managing Representatives”) will act as managing representatives for the Underwriters in connection with the issuance and sale of the Shares.


The Fund has filed, in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively called the “Securities Act”), and with the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively called the “Investment Company Act”), with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement on Form N-2 (File Nos. 333-233877 and 811-23476), including a prospectus and a statement of additional information, relating to the Shares. In addition, the Fund has filed a Notification of Registration on Form N-8A (the “Notification”) pursuant to Section 8 of the Investment Company Act.

Except where the context otherwise requires, “Preliminary Prospectus,” as used herein, means each prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated therein by reference) included in such registration statement, or amendment thereof, before it became effective under the Securities Act and any prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated therein by reference) filed with the Commission by the Fund with the consent of the Managing Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters, pursuant to Rule 497(a) under the Securities Act.

Except where the context otherwise requires, “Registration Statement,” as used herein, means the registration statement, as amended at the time of such registration statement’s effectiveness for purposes of Section 11 of the Securities Act, as such section applies to the respective Underwriters (the “Effective Time”), including (i) all documents filed as a part thereof or incorporated by reference therein, (ii) any information contained in a prospectus subsequently filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 497 under the Securities Act and deemed to be part of the registration statement at the Effective Time pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act, and (iii) any registration statement filed to register the offer and sale of Shares pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act.

Except where the context otherwise requires, “Prospectus,” as used herein, means the final prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated therein by reference) as filed by the Fund with the Commission (i) pursuant to Rule 497(h) under the Securities Act on or before the second business day after the date hereof (or such earlier time as may be required under the Securities Act) or (ii) pursuant to Rule 497(b) under the Securities Act on or before the fifth business day after the date hereof (or such earlier time as may be required under the Securities Act), or, if no such filing is required, the final prospectus (including the final statement of additional information) included in the Registration Statement at the Effective Time, in each case in the form furnished by the Fund to you for use by the Underwriters and by dealers in connection with the confirmation of sales in the offering of the Shares.

Pricing Prospectus” means the Preliminary Prospectus, dated [·], 2020, including the statement of additional information incorporated therein by reference.

Pricing Information” means the information relating to (i) the number of Shares issued and (ii) the offering price of the Shares included on the cover page of the Prospectus.

 

3


Disclosure Package” means the Pricing Prospectus taken together with the Pricing Information.

Sales Materials” means those advertising materials, sales literature or other promotional materials or documents, if any, constituting an advertisement pursuant to Rule 482 under the Securities Act authorized or prepared by the Fund or authorized or prepared on behalf of the Fund by the Investment Adviser (as defined below) or any representative thereof for use in connection with the public offering or sale of the Shares, each of which is listed in Schedule D hereto; provided, however, that Sales Materials do not include any slides, tapes or other materials or documents that constitute a “written communication” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) used in connection with a “road show” or a “bona fide electronic road show” (each as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act) related to the offering of Shares contemplated hereby (collectively, “Road Show Materials”).

Applicable Time” means the time as of which this Underwriting Agreement was entered into, which shall be [·] p.m. (New York City time) on the date of this Underwriting Agreement (or such other time as is agreed to in writing by the Fund and the Managing Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters).

The Fund has prepared and filed, in accordance with Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “Exchange Act”), a registration statement (as amended, the “Exchange Act Registration Statement”) on Form 8-A (File No. 001-39192) under the Exchange Act to register, under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act, the class of securities consisting of the Common Shares.

DoubleLine Capital LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Investment Adviser”), will act as the Fund’s investment adviser pursuant to an Investment Management Agreement by and between the Fund and the Investment Adviser, dated as of December 5, 2019 (the “Investment Management Agreement”). U.S. Bank National Association will act as the custodian (the “Custodian”) of the Fund’s cash and portfolio assets pursuant to the Custody Agreement, as amended, dated as of December 3, 2019 (the “Custody Agreement”). U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (d/b/a U.S. Bank Global Fund Services) will act as the Fund’s registrar, transfer agent, dividend disbursement agent, administrator and fund accountant (the “Administrator”) pursuant to the Master Services Agreement dated January 20, 2020 (the “Master Services Agreement”). The Fund and the Adviser have entered into an Organizational and Offering Expenses Agreement, dated as of December 5, 2019 (the “Organizational Agreement”). The Fund and DoubleLine Asset Management Company LLC have entered into a Subscription Agreement dated as of December 4, 2019 (the “Subscription Agreement”). In addition, the Fund has adopted a dividend reinvestment plan (the “Dividend Reinvestment Plan”) pursuant to which holders of Shares may have their dividends automatically reinvested in additional Common Shares of the Fund unless they elect to receive such dividends in cash.

The Investment Adviser and UBS Securities LLC have entered into a Structuring Fee Agreement to be dated [·], 2020 (the “UBS Structuring Agreement”), a Structuring Fee Agreement with BofA Securities, Inc. to be dated [·], 2020 (the “BofA Agreement”), a Structuring Fee Agreement with Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC to be dated [·], 2020 (the “Morgan Stanley Agreement”), a Structuring Fee Agreement with Wells Fargo Securities, LLC to be dated [·], 2020

 

4


(the “Wells Fargo Agreement”), a Structuring Fee Agreement with RBC Capital Markets, LLC to be dated [●], 2020 (the “RBC Agreement”), a Structuring Fee Agreement with Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated to be dated [●], 2020 (the “Stifel Agreement”). The Investment Adviser has also entered into an Incentive Fee Agreement with Arcadia Securities, LLC to be dated [●], 2020 (the “Arcadia Agreement”), B. Riley FBR, Inc. to be dated [●], 2020 (the “B. Riley Agreement”), Bancroft Capital, LLC to be dated [●], 2020 (the “Bancroft Agreement”), BB&T Capital Markets, a division of BB&T Securities LLC to be dated [●], 2020 (the “BB&T Agreement”), D.A. Davidson & Co. to be dated [●], 2020 (the “D.A. Davidson Agreement”), Hennion & Walsh to be dated [●], 2020 (the “Hennion Agreement”), Incapital LLC to be dated [●], 2020 (the “Incapital Agreement”), Janney Montgomery Scott LLC to be dated [●], 2020 (the “Janney Agreement”), JonesTrading Institutional Services LLC to be dated [●], 2020 (the “JonesTrading Agreement”), Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc. to be dated [●], 2020 (the “Ladenburg Agreement”), Maxim Group LLC to be dated [●], 2020 (the “Maxim Agreement”), National Securities Corporation to be dated [●], 2020 (the “National Agreement”), Newbridge Securities Corporation to be dated [●], 2020 (the “Newbridge Agreement”), Pershing LLC to be dated [●], 2020 (the “Pershing Agreement”) and Wedbush Securities Inc. to be dated [●], 2020 (the “Wedbush Agreement”). The Investment Adviser has additionally entered into the Organizational Agreement, a Closed-End Fund Distribution Agreement with Vision 4 Fund Distributors, LLC dated December 6, 2019, and an amended and restated Closed-End Fund Distribution Agreement with Vision 4 Fund Distributors, LLC dated January [●], 2020 (the “Vision 4 Agreements” and together with the UBS Agreement, the BofA Agreement, the Morgan Stanley Agreement, the Wells Fargo Agreement, the RBC Agreement, the Stifel Agreement, the Arcadia Agreement, the B. Riley Agreement, the Bancroft Agreement, the BB&T Agreement, the D.A. Davidson Agreement, the Hennion Agreement, the Incapital Agreement, the JonesTrading Agreement, the Ladenburg Agreement, the Maxim Agreement, the National Agreement the Newbridge Agreement, the Wedbush Agreement and the Organizational Agreement, the “Fee Agreements”).

As used in this Underwriting Agreement, “business day” shall mean a day on which the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) is open for trading. The terms “herein,” “hereof,” “hereto,” “hereinafter” and similar terms, as used in this Underwriting Agreement, shall in each case refer to this Underwriting Agreement as a whole and not to any particular section, paragraph, sentence or other subdivision of this Underwriting Agreement. The term “or,” as used herein, is not exclusive.

The Fund, the Investment Adviser and the Underwriters agree as follows:

 

1.

Sale and Purchase. Upon the basis of the warranties and representations and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Fund agrees to sell to the respective Underwriters and each of the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Fund the aggregate number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule A attached hereto in each case at a purchase price of $20.00 per Share (the “Purchase Price”). The Fund is advised that the Underwriters intend (i) to make a public offering of their respective portions of the Firm Shares as soon after the Effective Time as is advisable and (ii) initially to offer the Firm Shares upon the terms set forth in the Prospectus. The Underwriters may from time to time increase or decrease the public offering price prior to the Applicable Time (as defined above) to such an extent as they may determine.

 

5


In addition, the Fund hereby grants to the several Underwriters the option to purchase, and upon the basis of the warranties and representations and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Underwriters shall have the right to purchase, severally and not jointly, from the Fund, ratably in accordance with the number of Firm Shares to be purchased by each of them, all or a portion of the Additional Shares as may be necessary solely to cover over-allotments made in connection with the offering of the Firm Shares and prior to the Applicable Time, at the Purchase Price less an amount per Share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Fund and paid or payable on the Firm Shares, but not payable on the Additional Shares. This option may be exercised by the Managing Representatives on behalf of the several Underwriters at any time and from time to time on or before the forty-fifth (45th) day following the date hereof, by written notice to the Fund. Such notice shall set forth the aggregate number of Additional Shares as to which the option is being exercised, and the date and time when the Additional Shares are to be paid for and delivered (such date and time being herein referred to as the “Additional Shares Closing Time”); provided, however, that the Additional Shares Closing Time shall not be earlier than the Firm Shares Closing Time (as defined below) nor earlier than the second business day after the date on which the option shall have been exercised and no later than the tenth business day after the date of such notice. The number of Additional Shares to be sold to each Underwriter at each Additional Shares Closing Time shall be the number that bears the same proportion to the aggregate number of Additional Shares being purchased by the Underwriters at such Additional Shares Closing Time as the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter on Schedule A hereto bears to the total number of Firm Shares (subject, in each case, to such adjustment to eliminate fractional shares as the Managing Representatives may determine).

The Fund also agrees to sell to DoubleLine Asset Management Company, LLC (“DAMCO”), at DAMCO’s election and at any time and from time to time on or before the forty-fifth (45th) day following the date hereof, up to an aggregate of [●] Common Shares to the extent required by and in accordance with Section 18 of the Investment Company Act.

 

2.

Payment and Delivery. Payment of the Purchase Price for the Firm Shares shall be made by the Underwriters to the Fund by Federal Funds wire transfer payable in same-day funds, against delivery of the Firm Shares to the Managing Representatives through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company for the respective accounts of the Underwriters. Such payment and delivery shall be made at a time mutually agreed upon by the parties on the third business day following the date of this Underwriting Agreement (unless another date shall be agreed to by the Fund and the Managing Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters). The time at which such payment and delivery are actually made is hereinafter sometimes called the “Firm Shares Closing Time.” Certificates, if any, for the Firm Shares shall be delivered to the Managing Representatives in definitive form in such names and in such denominations as the Managing Representatives shall specify on the second business day preceding the Firm Shares Closing Time. If the Firm Shares are to be certificated, for the purpose of expediting the checking of the certificates, if any, for the Firm Shares by the Managing Representatives, the Fund agrees to make such certificates, if any, available to the Managing Representatives for such purpose at least one full business day preceding the Firm Shares Closing Time.

 

6


Payment of the purchase price for the Additional Shares shall be made at the Additional Shares Closing Time in the same manner and at the same office as the payment for the Firm Shares. Certificates, if any, for the Additional Shares shall be delivered to the Managing Representatives in definitive form in such names and in such denominations as the Managing Representatives shall specify no later than the second business day preceding the Additional Shares Closing Time. If the Additional Shares, if any, are to be certificated, for the purpose of expediting the checking of the certificates, if any, for the Additional Shares by the Managing Representatives, the Fund agrees to make such certificates, if any, available to the Managing Representatives for such purpose at least one full business day preceding the Additional Shares Closing Time. The Firm Shares Closing Time and the Additional Shares Closing Time are sometimes referred to herein as the “Closing Times.”

 

3.

Representations and Warranties of the Fund and the Investment Adviser. Each of the Fund and the Investment Adviser jointly and severally represents and warrants to each Underwriter as of the date of this Underwriting Agreement, as of the Applicable Time, as of the Firm Shares Closing Time and as of each Additional Shares Closing Time, if any, as follows:

 

  (a)

(i)(A) The Registration Statement has heretofore become effective under the Securities Act or, with respect to any registration statement to be filed to register the offer and sale of Shares pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, will be filed with the Commission and become effective under the Securities Act no later than 10:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date of determination of the public offering price for the Shares; (B) no stop order of the Commission preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or Sales Materials or of the Prospectus or the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued, no revocation of registration has been issued and no proceedings for such purpose have been instituted or, to the Fund’s or the Investment Adviser’s knowledge, are contemplated by the Commission; and (C) the Exchange Act Registration Statement has become effective as provided in Section 12 of the Exchange Act;

(ii)(A) The Registration Statement complied at the Effective Time, complies as of the date hereof and will comply, as amended or supplemented, at the Firm Shares Closing Time, at each Additional Shares Closing Time, if any, and at each and any time of a sale of Shares by an Underwriter during the period in which a prospectus is required by the Securities Act to be delivered in connection with any sale of Shares, in each case in all material respects, with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Investment Company Act; (B) each of the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus complied or will comply, at the time it was or is filed with the Commission, and the Prospectus complies as of its date and will comply, as amended or supplemented, at the Firm Shares Closing Time, at each Additional Shares Closing Time, if any, and at each and any time of a sale of Shares by an Underwriter during the period in which a prospectus is required by the Securities

 

7


Act to be delivered in connection with any sale of Shares, in each case in all material respects, with the requirements of the Securities Act (including, without limitation, Section 10(a) of the Securities Act) and the Investment Company Act; and (C) there are no material differences between each Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with the public offering of the Shares and the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T; and (D) each of the Sales Materials complied, at the time it was first used in connection with the public offering of the Shares, and complies as of the date hereof, in each case in all material respects, with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act (including, without limitation, Rule 482 thereunder), the Investment Company Act and the applicable rules and interpretations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”);

(iii)    (A) (1) The Registration Statement as of the Effective Time did not, (2) the Registration Statement (including any post-effective amendment thereto declared or deemed to be effective by the Commission) as of the date hereof does not, and (3) the Registration Statement (including any post-effective amendment thereto declared or deemed to be effective by the Commission), as of the Firm Shares Closing Time and each Additional Shares Closing Time, if any, will not, in each case, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; (B) at no time during the period that begins as of the Applicable Time and ends at the Firm Shares Closing Time did or will the Disclosure Package, as then amended or supplemented, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; (C) at no time during the period that begins at the time each of the Sales Materials was first used in connection with the public offering of the Shares and ends at the Applicable Time did any of the Sales Materials (as materials deemed to be a prospectus under Section 10(b) of the Securities Act pursuant to Rule 482 under the Securities Act), as then amended or supplemented, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and (D) at no time during the period that begins on the earlier of the date of the Prospectus and the date the Prospectus is filed with the Commission and ends at the latest of the Firm Shares Closing Time, the latest Additional Shares Closing Time, if any, and the end of the period during which a prospectus is required by the Securities Act to be delivered in connection with any sale of Shares did or will the Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that each of the Fund and the Investment Adviser makes no representation or warranty with respect to any statement contained in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or the Sales Material in reliance upon and in conformity with information concerning an Underwriter furnished in writing by or on behalf of such Underwriter through the Managing Representatives to the Fund

 

8


or to the Investment Adviser on behalf of the Fund expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or the Sales Material as described in Section 9(f) hereof; and provided, further that if any event occurs during any of the periods referred to in clauses (B), (C) or (D) of this Section 3(a)(iii) as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus, the Disclosure Package or the Sales Materials, as applicable, in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and the Disclosure Package, the Sales Materials or the Prospectus, as applicable, is amended or supplemented in connection therewith in accordance with Section 5(d) of this Underwriting Agreement, such amendment or supplement shall be deemed, for purposes of this Section 3(a)(iii), to have been made contemporaneously with the occurrence of such event.

 

  (b)

The Fund (i) has been duly formed and is validly existing as an unincorporated voluntary association with transferable shares of beneficial interest under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts; (ii) has full power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets, and conduct its business and other activities conducted by it as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus; (iii) is duly licensed and qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business or other activity requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing does not or would not have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), business affairs, business prospects, management, properties, net assets or results of operations of the Fund, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business (a “Material Adverse Effect”); (iv) owns, possesses or has obtained and currently maintains all governmental licenses, permits, consents, orders, approvals and other authorizations (collectively, the “Licenses and Permits”), whether foreign or domestic, necessary to carry on its business as contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus; (v) currently has no subsidiaries and has no current intention to form any subsidiaries; and (vi) has made all necessary filings required of it under any applicable federal, state or local law, regulation or rule, except where the failure to make such filings does not or would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (c)

The capitalization of the Fund is as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus. The Common Shares conform to the description of them in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus. All the issued and outstanding Common Shares have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable (except as described or referred to in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus). The Shares to be issued and delivered to and paid for by the Underwriters in accordance with this Underwriting Agreement against payment therefor as provided by this Underwriting Agreement have been duly authorized and when issued and delivered to the Underwriters as contemplated herein will have been validly issued and will be fully paid and nonassessable (except as described or referred to in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus). The certificates, if any, for the Shares will

 

9


 

be in due and proper form. The issuance of the Shares has been done in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws in all material respects. No person is entitled to any preemptive or other similar rights with respect to the issuance of the Shares.

 

  (d)

The Fund is duly registered with the Commission under the Investment Company Act as a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company, no order of suspension or revocation of such registration has been issued or proceedings thereof initiated or, to the knowledge of the Fund or the Investment Adviser, threatened by the Commission and, subject to the filing of any final amendment to the Registration Statement (a “Final Amendment”), if not already filed, all action under the Securities Act and the Investment Company Act, as the case may be, necessary to make the public offering and consummate the sale of the Shares as provided in this Underwriting Agreement has or will have been taken by the Fund; the provisions of the Fund’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust (as amended or restated through the date hereof, the “Declaration of Trust”) and Bylaws (as amended or restated through the date hereof, the “Bylaws”) comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Investment Company Act.

 

  (e)

The Fund has full power and authority to enter into or adopt each of this Underwriting Agreement, the Investment Management Agreement, the Custody Agreement, the Master Services Agreement, the Subscription Agreement, and the Organizational Agreement (collectively, the “Fund Agreements”) and the Dividend Reinvestment Plan and to perform all of the terms and provisions hereof and thereof to be carried out by it and (i) each Fund Agreement has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Fund and the Dividend Reinvestment Plan has been duly and validly authorized by the Fund, (ii) each Fund Agreement and the Dividend Reinvestment Plan complies in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively called the “Advisers Act”), as the case may be, and (iii) assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties thereto, each of the Fund Agreements constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Fund enforceable in accordance with its terms, (A) subject to the qualification that the enforceability of the Fund’s obligations thereunder may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and similar laws relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors generally, whether statutory or decisional, and by general equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law), (B) subject, in the case of the Investment Management Agreement, to termination under the Investment Company Act or the reasonableness or fairness of compensation payable thereunder and (C) except as rights to indemnity or contribution, broadly worded waivers, waivers of rights to damages or defenses, waivers of unknown or future claims, and waivers of statutory, regulatory or constitutional rights may be limited on statutory or public policy grounds.

 

10


  (f)

None of (i) the execution, delivery and performance by the Fund of the Fund Agreements, (ii) the issuance and sale by the Fund of the Shares as contemplated by this Underwriting Agreement, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus, the Prospectus or any of the Fund Agreements and (iii) the performance by the Fund of its obligations under any of the Fund Agreements or the Dividend Reinvestment Plan or consummation by the Fund of the other transactions contemplated by the Fund Agreements or the Dividend Reinvestment Plan (A) conflicts with or will conflict with, or results in or will result in a breach or violation of the Declaration of Trust or Bylaws, (B) conflicts with or will conflict with, results in or will result in a breach or violation of, or constitutes or will constitute a default or an event of default under, or results in or will result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any properties or assets of the Fund under the Declaration of Trust or Bylaws, or under the terms and provisions of any agreement, indenture, mortgage, loan agreement, note, insurance or surety agreement, lease or other instrument to which the Fund is a party or by which it may be bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Fund is subject or (C) results in or will result in any violation of any law, rule or regulation, or order of any court, governmental instrumentality, securities exchange or association or arbitrator, whether foreign or domestic, applicable to the Fund or having jurisdiction over the Fund’s properties, other than state securities or “blue sky” laws applicable in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters pursuant to this Underwriting Agreement, except in the case of clauses (B) or (C), where such conflict, breach, default, creation, imposition or violation, either individually or in the aggregate, does not or would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (g)

The Fund is not currently in breach of, or in default under, any written agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or its property is bound or affected, except where such breach or default, individually or in the aggregate, does not or would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (h)

There are no material restrictions, limitations or regulations with respect to the ability of the Fund to invest its assets as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, other than as described therein.

 

  (i)

No person has any right to the registration of any securities of the Fund because of the filing of the Registration Statement with the Commission. No person has tag along rights or other similar rights to have any securities included in the transaction contemplated by this Underwriting Agreement.

 

  (j)

No consent, approval, authorization, notification or order of, or filing with, or the issuance of any license or permit by, any federal, state, local or foreign court or governmental or regulatory agency, commission, board, authority or body or with any self-regulatory organization, whether foreign or domestic, is required by the Fund for the consummation by the Fund of the transactions to be performed by the Fund or the performance by the Fund of all the terms and provisions to be performed by or on behalf of it in each case as contemplated in the Fund

 

11


 

Agreements, the Dividend Reinvestment Plan, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, except (i) such as have been obtained and such as may be required (and shall be obtained prior to commencement of the transactions contemplated by this Underwriting Agreement) under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the Investment Company Act or the Advisers Act, (ii) such as may be required by the NYSE, FINRA or under state securities or “blue sky” laws, in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters pursuant to this Underwriting Agreement, or (iii) where the failure to obtain such consent, approval, authorization, notification or order, filing, permit or license does not or would not result in a Material Adverse Effect or have a material adverse effect on the consummation by the Fund of the transactions to be performed by the Fund pursuant to this Underwriting Agreement or the performance by the Fund of all the terms and provisions to be performed by or on behalf of it in each case as contemplated in the Fund Agreements, the Dividend Reinvestment Plan, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus.

 

  (k)

No transaction has occurred between or among the Fund and any of its officers or trustees, shareholders or affiliates or any affiliate or affiliates of any such officer or trustee or shareholder or affiliate that is required to be described in and is not described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus.

 

  (l)

Neither the Fund nor any employee or agent of the Fund has made any payment of funds of the Fund, or received or retained any funds, which payment, receipt or retention of funds is of a character required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, and which has not been so described.

 

  (m)

The Shares are duly authorized for listing, subject to official notice of issuance, on the NYSE and the Exchange Act Registration Statement has become effective.

 

  (n)

Deloitte & Touche LLP was engaged by the Fund to act as its independent registered public accounting firm in accordance with the Investment Company Act. Deloitte & Touche LLP, whose report appears in the Prospectus, is an independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the Fund as required by the Investment Company Act, the Securities Act and the rules of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

 

  (o)

The statement of assets and liabilities, together with any related notes or schedules thereto, included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus presents fairly in all material respects the financial condition of the Fund as of the dates or for the periods indicated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis, and complies with all applicable requirements under the Securities Act and the Investment Company Act.

 

12


  (p)

Since the date as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, except as otherwise stated therein, (i) there has been no Material Adverse Effect or to Fund’s or the Investment Adviser’s knowledge, any development reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; (ii) the Fund has not incurred any material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, nor entered into any material transactions, other than in the ordinary course of business or incident to its organization; (iii) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made on any class of the Fund’s capital shares (other than, in the event this representation and warranty is made after the Firm Shares Closing Time, ordinary and customary dividends declared and payable after the Firm Shares Closing Time); and (iv) the Fund has not incurred any long-term debt.

 

  (q)

Except as otherwise set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, there is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Fund or the Investment Adviser, threatened action, suit, claim, inquiry, investigation or proceeding affecting the Fund or to which the Fund is a party before or by any court, commission, regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental agency, authority or body, whether foreign or domestic, which, (i) if determined adversely, would result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) which might materially and adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or (iii) is of a character required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus that is not so described.

 

  (r)

There are no franchises, contracts or other documents that are of a character required to be described in the Registration Statement or to be filed or incorporated by reference as exhibits to the Registration Statement which are not described, filed or incorporated by reference therein, as permitted by the Securities Act or the Investment Company Act, as applicable.

 

  (s)

Except for stabilization transactions conducted by the Underwriters, and except for the issuance or purchase of Shares pursuant to the Dividend Reinvestment Plan effected following the date on which the distribution of the Shares is completed in accordance with the policies of the Fund as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, the Fund has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed or which might be reasonably expected to cause or result in, or which will constitute, stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares in violation of applicable federal securities laws, provided that, for the sake of clarity, no action taken by an Underwriter that is an affiliate of the Fund shall be deemed to be an action taken, directly or indirectly, by the Fund for purposes of this Section 3(s).

 

  (t)

The Fund intends to direct the investment of the proceeds of the offering of the Shares in such a manner as to comply with the requirements of Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and is eligible to qualify as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code and intends to elect to be treated as a registered investment company under Subchapter M of the Code.

 

13


  (u)

The Fund will direct the proceeds of the offering of the Shares in such a manner as to comply with the asset coverage requirements of the Investment Company Act and applicable regulatory guidance that has been issued in relation thereto.

 

  (v)

The Fund has not distributed and, prior to the later to occur of the (i) date of the last Closing Time and (ii) completion of the distribution of the Shares, will not distribute any offering materials in connection with the public offering or sale of the Shares other than the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package, the Sales Materials, the Prospectus or any other materials the distribution of which has been approved in writing (including via e-mail or other written forms of communication) by the Managing Representatives or their counsel.

 

  (w)

There are no Sales Materials other than as set forth on Schedule D; and no Sales Materials or Road Show Materials authorized or prepared by the Fund or authorized or prepared on behalf of the Fund by the Investment Adviser or any affiliate or representative thereof for use in connection with the public offering or sale of the Shares contained or contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

  (x)

No person is serving or acting as an officer, trustee or investment adviser of the Fund except in accordance with the provisions of the Investment Company Act. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement to any of them), no trustee of the Fund is (i) an “interested person” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Fund or (ii) an “affiliated person” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of any Underwriter listed in Schedule A hereto. For purposes of this Section 3(w), the Fund and the Investment Adviser shall be entitled to rely on the representations from such officers and trustees.

 

  (y)

Other than any transfer taxes paid by the Investment Adviser pursuant to Section 5(f), there are no transfer taxes or other similar fees or charges under federal law or the laws of any state, or any political subdivision thereof, required to be paid in connection with the execution and delivery of this Underwriting Agreement or the issuance by the Fund or sale by the Fund of the Shares.

 

  (z)

The Fund has (i) appointed a Chief Compliance Officer and (ii) adopted and implemented written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of the Federal Securities Laws (as that term is defined in Rule 38a-1 under the Investment Company Act) by the Fund in a manner required by and consistent with Rule 38a-1 under the Investment Company Act and is in compliance in all material respects with such Rule.

 

  (aa)

Any statistical, demographic or market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus, the Prospectus, the Sales Materials or the Road Show Materials are based on or derived from sources that the Fund believes to be

 

14


 

reliable and accurate in all material respects, and all such data included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus, the Prospectus, the Sales Materials or the Road Show Materials accurately reflects in all material respects the materials upon which it is based or from which it was derived.

 

  (bb)

The Fund is insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which it is engaged and which the Fund deems adequate; all policies of insurance insuring the Fund or its business, assets, employees, officers and trustees, including the Fund’s trustees and officers errors and omissions insurance policy and its fidelity bond required by Rule 17g-1 of the Investment Company Act, are in full force and effect; the Fund is in compliance with the terms of such policy and fidelity bond; and there are no claims by the Fund under any such policy or fidelity bond as to which any insurance company is denying liability or defending under a reservation of rights clause; the Fund has not been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and the Fund has no reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage and fidelity bond as and when such coverage and fidelity bond expires or to obtain similar coverage and fidelity bond from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business.

 

  (cc)

The Fund owns or possesses, or can acquire on reasonable terms, adequate patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems, or procedures), trademarks, service marks, trade names or other intellectual property (collectively, “Intellectual Property”) necessary to carry on the business operated by the Fund, provided that the Fund’s right to use the name “DoubleLine” or any derivation thereof, or any logo associated with those names, is limited as set forth in Section 9 of the Investment Management Agreement, and the Fund has not received any notice or is not otherwise aware of any infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any Intellectual Property or of any facts or circumstances which would render any Intellectual Property invalid or inadequate to protect the interest of the Fund and which, individually or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (dd)

The Fund maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for assets; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets through an asset reconciliation procedure or otherwise at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

 

15


  (ee)

The Fund has established and maintains disclosure controls and procedures; such disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 30a-3 under the Investment Company Act) are designed to ensure that material information relating to the Fund is made known to the Fund’s principal executive officer and its principal financial officer by others within the Fund, and such disclosure controls and procedures are effective to perform the functions for which they were established; the Fund is not aware of any material weakness in its internal controls over financial reporting.

 

  (ff)

The Fund and its officers and trustees, in their capacities as such, are in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”).

 

  (gg)

The Fund’s Board of Trustees has validly appointed an audit committee whose composition satisfies the applicable requirements of Rules 303A.06 and 303A.07(a) of the NYSE Listed Company Manual and the Board of Trustees and/or the audit committee has adopted a charter that satisfies the applicable requirements of Rule 303A.07(c) of the NYSE Listed Company Manual.

 

  (hh)

Neither the Fund nor any trustee who is an “interested person” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Fund (an “Interested Trustee”) or officer of the Fund, nor, to the Fund’s knowledge, any of its employees, agents or representatives, or any trustee who is not an “interested person” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Fund (an “Independent Trustee”), has taken or will take any action in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization or approval of the payment or giving of anything of value, directly or indirectly, to any “government official” (including any officer or employee of a government or government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office) to influence official action or secure an improper advantage; and to the extent required by applicable law, the Fund has policies and procedures reasonably designed to comply with applicable anti-corruption laws including, without limitation, the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (the “FCPA”), and will continue to maintain these policies and procedures reasonably designed to comply with such laws.

 

  (ii)

To the extent required by applicable law, the Fund has policies and procedures reasonably designed to comply with all applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including those of the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by Title III of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT Act), and the applicable anti-money laundering statutes of jurisdictions where the Fund conducts business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Fund with respect to any applicable Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Fund, threatened.

 

16


  (jj)

Neither the Fund nor any Interested Trustee or officer of the Fund, nor, to the Fund’s knowledge, any employee, agent or affiliate of the Fund, or any Independent Trustee, is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”); and the Fund will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities or business of any person or in any country or territory that, at the time of such financing, is subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

 

  (kk)

All of the information provided to the Underwriters or to counsel for the Underwriters by the Fund, its officers and trustees in the FINRA questionnaires executed by the Fund and the Investment Adviser in connection with the FINRA Corporate Financing Department review and any other information provided by the Fund for submission to the FINRA Corporate Financing Department in response to requests by the Underwriters or counsel for the Underwriters is true, complete and correct.

For the avoidance of doubt, no Underwriter is an agent, affiliate or representative of the Fund or the Investment Adviser for purposes of the above representations and warranties. In addition, any certificate signed by any officer of the Fund or the Investment Adviser and delivered to the Underwriters or counsel for the Underwriters in connection with the offering of the Shares shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Fund or the Investment Adviser as to matters covered thereby, to each Underwriter.

 

4.

Representations and Warranties of the Investment Adviser. The Investment Adviser represents and warrants to each Underwriter, as of the date of this Underwriting Agreement, as of the Applicable Time, as of the Firm Shares Closing Time and as of each Additional Shares Closing Time, if any, as follows:

 

  (a)

The Investment Adviser (i) has been duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing as a limited partnership under the laws of the State of Delaware; (ii) has full power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets, and conduct its business and other activities conducted by it as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus; (iii) is duly licensed and qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business or other activity requires such qualification, except to the extent that such failure to be so qualified or to be in good standing does not or would not have a material adverse effect on the Investment Adviser’s ability to perform its obligations under this Underwriting Agreement and the Investment Management Agreement (as defined herein) (an “Investment Adviser Material Adverse Effect”); (iv) owns, possesses or has obtained and currently maintains all Licenses and Permits, whether foreign or domestic, necessary to carry on its business as contemplated in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus; and (v) has made all necessary filings required of it under any applicable federal, state or local law, regulation or rule, except where the failure to make such a filing would not result in an Investment Adviser Material Adverse Effect.

 

17


  (b)

The Investment Adviser is (i) duly registered with the Commission as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act and (ii) not prohibited by the Advisers Act or the Investment Company Act from acting as an investment adviser for the Fund as contemplated by the Investment Management Agreement, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus and no order or suspension or revocation of such registration has been issued or proceedings thereof initiated, or to the knowledge of the Investment Adviser, threatened by the Commission.

 

  (c)

The Investment Adviser has full power and authority to enter into, as applicable, each of this Underwriting Agreement, the Investment Management Agreement, the Organizational Agreement, and the Fee Agreements (collectively, the “Adviser Agreements”), and carry out all the terms and provisions hereof and thereof to be carried out by it; and (i) each Adviser Agreement has been or will be duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by the Investment Adviser, (ii) the Adviser Agreements do not violate in any material respects any of the applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act or the Advisers Act and (iii) assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties thereto, each of the Adviser Agreements constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Investment Adviser enforceable in accordance with its terms, (A) subject to the qualification that the enforceability of the Investment Adviser’s obligations thereunder may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and similar laws relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors generally, whether statutory or decisional, and by general equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law), (B) subject, in the case of the Investment Management Agreement, to termination under the Investment Company Act or the reasonableness or fairness of compensation payable thereunder and (C) except as rights to indemnity or contribution, broadly worded waivers, waivers of rights to damages or defenses, waivers of unknown or future claims, and waivers of statutory, regulatory or constitutional rights may be limited on statutory or public policy grounds.

 

  (d)

None of (i) the execution, delivery and performance by the Investment Adviser of the Adviser Agreements, (ii) the issuance and sale by the Fund of the Shares as contemplated by this Underwriting Agreement, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus, the Prospectus or any of the Adviser Agreements and (iii) the performance by the Investment Adviser of its obligations under any of the Adviser Agreements or performance and consummation by the Investment Adviser of the other transactions contemplated by the Adviser Agreements (A) conflicts with or will conflict with, or results in or will result in a breach or violation of the limited partnership agreement, bylaws or similar organizational documents of the Investment Adviser, (B) conflicts with or will conflict with, results in or will result in a breach or violation of, or constitutes or will constitute a default or an event of default under, any agreement or instrument to which the Investment Adviser is a

 

18


 

party or by which it is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Investment Adviser is subject or (C) results in or will result in any violation of any law, rule or regulation, or order of any court, governmental instrumentality, securities exchange or association or arbitrator, whether foreign or domestic, applicable to the Investment Adviser or having jurisdiction over the Investment Adviser’s properties, except in the case of clauses (B) or (C), where such conflict, breach, default or violation, either individually or in the aggregate, does not or would not result in an Investment Adviser Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (e)

The Investment Advisory Agreement is in full force and effect and neither the Fund nor the Investment Adviser are in default thereunder, and no event has occurred which with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would constitute a default under such agreements.

 

  (f)

No consent, approval, authorization, notification or order of, or qualification with, or the issuance of any license or permit by, any federal, state, local or foreign court or governmental or regulatory agency, commission, board, authority or body or with any self-regulatory organization, whether foreign or domestic, is required by the Investment Adviser for the consummation by the Investment Adviser of the transactions to be performed by the Investment Adviser or the performance by the Investment Adviser of all the terms and provisions to be performed by or on behalf of it in each case as contemplated in the Adviser Agreements, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, except (i) such as have been obtained and such as may be required (and shall be obtained prior to commencement of the transaction contemplated by this Underwriting Agreement) under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the Investment Company Act or the Advisers Act, (ii) such as may be required by the NYSE, FINRA or under state securities or “blue sky” laws, in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters pursuant to this Underwriting Agreement, or (iii) where the failure to obtain such consent, approval, authorization, notification or order does not or would not result in an Investment Adviser Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (g)

The description of the Investment Adviser and its business and the statements attributed to the Investment Adviser in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus comply with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Investment Company Act and do not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading.

 

  (h)

Except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, there is no action, suit, claim, inquiry, investigation or proceeding before or by any court, commission, regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental agency or body, whether foreign or domestic, now pending or, to the best of the Investment Adviser’s knowledge, threatened against the Investment Adviser which (i) if determined adversely would result in an Investment Adviser Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) is of a character required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus that is not so described.

 

19


  (i)

Except for stabilization transactions conducted by the Underwriters, and except for the issuance or purchase of Shares pursuant to the Dividend Reinvestment Plan effected following the date on which the distribution of the Shares is completed in accordance with the policies of the Fund as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, the Investment Adviser has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed or which might be reasonably expected to cause or result in, or which will constitute, stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares in violation of applicable federal securities laws, (ii) has not since the filing of the Registration Statement sold, bid for or purchased, or paid anyone any compensation for soliciting purchases of, Shares of the Fund (except pursuant to this Agreement) and (iii) will not, until the completion of the distribution (within the meaning of the anti-manipulation rules under the Exchange Act) of the Shares, sell, bid for or purchase, pay or agree to pay any person any compensation for soliciting another to purchase any other securities of the Fund (except pursuant to this Agreement); provided that any action in connection with the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan will not be deemed to be within the terms of this Section 4(i). For the sake of clarity, no action taken by an Underwriter that is an affiliate of the Investment Adviser shall be deemed to be an action taken, directly or indirectly, by the Investment Adviser for purposes of this Section 4(i).

 

  (j)

In the event that the Fund or the Investment Adviser has made available any Road Show Materials or promotional materials (other than the Sales Materials) by means of an Internet web site or similar electronic means such as to constitute a bona fide electronic road show, the Investment Adviser has installed and maintained pre-qualification and password-protection or similar procedures which are reasonably designed and expected to effectively prohibit access to such Road Show Materials or promotional materials by persons other than qualified broker-dealers and registered representatives thereof.

 

  (k)

The Investment Adviser will direct the proceeds of the offering of the Shares in such a manner as to cause the Fund to comply with the requirements of Subchapter M of the Code.

 

  (l)

The Investment Adviser has adopted and implemented written policies and procedures under Rule 206(4)-7 of the Advisers Act reasonably designed to prevent violation of the Advisers Act by the Investment Adviser and its supervised persons.

 

  (m)

The Investment Adviser owns or possesses, or can acquire on reasonable terms, the Intellectual Property necessary to carry on the business operated by the Investment Adviser, and the Investment Adviser has not received any notice or is not otherwise aware of any infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any Intellectual Property or of any facts or circumstances which would render any Intellectual Property invalid or inadequate to protect the interest of the Investment Adviser and which, individually or in the aggregate, if subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

20


  (n)

The Investment Adviser maintains a system of internal controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions effectuated by it under the Investment Management Agreement are executed in accordance with its management’s general or specific authorization; and (ii) access to the Fund’s assets is permitted only in accordance with its management’s general or specific authorization.

 

  (o)

Neither the Investment Adviser nor any director or officer of the Investment Adviser, nor, to the best of the Investment Adviser’s knowledge, any of the Investment Adviser’s subsidiaries, employees, agents or representatives, have taken or will take any action in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization or approval of the payment or giving of anything of value, directly or indirectly, to any “government official” (including any officer or employee of a government or government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office) to influence official action or secure an improper advantage; and to the extent required by applicable law, the Investment Adviser and its subsidiaries have policies and procedures reasonably designed to comply with applicable anti-corruption laws including, without limitation, the FCPA, and will continue to maintain these policies and procedures reasonably designed to comply with such laws.

 

  (p)

The Investment Adviser has filed, or will timely file, with the National Futures Association (“NFA”) a notice of eligibility for relief from inclusion within the definition of a commodity pool operator pursuant to Section 4.5 of the general regulations under the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended (“CEA”), with respect to the Fund.

 

  (q)

To the extent required by applicable law, the Investment Adviser and its subsidiaries have policies and procedures reasonably designed to comply with all applicable Money Laundering Laws, and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Investment Adviser or any of its subsidiaries with respect to any applicable Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Investment Adviser, or threatened.

 

  (r)

Neither the Investment Adviser nor any director or officer of the Investment Adviser nor, to the best of the Investment Adviser’s knowledge, any of the Investment Adviser’s subsidiaries, employees, agents or representatives, is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC; and the Investment Adviser will not directly or indirectly direct the proceeds of the offering, or lend,

 

21


 

contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity for the purpose of financing the activities or business of any person or in any country or territory that, at the time of such financing, is subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

For the avoidance of doubt, no Underwriter is an agent, affiliate or representative of the Investment Adviser for purposes of the above representations and warranties. In addition, any certificate signed by any officer of the Investment Adviser and delivered to the Underwriters or counsel for the Underwriters in connection with the offering of the Shares shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Investment Adviser, as to matters covered thereby, to each Underwriter.

 

5.

Agreements of the Parties.

 

  (a)

If the registration statement relating to the Shares has not yet become effective, the Fund will promptly file a Final Amendment, if not previously filed, with the Commission, and will use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and, as soon as the Fund is advised, will advise the Managing Representatives when the Registration Statement or any amendment thereto has become effective. If it is necessary for a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement, or a Registration Statement under Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, to be filed with the Commission and become effective before the Shares may be sold, the Fund will use its best efforts to cause such post-effective amendment or such Registration Statement to be filed and become effective as soon as possible, and the Fund will advise the Managing Representatives promptly and, if requested by the Managing Representatives, will confirm such advice in writing, when such post-effective amendment or such Registration Statement has become effective. If the Registration Statement has become effective and the Prospectus contained therein omits certain information at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act, the Fund will file a 430A Prospectus pursuant to Rule 497(h) under the Securities Act as promptly as practicable, but no later than the second business day following the earlier of the date of the determination of the offering price of the Shares or the date the Prospectus is first used after the Effective Time. If the Registration Statement has become effective and the Prospectus contained therein does not so omit such information, the Fund will file a Prospectus pursuant to Rule 497(b) or a certification pursuant to Rule 497(j) under the Securities Act as promptly as practicable, but no later than the fifth business day following the date of the later of the Effective Time or the commencement of the public offering of the Shares after the Effective Time. In either case, the Fund will provide the Managing Representatives satisfactory evidence of the filing. The Fund will not file with the Commission any Prospectus or any other amendment (except any post-effective amendment which is filed with the Commission after the later of (i) one year from the date of this Underwriting Agreement or (ii) the date on which distribution of the Shares is completed) or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus unless a copy has first been submitted to the Managing Representatives a reasonable time before its filing and the Managing Representatives have not objected to it in writing within a reasonable time after receiving the copy.

 

22


  (b)

For the period of three years from the date hereof, the Fund will advise the Managing Representatives promptly (i) of the issuance by the Commission of any order in respect of the Fund, or in respect of the Investment Adviser, which relates to the Fund and could materially affect the ability of the Investment Adviser to perform its respective obligations to the Fund, (ii) of the initiation or threatening in writing of any proceedings for, or receipt by the Fund of any written notice with respect to, any suspension of the qualification of the Shares for sale in any jurisdiction or the issuance of any order by the Commission suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, (iii) of receipt by the Fund, or any representative or attorney of the Fund, of any other communication from the Commission relating in any material way to the Fund (other than communications with respect to an offering of preferred shares of beneficial interest), the Registration Statement, the Notification, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Sales Materials, the Prospectus or to the transactions contemplated by this Underwriting Agreement and (iv) the issuance by any federal, state, local or foreign court or governmental agency, commission, board, authority or body or with any self-regulatory organization, whether foreign or domestic, of any order, ruling or decree, or the threat in writing to initiate any proceedings with respect thereto, regarding the Fund, which relates in any material way to the Fund or any material arrangements or proposed material arrangements involving the Fund. The Fund will use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement and, if any such order is issued, to obtain its lifting as soon as practicable.

 

  (c)

If not delivered prior to the date of this Underwriting Agreement, the Fund will deliver to the Managing Representatives, upon request and without charge, a signed copy of the Registration Statement, the Exchange Act Registration Statement and the Notification and of any amendments (except any post-effective amendment which is filed with the Commission after the later of (i) one year from the date of this Underwriting Agreement or (ii) the date on which the distribution of the Shares is completed) to either the Registration Statement, the Exchange Act Registration Statement or the Notification (including all exhibits filed with any such document) and as many conformed copies of the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto (except any post-effective amendment which is filed with the Commission after the later of (i) one year from the date of this Underwriting Agreement or (ii) the date on which the distribution of the Shares is completed) (excluding exhibits) as the Managing Representatives may reasonably request.

 

  (d)

During such period as a prospectus is required by law to be delivered by an underwriter or a dealer, the Fund will deliver, without charge, to the Managing Representatives, the Underwriters and any dealers, at such office or offices as the Managing Representatives may designate, as many copies of the Prospectus as the Managing Representatives may reasonably request, and, if any event occurs during such period as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the

 

23


 

Prospectus, in order to make any statements of material fact therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or if during such period it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with the Securities Act or the Investment Company Act, the Fund promptly will prepare, submit to the Managing Representatives, file with the Commission and deliver, without charge, to the Underwriters and to dealers (whose names and addresses the Managing Representatives will furnish to the Fund) to whom Shares may have been sold by the Underwriters, and to other dealers on request, amendments or supplements to the Prospectus so that any statements of material fact in such Prospectus, as so amended or supplemented, will not, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, contain an untrue statement of material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and will comply with the Securities Act and the Investment Company Act; provided that if the amendment or supplement is required exclusively as a result of a misstatement in or omission from the information provided to the Fund or the Investment Adviser on behalf of the Fund in writing by an Underwriter expressly for use in the Prospectus, the Fund may deliver such amendment or supplement to the Underwriters and dealers at a reasonable charge not to exceed the actual cost thereof to the Fund. Delivery by the Underwriters of any such amendments or supplements to the Prospectus will not constitute a waiver of any of the conditions in Section 6 hereof.

 

  (e)

The Fund will make generally available to holders of the Fund’s securities, as soon as practicable but in no event later than the last day of the 18th full calendar month following the calendar quarter in which the date of the Effective Time falls, an earnings statement, if applicable, satisfying the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and, at the option of the Fund, Rule 158 under the Securities Act.

 

  (f)

If the transactions contemplated by this Underwriting Agreement are consummated, the Investment Adviser shall pay all costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Fund under this Underwriting Agreement, including but not limited to costs and expenses of or relating to (i) the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration Statement and exhibits to it, each Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and all amendments and supplements thereto, (ii) the issuance of the Shares and the preparation and delivery of certificates for the Shares, if any, (iii) the registration or qualification, if any, of the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or “blue sky” laws of any applicable jurisdictions, including the fees and disbursements, if any, of counsel for the Underwriters in that connection, and the preparation and printing of any preliminary and supplemental “blue sky” memoranda, (iv) the furnishing (including costs of design, production, shipping and mailing) to the Underwriters and dealers of copies of each Preliminary Prospectus relating to the Shares, the Sales Materials, the Prospectus, and all amendments or supplements to the Prospectus, and of the other documents required by this Section to be so furnished, (v) all transfer taxes, if any, with respect to the sale and delivery of the Shares by the Fund to the Underwriters, (vi) the listing of the Shares on the NYSE, and (vii) the transfer agent for the Shares; provided that

 

24


 

(A) the Fund, the Investment Adviser and each Underwriter shall pay its own costs and expenses relating to the attendance at any road show or other informational meeting relating to the Fund, (B) each Underwriter shall pay the costs and expenses of any internal promotional or informational materials relating to the Fund, other than the Sales Materials, prepared by such Underwriter in connection with the offering of the Shares, (C) the Underwriters shall pay the costs and expenses of any “tombstone” announcements relating to the offering of the Shares and (D) except as expressly provided in this Section 5(f), the Underwriters shall pay their own costs and expenses, including fees and disbursements of their counsel. In addition, the Investment Adviser agrees to pay an amount equal to $[●] per Share sold under this Agreement to UBS Securities LLC, on behalf of the Underwriters, at the Closing Time. The maximum aggregate amount of expense allowances and reimbursements to be received by the Underwriters and related persons from any source in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Underwriting Agreement shall not exceed $[●]. The Fund and the Investment Adviser may otherwise agree among themselves as to the payment or reimbursement of the foregoing expenses, whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Underwriting Agreement are consummated, provided, however, that in no event shall the Underwriters be obligated to pay any expenses intended to be borne by the Fund or the Investment Adviser as provided above.

 

  (g)

If the transactions contemplated by this Underwriting Agreement are not consummated, except as otherwise provided herein, no party will be under any liability to any other party, except that (i) if this Underwriting Agreement is terminated by (A) the Fund or the Investment Adviser pursuant to any of the provisions hereof (otherwise than pursuant to Section 7 hereof) or (B) by the Managing Representatives or the Underwriters because of any inability, failure or refusal on the part of the Fund or the Investment Adviser to comply with any terms of this Underwriting Agreement or because any of the conditions in Section 6 are not satisfied, the Investment Adviser or its affiliated companies and the Fund, jointly and severally, will reimburse the Underwriters for all out-of-pocket expenses (including the fees, disbursements and other charges of their counsel) reasonably incurred by them in connection with the proposed purchase and sale of the Shares (provided, however, that the Fund and the Investment Adviser shall not be liable for any loss of anticipated profits or speculative or consequential or similar damages for such termination) and (ii) no Underwriter who has failed or refused to purchase the Shares agreed to be purchased by it under this Underwriting Agreement, in breach of its obligations pursuant to this Underwriting Agreement, will be relieved of liability to the Fund, the Investment Adviser and the other Underwriters for damages occasioned by its default.

 

  (h)

Except with respect to the offer and sale of preferred shares of the Fund as described or referenced in the Registration Statement, without the prior written consent of the Managing Representatives, the Fund will not offer, sell or register with the Commission, or announce an offering of, any equity securities of the Fund, within 180 days after the date of the Effective Time, except for the Shares as described in the Prospectus and any issuance of Common Shares pursuant to the Dividend Reinvestment Plan.

 

25


  (i)

The Fund will (i) use its best efforts to cause the Shares to be listed on the NYSE prior to the date the Shares are issued, subject to official notice of the issuance thereof, and (ii) comply with the rules and regulations of the NYSE, except where such non-compliance does not or would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (j)

The Fund will direct the investment of the net proceeds of the offering of the Shares in such a manner as to comply with the investment objective and policies of the Fund as described in the Prospectus.

 

6.

Conditions of the Underwriters Obligations. The obligations of the Underwriters to purchase the Shares are subject to the accuracy on the date of this Underwriting Agreement, as of the Applicable Time and as of each of the Closing Times, of the representations of the Fund and the Investment Adviser in this Underwriting Agreement, to the accuracy and completeness of all statements made by the Fund, the Investment Adviser or any of their respective officers in any certificate delivered to the Managing Representatives or their counsel pursuant to this Underwriting Agreement, to performance by the Fund and the Investment Adviser of their respective obligations under this Underwriting Agreement and to the satisfaction (or waiver in writing by the Managing Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters) of each of the following additional conditions:

 

  (a)

The Registration Statement must have become effective by 5:30 p.m., New York City time, on the date of this Underwriting Agreement or such later date and time as the Managing Representatives consent to in writing. The Prospectus must have been filed in accordance with Rule 497(b) or (h) or a certificate must have been filed in accordance with Rule 497(j), as the case may be, under the Securities Act.

 

  (b)

No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement may be in effect and no proceedings for such purpose may be pending before or, to the knowledge of the Fund, the Investment Adviser or counsel to the Underwriters, threatened by the Commission, and any requests for additional information on the part of the Commission (to be included in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or otherwise) must be complied with or waived to the reasonable satisfaction of the Managing Representatives.

 

  (c)

Since the dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, as of the date of this Underwriting Agreement, (i) there must not have been any change in the Common Shares or any adverse change in the liabilities of the Fund except as set forth in or contemplated by the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus; (ii) there must not have been any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise), earnings, business affairs, business prospects, management, properties, net assets or results of operations, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, of the Fund or the Investment Adviser as set forth in or contemplated by the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus; (iii) the Fund must not have sustained any loss or

 

26


 

interference with its business from any court or from any legislative or other governmental action, order or decree, whether foreign or domestic, or from any other occurrence not described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus; and (iv) there must not have occurred any event that makes untrue or incorrect in any respect any statement of material fact or information contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or any statement of material fact or information omitted in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus that should be reflected therein in order to make the statements or information therein (in the case of the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made), not misleading; if, in the judgment of the Managing Representatives, any such development referred to in clause (i), (ii), (iii), or (iv) of this paragraph (c) is material and adverse so as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to consummate the sale and delivery of the Shares to the public on the terms and in the manner contemplated by the Pricing Prospectus.

 

  (d)

The Managing Representatives must have received as of each Closing Time a certificate, dated such date, of the Chief Executive Officer, President, an Executive or a Vice-President and the Controller, Treasurer, Assistant Treasurer, Chief Financial Officer or Chief Accounting Officer of each of the Fund and the Investment Adviser certifying (in their capacity as such officers) that (i) the signers have carefully examined the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus, the Prospectus and this Underwriting Agreement, (ii) the representations of the Fund (with respect to the certificates from such Fund officers) and the representations of the Investment Adviser (with respect to the certificates from such officers of the Investment Adviser) in this Underwriting Agreement are accurate on and as of the date of the certificate, (iii) there has not been any adverse change resulting in a Material Adverse Effect (with respect to the certificates from such Fund officers) or Investment Adviser Material Adverse Effect (with respect to the certificates from such officers of the Investment Adviser), which change would materially and adversely affect the ability of the Fund or the Investment Adviser, as the case may be, to fulfill its obligations under this Underwriting Agreement, the Investment Management Agreement (with respect to the certificates from such officers of the Investment Adviser), whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, or the Fee Agreements, (iv) with respect to the certificates from such officers of the Fund only, no order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, prohibiting the sale of any of the Shares or otherwise having a Material Adverse Effect on the Fund has been issued and, to the knowledge of such officers, no proceedings for any such purpose are pending before or threatened by the Commission or any other regulatory body, whether foreign or domestic, (v) with respect to the certificates from such officers of the Investment Adviser, no order having an Investment Adviser Material Adverse Effect has been issued, and, to the knowledge of such officers, no proceedings for any such purpose are pending before or threatened by the Commission or any other regulatory body, whether foreign or domestic, and (vi) each of the Fund (with respect to the certificates from such Fund officers) and the Investment Adviser (with respect to the certificates from such officers of the Investment Adviser) has performed all of its respective agreements that this Underwriting Agreement requires it to perform by such Closing Time (to the extent not waived in writing by the Managing Representatives).

 

27


  (e)

The Managing Representatives must have received as of each Closing Time the opinions dated as of the date thereof substantially in the form of Schedules B and C to this Underwriting Agreement from the counsel identified in each such Schedules.

 

  (f)

The Managing Representatives must have received as of each Closing Time from Dechert LLP an opinion dated as of the date thereof with respect to the Fund, the Shares, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and this Underwriting Agreement in a form reasonably satisfactory in all respects to the Managing Representatives. The Fund and the Investment Adviser must have furnished to such counsel such documents as counsel may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling them to render such opinion.

 

  (g)

The Managing Representatives must have received on the date this Underwriting Agreement is signed and delivered by you a signed report from Deloitte & Touche LLP, dated such date, and in form and substance satisfactory to the Managing Representatives containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ reports with respect to the financial information of the Fund contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus. The Managing Representatives also must have received from Deloitte & Touche LLP a report, as of each Closing Time, dated as of the date thereof, in form and substance satisfactory to the Managing Representatives, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the earlier report, except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three business days prior to such Closing Time.

All opinions, letters, reports, evidence and certificates mentioned above or elsewhere in this Underwriting Agreement will comply only if they are in form and scope reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, provided that any such documents, forms of which are annexed hereto, shall be deemed satisfactory to such counsel if substantially in such form.

 

7.

Termination. This Underwriting Agreement may be terminated by the Managing Representatives by notifying the Fund at any time:

 

  (a)

before the later of the Effective Time and the time when any of the Shares are first generally offered pursuant to this Underwriting Agreement by the Managing Representatives to dealers by electronic delivery, letter or telegram;

 

  (b)

as of or before any Closing Time if, in the sole judgment of the Managing Representatives, payment for and delivery of any Shares is rendered impracticable or inadvisable because (i) trading in the equity securities of the Fund is suspended by the Commission or by the principal exchange that lists the Shares, (ii) trading in

 

28


 

securities generally on the NYSE, NYSE American or the NASDAQ Stock Market shall have been suspended or limited or minimum or maximum prices shall have been generally established on such exchange or over-the-counter market, (iii) additional material governmental restrictions, not in force on the date of this Underwriting Agreement, have been imposed upon trading in securities or trading has been suspended on any U.S. securities exchange, (iv) a general banking moratorium has been established by U.S. federal or New York authorities or (v) if there has occurred (A) any material adverse change in the financial or securities markets in the United States or the international financial markets, (B) any material adverse change in the political, financial or economic conditions in the United States, (C) any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other calamity, terrorist activity, crises or any change or development involving a prospective change in national or international political, financial or economic conditions or (D) declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war or other calamity shall have occurred the effect of any of which is such as to make it, in the sole judgment of the Managing Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to market the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated by the Prospectus; or

 

  (c)

as of or before any Closing Time, if any of the conditions specified in Section 6 with respect to such Closing Time have not been fulfilled when and as required by this Underwriting Agreement, and the Managing Representatives shall have given the Fund and the Investment Adviser notice thereof and a reasonable opportunity to fulfill such condition.

 

8.

Substitution of Underwriters. If one or more of the Underwriters fails (other than for a reason sufficient at that time to justify the termination of this Underwriting Agreement) to purchase as of any Closing Time the Shares agreed to be purchased as of such Closing Time by such Underwriter or Underwriters, the Managing Representatives may find one or more substitute underwriters, reasonably satisfactory to the Fund and the Investment Adviser, to purchase such Shares or make such other arrangements as the Managing Representatives deem advisable, or one or more of the remaining Underwriters may agree to purchase such Shares in such proportions as may be approved by the Managing Representatives, in each case upon the terms set forth in this Underwriting Agreement. If no such arrangements have been made within 36 hours after the date of such Closing Time, and

 

  (a)

the number of Shares to be purchased by the defaulting Underwriters as of such Closing Time does not exceed 10% of the Shares that the Underwriters are obligated to purchase as of such Closing Time, each of the nondefaulting Underwriters will be obligated to purchase such Shares on the terms set forth in this Underwriting Agreement in proportion to their respective obligations under this Underwriting Agreement, or

 

  (b)

the number of Shares to be purchased by the defaulting Underwriters as of such Closing Time exceeds 10% of the Shares to be purchased by all the Underwriters as of such Closing Time, the Fund will be entitled to an additional period of 24 hours within which to find one or more substitute underwriters reasonably satisfactory to the Managing Representatives to purchase such Shares on the terms set forth in this Underwriting Agreement.

 

29


Upon the occurrence of the circumstances described in the foregoing paragraph (b), either the Managing Representatives or the Fund will have the right to postpone the date of the applicable Closing Time for not more than five business days in order that necessary changes and arrangements (including any necessary amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus) may be effected by the Managing Representatives and the Fund. If the number of Shares to be purchased as of such Closing Time by such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters exceeds 10% of the Shares that the Underwriters are obligated to purchase as of such Closing Time, and none of the nondefaulting Underwriters or the Fund makes arrangements pursuant to this Section 8 within the period stated for the purchase of the Shares that the defaulting Underwriters agreed to purchase, this Underwriting Agreement will terminate without liability on the part of any nondefaulting Underwriter, the Fund or the Investment Adviser except as provided in Sections 5(g) and 9 hereof. Any action taken under this Section will not affect the liability of any defaulting Underwriter to the Fund or the Investment Adviser or to any nondefaulting Underwriters arising out of such default. A substitute underwriter will become an Underwriter for all purposes of this Underwriting Agreement.

 

9.

Indemnity and Contribution.

 

  (a)

Each of the Fund and the Investment Adviser, jointly and severally, agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless each Underwriter, its partners, directors, members, managers, officers, employees, agents and affiliates, and any person who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and the successors and assigns of all of the foregoing persons from and against any loss, damage, expense, liability or claim (including the reasonable cost of investigation) which, jointly or severally, any such Underwriter or any such person may incur under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the Investment Company Act, the Advisers Act, the common law or otherwise, insofar as such loss, damage, expense, liability or claim (i) arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or in the Registration Statement as amended by any post-effective amendment thereof by the Fund) or arises out of or is based upon an omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (ii) arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included in any Preliminary Prospectus, and Road Show Material, the Disclosure Package, any Sales Material, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus (as it may be amended or supplemented) or arises out of or is based upon an omission or alleged omission to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; except with respect to either of the foregoing clause (i) and (ii) insofar as any such loss, damage, expense, liability or claim arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in and in conformity with

 

30


 

information concerning such Underwriters furnished in writing by or on behalf of any Underwriter through the Managing Representatives to the Fund expressly for use with reference to any Underwriter in such Registration Statement or in such Disclosure Package or Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) as set forth in Section 9(f) hereof or arises out of or is based upon any omission or alleged omission to state a material fact in connection with such information required to be stated in such Registration Statement or in the Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or necessary to make such information (with respect to such Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made), not misleading.

If any action, suit or proceeding (together, a “Proceeding”) is brought against an Underwriter or any such person in respect of which indemnity may be sought against the Fund or the Investment Adviser pursuant to the foregoing paragraph, such Underwriter or such person shall promptly notify the Fund or the Investment Adviser, as the case may be, in writing of the institution of such Proceeding and the Fund or the Investment Adviser shall assume the defense of such Proceeding, including the employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party and payment of all fees and expenses; provided, however, that the omission to so notify the Fund or the Investment Adviser shall not relieve the Fund or the Investment Adviser from any liability which the Fund or the Investment Adviser may have to any Underwriter or any such person or otherwise. Such Underwriter or such person shall have the right to employ additional counsel in any such case, but the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Underwriter or of such person unless the employment of such counsel shall have been authorized in writing by the Fund or the Investment Adviser, as the case may be, in connection with the defense of such Proceeding or the Fund or the Investment Adviser shall not have, within a reasonable period of time in light of the circumstances, employed counsel to have charge of the defense of such Proceeding or such indemnified party or parties shall have reasonably concluded that there may be defenses available to it or them, which are different from, additional to or in conflict with those available to the Fund or the Investment Adviser (in which case the Fund or the Investment Adviser shall not have the right to direct the defense of such Proceeding on behalf of the indemnified party or parties), in any of which events such reasonable fees and expenses shall be borne by the Fund or the Investment Adviser and paid as incurred (it being understood, however, that the Fund or the Investment Adviser shall not be liable for the expenses of more than one separate counsel (in addition to any local counsel) in any one Proceeding or series of related Proceedings in the same jurisdiction representing the indemnified parties who are parties to such Proceeding). Neither the Fund nor the Investment Adviser shall be liable for any settlement of any Proceeding effected without its written consent but if settled with the written consent of the Fund or the Investment Adviser, the Fund or the Investment Adviser, as the case may be, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any Underwriter and any such person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for

 

31


reasonable fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second sentence of this paragraph, then the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any Proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 60 business days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement and (iii) such indemnified party shall have given the indemnifying party at least 30 days’ prior notice of its intention to settle. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened Proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such Proceeding and does not include an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of such indemnified party.

 

  (b)

Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Fund and the Investment Adviser, and each of their respective shareholders, partners, managers, members, trustees, directors and officers, and any person who controls the Fund or the Investment Adviser within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and the successors and assigns of all of the foregoing persons from and against any loss, damage, expense, liability or claim (including the reasonable cost of investigation), which, jointly or severally, the Fund, the Investment Adviser or any such person may incur under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the Investment Company Act, the Advisers Act, the common law or otherwise, insofar as such loss, damage, expense, liability or claim arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in and in conformity with information concerning such Underwriters furnished in writing by or on behalf of any Underwriter to the Fund or the Investment Adviser expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or in the Registration Statement as amended by any post-effective amendment thereof by the Fund) or in the Disclosure Package or the Prospectus as set forth in Section 9(f) hereof, or arises out of or is based upon an omission or alleged omission to state a material fact in connection with such information required to be stated in such Registration Statement or the Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or necessary to make such information (with respect to the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made), not misleading.

If any Proceeding is brought against the Fund, the Investment Adviser or any such person in respect of which indemnity may be sought against any Underwriter pursuant to the foregoing paragraph, the Fund, the Investment Adviser or such person shall promptly notify such Underwriter in writing of the institution of such Proceeding and such Underwriter shall assume the defense of such Proceeding, including the employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party and payment of all fees and expenses; provided, however, that the omission to so notify such Underwriter shall not relieve such Underwriter from any liability which such Underwriter may have to the Fund, the Investment Adviser

 

32


or any such person or otherwise. The Fund, the Investment Adviser or such person shall have the right to employ additional counsel in any such case, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of the Fund, the Investment Adviser or such person, as the case may be, unless the employment of such counsel shall have been authorized in writing by such Underwriter in connection with the defense of such Proceeding or such Underwriter shall not have, within a reasonable period of time in light of the circumstances, employed counsel to have charge of the defense of such Proceeding or such indemnified party or parties shall have reasonably concluded that there may be defenses available to it or them, which are different from or additional to or in conflict with those available to such Underwriter (in which case such Underwriter shall not have the right to direct the defense of such Proceeding on behalf of the indemnified party or parties, but such Underwriter may employ counsel in connection with the defense thereof but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Underwriter), in any of which events such fees and expenses shall be borne by such Underwriter and paid as incurred. No Underwriter shall be liable for any settlement of any Proceeding effected without its written consent but if settled with the written consent of such Underwriter, such Underwriter agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Fund or the Investment Adviser, as the case may be, from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for reasonable fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second sentence of this paragraph, then the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any Proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 60 business days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement and (iii) such indemnified party shall have given the indemnifying party at least 30 days’ prior notice of its intention to settle. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened Proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such Proceeding and does not include an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of such indemnified party.

 

  (c)

If the indemnification provided for in this Section 9 is unavailable to an indemnified party under subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 9 in respect of any losses, damages, expenses, liabilities or claims referred to therein, then each applicable indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, damages, expenses, liabilities or claims (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Fund and the Investment Adviser on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law,

 

33


 

in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Fund and the Investment Adviser on the one hand and of the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions, which resulted in such losses, damages, expenses, liabilities or claims, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Fund and the Investment Adviser on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total proceeds from the offering (net of underwriting discounts and commissions but before deducting expenses) received by the Fund and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, bear to the aggregate public offering price of the Shares. The relative fault of the Fund and the Investment Adviser on the one hand and of the Underwriters on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission relates to information supplied by the Fund or the Investment Adviser or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, damages, expenses, liabilities and claims referred to in this subsection shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with investigating, preparing to defend or defending any Proceeding.

 

  (d)

The Fund, the Investment Adviser and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 9 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in subsection (c) above. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 9, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the fees and commissions received by such Underwriter. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 9 are several in proportion to their respective underwriting commitments and not joint.

 

  (e)

The indemnity and contribution agreements contained in this Section 9 and the covenants, warranties and representations of the Fund and the Investment Adviser contained in this Underwriting Agreement shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, its partners, directors, members, managers, officers, employees, agents and affiliates, any selling agent of any Underwriter or any person who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, or by or on behalf of the Fund, the Investment Adviser, and each of their respective shareholders, partners, advisers, members, trustees, directors and officers and any person who controls the Fund or the Investment Adviser within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and shall survive any termination of this Underwriting Agreement or the issuance

 

34


 

and delivery of the Shares. The Fund, the Investment Adviser and each Underwriter agree promptly to notify each other of the commencement of any Proceeding against it and, in the case of the Fund or the Investment Adviser, against any of the Fund’s trustees, directors or officers, or any of the Investment Adviser’s shareholders, partners, managers, members, trustees, directors or officers in connection with the issuance and sale of the Shares, or in connection with the Registration Statement or Prospectus.

 

  (f)

The Fund and the Investment Adviser each acknowledge that the statements in the Registration Statement and Prospectus with respect to the names of the Underwriters and number of Common Shares allocated for purchase by such Underwriters, the selling concessions and reallowances of selling concessions, the statements regarding stabilization, penalty bids and syndicate short selling, the statements regarding electronic delivery of prospectuses, as described under the caption “Underwriting” in the Prospectus, constitute the only information furnished in writing by or on behalf of any Underwriter through the Managing Representatives to the Fund expressly for use with reference to such Underwriter in the Registration Statement or in the Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented). The Underwriters severally confirm that these statements are correct in all material respects and were so furnished by or on behalf of each of the Underwriters severally for use in the Prospectus.

 

  (g)

Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Section 9, no party shall be entitled to indemnification or contribution under this Underwriting Agreement against any loss, claim, liability, expense or damage arising by reason of such person’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its duties in the performance of its duties hereunder. The parties hereto acknowledge that the foregoing provision shall be applicable solely as to matters arising under Section 17(i) of the Investment Company Act, and shall not be construed to impose any duties or obligations upon any such parties under this Underwriting Agreement other than as specifically set forth herein (it being understood that the Underwriters have no duty hereunder to the Fund to perform any due diligence investigation).

 

10.

No Fiduciary Relationship. The Fund and the Investment Adviser hereby acknowledge and agree that the Underwriters are acting solely as underwriters in connection with the purchase and sale of the Fund’s securities contemplated hereby. The Fund and the Investment Adviser further acknowledge and agree that the Underwriters are acting pursuant to a contractual relationship created solely by this Underwriting Agreement entered into on an arm’s length basis, and in no event do the parties intend that the Underwriters act or be responsible as a fiduciary to the Fund, its management, shareholders or creditors or any other person in connection with any activity that the Underwriters may undertake or have undertaken in furtherance of such purchase and sale of the Fund’s securities, either before or after the date hereof. The Underwriters hereby expressly disclaim any fiduciary or similar obligations to the Fund or the Investment Adviser, either in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Underwriting Agreement or any matters leading up to such transactions, and the Fund and the Investment Adviser hereby confirm their understanding and agreement to that effect. The Fund, the Investment

 

35


 

Adviser and the Underwriters agree that they are each responsible for making their own independent judgments with respect to any such transactions and that any opinions or views expressed by the Underwriters to the Fund or the Investment Adviser regarding such transactions, including, but not limited to, any opinions or views with respect to the price or market for the Fund’s securities, do not constitute advice or recommendations to the Fund or the Investment Adviser. The Fund, the Investment Adviser and the Underwriters agree that each Underwriter is acting solely as principal and is not the agent or fiduciary of the Fund or the Investment Adviser and no Underwriter has assumed, and no Underwriter will assume, any advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Fund or the Investment Adviser with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether any Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Fund or the Investment Adviser on other matters); provided, that an Underwriter, in its capacity as an independent contractor, may provide advice to the Investment Adviser as to the structure and organization of the Fund pursuant to a Fee Agreement. The Fund and the Investment Adviser acknowledge and agree that the Underwriters have not provided any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and each of the Fund and the Investment Adviser have consulted its own respective legal, accounting, regulatory, and tax advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate. The Fund and the Investment Adviser hereby waive and release, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that the Fund or the Investment Adviser may have against the Underwriters with respect to any breach or alleged breach of any fiduciary, advisory or similar duty to the Fund or the Investment Adviser in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Underwriting Agreement or any matters leading up to such transactions.

 

11.

Notices. Except as otherwise herein provided, all statements, requests, notices and agreements shall be in writing or by telegram and, if to the Underwriters, shall be sufficient in all respects if delivered or sent to UBS Securities LLC, 1285 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10019, Attention: Syndicate / Saawan Pathange and if to BofA Securities, Inc., One Bryant Park, New York, NY 10036, Attention: Syndicate Department (fax: 646-855-03073) with a copy to Attention: ECM Legal (fax: 212-230-830) and if to the Fund or the Investment Adviser, shall be sufficient in all respects if delivered or sent to the Fund or the Investment Adviser, as the case may be, at the offices of the Fund or the Investment Adviser at DoubleLine Capital LP, 505 N. Brand Blvd, Suite 860 Glendale, CA 91203, Attention: General Counsel.

 

12.

Governing Law; Construction. This Underwriting Agreement and any claim, counterclaim or dispute of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of or in any way relating to this Underwriting Agreement (“Claim”), directly or indirectly, shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. The Section headings in this Underwriting Agreement have been inserted as a matter of convenience of reference and are not a part of this Underwriting Agreement.

 

13.

Submission to Jurisdiction. Except as set forth below, no Claim may be commenced, prosecuted or continued in any court other than the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, which courts shall have jurisdiction over the adjudication of such matters, and the Fund and the Underwriters each consent to the jurisdiction of such courts

 

36


 

and personal service with respect thereto. Each of the Underwriters, the Fund (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its stockholders and affiliates) and the Investment Adviser (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its stockholders and affiliates) waives all right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim (whether based upon contract, tort or otherwise) in any way arising out of or relating to this Underwriting Agreement. Each of the Fund and the Investment Adviser agrees that a final judgment in any such action, proceeding or counterclaim brought in any such court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Fund and the Investment Adviser, as the case may be, and may be enforced in any other courts in the jurisdiction of which the Fund or the Investment Adviser, as the case may be, is or may be subject, by suit upon such judgment.

 

14.

Parties at Interest. The Agreement herein set forth has been and is made solely for the benefit of the Underwriters, the Fund and the Investment Adviser and to the extent provided in Section 9 hereof the controlling persons, shareholders, partners, advisers, members, trustees, directors, officers, employees, agents and affiliates and any person who controls the Fund or the Investment Adviser within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, referred to in such section, and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, personal representatives and executors and administrators. No other person, partnership, association or corporation (including a purchaser, as such purchaser, from any of the Underwriters) shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Underwriting Agreement.

 

15.

Counterparts. This Underwriting Agreement may be signed by the parties in one or more counterparts which together shall constitute one and the same agreement among the parties.

 

16.

Successors and Assigns. This Underwriting Agreement shall be binding upon the Underwriters, the Fund and the Investment Adviser and any successor or assign of any substantial portion of the Fund’s, the Investment Adviser’s or any of the Underwriters’ respective businesses and/or assets, as the case may be.

 

17.

Disclaimer of Liability of Trustees and Beneficiaries. A copy of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Fund is on file with the Secretary of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and notice hereby is given that this Underwriting Agreement is executed on behalf of the Fund by an officer or Trustee of the Fund in his or her capacity as an officer or Trustee of the Fund and not individually and that the obligations under or arising out of this Underwriting Agreement are not binding upon any of the Trustees, officers or shareholders individually but are binding only upon the assets and properties of the Fund.

 

18.

Recognition of the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes.

 

  (a)

In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity (as defined below) becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer from such Underwriter of this Underwriting Agreement, and any interest and obligation in or under this Underwriting Agreement, will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Underwriting Agreement, and any such interest and obligation, were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

 

37


  (b)

In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity or a BHC Act Affiliate of such Underwriter becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under this Agreement that may be exercised against such Underwriter are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

“BHC Act Affiliate” has the meaning assigned to the term “affiliate” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. § 1841(k).

“Covered Entity” means any of the following:

(i)                a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b);

(ii)                a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or

(iii)                a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).

“Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.

“U.S. Special Resolution Regime” means each of (i) the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder and (ii) Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

38


If the foregoing correctly sets forth the understanding among the Fund, the Investment Adviser and the Underwriters, please so indicate in the space provided below, whereupon this letter and your acceptance shall constitute a binding agreement among the Fund, the Investment Adviser and the Underwriters, severally.

 

Very truly yours,

 
DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund  

                

 

 

By:    [●]

 

Title: [●]

 
DoubleLine Capital LP  

 

 

By:    [●]

 

Title: [●]

 


Accepted and agreed to as of the date first above written, on behalf of themselves and the other several Underwriters named in Schedule A

UBS SECURITIES LLC

 

By:

Title:

 

By:

Title:

 

Schedule A-2


SCHEDULE A

 

 Underwriters    Number of Shares     

 UBS Securities LLC

     [●]       

 [  ]

     [            ]       

 [  ]

     [            ]       

 [  ]

     [            ]       

 [  ]

     [            ]       

 [  ]

     [            ]       

 [  ]

     [            ]       

 [  ]

     [            ]       

 [  ]

     [            ]       

 [  ]

     [            ]       

 [  ]

     [            ]       

 [  ]

     [            ]       

 [  ]

     [            ]       

 [  ]

     [            ]       

 [  ]

     [            ]       

 [  ]

     [            ]       
  

Total

           [                ]       

 

Schedule A-3


SCHEDULE B

FORM OF OPINION OF [COUNSEL TO FUND] REGARDING THE FUND


EXHIBIT A

Fund Agreements

 

Schedule B-2


SCHEDULE C

FORM OF OPINION OF [INVESTMENT ADVISER COUNSEL] REGARDING

[INVESTMENT ADVISER].


SCHEDULE D

Sales Materials

 

1.

Marketing Brochure – FINRA Reference Number FR2019-1223-0057/H

 

2.

Envelope and Sticker – FINRA Reference Number FX2020-0108-0022/H

 

3.

Conference Call Flyer – FINRA Reference Number FR2020-0122-0370/H

 

4.

Conference Call Slide – FINRA Reference Number FR2020-0131-0091/H

 

5.

Press Release – FINRA Reference Number [  ]


EXHIBIT A

Investment Adviser Agreements

Exhibit (h)(4)    

FORM OF STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT

[●], 2020

UBS Securities LLC

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10019

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This agreement (the “Agreement”) is between DoubleLine Capital LP (including any successor or assign by merger or otherwise, the “Company”) and UBS Securities LLC (“UBS”) with respect to the DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund (the “Fund”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Underwriting Agreement dated [●], 2020 by and among the Fund, the Company and the Underwriters named therein (the “Underwriting Agreement”).

1.        Fee. In consideration of certain financial advisory services that UBS has provided to the Company in assisting the Company in structuring, designing and organizing the Fund as well as services related to the sale and distribution of the common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Common Shares”), of the Fund (the “Offering”), it being understood that the ultimate decision with respect to the structure, design and organization of the Fund shall rest with the Company, the Company shall pay a fee to UBS in the aggregate amount of $[●] (the “Fee”). The Fee shall not exceed [●]% of the total price of the Fund’s common shares sold in the Offering. The Fee shall be paid on or before the Firm Shares Closing Time (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement) or as otherwise agreed to by the parties, by wire transfer pursuant to the instructions included in an appropriate invoice. In the event the Offering does not proceed, UBS will not receive any fees under this Agreement; however, for the avoidance of doubt, accountable expenses actually incurred may be payable to UBS pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement.

2.        Term. This Agreement shall terminate upon the payment of the entire amount of the Fee, as specified in Section 1 hereof, or upon the termination of the Underwriting Agreement, without the Common Shares having been delivered and paid for. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sections 4, 5, 8, 9 and 10 of this Agreement and the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

3.        Indemnification. The Company agrees to the indemnification and other agreements set forth in the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this Agreement.

4.        Confidential Advice. Except to the extent legally required (after consultation with, and approval as to form and substance by, UBS and its counsel, unless such consultation is prohibited by law), none of (i) the name of UBS, (ii) any advice rendered by UBS to the Company, or (iii) the terms of this Agreement (but not the existence of this Agreement) or any communication from UBS, each in connection with the services performed by UBS pursuant to this Agreement, will be quoted or referred to orally or in writing, or in the case of (ii) and (iii),

 

- 1 -


reproduced or disseminated, by the Company or any of its affiliates or any of its agents, without UBS’ prior written consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld in the case of clause (i) and (iii) (but not (ii)); provided, however, that this provision shall not be applicable to: (A) any information (except for the information in clause (ii)) that becomes publicly available through no fault of the Company; or (B) any information covered by each of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above, the release of which is required or requested by a regulatory agency, self-regulatory organization, or court with jurisdiction over the Company or its affiliates, provided, however, that the Company will promptly notify UBS of the information to be disclosed if notice thereof is permitted by law, does not violate the terms of the relevant request and is reasonably practicable under the circumstances.

5.        Information. The Company recognizes and confirms that UBS (a) has used and relied primarily on the information provided by the Company and on information available from generally recognized public sources in performing the services contemplated by this Agreement without having assumed responsibility for independently verifying the same, (b) has not assumed responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or reasonableness of such information and (c) has not made an appraisal of any assets or liabilities (contingent or otherwise) of the Fund. The information provided by the Company contained in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the Sales Materials was true and correct in all material respects and did not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading. The Company will promptly notify UBS if it learns of any material inaccuracy or misstatement in, or material omission from, any information provided by the Company to UBS pursuant to this Section 5.

6.        Not an Investment Adviser. The Company acknowledges that UBS has not provided any advice hereunder as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling any securities for the Fund’s portfolio. The Company acknowledges and agrees that UBS has been retained to act solely as an advisor to the Company, and the Company’s engagement of UBS under this Agreement is not intended to confer rights upon any person (including the Fund or any limited partners, employees or creditors of the Company or the Fund) not a party hereto as against UBS or its affiliates, or their respective directors, officers, employees or agents, successors, or assigns. UBS has acted as an independent contractor under this Agreement, and not in any other capacity including as a fiduciary, and any duties arising out of its engagement shall be owed solely to the Company.

7.        Not Exclusive. Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting UBS or its affiliates from acting as an underwriter or financial adviser or in any other capacity for any other persons (including other registered investment companies or other investment managers). Neither this Agreement nor the performance of the services contemplated hereunder shall be considered to constitute a partnership, association or joint venture between UBS and the Company. This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without prior written consent of the other party.

8.        Amendment; Waiver. No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

9.        Governing Law; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. This Agreement and any claim, counterclaim or dispute of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement (“Claim”), directly or indirectly, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. No Claim may be commenced, prosecuted or continued in any court other than the courts of the State of New York located in the City and

 

- 2 -


County of New York or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction over the adjudication of such matters, and the Company and UBS consent to the jurisdiction of such courts and personal service with respect thereto. EACH OF UBS AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.

10.        Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and UBS and their respective successors and assigns and any successor or assign of any substantial portion of the Company’s or UBS’ respective businesses and/or assets.

11.        Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

12.        Applicability to the Fund. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to or shall be deemed to bind the Fund.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

- 3 -


This Agreement shall be effective as of the date first written above.

 

DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP
By:                                                                    
  Name:
  Title:

 

Agreed and Accepted:
UBS SECURITIES LLC
By:                                                            
  Name:
  Title:
By:                                                            
  Name:
  Title:

 

- 4 -


Form of Indemnification Agreement

[●], 2020

UBS Securities LLC

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10019

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with the engagement of UBS Securities LLC (“UBS”) to advise and assist the undersigned (including any successor or assign by merger or otherwise, the “Company”) with respect to the matters set forth in the Structuring Fee Agreement, dated [●], 2020 between the Company and UBS (the “Agreement”), in the event that UBS becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) (collectively, a “Proceeding”) in connection with any matter in any way relating to or referred to in the Agreement or arising out of the matters contemplated by the Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities provided prior to the date of the Agreement, the Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold UBS harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in connection with any matter in any way relating to or referred to in the Agreement or arising out of the matters contemplated by the Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities provided prior to the date of the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct or bad faith of UBS. In addition, in the event that UBS becomes involved in any capacity in any Proceeding in connection with any matter in any way relating to or referred to in the Agreement or arising out of the matters contemplated by the Agreement, the Company will reimburse UBS for its legal and other expenses (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) as such expenses are reasonably incurred by UBS in connection therewith. As promptly as reasonably practicable after receipt by UBS of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, UBS will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made under this paragraph, notify the Company in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the Company (i) will not relieve the Company from liability under this paragraph to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and (ii) in any event shall not relief the Company from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this Agreement.

If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Company agrees to contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Company and its limited partners and affiliates and other constituencies, on the one hand, and UBS, on the other hand, in connection with the matters contemplated by the Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and its limited partners and affiliates and other constituencies, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.

 

- 1 -


The Company agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by the Company and its limited partners and affiliates and other constituencies, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, in connection with the matters contemplated by the Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received or paid or contemplated to be received or paid by the Company or its limited partners or affiliates and other constituencies, as the case may be, as a result of or in connection with the matters (whether or not consummated) for which UBS has been retained to perform financial services bears to the fees paid to UBS under the Agreement; provided that, in no event shall the Company contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that UBS is not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by UBS pursuant to the Agreement. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Company or other conduct by the Company (or its employees or other agents ), on the one hand, or by UBS , on the other hand.

The Company will not settle any Proceeding in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, whether or not UBS is an actual or potential party to such Proceeding, without UBS’ prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld in the case of a Proceeding involving only the payment of money damages). For purposes of this Indemnification Agreement, UBS shall include UBS Securities LLC, any of its affiliates, each other person, if any, controlling UBS or any of its affiliates, their respective officers, current and former directors, employees and agents, and the successors and assigns of all of the foregoing persons. The foregoing indemnity and contribution agreement shall be in addition to any rights that any indemnified party may have at common law or otherwise.

The Company agrees that neither UBS nor any of its affiliates, directors, agents, employees or controlling persons shall have any liability to the Company or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Company in connection with or as a result of either UBS’ engagement under the Agreement or any matter referred to in the Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities provided prior to the date of the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Company resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct or bad faith of UBS in performing the services that are the subject of the Agreement.

For clarification, the parties to this Indemnification Agreement agree that nothing in this Indemnification Agreement is intended to or shall be deemed to bind DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund.

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR DISPUTE OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT (“CLAIM”), DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, NO CLAIM MAY BE COMMENCED, PROSECUTED OR CONTINUED IN ANY COURT OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WHICH COURTS SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER THE ADJUDICATION OF

 

- 2 -


SUCH MATTERS, AND THE COMPANY AND UBS CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND PERSONAL SERVICE WITH RESPECT THERETO. THE COMPANY HEREBY CONSENTS TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION, SERVICE AND VENUE IN ANY COURT IN WHICH ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IS BROUGHT BY ANY THIRD PARTY AGAINST UBS OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY. EACH OF UBS AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. THE COMPANY AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON THE COMPANY, AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH THE COMPANY IS OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.

The foregoing Indemnification Agreement shall remain in full force and notwithstanding any termination of UBS’ engagement. This Indemnification Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and UBS and their respective successors and assigns and any successor or assign of any substantial portion of the Company’s or UBS’ respective businesses and/or assets. This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Indemnification Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

- 3 -


Very truly yours,
DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP
By:                                                        
  Name:
  Title:

 

Agreed and Accepted:
UBS SECURITIES LLC
By:                                                        
  Name:
  Title:
By:                                                        
  Name:
  Title:

 

- 4 -

Exhibit (h)(5)

FORM OF STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT

STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), dated as of February [●], 2020, by and between BofA Securities, Inc. (collectively with its affiliates, “BofA”) and DoubleLine Capital LP (“DoubleLine”).

WHEREAS, DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund (the “Fund”) is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and its common shares of beneficial interest (“Common Shares”) are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended;

WHEREAS, the Fund and DoubleLine have entered into an underwriting agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”), dated February [●], 2020, with BofA and the other underwriters named therein (the “Underwriters”);

WHEREAS, DoubleLine is the investment adviser of the Fund;

WHEREAS, BofA is acting as a representative underwriter in an offering (the “Offering”) of the Fund’s Common Shares, made under the terms of the Fund’s prospectus dated February [●], 2020 (the “Prospectus”); and

WHEREAS, DoubleLine desires to provide a structuring fee to BofA in consideration for providing the advice and services described below;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual terms and conditions set forth below, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.

In consideration of BofA providing advice relating to the structure and design and the organization of the Fund as well as services related to the sale and distribution of the Fund’s Common Shares, DoubleLine shall pay BofA an aggregate fee equal to [●]% of the total price to the public of the Fund’s Common Shares sold by BofA pursuant to the Prospectus (including all Firm Shares and Additional Shares sold by BofA as such terms are described in the Underwriting Agreement) (equal to $[•]) (the “Fee”). In the event the offering does not proceed, BofA will not receive any fees under this Agreement. The Fee shall be paid on or before the Closing Date (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement) by wire transfer to the order of BofA using the following wire instructions:

[WIRING INSTRUCTIONS REDACTED]

 

2.

Notwithstanding Paragraph 1, in the event that DoubleLine (or the Fund or any person or entity affiliated with DoubleLine, the Fund or any sub-adviser to the Fund or acting on behalf of or at the direction of any of the foregoing) compensates or agrees to compensate any other broker or dealer participating in the Offering (each, an “Other Broker”) for any services or otherwise in connection with the Offering or with respect to the Fund or its Common Shares (excluding for this purpose any compensation paid directly to the entire underwriting syndicate, as a group, pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement), whether such compensation be denominated a fee, an expense reimbursement, a set-off, a credit or


 

otherwise (such compensation with respect to any Other Broker, such Other Broker’s “Other Compensation”), then the amount of the Fee shall be increased as and to the extent necessary so that the Fee payable to BofA hereunder, expressed as a percentage of the aggregate price to the public of the Common Shares sold by BofA in the Offering (including any Common Shares over-allotted by BofA in the Offering regardless of whether the over-allotment option in the Offering is exercised), is no less than the Other Compensation, expressed as a percentage of the aggregate price to the public of the Common Shares sold by such Other Broker in the Offering (including any Common Shares over-allotted by such Other Broker in the Offering regardless of whether the over-allotment option in the Offering is exercised). This Paragraph 2 will not apply to any Other Compensation paid to UBS Securities LLC, who is designated as the lead manager in the Offering.

 

3.

DoubleLine acknowledges that BofA did not provide and is not providing any advice hereunder as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling any securities for the Fund’s portfolio. No provision of this Agreement shall be considered as creating, nor shall any provision create, any obligation on the part of BofA, and BofA is not hereby agreeing, to: (i) furnish any advice or make any recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of portfolio securities or (ii) render any opinions, valuations or recommendations of any kind or to perform any such similar services in connection with acting as lead underwriter in an offering of the Fund’s Common Shares.

 

4.

Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting BofA from providing similar or other services to any other clients (including other registered investment companies or other investment advisers), so long as BofA’s services to DoubleLine are not impaired thereby.

 

5.

This Agreement shall terminate upon the payment of the entire amount of the Fee, as specified in Paragraph 1 hereof or upon the termination of the Underwriting Agreement without the Common Shares having been delivered and paid for. If this Agreement is terminated DoubleLine shall reimburse BofA only for its accountable out-of-pocket expenses actually incurred in connection with this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sections 9 and 10 of this Agreement and the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

6.

DoubleLine has furnished BofA with such information as BofA believed appropriate to its assignment hereunder (all such information so furnished being the “Information”). DoubleLine recognizes and confirms that BofA (a) has used and relied primarily on the Information and on information available from generally recognized public sources in performing the services contemplated by this Agreement without having independently verified the same and (b) does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of the Information and such other information. To the best of DoubleLine’s knowledge, the Information furnished by DoubleLine, when delivered, was true and correct in all material respects and did not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading. DoubleLine will promptly notify BofA if it learns of any material inaccuracy or misstatement in, or material omission from, any Information delivered to BofA pursuant to this Section 6. BofA agrees to keep such Information confidential to the extent permitted by law.

 

2


7.

It is understood that BofA is being engaged hereunder solely to provide the services described above to DoubleLine and that BofA is not acting as an agent or fiduciary of, and shall have no duties or liability to the current or future shareholders of the Fund or any other third party in connection with its engagement hereunder.

 

8.

DoubleLine agrees that BofA shall have no liability to DoubleLine for any act or omission to act by BofA in the course of its performance under this Agreement, in the absence of bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of BofA. DoubleLine agrees to the terms set forth in the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this Agreement.

 

9.

This Agreement and any claim, counterclaim or dispute of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement (“Claim”) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

10.

No Claim may be commenced, prosecuted or continued in any court other than the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction over the adjudication of such matters, and DoubleLine and BofA consent to the jurisdiction of such courts and personal service with respect thereto. EACH OF BOFA AND DOUBLELINE WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) IN ANY WAY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. Each of DoubleLine and BofA agrees that a final judgment in any proceeding or counterclaim brought in any such court shall be conclusive and binding upon DoubleLine and BofA, as the case may be, and may be enforced in any other courts to the jurisdiction of which DoubleLine and BofA, as the case may be, is or may be subject, by suit upon such judgment.

 

11.

This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other party.

 

12.

This Agreement (including the attached Indemnification Agreement) embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof. If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable in any respect, such determination will not affect such provision in any other respect or any other provision of this Agreement, which will remain in full force and effect. This Agreement may not be amended or otherwise modified or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by both BofA and DoubleLine.

 

3


13.

All notices required or permitted to be sent under this Agreement shall be sent, if to DoubleLine:

DoubleLine Capital LP

505 N Brand Boulevard, Suite 860

Glendale, CA 91203

Attention: General Counsel

or if to BofA:

BofA Securities, Inc.

One Bryant Park

New York, New York 10036

Attention: Syndicate Department, with a copy to the ECM Legal Department

or such other name or address as may be given in writing to the other parties. Any notice shall be deemed to be given or received on the third day after deposit in the U.S. mail with certified postage prepaid or when actually received, whether by hand, express delivery service or facsimile electronic transmission, whichever is earlier.

 

14.

This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which is deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one and the same agreement.

 

15.

Nothing in this Agreement is intended to, or shall be deemed to bind, the Fund, and the Fund shall have no obligation or liability under, or in respect of, this Agreement or the transaction contemplated hereby.

[signatures on following page]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Structuring Fee Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP

   

BOFA SECURITIES, INC.

By:  

 

 

   

By:  

 

 

 

Name:

     

Name:

 

Title:

     

Title:

[BofA Structuring Fee Agreement]


Form of BofA Indemnification Agreement

February [●], 2020

BofA Securities, Inc.

One Bryant Park

New York, New York 10036

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with the engagement of BofA Securities, Inc. or any of its affiliates (collectively, “BofA”) to advise and assist the undersigned (together with its successors and assigns, the “Company”) with the matters set forth in the Structuring Fee Agreement dated February [●], 2020 between the Company and BofA (the “Agreement”), in the event that BofA becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) (collectively, a “Proceeding”) in connection with the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement or arising out of the matters contemplated by the Agreement, the Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold BofA harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses with respect to services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review, that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulted solely from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of BofA. In addition, in the event that BofA becomes involved in any capacity in any Proceeding in connection with the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with or referred to in the Agreement or arising out of the matters contemplated by the Agreement, the Company will reimburse BofA for its reasonable legal and other expenses (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) as such expenses are incurred by BofA in connection therewith, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review, that such legal and other expenses resulted primarily from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of BofA. The indemnification provided hereunder shall not extend to these matters indemnified under the Underwriting Agreement, dated February [●], 2020, by and among DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund, the Company and each of the underwriters named therein. Promptly as reasonably practicable after receipt by BofA of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, BofA will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made under this paragraph, notify the Company in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure to so notify the Company (i) will not relieve the Company from liability under this paragraph to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and (ii) in any event shall not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this Indemnification Agreement. Counsel to BofA shall be selected by BofA. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided, however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of BofA) also be counsel to BofA. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of BofA (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or


contribution could be sought hereunder (whether or not BofA is an actual or potential party thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of BofA from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation or Proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of BofA.

If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Company agrees to contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Company and its members and affiliates and other constituencies, on the one hand, and BofA, on the other hand, in the matters contemplated by the Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and its members and affiliates, on the one hand, and BofA, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The Company agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by the Company and its members and affiliates, on the one hand, and BofA, on the other hand, of a transaction as contemplated shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received by or paid to or contemplated to be received by or paid to the Company or its members or affiliates, as the case may be, as a result of or in connection with the transaction (whether or not consummated) for which BofA has been retained to perform services bears to the fees paid to BofA under the Agreement; provided, that in no event shall the Company contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that BofA is not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by BofA pursuant to the Agreement. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Company or other conduct by the Company (or its employees or other agents), on the one hand, or by BofA, on the other hand. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, BofA shall not be entitled to contribution from the Company if it is determined that BofA was guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and the Company was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

The Company shall not settle any Proceeding in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, whether or not BofA is an actual or potential party to such Proceeding, without BofA’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). For purposes of this Indemnification Agreement, BofA shall include BofA Securities, Inc., any of its affiliates, each other person, if any, controlling BofA Securities, Inc. or any of its affiliates, their respective officers, current and former officers, directors, employees and agents, and the successors and assigns of all of the foregoing persons. The foregoing indemnity and contribution agreement shall be in addition to any rights that any indemnified party may have at common law or otherwise.

The Company agrees that neither BofA nor any of its affiliates, officers, directors, agents, employees or controlling persons shall have any liability to the Company or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Company in connection with or as a result of either BofA’s engagement under the Agreement or any matter referred to in the Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities prior to the date of the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final

 

2


in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Company resulted solely from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of BofA in performing the services that are the subject of the Agreement. For clarification, the parties to this Indemnification Agreement agree that the term “affiliate,” as used in the definition of “Company” herein, does not include any registered investment company for which the Company or any of its affiliates serve as investment adviser. Nothing in this Indemnification Agreement is intended to, or shall be deemed to bind, DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund (the “Fund”), and the Fund shall have no obligation or liability under or in respect of this Indemnification Agreement or the transaction contemplated hereby.

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR DISPUTE OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT (“CLAIM”), DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, NO CLAIM MAY BE COMMENCED, PROSECUTED OR CONTINUED IN ANY COURT OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WHICH COURTS SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER THE ADJUDICATION OF SUCH MATTERS, AND THE COMPANY AND BOFA CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND PERSONAL SERVICE WITH RESPECT THERETO. THE COMPANY HEREBY CONSENTS TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION, SERVICE AND VENUE IN ANY COURT IN WHICH ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IS BROUGHT BY ANY THIRD PARTY AGAINST BOFA OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY. EACH OF BOFA AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH OF BOFA AND THE COMPANY AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON BOFA AND THE COMPANY, AS THE CASE MAY BE, AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH BOFA AND THE COMPANY, AS THE CASE MAY BE, IS OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.

 

3


The foregoing Indemnification Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any termination of BofA’s engagement. This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

Very truly yours,

DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP

By:

 

         

Name:

Title:

 

Accepted and agreed to as of

the date first above written:

BOFA SECURITIES, INC.

By:

 

         

Name:

Title:

 

[BofA Indemnification Agreement]

Exhibit (h)(6)

FORM OF STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT

February [•], 2020

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

1585 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This agreement is between DoubleLine Capital LP (the “Adviser”) and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“Morgan Stanley”) with respect to DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Funds (the “Fund”).

1. Fee. (a) In consideration of advice to the Adviser relating to, but not limited to, the design and structuring of, and marketing assistance with respect to, the Fund and the distribution of shares of the Fund’s common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Shares”), including without limitation, views from an investor market and distribution perspective on (i) diversification, proportion and concentration approaches for the Fund’s investments in light of current market conditions, (ii) marketing issues with respect to the Fund’s investment policies and proposed investments, (iii) the proportion of the Fund’s assets to invest in the Fund’s strategies and (iv) the overall marketing and positioning thesis for the Fund’s initial public offering of its Shares (the “Offering”), the Adviser shall pay a fee to Morgan Stanley calculated at [•]% of the aggregate price to the public of the Shares sold by Morgan Stanley in the Offering (including any Shares over-allotted by Morgan Stanley in the Offering regardless of whether the over-allotment option in the Offering is exercised), equal to $[•] (the “Fee”). Subject to paragraph (b), the Fee paid to Morgan Stanley shall not exceed [•]% of the total price to the public of the Shares sold by the Fund in the Offering. In the event the Offering does not proceed, Morgan Stanley will not receive any fees under this Agreement; however, for the avoidance of doubt, accountable expenses actually incurred may be payable to Morgan Stanley pursuant to the terms of the principal underwriting agreement relating to the Offering (the “Underwriting Agreement”).

(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a), in the event that the Adviser (or the Fund or any person or entity affiliated with the Adviser, the Fund or any sub-adviser to the Fund or acting on behalf of or at the direction of any of the foregoing) compensates or agrees to compensate any other broker or dealer participating in the Offering (each, an “Other Broker”) for any services or otherwise in connection with the Offering or with respect to the Fund or its Shares (excluding for this purpose any compensation paid directly to the entire underwriting syndicate, as a group, pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement), whether such compensation be denominated a fee, an expense reimbursement, a set-off, a credit or otherwise (such compensation with respect to any Other Broker, such Other Broker’s “Other Compensation”), then the amount of the Fee shall be increased as and to the extent necessary so that the Fee payable to Morgan Stanley hereunder, expressed as a


percentage of the aggregate price to the public of the Shares sold by Morgan Stanley in the Offering (including any Shares over-allotted by Morgan Stanley in the Offering regardless of whether the over-allotment option in the Offering is exercised), is no less than the Other Compensation, expressed as a percentage of the aggregate price to the public of the Shares sold by such Other Broker in the Offering (including any Shares over-allotted by such Other Broker in the Offering regardless of whether the over-allotment option in the Offering is exercised). This paragraph 1(b) will not apply to any Other Compensation paid to any Other Broker who is designated as the lead manager in the Offering.

(c) The Adviser shall pay the Fee to Morgan Stanley on the closing of the purchase and sale of the Shares pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement on February [•], 2020, by wire transfer to the order of Morgan Stanley using the following wire instructions:

[WIRE INSTRUCTIONS REDACTED]

Please notify [    ] when the wire is sent.

(d) The Adviser acknowledges that the Fee is in addition to any compensation Morgan Stanley earns in connection with its role as an underwriter to the Fund in the Offering, which services are distinct from and in addition to the services described above.

2. Term. This Agreement shall terminate upon payment of the entire amount of the Fee, as specified in Section 1 hereof, or upon the termination of the Underwriting Agreement without the Shares having been delivered and paid for, except as provided in Sections 3 and 4.

3. Indemnification. The Adviser agrees to the indemnification and other agreements set forth in the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this Agreement.

4. Confidential Advice. None of any advice rendered by Morgan Stanley to the Adviser or any communication from Morgan Stanley in connection with the services performed by Morgan Stanley pursuant to this Agreement will be quoted or referred to orally or in writing, or reproduced or disseminated, by the Adviser or any of its affiliates or any of their agents, without Morgan Stanley’s prior written consent, except (i) the Adviser may disclose the foregoing to any regulatory authority in response to a regulatory proceeding, process, inquiry or request, so long as the Adviser gives Morgan Stanley prompt notice thereof unless in the reasonable opinion of the Adviser’s counsel it is not legally able to do so, (ii) to the extent otherwise required by law, judicial process or applicable regulation (after consultation with, and approval (not to be unreasonably withheld) as to form and substance by, Morgan Stanley and its counsel, unless in the reasonable opinion of the Adviser’s counsel it is not legally able to so consult) and (iii) on a confidential need-to-know basis, to the Fund and its officers and trustees and their legal counsel, auditors and other advisors. This confidentiality provision will terminate eighteen months from the date first written above.


5. Not an Investment Adviser. The Adviser acknowledges that Morgan Stanley is not providing any advice hereunder as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling any securities for the Fund’s portfolio. No provision of this Agreement shall be considered as creating, nor shall any provision create, any obligation on the part of Morgan Stanley, and Morgan Stanley is not agreeing hereby, to: (i) furnish any advice or make any recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of portfolio securities; or (ii) render any opinions, valuations or recommendations of any kind or to perform any such similar services. The Adviser’s engagement of Morgan Stanley is not intended to confer rights upon any person (including the Fund or any shareholders, employees or creditors of the Adviser or the Fund) not a party hereto as against Morgan Stanley or its affiliates, or their respective directors, officers, employees or agents, successors, or assigns.

6. Not Exclusive. Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting Morgan Stanley or its affiliates from acting as an underwriter or financial advisor or in any other capacity for any other persons (including other registered investment companies or other investment managers). Neither this Agreement nor the performance of the services contemplated hereunder shall be considered to constitute a partnership, association or joint venture between Morgan Stanley and the Adviser. In addition, nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to constitute Morgan Stanley as the agent or employee of the Adviser or the Adviser as the agent or employee of Morgan Stanley, and neither party shall make any representation to the contrary. It is understood that Morgan Stanley is engaged hereunder solely to provide the services described above to the Adviser and that Morgan Stanley is not acting as an agent or fiduciary of, and Morgan Stanley shall not have any duties or liability to, the current or future partners or equity owners of the Adviser or any other third party in connection with its engagement hereunder, all of which are hereby expressly waived to the extent the Adviser has the authority to waive such duties and liabilities.

7. Assignment. This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without prior written consent of the other party.

8. Amendment; Waiver. No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

9. Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. This Agreement and any claim, counterclaim, dispute or proceeding of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement (“Claim”), directly or indirectly, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York. No Claim may be commenced, prosecuted or continued in any court other than the courts of the State of New York located in


the City and County of New York or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom), which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction over the adjudication of such matters except as provided below. Each of the parties hereby irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such Claim and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such Claim in any such court or that any such Claim brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Process in any such Claim may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court. Without limiting the foregoing, each party agrees that service of process on such party at the address provided in Section 11 shall be deemed effective service of process on such party. EACH OF MORGAN STANLEY AND THE ADVISER WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH OF MORGAN STANLEY AND THE ADVISER AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON MORGAN STANLEY AND THE ADVISER, AS THE CASE MAY BE, AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH MORGAN STANLEY OR THE ADVISER ARE OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.

10. Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including the attached Indemnification Agreement) embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof. If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable in any respect, such determination will not affect such provision in any other respect or any other provision of this Agreement, which will remain in full force and effect.

11. Notices. All notices required or permitted to be sent under this Agreement shall be sent, if to the Adviser:

[•]

Attention: [•]

or if to Morgan Stanley:

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

1585 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

Attention: General Counsel


or such other name or address as may be given in writing to the other parties. Any notice shall be deemed to be given or received on the third day after deposit by certified U.S. mail, postage prepaid, or when actually received, whether by hand, express delivery service or facsimile or other electronic transmission, whichever is earlier.

12. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission that accurately depicts a manual signature shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

13. Applicability to the Fund. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to, or shall be deemed to bind, the Fund, and the Fund shall have no obligation or liability under, or in respect of, this Agreement or the transaction contemplated hereby.

[Signature Page Follows]


This Agreement shall be effective as of the date first written above.

 

Very truly yours,

DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Accepted and agreed to as of

the date first above written:

  MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC

  By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

[Signature Page to Structuring Fee Agreement]


FORM OF INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

February [•], 2020

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

1585 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with the engagement of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“Morgan Stanley”) to advise and assist the undersigned (together with its affiliates and subsidiaries, referred to as the “Adviser”) with the matters set forth in the Structuring Fee Agreement dated February [•], 2020 between the Adviser and Morgan Stanley (the “Fee Agreement”), in the event that Morgan Stanley becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) (collectively, a “Proceeding”) with respect to the services performed in connection with, or arising out of, or based upon the Fee Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities prior to the date of the Fee Agreement, the Adviser has agreed to indemnify and hold harmless Morgan Stanley and Morgan Stanley’s affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents and each other person, if any, controlling Morgan Stanley or any of Morgan Stanley’s affiliates (Morgan Stanley and each such other person being an “Indemnified Person”) from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities related to, arising out of or in connection with the activities (the “Activities”) performed by any Indemnified Person in connection with, or arising out of, or based upon, the Fee Agreement and/or any action taken by any Indemnified Person in connection therewith (including, without limitation, any presentation given by the Adviser and an Indemnified Person relating to the shares of common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Shares”) of DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund (the “Fund”)), and will reimburse each Indemnified Person for all expenses (including fees and expenses of counsel) as they are reasonably incurred in connection with investigating, preparing, pursuing or defending any Proceeding related to, arising out of or in connection with the Activities, whether or not pending or threatened and whether or not any Indemnified Person is a party. The Adviser will not, however, be responsible for any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or expenses relating thereto) that are finally judicially determined to have resulted from the bad faith, willful misconduct or gross negligence of any Indemnified Person. The Adviser also agrees that no Indemnified Person shall have any liability (whether direct or indirect, in contract or tort or otherwise) to the Adviser related to, arising out of or in connection with the Activities, except for any such liability for losses, claims, damages or liabilities incurred by the Adviser that are finally judicially determined to have resulted from the bad faith, willful misconduct or gross negligence of such Indemnified Person.


Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Adviser be responsible for any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to any Indemnified Person arising from any such Proceeding in excess of the gross proceeds received by the Fund from the initial public offering of the Shares of the Fund (the “Offering”); provided, however, that the Adviser shall, as set forth above, indemnify and be responsible for, regardless of the gross proceeds received by the Fund from the Offering, all expenses (including fees and expenses of counsel) incurred in connection with investigating, preparing, pursuing or defending any Proceeding related to, arising out of or in connection with the Activities, whether or not pending or threatened and whether or not any Indemnified Person is a party, as set forth above.

The Adviser will not, without Morgan Stanley’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), settle, compromise, consent to the entry of any judgment in or otherwise seek to terminate any Proceeding in respect of which indemnification may be sought hereunder (whether or not any Indemnified Person is a party thereto) unless such settlement, compromise, consent or termination includes a release of each Indemnified Person from any liabilities arising out of such Proceeding. No Indemnified Person seeking indemnification, reimbursement or contribution under this agreement (the “Indemnification Agreement”) will, without the Adviser’s prior written consent, settle, compromise, consent to the entry of any judgment in or otherwise seek to terminate any Proceeding.

If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Adviser agrees to contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Adviser (including the net proceeds from the Shares sold by Morgan Stanley in the Offering before deducting expenses) and its equity holders and affiliates, on the one hand, and Morgan Stanley, on the other hand, in the matters contemplated by the Fee Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Adviser and its equity holders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The Adviser agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by the Adviser and its equity holders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, of a transaction as contemplated shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received by or paid to or contemplated to be received by or paid to the Adviser or its equity holders or affiliates, as the case may be, as a result of or in connection with the transaction (whether or not consummated) for which Morgan Stanley has been retained to perform financial services bears to the fees paid to Morgan Stanley under the Fee Agreement; provided that in no event shall the Adviser contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that Morgan Stanley is not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by Morgan Stanley pursuant to the Fee Agreement. Relative fault shall be


determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Adviser or other conduct by the Adviser (or its employees or other agents), on the one hand, or by Morgan Stanley, on the other hand. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, an Indemnified Person shall not be entitled to contribution from the Adviser if it is determined that such Indemnified Person was guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and the Adviser was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation, or that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities (or expenses related thereto) are determined to have resulted from the gross negligence, willful misconduct, or bad faith of any Indemnified Person and that any such losses, claims, damages, liabilities (or expenses relating thereto) are determined not to have resulted from any gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of the Adviser.

This Indemnification Agreement, together with the Fee Agreement, any contemporaneous written agreements and any prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this agreement) that relate to the Offering, represents the entire agreement between the Adviser and the Indemnified Persons with respect to the fee paid to Morgan Stanley under the Fee Agreement.

The Adviser acknowledges that in connection with the Offering and the services performed pursuant to the Fee Agreement: (i) Morgan Stanley has acted at arm’s length, is not an agent of, and owes no fiduciary duties to, the Adviser, the Fund or any person affiliated with the Fund or the Adviser, (ii) Morgan Stanley owes the Adviser only those duties and obligations set forth in this Indemnification Agreement and the Fee Agreement and (iii) Morgan Stanley may have interests that differ from those of the Adviser. The Adviser waives to the full extent permitted by applicable law any claims any of the Adviser, the Fund or any person affiliated with the Fund or the Adviser may have against Morgan Stanley arising from an alleged breach of fiduciary duty in connection with the Offering or the services performed pursuant to the Fee Agreement.

The provisions of this Indemnification Agreement shall apply to the Activities and any modification thereof and shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any termination or the completion of Morgan Stanley’s services under the Fee Agreement.

For clarification, the parties to this Indemnification Agreement agree that the term “affiliate,” as used in the definition of “Adviser” herein, does not include any registered investment company for which the Adviser or any of its affiliates serve as investment adviser. Nothing in this Indemnification Agreement is intended to, or shall be deemed to bind, DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund (the “Fund”), and the Fund shall have no obligation or liability under or in respect of this Indemnification Agreement or the transaction contemplated hereby.


This Indemnification Agreement may not be assigned by either party without prior written consent of the other party. No provision of this Indemnification Agreement may be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto. This Indemnification Agreement and any claim, counterclaim, dispute or proceeding of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of or in any way relating to this Indemnification Agreement (“Claim”), directly or indirectly, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York. No Claim may be commenced, prosecuted or continued in any court other than the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom), which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction over the adjudication of such matters except as provided below. Each of the parties hereby irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such Claim and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such Claim in any such court or that any such Claim brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Process in any such Claim may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court. Without limiting the foregoing, each party agrees that service of process on such party at the address provided in Section 11 of the Fee Agreement shall be deemed effective service of process on such party. EACH OF MORGAN STANLEY AND THE ADVISER WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT. EACH OF MORGAN STANLEY AND THE ADVISER AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON MORGAN STANLEY AND THE ADVISER, AS THE CASE MAY BE, AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH MORGAN STANLEY OR THE ADVISER ARE OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT. This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Indemnification Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission that accurately depicts a manual signature shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

[Signature Page Follows]


Very truly yours,

DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Accepted and agreed to as of

the date first above written:

  MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC

  By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

[Signature Page to Indemnification Agreement]

Exhibit (h)(7)

FORM OF STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT

February [•], 2020

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

500 West 33rd Street

New York, New York 10001

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Underwriting Agreement dated February [•], 2020 (the “Underwriting Agreement”), by and among DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund (the “Fund”), DoubleLine Capital LP (the “Adviser”) and each of the Underwriters named therein (the “Underwriters”), severally, with respect to the issue and sale of the Fund’s common shares of beneficial interest, $0.00001 par value per share (the “Common Shares”), as described therein (the “Offering”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Underwriting Agreement.

1.    Fee.

In consideration of your services assisting the Adviser with respect to the structure and design of the Fund and the organization of the Fund as well as services related to the sale and distribution of the Fund’s Common Shares, the Adviser shall pay a fee to you in the aggregate amount of $[•] (the “Fee”). The Fee shall be paid on or before the Closing Date (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement). The Fee shall be paid by wire transfer to the order of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC. The Fee paid to you shall not exceed [•]% of the total price to the public of the Firm Shares sold by the Fund in the Offering. In the event the Offering does not proceed, you will not receive any fees under this Agreement; however, for the avoidance of doubt, you may be reimbursed for accountable out-of-pocket expenses actually incurred by you pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement and in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(D).

2.    Term. This Agreement shall terminate upon the payment of the entire amount of the Fee, as specified in Section 1 hereof or upon the termination of the Underwriting Agreement without the Shares having been delivered and paid for.

3.    Indemnification.

The Adviser agrees to the indemnification and other agreements set forth in the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this Agreement.

4.    Not an Adviser; No Fiduciary Duty. The Adviser acknowledges that you are not providing any advice hereunder as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of


purchasing or selling any securities for the Fund’s portfolio. No provision of this Agreement shall be considered as creating, nor shall any provision create, any obligation on the part of you, and you are not agreeing hereby, to: (i) furnish any advice or make any recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of portfolio securities; or (ii) render any opinions, valuations or recommendations of any kind or to perform any such similar services. The Adviser hereby acknowledges that your engagement under this Agreement is as an independent contractor and not in any other capacity, including as a fiduciary. Furthermore, the Adviser agrees that it is solely responsible for making its own judgment in connection with the matters covered by this Agreement (irrespective of whether you have advised or are currently advising the Adviser on related or other matters).

5.    Not Exclusive. Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting you or your affiliates from acting as an underwriter or financial adviser or in any other capacity for any other persons (including other registered investment companies or other investment advisers).

6.    Assignment. This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without prior written consent of the other party.

7.    Amendment; Waiver. No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

8.    Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

9.    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

10.    Applicability to the Fund. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to, or shall be deemed to bind, the Fund, and the Fund shall have no obligation or liability under, or in respect of, this Agreement or the transaction contemplated hereby.


This Agreement shall be effective as of the date first written above.

 

DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP
By:                                                                    
    Name:
    Title:

Agreed and Accepted:

WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC

 

By:

 

                                                         

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

[Signature Page to Structuring Fee Agreement]


Form of Indemnification Agreement

February [•], 2020

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

500 West 33rd Street

New York, New York 10001

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with the engagement of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (the “Bank”) to assist the undersigned, DoubleLine Capital LP, together with its affiliates and subsidiaries (the “Company”) with respect to the matters set forth in the Structuring Fee Agreement dated February [•], 2020 between the Company and the Bank (the “Agreement”), in the event that the Bank, any of its affiliates, each other person, if any, controlling the Bank or any of its affiliates, their respective officers, current and former directors, employees and agents, or the successors or assigns of any of the foregoing persons (the Bank and each such other person or entity being referred to as an “Indemnified Party”) becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, litigation, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) (collectively, a “Proceeding”) with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, the Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold each Indemnified Party harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses, including the fees and expenses of counsel to the Indemnified Parties, with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review, that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct (including bad faith) of such Indemnified Party. In addition, in the event that an Indemnified Party becomes involved in any capacity in any Proceeding with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, the Company will reimburse such Indemnified Party for its legal and other expenses (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) as such expenses are reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection therewith. As promptly as reasonably practicable after receipt by an Indemnified Party of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, such Indemnified Party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made under this paragraph, notify the Company in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the Company (i) will not relieve the Company from liability under this paragraph to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and (ii) in any event shall not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this Indemnification Agreement. Counsel to the Indemnified Parties shall be selected by the Bank. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided, however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the Indemnified Parties) also be counsel to the Indemnified Party. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any Proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought hereunder (whether or not the Indemnified Parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such


settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such Proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Party.

If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Company agrees to contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Company and its owners and affiliates, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Parties, on the other hand, in the matters contemplated by the Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and its owners and affiliates, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Parties, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The Company agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by the Company and its owners and affiliates, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, of a transaction as contemplated shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received or paid or contemplated to be received or paid by the Company or its owners or affiliates, as the case may be, as a result of or in connection with the transaction (whether or not consummated) for which the Bank has been retained to perform services bears to the fees paid to the Bank under the Agreement; provided, that in no event shall the Company contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that the Indemnified Parties are not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by the Bank pursuant to the Agreement. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Company or other conduct by the Company (or its employees or other agents), on the one hand, or by the Bank (or its employees or other agents), on the other hand. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, an Indemnified Party shall not be entitled to contribution from the Company if it is determined that such Indemnified Party was guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and the Company was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Company will not settle any Proceeding in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, whether or not an Indemnified Party is an actual or potential party to such Proceeding, without the Bank’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The foregoing indemnity and contribution agreement shall be in addition to any rights that any Indemnified Party may have at common law or otherwise.

The Company agrees that no Indemnified Party shall have any liability to the Company or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Company with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Company resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct (including bad faith) of the Bank in performing the services that are the subject of the Agreement. For clarification, the parties to this Indemnification Agreement agree that the term “affiliate,” as used in the definition of “Company” herein, does not include any registered investment company for which the Company or any of its affiliates serve as investment adviser. Nothing in this Indemnification Agreement is intended to, or shall be deemed to bind, DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund (the “Fund”), and the Fund shall have no obligation or liability under or in respect of this Indemnification Agreement or the transaction contemplated hereby.


THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR DISPUTE OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES PERFORMED PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AGREEMENT (“CLAIM”), DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, NO CLAIM MAY BE COMMENCED, PROSECUTED OR CONTINUED IN ANY COURT OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WHICH COURTS SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER THE ADJUDICATION OF SUCH MATTERS, AND THE COMPANY AND THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND PERSONAL SERVICE WITH RESPECT THERETO. THE COMPANY HEREBY CONSENTS TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION, SERVICE AND VENUE IN ANY COURT IN WHICH ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IS BROUGHT BY ANY THIRD PARTY AGAINST THE BANK OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY. EACH INDEMNIFIED PARTY AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. THE COMPANY AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON THE COMPANY AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH THE COMPANY IS OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.


The foregoing Indemnification Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any termination of the Bank’s engagement under the Agreement. This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP
By:                                                                    
    Name:
    Title:

Agreed and Accepted:

WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC

 

By:                                                            
Name:  
Title:  

 

[Signature Page to Indemnification Agreement]

Exhibit (h)(8)

FORM OF STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT

February [•], 2020

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

200 Vesey Street

New York, New York 10281-8098

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Underwriting Agreement dated February [•], 2020 (the “Underwriting Agreement”), by and among DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund (the “Fund”), DoubleLine Capital LP (the “Adviser”) and each of the Underwriters named therein (the “Underwriters”), severally, with respect to the issue and sale of the Fund’s common shares of beneficial interest, $0.00001 par value per share (the “Common Shares”), as described therein (the “Offering”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Underwriting Agreement.

1. Fee.

In consideration of your services in offering advice relating to the distribution of the Fund’s Common Shares, the Adviser shall pay a fee to you in the aggregate amount of $[•] (the “Fee”). The Fee shall be paid on or before the Closing Date (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement). The payment shall be made by wire transfer to the order of RBC Capital Markets, LLC. The Adviser acknowledges that the Fee is in addition to any compensation you earn in connection with your role as an underwriter to the Fund in the Offering, which services are distinct from and in addition to the marketing services rendered in connection with the advice described above. The Fee paid to you shall not exceed [•]% of the total price to the public of the Firm Shares sold by the Fund in the Offering. In the event the Offering does not proceed, you will not receive any fees under this Agreement; however, for the avoidance of doubt, accountable expenses actually incurred may be payable to you pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement and in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(D).

2. Term.

This Agreement shall terminate upon the payment of the entire amount of the Fee, as specified in Section 1 hereof, or upon the termination of the Underwriting Agreement without the Common Shares having been delivered and paid for, except as provided in Section 3.

3. Indemnification.

The Adviser agrees to the indemnification and other agreements set forth in the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this Agreement.

4. Not an Investment Adviser; No Fiduciary Duty.


The Adviser acknowledges that you are not providing any advice hereunder as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling any securities for the Fund’s portfolio. No provision of this Agreement shall be considered as creating, nor shall any provision create, any obligation on the part of you, and you are not agreeing hereby, to: (i) furnish any advice or make any recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of portfolio securities; or (ii) render any opinions, valuations or recommendations of any kind or to perform any such similar services. Neither this Agreement nor the performance of the services contemplated hereunder shall be considered to constitute a partnership, association or joint venture between you and the Adviser. In addition, nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to constitute you as the agent or employee of the Adviser or the Adviser as your agent or employee, and neither party shall make any representation to the contrary. It is understood that you are engaged hereunder as an independent contractor solely to provide the services described above to the Adviser and that you are not acting as an agent or fiduciary of, and you shall not have any duties or liability to, the current or future partners, members or equity owners of the Adviser or any other third party in connection with its engagement hereunder, all of which are hereby expressly waived to the extent the Adviser has the authority to waive such duties and liabilities. Furthermore, the Adviser agrees that it is solely responsible for making its own judgments in connection with the matters covered by this Agreement (irrespective of whether you have advised or are currently advising the Adviser on related or other matters).

  5. Not Exclusive.

Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting you or your affiliates from acting as an underwriter or financial adviser or in any other capacity for any other persons (including other registered investment companies or other investment managers).

  6. Assignment.

This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without prior written consent of the other party.

  7. Amendment; Waiver.

No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

  8. Governing Law.

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

  9. Counterparts.

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission that accurately depicts a manual signature shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.


10. Applicability to the Fund.

Nothing in this Agreement is intended to, or shall be deemed to bind, the Fund, and the Fund shall have no obligation or liability under, or in respect of, this Agreement or the transaction contemplated hereby.

 

[END OF TEXT]


This Agreement shall be effective as of the date first written above.

 

DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP
By:                                                            
      Name:
      Title:

 

Agreed and Accepted:
RBC CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC
By:                                                  
      Name:
      Title:

 

 

[Signature Page to Structuring Fee Agreement]


Form of Indemnification Agreement

February [•], 2020

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

200 Vesey Street

New York, New York 10281-8098

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with the engagement of RBC Capital Markets, LLC ( “RBCCM”) to advise and assist the undersigned, DoubleLine Capital LP, together with its affiliates and subsidiaries (the “Adviser”), with respect to the matters set forth in the Structuring Fee Agreement dated February [•], 2020 between the Adviser and RBCCM (the “Agreement”), in the event that RBCCM, any of its affiliates, each other person, if any, controlling RBCCM or any of its affiliates, their respective officers, current or former directors, employees and agents, or the successors or assigns of any of the foregoing persons (RBCCM and each such other person or entity being referred to as an “Indemnified Party”) becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, litigation, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) (collectively, a “Proceeding”) with respect to the services performed under the Agreement, the Adviser agrees to indemnify, defend and hold each Indemnified Party harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel to the Indemnified Parties, with respect to the services performed under the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review, that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct (including bad faith) of such Indemnified Party. In addition, in the event that an Indemnified Party becomes involved in any capacity in any Proceeding with respect to the Agreement, the Adviser will reimburse such Indemnified Party for legal and other expenses (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) as such expenses are reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection therewith, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review, that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulted primarily and directly from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Party. Counsel shall be selected by RBCCM. In no event shall the Adviser be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel reasonably required) separate from their own counsel for the Indemnified Parties. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided, however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the Indemnified Parties) also be counsel to the indemnified party. As promptly as reasonably practicable after receipt by an Indemnified Party of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, such Indemnified Party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made under this paragraph, notify the Adviser in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the Adviser (i) will not relieve the Adviser from liability under this paragraph to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and (ii) in any event shall not relieve the Adviser from any liability which it may have otherwise on account of this Indemnification Agreement. The Adviser may participate at its own expense in


the defense of any such action; provided, however, that counsel to the Adviser shall not (except with the consent of the Indemnified Parties) also be counsel to the Indemnified Parties. The Adviser shall not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Parties (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought hereunder (whether or not the Indemnified Parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Party. No Indemnified Party shall, without the prior written consent of the Adviser (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought hereunder when the Adviser is an actual named party thereto, unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of the Adviser from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of the Adviser.

If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, other than a final judicial determination of RBCCM’s gross negligence, bad faith, or willful misconduct in performing the services that are the subject of the Agreement, the Adviser agrees to contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Adviser and its members and affiliates, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Parties, on the other hand, in the matters contemplated by the Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Adviser and its members and affiliates, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Parties, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The Adviser agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by the Adviser and its members and affiliates, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Parties, on the other hand, of a transaction as contemplated shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received by or paid to or contemplated to be received by or paid to the Adviser or its members or affiliates, as the case may be, as a result of or in connection with the transaction (whether or not consummated) for which RBCCM has been retained to perform services bears to the fees paid to RBCCM under the Agreement; provided, that in no event shall the Adviser contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that the Indemnified Parties are not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by RBCCM pursuant to the Agreement. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Adviser or other conduct by the Adviser (or its employees or other agents), on the one hand, or by RBCCM (or its employees or other agents), on the other hand. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, an Indemnified Party shall not be entitled to contribution from the Adviser if it is determined that such Indemnified Party was guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and the Adviser was not guilty


of such fraudulent misrepresentation, or that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities (or expenses related thereto) are determined to have resulted from the gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of any Indemnified Party and that any such losses, claims, damages, liabilities (or expenses relating thereto) are determined not to have resulted from any gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of the Adviser. The Adviser will not settle any Proceeding in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, whether or not an Indemnified Party is an actual or potential party to such Proceeding, without the RBCCM’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The foregoing Indemnification Agreement shall be in addition to any rights that any Indemnified Party may have at common law or otherwise.

The Adviser agrees that no Indemnified Party shall have any liability to the Adviser or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Adviser with respect to the matters contemplated by the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses reasonably incurred by the Adviser resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct (including bad faith) of RBCCM or any of its affiliates, directors, employees or controlling persons in performing the services that are the subject of the Agreement. For clarification, the parties to this Indemnification Agreement agree that the term “affiliate,” as used in the definition of “Adviser” herein, does not include any registered investment company for which the Adviser or any of its affiliates serve as investment adviser. Nothing in this Indemnification Agreement is intended to, or shall be deemed to bind, DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund (the “Fund”), and the Fund shall have no obligation or liability under or in respect of this Indemnification Agreement or the transaction contemplated hereby.

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR DISPUTE OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE MATTERS CONTEMPLATED BY THE AGREEMENT (“CLAIM”), DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, NO CLAIM MAY BE COMMENCED, PROSECUTED OR CONTINUED IN ANY COURT OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WHICH COURTS SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER THE ADJUDICATION OF SUCH MATTERS, AND THE ADVISER AND THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND PERSONAL SERVICE WITH RESPECT THERETO. THE ADVISER HEREBY CONSENTS TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION, SERVICE AND VENUE IN ANY COURT IN WHICH ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT IS BROUGHT BY ANY THIRD PARTY AGAINST RBCCM OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY. EACH INDEMNIFIED PARTY AND THE ADVISER WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT. EACH OF THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES AND THE ADVISER AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE


CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES AND THE ADVISER AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES AND THE ADVISER, AS THE CASE MAY BE, ARE OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT OR OTHER AVAILABLE JUDICIAL PROCESS.

Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Agreement.


The foregoing Indemnification Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any termination of RBCCM’s engagement under the Agreement. This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

Very truly yours,
DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP
By:                                                                        
      Name:
      Title:

 

Agreed and Accepted:
RBC CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC
By   :                                             
      Name:
      Title:

 

 

[Signature Page to Indemnification Agreement]

Exhibit (h)(9)

FORM OF STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT

February [•], 2020

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

One South Street, 15th Floor

Baltimore, MD 21202

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Underwriting Agreement dated February [•], 2020 (the “Underwriting Agreement”), by and among DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund (the “Fund”), DoubleLine Capital LP (the “Adviser”), Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated (“Stifel”) and the several other Underwriters named therein, severally, with respect to the issue and sale of the Fund’s common shares of beneficial interest, $0.00001 par value per share (the “Common Shares”), as described therein (the “Offering”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Underwriting Agreement.

1.    Services; Fee. Stifel has provided services to the Adviser to assist the Adviser in the structure and design of the Fund and the organization of the Fund as well as services related to the sale and distribution of the Fund’s Common Shares (the “Services”). In consideration of the Services to the Adviser, subject to and conditioned upon the completion of the Offering, the Adviser shall pay a fee to Stifel in the aggregate amount of $[•] (the “Fee”) on or before the Closing Date, by wire transfer to the order of Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated. The Fee paid to Stifel shall not exceed [•]% of the total price to the public of the Firm Shares sold by the Fund in the Offering. In the event the Offering does not proceed, Stifel will not receive any fees under this Agreement; however, for the avoidance of doubt, you may be reimbursed for accountable out-of-pocket expenses actually incurred by Stifel pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement and in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(D). This Agreement shall terminate upon the payment of the entire amount of the Fee, as specified in Section 1 hereof or upon the termination of the Underwriting Agreement without the Shares having been delivered and paid for.

2.    Indemnification. The Adviser agrees to the indemnification and other agreements set forth in the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this Agreement.

3.    Confidential Advice. Except to the extent legally required (after consultation with (if consultation is permitted under the circumstances), and, in the case of Stifel’s advice, approval (not to be unreasonably withheld) as to form and substance by Stifel and its counsel), none of (i) the name of Stifel, (ii) any advice rendered by Stifel to the Adviser, or (iii) the terms of this Agreement or any communication from Stifel in connection with the services performed by Stifel pursuant to this Agreement will be quoted or referred to orally or in writing, or in the case of (ii) and (iii), reproduced or disseminated, by the Adviser or any of its affiliates or any of their agents, without Stifel’s prior written consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld in the case of clause (i) and (iii) (but not (ii)).


4.    Information. The Adviser recognizes and confirms that Stifel (a) has used and relied primarily on the information provided by the Adviser and on information available from generally recognized public sources in performing the services contemplated by this Agreement without having assumed responsibility for independently verifying the same, (b) has not assumed responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or reasonableness of such information and (c) has not made an appraisal of any assets or liabilities (contingent or otherwise) of the Fund. For the avoidance of doubt, this paragraph shall not apply to any information provided by Stifel.

5.    Not an Investment Adviser; No Fiduciary Duty. The Adviser acknowledges that Stifel is not providing any advice hereunder as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling any securities for the Fund’s portfolio. No provision of this Agreement shall be considered as creating, nor shall any provision create, any obligation on the part of Stifel, and Stifel is not agreeing hereby, to: (i) furnish any advice or make any recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of portfolio securities; or (ii) render any opinions, valuations or recommendations of any kind or to perform any such similar services. The Adviser hereby acknowledges that Stifel’s engagement under this Agreement is as an independent contractor and not in any other capacity, including as a fiduciary. Furthermore, the Adviser agrees that it is solely responsible for making its own judgments in connection with the matters covered by this Agreement (irrespective of whether Stifel has advised or are currently advising the Adviser on related or other matters).

6.    Not Exclusive. Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting Stifel or its affiliates from acting as an underwriter or financial adviser or in any other capacity for any other persons (including other registered investment companies or other investment advisers).

7.    Assignment. This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without prior written consent of the other party.

8.    Amendment; Waiver. No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

9.    Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. This Agreement together with the Indemnification Agreement constitutes the final and entire agreement and understanding between the parties to this Agreement relative to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between such parties concerning the subject matter of this Agreement.

10.    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

11.    Applicability to the Fund. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to, or shall be deemed to bind, the Fund, and the Fund shall have no obligation or liability under, or in respect of, this Agreement or the transaction contemplated hereby.

[Signature Page Follows]


This Agreement shall be effective as of the date first written above.

 

Very truly yours,
DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP
By:                                                                    
    Name:
    Title:

 

Agreed and Accepted:
STIFEL, NICOLAUS & COMPANY, INCORPORATED
By:                                                                  
    Name:  
     Title:  

 

[Signature Page to Structuring Fee Agreement]


Form of Indemnification Agreement

February [•], 2020

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

One South Street, 15th Floor

Baltimore, MD 21202

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with the engagement of Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated (the “Bank”) to assist the undersigned, DoubleLine Capital LP, together with its affiliates and subsidiaries (the “Adviser”), with respect to the matters set forth in the Structuring Fee Agreement dated February [•], 2020 between the Adviser and the Bank (the “Agreement”), in the event that the Bank, any of its affiliates, each other person, if any, controlling the Bank or any of its affiliates, their respective officers, current and former directors, employees and agents, or the successors or assigns of any of the foregoing persons (the Bank and each such other person or entity being referred to as an “Indemnified Party”) becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) (collectively, a “Proceeding”) with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, the Adviser agrees to indemnify, defend and hold each Indemnified Party harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses, including the fees and expenses of counsel to the Indemnified Parties, with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review, that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct (including bad faith) of such Indemnified Party. In addition, in the event that an Indemnified Party becomes involved in any capacity in any Proceeding with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, the Adviser will reimburse such Indemnified Party for its legal and other expenses (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) as such expenses are reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection therewith. As promptly as reasonably practicable after receipt by an Indemnified Party of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, such Indemnified Party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made under this paragraph, notify the Adviser in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the Adviser (i) will not relieve the Adviser from liability under this paragraph to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and (ii) in any event shall not relieve the Adviser from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this Indemnification Agreement. The indemnifying party, upon request of the Indemnified Party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the Indemnified Party and shall pay the reasonably incurred fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the Indemnified Party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the Indemnified Party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing and unresolvable interests between them.


No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Parties (which may not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or deferred), settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought hereunder (whether or not the Indemnified Parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Party.

If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Adviser agrees to contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Adviser and its owners and affiliates, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Parties, on the other hand, in the matters contemplated by the Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Adviser and its owners and affiliates, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. Adviser agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by the Adviser and its owners and affiliates, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, of a transaction as contemplated shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received or paid or contemplated to be received or paid by the Adviser or its owners and affiliates, as the case may be, as a result of or in connection with the transaction (whether or not consummated) for which the Bank has been retained to perform services bears to the fees paid to the Bank under the Agreement; provided, that in no event shall the Adviser contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that the Indemnified Parties are not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by the Bank pursuant to the Agreement. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Adviser or other conduct by the Adviser (or its employees or other agents), on the one hand, or by the Bank (or its employees or other agents), on the other hand. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, an Indemnified Party shall not be entitled to contribution from the Adviser if it is determined that such Indemnified Party was guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and the Adviser or the Fund was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Adviser will not settle any Proceeding in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, whether or not an Indemnified Party is an actual or potential party to such Proceeding, without the Bank’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The foregoing indemnity and contribution agreement shall be in addition to any rights that any Indemnified Party may have at common law or otherwise.

The Adviser agrees that no Indemnified Party shall have any liability to the Adviser or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Adviser with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Adviser or the Fund resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct (including bad faith) of the Bank in performing the services that are the subject of the Agreement. For clarification, the parties to this Indemnification Agreement agree that the term “affiliate,” as used in the definition of “Adviser” herein, does not include any registered investment company for which the Adviser or any of its affiliates serve as investment adviser. Nothing in this Indemnification Agreement is intended to, or shall be deemed to bind, DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund (the “Fund”), and the Fund shall have no obligation or liability under or in respect of this Indemnification Agreement or the transaction contemplated hereby.


THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR DISPUTE OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES PERFORMED PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AGREEMENT (“CLAIM”), DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, NO CLAIM MAY BE COMMENCED, PROSECUTED OR CONTINUED IN ANY COURT OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WHICH COURTS SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER THE ADJUDICATION OF SUCH MATTERS, AND THE ADVISER AND THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND PERSONAL SERVICE WITH RESPECT THERETO. THE ADVISER HEREBY CONSENTS TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION, SERVICE AND VENUE IN ANY COURT IN WHICH ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IS BROUGHT BY ANY THIRD PARTY AGAINST THE BANK OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY. EACH INDEMNIFIED PARTY AND THE ADVISER WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. THE ADVISER AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON THE ADVISER AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH THE ADVISER IS OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.

This Agreement together with the Structuring Fee Agreement constitutes the final and entire agreement and understanding between the parties to this Agreement relative to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between such parties concerning the subject matter of this Agreement.

The foregoing Indemnification Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any termination of the Bank’s engagement under the Agreement. This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Indemnification Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Very truly yours,
DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP
By:                                                                        
    Name:
    Title:

 

Agreed and Accepted:
STIFEL, NICOLAUS & COMPANY, INCORPORATED
By:                                                                    
   Name:  
    Title:  

 

[Signature Page to Indemnification Agreement - Structuring Fee Agreement]

Exhibit (h)(10)

FORM SALES INCENTIVE FEE AGREEMENT

February [●], 2020

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Underwriting Agreement dated February [●], 2020 (the “Underwriting Agreement”), by and among DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund (the “Fund”), DoubleLine Capital LP (the “Adviser”) and each of the Underwriters named therein (the “Underwriters”), severally, with respect to the issue and sale of the Fund’s common shares of beneficial interest, $0.00001 par value per share (the “Common Shares”), as described therein (the “Offering”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Underwriting Agreement.

1.    Fee.

In consideration of the services of the undersigned related to the sale and distribution of the Fund’s Common Shares, the Adviser shall pay a fee to each of the undersigned in accordance with Schedule I hereto (the “Fee”). The Fee shall be paid on or before the Closing Date (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement). The Fee shall be paid by wire transfer to the order of each of the undersigned. In the event the Offering does not proceed, you will not receive any fees under this Agreement; however, for the avoidance of doubt, accountable expenses actually incurred may be payable to you pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement and in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(D).

2.    Term. This Agreement shall terminate upon the payment of the entire amount of the Fee, as specified in Section 1 hereof or upon the termination of the Underwriting Agreement without the Shares having been delivered and paid for.

3.    Indemnification. The Adviser agrees to the indemnification and other agreements set forth in the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this Agreement.

4.    Not an Adviser; No Fiduciary Duty. The Adviser acknowledges that you are not providing any advice hereunder as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling any securities for the Fund’s portfolio. No provision of this Agreement shall be considered as creating, nor shall any provision create, any obligation on the part of you, and you are not agreeing hereby, to: (i) furnish any advice or make any recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of portfolio securities; or (ii) render any opinions, valuations or recommendations of any kind or to perform any such similar services. The Adviser hereby acknowledges that your engagement under this Agreement is as an independent contractor and not in any other capacity, including as a fiduciary. Furthermore, the Adviser agrees that it is solely responsible for making its own judgment in connection with the matters covered by this Agreement (irrespective of whether you have advised or are currently advising the Adviser on related or other matters).


5.    Not Exclusive. Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting the undersigned or its respective affiliates from acting as an underwriter or financial adviser or in any other capacity for any other persons (including other registered investment companies or other investment advisers), so long as your services to the Adviser are not impaired thereby.

6.    Assignment. This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without prior written consent of the other party.

7.    Amendment; Waiver. No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

8.    Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

9.    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or electronic transmission that accurately depicts a manual signature shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

10.    Applicability to the Fund. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to or shall be deemed to bind the Fund, and the Fund shall have no obligation or liability under or in respect of this Agreement or the transaction contemplated hereby.


This Agreement shall be effective as of the date first written above.

 

DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP
By:                                                                    
    Name:
    Title:

 

[Signature Page to Sales Incentive Fee Agreement]


Agreed and Accepted:
[●]
By:                                                                  
       Name:
       Title:

 

[Signature Page to Sales Incentive Fee Agreement]


SCHEDULE I

 

Name    Fee
        
        
        
        
        


Indemnification Agreement

February [●], 2020

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with the engagement of the undersigned (the “Banks”) to assist the undersigned, DoubleLine Capital LP (the “Adviser”), with respect to the matters set forth in the Sales Incentive Fee Agreement dated February [●], 2020 between the Adviser and the Banks (the “Agreement”), in the event that the Banks, any of their respective affiliates, each other person, if any, controlling the Banks or any of their respective affiliates, their respective officers, current and former directors, employees and agents, or the successors or assigns of any of the foregoing persons (the Banks and each such other person or entity being referred to as an “Indemnified Party”) becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, litigation, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) (collectively, a “Proceeding”) with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, the Adviser agrees to indemnify, defend and hold each Indemnified Party harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses, including the fees and expenses of counsel to the Indemnified Parties, with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review, that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct (including bad faith) of such Indemnified Party. In addition, in the event that an Indemnified Party becomes involved in any capacity in any Proceeding with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, the Adviser will reimburse such Indemnified Party for its legal and other expenses (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) as such expenses are reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection therewith. As promptly as is reasonably practicable after receipt by an Indemnified Party of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, such Indemnified Party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made under this paragraph, notify the Adviser in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the Adviser (i) will not relieve the Adviser from liability under this paragraph to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and (ii) in any event shall not relieve the Adviser from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this Indemnification Agreement. Counsel to the Indemnified Parties shall be selected by such Indemnified Party. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided, however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the Indemnified Parties) also be counsel to the Indemnified Party. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any Proceeding, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought hereunder (whether or not the Indemnified Parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such Proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Party.


If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Adviser agrees to contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Adviser and its stockholders, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Parties, on the other hand, in the matters contemplated by the Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Adviser and its stockholders, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The Adviser agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by the Adviser and its stockholders, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, of a transaction as contemplated shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received or paid or contemplated to be received or paid by the Adviser or its stockholders, as the case may be, as a result of or in connection with the transaction (whether or not consummated) for which the Banks have been retained to perform services bears to the fees paid to the Banks under the Agreement; provided, that in no event shall the Adviser contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that the Indemnified Parties are not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by the Banks pursuant to the Agreement. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Adviser or other conduct by the Adviser (or its employees or other agents (not including for these purposes any Bank)), on the one hand, or by the respective Bank (or its employees or other agents), on the other hand. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, an Indemnified Party shall not be entitled to contribution from the Adviser if it is determined that such Indemnified Party was guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and the Adviser was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation or that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities (or expenses relating thereto) are determined to have resulted from the gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of any Indemnified Person and that any such losses, claims, damages, liabilities (or expenses relating thereto) are determined not to have resulted from any gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of the Adviser. The Adviser will not settle any Proceeding in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, whether or not an Indemnified Party is an actual or potential party to such Proceeding, without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The foregoing indemnity and contribution agreement shall be in addition to any rights that any Indemnified Party may have at common law or otherwise.

The Adviser agrees that no Indemnified Party shall have any liability to the Adviser or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Adviser with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Adviser resulted solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct (including bad faith) of the Banks in performing the services that are the subject of the Agreement. For clarification, the parties to this Indemnification Agreement agree that the term “affiliate,” as used in relation to the Adviser herein, does not include any registered investment company for which the Adviser or any of its affiliates serves as investment adviser. Nothing in this Indemnification Agreement is intended to or shall be deemed to bind DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund (the “Fund”), and the Fund shall have no obligation or liability under or in respect of this Indemnification Agreement or the transaction contemplated hereby.


THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR DISPUTE OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES PERFORMED PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AGREEMENT (“CLAIM”), DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, NO CLAIM MAY BE COMMENCED, PROSECUTED OR CONTINUED IN ANY COURT OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WHICH COURTS SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER THE ADJUDICATION OF SUCH MATTERS, AND THE ADVISER AND THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND PERSONAL SERVICE WITH RESPECT THERETO. THE ADVISER HEREBY CONSENTS TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION, SERVICE AND VENUE IN ANY COURT IN WHICH ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IS BROUGHT BY ANY THIRD PARTY AGAINST ANY BANK OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY. EACH INDEMNIFIED PARTY AND THE ADVISER WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH OF THE BANKS AND THE ADVISER AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON SUCH BANK AND THE ADVISER AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH SUCH BANK AND THE ADVISER, AS THE CASE MAY BE, ARE OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.


The foregoing Indemnification Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any termination of the Bank’s engagement under the Agreement. This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

Very truly yours,
DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP
By:                                                                    
    Name:
    Title:

 

[Signature Page to Indemnification Agreement]


Agreed and Accepted:
[●]
By:                                                                  
       Name:
       Title:

 

[Signature Page to Indemnification Agreement]

Exhibit (h)(11)

Final adopted version dated May 23, 2012        

UBS Securities LLC

MASTER SELECTED DEALERS AGREEMENT

REGISTERED SEC OFFERINGS

AND

EXEMPT OFFERINGS

(OTHER THAN OFFERINGS OF MUNICIPAL SECURITIES)

May 23, 2012

 

LOGO


This Master Selected Dealers Agreement (this “Master SDA”), dated as of May 23, 2012, is by and between UBS Securities LLC (including its successors and assigns) (“we,” “our,” “us” or the “Manager”) and the party named on the signature page hereof (a “Dealer,” “you” or “your”). From time to time, in connection with an offering and sale (an “Offering”) of securities (the Securities”), managed solely by us or with one or more other managers or co-managers, we or one or more of our affiliates may offer you (and others) the opportunity to purchase as principal a portion of such securities on the terms set forth herein as a Selected Dealer (as defined below).

References herein to laws, statutory and regulatory sections, rules, regulations, forms and interpretive materials are deemed to include successor provisions. The following provisions of this Master SDA shall apply separately to each individual Offering of Securities. You and we further agree as follows:

1.  Applicability of this Master SDA. The terms and conditions of this Master SDA will be applicable to any Offering in which you accept an offer to participate as a Selected Dealer (including through the receipt by you of Securities), whether pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), or exempt from registration thereunder, in respect of which we (acting for our own account or for the account of any underwriting or similar group or syndicate) are responsible for managing or otherwise implementing the sale of Securities to Selected Dealers. A Dealer is a person who meets the requirements of Section 10 hereof. The parties who agree to participate (including by the receipt by such parties of Securities) or are designated a selling concession to Dealers (the Selling Concession”), and reallowance, if any (the Reallowance”), in such Offering as selected Dealers are hereinafter referred to as “Selected Dealers”. In the case of any Offering where we are acting for the account of the several underwriters, initial purchasers or others acting in a similar capacity (the “Underwriters”), the terms and conditions of this Master SDA will be for the benefit of such Underwriters, including, in the case of any Offering where we are acting with others as representatives of Underwriters, such other representatives.

2.  Terms of the Offering. We may advise you orally or by one or more wires, telexes, telecopy or electronic data transmissions, or other written communications (each, a “Wire”) of the particular method and supplementary terms and conditions of any Offering (including the price or prices at which the Securities initially will be offered by the several Underwriters, or if the price is to be determined by a formula based on market price, the terms of the formula, (the “Offering Price”) and any Selling Concession or, if applicable, Reallowance) in which you are invited to participate. Any such Wire may also amend or modify such provisions of this Master SDA in respect of the Offering to which such Wire relates, and may contain such supplementary provisions as may be specified in any Wire relating to an Offering. To the extent such supplementary terms and conditions are inconsistent with any provision herein, such supplementary terms and conditions shall supersede any provision of this Master SDA. Unless otherwise indicated in any such Wire, acceptances and other communications by you with respect to an Offering should be sent pursuant to the terms of Section 19 hereof. Notwithstanding that we may not have sent you a Wire or other form of invitation to participate in such Offering or that you may not otherwise have responded by wire or other written

 

LOGO


2

 

communication (any such communication being deemed In Writing”) to any such Wire or other form of invitation, you will be deemed to have accepted the terms of our offer to participate as a Selected Dealer and of this Master SDA (as amended, modified or supplemented by any Wire) by your purchase of Securities or otherwise receiving and retaining an economic benefit for participating in the Offering as a Selected Dealer. We reserve the right to reject any acceptance in whole or in part.

Any Offering will be subject to delivery of the Securities and their acceptance by us and any other Underwriters may be subject to the approval of all legal matters by counsel and may be subject to the satisfaction of other conditions. Any application for additional Securities will be subject to rejection in whole or in part.

3.  Offering Documents. Upon your request, we will furnish, make available to you or make arrangements for you to obtain copies (which may, to the extent permitted by law, be in electronic form) of each prospectus, prospectus supplement, offering memorandum, offering circular or similar offering document, and any preliminary version thereof, as soon as reasonably practicable after sufficient quantities thereof have been made available by the issuer of the Securities (each, an “Issuer”) and any guarantor (each, a Guarantor”) thereof, and, if different from the Issuer, the seller or sellers (each, a Seller”) of the Securities. You agree that you will comply with the applicable United States federal and state laws, and the applicable rules and regulations of any regulatory body promulgated thereunder, and the applicable laws, rules and regulations of any non-United States jurisdiction, governing the use and distribution of offering materials by brokers and dealers. You represent and warrant that you are familiar with Rule l5c2-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), relating to the distribution of preliminary and final prospectuses and agree that your purchase of Securities shall constitute your confirmation that you have delivered and will deliver all preliminary prospectuses and final prospectuses required for compliance therewith. You agree to make a record of your distribution of each preliminary prospectus and, when furnished with copies of any revised preliminary prospectus or final prospectus, you will, upon our request, promptly forward copies thereof to each person to whom you have theretofore distributed a preliminary prospectus. You agree that, in purchasing Securities, you will rely upon no statement whatsoever, written or oral, other than the statements in the final prospectus, offering memorandum, offering circular or similar offering document delivered to you by us. You are not authorized by the Issuer or other Seller of Securities offered pursuant to a final prospectus, offering memorandum, offering circular or similar offering document or by any Underwriters to give any information or to make any representation not contained therein in connection with the sale of such Securities.

4.  Offering of Securities.

(a)      In respect of any Offering, we will inform you of any Selling Concession and Reallowance, if any. The Offering of Securities is made subject to the conditions referred to in the prospectus, offering memorandum, or offering circular or similar offering document related to the Offering and to the terms and conditions set forth in any Wire. After the initial Offering has commenced, we may change the Offering Price, the Selling Concession and the Reallowance (if any) to Selected Dealers. If a Reallowance is in effect, a reallowance from the Offering Price

 

LOGO


3

 

not in excess of such Reallowance may be allowed (i) in the case of Offerings of Securities that are not exempted securities (as defined in Section 3(a)(12) of the 1934 Act), as consideration for services rendered in distribution to Dealers who are either members in good standing of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) who agree to abide by the applicable rules of FINRA or non-U.S. banks, brokers, dealers or other non-U.S. institutions not eligible for membership in FINRA who represent to you that they will promptly reoffer such Securities at the Offering Price and will abide by the conditions with respect to non-U.S. banks, dealers and other non-U.S. institutions set forth in Section 10 hereof, or (ii) in the case of Offerings of Securities that are exempted securities (as defined in Section 3(a)(12) of the 1934 Act), as consideration for services rendered in distribution not only to Dealers identified in the immediately preceding clause but also to Dealers that are Banks (as defined in Section 10 hereof) and represent to you that they will promptly reoffer such Securities at the Offering Price and will abide by the conditions with respect to Banks set forth in Section 10 hereof.

(b)      No expenses will be charged to Selected Dealers. A single transfer tax upon the sale of the Securities by the respective Underwriters to you will be paid by such Underwriters when such Securities are delivered to you. However, you shall pay any transfer tax on sales of Securities by you and you shall pay your proportionate share of any transfer tax or other tax (other than the single transfer tax described above) in the event that any such tax shall from time to time be assessed against you and other Selected Dealers as a group or otherwise.

5.  Payment and Delivery. You will deliver to us, on the date and at the place and time specified by us orally or In Writing, payment in the manner and type of currency specified by us orally or In Writing, payable to the order of UBS Securities LLC (or as we may subsequently inform you), for an amount equal to the Offering Price plus (if not included in the Offering Price) accrued interest, amortization of original issue discount or dividends, if any, specified in the prospectus or offering circular or other similar offering document furnished in connection with the Offering of the Securities. We may, in our sole discretion, retain the applicable Selling Concession in respect of the Securities to be purchased by you for release at a date specified by us. We will make payment to the Issuer or Seller against delivery to us for your account of the Securities to be purchased by you, and we will deliver to you the Securities paid for by you which will have been retained by or released to you for direct sale. If we determine that transactions in the Securities are to be settled through The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) or another clearinghouse facility and payment in the settlement currency is supported by such facility, payment for and delivery of Securities purchased by you will be made through such facility, if you are a participant, or, if you are not a participant, settlement will be made through your ordinary correspondent who is a participant.

6.  Over-allotment; Stabilization; Unsold Allotments; Penalty Bids. We may, with respect to any Offering, be authorized to over-allot in arranging sales to Selected Dealers, to purchase and sell Securities for long or short account and to stabilize or maintain the market price of the Securities. You agree that upon our request at any time and from time to time prior to the termination of the provisions of Section 4 hereof with respect to any Offering, you will report to us the amount of Securities purchased by you pursuant to such Offering which then remain unsold by you and will, upon our request at any such time, sell to us for our account or the account of one or more Underwriters such amount of such unsold Securities as we may

 

LOGO


4

 

designate at the Offering Price less an amount to be determined by us not in excess of the Selling Concession. Prior to the termination of the Manager’s authority to cover any short position in connection with the Offering or such other date as the Manager may specify by Wire, if the Manager determines pursuant to the “Initial Public Offering Tracking System” of DTC that the Manager has purchased, or any of your customers have sold, a number or amount of Securities retained by, or released to, you for direct sale or any Securities sold pursuant to Section 4 hereof for which you received a portion of the Selling Concession, or any Securities which may have been issued on transfer or in exchange for such Securities, which Securities were therefore not effectively placed for investment, then you authorize the Manager to charge your account with an amount equal to such portion of the Selling Concession received by you with respect to such Securities at a price equal to the total cost of such purchase, including transfer taxes, accrued interest, dividends, and commissions, if any.

7.  Termination.

(a)      The terms and conditions set forth in (i) Section 4, (ii) the second sentence of Section 6, (iii) Section 15 and (iv) Section 16 of this Master SDA (collectively, the “offering provisions”) will terminate with respect to each Offering pursuant to this Master SDA at the close of business on the later of (a) the date on which the Underwriters pay the Issuer or Seller for the Securities, and (b) 45 calendar days after the applicable Offering date, unless in either such case the effectiveness of such offering provisions is extended or sooner terminated as hereinafter provided. We may terminate such offering provisions other than Section 6 at any time by notice to you to the effect that the offering provisions are terminated and we may terminate the provisions of Section 6 at any time at or subsequent to the termination of the other offering provisions by notice to you to the effect that the penalty bid provisions are terminated. All other provisions of the Master SDA shall remain operative and in full force and effect with respect to such Offering.

(b)      This Master SDA may be terminated by either party hereto upon five business days’ written notice to the other party; provided, however, that with respect to any particular Offering, if we receive any such notice from you after we have advised you of the amount of Securities allotted to you, this Master SDA shall remain in full force and effect as to such Offering and shall terminate with respect to such Offering and all previous Offerings only in accordance with and to the extent provided in subsection (a) of this Section 7.

8.  Amendments. This Master SDA may be amended from time to time by consent of the parties hereto. Your consent will be deemed to have been given to an amendment to this Master SDA, and such amendment will be effective, five business days following written notice to you of such amendment if you do not notify us In Writing prior to the close of business on such fifth business day that you do not consent to such amendment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you agree that any amendment, supplement or modification of the terms of this Master SDA by Wire or otherwise In Writing will be effective immediately and your consent will be deemed to have been given to any such amendment, supplement or modification by your purchase of Securities or otherwise receiving and retaining an economic benefit for participating in the Offering as a Selected Dealer; provided that such amendment, supplement or modification of the terms of this Master SDA shall only be effective with respect to the related Offering.

 

LOGO


5

 

9. Relationship Among Underwriters and Selected Dealers. We shall have full authority to take such actions as we deem advisable in all matters pertaining to any Offering under this Master SDA. You are not authorized to act as an agent for us, any Underwriter or the Issuer or other Seller of any Securities in offering Securities to the public or otherwise. Neither we nor any Underwriter will be under any obligation to you except for obligations assumed hereby or in any Wire from us in connection with any Offering, and no obligations on our part as the Manager will be implied hereby or inferred herefrom. Nothing contained in this Master SDA or any Wire shall constitute the Selected Dealers an association or partners with us or any Underwriter or with one another, and the obligations of you and each of the other Selected Dealers or any of the Underwriters are several and not joint. If the Selected Dealers, among themselves, with us or with the Underwriters, should be deemed to constitute a partnership for federal income tax purposes, then you elect to be excluded from the application of Subchapter K, Chapter 1, Subtitle A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and agree not to take any position inconsistent with such election. You authorize the Manager, in its discretion, to execute on your behalf such evidence of such election as may be required by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service. In connection with any Offering, you will be liable for your proportionate share of the amount of any tax, claim, demand or liability that may be asserted against you alone or against one or more Selected Dealers participating in such Offering, or against us or the Underwriters, based upon the claim that the Selected Dealers, or any of them, constitute an association, an unincorporated business or other entity, including, in each case, your proportionate share of the amount of any expense (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred in defending against any such tax, claim, demand or liability.

10. FINRA Compliance. You represent and warrant that you are (a) a broker or dealer (as defined in Section 3(a)(4) or 3(a)(5) of the 1934 Act) that is a member in good standing of FINRA, (b) a non-U.S. bank, broker, dealer or other non-U.S. institution that is not eligible for membership in FINRA and is not required to be registered as a broker or dealer under the 1934 Act (a “non-member non-U.S. dealer”), or (c) only in the case of Offerings of Securities that are exempted securities (as defined in Section 3(a)(12) of the 1934 Act), and such other Securities as from time to time may be sold by a “bank” (as defined in Section 3(a)(6) of the 1934 Act (a “Bank”)), that you are a Bank that is acting in connection with the Offering in accordance with an applicable exception or exemption from the definition of broker and dealer under Sections 3(a)(4) and 3(a)(5) of the 1934 Act.

You further represent, warrant and agree that, in connection with any purchase or sale of the Securities wherein a selling concession, discount or other allowance is received or granted by or to you:

(i)      if you are a member of FINRA, you will comply with all applicable rules of FINRA, including, without limitation, the requirements of FINRA Rules 5110, 5121, 5130, 5131 and 5141 (to the extent any or all such rules are applicable to the particular Offering);

(ii)      if you are a non-member non-U.S. dealer, (x) you will not make any offers or sales of the Securities in, or to nationals or residents of, the United States, its territories, or its possessions, except to the extent permitted by Rule 15a-6 under the 1934 Act (or any successor rule thereto adopted by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”)), (y) in

 

LOGO


6

 

making any offers or sales of the Securities, you will comply with the requirements of the following FINRA rules (including any successor rules thereto adopted by FINRA): (A) to the extent that you are acting, in respect of offers or sales of the Securities, as a “conduit” for, or are receiving in connection with such offers and sales any selling commissions, discounts, allowances or other compensation from, or are otherwise being directed with respect to allocations or disposition of the Securities by, a FINRA member, FINRA Rule 5130 and FINRA Rule 5141 as though you are a member of FINRA, and (B) NASD Conduct Rule 2420(c), as that Rule applies to a non-member broker or dealer in a non-U.S. country, and (z) you are, and will remain at all relevant times, an appropriately registered or licensed broker or dealer (to the extent required) in your home jurisdiction and in any non-U.S. jurisdiction in which you engage in activities in connection with an Offering;

(iii)      if you are a Bank, (x) to the extent you are acting, in respect of offers or sales of the Securities, as a “conduit” for, or are receiving in connection with such offers and sales any selling commissions, discounts, allowances or other compensation from, or are otherwise being directed with respect to allocations or disposition of the Securities by, a FINRA member, you will comply with FINRA Rules 5130 and 5141 as though you are a member of FINRA, and (y) you will not accept any fee or other compensation, or purchase any Securities at a discount from the offering price from any Underwriter or Dealer, which would not be permitted under applicable FINRA rules (including, without limitation, NASD Conduct Rule 2420 or any successor rule thereto adopted by FINRA) or would subject you to registration and regulation as a “broker” or “dealer” under Section 3(a)(4) or 3(a)(5) of the 1934 Act;

(iv)      in respect of each Offering in which you participate (as indicated by your participation therein), you have provided to us all documents and other information required to be filed with respect to you, any related person or any person associated with you or any such related person pursuant to FINRA’s requirements and interpretations with respect to review of corporate financing transactions as such requirements and interpretations relate to such Offering; and

(v)      you are fully familiar with the 1933 Act, 1934 Act and FINRA provisions referenced in this Section 10 and elsewhere in this Master SDA.

11. Blue Sky Matters. Upon application to us, we shall inform you as to any advice we have received from counsel concerning the jurisdictions in which Securities have been qualified for sale or are exempt under the securities or “Blue Sky” laws of such jurisdictions, but we do not assume any obligation or responsibility as to your right to sell Securities in any such jurisdiction, notwithstanding any information we may furnish to you in that connection.

12. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction. This Master SDA (as it may be modified or supplemented by any Wire) will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in the State. You hereby irrevocably: (a) submit to the jurisdiction of any court of the State of New York located in the City of New York or the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of the State of New York for the purpose of any suit, action, or other proceeding arising out of this Master SDA, or any of the agreements or transactions contemplated hereby (each, a “Proceeding”), (b)

 

LOGO


7

 

agree that all claims in respect of any Proceeding may be heard and determined in any such court, (c) waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any immunity from jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process therein, (d) agree not to commence any Proceeding other than in such courts, and (e) waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claim that such Proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum.

13. Successors and Assigns. This Master SDA will be binding on, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and other persons specified in Section 1 hereof, and the respective successors and assigns of each of them; provided, however, that you may not assign your rights or delegate any of your duties under this Master SDA without our prior written consent.

14. Compliance with Law. You agree that in selling Securities pursuant to any Offering (which agreement shall also be for the benefit of the Issuer or other Seller of such Securities) you will comply with all applicable rules and regulations, including the applicable provisions of the 1933 Act and the 1934 Act, the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder, the applicable rules and regulations of FINRA, the applicable rules and regulations of any securities exchange or other regulatory or self-regulatory organization having jurisdiction over the Offering and the applicable laws, rules and regulations specified in Section 16(a) and 16(b) hereof.

15. Discretionary Accounts. In the case of an Offering of Securities registered under the 1933 Act by an Issuer that was not, immediately prior to the filing of the related registration statement, subject to the requirements of Section 13(d) or 15(d) of the 1934 Act, you will not make sales to any account over which you exercise discretionary authority in connection with such sale, except as otherwise permitted by us for such Offering In Writing.

16. Offering Restrictions. You will not make any offers or sales of Securities or any other securities in jurisdictions outside the United States except under circumstances that will result in compliance with (a) applicable laws, including private placement requirements, in each such jurisdiction and (b) the restrictions on offers or sales set forth in this Master SDA, any Wire or the prospectus, preliminary prospectus, offering memorandum, offering circular, or preliminary offering memorandum or preliminary offering circular or other similar offering document, as the case may be. It is understood that, except as specified in this Master SDA, the prospectus, offering memorandum or offering circular or other similar offering document, or applicable Wire, no action has been taken by us, the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Seller or any other party to permit you to offer Securities in any jurisdiction other than the United States, in the case of a Registered Offering, where action would be required for such purpose.

17. Prohibition on Money Laundering. The operations of your business and your subsidiaries are and, to your knowledge, have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving you or any of your subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to your knowledge, threatened.

 

LOGO


8

 

18. Liability of Manager. The Manager will not be liable to you for any act or omission, except for obligations expressly assumed by the Manager In Writing.

19. Notices. Any notice to you will be deemed to have been duly given if mailed, sent by Wire, or delivered in person to you at the address set forth on the signature page hereto (or to such other address, telephone, telecopy or telex as you will be notified by us), or if such address is no longer valid, then at the address set forth in reports filed by you with FINRA. Any such notice will take effect upon receipt thereof. Communications by Wire will be deemed to be “written” communications and made In Writing.

20. Severability. In case any provision in this Master SDA or any Wire is deemed invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

21. Counterparts. This Master SDA may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original, and all of which taken together constitute one and the same instrument. Transmission by telecopy of an executed counterpart of this Master SDA will constitute due and sufficient delivery of such counterpart.

Please confirm by signing and returning to us the enclosed copy of this Master SDA that your subscription to, or your acceptance of any reservation of, any Securities pursuant to an Offering shall constitute (a) acceptance of and agreement to the terms and conditions of this Master SDA (as supplemented and amended pursuant to Section 8 hereof) together with and subject to any supplementary terms and conditions contained in any Wire from us in connection with such Offering, all of which shall constitute a binding agreement between you and us individually or as representative of any Underwriters, (b) confirmation that your representations and warranties set forth herein are true and correct at that time, (c) confirmation that your agreements herein have been and will be fully performed by you to the extent and at the times required thereby and (d) in the case of any Offering described in Section 3 hereof, acknowledgment that you have requested and received from us sufficient copies of the final prospectus, offering memorandum or offering circular, as the case may be, with respect to such Offering in order to comply with your undertakings in Section 16(a) or 16(b) hereof.

(Remainder of page intentionally left blank)

(Signature page follows)

 

LOGO


This Master SDA is dated as of May 23, 2012, and executed by and between UBS Securities LLC and [insert name of selected dealer].

 

Very truly yours,
UBS Securities LLC
By:                                                                            
  Name:
  Title:
By:                                                                              
  Name:
  Title:

Confirmed as of (date):

CONFIRMED:                          , 2012

[INSERT NAME OF SELECTED DEALER]

 

By:                                                                              
  Name:
  Title:

Address:

Telephone:

Facsimile:

Email:

 

LOGO


10

 

Master Selected Dealers Agreement

GUIDE TO DEFINED TERMS

 

Term

   Section Reference  

1933 Act

     1  

1934 Act

     3  

Bank

     10  

Dealer

     Foreward  

DTC

     5  

FINRA

     4(a)  

Guarantor

     3  

In Writing

     2  

Issuer

     3  

Manager

     Foreword  

Master SDA

     Foreword  

Money Laundering Laws

     17  

non-member non-U.S. dealer

     10  

Offering

     Foreword  

Offering Price

     2  

offering provisions

     7(a)  

Proceeding

     12  

Reallowance

     1  

SEC

     10  

Securities

     1  

Selected Dealers

     1  

Seller

     3  

Selling Concession

     1  

Underwriters

     1  

Wire

     2  

Exhibit (h)(12)

UBS SECURITIES LLC

MASTER AGREEMENT AMONG UNDERWRITERS

REGISTERED SEC OFFERINGS

(INCLUDING MULTIPLE SYNDICATE OFFERINGS)

AND

EXEMPT OFFERINGS

(OTHER THAN OFFERINGS OF MUNICIPAL SECURITIES)

June 6, 2014

This Master Agreement Among Underwriters (this “Master AAU”), dated as of June 6, 2014, is by and between UBS Securities LLC (“UBS,” or “we”) and the party named on the signature page hereto (an “Underwriter,” as defined in Section 1.1 hereof, or “you”). From time to time we or one or more of our affiliates may invite you (and others) to participate on the terms set forth herein as an underwriter or an initial purchaser, or in a similar capacity, in connection with certain offerings of securities that are managed solely by us or with one or more other co-managers. If we invite you to participate in a specific offering and sale of securities (an “Offering”) to which this Master AAU will apply, we will send the information set forth in Section 1.1 hereof to you by one or more wires, telexes, telecopy or electronic data transmissions, or other written communications (each, a “Wire,” and collectively, an “AAU”), unless you are otherwise deemed to have accepted an AAU with respect to such Offering pursuant to Section 1.2 hereof. Each Wire will indicate that it is a Wire pursuant to this Master AAU. The Wire inviting you to participate in an Offering is referred to herein as an “Invitation Wire.” You and we hereby agree that by the terms hereof the provisions of this Master AAU automatically will be incorporated by reference in each AAU, except that any such AAU may also exclude or revise such provisions of this Master AAU in respect of the Offering to which such AAU relates, and may contain such additional provisions as may be specified in any Wire relating to such AAU. You and we further agree as follows:

 

  I.

GENERAL

1.1.        Terms of AAU; Certain Definitions; Construction. Each AAU will relate to an Offering, and will identify: (i) the securities to be offered in the Offering (the “Securities”), their principal terms, the issuer or issuers (each, an “Issuer”) and any guarantor (each, a


2

 

Guarantor”) thereof, and, if different from the Issuer, the seller or sellers (each, a “Seller”) of the Securities, (ii) the underwriting agreement, purchase agreement, standby underwriting agreement, distribution agreement, or similar agreement (as identified in such AAU and as amended or supplemented, including a terms agreement or pricing agreement pursuant to any of the foregoing, collectively, the “Underwriting Agreement”) providing for the purchase, on a several and not joint basis, of the Securities by the several underwriters, initial purchasers, or others acting in a similar capacity (the “Underwriters”) on whose behalf the Manager (as defined below) executes the Underwriting Agreement, and whether such agreement provides for: (x) an option to purchase Additional Securities (as defined below) to cover over-allotments, or (y) an offering in multiple jurisdictions or markets involving two or more syndicates (an “International Offering”), each of which will offer and sell Securities subject to such restrictions as may be specified in any Intersyndicate Agreement (as defined below) referred to in such AAU, (iii) the price at which the Securities are to be purchased by the several Underwriters from any Issuer or Seller thereof (the “Purchase Price”), (iv) the offering terms, including, if applicable, the price or prices at which the Securities initially will be offered by the Underwriters (the “Offering Price”), any selling concession to dealers (the “Selling Concession”), reallowance (the “Reallowance”), management fee, global coordinators’ fee, praecipium, or other similar fees, discounts, or commissions (collectively, the “Fees and Commissions”) with respect to the Securities, and (v) other principal terms of the Offering, which may include, without limitation: (A) the proposed or actual pricing date (“Pricing Date”) and settlement date (the “Settlement Date”), (B) any contractual restrictions on the offer and sale of the Securities pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, Intersyndicate Agreement, or otherwise, (C) any co-managers for such Offering (the “Co-Managers”), (D) your proposed participation in the Offering, and (E) any trustee, fiscal agent, or similar agent (the “Trustee”) for the indenture, trust agreement, fiscal agency agreement, or similar agreement (the “Indenture”) under which such Securities will be issued.

Manager” means UBS Securities LLC, except as set forth in Section 9.9 hereof. “Representative” means the Manager and any Co-Manager that signs the applicable Underwriting Agreement on behalf of the Underwriters or is identified as a Representative in the applicable Underwriting Agreement. “Underwriters” includes the Representative(s), the Manager, and the Co-Managers. “Firm Securities” means the number or amount of Securities that the several Underwriters are initially committed to purchase under the Underwriting Agreement (which may be expressed as a percentage of an aggregate number or amount of Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters, as in the case of a standby Underwriting Agreement). “Additional Securities” means the Securities, if any, that the several Underwriters have an option to purchase under the Underwriting Agreement to cover over-allotments. The number, amount, or percentage of Firm Securities set forth opposite each Underwriter’s name in the Underwriting Agreement plus any additional Firm Securities which such Underwriter has made a commitment to purchase, irrespective of whether such Underwriter actually purchases or sells such number, amount, or percentage of Securities under the Underwriting Agreement or Article XI hereof, is hereinafter referred to as the “Original Underwriting Obligation” of such Underwriter, and the ratio which such Original Underwriting Obligation bears to the total of all Firm Securities set forth in the Underwriting Agreement (or, in the case of a standby Underwriting Agreement, to 100%) is hereinafter referred to as the “Underwriting Percentage” of such Underwriter. For the avoidance of doubt, each Underwriter acknowledges and agrees that, for all purposes under this Agreement and otherwise (including, to the extent applicable, for


3

 

purposes of Section 11(e) under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 (the “1933 Act”)), each Underwriter’s Underwriting Percentage of the total number, amount, or percentage of Securities offered and sold in the Offering (including any Additional Securities), and only such number, amount, or percentage, constitutes the securities underwritten by such Underwriter and distributed to investors.1

References herein to laws, statutory and regulatory sections, rules, regulations, forms, and interpretive materials will be deemed to include any successor provisions.

1.2.      Acceptance of AAU. You will have accepted an AAU for an Offering if: (a) we receive your acceptance, prior to the time specified in the Invitation Wire for such Offering, by wire, telex, telecopy or electronic data transmission, or other written communication (any such communication being deemed “In Writing”) or orally (if promptly confirmed In Writing), in the manner specified in the Invitation Wire, of our invitation to participate in the Offering, or (b) notwithstanding that we did not send you an Invitation Wire or you have not otherwise responded In Writing to any such Wire, you: (i) agree (orally or by a Wire) to be named as an Underwriter in the relevant Underwriting Agreement executed by us as Manager, or (ii) receive and retain an economic benefit for participating in the Offering as an Underwriter. Your acceptance of the invitation to participate will cause such AAU to constitute a valid and binding contract between us. Your acceptance of the AAU as provided above or an Invitation Wire will also constitute acceptance by you of the terms of subsequent Wires to you relating to the Offering unless we receive In Writing, within the time and in the manner specified in such subsequent Wire, a notice from you to the effect that you do not accept the terms of such subsequent Wire, in which case you will be deemed to have elected not to participate in the Offering.

1.3.      Underwriters’ Questionnaire. Your acceptance of the Invitation Wire for an Offering or your participation in an Offering as an Underwriter will confirm that you have no exceptions to the Underwriters’ Questionnaire attached as Exhibit A hereto (or to any other questions addressed to you in any Wires relating to the Offering previously sent to you), other than exceptions noted by you In Writing in connection with the Offering and received from you by us before the time specified in the Invitation Wire or any subsequent Wire.

II. OFFERING MATERIALS; OFFERING AGREEMENTS

2.1.      Registered Offerings. In the case of an Offering that will be registered in whole or in part (a “Registered Offering”) under the 1933 Act, you acknowledge that the Issuer has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement, including a prospectus relating to the Securities. “Registration Statement” means such registration statement as amended to the effective date of the Underwriting Agreement and, in the event that the Issuer files an abbreviated registration statement to register additional Securities pursuant to Rule 462(b) or 462(e) under the 1933 Act, such abbreviated registration

 

 

1 Meant to clarify mechanics of underwriting for purposes of Section 11(e), and rebut footnote 8 of the WorldCom decision (See In re: Worldcom, Inc. Securities Litigation, U.S. Dist. Ct. (SDNY), slip-op 02 Civ 3288, March 14, 2005 (unpublished)).


4

 

statement. “Prospectus” means the prospectus, together with the final prospectus supplement, if any, containing the final terms of the Securities and, in the case of a Registered Offering that is an International Offering, “Prospectus” means, collectively, each prospectus or offering circular, together with each final prospectus supplement or final offering circular supplement, if any, relating to the Offering, in the respective forms containing the final terms of the Securities. “Preliminary Prospectus” means any preliminary prospectus relating to the Offering or any preliminary prospectus supplement together with a prospectus relating to the Offering and, in the case of a Registered Offering that is an International Offering, “Preliminary Prospectus” means, collectively, each preliminary prospectus or preliminary offering circular relating to the Offering or each preliminary prospectus supplement or preliminary offering circular supplement, together with a prospectus or offering circular, respectively, relating to the Offering. “Free Writing Prospectus” means, in the case of a Registered Offering, a “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act. As used herein the terms “Registration Statement,” “Prospectus,” “Preliminary Prospectus,” and “Free Writing Prospectus” will include in each case the material, if any, incorporated by reference therein, and as used herein, the term “Registration Statement” includes information deemed to be part thereof pursuant to, and as of the date and time specified in, Rules 430A, 430B, or 430C under the 1933 Act, while the terms “Prospectus” and “Preliminary Prospectus” include information deemed to be a part thereof pursuant to the rules and regulations under the 1933 Act, but only as of the actual time that information is first used or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the 1933 Act. The Manager will furnish, make available to you, or make arrangements for you to obtain copies (which may, to the extent permitted by law, be in electronic form) of each Prospectus and Preliminary Prospectus (as amended or supplemented, if applicable, but excluding, for this purpose, unless otherwise required pursuant to rules or regulations under the 1933 Act, documents incorporated therein by reference) as soon as practicable after sufficient quantities thereof have been made available by the Issuer.

As used herein, in the case of an Offering that is an offering of asset-backed securities, the term “ABS Underwriter Derived Information” means any analytical or computational materials as described in clause (5) of footnote 271 of Commission Release No. 33-8591, issued July 19, 2005 (Securities Offering Reform) (the “Securities Offering Reform Release”).

2.2.      Non-Registered Offerings. In the case of an Offering other than a Registered Offering, you acknowledge that no registration statement has been filed with the Commission. “Offering Circular” means the final offering circular or memorandum, if any, or any other final written materials authorized by the Issuer to be used in connection with an Offering that is not a Registered Offering. “Preliminary Offering Circular” means any preliminary offering circular or memorandum, if any, or any other written preliminary materials authorized by the Issuer to be used in connection with such an Offering. As used herein, the terms “Offering Circular” and “Preliminary Offering Circular” include the material, if any, incorporated by reference therein. We will either, as soon as practicable after the later of the date of the Invitation Wire or the date made available to us by the Issuer, furnish to you (or make available for your review) a copy of any Preliminary Offering Circular or any proof or draft of the Offering Circular. In any event, in any Offering involving an Offering Circular, the Manager will furnish, make available to you, or make arrangements for you to obtain, as soon as practicable after sufficient quantities thereof are made available by the Issuer, copies (which may, to the extent permitted by law, be in electronic form) of the Preliminary Offering Circular and Offering Circular, as amended or supplemented, if applicable (but excluding, for this purpose, documents incorporated therein by reference).


5

 

2.3.      Authority to Execute Underwriting and Intersyndicate Agreements. You authorize the Manager, on your behalf: (a) to determine the form of the Underwriting Agreement and to execute and deliver to the Issuer, Guarantor, or Seller the Underwriting Agreement to purchase: (i) up to the number, amount, or percentage of Firm Securities set forth in the applicable AAU, and (ii) if the Manager elects on behalf of the several Underwriters to exercise any option to purchase Additional Securities, up to the number, amount, or percentage of Additional Securities set forth in the applicable AAU, subject, in each case, to reduction pursuant to Article IV; and (b) to determine the form of any agreement or agreements, including, but not limited to, underwriting agreements, between or among the syndicates participating in the Offering or International Offering, respectively (each, an “Intersyndicate Agreement”), and to execute and deliver any such Intersyndicate Agreement.

III. MANAGER’S AUTHORITY

3.1.      Terms of Offering. You authorize the Manager to act as manager of the Offering of the Securities by the Underwriters (the “Underwriters’ Securities”) or by the Issuer or Seller pursuant to delayed delivery contracts (the “Contract Securities”), if any, contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement. You authorize the Manager: (i) to purchase any or all of the Additional Securities for the accounts of the several Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, (ii) to agree, on your behalf and on behalf of the Co-Managers, to any addition to, change in, or waiver of any provision of, or the termination of, the Underwriting Agreement or any Intersyndicate Agreement (other than an increase in the Purchase Price or in your Original Underwriting Obligation to purchase Securities, in either case from that contemplated by the applicable AAU), (iii) to add prospective or remove existing Underwriters from the syndicate, (iv) to exercise, in the Manager’s discretion, all of the authority vested in the Manager in the Underwriting Agreement, (v) except as described below in this Section 3.1, to take any other action as may seem advisable to the Manager in respect of the Offering (including, in the case of an Offering of asset-backed securities, the preparation and delivery of ABS Underwriter Derived Information), including actions and communications with the Commission, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), state blue sky or securities commissions, stock exchanges, and other regulatory bodies or organizations. Furthermore, the Manager will have exclusive authority, on your behalf and on behalf of the Co-Managers, to exercise powers and pursue enforcement of the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement and any Intersyndicate Agreement, whether or not actually exercised, except as otherwise specified herein or therein. If, in accordance with the terms of the applicable AAU, the Offering of the Securities is at varying prices based on prevailing market prices, or prices related to prevailing market prices, or at negotiated prices, you authorize the Manager to determine, on your behalf in the Manager’s discretion, any Offering Price and the Fees and Commissions applicable to the Offering from time to time. You authorize the Manager on your behalf to arrange for any currency transactions (including forward and hedging currency transactions) as the Manager may deem necessary to facilitate settlement of the purchase of the Securities, but you do not authorize the Manager on your behalf to engage in any other forward or hedging transactions (including interest rate hedging transactions) in connection with the Offering unless such transactions are specified in an applicable AAU or are otherwise consented to by you. You further authorize the


6

 

Manager, subject to the provisions of Section 1.2 hereof: (i) to vary the offering terms of the Securities in effect at any time, including, if applicable, the Offering Price, Fees, and Commissions set forth in the applicable AAU, (ii) to determine, on your behalf, the Purchase Price, and (iii) to increase or decrease the number, amount, or percentage of Securities being offered. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.1, the Manager will notify the Underwriters, prior to the signing of the Underwriting Agreement, of any provision in the Underwriting Agreement that could result in an increase in the number, amount, or percentage of Firm Securities set forth opposite each Underwriter’s name in the Underwriting Agreement by more than 25% (or such other percentage as will have been specified in the applicable Invitation Wire or otherwise consented to by you) as a result of the failure or refusal of another Underwriter or Underwriters to perform its or their obligations thereunder. The Manager may, at its discretion, delegate to any Underwriter any and all authority vested in the applicable AAU, including, but not limited to, the powers set forth in Sections 5.1 and 5.2 hereof.

3.2.      Offering Date. The Offering is to be made on or about the time the Underwriting Agreement is entered into by the Issuer, Guarantor, or Seller and the Manager as in the Manager’s judgment is advisable, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus or the Offering Circular, as the case may be, and the applicable AAU. You will not sell any Securities prior to the time the Manager releases such Securities for sale to purchasers. The date on which such Securities are released for sale is referred to herein as the “Offering Date.”

3.3.      Communications. Any public announcement or advertisement of the Offering will be made by the Manager on behalf of the Underwriters on such date as the Manager may determine. You will not announce or advertise the Offering prior to the date of the Manager’s announcement or advertisement thereof without the Manager’s consent. You will abide by any restrictions in the Underwriting Agreement relating to any general solicitation, announcement, advertising or publicity in addition to the restrictions in this Section 3.3. Further, if the Offering is made in whole or in part in reliance on any applicable exemption from registration under the 1933 Act, you will not engage in any general solicitation, announcement, or advertising in connection with the Offering that would be inconsistent with such exemption. Any announcement or advertisement you may make of the Offering after such date will be your own responsibility, and at your own expense and risk. In addition to your compliance with restrictions on the Offering pursuant to Sections 10.10, 10.11 and 10.12 hereof, you represent that you have not, and you agree that you will not, in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities in the Offering, give, send, or otherwise convey to any prospective purchaser or any purchaser of the Securities or other person not in your employ any written communication (as defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act) other than:

(i)      any Preliminary Prospectus, Prospectus, Preliminary Offering Circular, or Offering Circular,

(ii)      (A) written confirmations and notices of allocation delivered to your customers in accordance with Rules 172 or 173 under the 1933 Act, and written communications based on the exemption provided by Rule 134 under the 1933 Act, and (B) in the case of Offerings not registered under the 1933 Act, such written communications (1) as would be permitted by Section 3.3(v)(D)(1) below were such Offering registered under the 1933 Act, or (2) that the Manager or Underwriting


7

 

Agreement may permit; provided, however, that such written communication under this clause (B) would not have otherwise constituted “Issuer Information” as defined below, or would have qualified for the exemption provided by Rule 134 under the 1933 Act, in each case, if such communication had been furnished in the context of a Registered Offering (“Supplemental Materials”),

(iii)      any “issuer free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 433(h) under the 1933 Act, an “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus”), the issuance or use of which has been permitted or consented to by the Issuer and the Manager,

(iv)      information contained in any computational materials, or in the case of an Offering of asset backed securities, the ABS Underwriter Derived Information, or any other offering materials not constituting a Free Writing Prospectus concerning the Offering, the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller, in each case, prepared by or with the permission of the Manager for use by the Underwriters in connection with the Offering, and, in the case of a Registered Offering, filed (if required) with the Commission or FINRA, as applicable,

(v)      a Free Writing Prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, or used or referred to by, an Underwriter in connection with the Offering, so long as: (A) such Free Writing Prospectus is not required to be filed with the Commission, (B) the proposed use of such Free Writing Prospectus is permitted by the Underwriting Agreement, (C) such Free Writing Prospectus complies with the legending condition of Rule 433 under the 1933 Act, and you comply with the record-keeping condition of Rule 433, and (D) (1) such Free Writing Prospectus contains only information describing the preliminary terms of the Securities and other pricing data2 that is not “Issuer Information” (as defined in Rule 433(h) under the 1933 Act, including footnote 271 of the Securities Offering Reform Release), or (2) the Issuer has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to file a final term sheet under Rule 433 within the time period necessary to avoid a requirement for any Underwriter to file the Free Writing Prospectus to be used by such Underwriter, and the Free Writing Prospectus used by such Underwriter contains only information describing the terms of the Securities or their offering that is included in such final term sheet of the Issuer and other pricing data that is not Issuer Information (a Free Writing Prospectus meeting the requirements of (A) through (D) above is referred to herein as an “Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus”). Without limiting the foregoing, any Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus that you use or refer to will not be distributed by you or on your behalf in a manner reasonably designed to lead to its broad unrestricted dissemination. You will comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the 1933 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder in connection with your use of any Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus,

(vi)     any written communication prepared by or on behalf of, or used or referred to by, the Issuer, the conveyance of which by you in reliance on Section 5(d) of

 

 

2 Meant to permit disclosure of non-Issuer related information, such as benchmark Treasury rate, in preliminary term sheets or price talk.


8

 

the 1933 Act has been permitted or consented to by the Issuer and the Manager (a “Written Testing-the-Waters Communication”), so long as (A) you convey any such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication solely to entities that are3 qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the 1933 Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the 1933 Act, and (B) you otherwise comply with the requirements of Section 5(d) of the 1933 Act, and

(vii)      any written communication not otherwise permitted under clauses (i) through (vi) above, the conveyance of which by you has been permitted or consented to by the Manager (a “Manager-Approved Communication”).

3.4.      Institutional and Retail Sales. You authorize the Manager to sell to institutions and retail purchasers such Securities purchased by you pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement as the Manager will determine. The Selling Concession on any such sales will be credited to the accounts of the Underwriters as the Manager will determine.

3.5.      Sales to Dealers. You authorize the Manager to sell to Dealers (as defined below) such Securities purchased by you pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement as the Manager will determine. A “Dealer” will be a person who is: (a) a broker or dealer (as defined by FINRA) actually engaged in the investment banking or securities business, and (i) a member in good standing of FINRA, or (ii) a non-U.S. bank, broker, dealer, or other institution not eligible for membership in FINRA that, in the case of either clause (a)(i) or (a)(ii), makes the representations and agreements applicable to such institutions contained in Section 10.5 hereof, or (b) in the case of Offerings of Securities that are exempt securities under Section 3(a)(12) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “1934 Act”), and such other Securities as from time to time may be sold by a “bank” (as defined in Section 3(a)(6) of the 1934 Act (a “Bank”)), a Bank that is not a member of FINRA and that makes the representations and agreements applicable to such institutions contained in Section 10.5 hereof. If the price for any such sales by the Manager to Dealers exceeds an amount equal to the Offering Price less the Selling Concession set forth in the applicable AAU, the amount of such excess, if any, will be credited to the accounts of the Underwriters as the Manager will determine.

3.6.      Direct Sales. The Manager will advise you promptly, on the Offering Date, as to the Securities purchased by you pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement that you will retain for direct sale. At any time prior to the termination of the applicable AAU, any such Securities that are held by the Manager for sale but not sold may, on your request and at the Manager’s discretion, be released to you for direct sale, and Securities so released to you will no longer be deemed held for sale by the Manager. You may allow, and Dealers may reallow, a discount on sales to Dealers in an amount not in excess of the Reallowance set forth in the applicable AAU. You may not purchase Securities from, or sell Securities to, any other Underwriter or Dealer at any discount or concession other than the Reallowance, except with the prior consent of the Manager.

 

 

3 If, and after, the SEC clarifies that “reasonable belief” is the applicable standard in this context, this language should be revised to reflect that standard.


9

 

3.7.      Release of Unsold Securities. From time to time prior to the termination of the applicable AAU, at the request of the Manager, you will advise the Manager of the number or amount of Securities remaining unsold which were retained by or released to you for direct sale, and of the number or amount of Securities and Other Securities (as defined below) purchased for your account remaining unsold which were delivered to you pursuant to Article V hereof or pursuant to any Intersyndicate Agreement, and, on the request of the Manager, you will release to the Manager any such Securities and Other Securities remaining unsold: (a) for sale by the Manager to institutions, Dealers, or retail purchasers, (b) for sale by the Issuer or Seller pursuant to delayed delivery contracts, or (c) if, in the Manager’s opinion, such Securities or Other Securities are needed to make delivery against sales made pursuant to Article V hereof or any Intersyndicate Agreement.

3.8.      International Offerings. In the case of an International Offering, you authorize the Manager: (i) to make representations on your behalf as set forth in any Intersyndicate Agreement, and (ii) to purchase or sell for your account pursuant to the Intersyndicate Agreement: (a) Securities, (b) any other securities of the same class and series, or any securities into which the Securities may be converted or for which the Securities may be exchanged or exercised, and (c) any other securities designated in the applicable AAU or applicable Intersyndicate Agreement (the securities referred to in clauses (b) and (c) above being referred to collectively as the “Other Securities”).

 

  IV.

DELAYED DELIVERY CONTRACTS

4.1.      Arrangements for Sales. Arrangements for sales of Contract Securities will be made only through the Manager acting either directly or through Dealers (including Underwriters acting as Dealers), and you authorize the Manager to act on your behalf in making such arrangements. The aggregate number or amount of Securities to be purchased by the several Underwriters will be reduced by the respective number or amounts of Contract Securities attributed to such Underwriters as hereinafter provided. Subject to the provisions of Section 4.2 hereof, the aggregate number or amount of Contract Securities will be attributed to the Underwriters as nearly as practicable in proportion to their respective Underwriting Percentages, except that, as determined by the Manager in its discretion: (a) Contract Securities directed and allocated by a purchaser to specific Underwriters will be attributed to such Underwriters, and (b) Contract Securities for which arrangements have been made for sale through Dealers will be attributed to each Underwriter approximately in the proportion that Securities of such Underwriter held by the Manager for sales to Dealers bear to all Securities so held. The fee with respect to Contract Securities payable to the Manager for the accounts of the Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement will be credited to the accounts of the respective Underwriters in proportion to the Contract Securities attributed to such Underwriters pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4.1, less, in the case of each Underwriter, the concession to Dealers on Contract Securities sold through Dealers and attributed to such Underwriter.

4.2.      Excess Sales. If the number or amount of Contract Securities attributable to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof would exceed such Underwriter’s Original Underwriting Obligation reduced by the number or amount of Underwriters’ Securities sold by or on behalf of such Underwriter, such excess will not be attributed to such Underwriter, and such Underwriter will be regarded as having acted only as a Dealer with respect to, and will receive only the concession to Dealers on, such excess.


10

 

  V.

PURCHASE AND SALE OF SECURITIES

5.1.      Facilitation of Distribution. In order to facilitate the distribution and sale of the Securities, you authorize the Manager to buy and sell Securities and any Other Securities, in addition to Securities sold pursuant to Article III hereof, in the open market or otherwise (including, without limitation, pursuant to any Intersyndicate Agreement), for long or short account, on such terms as it may deem advisable, and to over-allot in arranging sales. Such purchases and sales and over-allotments will be made for the accounts of the several Underwriters as nearly as practicable to their respective Underwriting Percentages or, in the case of an International Offering, such purchases and sales will be for such accounts as set forth in the applicable Intersyndicate Agreement. Any Securities or Other Securities which may have been purchased by the Manager for stabilizing purposes in connection with the Offering prior to the acceptance of the applicable AAU will be treated as having been purchased pursuant to this Section 5.1 for the accounts of the several Underwriters or, in the case of an International Offering, for such accounts as are set forth in the applicable Intersyndicate Agreement. Your net commitment pursuant to the foregoing authorization will not exceed at the close of business on any day an amount equal to 20% of your Underwriting Percentage of the aggregate initial Offering Price of the Firm Securities, it being understood that, in calculating such net commitment, the initial Offering Price will be used with respect to the Securities so purchased or sold and, in the case of all Other Securities, will be the purchase price thereof. For purposes of determining your net commitment for short account (i.e., “naked short”), any short position that can be covered with: (a) Securities that may be purchased upon exercise of any over-allotment option then exercisable, (b) in the case of an International Offering, any Securities or Other Securities that the Manager has agreed to purchase for your account pursuant to any applicable Intersyndicate Agreement, and (c) Securities that may be purchased pursuant to a forward sale contract or similar arrangement with the Issuer or any selling security holder in the Offering, will be disregarded. On demand you will take up and pay for any Securities or Other Securities so purchased for your account and any Securities released to you pursuant to Section 3.7 hereof, and will deliver to the Manager against payment any Securities or Other Securities so sold or over-allotted for your account or released to you. The Manager will notify you if it engages in any stabilization transaction in accordance with Rule 17a-2 under the 1934 Act, and will notify you of the date of termination of stabilization. You will not stabilize or engage in any syndicate covering transaction (as defined in Rule 100 of Regulation M under the 1934 Act (“Regulation M”)) in connection with the Offering without the prior consent of the Manager. You will provide to the Manager any reports required of you pursuant to Rule 17a-2 under the 1934 Act not later than the date specified therein.

5.2.      Penalty with Respect to Securities Repurchased by the Manager. If pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.1 hereof and prior to the termination of the Manager’s authority to cover any short position incurred under the applicable AAU or such other date as the Manager may specify in a Wire, either: (a) the Manager purchases or contracts to purchase for the account of any Underwriter in the open market or otherwise any Securities which were retained by, or released to, you for direct sale or any Securities sold pursuant to Section 3.4 hereof for which you received a portion of the Selling Concession set forth in the applicable AAU, or any


11

 

Securities which may have been issued on transfer or in exchange for such Securities, and which Securities were therefore not effectively placed for investment, or (b) if the Manager has advised you by Wire that trading in the Securities will be reported to the Manager pursuant to the “Initial Public Offering Tracking System” of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) and the Manager determines, based on notices from DTC, that your customers sold a number or amount of Securities during any day that exceeds the number or amount previously notified to you by Wire, then you authorize the Manager either to charge your account with an amount equal to such portion of the Selling Concession set forth in the applicable AAU received by you with respect to such Securities or, in the case of clause (b), such Securities as exceed the number or amount specified in such Wire, or to require you to repurchase such Securities or, in the case of clause (b), such Securities as exceed the number or amount specified in such Wire, at a price equal to the total cost of such purchase, including transfer taxes, accrued interest, dividends, and commissions, if any.

5.3.      Compliance with Regulation M. You represent that, at all times since you were invited to participate in the Offering, you have complied with the provisions of Regulation M applicable to the Offering, in each case as interpreted by the Commission and after giving effect to any applicable exemptions. If you have been notified in a Wire that the Underwriters may conduct passive market making in compliance with Rule 103 of Regulation M in connection with the Offering, you represent that, at all times since your receipt of such Wire, you have complied with the provisions of such Rule applicable to such Offering, as interpreted by the Commission and after giving effect to any applicable exemptions. You will comply with any additional provisions of Regulation M if and to the extent set forth in the Invitation Wire or other Wire.

5.4.      Standby Underwritings. You authorize the Manager in its discretion, at any time on, or from time to time prior to, the expiration of the conversion right of convertible securities identified in the applicable AAU in the case of securities called for redemption, or the expiration of rights to acquire securities in the case of rights offerings, for which, in either case, standby underwriting arrangements have been made: (i) to purchase convertible securities or rights to acquire Securities for your account, in the open market or otherwise, on such terms as the Manager determines, and to convert convertible securities or exercise rights so purchased; and (ii) to offer and sell the underlying common stock or depositary shares for your account, in the open market or otherwise, for long or short account (for purposes of such commitment, such common stock or depositary shares being considered the equivalent of convertible securities or rights), on such terms consistent with the terms of the Offering set forth in the Prospectus or Offering Circular as the Manager determines. On demand, you will take up and pay for any securities so purchased for your account or you will deliver to the Manager against payment any securities so sold, as the case may be. During such period, you may offer and sell the underlying common stock or depositary shares, but only at prices set by the Manager from time to time, and any such sales will be subject to the Manager’s right to sell to you the underlying common stock or depositary shares as above provided and to the Manager’s right to reserve your securities purchased, received, or to be received upon conversion. You agree not to otherwise bid for, purchase, or attempt to induce others to purchase or sell, directly or indirectly, any convertible securities or rights or underlying common stock or depositary shares, provided, however, that no Underwriter will be prohibited from: (a) selling underlying common stock owned beneficially by such Underwriter on the day the convertible securities were first called for redemption, (b) converting convertible securities owned beneficially by such Underwriter on such date or selling


12

 

12 underlying common stock issued upon conversion of convertible securities so owned, (c) exercising rights owned beneficially by such Underwriter on the record date for a rights offering, or selling the underlying common stock or depositary shares issued upon exercise of rights so owned, or (d) purchasing or selling convertible securities or rights or underlying common stock or depositary shares as a broker pursuant to unsolicited orders.

VI. PAYMENT AND SETTLEMENT

You will deliver to the Manager on the date and at the place and time specified in the applicable AAU (or on such later date and at such place and time as may be specified by the Manager in a subsequent Wire) the funds specified in the applicable AAU, payable to the order of UBS Securities LLC, for: (a) an amount equal to the Offering Price plus (if not included in the Offering Price) accrued interest, amortization of original issue discount or dividends, if any, specified in the Prospectus or Offering Circular, less the applicable Selling Concession in respect of the Firm Securities to be purchased by you, (b) an amount equal to the Offering Price plus (if not included in the Offering Price) accrued interest, amortization of original issue discount or dividends, if any, specified in the Prospectus or Offering Circular, less the applicable Selling Concession in respect of such of the Firm Securities to be purchased by you as will have been retained by or released to you for direct sale as contemplated by Section 3.6 hereof, or (c) the amount set forth or indicated in the applicable AAU, as the Manager will advise. You will make similar payment as the Manager may direct for Additional Securities, if any, to be purchased by you on the date specified by the Manager for such payment. The Manager will make payment to the Issuer or Seller against delivery to the Manager for your account of the Securities to be purchased by you, and the Manager will deliver to you the Securities paid for by you which will have been retained by or released to you for direct sale. If the Manager determines that transactions in the Securities are to be settled through DTC or another clearinghouse facility and payment in the settlement currency is supported by such facility, payment for and delivery of Securities purchased by you will be made through such facilities, if you are a participant, or, if you are not a participant, settlement will be made through your ordinary correspondent who is a participant.

VII. EXPENSES

7.1.      Management Fee. You authorize the Manager to charge your account as compensation for the Manager’s and Co-Managers’ services in connection with the Offering, including the purchase from the Issuer or Seller of the Securities, as the case may be, and the management of the Offering, the amount, if any, set forth as the management fee, global coordinators’ fee, praecipium, or other similar fee in the applicable AAU. Such amount will be divided among the Manager and any Co-Managers named in the applicable AAU as they may determine. Each Underwriter acknowledges that such fees are being paid by the Underwriters, and are not a benefit received directly or indirectly from the Issuer of the type referred to in Section 11(e) of the 1933 Act.

7.2.      Offering Expenses. You authorize the Manager to charge your account with your Underwriting Percentage of all expenses agreed to be paid by the Underwriters in the Underwriting Agreement and all expenses of a general nature incurred by the Manager and Co- Managers under the applicable AAU in connection with the Offering, including the negotiation


13

 

and preparation thereof, or in connection with the purchase, carrying, marketing, sale and distribution of any securities under the applicable AAU and any Intersyndicate Agreement, including, without limitation, legal fees and expenses, transfer taxes, costs associated with approval of the Offering by FINRA, and the costs of currency transactions (including forward and hedging currency transactions) or, if permitted pursuant to Section 3.1 hereof, any other forward or hedging transactions (including interest rate swaps) entered into to facilitate settlement of the purchase of Securities permitted hereunder.

VIII. MANAGEMENT OF SECURITIES AND FUNDS

8.1.      Advances; Loans; Pledges. You authorize the Manager to advance the Manager’s own funds for your account, charging current interest rates, and to arrange loans for your account for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of the applicable AAU and any Intersyndicate Agreement, and in connection therewith, to hold or pledge as security therefor all or any securities which the Manager may be holding for your account under the applicable AAU and any Intersyndicate Agreement, to execute and deliver any notes or other instruments evidencing such advances or loans, and to give all instructions to the lenders with respect to any such loans and the proceeds thereof. The obligations of the Underwriters under loans arranged on their behalf will be several in proportion to their respective Original Underwriting Obligations, and not joint. Any lender is authorized to accept the Manager’s instructions as to the disposition of the proceeds of any such loans. In the event of any such advance or loan, repayment thereof will, in the discretion of the Manager, be effected prior to making any remittance or delivery pursuant to Section 8.2, 8.3, or 9.2 hereof.

8.2.      Return of Amount Paid for Securities. Out of payment received by the Manager for Securities sold for your account which have been paid for by you, the Manager will remit to you promptly an amount equal to the price paid by you for such Securities.

8.3.      Delivery and Redelivery of Securities for Carrying Purposes. The Manager may deliver to you from time to time prior to the termination of the applicable AAU pursuant to Section 9.1 hereof against payment, for carrying purposes only, any Securities or Other Securities purchased by you under the applicable AAU or any Intersyndicate Agreement which the Manager is holding for sale for your account but which are not sold and paid for. You will redeliver to the Manager against payment any Securities or Other Securities delivered to you for carrying purposes at such times as the Manager may demand.

IX. TERMINATION; INDEMNIFICATION; CONTRIBUTION; SETTLEMENT

9.1.      Termination. Each AAU will terminate at the close of business on the later of: (a) the date on which the Underwriters pay the Issuer or Seller for the Securities, and (b) 45 calendar days after the applicable Offering Date, unless sooner terminated by the Manager. The Manager may at its discretion by notice to you prior to the termination of such AAU alter any of the terms or conditions of the Offering to the extent permitted by Articles III and IV hereof, or terminate or suspend the effectiveness of Article V hereof, or any part thereof. No termination or suspension pursuant to this paragraph will affect the Manager’s authority under Section 3.1 hereof to take actions in respect of the Offering or under Article V hereof to cover any short position incurred under such AAU or in connection with covering any such short position to


14

 

require you to repurchase Securities as specified in Section 5.2 hereof. For the avoidance of doubt, unless otherwise agreed in a Wire or an Intersyndicate Agreement, the Manager’s authority to purchase Securities or Other Securities, for long account, pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof, will terminate or be suspended upon the termination or suspension, as the case may be, of the applicable AAU (or any provision and or term thereof in respect of trading, price or offering restrictions as set forth in a Wire that is sent by the Manager following the time the Securities are released for sale to purchasers) or Article V or Section 5.1 hereof pursuant to this paragraph.

9.2.      Delivery or Sale of Securities; Settlement of Accounts. Upon termination of each AAU, or prior thereto at the Manager’s discretion, the Manager will deliver to you any Securities paid for by you pursuant to Article VI hereof and held by the Manager for sale pursuant to Section 3.4 or 3.5 hereof but not sold and paid for and any Securities or Other Securities that are held by the Manager for your account pursuant to the provisions of Article V hereof or any Intersyndicate Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the termination of such AAU, if the aggregate initial Offering Price of any such Securities and the aggregate purchase price of any Other Securities so held and not sold and paid for does not exceed an amount equal to 20% of the aggregate initial Offering Price of the Securities, the Manager may, in its discretion, sell such Securities and Other Securities for the accounts of the several Underwriters, at such prices, on such terms, at such times, and in such manner as it may determine. Within the period specified by applicable FINRA Rules or, if no period is so specified, as soon as practicable after termination of such AAU, your account will be settled and paid. The Manager may reserve from distribution such amount as the Manager deems advisable to cover possible additional expenses. The determination by the Manager of the amount so to be paid to or by you will be final and conclusive. Any of your funds under the Manager’s control may be held with the Manager’s general funds without accountability for interest.

Notwithstanding any provision of this Master AAU other than Section 10.12 hereof, upon termination of each AAU, or prior thereto at the Manager’s discretion, the Manager may: (i) allocate to the accounts of the Underwriters the expenses described in Section 7.2 hereof and any losses incurred upon the sale of Securities or Other Securities pursuant to the applicable AAU or any Intersyndicate Agreement (including any losses incurred upon the sale of securities referred to in Section 5.4(ii) hereof), (ii) deliver to the Underwriters any unsold Securities or Other Securities purchased pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof or any Intersyndicate Agreement, and (iii) deliver to the Underwriters any unsold Securities purchased pursuant to the applicable Underwriting Agreement, in each case in the Manager’s discretion. The only limitations on such discretion will be as follows: (a) no Underwriter that is not the Manager or a Co-Manager will bear more than its share of such expenses, losses, or Securities (such share will not exceed such Underwriter’s Underwriting Percentage and will be determined pro rata among all such Underwriters based on their Underwriting Percentages), (b) no such Underwriter will receive Securities that, together with any Securities purchased by such Underwriter pursuant to Article VI (but excluding any Securities that such Underwriter is required to repurchase pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof) exceed such Underwriter’s Original Underwriting Obligation, and (c) no Co- Manager will bear more than its share of such expenses, losses, or Securities (such share to be determined pro rata among the Manager and all Co-Managers based on their Underwriting Percentages). If any Securities or Other Securities returned to you pursuant to clause (ii) or (iii) above were not paid for by you pursuant to Article VI hereof, you will pay to the Manager an amount per security equal to the amount set forth in clause (i) of Article VI, in the case of Securities returned to you pursuant to clause (iii) above, or the purchase price of such securities, in the case of Securities or Other Securities returned to you pursuant to clause (ii) above.


15

 

9.3.      Certain Other Expenses. You will pay your Underwriting Percentage of: (i) all expenses incurred by the Manager in investigating, preparing to defend, and defending against any action, claim, or proceeding which is asserted, threatened, or instituted by any party, including any governmental or regulatory body (each, an “Action”), relating to: (A) the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus (and any amendment or supplement thereto), any Preliminary Offering Circular or Offering Circular (and any amendment or supplement thereto), any Supplemental Materials, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, and any ABS Underwriter Derived Information used by any Underwriter other than the Manager, (B) the violation of any applicable restrictions on the offer, sale, resale, or purchase of Securities or Other Securities imposed by U.S. Federal or state laws or non-U.S. laws and the rules and regulations of any regulatory body promulgated thereunder or pursuant to the terms of the applicable AAU, the Underwriting Agreement, or any Intersyndicate Agreement, and (C) any claim that the Underwriters constitute a partnership, an association, or an unincorporated business or other separate entity, and (ii) any Losses (as defined in Section 9.4 hereof) incurred by the Manager in respect of any such Action, whether such Loss will be the result of a judgment or arbitrator’s determination or as a result of any settlement agreed to by the Manager. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you will not be required to pay your Underwriting Percentage of any such expense or liability: (1) to the extent that such expense or liability was caused by the Manager’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined in a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction; (2) as to which, and to the extent, the Manager actually receives (a) indemnity pursuant to Section 9.4 hereof, (b) contribution pursuant to Section 9.5 hereof, (c) indemnity or contribution pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, or (d) damages from an Underwriter for breach of its representations, warranties, agreements, or covenants contained in the applicable AAU; or (3) of the Manager (other than fees of Syndicate Counsel) that relates to a settlement entered into by the Manager on a basis that results in a settlement of such Action against it and fewer than all the Underwriters. None of the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.3 will relieve any defaulting or breaching Underwriter from liability for its defaults or breach. Failure of any party to give notice under Section 9.10 hereof will not relieve any Underwriter of an obligation to pay expenses pursuant to the provisions of this Section 9.3.

9.4.      Indemnification. Notwithstanding any settlement or the termination of the applicable AAU, you agree to indemnify and hold harmless each other Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any such Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act (each, an “Indemnified Party”), to the extent and upon the terms which you agree to indemnify and hold harmless any of the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Seller, any person controlling the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Seller, its directors, and, in the case of a Registered Offering, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and, in the case of an Offering other than a Registered Offering, its officers, in each case as set forth in the Underwriting Agreement. You further agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Party from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, and expenses not reimbursed pursuant to Section 9.3 hereof (collectively, “Losses”) related to, arising out of, or in connection with the breach or violation by you of the terms of Section 3.3 hereof, including any and all Losses under Section 5 of the 1933 Act, and any litigation, investigation, and proceeding


16

 

(collectively, “Litigation”) relating to any of the foregoing. You will also reimburse each such Indemnified Party upon demand for all expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, in connection with investigating, preparing for, or defending any of the foregoing. You will indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Party from and against any and all Losses related to, arising out of, or in connection with, any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus, Manager- Approved Communication or Supplemental Material used by you, or any research report in the form of a written communication (as defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act) used by you in reliance upon the penultimate sentence of Section 2(a)(3) of the 1933 Act prior to completion of the distribution of an initial public offering (a “Written Research Report”), or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and any Litigation relating to any of the foregoing, and to reimburse each such Indemnified Party upon demand for all expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, in connection with investigating, preparing for, or defending any of the foregoing. In addition, you will indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Party from and against any and all Losses related to, arising out of, or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any ABS Underwriter Derived Information used by you, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and any Litigation relating to any of the foregoing, and to reimburse each such Indemnified Party upon demand for all expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, in connection with investigating, preparing for, or defending any of the foregoing; provided, however, that any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Underwriter, arising out of or based upon any ABS Underwriter Derived Information which was used only by such Underwriter, or in connection with the preparation of which an Underwriter is found to have acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, will be paid solely by such Underwriter.

Each Underwriter will further indemnify and hold harmless any investment banking firm identified in a Wire as the qualified independent underwriter as defined in FINRA Rule 5121 or any successor rule thereto (in such capacity, a “QIU”) for an Offering and each person, if any, who controls such QIU within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, from and against any and all Losses related to, arising out of, or in connection with such investment banking firm’s activities as QIU for the Offering. Each Underwriter will reimburse such QIU for all expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, in connection with investigating, preparing for, and defending any Action related to, arising out of, or in connection with such QIU’s activities as a QIU for the Offering. Each Underwriter will be responsible for its Underwriting Percentage of any amount due to such QIU on account of the foregoing indemnity and reimbursement. Such QIU will have no additional liability to any Underwriter or otherwise as a result of its serving as QIU in connection with the Offering. To the extent the indemnification provided to a QIU under this Section 9.4 is unavailable to such QIU or is insufficient in respect of any Losses related thereto, whether as a matter of law or public policy or as a result of the default of any Underwriter in performing its obligations under this Section 9.4, each other Underwriter will contribute to the amount paid or payable by such QIU as a result of such Losses related thereto in proportion to its Underwriting Percentage.


17

 

For the avoidance of doubt, references to an “Underwriter” or “you” in this Section 9.4 shall include the Manager in its role as an Underwriter.

9.5.      Contribution. Notwithstanding any settlement or the termination of the applicable AAU, you will pay upon request of the Manager, as contribution, your Underwriting Percentage of any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Indemnified Party to any person other than an Indemnified Party, arising out of or in connection with the breach or violation of the terms of Section 3.3 hereof, including any and all Losses under Section 5 of the 1933 Act, and any Litigation relating to the foregoing. Further, you will pay upon request of the Manager, as contribution, your Underwriting Percentage of any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Indemnified Party to any person other than an Indemnified Party, arising out of or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus (and any amendment or supplement thereto), any Preliminary Offering Circular or Offering Circular (and any amendment or supplement thereto), any Supplemental Materials, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any other materials prepared or used by an Underwriter in accordance with Section 3.3 hereof, or any Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus, Manager-Approved Communication or Written Research Report, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (other than an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company In Writing by the Underwriter on whose behalf the request for contribution is being made expressly for use therein), or any act or omission to act or any alleged act or omission to act by the Manager or, if applicable, a Representative, as the Manager or a Representative, in connection with any transaction contemplated by this Agreement or undertaken in preparing for the purchase, sale, and delivery of the Securities (provided, that you will not be required to pay in any such case to the extent that any such Loss resulted from the Manager’s or such Representative’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined in a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction), and your Underwriting Percentage of any legal or other expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, reasonably incurred by the Indemnified Party (with the approval of the Manager) on whose behalf the request for contribution is being made in connection with investigating or defending any such Loss or any action in respect thereof; provided, however, that no request will be made on behalf of any Indemnified Party guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) from any Indemnified Party who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act); provided, further, that any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Indemnified Party, arising out of or based upon an Underwriter’s Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus, Manager-Approved Communication, Written Research Report or Supplemental Material, will be paid by only the Underwriters that used such Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus, Manager-Approved Communication, Written Research Report or Supplemental Material, as the case may be (the “Contributing Underwriters”), and the amount to be paid by each Contributing Underwriter will be determined pro rata among the Contributing Underwriters based on their Underwriting Percentages. None of the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.5 will relieve any defaulting or breaching Underwriter from liability for its defaults or breach.


18

 

In addition, you will pay upon request of the Manager, as contribution, your Underwriting Percentage of any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Indemnified Party to any person other than an Indemnified Party, arising out of or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any ABS Underwriter Derived Information, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (other than an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company In Writing by the Underwriter on whose behalf the request for contribution is being made expressly for use therein) and your Underwriting Percentage of any expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, reasonably incurred by the Indemnified Party (with the approval of the Manager) on whose behalf the request for contribution is being made in connection with investigating, preparing for, or defending any such Loss or any action in respect thereof; provided, however, that any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Underwriter, arising out of or based upon any ABS Underwriter Derived Information which was used only by such Underwriter, or in connection with the preparation of which the Underwriter is found to have acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, will be paid solely by the Underwriter.

For the avoidance of doubt, references to an “Underwriter” or “you” in this Section 9.5 shall include the Manager in its role as an Underwriter.

9.6.      Separate Counsel. If any Action is asserted or commenced pursuant to which the indemnity provided in Section 9.4 hereof or the right of contribution provided in Section 9.5 hereof may apply, the Manager may take such action in connection therewith as it deems necessary or desirable, including retention of counsel for the Underwriters (“Syndicate Counsel”), and in its discretion separate counsel for any particular Underwriter or group of Underwriters, and the fees and disbursements of any counsel so retained will be allocated among the several Underwriters as determined by the Manager. Any such Syndicate Counsel retained by the Manager will be counsel to the Underwriters as a group and, in the event that: (a) the Manager settles any Action on a basis that results in the settlement of such Action against it and fewer than all the Underwriters, or (b)(i) a conflict develops between the Manager and the other Underwriters, or (ii) differing defenses are available to the other Underwriters and not available to the Manager, and as a result of either (b)(i) or (b)(ii) such Syndicate Counsel concludes that it is unable to continue to represent the Manager and the other Underwriters, then in each such case, after notification to the Manager and the other Underwriters, Syndicate Counsel will remain counsel to the other Underwriters and will withdraw as counsel to the Manager. The Manager hereby consents to such arrangement and undertakes to take steps to: (i) ensure that any engagement letters with Syndicate Counsel are consistent with such arrangement; (ii) issue a notice to all other Underwriters promptly following receipt of any advice (whether oral or written) from Syndicate Counsel regarding its inability to represent the Manager and the other Underwriters jointly; and (iii) facilitate Syndicate Counsel’s continued representation of the other Underwriters. Any Underwriter may elect to retain at its own expense its own counsel and, on advice of such counsel, may settle or consent to the settlement of any such Action, but only in compliance with Section 9.7 hereof, and in each case, only after notification to every other Underwriter. The Manager may settle or consent to the settlement of any such Action, but only in compliance with Section 9.7 hereof.


19

 

9.7.      Settlement of Actions. Neither the Manager nor any other Underwriter party to this Master AAU may settle or agree to settle any Action related to or arising out of the Offering, nor may any other Underwriter settle or agree to settle any such Action without the consent of the Manager, nor may any other Underwriter seek the Manager’s consent to any such settlement agreement, nor may the Manager consent to any such settlement agreement, unless: (A) the Manager, together with such other Underwriters as constitute a majority in aggregate interest based on the Underwriting Percentage of the Underwriters as a whole (including the Manager’s interest), approve the settlement of such Action, in which case the Manager is authorized to settle for all Underwriters, provided, however, that the settlement agreement results in the settlement of the Action against all Underwriters raised by the plaintiffs party thereto; or (B) (i) such settlement agreement expressly provides that the non-settling Underwriters will be given a judgment credit (or credit in settlement) with respect to all such Actions for which the non-settling Underwriters may be found liable (or will pay in subsequent settlement), in an amount that is the greatest of: (x) the dollar amount paid in such initial settlement to settle such Actions, (y) the proportionate share of the settling Underwriter’s fault in respect of common damages arising in connection with such Actions as proven at trial, if applicable, or (z) the amount by which the settling Underwriter would have been required to make contribution had it not settled, under Sections 9.5 and 11.2 hereof in respect of the final non-appealable judgment (or settlement) subsequently entered into by the non-settling Underwriters (such greatest amount of either (x), (y), or (z), the “Judgment Credit”);4 (ii) such settlement agreement expressly provides that in the event that the applicable court does not approve the Judgment Credit as part of the settlement, the settlement agreement will automatically terminate; and (iii) the final judgment entered with respect to the settlement agreement contains the Judgment Credit.

9.8.      Survival. Except as set forth in the last sentence of Section 9.1, your agreements contained in Article V and Sections 3.1, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 9.10, and 11.2 hereof will remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any termination of an AAU and: (a) any termination of the Underwriting Agreement, (b) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any person controlling any Underwriter or by or on behalf of the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Seller, its directors or officers, or any person controlling the Issuer, the Guarantor or the Seller, and (c) acceptance of any payment for any Securities.

 

 

4 Seeks to ensure that there is no harm to non-settling Underwriter due to settlement. For example, assume that plaintiffs have suffered $1,000 in damage in a case in which the Underwriters are 50% at fault and other defendants, all of whom are insolvent, are 50% at fault. Further assume that there were two Underwriters, each which underwrote 50% of the offering, and they were equally at fault. If neither Underwriter settles, then each would be required to pay $500 to satisfy the $1,000 verdict for which they are jointly and severally liable (or, if one paid $1,000, Section 9.5 would obligate the other to contribute $500 towards such payment). If the first Underwriter settles for $100, then the second Underwriter will obtain a judgment credit of $500, being equal to the greater of: (a) settlement amount ($100), (b) the first Underwriter’s fault ($250), and (c) the amount which the settling Underwriters would have been required to contribute under the contribution provisions ($500). This formula ensures that the second Underwriter is not harmed by the settlement. By contrast, the judgment credit applied in WorldCom ignored clause (c), resulting in a credit of only $250 and leading the non-settling Underwriter to pay $750, or $250 more than had the first Underwriter not settled.


20

 

9.9.      Replacement of Manager. If at any time after any Action is brought the Manager settles the Action on a basis that results in the settlement of such Action against it and fewer than all the Underwriters (whether or not such settlement complies with Section 9.7 hereof), the Manager will, at such time, for purposes of Sections 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, and 9.7 hereof, cease to be the Manager. The non-settling Underwriters will, by vote of holders of a majority of the Underwriting Percentage of such non-settling Underwriters, select a new Manager, which will become the new “Manager” for all purposes of Sections 9.3, 9.4., 9.5, 9.6, and 9.7 hereof as well as this section; provided that the non-settling Underwriter(s) with the largest Underwriting Percentage will act as Manager until such vote occurs and a new Manager is selected.5

Notwithstanding such a settlement, the Manager and the other settling Underwriters will remain obligated to the non-settling Underwriters to assist and cooperate fully, in good faith, and at their own expense, in the defense of any Actions, including, without limitation, by providing, upon reasonable request of any non-settling Underwriter, and without the necessity of court process, access to or copies of all relevant records, and reasonable access to all witnesses under control of the Manager or the other settling Underwriters, for the purpose of interviews, depositions, and testimony at trial, subject in each case to the applicable legal and procedural obligations of such Manager and such other settling Underwriter.

In addition, if at any time, the Manager is unwilling or unable for any reason to assume or discharge its duties as Manager under the applicable AAU, whether resulting from its insolvency (voluntary or involuntary), resignation or otherwise, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the remaining Underwriters will, by vote of holders of a majority of the Underwriting Percentage of such Underwriters, be entitled to select a new Manager, which will become the new Manager for all purposes under this Agreement.6 Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Manager replaced pursuant to this Section 9.9 shall continue to benefit from and be subject to all other terms and conditions of this Agreement applicable to an Underwriter.

9.10.      Notice. When the Manager receives notice of the assertion of any Action to which the provisions of Sections 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, or 9.7 hereof would apply, it will give prompt notice thereof to each Underwriter, and whenever an Underwriter receives notice of the assertion of any claim or commencement of any Action to which the provisions of Sections 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, or 9.7 hereof would apply, such Underwriter will give prompt notice thereof to the Manager. The Manager also will furnish each Underwriter with periodic reports, at such times as it deems appropriate, as to the status of such Action, and the actions taken by it in connection therewith. If the Manager or any other Underwriter engages in any settlement discussion that involves or contemplates settlement on any basis other than settlement of all Actions against all Underwriters on a pro rata basis according to their Underwriting Percentages, the Manager (or other Underwriter engaging in such discussions) will notify all other Underwriters promptly and provide reasonable details about such discussions.

 

 

5  Permits new Manager to replace settling Manager and manage the litigation–related provisions of this agreement.

6  Permits new Manager to replace insolvent Manager and manage all aspects of this MAAU.


21

 

  X.

REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF UNDERWRITERS

10.1.      Knowledge of Offering. You acknowledge that it is your responsibility to examine the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, or the Offering Circular, as the case may be, any amendment or supplement thereto relating to the Offering, any Preliminary Prospectus or Preliminary Offering Circular, and the material, if any, incorporated by reference therein, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Supplemental Materials, and any ABS Underwriter Derived Information, and you will familiarize yourself with the terms of the Securities, any applicable Indenture, and the other terms of the Offering thereof which are to be reflected in the Prospectus or the Offering Circular, as the case may be, and the applicable AAU and Underwriting Agreement. The Manager is authorized, with the advice of counsel for the Underwriters, to approve on your behalf any amendments or supplements to the documents described in the preceding sentence.

10.2.      Accuracy of Underwriters’ Information. You confirm that the information that you have given and are deemed to have given in response to the Underwriters’ Questionnaire attached as Exhibit A hereto (and to any other questions addressed to you in the Invitation Wire or other Wires), which information has been furnished to the Issuer for use in the Registration Statement, Prospectus, or Offering Circular, as the case may be, or has otherwise been relied upon in connection with the Offering, is complete and accurate. You will notify the Manager immediately of any development before the termination of the applicable AAU which makes untrue or incomplete any information that you have given or are deemed to have given in response to the Underwriters’ Questionnaire (or such other questions).

10.3.      Name; Address. Unless you have promptly notified the Manager In Writing otherwise, your name as it should appear in the Registration Statement, Prospectus or Offering Circular and any advertisement, if different, and your address, are as set forth on the signature pages hereof.

10.4.      Compliance with Capital Requirements. You represent that your commitment to purchase the Securities will not result in a violation of the financial responsibility requirements of Rule 15c3-1 under the 1934 Act or of any similar provision of any applicable rules of any securities exchange to which you are subject or, if you are a financial institution subject to regulation by the Board of Governors of the U.S. Federal Reserve System, the U.S. Comptroller of the Currency, or the U.S. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, will not place you in violation of any applicable capital requirements or restrictions of such regulator or any other regulator to which you are subject.

10.5.      FINRA Requirements. (A) You represent that you are a member in good standing of FINRA, or a non-U.S. bank, broker, dealer, or institution not eligible for membership in FINRA or a Bank.

(i)      If you are a member of FINRA, you will comply with all applicable rules of FINRA in respect of any Offering of Securities, including, without limitation, the requirements of FINRA Rules 5110, 5121, 5130, 5131 and 5141 (to the extent any or all such rules are applicable to the particular Offering).


22

 

(ii)      If you are a non-U.S. bank, broker, dealer, or other non-U.S. institution not eligible for membership in FINRA, you represent that you are not required to be registered as a broker or dealer under the 1934 Act and you will not make any offers or sales of the Securities in, or to nationals or residents of, the United States, its territories, or its possessions, except to the extent permitted by Rule 15a-6 under the 1934 Act (or any successor rule thereto adopted by the SEC). In making any offers or sales of the Securities you also agree to comply with the requirements of the following FINRA rules (including any successor rules thereto adopted by FINRA): (a) to the extent that you are acting, in respect of offers or sales of the Securities, as a “conduit” for, or are receiving in connection with such offers and sales any selling commissions, discounts, allowances or other compensation from, or are otherwise being directed with respect to allocations or disposition of the Securities by, a FINRA member, FINRA Rule 5130 and FINRA Rule 5141 as though you are a member of FINRA, and (b) NASD Conduct Rule 2420(c), as that Rule applies to a non-member broker/dealer in a non-U.S. country.

(iii)      If you are a Bank, you agree that (a) to the extent you are acting, in respect of offers or sales of the Securities, as a “conduit” for, or are receiving in connection with such offers and sales any selling commissions, discounts, allowances or other compensation from, or are otherwise being directed with respect to allocations or disposition of the Securities by, a FINRA member, you will comply with FINRA Rules 5130 and 5141 as though you are a member of FINRA, and (b) you will not accept any portion of the management fee paid by the Underwriters with respect to any Offering or, in connection with any Offering of Securities that do not constitute “exempted securities” within the meaning of Section 3(a)(12) of the 1934 Act, or purchase any Securities at a discount from the offering price from any Underwriter or Dealer or otherwise accept any Fees and Commissions from any Underwriter or Dealer, which in any such case is not permitted under FINRA rules (including, without limitation, NASD Conduct Rule 2420 or any successor rule thereto adopted by FINRA) or would subject you to registration and regulation as a “broker” or “dealer” under Section 3(a)(4) or 3(a)(5) of the 1934 Act.

(B)      With respect to any Offering of Securities that constitutes a “new issue” under FINRA Rule 5131, you agree that, with respect to any Securities trading at a premium to the public offering price that are returned by a purchaser (the “Returned Securities”) to you after secondary market trading commences, you will promptly consult with the Manager or Co- Manager that has been appointed to manage the syndicate short position for that Offering (the “Designated Syndicate Agent”) to determine the appropriate treatment of the Returned Securities under FINRA Rule 5131(d)(3), and agree to (i) return the Returned Securities to the Designated Syndicate Agent if directed to do so by that entity, or (ii) if no such direction has been provided by the Designated Syndicate Agent, to comply with the provisions of FINRA Rule 5131(d)(3)(B) with respect to the disposition of the Returned Securities.

10.6.      FATCA Certification. If you are a Foreign Financial Institution (“FFI”) as that term is defined pursuant to FATCA (as defined below) (including a U.S. branch of a non-U.S. bank), you represent that you are not, and have not been identified by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) as, a nonparticipating FFI as that term is defined pursuant to FATCA. Unless otherwise agreed, promptly following your acceptance of an AAU for an Offering, but not later than such Offering’s Pricing Date, you will provide us such documents (including an IRS Form W-8BEN-E


23

 

or an IRS Form W-8BEN if the instructions to the IRS Form W-8BEN-E have not been released) as may be necessary to confirm that no tax is required to be withheld under FATCA in respect of payments to you that we make or are deemed to make for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If we are required to make any deduction or withholding pursuant to or on account of FATCA in respect of payments to you that we make or are deemed to make for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and we do not so deduct or withhold and a liability resulting from such failure to withhold or deduct is assessed directly against us, then you will indemnify us therefor (without duplication of any applicable indemnification obligation, and without triggering any contribution obligation of any other Underwriter, with respect thereto under Article IX hereof) and promptly pay us the amount of such liability (including any related liability for interest and penalties). “FATCA” means sections 1471 through 1474 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreement entered into thereunder, or any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or practices adopted pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation thereof.

10.7.      Further State Notice. The Manager will file a Further State Notice with the Department of State of New York, if required.

10.8.      Compliance with Rule 15c2-8. In the case of a Registered Offering and any other Offering to which the provisions of Rule 15c2-8 under the 1934 Act are made applicable pursuant to the AAU or otherwise, you will comply with such Rule in connection with the Offering. In the case of an Offering other than a Registered Offering, you will comply with applicable Federal and state laws and the applicable rules and regulations of any regulatory body promulgated thereunder governing the use and distribution of offering circulars by underwriters.

10.9.      Discretionary Accounts. In the case of a Registered Offering of Securities issued by an Issuer that was not, immediately prior to the filing of the Registration Statement, subject to the requirements of Section 13(d) or 15(d) of the 1934 Act, you will not make sales to any account over which you exercise discretionary authority in connection with such sale, except as otherwise permitted by the applicable AAU for such Offering.

10.10.      Offering Restrictions. You will not make any offers or sales of Securities or any Other Securities in jurisdictions outside the United States except under circumstances that will result in compliance with (i) applicable laws, including private placement requirements, in each such jurisdiction and (ii) the restrictions on offers or sales set forth in any AAU or the Prospectus, Preliminary Prospectus, Offering Circular, or Preliminary Offering Circular, as the case may be.

It is understood that, except as specified in the Prospectus or Offering Circular or applicable AAU, no action has been taken by the Manager, the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller to permit you to offer Securities in any jurisdiction other than the United States, in the case of a Registered Offering, where action would be required for such purpose.

10.11.      Representations, Warranties, and Agreements. You will make to each other Underwriter participating in an Offering the same representations, warranties, and agreements, if any, made by the Underwriters to the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller in the applicable


24

 

Underwriting Agreement or any Intersyndicate Agreement, and you authorize the Manager to make such representations, warranties, and agreements to the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller on your behalf.

10.12. Limitation on the Authority of the Manager to Purchase and Sell Securities for the Account of Certain Underwriters. Notwithstanding any provision of this AAU authorizing the Manager to purchase or sell any Securities or Other Securities (including arranging for the sale of Contract Securities) or over-allot in arranging sales of Securities for the accounts of the several Underwriters, the Manager may not, in connection with the Offering of any Securities, make any such purchases, sales, and/or over-allotments for the account of any Underwriter that, not later than its acceptance of the Invitation Wire relating to such Offering, has advised the Manager that, due to its status as, or relationship to, a bank or bank holding company such purchases, sales, and/or over-allotments are prohibited by applicable law. If any Underwriter so advises the Manager, the Manager may allocate any such purchases, sales, and over-allotments (and the related expenses) which otherwise would have been allocated to your account based on your respective Underwriting Percentage to your account based on the ratio of your Original Underwriting Obligation to the Original Underwriting Obligations of all Underwriters other than the advising Underwriter or Underwriters, or in such other manner as the Manager will determine.

10.13. Agreement Regarding Oral Due Diligence. By participating in an Offering, each Underwriter agrees that it, each of its affiliates participating in an Offering as Underwriter or financial intermediary and each controlling person of it and each such participating affiliate are bound by the Agreement Regarding Oral Due Diligence currently in effect between UBS Securities LLC and the accounting firm or firms that participate in oral due diligence in such offering.

XI. DEFAULTING UNDERWRITERS

11.1.    Effect of Termination. If the Underwriting Agreement is terminated as permitted by the terms thereof, your obligations hereunder with respect to the Offering of the Securities will immediately terminate except: (a) as set forth in Section 9.8 hereof, (b) that you will remain liable for your Underwriting Percentage (or such other percentage as may be specified pursuant to Section 9.2 hereof) of all expenses, and for any purchases or sales which may have been made for your account pursuant to the provisions of Article V hereof or any Intersyndicate Agreement, and (c) that such termination will not affect any obligations of any defaulting or breaching Underwriter.

11.2.    Sharing of Liability. If any Underwriter defaults in its obligations: (a) pursuant to Section 5.1, 5.2 or 5.4 hereof, (b) to pay amounts charged to its account pursuant to Section 7.1, 7.2, or 8.1 hereof, or (c) pursuant to Section 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, or 11.1 hereof, you will assume your proportionate share (determined on the basis of the respective Underwriting Percentages of the non-defaulting Underwriters) of such obligations, but no such assumption will relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability to the non-defaulting Underwriters, the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller for its default.


25

 

11.3.    Arrangements for Purchases. The Manager is authorized to arrange for the purchase by others (including the Manager or any other Underwriter) of any Securities not purchased by any defaulting Underwriter in accordance with the terms of the applicable Underwriting Agreement or, if the applicable Underwriting Agreement does not provide arrangements for defaulting Underwriters, in the discretion of the Manager. If such arrangements are made, the respective amounts of Securities to be purchased by the remaining Underwriters and such other person or persons, if any, will be taken as the basis for all rights and obligations hereunder, but this will not relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

XII. MISCELLANEOUS

12.1.    Obligations Several. Nothing contained in this Master AAU or any AAU constitutes you partners with the Manager or with the other Underwriters, and the obligations of you and each of the other Underwriters are several and not joint. Each Underwriter elects to be excluded from the application of Subchapter K, Chapter 1, Subtitle A, of the Code. Each Underwriter authorizes the Manager, on behalf of such Underwriter, to execute such evidence of such election as may be required by the IRS.

12.2.    Liability of Manager. The Manager will not be liable to you for any act or omission, except for obligations expressly assumed by the Manager in the applicable AAU.

12.3.    Termination of Master AAU. This Master AAU may be terminated by either party hereto upon five business days’ written notice to the other party; provided, however, that with respect to any Offering for which an AAU was sent prior to such notice, this Master AAU as it applies to such Offering will remain in full force and effect and will terminate with respect to such Offering in accordance with Section 9.1 hereof.

12.4.    Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial. This Master AAU and each AAU will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in the State, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law. You hereby irrevocably: (a) submit to the jurisdiction of any court of the State of New York located in the City of New York or the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of the State of New York for the purpose of any suit, action, or other proceeding arising out of this Master AAU, or any of the agreements or transactions contemplated hereby (each, a “Proceeding”), (b) agree that all claims in respect of any Proceeding may be heard and determined in any such court, (c) waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any immunity from jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process therein, (d) agree not to commence any Proceeding other than in such courts, and (e) waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claim that such Proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum. Each party hereto irrevocably waives any right that it may have to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim arising out of or relating to this Master AAU and each AAU or the transactions contemplated thereby.

12.5.    Amendments. This Master AAU may be amended from time to time by consent of the parties hereto. Your consent will be deemed to have been given to an amendment to this Master AAU, and such amendment will be effective, five business days following written notice


26

 

to you of such amendment if you do not notify us In Writing prior to the close of business on such fifth business day that you do not consent to such amendment. Upon effectiveness, the provisions of this Master AAU as so amended will apply to each AAU thereafter entered into, except as otherwise specifically provided in any such AAU.

12.6.    Notices. Any notice to any Underwriter will be deemed to have been duly given if mailed, sent by wire, telecopy or electronic transmission or other written communication, or delivered in person to such Underwriter at the address set forth in its Underwriters’ Questionnaire, or if no address is provided in an Underwriters’ Questionnaire, then at the address set forth in reports filed by such Underwriter with FINRA. Any such notice will take effect upon receipt thereof.

12.7.    Severability. In case any provision in this Master AAU is deemed invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

12.8.    Counterparts. This Master AAU may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original, and all of which taken together constitute one and the same instrument. Transmission by telecopy of an executed counterpart of this Master AAU will constitute due and sufficient delivery of such counterpart.


27

 

Please confirm your acceptance of this Master AAU by signing and returning to us the enclosed duplicate copy hereof.

 

UBS SECURITIES LLC
By:                                                                 
  Name:                                                
  Title:                                                  
  (Authorized Officer)                
By:                                                             
  Name:                                                
  Title:                                                  
  (Authorized Officer)                

 

Confirmed and accepted

as of             , 20        

                                                         
(Legal Name of Underwriter)
                                                         
(Address)
    
By:                                                             
Name:                                                        
Title:                                                           
(Authorized Officer)
(If person signing is not an officer or a partner, please attach instrument of authorization)


28

 

GUIDE TO DEFINED TERMS

 

Term

   Section Reference

1933 Act

     1.1    

1934 Act

     3.5  

AAU

     Foreword  

ABS Underwriter Derived Information

     2.1  

Action

     9.3  

Additional Securities

     1.1  

Bank

     3.5  

Code

     10.6  

Co-Managers

     1.1  

Commission

     2.1  

Contract Securities

     3.1  

Contributing Underwriters

     9.5  

Dealer

     3.5  

Designated Syndicate Agent

     10.5  

DTC

     5.2  

FATCA

     10.6  

Fees and Commissions

     1.1  

FFI

     10.6  

FINRA

     3.1  

Firm Securities

     1.1  

Free Writing Prospectus

     2.1  

Guarantor

     1.1  

In Writing

     1.2  

Indemnified Party

     9.4  

Indenture

     1.1  

International Offering

     1.1  

Intersyndicate Agreement

     2.3  

Invitation Wire

     Foreword  

IRS

     10.6  

Issuer

     1.1  

Issuer Free Writing Prospectus

     3.3  

Issuer Information

     3.3  

Judgment Credit

     9.7  

Litigation

     9.4  

Losses

     9.4  

Manager

     1.1  

Manager-Approved Communication

     3.3  

Master AAU

     Foreword  

Offering

     Foreword  

Offering Circular

     2.2  

Offering Date

     3.2  

Offering Price

     1.1  


29

 

Original Underwriting Obligation

     1.1      

Preliminary Offering Circular

     2.2  

Preliminary Prospectus

     2.1  

Pricing Date

     1.1  

Proceeding

     12.4  

Prospectus

     2.1  

Purchase Price

     1.1  

QIU

     9.4  

Reallowance

     1.1  

Registered Offering

     2.1  

Registration Statement

     2.1  

Regulation M

     5.1  

Representative

     1.1  

Returned Securities

     10.5  

Securities

     1.1  

Securities Offering Reform Release

     2.1  

Seller

     1.1  

Selling Concession

     1.1  

Settlement Date

     1.1  

Supplemental Materials

     3.3  

Syndicate Counsel

     9.6  

Trustee

     1.1  

Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus

     3.3  

Underwriters

     1.1  

Underwriters’ Securities

     3.1  

Underwriting Agreement

     1.1  

Underwriting Percentage

     1.1  

Wire

     Foreword  

Written Research Report

     9.4  

Written Testing-the-Waters Communication

     3.3  


EXHIBIT A

UNDERWRITERS’ QUESTIONNAIRE

In connection with each Offering governed by the UBS Securities LLC Master Agreement Among Underwriters dated June 6, 2014, except as otherwise indicated in a timely acceptance of the Invitation Wire pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Master Agreement Among Underwriters (“Master AAU”) or already expressly disclosed in the Preliminary Prospectus or Preliminary Offering Circular, as the case may be, each Underwriter participating in such Offering severally advises the Issuer and the other participating Underwriters (all capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein will have the meanings given to them in the Master AAU) as follows:

(a)     neither such Underwriter nor any of its directors, officers, or partners have a material relationship, as “material” is defined in Regulation C under the 1933 Act, with the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller;

(b)     if the Registration Statement is on Form S-1, neither such Underwriter nor any “group” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of which such Underwriter is aware is the beneficial (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) owner of more than 5% of any class of voting securities of the Issuer or Guarantor, nor does such Underwriter have any knowledge that more than 5% of any class of voting securities of the Issuer or the Guarantor is held or to be held subject to any voting trust or other similar agreement, nor does such Underwriter have any knowledge that more than 5% of any class of voting securities of the Issuer or the Guarantor is held or to be held subject to any voting trust or other similar agreement;

(c)     other than as may be stated in the UBS Securities LLC Master Agreement Among Underwriters dated June 6, 2014, the applicable AAU, the Intersyndicate Agreement or dealer agreement, if any, the Prospectus, the Registration Statement, or the Offering Circular, such Underwriter does not know and has no reason to believe that there is an intention to over-allot or that the price of any security may be stabilized to facilitate the offering of the Securities;

(d)     other than as stated in the Invitation Wire, such Underwriter does not know of (i) any other discounts or commissions to be allowed or paid to the Underwriters or of any other items that would be deemed by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) to constitute underwriting compensation for purposes of FINRA Rule 5110, or (ii) any discounts or commissions to be allowed or paid to dealers, including all cash, securities, contracts, or other consideration to be received by any dealer in connection with the sale of the Securities;

(e)     such Underwriter has not prepared any report or memorandum for external use in connection with the Offering;

(f)     if the offer and sale of the Securities are to be registered under the 1933 Act pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1 or Form F-1, such Underwriter has


2

 

not within the past 12 months prepared or had prepared for such Underwriter any engineering, management, or similar report or memorandum relating to broad aspects of the business, operations, or products of the Issuer or the Guarantor. The immediately preceding sentence does not apply to reports solely comprised of recommendations to buy, sell, or hold the Issuer’s or the Guarantor’s securities, unless such recommendations have changed within the past six months, or to information already contained in documents filed with the Commission;

(g)     in the case of Registered Offerings and Offerings of Securities exempt under Section 3 of the 1933 Act, such Underwriter does not have a “conflict of interest” with the Issuer or the Guarantor under FINRA Rule 5121. In that regard, such Underwriter specifically confirms that, at the time of such Underwriter’s participation in the subject Offering, (A) such Underwriter is not issuing the Securities in such Offering; (B) neither the Issuer nor the Guarantor controls, is controlled by or is under common control (as the term “control” is defined in FINRA Rule 5121(f)(6)) with such Underwriter or such Underwriter’s “associated persons” (as such term is defined by FINRA); (C) less than five percent of the net proceeds of the Offering, not including Fees and Commissions, are intended to be: (i) used to reduce or retire the balance of a loan or credit facility extended by such Underwriter, its “affiliates” and its “associated persons” (as such terms are defined by FINRA), in the aggregate; or (ii) otherwise directed to such Underwriter, its affiliates and associated persons, in the aggregate, and (D) as a result of such Offering and any transactions contemplated at the time of such Offering: (i) such Underwriter will not become an affiliate of the Issuer or Guarantor; (ii) such Underwriter will not become publicly owned; and (iii) the Issuer or Guarantor will not become a FINRA member or form a broker-dealer subsidiary. Furthermore, such Underwriter specifically confirms that such Underwriter does not, (a) beneficially own 10% or more of the Issuer’s or Guarantor’s outstanding “common equity,” “preferred equity” or “subordinated debt” (as each such term is defined in FINRA Rule 5121), including the right to receive such securities or subordinated debt within 60 days of such Underwriter’s participation in the Offering; (b) in the case of an Issuer or Guarantor which is a partnership, beneficially own a general, limited or special partnership interest in 10% or more of the Issuer’s or Guarantor’s distributable profits or losses, or a right to receive an interest in such distributable profits or losses within 60 days of such Underwriter’s participation in the Offering; or (c) have the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of the Issuer or the Guarantor;

(h)     other than as stated in the Invitation Wire, in the case of Registered Offerings and Offerings of Securities exempt under Section 3 of the 1933 Act, neither such Underwriter nor any of its directors, officers, partners, or “persons associated with” such Underwriter (as defined by FINRA) nor, to such Underwriter’s knowledge, any “related person” (defined by FINRA to include counsel, financial consultants and advisors, finders, members of the selling or distribution group, any FINRA member participating in the offering, and any other persons associated with or related to and members of the immediate family of any of the foregoing) or any other broker-dealer: (A) within the last six months have purchased in private transactions, or intend before, at, or within six months after the commencement of the public offering of the Securities to purchase in private transactions, any securities of the Issuer, the Guarantor, or any Issuer


3

 

Related Party (as hereinafter defined), (B) within the last 6 months have had any dealings with the Issuer, the Guarantor, any Seller, or any subsidiary or controlling person thereof (other than relating to the proposed Underwriting Agreement) as to which documents or information are required to be filed with FINRA, or (C) during the 6 months immediately preceding the filing of the Registration Statement (or, if there is none, the Offering Circular), have entered into any arrangement which provided or provides for the receipt of any item of value (including, but not limited to, cash payments, expense reimbursements and rights of first refusal to participate in a future public offering, private placement or other financing transaction) and/or the transfer of any warrants, options, or other securities from the Issuer, the Guarantor, or any Issuer Related Party to you or any related person;

(i)     in the case of Registered Offerings and Offerings of Securities exempt under Section 3 of the 1933 Act, there is no association or affiliation between such Underwriter and; (A) any officer or director of the Issuer, the Guarantor or, any Issuer Related Party, or (B) any securityholder of 5% or more (or, in the case of an initial public offering of equity securities, any securityholder) of any class of securities of the Issuer, the Guarantor, or an Issuer Related Party; it being understood that for purposes of paragraph (i) above and this paragraph (j), the term “Issuer Related Party” includes any Seller, any affiliate of the Issuer, the Guarantor, or a Seller, and the officers or general partners, directors, employees, and securityholders thereof;

(j)     in the case of Registered Offerings and Offerings of Securities exempt under Section 3 of the 1933 Act, and if the Securities are not issued by a real estate investment trust, no portion of the net offering proceeds from the sale of the Securities will be paid to such Underwriter or any of its affiliates or “persons associated with” such Underwriter (as defined by FINRA) or members of the immediate family of any such person; and

(k)     in the case of Securities which are debt securities whose offer and sale is to be registered under the 1933 Act, such Underwriter is not an affiliate (as defined in Rule 0-2 under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939) of the Trustee for the Securities or of its parent, if any. Neither the Trustee nor its parent, if any, nor any of their directors or executive officers is a “director, officer, partner, employee, appointee, or representative” of such Underwriter (as those terms are defined in the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 or in the relevant instructions to Form T-1). Such Underwriter and its directors, partners, and executive officers, taken as a group, did not on the date specified in the Invitation, and do not, own beneficially 1% or more of the shares of any class of voting securities of the Trustee or of its parent, if any. If such Underwriter is a corporation, it does not have outstanding and has not assumed or guaranteed any securities issued otherwise than in its present corporate name.

If an Underwriter notes an exception with respect to material of the type referred to in clauses (e) and (f), such underwriter will send three copies of each item of such material, together with a statement as to distribution, identifying classes of recipients and the number of copies distributed to each such class, and, if relevant, the number of equity securities or the face value of debt securities owned by such person, the date such securities were acquired, and the price paid for such securities to UBS Securities LLC, 1285 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10019, Attention: [Fixed Income Syndicate] [Equity Syndicate].

Exhibit (j)(1)

CUSTODY AGREEMENT

DOUBLELINE YIELD OPPORTUNITIES FUND

THIS CUSTODY AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into this 3rd day of December 2019, by and between DOUBLELINE YIELD OPPORTUNITIES FUND, a Massachusetts business trust (the “Fund”) and U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America with its principal place of business at Minneapolis, Minnesota (the “Custodian”).

WHEREAS, the Fund is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), as a closed-end management investment company;

WHEREAS, the Custodian is a bank having the qualifications prescribed in Section 26(a)(1) of the 1940 Act; and

WHEREAS, the Fund desires to retain the Custodian to act as custodian of its cash and securities; and

WHEREAS, the Board of Trustees of the Fund has delegated to the Custodian the responsibilities set forth in Rule 17f-5(c) under the 1940 Act, and the Custodian is willing to undertake those responsibilities and serve as the foreign custody manager for the Fund;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual covenants herein contained, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, do hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings set forth below, unless the context otherwise requires:

1.1.      “Authorized Person” means any Officer or other person duly authorized by the Board of Trustees to give Oral Instructions and Written Instructions on behalf of the Fund and named in Exhibit A hereto and delivered to the Custodian by the Fund. Such Officer or person shall continue to be an Authorized Person until such time as the Custodian receives written instructions from the Fund or the Fund’s investment advisor or other agent that such Officer or other person is no longer an Authorized Person,

1.2.      “Board of Trustees” shall mean the trustees from time to time serving under the Fund’s declaration of trust, as amended from time to time.

1.3.      “Book-Entry System” shall mean a federal book-entry system as provided in Subpart O of Treasury Circular No. 300, 31 CFR 306, in Subpart B of 31 CFR Part 350, or in such book-entry regulations of federal agencies as are substantially in the form of such Subpart O.


1.4.      “Business Day” shall mean any day recognized as a settlement day by The New York Stock Exchange, Inc., and any other day for which the Fund computes the net asset value of Shares of the Fund.

1.5.      “Document Custodian” means the Custodian when acting in the role of a document custodian hereunder.

1.6.      “Eligible Foreign Custodian” has the meaning set forth in Rule 17f-5(a)(1) under the 1940 Act; the term does not include any Eligible Securities Depository.

1.7.      “Eligible Securities Depository” has the meaning set forth in Rules 17f-4 and 17f-7(b)(l) under the 1940 Act.

1.8.      “Foreign Assets” has the meaning set forth in Rule 17f-5(a)(2) under the Investment Company Act,

1.9.      “Fund Assets” means with respect to the Fund, the Securities, cash and other assets (including Foreign Assets) of the Fund held by the Custodian, any Sub-Custodian, Book-Entry System, Securities Depositary or any nominee thereof pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or received by the Custodian for the benefit of the Fund.

1.10.    “Fund Custody Account” means any of the accounts in the name of the Fund provided for in Section 3.2 below.

1.11.    “IRS” means the Internal Revenue Service.

1.12.    “FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

1.13.    “Loan” means any U. S. dollar and Non U. S. dollar denominated debt obligation of a company or similar entity, commercial loan, or participation therein, made by a bank, other financial institution, or other entity, including the Fund, that by its terms provides for payments of principal and/or interest, including discount obligations and payment-in-kind obligations, acquired or originated by the Fund horn time to time. For avoidance of doubt, a Loan shall include any Loan purchased from a previous owner, a Participation and an assignment, but shall not include any bond.

1.14.    “Loan Checklist” means a list delivered to the Custodian in connection with delivery of a Loan to the Custodian that identifies the items contained in the related Loan File and that indicates any documents that are Required Loan Documents for purposes of this Agreement.

1.15.    “Loan Documents” means those documents to the extent delivered to the Custodian,

1.16.    “Loan File” means, with respect to each Loan delivered to the Custodian, each of the Loan Documents identified on the related Loan Checklist.

 

-2-


1.17.    “Loan Trade Confirmation” means a confirmation to the Custodian from the Fund’s acquisition or origination of a Loan, and setting forth applicable information with respect to such Loan, which confirmation may he in the form of Schedule A attached hereto and made a part hereof, subject to such changes or additions as may be agreed to by, or in such other form as may be agreed to by, the Custodian and the Fund from time to time.

1.18.    “Noteless Loan” means a Loan with respect to which (i) the related loan agreement does not require the obligor to execute and deliver an Underlying Note to evidence the indebtedness created under such Loan and (ii) no Underlying Notes are outstanding with respect to the portion of the Loan transferred to the Fund.

1.19.    “Officer” means the Chairman, President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer of the Fund or any other officers as the Board of Trustees may designate.

1.20.    “Oral Instructions” means instructions orally transmitted to and received by the Custodian that are: (i) reasonably believed by the Custodian to have been given by any Authorized Person, (ii) recorded and kept among the records of the Custodian made in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) orally confirmed by the Custodian. The Fund shall cause all Oral Instructions given during a day to be confirmed by Written Instructions on or before 5:00 p.m. Central Time that day. If such Written Instructions confirming Oral Instructions are not received by the Custodian prior to 5:00 p.m. Central Time, it shall in no way affect the validity of the transaction or the authorization thereof by the Fund. If Oral Instructions vary from the Written Instructions that purport to confirm them, the Custodian shall notify the Fund of such variance but such Oral Instructions will govern unless the Custodian has not yet acted.

1.21.    “Participation” means an interest in a Loan that is acquired indirectly by way of a participation from a selling institution.

1.22.    “Proper Instructions” means Oral Instructions and Written Instructions.

1.23.    “Required Loan Documents” means, for each Loan:

(a)      in the case of an assignment, an executed copy of the assignment for such Loan;

(b)      in the case of a Participation, an executed copy of the document evidencing the Fund’s rights to the payment of interest and principal in respect of a Loan;

(c)      in the case of a Noteless Loan, a copy of the loan register with respect to such Noteless Loan evidencing registration of such Loan on the books and records of the applicable obligor or bank agent to the name of the Fund (or nominee);

(d)      with the exception of Noteless Loans and Participations, the original executed Underlying Note endorsed by the issuer or the prior holder of record in blank or to the Fund;

 

-3-


(e)      an executed copy of the Underlying Loan Agreement (which may be included in the Underlying Note if so indicated in the Loan Checklist), together with a copy of all amendments and modifications thereto, as identified on the Loan Checklist;

(f)      a copy of each related security agreement (if any) signed by the applicable Obligor(s), as identified on the Loan Checklist;

(g)      a copy of the Loan Checklist;

(h)      a copy of each related guarantee (if any) then executed in connection with such Loan, as identified on the Loan Checklist; and

(i)      such other documents as the Fund delivers to the Custodian in connection with a Fund’s interest in a Loan;

provided that certain of the documents described in (a) through (g) above, may not be provided or available to the Fund with respect to certain types of Loans (such documents “Unavailable Loan Documents”). The Funds and Custodian shall cooperate in good faith to identify certain types of Loans in respect of which there will be Unavailable Loan Documents because of general market practice or otherwise, and the parties agree to memorialize in writing those types of Loans and, for each type of Loan, the Unavailable Loan Documents related to that type of Loan. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, neither the failure of the Fund to deliver Unavailable Loan Documents to Custodian hereunder nor the failure of Custodian to keep custody of such Unavailable Loan Documents shall constitute a breach of this Agreement.

1.24.    “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

1.25.    “Securities” includes, without limitation, common and preferred stocks, bonds, call options, put options, debentures, notes, bank certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, Loans, including Loan Documents and Financing Documents, mortgage-backed securities or other obligations, and any certificates, receipts, warrants or other instruments or documents representing rights to receive, purchase or subscribe for the same, or evidencing or representing any other rights or interests therein, or any similar property or assets that the Custodian has the facilities to clear and service,

1.26.    “Securities Depository” has the meaning specified in Rule 17f-4(c)(6) under the 1940 Act.

1.27.    “Shares” means, with respect to a Fund, the units of beneficial interest issued by the Fund on account of the Fund.

1.28.    “Sub-Custodian” means (i) a branch of a “U.S. bank” as that term is defined in Rule 17f-5 under the 1940 Act, (ii) an “intermediary custodian” as that term is defined in Rule 17f-4 under the 1940 Act, and (iii) an Eligible Foreign Custodian.

1.29.    “Underlying Loan Agreement” means, with respect to any Loan, the document or documents evidencing the commercial loan agreement or facility pursuant to which such Loan is made.

 

-4-


1.30.    “Underlying Loan Documents” means, with respect to any Loan, the related Underlying Loan Agreement together with any agreements and instruments (including any Underlying Note) executed or delivered in connection therewith.

1.31.    “Underlying Note” means the one or more promissory notes executed by an obligor evidencing a Loan.

1.32.    “Written Instructions” means (i) written communications actually received by the Custodian and signed by any Authorized Person, (ii) communications by facsimile or Internet e-mail communications, telex or any other such system from one or more persons reasonably believed by the Custodian to be Authorized Persons.

ARTICLE II

APPOINTMENT OF CUSTODIAN

2.1.      Appointment. The Fund hereby appoints the Custodian as custodian of all Fund Assets, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, and the Custodian hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to perform the services and duties set forth in this Agreement. The Fund hereby delegates to the Custodian in accordance with Rule 17f-5(b) the responsibilities with respect to the Foreign Assets of the Fund, and the Custodian hereby accepts such delegation as Foreign Custody Manager (as such term is defined in Rule 17f-5 under the 1940 Act, the “Foreign Custody Manager”) for the Fund on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. The services and duties of the Custodian shall be confined to those matters expressly set forth herein, and no implied duties are assumed by or may be asserted against the Custodian hereunder.

2.2.      Documents to be Furnished. The following documents, including any amendments thereto, will be provided contemporaneously with the execution of the Agreement to the Custodian by the Fund:

(a)      A copy of the Fund’s declaration of trust, certified by the Secretary;

(b)      A copy of the Fund’s bylaws, certified by the Secretary;

(c)      A copy of the resolutions of the Board of Trustees of the Fund appointing the Custodian, certified by the Secretary;

(d)      A copy of the current prospectus of the Fund (the “Prospectus”);

(e)      A certification of the Chairman or the President and the Secretary of the Fund setting forth the names and signatures of the current Officers of the Fund and other Authorized Persons; and

(f)      An executed authorization required by the Shareholder Communications Act of 1985, attached hereto as Exhibit D.

 

-5-


2.3.       Notice of Appointment of Transfer Agent. The Fund agrees to notify the Custodian in writing of the appointment, termination or change in appointment of any transfer agent of the Fund.

ARTICLE III

CUSTODY OF CASH AND SECURITIES

3.1.       Segregation. All Securities and non-cash property held by the Custodian for the account of the Fund (other than Securities maintained in a Securities Depository, Eligible Securities Depository or Book-Entry System) shall be physically segregated from other Securities and non-cash property in the possession of the Custodian and shall be identified as subject to this Agreement.

3.2.       Fund Custody Accounts. The Custodian shall open and maintain in its trust department a custody account in the name of the Fund, subject only to draft or order of the Custodian, in which the Custodian shall enter and carry all Fund Assets (other than Loans) of such Fund which are delivered to it and any cash accounts, including any subaccounts, in the name of the Fund coupled with the name of the Fund, subject only to draft or order of the Custodian, in which the Custodian shall enter and carry all principal and interest received with respect to Loans. The amounts held in the cash accounts shall be transferred into the respective Fund’s custody account on a daily basis. For avoidance of doubt, the Custodian shall not be required to credit or deposit Loans in the custody account but shall instead maintain a register (in book-entry form or in such other form as it shall deem necessary or desirable) of such Loans, containing such information as the Fund and the Custodian may reasonably agree; provided that, with respect to such Loans, all Required Loan Documents shall be held in the custody and safekeeping of the Custodian, individually segregated from the securities and investments of any other person and marked so as to clearly identify them as the property of the Fund as set forth in this Agreement,

3.3.       Appointment of Agents.

(a)      In its discretion, the Custodian may appoint one or more Sub-Custodians to establish and maintain arrangements with (i) Eligible Securities Depositories or (ii) Eligible Foreign Custodians who are members of the Sub-Custodian’s network to hold Fund Assets and to carry out such other provisions of this Agreement as it may determine. The appointment of any such Sub-custodians and maintenance of any Fund Assets therewith shall be at the Custodian’s expense and shall not relieve the Custodian of any of its obligations or liabilities under this Agreement. The Custodian shall be liable for the acts or omissions of any Sub-Custodians (regardless of whether Fund Assets are maintained in the custody of a Sub-Custodian, a member of its network or an Eligible Securities Depository) appointed by it as if such acts or omissions had been done by the Custodian. An initial list of Sub-Custodians and other agents has been provided by the Custodian to the Fund on or prior to the date hereof, and the Custodian will notify the Fund of any changes in such list as soon as reasonably practicable.

(b)      In performing its delegated responsibilities as Foreign Custody Manager to place or maintain the Foreign Assets of the Fund with a Sub-Custodian, the Custodian will determine that the Foreign Assets will be subject to reasonable care, based on the standards

 

-6-


applicable to custodians in the country in which the Foreign Assets will be held by that Sub-Custodian, after considering all factors relevant to safekeeping of such Foreign Assets, including, without limitation the factors specified in Rule 17f-5(c)(l) under the 1940 Act.

(c)       Each agreement between the Custodian and each Sub-Custodian acting hereunder shall be in writing and shall contain the required provisions set forth in Rule 17f-5(c)(2) under the 1940 Act.

(d)       The Custodian shall provide written reports notifying the Board of Trustees of the withdrawal or placement of Fund Assets with a Sub-Custodian, and of any material changes with respect to the sub-custody arrangements for the Fund. Such reports will be provided to the Board of Trustees quarterly, and at such other times as the Board of Trustees deems reasonable and appropriate based on the circumstances of the arrangements for the Fund. Such reports shall include an analysis of the custody risks associated with maintaining assets with any Eligible Securities Depositories. The Custodian shall withdraw on behalf of the Fund as soon as reasonably practicable Fund Assets from any Sub-Custodian arrangement or Eligible Securities Depository that has ceased to meet the requirements of Rule 17f-5 or Rule 17f-7 under the 1940 Act, as applicable.

(e)       With respect to its responsibilities under this Section 3.3, the Custodian hereby agrees to exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence such as a person having responsibility for the safekeeping of Fund Assets would exercise, or to adhere to a higher standard of care, in the performance of its duties hereunder. With respect to the physical custody of any Loan Documents, the Custodian’s responsibility shall be limited to the exercise of reasonable care by the Custodian in the physical custody of any such documents delivered to it, and any related instrument, security, credit agreement, assignment agreement and/or other agreements or documents, if any, that may be delivered to it. The Custodian further represents and warrants that the Fund Assets will be subject to reasonable care if maintained with a Sub-Custodian, taking into consideration all factors relevant to the safekeeping of such assets, including, without limitation; (i) the Sub-custodian’s practices, procedures, and internal controls, including, but not limited to, the physical protections available for certificated securities (if applicable), its method of keeping custodial records, and its security and data protection practices; (ii) whether the Sub-Custodian has the requisite financial strength to provide reasonable care for Fund Assets; (iii) the Sub-Custodian’s general reputation and standing and, in the case of a Securities Depository, the Securities Depository’s operating history and number of participants; and (iv) whether the Fund will have jurisdiction over and be able to enforce judgments against the Sub-Custodian, such as by virtue of the existence of any offices of the Sub-Custodian in the United States or the Sub-Custodian’s consent to service of process in the United States.

(f)       The Custodian has, and will insure that each Sub-Custodian has, established a system to monitor on a continuing basis (i) the appropriateness of maintaining Fund Assets with a particular Sub-Custodian; (ii) the performance of the contract governing the Custodian’s arrangements with such Sub-Custodian; and (iii) the custody risks of maintaining assets with an Eligible Securities Depository. The Custodian shall promptly notify the Fund or its investment adviser of any material change in those risks.

 

-7-


(g)      The Custodian shall use reasonable commercial efforts to collect all income and other payments with respect to Foreign Securities to which the Fund is entitled and shall credit such income, as collected, to the Fund Custody Account. In the event that extraordinary measures are required to collect such income, the Fund and the Custodian shall consult as to the measures to be taken and as to the compensation and expenses of the Custodian relating to such measures.

3.4.       Delivery of Assets to Custodian. The Fund shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Custodian all of the Fund’s Securities, cash and other investment assets, including (i) all payments of income, payments of principal and capital distributions received by the Fund with respect to such Securities, cash or other assets owned by the Fund at any time during the period of this Agreement, and (ii). all cash received by the Fund for the issuance of Shares. With respect to .Loans, the Loan Documents and other underlying loan documents maybe delivered to the Custodian at the address identified below in Section 15.08, With respect to assets other than Loans, such assets shall be delivered to the Custodian, and at the address identified below in Section 15,08, Except to the extent otherwise expressly provided herein, delivery of Securities to the Custodian shall be in Custodian’s Street Name or other good delivery form. The Custodian shall not be responsible for such Securities, cash or other assets until actually received by it. Nothing in this Section 3.4 shall be read to limit any obligation of the Custodian under this Agreement, including without limitation Section 3.8.

3.5.       Securities Depositories and Book-Entry Systems. The Custodian may deposit and/or maintain Securities (excluding Loans) of the Fund in a Securities Depository or in a Book-Entry System, subject to the following provisions;

(a)      The Custodian, on an on-going basis, shall deposit in a Securities Depository or Book-Entry System all Securities (other than Loans) eligible for deposit therein and shall make use of such Securities Depository or Book- Entry System to the extent possible and practical in connection with its performance hereunder, including, without limitation, in connection with settlements of purchases and sales of Securities, loans of Securities, and deliveries and returns of collateral consisting of Securities.

(b)      Securities (other than Loans) of the Fund kept in a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository shall be kept in an account (“Depository Account”) of the Custodian in such Book-Entry System or Securities Depository which includes only assets held by the Custodian as a fiduciary, custodian or otherwise for customers.

(c)      The records of the Custodian with respect to Securities (other than Loans) of the Fund maintained in a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository shall, by book-entry, identify such Securities as belonging to the Fund.

(d)      If Securities purchased by the Fund are to be held in a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository, the Custodian shall pay for such Securities upon (i) receipt of advice from the Book-Entry System or Securities Depository that such Securities have been transferred to the Depository Account, and (ii) the making of an entry on the records of the Custodian to reflect such payment and transfer for the account of the Fund. If Securities sold by the Fund are held in a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository, the Custodian shall transfer such

 

-8-


Securities upon (i) receipt of advice from the Book-Entry System or Securities Depository that payment for such Securities has been transferred to the Depository Account, and (ii) the making of an entry on the records of the Custodian to reflect such transfer and payment for the account of the Fund.

(e)      The Custodian shall provide the Fund with copies of any report (obtained by the Custodian from a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository in which Securities of the Fund are kept) on the internal accounting controls and procedures for safeguarding Securities deposited in such Book-Entry System or Securities Depository.

(f)      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Custodian shall be liable to the Fund for any loss or damage to the Fund resulting from (i) the use of a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository by reason of any negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Custodian or any Sub-custodian, or (ii) failure of the Custodian or any Sub-Custodian to enforce effectively such rights as it may have against a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository. At its election, the Fund shall be subrogated to the rights of the Custodian with respect to any claim against a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository or any other person from any loss or damage to the Fund arising from the use of such Book-Entry System or Securities Depository, if and to the extent that the Fund has not been made whole for any such loss or damage.

(g)      With respect to its responsibilities under this Section 3.5 and pursuant to Rule 17f-4 under the 1940 Act, the Custodian hereby warrants to the Fund that it agrees to (i) exercise due care in accordance with reasonable commercial standards in discharging its duty as a securities intermediary to obtain and thereafter maintain such assets, (ii) provide, promptly upon request by the Fund, such reports as are available concerning the Custodian’s internal accounting controls and financial strength, and (iii) require any Sub-Custodian to exercise due care in accordance with reasonable commercial standards in discharging its duty as a securities intermediary to obtain and thereafter maintain assets corresponding to the security entitlements of its entitlement holders.

3.6.       Disbursement of Moneys from Fund Custody Account. Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall disburse moneys from the Fund Custody Account but only in the following cases:

(a)      For the purchase of Securities for the Fund but only in accordance with Section 4.1 of this Agreement and only (i) in the case of Securities (other than options on Securities, futures contracts, and options on futures contracts), against the delivery to the Custodian (or any Sub-Custodian) of such Securities registered as provided in Section 3.9 below or in proper form for transfer, or if the purchase of such Securities is effected through a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository, in accordance with the conditions set forth in Section 3.5 above; (ii) in the case of options on Securities, against delivery to the Custodian (or any Sub-Custodian) of such receipts as are required by the customs prevailing among dealers in such options; (iii) in the case of futures contracts and options on futures contracts, against delivery to the Custodian (or any Sub-Custodian) of evidence of title thereto in favor of the Fund or any nominee referred to in Section 3.9 below; and (iv) in the case of repurchase or reverse repurchase agreements entered into between the Fund and a bank which is a member of the Federal Reserve

 

-9-


System or between the Fund and a primary dealer in U.S, Government securities, against delivery of the purchased Securities either in certificate form or through an entry crediting the Custodian’s account at a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository with such Securities;

(b)      In connection with the conversion, exchange or surrender, as set forth in Section 3.7(f) below, of Securities owned by the Fund;

(c)      For the payment of any dividends or capital gain distributions declared by the Fund;

(d)      In payment of the price of Shares repurchased in open market purchases or through tender offers, as provided in Section 5.1 below;

(e)      For the payment of any expense or liability incurred by the Fund, including, but not limited to, the following payments for the account of the Fund: interest; taxes; administration, investment advisory, accounting, auditing, transfer agent, custodian, trustee and legal fees; and other operating expenses of the Fund; in all cases, whether or not such expenses are to be in whole or in part capitalized or treated as deferred expenses;

(f)      For transfer in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the Fund, the Custodian, and a broker-dealer registered under the 1934 Act and a member of FINRA, relating to compliance with rules of the Options Clearing Corporation and of any registered national securities exchange (or of any similar organization or organizations) regarding escrow or other arrangements in connection with transactions by the Fund;

(g)      For transfer in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the Fund, the Custodian, and a futures commission merchant registered under the Commodity Exchange Act, relating to compliance with the rules of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission and/or any contract market (or any similar organization or organizations) regarding account deposits in connection with transactions by the Fund;

(h)      For the funding of any uncertificated time deposit or other interest-bearing account with any banking institution (including the Custodian), which deposit or account has a term of one year or less; and

(i)      For any other proper purpose, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions specifying the amount and purpose of such payment, declaring such purpose to be a proper corporate purpose, and naming the person or persons to whom such payment is to be made,

3.7.       Delivery of Securities from Fund Custody Account. Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall release and deliver, or cause the Sub-Custodian to release and deliver, Securities from the Fund Custody Account or Loan Documents for the Fund, but only in the following cases:

(a)      Upon the sale of Securities for the account of the Fund but only against receipt of payment therefor in cash, by certified or cashiers check or bank credit (a practice conventionally known as “DVP/RVP”);

 

-10-


(b)      In the case of a sale effected through a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository, in accordance with the provisions of Section 3,5 above;

(c)      To an offeror’s depository agent in connection with tender or other similar offers for Securities of the Fund; provided that, in any such case, the cash or other consideration is to be delivered to the Custodian;

(d)      To the issuer thereof or its agent (i) for transfer into the name of the Fund, the Custodian or any Sub-Custodian, or any nominee or nominees of any of the foregoing, or (ii) for exchange for a different number of certificates or other evidence representing the same aggregate face amount or number of units; provided that, in any such case, the new Securities are to be delivered to the Custodian;

(e)      To the broker selling the Securities, for examination in accordance with the “street delivery” custom;

(f)      For exchange or conversion pursuant to any plan of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or readjustment of the issuer of such Securities, or pursuant to provisions for conversion contained in such Securities, or pursuant to any deposit agreement, including surrender or receipt of underlying Securities in connection with the issuance or cancellation of depository receipts; provided that, in any such case, the new Securities and cash, if any, are to be delivered to the Custodian;

(g)      Upon receipt of payment therefor pursuant to any repurchase or reverse repurchase agreement entered into by the Fund;

(h)      In the case of warrants, rights or similar Securities, upon the exercise thereof, provided that, in any such case, the new Securities and cash, if any, are to be delivered to the Custodian;

(i)      For delivery in connection with any loans of Securities of the Fund, but only against receipt of such collateral as the Fund shall have specified to the Custodian in Proper Instructions;

(j)      For delivery as security in connection with any borrowings by the Fund requiring a pledge of assets by the Fund, but only into a segregated account in the name of the fund for the benefit of the secured party governed under an account control agreement and against receipt by the Custodian of the amounts borrowed:

(k)      Pursuant to any authorized plan of liquidation, reorganization, merger, consolidation or recapitalization of the Fund;

(l)      For delivery in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the Fund, the Custodian and a broker-dealer registered under the 1934 Act and a member of FINRA, relating to compliance with the rules of the Options Clearing Corporation and of any registered national securities exchange (or of any similar organization or organizations) regarding escrow or other arrangements in connection with transactions by the Fund;

 

-11-


(m)      For delivery in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the Fund, the Custodian, and a futures commission merchant registered under the Commodity Exchange Act, relating to compliance with the rules of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission and/or any contract market (or any similar organization or organizations) regarding account deposits in connection with transactions by the Fund; or

(n)      For any other proper corporate purpose, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions specifying the Securities to be delivered, setting forth the purpose for which such delivery is to be made, declaring such purpose to be a proper corporate purpose, and naming the person or persons to whom delivery of such Securities shall be made; or

(o)      To brokers, clearing banks or other clearing agents for examination or trade execution in accordance with market custom; provided that in any such case the Custodian shall have no responsibility or liability for any loss arising from the delivery of such Securities prior to receiving payment for such Securities except as may arise from the Custodian’s own negligence or willful misconduct.

3.8.       Actions Not Requiring Proper Instructions. Unless otherwise instructed by Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall, with respect to all Securities held for the Fund:

(a)      Subject to Section 9.4 below, collect on a timely basis all income and other payments to which the Fund is entitled either by law or pursuant to custom in the securities business;

(b)      Present for payment and, subject to Section 9.4 below, collect on a timely basis the amount payable upon all Securities which may mature or be called, redeemed, or retired, or otherwise become payable;

(c)      Endorse for collection, in the name of the Fund, checks, drafts and other negotiable instruments;

(d)      Surrender interim receipts or Securities in temporary form for Securities in definitive form;

(e)      Execute, as custodian, any necessary declarations or certificates of ownership under the federal income tax laws or the laws or regulations of any other taxing authority now or hereafter in effect, and prepare and submit reports to the 1RS and the Fund at such time, in such manner and containing such information as is prescribed by the 1RS;

(f)      Hold for the Fund, either directly or, with respect to Securities held therein, through a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository, all rights and similar Securities issued with respect to Securities of the Fund; and

(g)      In general, and except as otherwise directed in Proper Instructions, attend to all non-discretionary details in connection with the sale, exchange, substitution, purchase, transfer and other dealings with Securities and other assets of the Fund.

 

-12-


3.9.       Registration and Transfer of Securities. All Securities (other than Loans) held for the Fund that are issued or issuable only in bearer form shall be held by the Custodian in that form, provided that any such Securities shall be held in a Book- Entry System if eligible therefor. All other Securities (other than Loans) held for the Fund may be registered in the name of the Fund, the Custodian, a Sub-Custodian, or any nominee of any of them, or in the name of a Book-Entry System, Securities Depository or any nominee of either thereof, The records of the Custodian with respect to Foreign Securities maintained with a Sub-Custodian in an account that is identified as belonging to the Custodian for the benefit of its customers shall identify those Foreign Securities as belonging to the Fund. The Fund shall furnish to the Custodian appropriate instruments to enable the Custodian to hold or deliver in proper form for transfer, or to register in the name of any of the nominees referred to above or in the name of a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository, any Securities (other than Loans) registered in the name of the Fund.

3.10.       Records.

(a)      The Custodian shall maintain complete and accurate records with respect to Securities, cash or other property held for the Fund, including (i) journals or other records of original entry containing an itemized daily record in detail of all receipts and deliveries of Securities and all receipts and disbursements of cash; (ii) ledgers (or other records) reflecting (A) Securities in transfer, (B) Securities in physical possession, (C) monies and Securities borrowed and monies and Securities loaned (together with a record of the collateral therefor and substitutions of such collateral), (D) dividends and interest received, and (E) dividends receivable and interest receivable; (iii) canceled checks and bank records related thereto; and (iv) all records relating to its activities and obligations under this Agreement. The Custodian shall keep such other books and records of the Fund as the Fund shall reasonably request, or as may be required by the 1940 Act, including, but not limited to, Section 31 of the 1940 Act and Rules 31a-l and 3 la-2 promulgated thereunder.

(b)      All such books and records maintained by the Custodian shall (i) be maintained in a form acceptable to the Fund and in compliance with applicable laws and regulations, (ii) be the property of the Fund and at all times during the regular business hours of the Custodian be made available upon request for inspection by duly authorized officers, employees or agents of the Fund and employees or agents of the SEC, and (iii) if required to be maintained by Rule 31a-1 and 31a-2 under the 1940 Act, be preserved for the periods prescribed in Rules 31 a-1 and 31a-2 under the 1940 Act.

3.11.       Fund Reports by Custodian. The Custodian shall furnish the Fund with a daily activity statement and a summary of all transfers to or from the Fund Custody Account on the day following such transfers. At least monthly, the Custodian shall furnish the Fund with a detailed statement of the Securities and moneys held by the Custodian and the Sub-Custodians for the Fund under this Agreement.

3.12.       Other Reports by Custodian. As the Fund may reasonably request from time to time, the Custodian shall provide the Fund with reports on the internal accounting controls and procedures for safeguarding Securities which are employed by the Custodian or any Sub-Custodian.

 

-13-


3.13.       Proxies and Other Materials. The Custodian shall cause all proxies relating to Securities which are not registered in the name of the Fund to be promptly executed by the registered holder of such Securities, without indication of the manner in which such proxies are to be voted, and shall promptly deliver to the Fund such proxies, all proxy soliciting materials and all notices relating to such Securities. With respect to Foreign Securities, the Custodian will use reasonable commercial efforts to facilitate the exercise of voting and other shareholder rights, subject to the laws, regulations and practical constraints that may exist in the country where such securities are issued. The Fund acknowledges that local conditions, including lack of regulation, onerous procedural obligations, lack of notice and other factors may have the effect of severely limiting the ability of the Fund to exercise shareholder rights.

3.14.       Information on Corporate Actions. The Custodian shall promptly deliver to the Fund all information received by the Custodian and pertaining to Securities being held by the Fund with respect to optional tender or exchange offers, calls for redemption or purchase, other similar transactions, or expiration of rights as described in the Standards of Service Guide attached as Exhibit B. If the Fund desires to take action with respect to any tender offer, exchange offer or other similar transaction, the Fund, if reasonably practical, shall notify the Custodian at least three Business Days prior to the date on which the Custodian is to take such action. The Fund, if reasonably practical, will provide or cause to be provided to the Custodian all relevant information for any Security which has unique put/option provisions at least three Business Days prior to the beginning date of the tender period. All such actions and communications are the responsibility of the Fund.

ARTICLE IV

PURCHASE AND SALE OF INVESTMENTS OF THE FUND

4.1.      Purchase of Securities. Promptly upon each purchase of Securities (other than Loans) for the Fund, Written Instructions shall be delivered to the Custodian, specifying (i) the name of the issuer or writer of such Securities, and the title or other description thereof, (ii) the number of shares, principal amount (and accrued interest, if any) or other units purchased, (iii) the date of purchase and settlement, (iv) the purchase price per unit, (v) the total amount payable upon such purchase, and (vi) the name of the person to whom such amount is payable. The Custodian shall upon receipt of such Securities purchased by the Fund pay out of the moneys held for the account of the Fund the total amount specified in such Written Instructions to the person named therein, The Custodian shall not be under any obligation to pay out moneys to cover the cost of a purchase of Securities for the Fund, if in the Fund Custody Account there is insufficient cash available to the Fund for which such purchase was made.

(a)      In connection with its acquisition or origination of a Loan or other delivery of a Security constituting a Loan, the Fund (or its agents) shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Custodian a properly completed Loan Trade Confirmation containing such information in respect of such Loan as the Custodian may reasonably require in order to enable the Custodian to perform its duties hereunder in respect of such Loan on which the Custodian may reasonably rely without further inquiry or investigation, in such form and format as the Custodian reasonably may require, and shall also deliver to the Custodian the Required Loan Documents for all Loans, including the Loan Checklist.

 

-14-


(b)      Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, delivery of Loans acquired by the Fund (which constitute Noteless Loans or Participations or which are otherwise not evidenced by a “security” or “instrument” as defined in Section 8-102 and nb Section 9-102(a)(47) of the Uniform Commercial Code (“UCC”), respectively, shall be made by delivery to the Custodian of (i) in the case of a Noteless Loan, a copy of the loan register with respect to such Noteless Loan evidencing registration of such Loan on the books and records of the applicable obligor or bank agent to the name of the Fund or a copy (which may be a facsimile copy) of an assignment agreement in favor of the Fund as assignee, and (ii) in the case of a Participation, a copy of the related participation agreement. Any duty on the part of the Custodian with respect to the custody of such Loans shall be limited to the standard of care created in Section 3.3 and expected of the Custodian in the physical custody of any such documents delivered to it, including Required Loan Documents and any related instrument, security, credit agreement, assignment agreement and/or other agreements or documents, if any (collectively, “Financing Documents”), that may be delivered to it. Nothing herein shall require the Custodian to credit to the Securities Account or to treat as a financial asset (within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(9) of the UCC) any such Loan or other asset in the nature of a general intangible (as defined in Section 9-102(a)(42) of the UCC) or to “maintain” a sufficient quantity thereof.

(c)      The Custodian may assume the genuineness of any such Financing Document it may receive and the genuineness and due authority of any signatures appearing thereon, and shall be entitled to assume that each such Financing Document it may receive is what it purports to be. If an original “security” or “instrument” as defined in Section 8-102 and Section 9-102(a)(47) of the UCC, respectively, is or shall be or become available with respect to any Loan to be held by the Custodian under this Agreement, it shall be the sole responsibility of the Fund (or Fund) to make or cause delivery thereof to the Custodian, and the Custodian shall not be under any obligation at any time to determine whether any such original security or instrument has been or is required to be issued or made available in respect of any Loan or to compel or cause delivery thereof to the Custodian.

(d)      Contemporaneously with the acquisition or origination of any Loan, the Fund may (i) cause the copies of the loan documents evidencing such Loan to be delivered to the Custodian; (ii) provide to the Custodian an amortization schedule of principal payments and a schedule of the interest payable date(s) identifying the amount and due dates of all scheduled principal and interest payments for such Loan and (iii) a properly completed Loan Trade Confirmation containing such information in respect of such Loan as the Custodian may reasonably require in order to enable the Custodian to perform its duties hereunder in respect of such Loan on which the Custodian may conclusively rely without further inquiry or investigation, in such form and format as the Custodian reasonably may require; (iv) take all actions reasonably necessary for the Fund to acquire good title to such Loan with respect to each such Loan, the Custodian shall be entitled to reasonably rely on any information and notices it may receive from time to time from the related bank agent, obligor or similar party with respect to the related Loan Asset, and shall be entitled to update its records (as it may deem necessary or appropriate), or from the Fund, on the basis of such information or notices received, without any obligation on its part independently to verify, investigate or recalculate such information.

 

-15-


4.2.       Liability for Payment in Advance of Receipt of Securities Purchased. In any and every case where payment for the purchase of Securities for the Fund is made by the Custodian in advance of receipt of the Securities purchased and in the absence of specified Written Instructions to so pay in advance, the Custodian shall be liable to the Fund for such payment.

4.3.       Sale of Securities. Promptly upon each sale of Securities by the Fund, Written Instructions shall be delivered to the Custodian, specifying (i) the name of the issuer or writer of such Securities, and the title or other description thereof, (ii) the number of shares, principal amount (and accrued interest, if any), or other units sold, (iii) the date of sale and settlement, (iv) the sale price per unit, (v) the total amount payable upon such sale, and (vi) the person to whom such Securities are . to be delivered. Upon receipt of the total amount payable to the Fund as specified in such Written Instructions, the Custodian shall deliver such Securities to the person specified in such Written Instructions. Subject to the foregoing, the Custodian may accept payment in such form as shall be satisfactory to it, and may deliver Securities and arrange for payment in accordance with the customs prevailing among dealers in Securities.

4.4.       Delivery of Securities Sold. The Fund understands that in certain jurisdictions, when Custodian is instructed to deliver Securities against payment, delivery of such Securities and receipt of payment therefor may not be completed simultaneously. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, settlements, payments and deliveries of Securities (other than Loans) may be effected by Custodian or any Sub-Custodian in accordance with the customary or established securities trading or securities processing practices and procedures in the jurisdiction in which the transaction occurs, including, without limitation, delivery to a purchaser or dealer therefor (or agent) against receipt with the expectation of receiving later payment for such Securities (other than Loans). The Fund assumes full responsibility for all risks, including, without limitation, credit risks, involved in connection with such deliveries of Securities (other than Loans),

4.5.       Payment for Securities Sold. In its sole discretion and from time to time, the Custodian may credit the Fund Custody Account, prior to actual receipt of final payment thereof, with (i) proceeds from the sale of Securities which it has been instructed to deliver against payment, (ii) proceeds from the redemption of Securities or other assets of the Fund, and (iii) income from cash, Securities or other assets of the Fund. Any such credit shall be conditional upon actual receipt by Custodian of final payment and may be reversed if final payment is not actually received in full. The Custodian may, in its sole discretion and from time to time, permit the Fund to use funds so credited to the Fund Custody Account in anticipation of actual receipt of final payment. Any such funds shall be repayable immediately upon demand made by the Custodian at any time prior to the actual receipt of all final payments in anticipation of which funds were credited to the Fund Custody Account.

4.6.       Advances by Custodian for Settlement. The Custodian may, in its sole discretion and from time to time, advance funds to the Fund to facilitate the settlement of a Fund’s transactions in the Fund Custody Account. Any such advance shall be repayable immediately upon written demand made by the Custodian.

 

-16-


ARTICLE V

REPURCHASE OF FUND SHARES

5.1.       Transfer of Funds. From such funds as may be available for the purpose in the Fund Custody Account, and upon receipt of Proper Instructions specifying that the funds are required to repurchase Shares of the Fund in open market purchases or pursuant to a tender offer, the Custodian shall wire each amount specified in such Proper Instructions to or through such bank or broker-dealer as the Fund may designate,

5.2.       No Duty Regarding Paving Banks. Once the Custodian has wired amounts to a bank or broker-dealer pursuant to Section 5.1 above, the Custodian shall not be under any obligation to effect any further payment or distribution by such bank or broker-dealer,

ARTICLE VI

SEGREGATED ACCOUNTS

Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall establish and maintain a segregated account or accounts for and on behalf of the Fund, into which account or accounts maybe transferred cash and/or Securities, including Securities maintained in a Depository Account:

(a)      in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the Fund, the Custodian and a broker-dealer registered under the 1934 Act and a member of FINRA (or any futures commission merchant registered under the Commodity Exchange Act), relating to compliance with the rules of the Options Clearing Corporation and of any registered national securities exchange (or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission or any registered contract market), or of any similar organization or organizations, regarding escrow or other arrangements in connection with transactions by the Fund;

(b)      for purposes of segregating cash or Securities in connection with securities options purchased or written by the Fund or in connection with financial futures contracts (or options thereon) purchased or sold by the Fund;

(c)      which constitute collateral for loans of Securities made by the Fund;

(d)      for purposes of compliance by the Fund with requirements under the 1940 Act for the maintenance of segregated accounts by registered investment companies in connection with reverse repurchase agreements and when-issued, delayed delivery and firm commitment transactions; and

(e)      for other proper corporate purposes, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions setting forth the purpose or purposes of such segregated account and declaring such purposes to be proper corporate purposes.

Each segregated account established under this Article VI shall be established and maintained for the Fund only.

 

-17-


ARTICLE VII

COMPENSATION OF CUSTODIAN

7.1.       Compensation. The Custodian shall be compensated for providing the services set forth in this Agreement in accordance with the fee schedule set forth on Exhibit C hereto (as amended from time to time). The Custodian shall also be compensated for such miscellaneous expenses (e.g., telecommunication charges, postage and delivery charges, and reproduction charges) as are reasonably incurred by the Custodian in performing its duties hereunder. The Fund shall pay all such fees and reimbursable expenses within 30 calendar days following receipt of the billing notice, except for any fee or expense subject to a good faith dispute. The Fund shall notify the Custodian in writing within 30 calendar days following receipt of each invoice if the Fund is disputing any amounts in good faith. The Fund shall pay such disputed amounts within 10 calendar days of the day on which the parties agree to the amount to be paid.

7.2.       Overdrafts. The Fund is responsible for maintaining an appropriate level of short term cash investments to accommodate cash outflows. The Fund may obtain a formal line of credit for potential overdrafts of its custody account. In the event of an overdraft or in the event the line of credit is insufficient to cover an overdraft, the overdraft amount or the overdraft amount that exceeds the line of credit will be charged in accordance with the fee schedule set forth on Exhibit C hereto (as amended from time to time),

ARTICLE VIII

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

8.1.       Representations and Warranties of the Fund. The Fund hereby represents and warrants to the Custodian, which representations and warranties shall be deemed to be continuing throughout the term of this Agreement, that:

(a)      It is duly organized and existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, with full power to carry on its business as now conducted, to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder;

(b)      This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Fund in accordance with all requisite action and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the Fund, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and secured parties; and

(c)      It is conducting its business in compliance in all material respects with all applicable laws and regulations, both state and federal, and has obtained all regulatory approvals necessary to carry on its business as now conducted; there is no statute, rule, regulation, order or judgment binding on it and no provision of its charter, bylaws or any contract binding it or affecting its property which would prohibit its execution or performance of this Agreement.

8.2.      Representations and Warranties of the Custodian. The Custodian hereby represents and warrants to the Fund, which representations and warranties shall be deemed to be continuing throughout the term of this Agreement, that:

 

-18-


(a)      It is duly organized and existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, with full power to carry on its business as now conducted, to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder;

(b)      It is a “U.S. Bank” as defined in Rule 17f-5(a)(7) of the 1940 Act;

(c)      This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Custodian in accordance with all requisite action and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the Custodian, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and secured parties; and

(d)      It is conducting its business in compliance in all material respects with all applicable laws and regulations, both state and federal, and has obtained all regulatory approvals necessary to carry on its business as now conducted; there is no statute, rule, regulation, order or judgment binding on it and no provision of its charter, bylaws or any contract binding it or affecting its property which would prohibit its execution or performance of this Agreement.

(e)      The Custodian shall maintain for its own account and protection, insurance coverage that the Custodian deems appropriate with respect to its business in connection with the services and obligations under this Agreement.

(f)      The Custodian will maintain a business continuity plan designed to reasonably reduce the risks associated with a disaster, including but not limited to, natural disaster or pandemic, and minimize service interruptions in the event of equipment failure, work stoppage, governmental action, communication disruption or other impossibility of performance beyond the Custodian’s control, any of which could affect the Custodian’s ability to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement, The Custodian represents and warrants that it maintains contingency (business continuity) plans as required by its banking regulators

(g)      The Custodian has implemented and will maintain an effective information security program reasonably designed to protect information relating to Shareholders (such information, “Personal Information”), which program includes sufficient administrative, technical and physical safeguards and written policies and procedures reasonably designed to (a) insure the security and confidentiality of such Personal Information; (b) protect against any anticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of such Personal Information, including identity theft; and (c) protect against unauthorized access to or use of such Personal Information that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to the Fund or any Shareholder (the “Information Security Program”). The Information Security Program complies and shall comply with reasonable information security practices within the industry. Upon written request from the Fund, the Custodian shall provide a written description of its Information Security Program, The Custodian shall promptly notify the Fund in writing of any breach of security, misuse or misappropriation of, or unauthorized access to, (in each case, whether actual or alleged) any information of the Fund (any or all of the foregoing referred to individually and collectively for purposes of this provision as a “Security Breach”). The Custodian shall promptly investigate and remedy, and bear the cost of the measures (including notification to any affected parties), if any, to address any Security Breach. The Custodian shall bear the cost of the Security Breach only if

 

-19-


the Custodian is determined to be responsible for such Security Breach. In addition to, and without limiting the foregoing, the Custodian promptly cooperate with the Fund or any of its affiliates’ regulators at the Custodian’s expense (only if the Custodian is determined to be responsible for such Security Breach) to prevent, investigate, cease or mitigate any Security Breach, including but not limited to investigating, bringing claims or actions and giving information and testimony. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, the obligations set forth in this paragraph shall survive termination of this Agreement.

ARTICLE IX

CONCERNING THE CUSTODIAN

9.1.      Standard of Care. The Custodian shall exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence in the performance of its duties and obligations under this Agreement. The Custodian shall be liable for any loss suffered by the Fund in connection with its duties under this Agreement arising out of or relating to the Custodian’s (or a Sub-Custodian’s) refusal or failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement (or any sub-custody agreement) or from its (or a Sub-Custodian’s) bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of its duties under this Agreement (or any sub-custody agreement). The Custodian shall be entitled to rely on and may act upon advice of outside counsel on all matters, and shall be without liability for any action reasonably taken or omitted pursuant to such advice. The Custodian shall promptly notify the Fund of any action taken or omitted by the Custodian pursuant to advice of counsel.

9.2.      Actual Collection Required. The Custodian shall not be liable for, or considered to be the custodian of, any cash belonging to the Fund or any money represented by a check, draft or other instrument for the payment of money, until the Custodian or its agents actually receive such cash or collect on such instrument.

9.3.      No Responsibility for Title, etc. So long as and to the extent that it is in the . exercise of at least the standard of care set forth in Section 9.01 hereof, the Custodian shall not be responsible for the title, validity or genuineness of any property or evidence of title thereto received or delivered by it pursuant to this Agreement.

9.4.      Limitation on Duty to Collect. Custodian shall not be required to enforce collection, by legal means or otherwise, of any money or property due and payable with respect to Securities held for the Fund if such Securities are in default or payment is not made after due demand or presentation.

9.5.      Reliance Upon Documents and Instructions. The Custodian shall be entitled to rely upon any certificate, notice or other instrument in writing received by it and reasonably believed by it to be genuine. The Custodian shall be entitled to rely upon any Written Instructions actually received by it pursuant to this Agreement and reasonably believed by it to be genuine.

9.6.      Cooperation. The Custodian shall cooperate with and supply necessary information to the entity or entities appointed by the Fund to keep the books of account of the Fund and/or compute the value of the assets of the Fund. The Custodian shall take all such reasonable actions as the Fund may from time to time request to enable the Fund to obtain, from

 

-20-


year to year, favorable opinions from the Fund’s independent accountants with respect to the Custodian’s activities hereunder in connection with (i) the preparation of the Fund’s reports on Form N-2 and Form N-SAR and any other reports required by the SEC, and (ii) the fulfillment by the Fund of any other requirements of the SEC.

ARTICLE X

INDEMNIFICATION

10.1.      Indemnification by Fund. The Fund shall indemnify and hold harmless the Custodian, any Sub-Custodian and any nominee thereof (each, an “Indemnified Party” and collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”) from and against any and all claims, demands, losses, expenses and liabilities of any and every nature (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) that an Indemnified Party may sustain or incur or that may be asserted against an Indemnified Party by any person arising directly or indirectly (i) from the fact that Securities are registered in the name of any such nominee, (ii) from any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Custodian or such Sub-Custodian (a) at the request or direction of or in reliance on the advice of the Fund, or (b) upon Proper Instructions, or (iii) from the performance of its obligations under this Agreement or any sub-custody agreement, provided that neither the Custodian nor any such Sub-Custodian shall be indemnified and held harmless from and against any such claim, demand, loss, expense or liability arising out of or relating to its refusal or failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement (or any sub-custody agreement), or from its bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of its duties under this Agreement (or any sub-custody agreement). This indemnity shall be a continuing obligation of the Fund, its successors and assigns, notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement. As used in this paragraph 10.1, the terms “Custodian” and “Sub-Custodian” shall include their respective directors, officers and employees.

10.2.      Indemnification by Custodian. The Custodian shall indemnify and hold harmless the Fund from and against any and all claims, demands, losses, expenses, and liabilities of any and every nature (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) that the Fund may sustain or incur or that may be asserted against the Fund by any person arising directly or indirectly out of any action taken or omitted to be taken by an Indemnified Party as a result of the Indemnified Party’s refusal or failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement (or any sub-custody agreement), or from an Indemnified Party’s bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of its duties under this Agreement (or any sub-custody agreement). This indemnity shall be a continuing obligation of the Custodian, its successors and assigns, notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement. As used in this paragraph 10.2, the term “Fund” shall include the Fund’s trustees, officers and employees.

10.3.      Security. If the Custodian advances cash or Securities to the Fund for any purpose, either at the Fund’s request or as otherwise contemplated in this Agreement, or in the event that the Custodian or its nominee incurs, in connection with its performance under this Agreement, any claim, demand, loss, expense or liability (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) (except such as may arise from its or its nominee’s bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct), then, in any such event, any property at any time held for the account of the Fund shall be security therefor, and should the Fund fail promptly to repay or indemnify the Custodian, the

 

-21-


Custodian shall be entitled to utilize available cash of such Fund and to dispose of other assets of such Fund to the extent necessary to obtain reimbursement or indemnification.

10.4.      Miscellaneous.

(a)      Neither party to this Agreement shall be liable to the other party for consequential, special or punitive damages under any provision of this Agreement.

(b)      The indemnity provisions of this Article shall indefinitely survive the termination and/or assignment of this Agreement,

(c)      In order that the indemnification provisions contained in this Article X shall apply, it is understood that if in any case the indemnitor may be asked to indemnify or hold the indemnitee harmless, the indemnitor shall be fully and promptly advised of all pertinent facts concerning the situation in question, and it is further understood that the indemnitee will use all reasonable care to notify the indemnitor promptly concerning any situation that presents or appears likely to present the probability of a claim for indemnification. The indemnitor shall have the option to defend the indemnitee against any claim that may be the subject of this indemnification. In the event that the indemnitor so elects, it will so notify the indemnitee and thereupon the indemnitor shall take over complete defense of the claim, and the indemnitee shall in such situation initiate no further legal or other expenses for which it shall seek indemnification under this Article X. The indemnitee shall in no case confess any claim or make any compromise in any case in which the indemnitor will be asked to indemnify the indemnitee except with the indemnitor’s prior written consent.

ARTICLE XI

FORCE MAJEURE

Neither the Custodian nor the Fund shall be liable for any failure or delay in performance of its obligations under this Agreement arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including, without limitation, acts of God; earthquakes; fires; floods; wars; civil or military disturbances; acts of terrorism; sabotage; strikes; epidemics; riots; power failures; computer failure and any such circumstances beyond its reasonable control as may cause interruption, loss or malfunction of utility, transportation, computer (hardware or software) or telephone communication service; accidents; labor disputes; acts of civil or military authority; governmental actions; or inability to obtain labor, material, equipment or transportation; provided, however, that in the event of a failure or delay, the Custodian (i) shall not discriminate against the Fund in favor of any other customer of the Custodian in making computer time and personnel available to input or process the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and (ii) shall use its best efforts to ameliorate the effects of any such failure or delay.

ARTICLE XII

PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

The Custodian agrees on behalf of itself and its directors, officers, and employees to treat confidentially and as proprietary information of the Fund, all records and other information relative to the Fund and prior, present, or potential shareholders of the Fund (and clients of said

 

-22-


shareholders), and not to use such records and information for any purpose other than the performance of its responsibilities and duties hereunder, except (i) after prior notification to and approval in writing by the Fund, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld and may not be withheld where the Custodian may be exposed to civil or criminal contempt proceedings for failure to comply, (ii) when requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities, provided that the Custodian will promptly report such disclosure to the Fund if disclosure is permitted by applicable law and regulation, or (iii) when so requested in writing by the Fund. Records and other information which have become known to the public through no wrongful act of the Custodian or any of its employees, agents or representatives, and information that was already in the possession of the Custodian prior to receipt thereof from the Fund or its agent, shall not be subject to this paragraph.

Further, the Custodian will adhere to the privacy policies adopted by the Fund pursuant to Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, as may be modified from time to time. In this regard, the Custodian shall have in place and maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards reasonably designed to protect the security, confidentiality and integrity of, and to prevent unauthorized access to or use of, records and information relating to the Fund and its shareholders.

The Fund agrees on behalf of itself and its directors, officers, and employees to treat confidentially and as proprietary information of the Custodian, all non-public information relative to the Custodian (including, without limitation, information regarding the Custodian’s pricing, products, services, customers, suppliers, financial statements, processes, know-how, trade secrets, market opportunities, past, present or future research, development or business plans, affairs, operations, systems, computer software in source code and object code form, documentation, techniques, procedures, designs, drawings, specifications, schematics, processes and/or intellectual property), and not to use such information for any purpose other than in connection with the services provided under this Agreement, except (i) after prior notification to and approval in writing by the Custodian, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld and may not be withheld where the Fund may be exposed to civil or criminal contempt proceedings for failure to comply, (ii) when requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities, or (iii) when so requested by the Custodian. Information which has become known to the public through no wrongful act of the Fund or any of its employees, agents or representatives, and information that was already in the possession of the Fund prior to receipt thereof from the Custodian, shall not be subject to this paragraph.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Fund shall be permitted to disclose the identity of the Custodian as a service provider, redacted copies of this Agreement, and such other information as may be required in the Fund’s registration or offering documents, or as may otherwise be required by applicable law, rule, or regulation, and (ii) the Custodian shall be permitted to include the name of the Fund in lists of representative clients in due diligence questionnaires, RFP responses, presentations, and other marketing and promotional purposes.

 

-23-


ARTICLE XIII

EFFECTIVE PERIOD; TERMINATION

13.1.    Effective Period. This Agreement shall become effective as of the date first written above and will continue in effect for a period of three (3) years.

13.2.    Termination. This Agreement may be terminated by either party upon giving 90 days prior written notice to the other party or such shorter period as is mutually agreed upon by the parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be terminated by any party upon the breach of the other party of any material term of this Agreement if such breach is not cured within 15 days of notice of such breach to the breaching party. In addition, the Fund may, at any time, immediately terminate this Agreement in the event of the appointment of a conservator or receiver for the Custodian by regulatory authorities or upon the happening of a like event at the direction of an appropriate regulatory agency or court of competent jurisdiction.

13.3.    Appointment of Successor Custodian. If a successor custodian shall have been appointed by the Board of Trustees, the Custodian shall, upon receipt of a notice of acceptance by the successor custodian, on such specified date of termination (i) deliver directly to the successor custodian all Securities (other than Securities held in a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository) and cash then owned by the Fund and held by the Custodian as custodian, and (ii) transfer any Securities held in a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository to an account of or for the benefit of the Fund at the successor custodian, provided that the Fund shall have paid to the Custodian all fees, expenses and other amounts to the payment or reimbursement of which it shall then be entitled. The Fund shall pay (a) all reasonable fees associated with converting services to a successor service provider and (b) all reasonable fees associated with any record retention and/or tax reporting obligations that may not be eliminated due to the conversion to a successor service provider, as well as all out-of-pocket costs associated with (a) and (b) above. In addition, the Custodian shall, at the expense of the Fund, transfer to such successor all relevant books, records, correspondence, and other data established or maintained by the Custodian under this Agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to the Fund (if such form differs from the form in which the Custodian has maintained the same, the Fund shall pay any expenses associated with transferring the data to such form), and will cooperate in the transfer of such duties and responsibilities, including provision for assistance from the Custodian’s personnel in the establishment of books, records, and other data by such successor. Upon such delivery and transfer, the Custodian shall be relieved of all custodial obligations under this Agreement.

13.4.    Failure to Appoint Successor Custodian. If a successor custodian is not designated by the Fund on or before the date of termination of this Agreement, then the Custodian shall have the right to deliver to a bank or trust company of its own selection, which bank or trust company (i) is a “bank” as defined in the 1940 Act, and (ii) has aggregate capital, surplus and undivided profits as shown on its most recent published report of not less than $25 million, all Securities, cash and other property held by Custodian under this Agreement and to transfer to an account of or for the Fund at such bank or trust company all Securities of the Fund held in a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository. Upon such delivery and transfer, such bank or trust company shall be the successor custodian under this Agreement and the Custodian shall be relieved of all custodial obligations under this Agreement. In addition, under these circumstances, all books, records and other data of the Fund shall be returned to the Fund.

 

-24-


ARTICLE XIV

CLASS ACTIONS

The Custodian shall use its best efforts to identify and file claims for the Fund involving any class action litigation that impacts any security the Fund may have held during the class period. Unless otherwise instructed by the Fund, the Fund agrees that the Custodian will file such claims on its behalf and understands that it may be waiving and/or releasing certain rights to make claims or otherwise pursue class action defendants who settle their claims. Further, the Fund acknowledges that there is no guarantee these claims will result in any payment or partial payment of potential class action proceeds and that the timing of such payment, if any, is uncertain.

However, the Fund may instruct the Custodian to distribute class action notices and other relevant documentation to the Fund or its designee and, if it so elects, will relieve the Custodian from any and all liability and responsibility for filing class action claims on behalf of the Fund.

Unless otherwise instructed by an authorized representative of the Fund, should the Fund cease operations, the Custodian shall file the class action claims for the Fund, Any expenses associated with such filing will be assessed against the proceeds received of any class action settlement, Notwithstanding the terms of this paragraph, the Custodian shall use reasonable efforts to provide notice of any such class action to an authorized representative who is authorized to make such a decision.

ARTICLE XV

MISCELLANEOUS

15.1.    Compliance with Laws. The Fund has and retains primary responsibility for all compliance matters relating to the Fund, including but not limited to compliance with the 1940 Act, the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the USA Patriot Act of 2001 and the policies and limitations of the Fund relating to its portfolio investments as set forth in its Prospectus and statement of additional information; provided, that nothing in this Section 15.1 shall limit the Custodian’s duties as Foreign Custody Manager. The Custodian’s services hereunder shall not relieve the Fund of its responsibilities for assuring such compliance or the Board of Trustees’ oversight responsibility with respect thereto.

15.2.    Amendment. This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any manner except by written agreement executed by the Custodian and the Fund, and authorized or approved by the Board of Trustees.

15.3.    Assignment. This Agreement shall extend to and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not be assignable by the Fund without the written consent of the Custodian, or by the Custodian without the written consent of the Fund accompanied by the authorization or approval of the Board of Trustees.

 

-25-


15.4.    Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Laws of the State of Minnesota, without regard to conflicts of law principles. To the extent that the applicable laws of the State of Minnesota, or any of the provisions herein, conflict with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the latter shall control, and nothing herein shall be construed in a manner inconsistent with the 1940 Act or any rule or order of the SEC thereunder. Any dispute arising under this Agreement shall be filed in the federal court of the District of Minnesota,

15.5.    No Agency Relationship. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize or empower either party to act as agent for the other party to this Agreement, or to conduct business in the name, or for the account, of the other party to this Agreement The Custodian shall be an independent contractor of the Fund and neither the Custodian nor any of its managers, officers, employees, representatives or agents as such, is or shall be an employee of the Fund. The Custodian is responsible for its own conduct and the employment, control and conduct of its managers, officers, employees, representatives and agents.

15.6.    Services Not Exclusive. Nothing in this Agreement shall limit or restrict the Custodian from providing services to other parties that are similar or identical to some or all of the services provided hereunder.

15.7.    Invalidity. Any provision of this Agreement which may be determined by competent authority to be prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. In such case, the parties shall in good faith modify or substitute such provision consistent with the original intent of the parties.

15.8.    Notices. Any notice required or permitted to be given by either party to the other shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given on the date delivered personally or by courier service, or three days after sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or on the date sent and confirmed received by facsimile transmission to the other party’s address set forth below:

Notice to the Custodian shall be sent to:

U.S. Bank N.A.

U.S. Bank Tower

425 Walnut Street, Cincinnati,

OH 45202 | CN-OH-W6TC

Attn: Global Fund Custody Support Services

Phone: 513.632.2443

Fax: 844.206.1025

Email: Trust-Fund.Custody.Conversion.Team@usbank.com

 

-26-


With a copy of notices related to Loans or Loan Documents, to

U.S. Bank National Association

One Federal Street, 3rd Floor

Boston, MA02110

Ref: Double Line Opportunistic Credit Fund

Attn: Craig Healy, Assistant Vice President

E-mail: craig.healy@usbank.com

Facsimile No.; 866-476-5522

and notice to the Fund shall be sent to:

DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund

c/o DoubleLine Capital LP

Attn; General Counsel

333 South Grand Avenue, Suite 1800

Los Angeles, CA 90071

15.9.  Multiple Originals. This Agreement may be executed on two or more counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

15.10. No Waiver. No failure by either party hereto to exercise, and no delay by such party in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof. The exercise by either party hereto of any right hereunder shall not preclude the exercise of any other right, and the remedies provided herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided at law or in equity.

15.11. References to Custodian. The Fund shall not circulate any printed matter which contains any reference to Custodian without the prior written approval of Custodian, excepting printed matter contained in the prospectus or statement of additional information for the Fund and such other printed matter as merely identifies Custodian as custodian for the Fund. The Fund shall submit printed matter requiring approval to Custodian in draft form, allowing sufficient time for review by Custodian and its counsel prior to any deadline for printing.

[Signatures on the following page]

 

-27-


NOTICE

A copy of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Fund, as amended or restated from time to time, is on file with the Secretary of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and notice is hereby given that this Agreement is executed on behalf of the Fund by an officer or trustee of the Fund in his or her capacity as an officer or trustee of the Fund and not individually, and that the obligations of or arising out of this Agreement are not binding upon any of the trustees, officers or shareholders of the Fund individually, but are binding only upon the assets and property of the Fund.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by a duly authorized officer on one or more counterparts as of the date first above written.

 

DOUBLELINE YIELD

OPPORTUNITIES FUND

    

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

By: /s/ Susan Nichols

           

By: /s/ Anita M. Zagrodnik

Name: Susan Nichols

    

Name: Anita M. Zagrodnik

Title: Treasurer

    

Title: Senior Vice President


Schedule A

List of Data Elements for Loan Trade Confirmation

Trade Date

Issuer Description

Investment Description

CUSIP/Investment ID

Maturity Date

Coupon Rate

Currency

Quantity

Price

Trade Fees

Accrued Interest

Broker Comments

 

Sched. A - 1


EXHIBIT A

AUTHORIZED PERSONS - DOUBLELINE YIELD OPPORTUNITIES FUND

Set forth below are the names and specimen signatures of the persons authorized by the Fund to administer the Fund Custody Accounts.

 

Name   Telephone/Fax Number   Signature
   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Exh. A - 1


EXHIBIT B

U.S. Bank Institutional Custody Services

Standards of Service Guide

U.S. Bank, N.A. (“USBank”) is committed to providing superior quality service to all customers and their agents at all times. We have compiled this guide as a tool for our clients to determine our standards for the processing of security settlements, payment collection, and capital change transactions. Deadlines recited in this guide represent the times required for USBank to guarantee processing. Failure to meet these deadlines will result in settlement at our client’s risk. In all cases, USBank will make every effort to complete all processing on a timely basis.

USBank is a direct participant of the Depository Trust Company, a direct member of the Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland, and utilizes the Bank of New York Mellon as its agent for ineligible and foreign securities.

For corporate reorganizations, USBank utilizes SEI’s Reorg Source, Financial Information, Inc., XC1TEK, DTC Important Notices, Capital Changes Daily (CCH) and the Wall Street Journal.

For bond calls and mandatory puts, USBank utilizes SEJ’s Bond Source, Kenny Information Systems, Standard & Poor’s Corporation, XCITEK, and DTC Important Notices. USBank will not notify clients of optional put opportunities.

Any securities delivered free to USBank or its agents must be received three (3) business days prior to any payment or settlement in order for the USBank standards of service to apply.

Should you have any questions regarding the information contained in this guide, please feel free to contact your account representative.

The information contained in this Standards of Service Guide is subject to change. Should any changes be made USBank will provide you with an updated copy of its Standards of Service Guide.

 

Exh. B - 1


U.S. Bank Security Settlement Standards

 

Transaction Type

  

Instructions Deadlines-Central Time

Securities Eligible for DTC

•  Equities

•  Corporate & municipal bonds

•  Commercial paper 9 Medium-term notes

•  Collateralized mortgage issues

•  Zero coupon bonds (already at DTC)

   1:00 p.m., on Settlement Date
Federal Reserve book-entry securities (includes treasuries, agencies, GNMAs)    12:30 p.m. on Settlement Date
Bank of New York Mellon-physical securities    11:00 a.m. on Settlement Date minus one
Purchase of physical security to be held in Milwaukee vault. Includes private placements    1 day prior to Settlement Date
Sale of physical security held in Milwaukee vault    2 days prior to Settlement Date
Proper documents must be included if asset in customer’s name   

 

Exh. B - 2


Security Type    Income    Principal
Equities    Payable Date   
Municipal Bonds*    Payable Date    Payable Date
Corporate Bonds*    Payable Date    Payable Date
Federal Reserve Bank Book Entry*    Payable Date    Payable Date
PTC GNMA’s (P&I)    Payable Date + 1    Payable Date +1

CMOs*

DTC

   Payable Date + 1    Payable Date + 1
SBA Loan Certificates    When Received    When Received
Unit Investment Trust Certificates*    Payable Date    Payable Date
Certificates of Deposit*    Payable Date + 1    Payable Date + 1
Limited Partnerships    When Received    When Received
Foreign Securities    When Received    When Received
*Variable Rate Securities Federal Reserve Bank Book Entry DTC   

Payable Date

Payable Date + 1

  

Payable Date

Payable Date + 1

 

NOTE:

If a payable date falls on a weekend or bank holiday, payment will be made on the immediately following business day.

 

Exh. B - 3


U.S. Bank Corporate Reorganization Standards

 

Type of Action    Deadline for Client Instructions to U.S. Bank— Central Time

Voluntary offers including:

•  Rights

•  Warrants

•  Election mergers

•  Mandatory puts with option to retain

•  Optional puts

•  Voluntary tenders

•  Consents

•  Exchanges

•  Conversions

   24 hours prior to expiration

 

Exh. B - 4


EXHIBIT D

SHAREHOLDER COMMUNICATIONS ACT AUTHORIZATION

NAME OF FUND: DOUBLELINE YIELD OPPORTUNITIES FUND

The Shareholder Communications Act of 1985 requires banks and trust companies to make an effort to permit direct communication between a company which issues securities and the shareholder who votes those securities.

Unless you specifically require us to NOT release your name and address to requesting companies, we are required by law to disclose your name and address.

Your “yes” or “no” to disclosure will apply to all securities U.S. Bank holds for you now and in the future, unless you change your mind and notify us in writing.

 

____YES

U. S. Bank is authorized to provide the Fund’s name, address and security position to requesting companies whose stock is owned by the Fund.

 

____NO

U.S. Bank is NOT authorized to provide the Fund’s name, address and security position to requesting companies whose stock is owned by the Fund.

DOUBLELINE YIELD OPPORTUNITIES FUND

 

By:                                                                 
Title:                                                              
Date:                                                              

 

Exh. D - 1


FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE

DOUBLELINE YIELD OPPORTUNITIES FUND

CUSTODY AGREEMENT

This First Amendment, dated as of the last date on the signature page hereto, to the Custody Agreement dated December 3, 2019 (the “Agreement”), is entered into by and between DOUBLELINE YIELD OPPORTUNITIES FUND, a Massachusetts trust (the “Fund”) and U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America with its principal place of business at Minneapolis, Minnesota (the “Custodian”).

WHEREAS, the parties have entered into the Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Fund and the Custodian desire to amend the fee schedule of the Agreement; and

WHEREAS, Article XV, Section 15.2 of the Agreement allows for its amendment by a written instrument executed by both parties.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

Exhibit C of the Agreement is hereby superseded and replaced in its entirety with Amended Exhibit C attached hereto.

Except to the extent amended hereby, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this First Amendment to be executed by a duly authorized officer on one or more counterparts as of the last date written below.

 

DOUBLELINE YIELD OPPORTUNITIES FUND                    U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 
By:   

  /s/ Ronald Redell

      By:   

  /s/ Anita M. Zagrodnik

Name:   

  Ronald Redell

      Name:   

  Anita M. Zagrodnik

Title:   

  President

      Title:   

  Senior Vice President

Date:   

  January 23, 2020

      Date:   

  January 23, 2020


EXHIBIT C

 

 

DOUBLELINE YIELD OPPORTUNITIES FUND

ANNUAL FEE SCHEDULE at January, 2020        

 

Annual Fee Based Upon Average Total Managed Assets Per Fund

2 basis points on average total managed assets (based on the comprehensive services provided to the Fund by Custodian and/or its affiliates in addition to Domestic Custody)

Portfolio Transaction Fees

$4.00 /book entry DTC transaction/Federal Reserve transaction/principal paydown

$7.00 /U.S. Bank repurchase agreement transaction

$6.00 /short sale

$8.00 /option/future contract written, exercised or expired

$15.00 /mutual fund trade/Fed wire/margin variation Fed wire

$50.00 /physical security transaction

$5.00 /disbursement (waived if U.S. Bancorp is Administrator)

$150.00 /segregated account per year

 

A transaction is a purchase/sale of a security, free receipt/free delivery, maturity, tender or exchange.

No charge for the initial conversion free receipt.

Overdrafts – charged to the account at prime interest rate plus 2.

Miscellaneous Expenses

Including but not limited to expenses incurred in the safekeeping, delivery and receipt of securities, shipping, transfer fees, deposit withdrawals at custodian (DWAC) fees, and extraordinary expenses based upon complexity.

Fees are billed monthly.


 

Exhibit C (Continued) DOUBLELINE YIELD OPPORTUNITIES FUND

 
GLOBAL SUB-CUSTODIAL SERVICES

 

ANNUAL FEE SCHEDULE

 

Country    Instrument    Safekeeping      Transaction             Country    Instrument    Safekeeping      Transaction  
          (BPS)      Fee                       (BPS)      Fee  

Argentina

   All      12.00        $32                Lebanon    All      20.00        $72  

Australia

   All      1.00        $15                Lithuania    All      16.00        $40  

Austria

   All      1.70        $17                Luxembourg    All      3.20        $25  

Bahrain

   All      40.00        $112                Malaysia    All      2.90        $39  

Bangladesh

   All      32.00        $120                Mali*    All      32.00        $124  

Belgium

   All      1.20        $22                Malta    All      17.60        $60  

Benin*

   All      32.00        $124                Mauritius    All      24.00        $80  

Bermuda

   All      12.00        $48                Mexico    All      1.50        $10  

Botswana

   All      20.00        $40                Morocco    All      28.00        $80  

Brazil

   All      7.20        $17                Namibia    All      24.00        $40  

Bulgaria

   All      32.00        $64                Netherlands    All      1.50        $12  

Burkina Faso*

   All      32.00        $124                New Zealand    All      2.00        $26  

Canada

   All      1.00        $6                Niger*    All      32.00        $124  

Cayman Islands*

   All      0.80        $8                Nigeria    All      24.00        $40  

Channel Islands*

   All      1.20        $20                Norway    All      1.50        $22  

Chile

   All      16.00        $48                Oman    All      40.00        $112  

China“A” Shares

   All      9.60        $42                Pakistan    All      24.00        $80  

China“B” Shares

   All      9.60        $42                Peru    All      35.00        $85  

Columbia

   All      32.00        $80                Philippines    All      3.90        $36  

Costa Rica

   All      12.00        $48                Poland    All      12.00        $24  

Croatia

   All      28.00        $52                Portugal    All      4.80        $39  

Cyprus*

   All      12.00        $45                Qatar    All      36.00        $112  

Czech Republic

   All      9.60        $24                Romania    All      28.00        $80  

Denmark

   All      1.50        $24                Russia    Equities/Bonds      30.00        $165  

Ecuador

   All      28.00        $52                Russia    MINFINs      12.00        $40  

Egypt

   All      25.60        $64                Senegal*    All      32.00        $124  

Estonia

   All      5.60        $20                Singapore    All      1.50        $20  

Euromarkets(3)

   All      1.00        $4                Slovak Republic    All      20.00        $88  

Finland

   All      2.40        $22                Slovenia    All      20.00        $88  

France

   All      1.00        $15                South Africa    All      1.50        $8  

Germany

   All      1.00        $15                South Korea    All      4.80        $10  

Ghana

   All      20.00        $40                Spain    All      1.00        $15  

Greece

   All      7.20        $33                Sri Lanka    All      12.00        $48  

Guinea Bissau*

   All      40.00        $124                Swaziland    All      24.00        $40  

Hong Kong

   All      2.00        $25                Sweden    All      1.00        $22  

Hungary

   All      20.00        $60                Switzerland    All      1.00        $24  

Iceland

   All      12.00        $45                Taiwan    All      12.00        $64  

India

   All      8.00        $84                Thailand    All      2.90        $22  

Indonesia

   All      5.80        $68                Togo*    All      32.00        $124  

Ireland

   All      1.50        $15                Trinidad & Tobago*    All      24.00        $52  

Israel

   All      9.60        $29                Tunisia    All      32.00        $36  

Italy

   All      1.50        $24                Turkey    All      9.60        $10  

Ivory Coast

   All      32.00        $124                UAE    All      36.00        $104  

Jamaica*

   All      28.00        $40                United Kingdom    All      1.00        $5  

Japan

   All      1.00        $8                Ukraine    All      19.20        $29  

Jordan

   All      32.00        $100                Uruguay    All      40.00        $52  

Kazakhstan

   All      48.00        $120                Venezuela    All      32.00        $100  

Kenya

   All      24.00        $40                Vietnam*    All      32.00        $104  

Latvia

   Equities      12.00        $60                Zambia    All      24.00        $40  

Latvia

   Bonds      20.00        $72                                        

* Additional customer documentation and indemnification will be required prior to establishing accounts in these markets.

 

 

Euroclear – Eurobonds only. Eurobonds are held in Euroclear at a standard rate, but other types of securities (including but not limited to equities, domestic market debt and mutual funds) will be subject to a surcharge. In addition, certain transactions that are delivered within Euroclear or from a Euroclear account to a third party depository or settlement system, will be subject to a surcharge (surcharge schedule available upon request).


 

For all other markets specified above, surcharges may apply if a security is held outside of the local market.

Straight Through Processing – fees waived.

Cash Transactions:

 

3rd Party Foreign Exchange – a Foreign Exchange transaction undertaken through a 3rd party will be charged $50.

Tax Reclamation Services: May be subject to additional charges depending upon the service level agreed. Tax reclaims that have been outstanding for more than 6 (six) months with the client will be charged $50 per claim.

Miscellaneous Expenses

 

Charges incurred by U.S. Bank, N.A. for local taxes, stamp duties or other local duties and assessments, stock exchange fees, postage and insurance for shipping, facsimile reporting, extraordinary telecommunications fees, proxy services and other shareholder communications or other expenses which are unique to a country in which the client or its clients is investing will be passed along as incurred.

 

A surcharge may be added to certain out-of-pocket expenses listed herein to cover handling, servicing and other administrative costs associated with the activities giving rise to such expenses. Also, certain expenses are charged at a predetermined flat rate.

 

SWIFT reporting and message fees.


Exhibit C (continued) to the Amended & Restated Custody Agreement

 

 

Schedule of Fees at January, 2020

for Services as

 

Bank Loan Custodian - DoubleLine Funds

 

 

Initial Acceptance Fee per Custodial Account:

Covers the complete review of all the transaction agreements, establishment of the collateral database and report development. Payable at closing.

     $1,000.00  

Annual Administration Fee:

Compensation for the duties of custodian, collateral administrator and all other administrative and reporting functions under the documents. The fee is based on the quoted basis points times the simple average of the par value of the Collateral on the first and the last day of the Period. This schedule assumes that the custodial accounts will be invested in a U.S. Bank offered permitted investment as defined within the documents. Fee to be paid quarterly in arrears based on the actual number of days in the Period.

 

This schedule assumes a minimum annual administration fee of $5,000.

     2.00 Basis Points  

Loan Pricing:

Compensation for monthly pricing of loan positions. Fee payable monthly.

     $14.00 per loan  
     (Monthly)  

Out-of-Pocket Expenses:

Includes all related expenses, including but not limited to: postage, travel, counsel fees and disbursements. Payable at closing.

     AT COST  

Exhibit (k)(1)

MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT

DOUBLELINE YIELD OPPORTUNITIES FUND

THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into as of this 20th day of January, 2020, by and among DOUBLELINE YIELD OPPORTUNITIES FUND, a Massachusetts business trust (the “Fund”), and U.S. BANCORP FUND SERVICES, LLC, d.b.a. U. S. Bank Global Fund Services, a Wisconsin limited liability company (“USBFS”).

WHEREAS, the Fund is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Acts”), as a closed-end, management investment company; and

WHEREAS, the Fund desires to retain USBFS to furnish administrative, fund accounting and transfer agent services; and

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained, it is agreed among the parties hereto as follows:

 

1.

Appointment, Acceptance and Services.

The Fund appoints USBFS as “Administrative Manager”. As Administrative Manager, USBFS will provide administrative, fund accounting, transfer and dividend disbursing agent services, as described below, on behalf of the Fund. When providing these services, USBFS will act in conformity with the Fund’s prospectus and statement of additional information and requirements of the Acts and all other applicable federal and state laws and regulations (“Applicable Law”).

 

  A.

Administrative Services. The Fund appoints USBFS to provide administrative services for the Fund, and USBFS accepts such appointment and agrees to render the services, hereby set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated by reference, for the compensation herein provided.

 

  B.

Fund Accounting Services. The Fund appoints USBFS to provide fund accounting services for the Fund, and USBFS accepts such appointment and agrees to render the services, hereby set forth in Exhibit B attached hereto and incorporated by reference, for the compensation herein provided.

 

  C.

Transfer and Dividend Disbursing Agent Services. The Fund appoints USBFS to provide transfer and dividend disbursing agent services for the Funds, and USBFS accepts such appointment and agrees to render the services, hereby set forth in Exhibit C attached hereto and incorporated by reference, for the compensation herein provided.


2.

Compensation

USBFS shall be compensated for providing the services set forth in this Agreement in accordance with the fee schedule set forth on Exhibit D hereto (as amended from time to time). USBFS shall also be compensated for such out-of-pocket expenses (e.g., telecommunication charges, postage and delivery charges, and reproduction charges) as are reasonably incurred by USBFS in performing their duties hereunder. The Fund shall pay all such fees and reimbursable expenses to USBFS within 30 calendar days following receipt of the billing notice from USBFS, except for any fee or expense subject to a good faith dispute. The Fund shall notify USBFS in writing within 30 calendar days following receipt of each invoice if the Fund is disputing any amounts in good faith. The Fund shall pay such disputed amounts within 10 calendar days of the day on which the parties agree to the amount to be paid.

 

3.

Representations and Warranties

 

  A.

The Fund hereby represents and warrants to USBFS, which representations and warranties shall be deemed to be continuing throughout the term of this Agreement, that:

 

  (1)

it is duly organized and existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, with full power to carry on its business as now conducted, to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder;

 

  (2)

This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Fund in accordance with all requisite action and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the Fund, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and secured parties; and

 

  (3)

It is conducting its business in compliance in all material respects with all applicable laws and regulations, both state and federal, and has obtained all regulatory approvals necessary to carry on its business as now conducted; there is no statute, rule, regulation, order or judgment binding on it and no provision of its charter, bylaws or any contract binding it or affecting its property which would prohibit its execution or performance of this Agreement.

 

  (4)

A registration statement under the 1940 Act and, if applicable, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, will be made effective prior to the effective date of this Agreement and will remain effective during the term of this Agreement, and appropriate state securities law filings will be made prior to the effective date of this Agreement and will continue to be made during the term of this Agreement as necessary to enable the Fund to make a continuous public offering of its shares; and

 

  (5)

All records of the Fund provided to USBFS by the Fund or by a prior service provider of the Fund are accurate and complete and USBFS is entitled to rely on all such records in the form provided.

 

2


  B.

USBFS hereby represent and warrant to the Fund, which representations and warranties shall be deemed to be continuing throughout the term of this Agreement, that:

 

  (1)

It is duly organized and existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, with full power to carry on its business as now conducted, to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder;

 

  (2)

This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by USBFS in accordance with all requisite action and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of USBFS, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and secured parties; and

 

  (3)

It is conducting its business in compliance in all material respects with all applicable laws and regulations, both state and federal, and has obtained all regulatory approvals necessary to carry on its business as now conducted; there is no statute, rule, regulation, order or judgment binding on it and no provision of its charter, bylaws or any contract binding it or affecting its property which would prohibit the execution or performance of this Agreement.

 

4.

Indemnification; Limitation of Liability

 

  A.

USBFS shall exercise reasonable care in the performance of its duties under this Agreement. USBFS shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Fund or any third party in connection with the duties under this Agreement, including losses resulting from mechanical breakdowns or the failure of communication or power supplies beyond USBFS *s control, except a loss arising out of or relating to USBFS’s refusal or failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement or from its bad faith, negligence, or willful misconduct in the performance of its duties under this Agreement. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if USBFS has exercised reasonable care in the performance of its duties under this Agreement, the Fund shall indemnify and hold harmless USBFS from and against any and all claims, demands, losses, expenses, and liabilities of any and every nature, including reasonable attorneys fees (collectively, “Losses”), that USBFS may sustain or incur or that may be asserted against USBFS by any person arising out of or related to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in performing the services hereunder (i) in accordance with the foregoing standards, or (ii) in reliance upon any written instruction provided to USBFS by any duly authorized officer of the Fund, as approved by the Board of Trustees of the Fund, except for any and all Losses arising out of or relating to USBFS’s refusal or failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement or from its bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of its duties under this Agreement. This indemnity shall he a continuing obligation of the Fund, its successors and assigns, notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement. As used in this paragraph, the term “USBFS” shall include USBFS’s and directors, trustees, officers and employees.

 

3


USBFS shall indemnify and hold the Fund harmless from and against any and all Losses that the Fund may sustain or incur or that may be asserted against the Fund by any person arising out of or relating to USBFS’s refusal or failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement, or from its bad faith, negligence, or willful misconduct in the performance of its duties under this Agreement. This indemnity shall be a continuing obligation of USBFS, their successors and assigns, notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement. As used in this paragraph, the term “Fund” shall include the Fund’s trustees, officers and employees.

In the event of a mechanical breakdown or failure of communication or power supplies beyond its control, USBFS shall take all reasonable steps to minimize service interruptions for any period that such interruption continues. USBFS will make every reasonable effort to restore any lost or damaged data and correct any errors resulting from such a breakdown at the expense of USBFS. USBFS agrees that it shall, at all times, have reasonable contingency plans with appropriate parties, making reasonable provision for emergency use of electrical data processing equipment to the extent appropriate equipment is available. Representatives of the Fund shall be entitled to inspect USBFS’s premises and operating capabilities at any time during regular business hours of USBFS, upon reasonable notice to USBFS. Moreover, USBFS shall provide the Fund, at such times as the Fund may reasonably require, copies of reports rendered by independent accountants on the internal controls and procedures of USBFS relating to the services provided by USBFS under this Agreement.

Notwithstanding the above, USBFS reserves the right to reprocess and correct administrative errors at its own expense.

In no case shall any party be liable to the other for (i) any special, indirect or consequential damages, loss of profits or goodwill (even if advised of the possibility of such); (ii) any delay by reason of circumstances beyond its control, including acts of civil or military authority, national emergencies, labor difficulties, fire, mechanical breakdown, flood or catastrophe, acts of God, insurrection, war, riots, or failure beyond its control of transportation or power supply.

 

  B.

In order that the indemnification provisions contained in this section shall apply, it is understood that if in any case the indemnitor may be asked to indemnify or hold the indemnitee harmless, the indemnitor shall be fully and promptly advised of all pertinent facts concerning the situation in question, and it is further understood that the indemnitee will use all reasonable care to notify the indemnitor promptly concerning any situation that presents or appears likely to present the probability of a claim for indemnification. The indemnitor shall have the option to defend the indemnitee against any claim that may be the subject of this indemnification. In the event that the indemnitor so elects, it will so notify the

 

4


 

indemnitee and thereupon the indemnitor shall take over complete defense of the claim, and the indemnitee shall in such situation initiate no further legal or other expenses for which it shall seek indemnification under this section. The indemnitee shall in no case confess any claim or make any compromise in any case in which the indemnitor will be asked to indemnify the indemnitee except with the indemnitor’s prior written consent.

 

  C.

The indemnity and defense provisions set forth in this Section 4 shall survive the termination and/or assignment of this Agreement.

 

  D.

If USBFS is acting in another capacity for the Fund pursuant to a separate agreement, nothing herein shall be deemed to relieve USBFS of any of its obligations or liability in such other capacity.

 

5.

Data Necessary to Perform Services

The Fund or its agent shall furnish to USBFS the data necessary to perform the services described herein at such times and in such form as mutually agreed upon.

 

6.

Proprietary and Confidential Information

 

  A.

USBFS each agree on behalf of themselves and their directors, trustees, officers, and employees to treat confidentially and as proprietary information of the Fund, all records and other information relating to the Fund and prior, present, or potential shareholders of the Fund (and clients of said shareholders), and not to use such records and information for any purpose other than the performance of their responsibilities and duties hereunder, except (i) after prior notification to and approval in writing by the Fund, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld and may not be withheld where USBFS will be exposed to civil or criminal contempt proceedings for failure to comply, (ii) when requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities of competent jurisdiction, or (iii) when so requested in writing by the Fund. Records and other information which have become known to the public through no wrongful act of USBFS or any of their employees, agents or representatives, and information that was already in the possession of USBFS prior to receipt thereof from the Fund or its agent, shall not be subject to this paragraph.

Further, USBFS will adhere to the privacy policies adopted by the Fund pursuant to Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act or other Applicable Law, as may be modified from time to time. In this regard, USBFS shall have in place and maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards reasonably designed to protect the security, confidentiality and integrity of, and to prevent unauthorized access to or use of, records and information relating to the Fund and its shareholders.

The Fund, on behalf of itself and its directors, officers, and employees, will maintain the confidential and proprietary nature of the Data and agrees to protect it using the same efforts, but in no case less than reasonable efforts, that it uses to protect its own proprietary and confidential information.

 

5


  B.

The Fund agrees on behalf of itself and its trustees, officers, and employees to treat confidentially and as proprietary information of USBFS, all non-public information relative to USBFS (including, without limitation, information regarding USBFS5 pricing, products, services, customers, suppliers, financial statements, processes, know-how, trade secrets, market opportunities, past, present or future research, development or business plans, affairs, operations, systems, computer software in source code and object code form, documentation, techniques, procedures, designs, drawings, specifications, schematics, processes and/or intellectual property), and not to use such information for any purpose other than in connection with the services provided under this Agreement, except (i) after prior notification to and approval, in writing by USBFS, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld and may not be withheld where the Fund may be exposed to civil or criminal contempt proceedings for failure to comply, (ii) when requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities, or (hi) when so requested by the USBFS.

Information which has become known to the public through no wrongful act of the Fund or any of its employees, agents or representatives, and information that was already in the possession of the Fund prior to receipt thereof from USBFS, shall not be subject to this paragraph.

 

  C.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Fund shall be permitted to disclose the identity of USBFS as a service provider, redacted copies of this Agreement, and such other information as maybe required in the Fund’s registration or offering documents, or as may otherwise be required by applicable law, rule, or regulation, and (ii) USBFS shall be permitted to include the name of the Fund in lists of representative clients in due diligence questionnaires, RFP responses, presentations, and other marketing and promotional purposes.

 

7.

Records

USBFS shall keep records relating to the services to be performed hereunder in the form and manner, and for such period, as it may deem advisable and is agreeable to the Fund, but not less than the periods required by Applicable Law, including, in particular, Section 31 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules thereunder. USBFS agrees that all such records prepared or maintained by USBFS relating to the services to be performed by USBFS hereunder are the property of the Fund and will be preserved, maintained, and made available in accordance with such applicable sections and rules of the Acts and will be promptly surrendered to the Fund or its designee on and in accordance with its request, provided, however, that USBFS may retain such copies of such records in such form as may be required to comply with any applicable law, rule, regulation, or order of any governmental, regulatory, or judicial authority of competent jurisdiction.

 

6


8.

Compliance with Laws

Except with respect to the services provided by USBFS, the Fund has primary responsibility for all compliance matters relating to the Fund, including but not limited to compliance with the Acts, the Code, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the USA Patriot Act of 2001 and the policies and limitations of the Fund relating to its portfolio investments as set forth in its current prospectus and statement of additional information. USBFS agrees to cooperate with the Fund and will facilitate the filing by the Fund and/or its respective officers and auditors of any and all certifications or attestations as required by the Sarbanes- Oxley Act of 2002, including, without limitation, furnishing such certifications and sub- certifications from relevant officers of USBFS with respect to the services and recordkeeping performed by USBFS under this Agreement as the Fund shall reasonably request from time to time. USBFS shall also furnish to the Fund on an annual basis a copy of its S AS 70 report.

USBFS shall furnish upon request its written policies and procedures adopted by USBFS which are required to be approved by the Trust’s Board of Trustees pursuant to Rule 38a-1 under the 1940 Act (“ Rule 38a-l Procedures “) to the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer (“ CCO “) and a summary thereof, for review and the Trust’s Board of Trustees for approval. In addition, with regard to that Board of Trustees approval, USBFS shall furnish an analysis of how its Rule 38a-l Procedures satisfy applicable legal requirements and an assessment of the risks relating to its operations. USBFS further agrees to cooperate with the Fund in its review of such written policies and procedures, and to permit the CCO and personnel of DoubleLine Capital LP or its agents acting at the CCO’s direction to conduct on-site evaluations, due diligence inquiries and other on-going compliance monitoring at USBFS’s offices or otherwise. USBFS will provide to the Fund without limitation such certifications and sub-certifications as the Fund shall reasonably request from time to time regarding its Rule 38a-l Procedures, including a quarterly certification of compliance with its Rule 38a-l Procedures. USBFS further agrees to provide on an annual basis to the Fund and the CCO, so that the Fund can satisfy its obligations under Rule 38a-l, changed policies and procedures and a summary of any material change made to its Rule 38a-l Procedures since the date of its last certification of compliance with the Rule 38a-l Procedures.

USBFS agrees that it shall promptly notify the Fund in the event it discovers that a “material compliance matter” (as such term is defined pursuant to Rule 38a-l under the 1940 Act) arises with respect to the services it provides under this Agreement.

The Fund shall immediately notify USBFS if the investment strategy of the Fund materially changes or deviates, to its knowledge, from the investment strategy disclosed in the current Prospectus, or if the Fund becomes subject to any new law, rule, regulation, or order of a governmental or judicial authority of competent jurisdiction that materially impacts the operations of the Fund.

 

7


9.

Term of Agreement; Amendment

This Agreement shall become effective as of the date first written above and will continue in effect for a period of three (3) years. This Agreement may be terminated by any of the parties upon giving 90 days prior written notice or such shorter period as is mutually agreed upon by the parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be terminated by any of the parties upon the breach of the other party of any material term of this Agreement if such breach is not cured within 15 days of notice of such breach to the breaching party. This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any manner except by written agreement executed by USBFS and the Fund, and authorized or approved by the Board of Trustees of the Fund.

 

10.

Duties in the Event of Termination

In the event that, in connection with termination, a successor to any of USBFS’s duties or responsibilities hereunder are designated by the Fund by written notice to USBFS, USBFS will promptly, upon such termination and, in the absence of material breach by USBFS, at the expense of the Fund, transfer to such successor all relevant books, records, correspondence and other data established or maintained by USBFS under this Agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to the Fund (if such form differs from the form in which USBFS has maintained the same, the Fund shall pay any expenses associated with transferring the data to such form), and will cooperate in the transfer of such duties and responsibilities, including provision for assistance from USBFS’s personnel in the establishment of books, records and other data by such successor. If no such successor is designated, then such books, records and other data shall be returned to the Fund. The Fund shall also pay any reasonable fees associated with record retention and/or tax reporting obligations that USBFS is obligated under applicable law, regulation, or rule to continue following the termination,

 

11.

Assignment

This Agreement shall extend to and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not be assignable by the Fund without the written consent of USBFS, or by USBFS without the written consent of the Fund accompanied by the authorization or approval of the Fund’s Board of Trustees.

 

12.

Governing Law

This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Wisconsin, without regard to conflicts of law principles. To the extent that the applicable laws of the State of Wisconsin, or any of the provisions herein, conflict with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the latter shall control, and nothing herein shall be construed in a manner inconsistent with the 1940 Act or any rale or order of the SEC thereunder.

 

8


13.

No Agency Relationship

Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize or empower either party to act as agent for the other party to this Agreement, or to conduct business in the name, or for the account, of the other party to this Agreement.

 

14.

Services not Exclusive

Nothing in this Agreement shall limit or restrict USBFS from providing services to other parties that are similar or identical to some or all of the services provided hereunder.

 

15.

Invalidity

Any provision of this Agreement which may be determined by competent authority to be prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. In such case, the parties shall in good faith modify or substitute such provision consistent with the original intent of the parties.

 

16.

Notices

Any notice required or permitted to be given by either party to the other shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given on the date delivered personally or by courier service, or three days after sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or on the date sent and confirmed received by facsimile transmission to the other party’s address set forth below:

Notice to USBFS shall be sent to:

U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC

615 East Michigan Street

Milwaukee, WI 53202

Attn: President Fax: 414-905-7991

and notice to the Fund shall be sent to:

DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund

c/o DoubleLine Capital LP

Attn: General Counsel

333 South Grand Avenue, Suite 1800

Los Angeles, CA 90071

 

9


17.

Multiple Originals

This Agreement may be executed on multiple counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

[SIGNATURES ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

10


NOTICE

A copy of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Fund, as amended or restated from time to time, is on file with the Secretary of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and notice is hereby given that this Agreement is executed on behalf of the Fund by an officer or trustee of the Fund in his or her capacity as an officer or trustee of the Fund and not individually, and that the obligations of or arising out of this Agreement are not binding upon any of the trustees, officers or shareholders of the Fund individually, but are binding only upon the assets and property of the Fund.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by a duly authorized officer on one or more counterparts as of the date first above written.

DOUBLELINE YIELD OPPORTUNITIES FUND

 

By: /s/ Ronald R. Redell                                
Name: Ronald R. Redell
Title: President
U.S. BANCORP FUND SERVICES, LLC
By: /s/ Anita M. Zagrodnik                            
Name: Anita M. Zagrodnik
Title: Senior Vice President


Exhibit A

FUND ADMINISTRATION SERVICES

Services and Duties of USBFS

USBFS shall provide the following fund administration services for the Fund, including but not limited to:

 

A.

General Fund Management;

 

  (1)

Act as liaison among the Fund’s service providers.

 

  (2)

Supply:

 

  a.

Office facilities (which may be in USBFS’ or an affiliate’s own office).

 

  b.

Non-investment-related statistical and research data as requested.

 

  (3)

Coordinate the Fund’s board of trustees (the ‘‘Board of Trustees” or the “Trustees”) communications, such as:

 

  a.

Prepare meeting agendas and resolutions, with the assistance of Fund counsel.

 

  b.

Prepare reports for the Board of Trustees based on financial and administrative data.

 

  c.

Assist with the selection of the independent registered public accounting firm.

 

  d.

Secure and monitor fidelity bond and director and officer liability coverage, and make the necessary Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) filings relating thereto.

 

  e.

Prepare minutes of meetings of the Board of Trustees and the Fund’s shareholders.

 

  f.

Recommend dividend declarations to the Board of Trustees and prepare and distribute to appropriate parties notices announcing declaration of dividends and other distributions to shareholders.

 

  g.

Attend Board of Trustees meetings and present materials for Trustees’ review at such meetings including preparation and distribution of the Board of Trustees books for such meetings.

 

A-1


  (4)

Audits:

 

  a.

For the annual Fund audit, prepare appropriate materials, provide requested information to the independent auditor and facilitate the audit process.

 

  b.

For the SEC or other regulatory audits, provide requested information to the SEC or other regulatory agencies and facilitate the audit process.

 

  c.

For all audits, provide office facilities as needed,

 

  (5)

Assist with overall operations of the Fund.

 

  (6)

Pay Fund expenses upon written authorization from the Fund.

 

  (7)

Keep the Fund’s governing documents, including its charter, bylaws and minute hooks, but only to the extent such documents are provided to USBFS by the Fund or its representatives for safe keeping.

 

B.

Compliance:

 

  (1)

Regulatory Compliance:

 

  a.

Monitor the Fund’s compliance with Applicable Law including:

 

  (i)

Asset and diversification tests.

 

  (ii)

Total return and SEC yield calculations.

 

  (iii)

Maintenance of books and records under Rules 31 a-1, 31 a-2 and 31a-3.

 

  (iv)

Code of ethics requirements under Rule 17j-l for the disinterested Trustees.

 

  b.

Monitor the Fund’s compliance with the policies and investment limitations as set forth in its prospectus, as amended from time to time (the “Prospectus”) and statement of additional information, as amended from time to time (the “SAI”) and such other policies and limitations as the Fund provides in writing from time to time.

 

  c.

Perform its duties hereunder in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and provide any sub-certifications reasonably requested by the Fund in connection with: (i) any certification required of the Fund pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “SOX Act”) or any rules or regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder, and (ii) the operation of USBFS’s compliance program as it relates to the Fund, provided the same shall not be deemed to change USBFS’ standard of care as set forth herein.

 

A-2


  d.

Monitor applicable regulatory and operational service issues, and update Board of Trustees periodically.

 

  e.

Monitor the Fund’s compliance with any credit facilities, any applicable rating agency requirements, statement of preferences or other terms of preferred shares offered, indentures or similar arrangements to which the Fund is a party.

 

  f.

Provide standard quarterly compliance testing and reports regarding restrictions and requirements applicable to the Fund and closed-end funds generally.

 

  (2)

SEC Registration and Reporting:

 

  a.

Assist Fund counsel in annual update and other amendments of the Registration Statement.

 

  b.

Prepare and file annual and semiannual shareholder reports, Form N-PORT, Form N-CEN Form N-CSR, filings and Rule 24f-2 notices. As requested by the Fund, file Section 16 required forms and prepare and file Form N-PX filings.

 

  c.

Coordinate the printing, filing and mailing of Prospectuses, statements of additional information and shareholder reports, and amendments and supplements thereto.

 

  d.

File fidelity bond under Rule 17g-l.

 

  e.

Monitor sales of Fund shares and ensure that such shares are properly registered or qualified, as applicable, with the SEC and the appropriate state authorities.

 

  f.

f Assist Fund counsel in preparation of proxy statements,

 

  g.

information statements, tender offer materials and related materials as requested by the Fund.

 

  h.

Transmit and/or file other notices or reports required by Applicable Law, including the conditions of any exemptive orders received by the Fund.

 

  (3)

IRS Compliance:

 

  a.

Monitor the Fund’s status as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), including without limitation, review of the following:

 

  (i)

Diversification requirements.

 

A-3


  (ii)

Qualifying income requirements.

 

  (iii)

Distribution requirements.

 

  b.

Calculate required distributions for qualification as a regulated investment company under Sub chapter M of the Code (as well as any other distributions necessary to avoid Fund-level tax or excise taxes).

 

C.

Financial Reporting:

 

  (1)

Provide financial data required by the Prospectus and SAI.

 

  (2)

Prepare financial reports for officers, shareholders, tax authorities, performance reporting companies, the Board of Trustees, the SEC, and the independent auditor.

 

  (3)

Supervise the Fund’s custodian and fund accountants in the maintenance of the Fund’s general ledger and in the preparation of the Fund’s financial statements, including oversight of expense accruals and payments, the determination of net asset value and the declaration and payment of dividends and other distributions to shareholders.

 

  (4)

Compute the yield, total return, expense ratio and portfolio turnover rate of each class of the Fund.

 

  (5)

Monitor expense accruals and make adjustments as necessary; notify the Fund’s management of adjustments expected to materially affect the Fund’s expense ratio.

 

  (6)

Prepare financial statements, which include, without limitation, the following items:

 

  a.

Schedule of Investments

 

  b.

Schedule of Assets and Liabilities.

 

  c.

Statement of Operations.

 

  d.

Statement of Changes in Net Assets,

 

  e.

Statement of Cash Flows (if applicable).

 

  f.

Financial Highlights

 

  (1)

Pursuant to Rule 31 a-1 (b)(9) of the 1940 Act, prepare quarterly broker security transaction summaries.

 

A-4


D.

Tax Reporting:

 

  (1)

If applicable, prepare and file on a timely basis appropriate federal and state tax returns including any necessary schedules.

 

  (2)

Prepare state income breakdowns where relevant.

 

  (3)

Prepare and File Form 1099 for payments to disinterested Trustees and other service providers.

 

  (4)

Monitor wash sale losses.

 

  (5)

Calculate eligible dividend income for corporate shareholders.

 

E.

Repurchase or Tender Offers

Provide the coordination and processing of all repurchase or tender offers as stipulated in the Prospectus. This will include:

 

  (1)

the tabulation and calculation of tendered or requested shares for repurchase;

 

  (2)

calculation of total shares available for repurchase or tender;

 

  (3)

calculation of actual percentage of requested shares to be redeemed or tendered,

 

F.

Upon direction from the Fund’s adviser, assist with periodic and other filings or reports with the NYSE, as required by NYSE rules and regulations.

 

G.

Calculate dividends on preferred shares of the Fund.

 

H.

As requested by the Fund, such other administrative services as are reasonably necessary to the operation of the Fund or registered closed-end investment companies.

License of Data; Warranty; Termination of Rights

 

A.

USBFS has entered into agreements with various data service providers (each, a “Data Provider”), including, without limitation, MSCI index data services (“MSCI”), Standard & Poor Financial Services LLC (“S&P”), Morningstar, Broadridge, FTSE, and ICE to provide data services that may include, without limitation, index returns and pricing information (collectively, the “Data”) to facilitate the services provided by USBFS to the Fund. The index data services being provided to the Fund by USBFS pursuant hereto (collectively, the “Data”) are being licensed, not sold, to the Fund. The Fund acknowledges and agrees that certain Data Providers may also require the Fund or one or more Funds to enter into an agreement directly with the Data Provider for the use of that Data Provider’s Data. The required provisions below shall not have any affect upon the standard of care and liability USBFS has set forth in Section 4 of this Agreement.

 

A-5


B.

The Fund agrees to indemnify and hold harmless USBFS, its information providers, and any other third party involved in or related to the making or compiling of the Data, their affiliates and subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents from and against any claims, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, as incurred, arising in and any manner out of the Fund’s use of, or inability to use, the Data or any breach by the Fund of any provision contained in this Agreement. The immediately preceding sentence shall not have any effect upon the standard of care and liability of USBFS as set forth in Section 4 of this Agreement.

 

C.

USBFS has entered into agreements with Bloomberg Finance L.P. (“Bloomberg”) to provide data (the “N-PORT Data”) for use in or in connection with the reporting requirements under the Rule, including preparation and filing of Form N-PORT. In connection with the provision of the N-PORT Data, Bloomberg requires certain provisions to be included in the Agreement.

The Fund agrees that it shall (a) comply with all laws, rules and regulations applicable to accessing and using the N-PORT Data, (b) not extract the N- PORT Data from the view-only portal, (c) exculpate Bloomberg, its affiliates and their respective suppliers from any liability or responsibility of any kind relating to the Fund’s receipt or use of the N-PORT Data (including expressly disclaiming all warranties). The Fund further agrees that Bloomberg shall be a third party beneficiary of the Agreement solely with respect to the foregoing provisions.

 

A-6


REQUIRED PROVISIONS OF DATA PROVIDER

 

   

The Fund represents that it will use the Data solely for internal purposes and will not redistribute the Data in any form or manner to any third party, except as may otherwise be expressly agreed to by the Data Provider.

 

   

The Fund will not use or permit anyone else to use the Data in connection with creating, managing, advising, writing, trading, marketing or promoting any securities or financial instruments or products, including, but not limited to, funds, synthetic or derivative securities (e.g., options, warrants, swaps, and futures), whether listed on an exchange or traded over the counter or on a private-placement basis or otherwise or to create any indices (custom or otherwise).

 

   

The Fund represents that it will treat the Data as proprietary to Data Provider. Further, the Fund shall acknowledge that Data Provider are the sole and exclusive owners of the Data and all trade secrets, copyrights, trademarks and other intellectual property rights in or to the Data.

 

   

The Fund represents that it will not (i) copy any component of the Data, (ii) alter, modify or adapt any component of the Data, including, hut not limited to, translating, decompiling, disassembling, reverse engineering or creating derivative works, or (iii) make any component of the Data available to any other person or organization (including, without limitation, the Fund’s present and future parents, subsidiaries or affiliates) directly or indirectly, for any of the foregoing or for any other use, including, without limitation, by loan, rental, service bureau, external time sharing or similar arrangement.

 

   

The Fund is obligated to reproduce on all permitted copies of the Data all copyright, proprietary rights and restrictive legends appearing on the Data.

 

   

The Fund acknowledges that it assumes the entire risk of using the Data and shall agree to hold Data Provider harmless from any claims that may arise in connection with any use of the Data by the Fund.

 

   

The Fund acknowledges that Data Provider may, in its sole and absolute discretion and at any time, terminate USBFS’ right to receive and/or use the Data.

 

   

The Fund acknowledges and agrees that Data Provider ai e third party beneficiaries of the Customer Agreement between the Date Providers and USBFS with respect to provisions of the Data, entitled to enforce all provisions of such agreement relating to the Data.

THE DATA IS PROVIDED TO THE FUND ON AN “AS IS” BASIS. USBFS, ITS INFORMATION PROVIDERS, AND ANY OTHER THIRD PARTY INVOLVED IN OR RELATED TO THE MAKING OR COMPILING OF THE DATA MAKE NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE DATA (OR THÈ RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED BY THE USE THEREOF). USBFS, ITS INFORMATION PROVIDERS AND ANY OTHER THIRD PARTY

 

A-7


INVOLVED IN OR RELATED TO THE MAKING OR COMPILING OF THE DATA EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ANY AND ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF ORIGINALITY, ACCURACY, COMPLETENESS, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

THE FUND ASSUMES THE ENTIRE RISK OF ANY USE THE FUND MAY MAKE OF THE DATA. IN NO EVENT SHALL USBFS, ITS INFORMATION PROVIDERS OR ANY THIRD PARTY INVOLVED IN OR RELATED TO THE MAKING OR COMPILING OF THE DATA.BE LIABLE TO THE FUND, OR ANY OTHER THIRD PARTY, FOR ANY DIRECT OR INDIRECT DAMAGES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY LOST PROFITS, LOST SAVINGS OR OTHER INCIDENTAL Ok CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE INABILITY OF THE FUND TO USE THE DATA, REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF ACTION, EVEN IF USBFS, ANY OF ITS INFORMATION PROVIDERS, OR ANY OTHER THIRD PARTY INVOLVED IN OR RELATED TO THE MAKING OR COMPILING OF THE DATA HAS BEEN ADVISED OF OR OTHERWISE MIGHT HAVE ANTICIPATED THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

 

A-8


EXHIBIT B

FUND ACCOUNTING SERVICES

Services and Duties of USBFS

USBFS shall provide the following fund accounting services for the Fund, including but not limited to:

 

A.

Portfolio Accounting Services:

 

  (1)

Maintain portfolio records on a trade date+1 basis using security trade information communicated from the Fund’s investment adviser.

 

  (2)

For each valuation date, obtain prices from a pricing source approved by the board of trustees of the Fund (the “Board of Trustees”) and apply those prices to the portfolio positions in accordance with the Fund’s valuation procedures, as approved by the Board of Trustees and provided to USBFS in writing (the “Procedures”). For those securities where market quotations are unreliable or not readily available as determined solely by the Fund, the Fund or its investment adviser shall price those securities in accordance with the Procedures.

 

  (3)

Identify interest and dividend accrual balances as of each valuation date and calculate gross earnings on investments for each accounting period.

 

  (4)

Determine gain/loss on security sales and identify them as short-term or long-term; account for periodic distributions of gains or losses to shareholders and maintain undistributed gain or loss balances as of each valuation date.

 

  (5)

On a daily basis, reconcile cash of the Fund with the Fund’s custodian.

 

  (6)

Transmit a copy of the portfolio valuation to the Fund’s investment adviser daily.

 

  (7)

Review the impact of current day’s activity on a per share basis, and review changes in market value.

 

B.

Expense Accrual and Payment Services:

 

  (1)

For each valuation date, calculate the expense accrual amounts as directed by the Fund as to methodology, rate or dollar amount.

 

  (2)

Process and record payments for Fund expenses upon receipt of written authorization from the Fund.

 

  (3)

Account for Fund expenditures and maintain expense accrual balances at the level of accounting detail, as agreed upon by USBFS and the Fund.

 

  (4)

Provide expense accrual and payment reporting.

 

B-1


C.

Fund Valuation and Financial Reporting Services:

 

  (1)

Account for Fund share purchases, sales, exchanges, transfers, dividend reinvestments, and other Fund share activity as reported by the Fund’s transfer agent on a timely basis.

 

  (2)

Apply equalization accounting as directed by the Fund.

 

  (3)

Determine net investment income (earnings) for the Fund as of each valuation date. Account for periodic distributions of earnings to shareholders and maintain undistributed net investment income balances as of each valuation date.

 

  (4)

Maintain a general ledger and other accounts, books, and financial records for the Fund in the form as agreed upon.

 

  (5)

Determine the net asset value of the Fund according to the Procedures.

 

  (6)

Calculate per share net asset value, per share net earnings, and other per share amounts reflective of Fund operations at such time as required by the nature and characteristics of the Fund.

 

  (7)

Communicate to the Fund, at an agreed upon time, the per share net asset value for each valuation date.

 

  (8)

Prepare monthly reports that document the adequacy of accounting detail to support month-end ledger balances,

 

  (9)

Prepare monthly security transactions listings.

 

D.

Tax Accounting Services:

 

  (1)

Maintain accounting records for the investment portfolio of the Fund to support the tax reporting required for “regulated investment companies” under the Code.

 

  (2)

Maintain tax lot detail for the Fund’s investment portfolio.

 

  (3)

Calculate taxable gain/loss on security sales using the tax lot relief method designated by the Fund.

 

  (4)

Provide the necessary financial information to calculate the taxable components of income and capital gains distributions to support tax reporting to the shareholders.

 

E.

Compliance Control Services:

 

  (1)

Support reporting to regulatory bodies and support financial statement preparation by making the Fund’s accounting records available to the Fund, the SEC, and the independent accountants.

 

B-2


  (2)

Maintain accounting records according to the Applicable Law and regulations provided thereunder.

 

  (3)

Perform its duties hereunder in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and provide any sub-certifications reasonably requested by the Fund in connection with any certification required of the Fund pursuant to the SOX Act or any rules or regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder, provided the same shall not be deemed to change USBFS’s standard of care as set forth herein.

 

  (4)

Cooperate with the Fund’s independent accountants and take all reasonable action in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement to ensure that the necessary information is made available to such accountants for the expression of their opinion on the Fund’s financial statements without any qualification as to the scope of their examination.

License of Data; Warranty; Termination of Rights

 

A.

The valuation information and evaluations being provided to the Fund by USBFS pursuant hereto (collectively, the “Valuation Data”) are being licensed, not sold, to the Fund. The Fund has a limited license to use the Valuation Data only for purposes necessary to valuing the Fund’s assets and reporting to regulatory bodies (the “License”). The Fund does not have any license nor right to use the Valuation Data for purposes beyond the intentions of this Agreement including, but not limited to, resale to other users or use to create any type of historical database. The License is non-transferable and not sub-licensable. The Fund’s right to use the Valuation Data cannot be passed to or shared with any other entity.

 

B.

THE FUND HEREBY ACCEPTS THE VALUATION DATA AS IS, WHERE IS, WITH NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE OR ANY OTHER MATTER

 

C.

USBFS may stop supplying some or all Valuation Data to the Fund if USBFS’s suppliers terminate any agreement to provide Data to USBFS, Also, USBFS may stop supplying some or all Valuation Data to the Fund if USBFS reasonably believes that the Fund is using the Valuation Data in violation of the License, or breaching its duties of confidentiality provided for hereunder, or if any of USBFS’s suppliers demand that the Valuation Data be withheld from the Fund. USBFS will provide notice to the Fund of any termination of provision of Valuation Data as soon as reasonably possible.

 

B-3


Pricing of Securities

 

A.

All securities of the Fund shall be priced in accordance with procedures regarding the valuation of the Fund’s investments, as adopted by the Fund’s Board of Trustees from time to time and as provided to USBFS in writing (the “Valuation Procedures”). For each valuation date, USBFS shall obtain prices from a pricing source permitted under the Valuation Procedures and shall apply those prices to the portfolio positions of the Fund. For those securities where market quotations are not readily available, the Board of Trustees shall approve, in good faith, procedures for determining the fair value for such securities.

If the Fund desires to use a price that varies from the price provided by the pricing source, the Fund shall promptly notify and supply USBFS with the price of any such security on each valuation date. All pricing changes made by the Fund will be in writing and must specifically identify the securities to be changed by CUSIP, name of security, new price or rate to be applied, and, if applicable, the time period for which the new price(s) is/are effective.

 

B.

In the event that the Fund at any time receives Data containing evaluations, rather than market quotations, for certain securities or certain other data related to such securities, the following provisions will apply: (i) evaluated securities are typically complicated financial instruments. There are many methodologies (including computer-based analytical modeling and individual security evaluations) available to generate approximations of the market value of such securities, and there is significant professional disagreement about which method is best. No evaluation method, including those used by USBFS and its suppliers, may consistently generate approximations that correspond to actual “traded” prices of the securities; (ii) methodologies used to provide the pricing portion of certain Data may rely on evaluations; however, the Fund acknowledges that there may be errors or defects in the software, databases, or methodologies generating the evaluations that may cause resultant evaluations to be inappropriate for use in certain applications; and (iii) the Fund assumes all responsibility for edit checking, external verification of evaluations, and ultimately the appropriateness of using Data containing evaluations, regardless of any efforts made by USBFS and its suppliers in this respect.

 

C.

USBFS shall not have any obligation to verify the accuracy or appropriateness of any prices, evaluations, market quotations, or other data or pricing related inputs received from the Fund, any of their affiliates, or any third party source.

 

D.

Other

As requested by the Fund, such other fund accounting and tax services as are reasonably necessary to the operation of the Fund or registered closed-end investment companies generally.

 

B-4


EXHIBIT C

TRANSFER AND DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT SERVICES

 

1.

Services and Duties of USBFS

USBFS shall provide the following transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent services to the Fund:

 

  A.

Receive and process all orders for the purchase and/or repurchase of shares in accordance with applicable rules under the Acts.

 

  B.

Process purchase orders with prompt delivery, where appropriate, of payment and supporting documentation to the Fund’s custodian, and issue the appropriate number of uncertificated shares with such uncertificated shares being held in the appropriate shareholder account.

 

  C.

Process repurchase requests received in good order and, where relevant, deliver appropriate documentation to the Fund’s custodian.

 

  D.

Pay monies upon receipt from the Fund’s custodian, where relevant, in accordance with the instructions of shareholders participating in a repurchase offer.

 

  E.

If applicable, process transfers of shares in accordance with the shareholder’s instructions, after receipt of appropriate documentation from the shareholder as specified in the Fund’s prospectus and statement of additional information (“Prospectus”).

 

  F.

Prepare and transmit payments for dividends and distributions declared by the Fund with respect to the Fund, after deducting any amount required to be withheld by any applicable laws, rules and regulations and in accordance with shareholder instructions.

 

  G.

Serve as the Fund’s agent in connection with accumulation, open account or similar plans (e.g., periodic investment plans).

 

  H.

Make changes to shareholder records, including, but not limited to, address changes in plans (e.g., automatic investment, dividend reinvestment).

 

  I.

Handle load and preferred share processing.

 

  J.

Record the issuance of shares of the Fund and maintain, pursuant to Rule 17Ad-10(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), a record of the total number of shares of the Fund which are authorized, issued and outstanding.

 

  K.

Prepare shareholder name and address lists, if necessary.

 

C-1


  L.

Mail shareholder reports and Prospectuses to current shareholders.

 

  M.

Prepare and file U.S. Treasury Department Forms 1099 and other appropriate information returns required with respect to dividends, distributions and repurchases for all shareholders.

 

  N.

Provide shareholder account information upon request and prepare and mail confirmations and statements of account to shareholders for all purchases, repurchases and other confirmable transactions as agreed upon with the Fund,

 

  O.

Mail requests for shareholders’ certifications under penalties of perjury and pay on a timely basis to the appropriate federal authorities any taxes to be withheld on dividends and distributions paid by the Fund, all as required by applicable federal tax laws and regulations.

 

  P.

Answer correspondence from shareholders, securities brokers and others relating to USBFS’s duties hereunder.

 

  Q.

Reimburse the Fund each month for all material losses resulting from “as of’ processing errors for which USBFS is responsible in accordance with the “as of’ processing guidelines set forth below.

 

  R.

Administer the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan and process the related transactions.

 

  S.

As requested by the Fund, such other transfer and dividend disbursing agent services as are reasonably necessary to the operation of the Fund or registered closed-end investment companies.

 

2.

As of Processing Policy

USBFS will reimburse each Fund for any Net Material Loss that may exist on the Fund’s books and for which USBFS is responsible, at the end of each calendar month. “Net Material Loss” shall be defined as any remaining loss, after netting losses against any gains, which impacts a Fund’s net asset value per share by at least 12 cent. Gains and losses will be reflected on the Fund’s daily share sheet, and the Fund will be reimbursed for any Net Material Loss on a monthly basis. USBFS will reset the as of ledger each calendar month so that any losses which do not exceed the materiality threshold of 12 cent will not be carried forward to the next succeeding month. USBFS will notify the advisor to the Fund on the daily share sheet of any losses for which the advisor may be held accountable.

 

3.

Lost Shareholder Due Diligence Searches and Servicing

The Fund hereby acknowledges that USBFS has an arrangement with an outside vendor to conduct lost shareholder searches required by Rule 17Ad- 17 under the Exchange Act. Costs associated with such searches will be passed through to the Fund as an out-of-pocket expense in accordance with the fee schedule set forth in Exhibit D hereto. If a

 

C-2


shareholder remains lost and the shareholder’s account unresolved after completion of the mandatory Rule 17Ad-17 search, the Fund hereby authorizes USBFS to conduct a more in-depth search in order to locate the lost shareholder before the shareholder’s assets escheat to the applicable state, to enter into agreements with vendors to conduct such additional searches, and to charge the costs of such additional searches to the account of the lost shareholder.

 

4.

Anti-Money Laundering and Red Flag Identity Theft Prevention Programs

The Fund acknowledges that it has had an opportunity to review, consider and comment upon the written procedures provided by USBFS describing various tools used by USBFS which are designed to promote the detection and reporting of potential money laundering activity by monitoring certain aspects of shareholder activity as well as written procedures for verifying a customer’s identity (collectively, the “Procedures”).

The Fund hereby instructs and directs USBFS to implement the written procedures provided by USBFS describing various tools used by USBFS which are designed to promote the detection and reporting of potential money laundering activity by monitoring certain aspects of shareholder activity as well as written procedures for verifying a customer’s identity (collectively, the “Procedures”) on the Fund’s behalf, as such may be amended or revised from time to time. It is contemplated that these Procedures will be amended from time to time by the parties as additional regulations are adopted and/or regulatory guidance is provided relating to the Trust’s anti-money laundering and identity theft responsibilities.

USBFS agrees to provide to the Fund:

 

  A.

Prompt written notification of any transaction or combination of transactions that USBFS believes, based on the Procedures, evidence money laundering or identity theft activities in connection with the Fund or any shareholder of the Fund;

 

  B.

Prompt written notification of any customer(s) that USBFS reasonably believes, based upon the Procedures, to be engaged in money laundering or identity theft activities, provided that the Fund agrees not to communicate this information to the customer;

 

  C.

Any reports received by USBFS from any government agency or applicable industry self-regulatory organization pertaining to USBFS’s anti-money laundering monitoring or the Red Flag Identity Theft Prevention Program on behalf of the Fund;

 

  D.

Prompt written notification of any action taken in response to anti-money laundering violations or identity theft activity as described in (a), (b) or (c); and

 

  E.

Certified annual and quarterly reports of its monitoring and customer identification activities on behalf of the Fund. USBFS shall provide such other reports on the monitoring and customer identification activities conducted at the direction of the Fund as may be agreed from time to time by USBFS and the Fund.

 

C-3


The Fund hereby directs, and USBFS acknowledges and agrees, that USBFS shall (i) permit federal regulators access to such information and records maintained by USBFS and relating to USBFS’s implementation of the Procedures, on behalf of the Fund, as they may lawfully request, and (ii) permit such federal regulators to inspect USBFS’s implementation of the Procedures on behalf of the Fund.

 

C-4


Exhibit D - Master Services Agreement

DOUBLELINE YIELD OPPORTUNITIES FUND

ANNUAL FEE SCHEDULE at January, 2020

Annual Fee Based Upon Average Total Managed Assets Per Fund**

2 basis points on average total managed assets* (based on the comprehensive services provided to the Fund by USBFS and U.S. Bank as Custodian (the full custody fee schedule is referenced in the custody agreement, dated December 3, 2019 as amended))

 

   

Pricing Services (Prices below are based on U.S Bancorp’s primary pricing service which may vary by security type and are subject to change. Use of alternative and/or additional sources may result in additional fees)

 

 

$0.07 Domestic and Canadian Equities/Options/International Equities/Futures/Currency Rates

 

 

$0.45 Corp/Gov/Agency Bonds/Mortgage Backed

 

 

$0.70 CMOs/Municipal Bonds/Money Market Instruments/International Bonds/Asset-Backed /High Yield

 

   

Bonds

 

 

$1.00 - Bank Loans

 

 

$2.25 - Credit Default Swaps

 

 

$0.90 - Basic interest Rate Swaps

 

 

$125 /Fund per Month - Mutual Fund Pricing

 

 

~ $125 /Month Manual Security Pricing (>10/day)

 

 

No Charge - Corporate Action Services

 

   

Factor Services (BondBuyer)

 

 

$1.50 /CMO/Month

 

 

$0.25 /Mortgage Backed/Month

 

 

$300 /Month Minimum/Fund Group

 

D-1


   

Fair Value Services (FT interactive)

 

 

Billed as incurred

NOTE; Prices above are based on using U.S. Bank primary pricing service which may vary by security type and are subject to change. Use of alternative and/or additional sources may result in additional fees. Pricing vendors may designate certain securities as hard to value or as a non-standard security type, such as CLOs and CDOs, which may result in additional fees.

Electronic Board Book Portal - Document Mall

$4,800/year (includes 10 “external” users) - waived

Miscellaneous Expenses

Including but not limited to customized reporting, third-party data provider costs, postage, stationery, programming, special reports, proxies, insurance, EDGAR/XBRL filing, tax e-filing, wash sale reporting (Gainskeeper), federal and state regulatory filing fees, expenses from Board of directors meetings, third party auditing and legal expenses, mailing, envelopes, record retention, disaster recovery charges, Fed wire charges, voice response (VRU) maintenance and development, data communication and implementation charges, listing fees and travel.

Additional Services

Available but not included above are the following services - legal administration (e.g., registration statement update), Section 15(c) reporting, daily compliance testing, electronic Board book portal (BookMark), client dedicated line data access, training, expedited CUSIP setup, dividend reinvestment fees, and additional share classes.

**”total managed assets” means the total assets of the Fund (including assets attributable to any reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions, or similar transactions, borrowings, and preferred shares that may be outstanding) minus accrued liabilities (other than liabilities in respect of reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions, or similar transactions, and borrowings). For purposes of calculating “total managed assets,” the liquidation preference of any preferred shares outstanding shall not be considered a liability. For clarity, with respect to any reverse repurchase agreement, dollar roil or similar transaction, “total managed assets” includes any proceeds from the sale of an asset of the Fund to a counterparty in such a transaction, in addition to the value of the asset so sold as of the relevant measuring date. The average daily total managed assets of the Fund for any month shall be determined by taking an average of all of the determinations of total managed assets during such month at the close of business on each business day during such month while this Agreement is in effect.

 

D-2

Exhibit (k)(2)

COMMUNICATION ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into as of this 7th day of February 2020, by and between DOUBLELINE YIELD OPPORTUNITIES FUND (the “Fund”) and QUASAR DISTRIBUTORS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Quasar”).

WHEREAS, the Fund is a registered investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”).

WHEREAS, Quasar is registered as a broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”).

WHEREAS, the Fund desires to retain Quasar as communication administrator for the Fund.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual covenants herein contained, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, do hereby agree as follows.

1.          Appointment of Quasar as Administrator. The Fund hereby appoints Quasar as its limited agent for the administration of certain Fund communications with the public or others in the investment community (e.g., institutional investors or brokers), to include, but not be limited to, certain advertisements and sales literature, on behalf of the Fund (“Communications”). The services and duties of Quasar shall be confined to those matters expressly set forth herein, and no implied duties are assumed by or may be asserted against Quasar hereunder.

2.          Services and Duties of Quasar. Quasar agrees to cooperate with the Fund or its agent in the development of certain proposed Communications relating to the Fund. Upon the Fund’s request, Quasar agrees to review specific proposed Communications for compliance with applicable federal or state laws and regulations, including FINRA regulations (collectively, “Applicable Law”) and provide any comments necessary to cause the Communications to comply with Applicable Law, including any applicable safe harbors under Applicable Law, and, if required pursuant to Applicable Law, shall file with the appropriate regulators those Communications Quasar reasonably believes comply with such Applicable Law. If Quasar believes any Communications do not comply with Applicable Law, it will promptly provide notice to the Fund of the reasons therefor. Quasar agrees to promptly furnish to the Fund any comments provided by regulators with respect to such Communications and to use its best efforts to obtain the approval of the regulators with respect to such Communications. Fees for regulatory filings are set forth in Exhibit A.

3.          Duties of the Fund. To the extent the Fund intends to use any Communications filed by Quasar with FINRA or other applicable regulator, the Fund agrees to address any comments provided by FINRA or such other regulator in respect of such filed Communications, only to the extent any such comments are required by Applicable Law to be addressed prior to use, and to use Quasar filed Communications only in accordance with Applicable Law. Quasar is not responsible for any Communications not submitted to Quasar for Quasar’s review.


4.          Representations and Covenants of the Fund. The Fund hereby represents and warrants to Quasar that:

A.          It is duly organized and existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, with full power to carry on its business as now conducted, to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder;

B.          This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Fund and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties hereto, constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the Fund, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and secured parties and except as rights to indemnity hereunder may be limited by federal or state securities laws; and

C.          It is conducting, and will conduct its business in compliance in all material respects with all Applicable Law and has obtained all regulatory approvals necessary to carry on its business as now conducted, except where the failure to obtain such approval does not or would not have a material adverse effect on the operations of the Fund; there is no statute, rule, regulation, order or judgment binding on it and no provision of its charter, bylaws or any contract binding it or affecting its property which would prohibit its execution or performance of this Agreement.

5.          Representations and Covenants of Quasar. Quasar hereby represents and warrants to the Fund that:

A.          It is duly organized and existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, with full power to carry on its business as now conducted, to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder;

B.          This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Quasar in accordance with all requisite action and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of Quasar, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and secured parties;

C.          It is conducting, and will conduct, its business in compliance in all material respects with all Applicable Law and has obtained all regulatory approvals necessary to carry on its business as now conducted; there is no statute, rule, regulation, order or judgment binding on it and no provision of its charter, bylaws or any contract binding it or affecting its property which would prohibit its execution or performance of this Agreement;

D.          It is registered, and will continue to be registered, as a broker-dealer under the 1934 Act and is, and will continue to be, a member in good standing of FINRA; and

E.          In connection with all matters relating to this Agreement, including performance of its obligations hereunder, it will, and it will cause its managers, officers, employees, representatives and agents to, comply with the requirements of Applicable Law.

 

2


6.          Compensation. Quasar shall be compensated for providing the services set forth in this Agreement in accordance with the fee schedule set forth on Exhibit A hereto (as may be amended from time to time in accordance with Section 11 of this Agreement). Quasar shall also be compensated for such documented out-of-pocket expenses (e.g., telecommunication charges, postage and delivery charges, and reproduction charges) as are reasonably incurred by Quasar in performing its duties hereunder. The Fund shall pay all such applicable fees and reimbursable expenses within 30 calendar days following receipt of the billing notice, except for any fee or expense subject to a good faith dispute. The Fund shall notify Quasar in writing within 30 calendar days following receipt of each invoice if the Fund is disputing any amounts in good faith. The Fund shall pay such disputed amounts within 10 calendar days of the day on which the parties agree as to the amount to be paid.

7.          Expenses.

A.          The Fund shall bear all of its costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement.

B.          Quasar shall bear the expenses of registration or qualification of Quasar as a dealer or broker under Applicable Law and the expenses of continuing such registration or qualification. Quasar does not assume responsibility for any expenses not expressly assumed hereunder.

8.          Indemnification

A.          The Fund shall indemnify, defend and hold Quasar and each of its managers, officers, employees, representatives and any person who controls Quasar within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (collectively, the “Quasar Indemnitees”), free and harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, losses, expenses and liabilities of any and every nature (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) (collectively, “Losses”) that Quasar Indemnitees may sustain or incur or that may be asserted against a Quasar Indemnitee by any person arising out of or based upon (i) any untrue statement of a material fact in any Communication prepared by the Fund or its agents (other than a Quasar Indemnitee) or (ii) any omission to state in any Communication a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or (iii) the Fund’s refusal or failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement or from its bad faith, negligence, or willful misconduct in the performance of its duties under this Agreement; provided however, that the Fund’s obligation to indemnify Quasar Indemnitees shall not be deemed to cover any Losses arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or omission in any Communication made in reliance upon and in conformity with information reviewed by or prepared by or on behalf of Quasar Indemnitees or their affiliates or otherwise furnished by or on behalf of Quasar Indemnitees or their affiliates to the Fund or its counsel for inclusion in such Communication, or a Quasar Indemnitee’s breach of this Agreement or failure to perform under this Agreement in accordance with Applicable Law. The Fund’s agreement to indemnify Quasar Indemnitees is expressly conditioned upon the Fund being notified of such action or claim of loss brought against Quasar Indemnitees within a reasonable time after the summons or other first legal process giving information of the nature of the claim shall have been served upon Quasar Indemnitees, unless the failure to give notice does not materially prejudice the Fund; provided,

 

3


that the failure so to notify the Fund of any such action shall not relieve the Fund from any liability which the Fund may have to the person against whom such action is brought by reason of any such untrue, statement or omission, otherwise than on account of the Fund’s indemnity agreement contained in this Section 8(A).

B.          Quasar shall indemnify, defend and hold the Fund and each of its trustees, officers, employees, representatives and any person who controls Fund within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (collectively, the “Fund Indemnitees”), free and harmless from and against any and all Losses that the Fund Indemnitees may sustain or incur or that may be asserted against a Fund Indemnitee by any person (i) arising out of or based upon any omission, or alleged omission, to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statement not misleading, or (ii) based upon Quasar’s refusal or failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement or from its bad faith, negligence, or willful misconduct in the performance of its duties under this Agreement. Quasar’s agreement to indemnify the Fund Indemnitees is expressly conditioned upon Quasar being notified of any action or claim of loss brought against the Fund Indemnitees within a reasonable time after the summons or other first legal process giving information of the nature of the claim shall have been served upon the Fund Indemnitees, unless the failure to give notice does not materially prejudice Quasar; provided, that the failure so to notify Quasar of any such action shall not relieve Quasar from any liability which Quasar may have to the person against whom such action is brought by reason of any such untrue, or alleged untrue, statement or omission, otherwise than on account of Quasar’s indemnity agreement contained in this Section 8(B).

9.          Proprietary and Confidential Information. Quasar agrees on behalf of itself and its managers, officers, employees, representatives and affiliates to treat confidentially and as proprietary information of the Fund, all records and other information relating to the Fund and prior, present or potential shareholders of the Fund (and clients of said shareholders), and not to use such records and information for any purpose other than the performance of its responsibilities and duties hereunder, except (i) after prior notification to and approval in writing by the Fund, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld and may not be withheld where Quasar may be exposed to civil or criminal contempt proceedings for failure to comply, (ii) when requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities, or (iii) when so requested by the Fund. Records and other information which have become known to the public through no wrongful act of Quasar or any of its employees, agents or representatives, and information that was already in the possession of Quasar prior to receipt thereof from the Fund or its agent, not otherwise subject to a confidentiality agreement, shall not be subject to this paragraph.

Further, Quasar will adhere to the privacy policies adopted by the Fund pursuant to Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, as may be modified from time to time. Quasar shall have in place and maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards reasonably designed to comply with all applicable state and federal privacy laws and to protect the security, confidentiality and integrity of, and to prevent unauthorized access to or use of, records and information relating to the Fund and its shareholders.

 

4


10.        Term of Agreement; Amendment; Assignment

A.          This Agreement shall become effective with respect to the Fund as of the date hereof. Unless sooner terminated as provided herein, this Agreement shall continue in effect for one year from the date hereof. Thereafter, if not terminated, this Agreement shall continue in effect automatically as to the Fund for successive one-year periods.

B.          Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be terminated, without the payment of any penalty, with respect to the Fund (i) upon mutual consent of the parties, or (ii) upon not less than 30 days’ written notice by either the Fund or Quasar. The terms of this Agreement shall not be waived, altered, modified, amended or supplemented in any manner whatsoever except by a written instrument signed by Quasar and the Fund. This Agreement may only be assigned with the written consent of both parties.

C.          Section 8 shall survive termination of this Agreement.

11.        Duties in the Event of Succession, Assignment or Termination. In the event that a successor or assignee to any of Quasar’s duties or responsibilities hereunder is designated by the Fund by written notice to Quasar, Quasar will promptly, upon such succession or assignment, transfer to such successor or assignee all relevant books, records, correspondence, and other data established or maintained by Quasar under this Agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to the Fund (if such form differs from the form in which Quasar has maintained the same, the Fund shall pay any expenses associated with transferring the data to such form), and will cooperate in the transfer of such duties and responsibilities, including provision for assistance from Quasar’s personnel in the establishment of books, records, and other data by such successor or assignee.

12.        Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Wisconsin, without regard to conflicts of law principles. To the extent that the applicable laws of the State of Wisconsin, or any of the provisions herein, conflict with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the latter shall control, and nothing herein shall be construed in a manner inconsistent with the 1940 Act or any rule or order of the SEC thereunder.

13.        Services Not Exclusive. Nothing in this Agreement shall limit or restrict Quasar from providing services to other parties that are similar or identical to some or all of the services provided hereunder. The services performed by Quasar under this Agreement are not those of a principal underwriter or distributor to the Fund.

14.    Notices. Any notice required or permitted to be given by any party to the others shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given on the date delivered personally or by courier service, or three days after sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or on the date sent and confirmed received by facsimile transmission to the other parties’ respective addresses as set forth below:

Notice to Quasar shall be sent to:

Quasar Distributors, LLC

Attn: President

777 East Wisconsin Avenue

Milwaukee, WI 53202

 

5


notice to the Fund shall be sent to:

DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund

333 South Grand Avenue, 18th Floor

Los Angeles, CA 90071

Attn: President

with a copy to:

DoubleLine Capital LP

333 South Grand Avenue, 18th Floor

Los Angeles, CA 90071

Attn: General Counsel

15.        Invalidity. Any provision of this Agreement which may be determined by competent authority to be prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. In such case, the parties shall in good faith modify or substitute such provision consistent with the original intent of the parties.

16.        Limitation of Liability of the Trustees and Shareholders. A copy of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust, as amended or restated through the date hereof, of the Fund is on file with the Secretary of State of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and notice is hereby given that this instrument is executed on behalf of the Trustees of the Fund as Trustees and not individually and that the obligations of this instrument are not binding upon any of the Trustees or shareholders individually but are binding only upon the assets and property of the Fund.

17.        Multiple Originals. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by a duly authorized officer on one or more counterparts as of the date first above written.

 

DOUBLELINE YIELD OPPORTUNITIES FUND      QUASAR DISTRIBUTORS, LLC
By:     /s/ Ronald R. Redell     By:     /s/ Teresa Cowan
Title:  

President

    Title:  

President

 

6


Exhibit A

to the

Communication Administration Agreement

Fee Schedule

Standard Advertising Compliance Review

$100 per communication piece for the first 10 pages (minutes if tape or video); $10 /page (minute if tape or video) thereafter.

$125 FINRA filing fee per communication piece for the first 10 pages (minutes if tape or video); $10 /page (minute if tape or video) thereafter. [FINRA filing fee subject to change.]

(FINRA filing fee may not apply to all communication pieces)

Expedited Advertising Compliance Review

$500 for the first 10 pages (minutes if audio or video); $25 /page (minute if audio or video) thereafter, 24-hour initial turnaround.

$600 FINRA filing fee per communication piece for the first 10 pages (minutes if audio or video); $50 /page (minute if audio or video) thereafter. [FINRA filing fee subject to change.]

(FINRA filing fee may not apply to all communication pieces)

Out-of-Pocket Expenses

Reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Quasar in connection with filing activities: Postage, overnight delivery charges

Fees are billed monthly and paid pursuant to Section 6 of the Agreement. FINRA filing fees shall not exceed any fees charged by FINRA. Such fees always shall be the lowest fee charged to any closed end fund receiving similar services from Quasar.

Exhibit (l)

 

LOGO

February 25, 2020

DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund

333 South Grand Avenue, Suite 1800

Los Angeles, California 90071

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund (the “Fund”) in connection with the registration statement of the Fund on Form N-2 under the Securities Act of 1933 (file no. 333-233877) and the Investment Company Act of 1940 (file no. 811-23476) (the “Registration Statement”), each as amended, with respect to certain of its common shares of beneficial interest, par value of $0.00001 per share (the “Common Shares”). The Common Shares are to be sold pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement substantially in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) among the Fund, DoubleLine Capital LP, UBS Securities LLC, BofA Securities, Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and the other underwriters party thereto.

We have examined the Fund’s Second Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust (the “Declaration of Trust”), and the Fund’s Second Amended and Restated Bylaws, and are familiar with the actions taken by the Fund in connection with the issuance and sale of the Common Shares. We have also examined such other documents and records as we have deemed necessary for the purposes of this opinion.

Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

1.     The Fund is a duly organized and validly existing unincorporated voluntary association with transferable shares under and by virtue of the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

2.     The Common Shares have been duly authorized and, when issued and paid for in accordance with the Underwriting Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and, except as described in the following paragraph, nonassessable by the Fund.

The Fund is an entity of the type commonly known as a “Massachusetts business trust.” Under Massachusetts law, shareholders could, under certain circumstances, be held personally liable for the obligations of the Fund. However, the Declaration of Trust disclaims shareholder liability for acts or obligations of the Fund and requires that a notice of such disclaimer be given in each note, bond, contract, instrument, certificate or undertaking entered into or executed by the Fund or its trustees. The Declaration of Trust provides for indemnification out of the property of the


Page 2

 

Fund for all loss and expense of any shareholder of the Fund held personally liable solely by reason of his being or having been a shareholder. Thus, the risk of a shareholder’s incurring financial loss on account of being a shareholder should be limited to circumstances in which the Fund itself would be unable to meet its obligations.

We understand that this opinion is to be used in connection with the registration of the Common Shares for offering and sale pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. We consent to the filing of this opinion with and as part of the Registration Statement and to the references to our firm under the caption “Legal matters” in the prospectus, contained in the Registration Statement.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Ropes & Gray LLP
Ropes & Gray LLP

Exhibit (n)

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Pre-Effective Amendment No. 5 to Registration Statement No. 333-233877 on Form N-2 of our report dated December 10, 2019, relating to the statement of assets and liabilities of the DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund appearing in the Statement of Additional Information, which is part of such Registration Statement, and to the references to us under the heading “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the Prospectus and “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the Statement of Additional Information, which are part of such Registration Statement.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Costa Mesa, California

February 24, 2020

Exhibit (p)

DOUBLELINE YIELD OPPORTUNITIES FUND

Subscription Agreement

This Subscription Agreement made as of December 4, 2019, by and between DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund, a Massachusetts business trust (the “Fund”), and DoubleLine Asset Management Company LLC (the “Subscriber”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Fund has been formed for the purposes of carrying on business as a closed-end management investment company; and

WHEREAS, the Subscriber is an affiliate of the investment manager to the Fund; and

WHEREAS, the Subscriber wishes to subscribe for and purchase, and the Fund wishes to sell to the Subscriber, 5,000 common shares of beneficial interest, or such other amounts as the officers of the Fund may approve (the “Shares”), for a purchase price of $20.00 per Share, or at such other prices as the officers of the Fund may approve;

NOW THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED:

1.      The Subscriber subscribes for and agrees to purchase from the Fund the Shares for a purchase price of $20.00 per Share and an aggregate purchase price of $100,000.

2.      The Fund agrees to issue and sell said Shares to the Subscriber promptly upon its receipt of the aggregate purchase price.

3.      To induce the Fund to accept its subscription and issue the Shares subscribed for, the Subscriber represents that it is informed as follows:

(a)      That the Shares being subscribed for have not been and will not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or registered or qualified under the securities laws of any state;

(b)      That the Shares will be sold by the Fund in reliance on one or a series of exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act;

(c)      That the Fund’s reliance upon an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act is predicated in part on the representations and agreements contained in this Subscription Agreement;

(d)      That, when issued, the Shares will be “restricted securities,” as defined in paragraph (a)(3) of Rule 144 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Act (“Rule 144”) and cannot be sold or transferred by Subscriber unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or unless an exemption from such registration is available; and


(e)      That there do not appear to be any immediately available exemptions from the registration provisions of the Securities Act available to the Subscriber for resale of the Shares. In the future, certain exemptions may possibly become available, including an exemption for limited sales in accordance with the conditions of Rule 144, which would not be available to an affiliate of the Fund for one year and may be limited by the overall outstanding shares of the Fund, among various limiting factors.

The Subscriber understands that a primary purpose of the information acknowledged in subparagraphs (a) through (e) above is to put the Subscriber on notice as to certain restrictions on the transferability of the Shares. The Subscriber acknowledges that other restrictions may apply and that none of the Fund or its affiliates has provided any legal, tax or investment advice related to this transaction.

4.      To further induce the Fund to accept its subscription and issue the Shares subscribed for, the Subscriber:

(a)      Represents and warrants that the Subscriber is an accredited investor;

(b)      Represents and warrants that the Shares subscribed for are being and will be acquired for investment for its own account and not on behalf of any other person or persons and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any public distribution thereof;

(c)      Agrees that any certificates representing the Shares subscribed for may bear a legend substantially in the following form:

The shares represented by this certificate have been acquired for investment and have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 or any other federal or state securities law. These shares may not be offered for sale, sold or otherwise transferred unless registered under said securities laws or unless some exemption from registration is available;

and that in the absence of a certificate, this Subscription Agreement provides the notice and legend required under Rule 144; and

(d)      Agrees that it will not sell, assign, or transfer the Shares or any interest therein, except upon repurchase or redemption by the Fund, unless and until the Shares have been registered under the Securities Act or it has received an opinion of its counsel that such sale, assignment, or transfer will not violate the provisions of the Securities Act or any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder.

(e)      Consents, as the sole holder of the Fund’s common shares of beneficial interest and pursuant to Section 23(b)(2) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, to the issuance by the Fund of common shares of beneficial interest at a price per share as set forth in the underwriting agreement relating to the public offering of the common shares of beneficial interest of the Fund.


5.      This Subscription Agreement and all of its provisions shall be binding upon the legal representatives, heirs, successors and assigns of the parties hereto. This Subscription Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original for all purposes.

6.      This Agreement shall be governed by, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law.

7.      The Fund’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, including any amendments thereto, is on file with the Secretary of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts. This Subscription Agreement is executed on behalf of the Fund by an officer of the Fund as an officer and not individually, and the obligations imposed upon the Fund by this Subscription Agreement are not binding upon any of the Fund’s trustees, officers or shareholders individually but are binding only upon the assets and property of the Fund.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Subscription Agreement has been executed by the parties hereto as of the day and date first above written.

 

            DOUBLELINE YIELD OPPORTUNITIES FUND   
            By:   

    /s/ Ronald R. Redell                                         

  
            Name:        Ronald R. Redell   
            Title:        President   
DOUBLELINE ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC   
            By:   

    /s/ Henry V. Chase

                       
            Name:        Henry V. Chase   
            Title:        Authorized Signer   

(r)(1)

 

LOGO

Code of Ethics

for

DoubleLine Group LP

DoubleLine Capital LP

DoubleLine Equity LP

DoubleLine Alternatives LP

DoubleLine Investment Management Asia Ltd.

DoubleLine Funds Trust

DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund

DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund

DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund

Effective date: January 1, 2020


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

I.

   Introduction      1  

    A.

  

Applicable to all Personnel

     1  

    B.

  

Access to the Code

     2  

    C.

  

Regulatory Requirements

     2  

    D.

  

Other Topics Covered In the Code

     3  

E.

  

Code May be Supplemented by Other Applicable Policies

     3  

F.

  

Best Judgment and Further Advice

     4  

II.

   Duty to Report Violations of this Code, Sanctions and Acknowledgement      4  

A.

  

Duty to Report Violations of this Code

     4  

B.

  

Sanctions

     5  

C.

  

Acknowledgement

     6  

III.

   General Standard of Conduct      7  

A.

  

Fiduciary Duty

     7  

B.

  

Adherence to Good Business Practices

     8  

C.

  

Compliance with Applicable Federal Securities Laws and Other Requirements

     8  

D.

  

Client Representations

     8  

E.

  

Market Rumors

     8  

F.

  

General Antifraud Prohibitions

     9  

IV.

   Conflicts of Interest      10  

A.

  

General Statement of Policy

     10  

B.

  

General Description of Conflicts

     10  

C.

  

Particular Conflicts

     11  

V.

   Confidentiality/Privacy      12  

A.

  

General Statement of Policy -- Confidentiality

     12  

B.

  

Sharing of Information Within the Companies

     13  

C.

  

Sharing of Information Outside the Companies

     13  

D.

  

Reasonable Safeguards

     14  

E.

  

Reporting of Possible Confidentiality Breach

     14  

VI.

   Prohibition Against Insider Trading      15  

A.

  

Companies’ Policy – Insider Trading

     15  

B.

  

Recognizing Material Nonpublic Information

     15  

C.

  

Avoiding the Receipt and Misuse of Material Nonpublic Information

     17  

D.

  

Required Steps to Take If Exposed to Material Nonpublic Information

     21  

E.

  

Responsibilities of the Chief Compliance Officer

     21  

F.

  

Reporting of Insider Trading Activity

     23  

VII.

   Reporting of Accounts and Transactions Involving Securities and Other Financial Products      24  

A.

  

General Statement of Companies’ Policy With Respect to Account and Notification

     24  

VIII.

   Investment Activities      28  

A.

  

Overview

     28  

B.

  

Provisions of General Applicability

     28  

C.

  

Prohibitions and Pre-Approval Requirements of General Applicability

     29  

D.

  

Additional Restrictions Applicable to Access Persons

     34  

IX.

   Annual Review by Trustees      36  

 

- i -


ATTACHMENTS

Acknowledgement of Receipt of Initial Code of Ethics

Acknowledgement of Receipt of Initial Code of Ethics (consultants)

Acknowledgement of Receipt of Amended Code of Ethics

Exhibit I.A.: New Access Person Introduction Checklist

Exhibit VII A1: Annual or Initial Holdings Report

Exhibit VII A2: Request for Duplicate Confirmations and Statements

 

- ii -


I.        INTRODUCTION

A number of entities affiliated with DoubleLine Group LP (“Group”)1 have jointly adopted this Code of Ethics (the “Code”) to set forth the ethical and professional standards required of those entities listed and defined below (collectively, the “Companies”) and to demonstrate the commitment of the Companies and their management to maintaining the trust and confidence of the investors in the funds offered by DoubleLine Funds Trust (each series thereof individually, a “Fund”, and together with the other series, the “Trust”), DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund (“DBL”), DoubleLine Opportunistic Income Fund (“DSL”), DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund (“DLY” and, together with the Trust, DBL and DSL, the “Funds”) and of the Adviser’s clients, to upholding high standards of integrity and business ethics and professionalism, and to comply with legal and regulatory requirements and with the Companies’ internal policies and procedures. Various employees of Group, which provides operational support for the Trust, DBL, DSL and DLY will perform certain actions discussed herein on behalf of DBL, DSL, DLY and the Trust.

The entities comprising the Companies are:

DoubleLine Group LP (“Group”)

DoubleLine Capital LP (“Adviser”, “DoubleLine”, “Capital”)

DoubleLine Equity LP (“Adviser”, “DoubleLine”, “Equity”)

DoubleLine Alternatives LP (“Adviser”, “DoubleLine”, “Alternatives”)

DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund (“DBL”)

DoubleLine Funds Trust (“Trust”)

DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund (“DSL”)

DoubleLine Investment Management Asia Ltd. (“DIMA”)

DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund (“DLY”)

Together, the series of funds within the Trust are known as the “DoubleLine Funds.”

 

  A.

Applicable to all Personnel

The Code covers all personnel of Group, DBL, DSL, DLY, the Trust, the Advisers and DIMA, including partners, officers, directors (and other persons occupying a similar status or performing similar functions), and employees, as well as individuals associated with the Companies in any manner that provide investment advice on their behalf and are subject to their supervision and control (collectively, hereinafter, the “DoubleLine Personnel” or “Personnel”). The term “Personnel” shall also include any individuals who are members of the DoubleLine Capital GP LLC, which is Capital’s general partner. Temporary employees and consultants that, in each case, are engaged by any of the Companies to provide clerical, administrative or professional services that are not directly investment related will not be considered to be Personnel subject to this Code except to the extent the Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”)2 or designee notifies them to the contrary.

 

 

1Group is an entity which serves as the employer of the persons termed as “DoubleLine Personnel” under the Code. However, while it provides these persons to supply services to the Advisers under various service contracts, Group itself does not conduct activities requiring registration as a registered investment adviser. Group adopts this Code solely as an administrative convenience, to ensure that all persons employed by Group are subject to the Code because of the services rendered to registered investment advisers.

2 References to CCO within the Code shall be construed to mean the CCO of DoubleLine Capital LP (the “Capital CCO”) except where expressly indicated otherwise. It is expected that the Capital CCO will involve the CCO of Alternatives (or other entities) as and when necessary.


New employees, including any temporary employees, independent contractors or consultants designated by the CCO or designee, shall be briefed as to the requirements of the Code of Ethics. The briefing is not a substitute for reading the Code in its entirety at least annually. The fact that a briefing has not occurred or that the CCO or designee has not made a determination of any existing employee’s change of status does not in any way limit the obligation of any person to comply with all applicable provisions of the Code.

 

  i.

Applicability of this Code to the Disinterested Trustees

Various provisions of this Code either do not apply to the Trustees of the Trust, DBL, DSL or DLY who are not “interested persons” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “Disinterested Trustees”) or applies only in a limited fashion.

The following Sections of this Code do not apply to the Disinterested Trustees:

 

   

Section VIII (Investment Activities)

In addition, Disinterested Trustees are required to comply with only Subsection A(5) of Section VII (Reporting of Accounts and Transactions Involving Securities and Other Financial Products). For the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding any other term herein, the provisions of this Code shall be construed to apply to the Disinterested Trustees only to the extent such application is required by Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

  ii.

Authority to Exempt Any Person from Coverage

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the CCO may exempt any person from all or any portion of the Code upon a finding that such person is neither an “Access Person,” as defined at Rule 17j-1(a)(1) under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “Investment Company Act”) or Rule 204A-1 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”) or a “supervised person,” as defined at Section 202(a)(25) of the Advisers Act, and that, such person’s duties and responsibilities are such that application of all or any particular portion of this Code to such person is not reasonably necessary. Accordingly, all persons subject to the Code shall be considered to be Access Persons, regardless of whether they meet any particular definition thereof while persons that have been exempted from all or any particular portion of the Code shall not be considered to be Access Persons to the extent of that exemption.

The CCO also may waive provisions of the Code on a case-by-case basis, after reviewing the circumstances surrounding the request for a waiver. An example of such a waiver would be the waiver of the two-day requirement to execute a trade. The CCO shall keep a written record of all such waivers and the basis for such waiver, which typically shall be recorded on a trade approval form or via email.

 

  B.

Access to the Code

All Personnel will be provided access to the Code, either in hard copy or on the Companies’ Compliance section of the intranet. Personnel should keep the Code available for easy reference.

 

  C.

Regulatory Requirements

The Code has been adopted in connection with the Companies’ compliance with Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act or Rule 17j-1(c) under the Investment Company Act, as applicable.

Investment advisers registered pursuant to Rule 204A-1, are required to establish, maintain and enforce a written code of ethics that, at a minimum:

 

- 2 -


    i.

Sets forth the general standard of conduct required of all supervised persons, which standard reflects the fiduciary duties that the Advisers and all such individuals owe to the Advisers’ clients.

 

   ii.

Requires compliance by all supervised persons with applicable federal securities laws.

 

  iii.

Requires certain supervised persons to report, and for the Advisers to review, their personal securities transactions and holdings periodically.

 

  iv.

Requires prompt reporting by all supervised persons of any violations of this Code.

 

   v.

Requires distribution by the Advisers of the Code and of any amendments to all supervised persons and for the Advisers to obtain written acknowledgements from all such individuals as to their receipt of the Code.

DBL, DSL, DLY, the Trust and the Advisers also are required pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act to adopt a written code of ethics that contain provisions reasonably necessary to prevent their “Access Persons,” as defined in Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(a)(1), from:

 

   vi.

employing any device, scheme or artifice to defraud a Fund;

 

  vii.

making any untrue statement of a material fact to a Fund or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made to a Fund, considering the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading;

 

  viii.

engaging in any act, practice or course of business that operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit on a Fund; or

 

   ix.

engaging in any manipulative practice with respect to a Fund.

 

  D.

Other Topics Covered In the Code

In addition to the minimum requirements set forth above, the Code also addresses the Companies’ policies and procedures regarding:

 

    i.

Sanctions for violating the Code

 

   ii.

Safeguarding and maintaining confidential information

 

  iii.

Prohibitions against insider trading

 

  iv.

Investment activities

 

   v.

Annual review by Trustees

 

  E.

Code May be Supplemented by Other Applicable Policies

The Code has been drafted in a manner that allows it to apply equally to all Personnel regardless of their specific functions or responsibilities. As a result of this “one size fits all” approach, the Companies may, from time-to-time, supplement the Code as it applies to Personnel that perform certain functions or that have responsibilities by the adoption of separate, more specialized policies and procedures. Where this is the case, Personnel to whom these separate policies and procedures apply must comply

 

- 3 -


with both the Code and these additional policies – or the more restrictive of the two in the case of a conflict. More generally, the existence of the Code should not be understood as relieving Personnel, in any manner, from their continuing responsibility to familiarize themselves, and to comply, with all applicable policies and procedures of the Companies.

 

  F.

Best Judgment and Further Advice

It is not reasonable to expect this Code or other applicable policies or procedures of the Companies to cover all the possible situations that Personnel may encounter. For this reason, nothing in this Code removes the need for all Personnel to use their best judgment in order to maintain high professional standards and to consult with their supervisors as well as appropriate Compliance Personnel, as needed.

Personnel that are unsure how to handle a situation are urged to consult with their supervisor or Compliance Personnel for advice.

 

   

  References:

  

Advisers Act Section 202(a)(25): Definitions (definition of “Supervised Person”)

  

Advisers Act Rule 204A-1(a): Investment Adviser Codes of Ethics (adoption of code of ethics)

  

Investment Company Act Section 17: Transaction of Certain Affiliated Persons and Underwriters

    

Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1: Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel

II.         DUTY TO REPORT VIOLATIONS OF THIS CODE, SANCTIONS AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

 

  A.

Duty to Report Violations of this Code

DoubleLine Personnel are required to report promptly any violation or potential violation of the Code to the CCO. Any such report shall be maintained in confidence and no retaliation shall be made against the individual for making a report and, indeed, any retaliation for reporting a violation of the Code shall itself constitute a violation of the Code.

 

  i.

Review and Investigation

The CCO shall be responsible for the prompt review and investigation of any violations of the Code reported to, or independently discovered by, the CCO. The CCO shall be responsible for reporting any substantiated material violations of the Code to appropriate senior management within the Companies and to the Board of Trustees of the Trust, DSL, DBL or DLY (as applicable) (the “Trustees”) and for appropriately documenting such review and investigation, the reporting thereof to senior management, and any action, including any sanctions, taken as a result thereof.

 

  ii.

Involvement of Legal Counsel

Notwithstanding the assignment of responsibility to the CCO with respect to the review and investigation and reporting of violations, where either the CCO, counsel, or the Disinterested Trustees determine that sufficient reasons exist for any such review, investigation, or reporting to be conducted under the direction of legal counsel or such outside counsel as shall engage for such purpose, such legal or outside counsel shall have the ultimate responsibility for the conduct of such review, investigation, and the reporting and documentation thereof.

 

- 4 -


  iii.

Where the CCO is Implicated by the Violation Being Reported

Notwithstanding the foregoing, where a person making a report believes that the CCO is implicated in any violation being reported, the reporting person may report such violation to any of the Companies’ senior management, including the Disinterested Trustees, as such individual believes is appropriate (the “Receiving Person”). Upon the receipt of a report of a violation, the Receiving Person shall either cause the Companies to undertake such review and investigation of the reported violation and to take such other action as is contemplated above or promptly report such matter to another member of senior management as the Receiving Person believes is appropriate, who, upon receipt of such report, shall have the responsibility of a Receiving Person.

 

   

  References:

  

Advisers Act Rule 204A-1(a)(4): Investment Adviser Codes of Ethics (duty to report violations)

  

Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(12)(ii): Books and Records to be Maintained by Investment Advisers (record of any violation of the Code and action taken as a result)

  

Advisers Act Rule 204-2(e)(1): Books and Records to be Maintained by Investment Advisers (holding periods for certain required records)

  

Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(c)(2)(ii)(A): Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel (Administration of Code of Ethics)

    

Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(f)(B): Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel (Recordkeeping Requirements)

 

 

  B.

Sanctions

 

  i.

Requirement that CCO be Informed of all Internal Discipline

No internal discipline shall be imposed, nor any decision reached to not impose discipline, on any DoubleLine Personnel for violation of this Code without the underlying matter and the sanction to be imposed being first brought to the attention of the CCO.

 

  ii.

Possible Sanctions

Possible sanctions for violation of this Code may include, but need not be limited to, verbal or written warnings, reversal of trades or reallocation of trades to client accounts, disgorgement of profits, suspension or termination of trading or investment privileges, monetary penalty, heightened supervision, job modification, suspension or termination, and/or civil or criminal referral to the appropriate governmental authority. Sanctions are imposed by the Code of Ethics Committee, which generally shall consist of the General Counsel, Chief Risk Officer, CCO, President and other senior Personnel that they may designate.

 

- 5 -


  iii.

Heightened Supervision or Other Responsive Actions

The CCO shall be responsible for determining whether any violation of the Code that is brought to the CCO’s attention indicates a need (i) for heightened supervisory procedures, and, if so, the means by which such need should be addressed, and (ii) any change in the Companies’ procedures or policies or applicable controls. In addition, the CCO, after conferring with outside counsel, shall also be responsible for determining whether the violation, or any sanction imposed as a result thereof, requires additional disclosure or reporting, including to the Companies’ clients or, any regulatory, law enforcement or other outside party. The CCO shall be responsible for appropriately documenting each determination.

 

  C.

Acknowledgement

All Personnel must read, understand and adhere to this Code as well as any amendments or changes to the Code. Personnel (except for the Trustees) are required to sign3 an Acknowledgement that they have read the entire Code, and from time-to-time, any amendments, and have had an opportunity to review any portions with their supervisor and a member of the Compliance Department.

By signing the Acknowledgement, each signatory agrees to perform fully all applicable responsibilities and to comply with all applicable restrictions, limitations, and requirements set forth in the Code and acknowledge that any such failure may result in disciplinary action, up to and including termination. Failure to comply with the terms of this Code can also subject the Companies and responsible supervisors and involved individuals to fines, penalties and potentially even criminal proceedings in addition to significant reputational harm and regulatory sanctions. From time-to-time, the Companies may ask any recipient of this Code may be asked to certify his or her continued compliance with the applicable terms and/or with any other applicable restrictions, limitations or requirements and to sign an Acknowledgement with respect to any amendments hereto.

A copy of the Acknowledgement can be found at the end of this Code. Each recipient is required to return the completed Acknowledgement to the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

   

  References:

  

Advisers Act Rule 204A-1(a)(5): Investment Adviser Codes of Ethics (written acknowledgement)

  

Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(12)(iii): Books and Records to be Maintained by Investment Advisers (record of written acknowledgement)

    

Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1: Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel

 

 

 

 

3 “Sign” shall be construed to indicate the use of electronic means, including through any systems used by the Companies to monitor the Code.

 

- 6 -


III.      GENERAL STANDARD OF CONDUCT

The Companies are committed to maintaining the trust and confidence of their shareholders and clients, to upholding high standards of integrity and business ethics and professionalism, and to compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and its own internal policies and procedures.

Compliance with these standards is crucial to the Companies’ long-term success. Simply put, the Companies’ continued success is dependent upon its reputation and there is no more certain way to diminish the Companies’ reputation than by failing to put their shareholders and clients first. If the Companies serve their shareholders and clients honestly and equitably and to the best of their abilities, their success will follow.

The general standard of conduct required by all Personnel reflects several underlying requirements including:

 

   

the fiduciary duty owed by the Companies and their Personnel to the Funds’ shareholders and the Adviser’s clients;

 

   

the Companies’ intent to adhere to good business practices;

 

   

applicable legal and regulatory requirements;

 

   

the Companies’ own internal policies and procedures; and

 

   

representations that the Companies have made to its clients in agreements, offering documents or other written materials.

 

  A.

Fiduciary Duty

The Companies and all Personnel owe a fiduciary duty to the Funds and to the Adviser’s other clients. This fiduciary duty is composed of both a duty of care and a duty of loyalty. The duty of care requires the Companies and all Personnel (i) to provide advice to the Funds and to the Adviser’s other clients that is in the best interest of, and is suitable for, the Fund or the client, (ii) to seek best execution of transactions where the Companies and the Personnel have responsibility to select executing broker- dealers, and (iii) to provide advice and monitoring over the course of the Companies’ relationship with the Fund or the Adviser’s other clients, as applicable. The duty of loyalty means that the Companies and their Personnel must always place the interests of the Funds and the Adviser’s other clients first. More specifically, the Companies’ fiduciary duty to the Funds and the Adviser’s other clients requires that Personnel adhere to the following standards:

 

    i.

Any recommendation to a client must have a reasonable basis and must be suitable for the client considering the client’s needs, financial circumstances, and investment objectives;

 

   ii.

Facts that may be material to the client’s economic interest or decision-making must be disclosed fully and fairly and Personnel must refrain from engaging in fraudulent, deceptive or manipulative conduct;

 

  iii.

Best execution must be provided with respect to client transactions where the Companies have discretion to select executing broker-dealers; and

 

- 7 -


  iv.

Conflicts of interest should be mitigating wherever possible and, failing that, must be fully disclosed and managed (as discussed more fully at Section IV hereof).

All Personnel should note that various topics mentioned within the Code, such as but not limited to, best execution or soft dollars are addressed in more detail in other policies, which also should be consulted when researching the Companies’ policies on such topics.

 

  B.

Adherence to Good Business Practices

The Companies expect all Personnel to adhere to the principles of good business practice. At a minimum, this requires Personnel to engage in fair and honest conduct in all their dealings and to perform their functions and meet their responsibilities with a degree of professionalism reasonable to the circumstances.

 

  C.

Compliance with Applicable Federal Securities Laws and Other Requirements

Inherent in the above standard is the requirement that the Companies and all Personnel comply at all times with all applicable securities laws as well as the Companies’ own internal policies and procedures.

While many applicable legal and regulatory requirements are reflected in this Code or the Companies’ other policies and procedures, Personnel should not assume that this is true of every relevant securities law or regulation. As a result, Personnel must take the responsibility to inform themselves of, and understand, the legal and regulatory requirements applicable to their activities. For this same reason, the Companies expect all Personnel to stay current with respect to applicable regulatory and legislative developments.

 

  D.

Client Representations

The Companies and all Personnel are also expected to comply with any written representations that the Companies have made to their clients, including, but not limited to, representations that are made in formal agreements between the Companies and their clients or the offering documents for any of the Companies’ products (where applicable). This is particularly relevant with respect to adherence to stated objectives and constraints applicable to a portfolio or fund. Personnel tasked with managing client relationships are responsible for memorializing, in writing, any material oral representations made to clients and prospective clients with respect to their investments with the Companies or the Funds.

 

  E.

Market Rumors

No officer or employee of the Companies shall originate or, except as permitted below, circulate in any manner a false or misleading rumor about a security or its issuer for the purpose of influencing the market price of the security. A statement that is clearly an expression of an individual’s or the Companies’ opinion, such as an analyst’s view of the prospects of a company, is not considered to be a rumor, and is excluded from these restrictions.

Where a legitimate business reason exists for discussing a rumor, for example where a client is seeking an explanation for an erratic share price movement which could be explained by the rumor, care should be taken to ensure that the rumor is communicated in a manner that:

 

- 8 -


    i.

sources the origin of the information (where possible);

 

   ii.

gives it no additional credibility or embellishment;

 

  iii.

makes clear that the information is a rumor; and

 

  iv.

makes clear that the information has not been verified.

If in doubt, Personnel should consult with the CCO regarding questions about the appropriateness of any communications about specific securities.

 

  F.

General Antifraud Prohibitions

DoubleLine Personnel are prohibited from:

 

    i.

employing any device, scheme, or artifice to defraud a client or prospective client;

 

   ii.

engaging in any transaction, practice, or course of business that operates as a fraud or deceit upon a client or prospective client;

 

  iii.

making any untrue statement of a material fact to a client or omitting to state a material fact necessary to make a statement made not misleading; or

 

  iv.

engaging in any act, practice or course of business that is fraudulent, deceptive, or manipulative.

 

   

  References:      

  

Advisers Act Section 206: Prohibited Transactions by Investment Advisers

  

Advisers Act Rule 204A-1(a)(1) and (2): Investment Adviser Codes of Ethics (adoption of general standard of business conduct and requirement of compliance with applicable Federal securities laws)

  

Advisers Act Rule 204A-1(e)(4): Investment Adviser Codes of Ethics (definition of “Federal Securities Laws”)

  

Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(b): Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel (Unlawful Actions)

  

Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(c): Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel (Code of Ethics)

    

Investment Company Act Rule 38a-1(f)(1): Compliance Procedures and Practices of Certain Investment Companies (definition of “Federal Securities Laws”)

 

 

- 9 -


IV.      CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

 

  A.

General Statement of Policy

The fiduciary duties imposed on the Companies and Personnel require all Personnel to be diligent with respect to the possibility of conflicts of interest, whether real or apparent, in transactions with clients. This includes conflicts between the interest of the Companies or their Personnel and their clients, and conflicts between two client accounts. As a general matter, conflicts should be avoided where practicable. Where they cannot be avoided, it will generally be the case that a conflict must be mitigated as much as possible and then fully and fairly disclosed to the client, such that the client can make an informed investment decision and, where applicable, provide an informed consent. When in doubt, Personnel should contact their supervisor or a member of Compliance Personnel for advice.

 

  B.

General Description of Conflicts

While it is impossible to describe all conflicts that may arise, in general, conflicts will include various practices in which the Companies or any Personnel have a pecuniary or other interest in recommending or undertaking a transaction for a client. It is important to understand that a conflict does not require that the client suffer any actual harm. It also does not require that the improper interest in question be tangible or otherwise quantifiable or even certain. It is enough if the improper interest is, or could be viewed as, a motivating factor in the Companies or Personnel recommending or undertaking the transaction. Conflicts of interest can also exist across clients, for example where one client account owns debt in an issuer undergoing bankruptcy and another client account owns equity in the same issuer, and their interests are not aligned as a result of the right related to the bankruptcy proceeding.

An improper interest may be economic, personal or otherwise. In the case of an economic interest, the interest may be a positive benefit or the avoidance, or minimization of, a negative economic result, e.g., the avoidance of an expense or a loss, or loss minimization.

Improper interests can include a wide variety of situations, including situations where:

 

    i.

The transaction allows the Companies or Personnel to generate fees or profits, or avoid losses or expenses, from another relationship as, for example, is the case with respect to soft dollars (discussed further below), the receipt of finder’s fees, outside commissions or bonuses;

 

   ii.

The Companies or Personnel are directly interested in the transaction as, for example, is the case with respect to principal transactions;

 

  iii.

The transaction benefits a third party in which the Companies or any Personnel has an ownership or other economic interest;

 

  iv.

The transaction provides a benefit to a third party, rather than to the Companies or any Personnel directly, for an improper purpose as, for example, one that:

 

   v.

involves any quid pro quo, e.g., where the benefit is returned to the Companies or Personnel in some manner;

 

  vi.

is done to benefit a spouse or child or other person for personal reasons; or

 

- 10 -


  vii.

is done to repay a favor or out of gratitude or for the purpose of obtaining or continuing to receive lavish gifts or entertainment (as discussed further below).

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all Personnel should avoid any investment, interest, association or other relationship of a personal nature that interferes, might interfere, or even might be perceived as interfering with the independent exercise by the individual of good judgment in the best interest of the Advisers’ clients or the Funds.

 

  C.

Particular Conflicts

i.        Conflicts Related to the Provision of Disinterested and Impartial Advice or Undertaking a Transaction on Behalf of a Client

Where any advice or recommendation, or transaction undertaken on behalf of a client, is not effected on a fully disinterested and impartial basis, the applicable Adviser must mitigate the conflict to the extent possible (e.g., waive or reduce a fee that creates a conflict) and fully and fairly disclose and residual conflict to the Fund shareholders or other Adviser client, as applicable. An interest in a security or issuer, whether direct or indirect, or a relationship with an issuer, may support an inference that advice or a recommendation or the undertaking concerning such security, or the securities of an issuer was not disinterested and impartial.

Accordingly, to minimize the possibility of such conflicts the Companies have adopted policies to address the conflicts:

 

  1.

the investment activities of DoubleLine Personnel (see Sections VII and VIII hereof);

 

  2.

the holding of any position (e.g., as a director or trustee) with an issuer or its affiliates (see the Companies’ Outside Business Activities Policy); or

 

  3.

any present or proposed business relationship with an issuer or its affiliates (see the Companies’ Outside Business Activities Policy).

ii.      Appropriation of Client Information for Personal Benefit

DoubleLine Personnel may not trade or recommend trading in securities based on client information, including information related to client positions, trades, or strategies. This means that trades and recommended trades by Personnel should always be based upon an investment assessment that is independent of any nonpublic client information.

iii.      Selecting Suppliers and Service Providers

The acceptance of any compensation or other benefit from a supplier or service provider to the Companies, especially one involving expenses that are, directly or indirectly, borne by an Adviser’s clients, may also be perceived as a conflict in that it may lead to a perception that the provider’s selection may not be in the clients’ best interest. Accordingly, the Companies’ use of any brokerage firm or other vendor, or service provider may be subject to separate policies and procedures of the Companies subjecting such use to a pre-approval process and other requirements for the purpose of minimizing the possibility of such conflicts. Potential Conflicts of Interest Arising from Transactions in Affiliated Entities

 

- 11 -


DoubleLine may recommend that its clients invest in public or private investment vehicles sponsored by or affiliated with DoubleLine. Examples of such investment vehicles include the DoubleLine Funds, hedge funds sponsored by DoubleLine, securitized assets created by DoubleLine or its affiliates or collateralized loan obligations sponsored by DoubleLine. The possibility exists that DoubleLine could take a position on governance matters for investment vehicles sponsored or affiliated with DoubleLine that could be adverse to some or all shareholders, equity holders or noteholders in these sponsored or affiliated investment opportunities. The Code of Ethics Committee is responsible to review and resolve or seek to mitigate such conflicts through appropriate controls.

 

   

  References:

  

Exchange Act Section 28(e): Effect on Existing Law (exchange, broker, and dealer commissions; brokerage and research services)

  

Advisers Act Section 206: Prohibited Transactions by Investment Advisers

  

Advisers Act Rule 204A-1(a)(1) and (2): Investment Adviser Codes of Ethics (adoption of general standard of business conduct and requirement of compliance with applicable Federal securities laws)

  

Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(b): Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel (Unlawful Actions)

  

Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(c): Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel (Code of Ethics)

    

Investment Company Act Rule 38a-1(f)(1): Compliance Procedures and Practices of Certain Investment Companies (definition of “Federal Securities Laws”)

 

II.      CONFIDENTIALITY/PRIVACY

 

  A.

General Statement of Policy -- Confidentiality

All DoubleLine Personnel have a duty to safeguard and treat as confidential all nonpublic information concerning the Companies, investors in the Funds, clients of the Advisers, and all transactions in which the Advisers or its clients are involved. This includes all information concerning a client’s financial circumstances and holdings, and advice furnished to the client. Moreover, employees may only use Companies or client information within the scope of their employment and, accordingly, may not appropriate such information for their own use or benefit or the use or benefit of any third party.

Confidential information also shall be construed to mean any information acquired from a third party pursuant to a non-disclosure (confidentiality) agreement (“NDA”) or confidentiality clauses contained in contractual arrangements with such third parties. Such NDAs or confidentiality clauses generally require DoubleLine to keep the other party’s Confidential Information in confidence using a reasonable degree of care, which shall be at least the same degree of care that DoubleLine uses to maintain its own Confidential Information of like importance, and to use the other party’s Confidential Information only to carry out its obligations and exercise its rights under the applicable agreement. DoubleLine Personnel are encouraged and reminded to allow access to such third parties’ confidential information only to those of employees having a need to know such information. DoubleLine Personnel also should consult members of the Legal Department if any questions arise about the terms of any NDA or the confidentiality clause of any applicable contract.

 

- 12 -


  B.

Sharing of Information Within the Companies

DoubleLine Personnel should only share client or proprietary information within the Companies with individuals that have a legitimate business need for knowing the information. In addition, employees should not share information in violation of any Information Walls implemented by the Companies as a means of isolating certain kinds of sensitive information within the Companies so that it is not available to employees that perform “public” functions, such as the making of recommendations or giving of advice with respect to trading. Employees should bring to the attention of the CCO any attempt by other Personnel to solicit or obtain client or proprietary information for which they do not have a legitimate business need.

 

  i.

Presentations to the Fund’s Trustees

In presenting or furnishing a report to the Fund’s Trustees, representatives of service providers (such as an Adviser) to the Funds generally should refrain from identifying or discussing Fund portfolio transactions that occurred within the preceding 15 calendar days or Fund portfolio transactions that will occur or are actively being considered within the following 15 calendar days (a “Disclosed Portfolio Transaction”). Exceptions to the foregoing policy may be made upon the request of a Trustee, with the permission of the CCO or as is otherwise necessary for the Trustees to fulfill their oversight responsibilities.

 

   

Notification to Disinterested Trustees

For the purposes of assisting the Disinterested Trustees in fulfilling their reporting obligations under the Code, whenever the CCO is informed or otherwise becomes aware of a Disclosed Portfolio Transaction, the CCO shall provide the Disinterested Trustees with specific notice of such fact and remind them of the reporting requirements applicable to the Disinterested Trustees with respect to the applicable securities. Notwithstanding such obligation on the part of the CCO, any failure by the CCO to provide such notice shall not affect or otherwise lessen in any way any reporting obligation that the Disinterested Trustees may have under this Code or otherwise.

 

  C.

Sharing of Information Outside the Companies

DoubleLine Personnel should not discuss or share client or proprietary information with individuals outside the Companies, other than with parties that both have a legitimate need to know such information and have either provided a confidentially agreement that covers such information, which, in accordance with the Companies’ policies, has been reviewed and approved by the Companies’ Legal/Compliance Department (or outside legal counsel, as appropriate) or are themselves under a separate duty to maintain the confidentiality of the information, such as, for example, the Companies’ outside counsel or accounting firm, or employees of regulated entities such as prime brokers, clearing firms or transfer agents. When any doubt exists as to the need for a confidentially agreement, employees should contact the Companies’ Legal/Compliance Department or legal counsel if appropriate.

 

- 13 -


  D.

Reasonable Safeguards

DoubleLine Personnel should use special care to limit the possibility of inadvertent disclosure of client or proprietary information. Personnel should:

 

    i.

keep their desk and work areas clear of all confidential information when they are not present;

 

   ii.

lock (via the screen or similar locking mechanism) all desktop computers, laptops, smart phones, and other such devices when unattended;

 

  iii.

dispose of confidential documents by shredding them or placing them in confidential document waste bins or otherwise complying with proper document destruction procedures;

 

  iv.

keep sensitive information removed from the office out of public view;

 

   v.

limit discussions of such information within the Companies to individuals who have a legitimate business need for knowing the information;

 

  vi.

consider whether the use of a code name in place of a client’s name may be advisable (or contractually required) and

 

  vii.

consider whether the use of a code name in place of an issuer’s name may be advisable.

Employees should not:

 

  viii.

leave confidential information in the open, including in a conference room, once a meeting is over;

 

  ix.

discuss confidential information in places where it may be inadvertently overheard by unauthorized persons, such as in elevators, public transportation, restaurants or the like;

 

   x.

discuss confidential information while using a speaker-phone that is turned up loud enough to be overhead by visitors or unauthorized Personnel (e.g., Personnel who are subject to an internal confidentiality screening procedure); or

 

  xi.

discuss confidential information with individuals outside the Companies (including family members) except in accordance with the policy set forth above.

 

  E.

Reporting of Possible Confidentiality Breach

Employees should promptly bring to the attention of the CCO or legal counsel (if deemed appropriate) any suspicion that an unauthorized person has obtained confidential information.

i.       Special Considerations Involving Information Disclosure About Publicly Traded Clients

 

- 14 -


The inadvertent disclosure of nonpublic information about a client that has publicly traded securities outstanding may trigger a disclosure requirement on the part of the client. Accordingly, anyone who unintentionally discloses nonpublic information regarding a client that has publicly traded securities should immediately contact the CCO so that a determination can be made as to whether there is a need to take any action, including alerting such client of such disclosure so that it will have an opportunity to publicly disclose such information.

III.      PROHIBITION AGAINST INSIDER TRADING

 

  A.

Companies’ Policy – Insider Trading

It is unlawful for any person to trade on one’s own behalf or on behalf of others, or to “tip” or recommend trading in securities on the basis of material nonpublic (i.e., inside) information concerning an issuer or to pass such information to others improperly. Violations of the foregoing can result in severe civil and criminal penalties for the individuals involved and can result in the imposition of significant penalties on the Companies.

The possession of material nonpublic information by any employee or other Personnel may be attributed to the Companies generally unless the information is effectively isolated using Information Walls so that it is not available to employees that perform public functions, including trading and the making of recommendations or giving of advice with respect to trading. A breach of the Companies’ Information Walls so that nonpublic information is not confined to Personnel that do not perform public functions can result in the Companies being required to suspend activities involving trading and the making of recommendations in whole or in part for some indefinite period in certain circumstances.

As a result, strict compliance with all applicable procedures that the Companies institute to contain the flow of material nonpublic information is required of all Personnel. Moreover, and as described more fully below, Personnel that become aware of material nonpublic information must promptly contact the CCO and otherwise comply with the requirements of Subsection D below.

The provisions of this Section VI shall and shall be construed to, apply to the Trustees of the Trust, DSL, DBL or DLY who are not interested persons of DBL, DSL, DLY, the Trust or the Advisers only in respect or their status and activities as such.

Personnel that have questions concerning the requirements of the policies set forth in this Section are urged to consult with their supervisor, the compliance personnel responsible for maintaining information walls, the CCO or legal counsel as appropriate.

 

  B.

Recognizing Material Nonpublic Information

 

  i.

Nonpublic Information

Typically, for purposes of the U.S. securities laws, information is considered “nonpublic” if the information has not been broadly disseminated to investors in the marketplace such as by releasing the information over the news wires, disclosing it in public filings (e.g., Forms 10-K or 10-Q) or otherwise disseminating it in a manner that makes it fully available to investors and a reasonable time has elapsed to allow such dissemination.

 

  ii.

Materiality

Information is considered “material” if: (1) there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider the information important in making an investment decision; or (2) a reasonable investor would consider it as having significantly altered the total mix of information relating to the issuer’s securities. Generally, this includes any information the disclosure of which would have a meaningful effect on the price of an outstanding security.

 

- 15 -


Determining materiality is a fact-specific inquiry, requiring a careful assessment of the inferences a reasonable person would draw from a given set of facts. In general, Personnel are encouraged to err on the side of caution when assessing whether a piece of information is material and nonpublic. Personnel can inquire with the CCO regarding whether a piece of information is material and nonpublic. By way of guidance, the Securities and Exchange Commission has indicated the following as non-exclusive list of examples of the types of information or events that may be considered material:

 

  1.

impending or potential mergers, acquisitions, tender offers, joint ventures, or changes in assets, such as a large disposal of the same;

 

  2.

earnings or revenue information and changes in previously disclosed financial information;

 

  3.

events regarding the issuer’s securities, e.g., advance knowledge of a ratings downgrade, defaults on securities, calls of securities for redemption, public or private sales of additional securities, stock splits or changes in dividends, repurchase plans or changes to the rights of security holders;

 

  4.

new products or discoveries, or developments regarding clients or suppliers (e.g., the acquisition or loss of a major contract);

 

  5.

significant changes in control or management;

 

  6.

changes in auditors or auditor notification that the issuer may no longer rely on an auditor’s report;

 

  7.

impending bankruptcies or receiverships;

 

  8.

information relating to the market for an issuer’s securities, such as a large order to purchase or sell securities; and

 

  9.

prepublication information regarding reports in the financial press.

When in doubt and because assessments of materiality are necessarily highly fact-specific, DoubleLine Personnel should err on the side of caution and treat the matter in question as material and bring such matter to the attention of the CCO for further consideration.

 

  iii.

Breach of Fiduciary Duty or Duty of Trust or Confidence

Generally, except in the case of tender offers (as described in the immediately following subparagraph), the legal prohibitions on the use of material nonpublic information are dependent upon such information being obtained under a fiduciary duty or a duty of trust or confidence (or, directly or indirectly, from someone who has such a duty). Nevertheless, even where information is obtained outside of a fiduciary relationship or relationship of trust or confidence, the use of material nonpublic information may still trigger regulatory investigations and reputational concerns. For this reason, as a general policy, the Companies prohibit intentionally obtaining any material, nonpublic information by all Personnel, regardless of whether the information is obtained pursuant to a fiduciary duty or a duty of trust or confidence, except to the extent explicit written approval is obtained from the General Counsel, CCO, or a designee of either the General Counsel or CCO. An example of such approval would be the creation (in writing) of an information wall to facilitate the receipt of such material, nonpublic information.

 

- 16 -


  1.

Special Situations -- Tender Offers

Exchange Act Rule 14e-3 specifically prohibits trading or “tipping,” e.g., providing information to third parties, while in the possession of material nonpublic information regarding a tender offer received from the tender offeror, the target company or anyone acting on behalf of either – irrespective of whether the information was obtained in breach of a fiduciary duty or similar duty of trust and confidence. Personnel that become aware of nonpublic information relating to a tender offer must promptly contact the CCO and otherwise comply with the requirements of Subsection D below.

 

  B.

Avoiding the Inadvertent Receipt and Misuse of Material Nonpublic Information

Nonpublic information may come to the attention of DoubleLine Personnel in a variety of ways. Personnel should be aware of the most likely situations so that they can either avoid being inadvertently “tainted” with such information, which as discussed above may impact their ability to perform their usual functions for the Companies as well as the Companies’ ability to engage in business as usual, or take such actions as are described below to minimize the impact such information may have on the Companies and the affected employee.

In the event any Personnel comes into possession of, or is otherwise exposed to, nonpublic information, such individual must immediately notify the CCO or designee and must otherwise comply with the requirements of Subsection D below. Upon being informed of any such matter, the CCO or designee will make a determination of whether trading restrictions (as a firm or for personal trades or both) or other restrictions or controls should be put in place to minimize any conflicts of interest that may result or lead to any improper use or dissemination of material nonpublic information by the Companies or their employees. Personnel in possession of material nonpublic information may not discuss the information with, or provide any investment views with respect to any securities to which the information represents material nonpublic information to, anyone else within or outside the Companies except the General Counsel, the CCO or other members of the Legal/Compliance Department; as otherwise expressly permitted by this Code of Ethics; or as may be expressly authorized in writing by the CCO or General Counsel. See Section VI.D. below.

 

  i.

Pre-Sounding

From time to time, investment banks may contact Personnel for the purpose of gauging the Companies’ interest in a potential transaction that has not yet been publicly disclosed. Because of the potential for such conversations, even when conducted on a hypothetical or no names basis, to result in the disclosure of material, nonpublic information, such conversations must be coordinated through the CCO and comply with any restrictions or other requirements imposed thereby.

Personnel that are contacted for such purpose must promptly interrupt the investment bank representatives and inform them that applicable policies require that such calls be coordinated through the Companies’ General Counsel or CCO. After providing the investment banking representatives with contact information for the General Counsel or CCO, the contacted Personnel should terminate the call and promptly bring the call to the attention to the General Counsel or CCO.4

 

4Assuming the proper protocols are followed, this provision is not intended to prevent personnel from providing an indication of interest to purchase shares of an initial public offering, whether in the context of a roadshow or as part of an underwriter gathering its book for a pending deal.

 

- 17 -


  ii.

Involvement by the Companies in a Nonpublic Transaction

The Advisers may bid for, or cause one of its clients to bid for, securities in a company, purchase securities in a private placement, serve on a creditors’ committee with respect to a bankrupt entity, or otherwise be involved in another type of transaction with an issuer through which the Advisers may be made aware of material nonpublic information. In such situations, the head of the business unit involved in such transactions is responsible for informing the CCO of such involvement at or before the initiation thereof, to the extent practical, but in any event before any material nonpublic information is provided to the Advisers or any Personnel.

 

  iii.

Intentional Receipt of Material Non Public Information

If you intend to receive any material, non-public information related to a company with a class of publicly traded securities (whether domestic or foreign), you must contact the CCO or Compliance Personnel in advance of its receipt. The CCO or Compliance Personnel will work with the appropriate business unit(s) to determine whether to receive the information and whether to implement informational wall and other procedures, as appropriate.

Under certain circumstances, Personnel may seek or agree to receive material non-public information for a legitimate purpose in the context of a transaction in which an Adviser (or its affiliates), on behalf of itself or a client entity or account, is a potential participant or in the context of forming a confidential relationship. This may include receiving “private” information from agent banks, normally facilitated through on-line services such as, but not limited to, Intralinks, Debt Domain or SyndTrak. This information may be available to all potential purchasers of an investment opportunity represented, for example, by an investment which may not generally qualify as a “security” for purposes of the federal securities laws (e.g., certain bank loans). Typically, that information can be used to evaluate the investment opportunity and in making an investment decision.

Prior to receipt of such information, the Personnel must request approval from the CCO or his or her designee.

Generally, if a confidentiality agreement is to be signed in the context of such transactions, members of the Legal/Compliance group should evaluate carefully whether a duty of confidentiality and/or a duty not to trade in the relevant issuer’s securities without prior disclosure will be created before any information is received under the confidentiality agreement. However, even in the absence of a written confidentiality agreement, a duty to disclose material non-public information before trading may be created when an oral agreement is made, or an expectation exists that the confidentiality of such information will be maintained or that the information will not be used in trading. For example, if the persons providing or receiving the information have a pattern or practice of sharing confidences so that the recipient knows or reasonably should know that the provider expects the information to be kept confidential, such pattern or practice may be enough to form a confidential relationship.

Material non-public or deal-specific information may be given in connection with an Adviser making a direct investment in a company on behalf of a client in the form of equity or debt; it may also involve a purchase by an Adviser on behalf of a client of a debt or equity security in a secondary transaction or in the form of a loan participation. The information can be conveyed through a portal such as Intralinks, Debt Domain or SyndTrak, orally from a sponsor or dealer or through other electronic delivery or hard copy documentation. This type of situation typically arises in mezzanine financings, loan participations,

 

- 18 -


bank debt financings, venture capital financing, purchases of distressed securities, oil and gas investments and purchases of substantial blocks of stock from insiders. Even though the investment for which the deal-specific information is being received may not be a publicly traded security, the company may have other classes of publicly traded securities, and the receipt of the information by an Adviser can affect the ability of other parts of the organization to trade in the issuer’s securities. For the aforementioned reasons, prior to receiving any information that may constitute material, non-public information on a company with any class of publicly traded securities (whether domestic or foreign), please contact Compliance Personnel who will help to evaluate whether the information may represent material non-public information and, where necessary, implement the appropriate Information Wall and trading procedures.

 

  iv.

Contacts with Officials or Representatives of Publicly-Held Companies

Contacts with public companies may constitute an important part of the Companies’ research efforts and investment decisions may be made based on conclusions formed through these contacts, as well as through an analysis of publicly available information. Difficult legal issues arise, however, when, in the course of these contacts, Personnel become aware of material nonpublic information. This could happen, for example, if an issuer’s Chief Financial Officer prematurely discloses quarterly results to an individual associated with the Companies, or an investor relations representative selectively discloses significant news to a handful of investors, including Personnel of a Company. In such situations, the Companies must make a judgment as to its further conduct. Any individual who believes he or she may receive or has received material nonpublic information about an issuer must promptly contact the CCO and otherwise comply with the requirements of Subsection D below.

Whenever practicable, Personnel shall provide advance notice to the CCO or his designee prior to attending any meeting with officials or representatives of a public company with securities to discuss matters related to the issuer of the securities unless the meeting is open to the public or open broadly to the investment community. Upon the request of the CCO or designate, the Personnel attending such a meeting shall provide a brief summary of the substantive information provided during the meeting.

 

  v.

Board Seats

DoubleLine Personnel are sometimes asked to sit or act as Board members for an issuer of publicly held securities. As noted under the Outside Business Activities Policy, any such arrangement must be pre-approved and, in connection therewith, the CCO, in accordance with Subsection E below, will make a determination of whether trading restrictions or other controls should be put in place to minimize any conflicts of interest that may result therefrom or prevent the improper use or dissemination of material nonpublic information by the Companies or its employees and as is required to comply with any restrictions imposed by the issuer on its directors. It should be noted that such approval generally will not be granted.

In addition, Board members of public issuers may also be exposed to material nonpublic information concerning other publicly held companies that may have dealings with the company on whose board they sit. Personnel sitting on the board of a company who receive material nonpublic information concerning other publicly held companies must immediately contact the CCO and otherwise comply with the requirements of Subsection D below.

 

- 19 -


  vi.

Creditors’ Committees

Participants on creditors’ committees are often exposed to nonpublic information regarding the debtor company. This exposure may affect the Companies’ ability to trade in securities in that company. Accordingly, Personnel should not agree to sit on any creditor’s committee, whether official or informal (including preliminary meetings that precede creditors’ committees), without first contacting the CCO, who will obtain any necessary approvals and make a determination of whether trading restrictions or other controls should be put in place to minimize any conflicts of interest that may result therefrom or any improper use of material nonpublic information by the Companies or its employees and as may otherwise be required of members of the creditor committee.

 

  vii.

Other Situations

 

  1.

Information Originating within the Companies

Material, non-public information may include information originating within the Companies, for example, information regarding open-end or closed-end funds advised by the Advisers, such as information on a fund’s portfolio holdings, net asset value, expected dividend rate, or any other information that could be considered material. DoubleLine Personnel that are contacted by another employee for the purpose of communicating material, nonpublic information as to which the employee was previously unaware must immediately notify the CCO regardless of whether any nonpublic information is communicated and may be required to comply with the requirements of Subsection D below.

 

  2.

Information Originating Outside the Companies

All Personnel who come into receipt of material nonpublic information, no matter what the source or circumstances, must immediately contact the CCO and may have to comply with the requirements of Subsection D below.

 

  3.

Expert Networks

The Companies occasionally use expert networks as part of its research efforts. A more detailed procedure regarding the use of expert networks is contained within the Advisers’ Compliance Manual.

 

  4.

Minimum Holding Period for Closed-End Funds advised or Sub-Advised by DoubleLine

DoubleLine Personnel may only invest in a closed-end fund advised or sub-advised by DoubleLine (a “DoubleLine CEF”) as a long-term investment and any such investment is subject to a minimum six- month holding period. This means DoubleLine Personnel may not sell any number of shares of a DoubleLine CEF within six months of purchasing shares of the DoubleLine CEF, or purchase shares of a DoubleLine CEF within six months of selling shares of the DoubleLine CEF. Any violation of this six-month holding period will require disgorgement of any profits. Certain DoubleLine Personnel may be required to file forms promptly with the SEC regarding their transactions in shares of a DoubleLine CEF. For additional details, please review the “Procedures with Respect to Fund Obligations under Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934” otherwise known as the Section 16 Policy. All transactions in a DoubleLine CEF require preclearance and you may not be able to sell shares of a DoubleLine CEF notwithstanding your compliance with the holding period requirement, including, for example, if a blackout period applies. A blackout period may apply for an extended period and you may not be able to sell shares of a DoubleLine CEF when you wish, if at all.

 

- 20 -


C.        Required Steps to Take If You Have Been Exposed to Material Nonpublic Information

Personnel who believe they have been exposed to or may possess material nonpublic information should cease any further actions in any way related to such information or any issuer to which it relates and immediately take the following steps:

 

    i.

contact the CCO or Compliance Personnel;

 

   ii.

refrain from discussing the information with, or providing any investment views with respect to any securities to which the information relates to, anyone else within or outside the Companies

 

  iii.

Except that you may disclose the information to the General Counsel, the CCO or Compliance Personnel in accordance with your obligations under this Code and you may disclose the information and/or provide your investment view with respect to the relevant securities as expressly permitted by this Code or as may be expressly authorized in writing by the CCO or General Counsel;

 

  iv.

refrain from transactions involving the subject securities or related securities (whether for a personal account or an account of a client) or otherwise attempting to take advantage of the information whether for one’s own benefit, that of the Companies, a client or any other person; and

 

   v.

comply with any restrictions or controls that are put in place by the Companies in response to such exposure or possession.

Personnel who are authorized to possess material nonpublic information in accordance with this Code shall take all appropriate measures to prevent the unauthorized dissemination of that information, including:

 

  vi.

reviewing such information in a private office; and

 

  vii.

avoiding the storage of such information on any network drives to which others (other than the CCO, Legal, IT or Compliance Personnel and anyone else cleared to view the exact same information) have permission to access.

 

  D.

Responsibilities of the CCO

 

  i.

Upon Receipt of Notification of Possible Receipt of Material, Nonpublic Information/Imposition of Information Barriers

Upon the receipt of any notification with respect to the receipt by Personnel of possible material, nonpublic information, the CCO, in consultation with legal if deemed necessary, shall be responsible for making a determination of whether the information is material and nonpublic and, if so, necessary precautions should be taken, including restricting the Companies’ activities in any way or placing an Information Wall around the individual(s) involved.

 

- 21 -


  ii.

Restrictions on Communication and Information Barriers

Individuals subject to information barriers are prohibited from discussing the information that gave rise to the information barrier except:

 

  1.

among other individuals who are part of the same walled off group;

 

  2.

with the Companies’ legal counsel, CCO or such other persons as the CCO shall specifically direct.

Individuals subject to information barriers should use care to maintain the information that gave rise to the information barrier in confidence and shall:

 

  3.

take reasonable steps, including such steps as are set forth at Subsection D of Section V hereof, to safeguard the protected information;

 

  4.

not discuss such matter with anyone except as specifically provided above; and

 

  5.

in accordance with Subsection B of Section V hereof, bring to the attention of the CCO any attempt by Personnel to solicit or obtain such information unless they have a legitimate business need or reason.

 

  iii.

Pre-Sounding

The CCO shall be responsible for managing the Companies’ participation in any response thereto. (See also the discussion at Section VI. C. 1.)

 

  iv.

Maintenance of Restricted and Watch List

The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for maintaining the Companies’ Restricted and Watch Lists. The Chief Compliance Officer may designate others to assist with the maintenance of these lists.

The Restricted List generally may be disclosed to DoubleLine Personnel and consists of a list of issuers, e.g.., companies, in which Personnel and their Immediate Family Members are prohibited from trading, absent an exemption from such restriction.

The Watch List generally is not disclosed to Personnel and consists of a list of issuers as to which a limited or select group of Personnel may be in possession of material nonpublic material information or other sensitive information. However, the CCO may share the Watch List with certain Personnel as necessary to further the purposes of this Code or for other purposes the CCO deems necessary or appropriate.

The Restricted and Watch Lists are maintained separately. The Restricted List is available on the Compliance section of the Companies’ intranet, while the Watch List shall not be accessible by Access Persons except as the CCO may deem necessary to further the purposes of this Code of Ethics or for other purposes the CCO deems necessary or appropriate.

The Companies also maintain a list of bank loan borrowers which are not currently issuers of public securities and which Personnel have accessed their private information on services such as, but not limited to, Intralinks, Debt Domain or SyndTrak.

 

- 22 -


The Companies also maintain a list of private issuers (such as hedge funds or private operating companies) in which Personnel are invested, based on information gathered as part of the procedures outlined in this Code.

As a general matter, the CCO shall be responsible for the determination to add or remove an issuer from any of the Restricted List, the Watch List, the list of bank loan borrowers, the list of private issuers or any other lists deemed necessary to comply with these provisions of the Code.

In considering whether an issuer should be added or removed from the Restricted or Watch List, the following presumptions shall apply:

 

  1.

Issuers that are the subject of an Information Wall or similar controls should be placed on the Companies’ Watch List.

 

  2.

Issuers as to which Personnel are in possession of material nonpublic information should be placed on the Companies’ Watch List, provided that if such information is not restricted to a limited number of Walled Off individuals, the issuer should be placed on the Companies’ Restricted List.

 

  3.

Issuers for whom Personnel serve as directors or members of official creditors’ committee should generally be placed on the Restricted List or, if information walls or other appropriate measures are taken, on the Watch List.

 

  E.

Reporting of Insider Trading Activity

All DoubleLine Personnel are required to immediately report to the CCO any activity related to a client or client related account or employee or employee related account that appears to be based upon material nonpublic information. Upon receipt of such notice, the CCO shall be responsible for conducting such review with respect thereto as the CCO believes appropriate and, in conjunction with the Companies’ senior management, for determining whether the Companies should take any action in response thereto, including reporting such matter to any official, as may be required or appropriate and for documenting such notice, review and determination. The CCO may deem it appropriate, but is not required, to engage outside counsel to investigate or assist with a review of such matters.

 

   

  References:    

  

Advisers Act Section 204A: Prevention of Misuse of Nonpublic Information

  

Advisers Act Section 206: Prohibited Transactions by Investment Advisers

  

Exchange Act, Section 9: Manipulation of Security Prices

  

Exchange Act, Section 10: Manipulative and Deceptive Devices

  

Exchange Act Rule 10b5-1: Trading on the Basis of Material Nonpublic Information in Insider Trading Cases

    

Exchange Act Rule 14e-3: Transactions in Securities based on Material, Nonpublic Information in the Context of Tender Offers

 

 

- 23 -


II.

REPORTING OF ACCOUNTS AND TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING SECURITIES AND

OTHER FINANCIAL PRODUCTS

 

  A.

General Statement of Companies’ Policy With Respect to Account and Notification

All DoubleLine Personnel, other than Disinterested Trustees, are required to notify the Companies promptly, in the manner provided below, upon the opening of any outside account by a DoubleLine Personnel or an Immediate Family Member of a DoubleLine Personnel, each as hereinafter defined, for the purchase, holding or disposition of any financial product, e.g., a security, future, commodity, or any derivative thereon. To the extent you report an account over which neither you nor any other Immediate Family Member has any direct or indirect influence or control over, you may be required to certify in writing that they have no direct or indirect influence or control over such account. See also the section below entitled “Non-Volitional Transactions” below.

DoubleLine Personnel, other than Disinterested Trustees, must report any account that is beneficially owned by (i) them; (ii) their spouse or domestic partner; (iii) any Immediate Family Member (as defined below); and (iv) any account as to which any of the foregoing has discretionary authority or direct influence or control, including any account for which an individual acts as trustee, executor or custodian, but excluding any account for an Adviser’s client to the extent the discretion is exercised on behalf of the Adviser.

The term “Immediate Family Member” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse or domestic partner, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in law, brother-in law, or sister-in-law, including all adoptive relationships, but only to the extent such family member shares a household with the individual.

Personnel who are new to the Companies must promptly notify the Companies within ten (10) business days of all existing accounts that would otherwise fall within the foregoing notification requirement.

All DoubleLine Personnel are also required to notify the Companies promptly upon any change in the account set up information, e.g., a change to the name of the account or the account number, or the closing of such account.

Any information required to be submitted to the Companies pursuant to this Section VII may be delivered, at the Companies’ option, through authorized and designated compliance systems designed for such purpose.

 

  i.

Account and Initial Holdings Notification

All account and initial holding notifications, including account openings, changes to an account and account closings, must be made in writing or through electronic delivery of the relevant information to designated Compliance Personnel, and in the case of account openings, shall include the name of the broker, dealer, bank or other party with whom the account was established. Such notification should be provided using Exhibit VII A1 (or its substantial equivalent in any designated compliance system). All initial holding notifications shall be submitted within ten (10) days of a person being designated as an Access Person and being subjected to the requirements of the Code. Information submitted in initial account and holdings reports must be current as of a date no more than forty-five (45) days prior to the date the person becomes an Access Person.

 

- 24 -


At the time any such notification is made, the brokerage or other firm that is to carry the account also must be notified by DoubleLine Personnel of the need to provide copies of account statements and confirmations to the Companies. Such notification should be provided by completing and mailing a copy of the form letter attached hereto as Exhibit VII A2.

 

  ii.

Right of Companies to Limit Where Accounts May be Carried

Notwithstanding anything herein, the Companies reserve the right to limit the firms at which personal securities accounts of DoubleLine Personnel and their Immediate Family Members may be opened and carried, provided that the CCO may grant exceptions to such policy in the case of hardship or for other good cause.

 

  iii.

Disclosure and Furnishing of Quarterly Transaction Reports Regarding Financial Products

No later than thirty (30) calendar days after the end of each calendar quarter, all Personnel, other than Disinterested Trustees, must provide designated Compliance Personnel with the following information with respect to all transactions during such quarter involving a security or financial product, other than “Excluded Transaction,” as defined below, in which they have any direct or indirect beneficial interest:

 

  1.

The date of the transaction, the type of product and, as applicable, the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP, the title, the interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), the number of shares and the principal amount of each security or financial product involved;

 

  2.

The price of the security or financial product at which the transaction was effected;

 

  3.

The name of the broker, dealer, bank or other party with or through which the transaction was effected; and

 

  4.

The date that the report is submitted.

 

  1.

Excluded Transactions

For purposes hereof, the term “Excluded Transaction” means any of the following:

 

  -

A transaction involving an Excluded Product (as defined in Section VII A 7) or a Non-Volitional Transaction

 

  -

A transaction as to which all the information required to be reported is contained in a broker trade confirmation or account statement that has been previously provided hereunder;

 

  -

A transaction pursuant to an “Automatic Investment Plan,” which, in accordance with Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(a)(11), means a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation and which includes a dividend reinvestment plan.

 

- 25 -


  iv.

Annual Holdings Reports

As required by Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act, and Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act, not later than 45 days after January 1st, all Personnel, other than Disinterested Trustees, are required to report in a dated writing to the CCO the following information, which must be current as of December 31st:

 

  1.

The title, number of shares and principal amount of each security or financial product, other than an Excluded Product, in which the individual has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership;

 

  2.

The name of any broker, dealer, bank or other party through whom an account is held for the direct or indirect benefit of the individual.

 

  3.

The timing of the submission of these reports is designed to coincide with a quarterly transaction report to alleviate confusion about the submission of reports.

 

  v.

Reporting Requirements Applicable to Disinterested Trustees

While Disinterested Trustees are not subject to the foregoing reporting requirements, they are required to report any transaction, other than a “Non-Reportable Transaction” (as hereinafter defined), involving a security, other than one that is an Excluded Product, undertaken by the Disinterested Trustee or any DoubleLine Personnel or any Immediate Family Member, if the Disinterested Trustee knew or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties as a Trustee of the Fund, should have known that, during a 15-day period immediately preceding or after the date of the transaction, (i) the Fund purchased or sold such security, or (ii) the Fund or an adviser to the Fund was considering the purchase or sale of such security (such transaction a “Covered Transaction”).

 

  1.

Reporting Requirements

Any Disinterested Trustee that is required to report a Covered Transaction shall, no later than thirty (30) calendar days after the end of the calendar quarter in which such transaction occurred, file such report containing such information with respect to such transaction and any account in which the transacted securities were held with the Funds’ CCO.

 

  2.

Definition of Non-Reportable Transaction

For purposes hereof, the term “Non-Reportable Transaction” means any transaction taken as part of an Automatic Investment Plan or a Non-Volitional Transaction.

 

  vi.

Other Reports or Information

Notwithstanding the foregoing, all Personnel may be required to provide such additional information regarding any holdings of, or transactions in, financial products at such times and in such manner as designated Compliance Personnel may request.

 

- 26 -


  vii.

Excluded Products

For purposes hereof, the term “Excluded Products” means the following:

 

  1.

Direct obligations of the federal government of the United States (Note for clarification: this does not include obligations of any state, including obligations of any municipality or state agency).

 

  2.

Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high-quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements.

 

  3.

Shares issued by money market funds.

 

  4.

Shares in open-end investment companies (mutual funds) (Note: this does not include open-end investment companies that are advised or sub-advised by DoubleLine or any affiliate).

 

  5.

Shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more mutual funds not advised by DoubleLine or any affiliate. (Mutual funds and ETFs advised or sub-advised by DoubleLine or any affiliate are “Reportable Funds”.)

 

  6.

Purchases or sales of physical currencies and physical commodities.

 

  7.

Investments in 529 plans not managed, distributed, marketed or underwritten by a DoubleLine or any of its affiliates.5

 

  viii.

Non-Volitional Transactions

For purposes hereof, the term “Non-Volitional Transaction” means any transaction effected in an account over which neither the applicable Personnel nor any of the Personnel’s relevant Immediate Family Members have any direct or indirect influence or control, including transactions such as demutualization, stock splits, stock from mergers or spin-offs, automatic tender offers or stock dividends.

 

   

  References:    

  

Advisers Act Rule 204A-1(a) (3): Investment Adviser Codes of Ethics (review of securities transactions and holdings)

  

Advisers Act Rule 204A-1(b): Investment Adviser Codes of Ethics (reporting requirements)

  

Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(13)(1): Books and Records to be Maintained by Investment Advisers (record of report with respect to securities transactions)

  

Advisers Act Rule 204-2(e): Books and Records to be Maintained by Investment Advisers (holding period for certain records)

  

Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(d): Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel (Reporting Requirements of Access Persons)

 

 

5 See SEC no-action letter, WilmerHale, July 28, 2010.

 

- 27 -


  

Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(e): Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel (Preapproval of Investments in IPOs and Limited Offerings)

    

Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(f): Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel (Recordkeeping Requirements)

 

 

III.       INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES

 

  A.

Overview

The Companies impose a number of restrictions on trading and investment activities by DoubleLine Personnel, other than Disinterested Trustees. These restrictions are designed to assist the Companies in complying with applicable legal and regulatory requirements; to help avoid conflicts of interest, including apparent conflicts; and, ultimately, to protect the Companies’ reputation.

 

  B.

Provisions of General Applicability

 

  i.

Prohibition on Doing Indirectly What Cannot Be Done Directly

DoubleLine Personnel are expected to comply with both the letter and the spirit of the restrictions and prohibitions set forth in this Code. Accordingly, to the extent any transaction would put an individual in an economic position that would be substantially equivalent to a prohibited or restricted transaction, such transaction is similarly prohibited or restricted. By way of illustration, where a long position in an underlying equity would be prohibited, it would be prohibited for an individual to establish a derivative or synthetic position that achieves similar economics.

 

  ii.

When in Doubt

When in doubt as to the applicability of these restrictions and prohibitions to any transaction, Personnel should either refrain from entering into the transaction or discuss the matter with their supervisor or Compliance Personnel.

 

  iii.

Breaking Trades

As all or part of a sanction imposed, the Companies may require that Personnel break or unwind any transaction entered by any Personnel in violation of these provisions. In such case, the Companies shall not have any obligation to reimburse the individual for any loss suffered as a result thereof and any realized profits shall be disgorged and provided to a charitable organization chosen by the Companies.

 

  iv.

Hardship

The CCO may grant exceptions to certain restrictions or prohibitions set forth herein in the case of hardship or for other good cause, provided that any such exemption shall be documented and otherwise in compliance with any applicable legal requirements.

 

- 28 -


  v.

Trade Request Submission Requirements and Timing Expectations

Personnel should understand that the Approving Officers will be under no obligation to respond to any request for approval within any stated time and once any such matter is considered may withhold approval for any reason or for no reason at all and, in any event, may withhold approval where it is determined that any such transaction may be legally uncertain, may give the appearance of a conflict of interest, or may expose the Companies to reputational risk, risk of regulatory inquiry or other harm, no matter how remote.

All personal trades must be submitted through the designated compliance system. Certain transactions may require additional documentation at the discretion of the Approving Officers.

Should any person use email to make a personal trade request, such person is presumed to be making all the representations that are present on the sample forms provided in this policy (including similar forms available in any electronic or automated preclearance system). The use of email to make such requests should be restricted to situations such as when the requestor is out of office or the use of the prescribed form is otherwise impractical and such procedure should be the exception to the general procedure of requesting preapproval through the designated compliance system.

NOTE: Post-approval is not permitted. Any trade completed before pre-approval is obtained or after the approval window has terminated may be broken or unwound as provided at Section VIII. B. 3 and may result in disciplinary action.

 

  C.

Prohibitions and Pre-Approval Requirements of General Applicability

 

  i.

Prohibited Transactions

Nonpublic Information. All DoubleLine Personnel are strictly prohibited from trading or participating in any investment activity, including without limitation the making of any recommendation, whether on their own behalf or on behalf of a shareholder or client of the Companies or other third party, based on material nonpublic information or nonpublic client information, including client securities information.

Manipulative Conduct. Personnel are strictly prohibited from engaging in any trading or investment activity that constitutes manipulative conduct. This would include trades that do not have a bona fide purpose, e.g., that are done to influence market price or convey a false appearance of price movement or volume.

Fraud. Personnel are strictly prohibited from participating in any investment activity that is known to any such individual to involve fraudulent activities such as forgery, non-disclosure or misstatement of material facts or the taking of any action that is meant to conceal or misrepresent the facts of a matter. This would include, for example, knowingly backdating a document or recording a trade as occurring at an incorrect time.

Restricted List. Absent an exception specifically granted by the CCO, Personnel are prohibited from trading or participating in any investment activity in any security on the Companies’ Restricted List.

Uncovered Short Trade. Personnel are prohibited from entering into an uncovered short trade.

Uncovered Option. Personnel are prohibited from writing an uncovered option.

 

- 29 -


  ii.

Transactions Requiring Additional Documentation to obtain Pre-Approval

All DoubleLine Personnel are prohibited from engaging in any Restricted Transaction (as defined below) without first obtaining prior approval by the CCO or the CCO’s designees (collectively, the “Approving Officers”).

For purposes hereof, a Restricted Transaction shall mean:

 

  1.

acquiring ownership, directly or indirectly, in any security issued in an initial public offering or a limited offering or private placement (each as defined below), including any interest in a hedge fund.

For purposes of the foregoing, the term “initial public offering” shall mean an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration was not subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

  2.

transfers of interest in private placements sponsored by the Companies, other than transfers for estate planning purposes or that are court-mandated.

For purposes of the foregoing, the terms “limited offering” or “private placement” shall each mean an offering of securities that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(2), which provides an exemption for transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, or Section 4(6), which involve offers or sales by an issuer solely to one or more accredited investors, or pursuant to Rule 504, Rule 505, or Rule 506 of Regulation D, which allow offerings for a limited dollar amount and/or to a limited number of investors, or any other applicable exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

  3.

Transactions involving any closed end fund advised or sub advised by DoubleLine must be pre-approved without exception. It may prove necessary for the Code of Ethics Committee to discuss such requests and reach agreement as to whether that transaction can be approved considering the circumstances.

Closed end funds not managed by DoubleLine require preapproval as described below under “Transactions requiring pre-approval”.

Requests for approval of all Restricted Transactions must be submitted directly to the CCO. When considering approval of any request, the Approving Officers will take into consideration whether the investment opportunity is one that should have been reserved for an Adviser’s clients and whether the opportunity is being offered by virtue of the individual’s position with an Adviser.

 

   

  References:    

  

Advisers Act Section 204A: Prevention of Misuse of Nonpublic Information

  

Advisers Act Section 206: Prohibited Transactions by Investment Advisers

  

Advisers Act Rule 204A-1(c): Investment Adviser Codes of Ethics (pre-approval of certain investments)

  

Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(13)(iii): Books and Records to be Maintained by Investment Advisers (record of decision regarding certain securities acquisitions)

 

- 30 -


    

Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(e): Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel (Pre-Approval of Investments in IPOs and Limited Offerings)

 

 

  iii.

Transactions Requiring Pre-approval

Before you execute a personal trade, the trade may need to be pre-approved (i.e., pre-cleared) to ensure that there is no conflict with the Companies’ current trading activities on behalf of its clients (including the Funds). All trades in any security must be precleared, except as provided below.

 

  1.

Pre-Approval is required for the following types of transactions:

 

   

Any Security (unless excluded below): You must preclear trades in any security, which means any bond, stock, debenture, certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing venture, warrant, right and generally anything that meets the definition of “security” under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and the Investment Company Act of 1940. Except for money market instruments and G- 7 government direct obligations, all fixed income securities must be precleared.

 

   

Common Stocks: You are required to preclear all publicly traded common stocks (any equity security). Restrictions also apply to investments in private placements (including private funds) or initial public offerings (see discussion below).

 

   

Derivatives: Trades in any financial instrument related to a security or commodity interest that is required to be pre-cleared, including options on securities, futures contracts, single stock futures, options on futures contracts and any other derivative must be precleared.

 

   

ETFs: You are required to preclear all trades in any ETF.

 

   

Shares in any Closed-end Fund or REIT: Preclearance is required if you purchase or sell shares of any closed-end funds and/or REITs, including any advised or sub-advised by the Companies.

 

   

Systematic Investment Plans: Preclearance is required when executing an initial instruction for any purchases or sales that are made pursuant to a systematic investment or withdrawal plan involving a security that requires preclearance. A systematic investment or withdrawal plan is one pursuant to which a prescribed purchase or sale will be automatically made on a regular, predetermined basis without affirmative action by the Access Person. As such, only the initial investment instruction (and any subsequent changes to the instruction) requires preclearance.

 

   

Private Placement Securities: All DoubleLine Personnel must preclear any trades in private placement securities (i.e., any offering, in fixed income or otherwise, that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to section 4(2) or 4(6) or pursuant to rule 504, rule 505, or rule 506 under the Securities Act of 1933). This requirement includes all private investment partnerships or funds such as hedge funds and private real estate holding partnerships.

 

- 31 -


   

Initial Public Offerings: DoubleLine Personnel may only participate after obtaining preclearance from the CCO or his designee. As a general matter, you should expect that most preclearance requests involving initial public offerings will be denied.

 

   

Commercial Real Estate: Transactions that involve the purchase or sale of commercial real estate must be pre-approved by the CCO, regardless of whether such transaction is effected through an entity controlled by the Access Person or in such Access Person’s individual capacity.

 

   

Shares of Preferred Stock: All transactions in shares of preferred stock must be pre-cleared.

 

  2.

De minimis transactions

Any personal trades of any equity security that, in the aggregate, do not exceed 5,000 shares in a rolling 30-day period or $35,000 total market value, per issuer with a market capitalization of $10 billion or greater, will be processed as a de minimis transaction.

PLEASE NOTE: Even if a personal trade qualifies as a de minimis transaction, it still must be reported to the Compliance Department reasonably in advance of being placed.

De minimis transactions may not be used for:

 

   

Any bond (debt security) trade (except trades in direct obligations of the federal government of the United States or municipal bonds);

 

   

Any security issued by a client;

 

   

Any initial public offering;

 

   

Any private placement;

 

   

Any closed end funds managed by the Companies – either as adviser or sub-adviser;

De minimis transactions may not be used to avoid compliance with other aspects of this Code.

 

  iv.

Pre-approval is not required for the following types of transactions:

 

  1.

Government Securities: Trades in any direct obligations of the U.S. Government or any G7 government are not required to be precleared. This does not include obligations of any state, including obligations of any municipality or state agency.

 

- 32 -


  2.

High Quality Short-term Debt Instruments: High quality short term debt instruments including bankers acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, variable-rate demand notes, repurchase agreements and other high quality short- term debt instruments (meaning any instrument that has a maturity at issuance of less than 366 days and that is rated in one of the two highest rating categories by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization, such as S&P or Moody’s) are not required to be precleared.

 

  3.

Money Market Funds: Trades in any investment company or fund that is a money market fund are not required to be precleared.

 

  4.

Open-End Mutual Funds (other than ETFs): Subject to applicable blackout periods, trades in open-end mutual funds, , including open-end mutual funds advised or sub-advised by the Companies.. Note: Trades in the Companies’ open-ended mutual funds advised or sub-advised by the Companies are not required to be pre- cleared but are required to be reported if you hold them in your investment accounts, and from time to time may be subject to blackout period or holding period requirements.

 

  5.

Transactions in Retirement Accounts and Deferred Compensation Plans: Purchases or sales of investment companies or funds in the Companies’ 401(k) participant account or Deferred Compensation Plans (including open-end mutual funds advised or sub-advised by the Companies) are not required to be precleared.

 

  6.

Systematic Investment Plans: Any purchases or sales that are made pursuant to a systematic investment or withdrawal plan that has previously been approved by a Compliance Officer. A systematic investment plan is any plan where a sale or purchase will be automatically made on a regular, predetermined basis without your authorization for each transaction. The first instruction must be precleared, but each subsequent purchase is not required to be precleared unless changes are made to the terms of the standing order.

 

  7.

Certain Corporate Actions: Any acquisition of securities through stock dividends, dividend reinvestments, stock splits, reverse stock splits, mergers, consolidations, spin-offs, exercise of rights or other similar corporate reorganizations or distributions generally applicable to all holders of the same class of securities is not required to be precleared.

 

  8.

529 College Savings Plans: Any transaction in units of a college savings plan established under Section 529 of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

  9.

Miscellaneous: Any transaction in any other securities as the CCO may designate on the grounds that the risk of abuse is minimal or non-existent.

If you place a Good-until-Canceled (“GTC”) or Limit Order and the order is not fully executed or filled by the end of the second business day after pre-clearance is received, you must repeat the preclearance process.

DoubleLine Personnel that are registered representatives of a broker dealer also must request written pre- approval from that broker dealer before engaging in private securities transactions or transacting in initial public offerings.

 

- 33 -


  v.

Additional Restrictions

 

  1.

Holdings Periods for Securities in Personal Accounts for all DoubleLine Personnel and Immediate Family Members

   

After making a purchase, you generally must hold that security for at least 60 calendar days unless specifically exempted below.

 

   

Holding periods apply for all securities except transactions in money market funds, government/sovereign securities issued by G-7 countries, high quality short-term debt instruments, and open-end mutual funds (except as described in the next bullet).

 

   

For the avoidance of doubt, the 60-day holding period applies for all mutual funds, investment companies, unit trusts, REITs, or other commingled vehicles for which the Companies serve as adviser or sub-adviser.

 

   

This limitation applies to any purchases or sales in your individual retirement account, 401(k), deferred compensation plan, or any similar retirement plan or investment account for you or your immediate family. There is no holding period for purchases or sales done through a systematic investment or withdrawal plan.

 

  2.

Blackout Periods for all DoubleLine Personnel

   

Seven Day Blackout period for all DoubleLine Personnel:

 

   

You may not purchase or sell a security if the Companies purchase or sell securities of the same issuer on behalf of a client within seven calendar days before or after the date of your purchase or sale.

 

  D.

Additional Restrictions Applicable to Access Persons

 

  i.

Transactions with a Heightened Approval Requirement

To avoid potential conflict situations and the appearance of a conflict, Access Persons shall not enter into any transactions that they have reason to believe could be a contrary transaction or a trading ahead transaction, each as described below, unless the particular transaction has been pre-approved by Approving Officers. The applicable Approving Officers shall only approve such a transaction where they (i) have documented their awareness of such facts as would allow the specific transaction to be characterized as a contrary transaction or a trading ahead transaction and (ii) have a reasonable belief that the transaction will not adversely impact the client’s position or strategy. In making such determination, the Approving Officers shall consider such factors, such as the size of the transaction or the liquidity of the market for such product, as they reasonably believe are relevant to such determination.

Contrary Transaction. A contrary transaction is one that that reflects a view that is contrary to:

 

  1.

any currently contemplated, but unexecuted, client transaction or current recommendation made to a client or other transaction under active consideration, but only to the extent the individual is aware of such contemplated transaction or recommendation;

 

- 34 -


  2.

any trade made on behalf of a client by such individual or by the Companies during the previous fifteen (15) days, but only to the extent the individual is aware of such trade; and

 

  3.

any current position known by the individual to be held by a client as a result of either or both Companies’ recommendation or decision.

For purposes of the foregoing, any strategy or research shall be considered to be a recommendation that has been made to a shareholder or client to the extent it has been made known to the applicable shareholder or client, is being prepared for the benefit of such shareholder or client, or is being used in connection with the exercise by the Companies of trading discretion on behalf of such shareholder or client.

Trading Ahead Transaction A “trading ahead transaction” is one that seeks to take advantage of market movements that are likely to result from an impending trade, e.g., an increase in price as a result of the purchase of a large position, or the execution of contemplated strategy or research.

 

  ii.

Round Trip Transactions within 60 Day Window

Access Persons shall forfeit any profit from the purchase and sale, or sale and purchase, of the same (or equivalent) securities, other than Excluded Products, within any sixty (60) day period. Such profits will be calculated by matching most recent purchases against a given sale or most recent sales against a given purchase.

Other limitations under this Code on such a transaction may apply.

Note: This prohibition effectively limits the utility of options trading and short sales of securities and could make legitimate hedging activities less available.

***********************************************************************

THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY OF PERSONAL SECURITIES TRADING REQUIREMENTS IS PROVIDED TO ASSIST THE READER. IT IS NOT A SUBSTITUTE FOR THE DETAILED DISCUSSION WITHIN THIS CODE OF ETHICS OF THE PERSONAL SECURITIES TRADING REQUIREMENTS. THE INTERPRETATION OF THE CODE OF ETHICS BY THE CAPITAL CCO SHALL SERVE AS THE FINAL ARBITRATION OF THE CODE OF ETHICS PERSONAL TRADING REQUIREMENTS.

 

Transactions or securities not requiring pre-approval
 
Excluded Products
Non-Volitional transactions
Automated Investment Plans
 
Automated payroll purchase or sale of DoubleLine Funds into the DoubleLine 401(k) up to the annual statutory limit for contributions to a 401(k) plan
Automated (pre-planned) rebalancing transactions leading to the purchase or sale of DoubleLine Funds into the DoubleLine 401(k)

Purchase or sales of shares issued by open-end mutual funds and unit investment trusts that are

invested including funds advised or sub-advised by an Adviser or any affiliate

 

- 35 -


Transactions or securities REQUIRING pre-approval
 
Trades in any closed end fund advised or sub-advised by DoubleLine
Trades in any stock (to mean: any equity security)
Trades in any bond that is not an Excluded Product
Trades in any closed end fund
Trades in any ETF
Trades in any financial derivatives
De minimis transactions
Transactions or securities REQUIRING increased review or documentation before pre-approval
 
ANY private placement (private company, hedge fund, etc)
ANY Initial Public Offering (IPO)
ANY trade in a DoubleLine advised (or sub-advised) Closed End Fund
Contrary Transactions
Trading Ahead Transactions

IX. ANNUAL REVIEW BY TRUSTEES

No less frequently than annually, the Chief of Compliance and other senior management shall furnish a written report to the Trustees, which shall:

 

   

describe any issues arising under the Code of Ethics or “material compliance matter,” as such term is defined at Rule 38a-1(e)(2) of the Investment Company Act, not previously reported to the Trustees, including any information regarding sanctions and remedial actions taken in response thereto;

 

   

list all waivers given by quantity and type and describe any waivers that might be considered material or important by the Trustees;

 

   

list all approvals of investments in IPOs and Limited Offerings that were granted;

 

   

certify that the CCO has reviewed the Code and the compliance and supervisory policies and procedures of the Companies and has found that they are reasonably designed to prevent violations of the Federal Securities Laws and of the Code itself.

The CCO shall provide reports similar to those described above (and elsewhere in the Code) to the boards of trustees (or directors) of other registered investment companies for which an Adviser serves as an adviser or sub-adviser.

 

- 36 -


LOGO

DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND

DOUBLELINE INCOME SOLUTIONS FUND

DOUBLELINE YIELD OPPORTUNITIES FUND

DOUBLELINE FUNDS TRUST

DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP

DOUBLELINE EQUITY LP

DOUBLELINE ALTERNATIVES LP

DOUBLELINE GROUP LP

DOUBLELINE INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ASIA LTD.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF INITIAL RECEIPT

OF

CODE OF ETHICS

This acknowledgement must be signed and returned to the Chief Compliance Officer.

I hereby acknowledge that I have read the Code of Ethics for DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund, DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund, DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund, DoubleLine Funds Trust, DoubleLine Equity LP, DoubleLine Alternatives LP, DoubleLine Group LP, and DoubleLine Capital LP (which contains the Insider Trading Policy for DoubleLine Funds Trust, DoubleLine Equity LP, DoubleLine Alternatives LP, and DoubleLine Capital LP) and have had an opportunity to review any portions thereof with my supervisor and the or other member of the Compliance Department. By signing below, I agree to perform fully in accordance with such provisions of the Code of Ethics as are applicable to me, including the requirement that I promptly report to the any violation of the Code of which I become aware. I understand that my failure to fully comply with all applicable provisions may subject me to disciplinary action up to and including termination and can also subject me to fines, penalties and even criminal actions and result in significant reputational harm.

 

                    

 

Signature:

 

 

 

                    

 

Print Name:

 

 

 

                    

 

Date:

 

 

 

- 37 -


DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND

DOUBLELINE INCOME SOLUTIONS FUND

DOUBLELINE YIELD OPPORTUNITIES FUND

DOUBLELINE FUNDS TRUST

DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP

DOUBLELINE EQUITY LP

DOUBLELINE ALTERNATIVES LP

DOUBLELINE GROUP LP

DOUBLELINE INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ASIA LTD.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF INITIAL RECEIPT

OF

CODE OF ETHICS (CONSULTANTS)

This acknowledgement must be signed and returned to the Chief Compliance Officer.

I have received and read the Code of Ethics (which contains the Insider Trading Policy for DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund, DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund, DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund, DoubleLine Funds Trust, DoubleLine Equity LP, DoubleLine Alternatives LP, DoubleLine Group LP and DoubleLine Capital LP) (collectively, “DoubleLine”). I understand that, as a consultant, I may be exposed to certain information pertaining to DoubleLine’s portfolio management or trading strategies, including securities traded by DoubleLine on behalf of its clients.

If I am exposed to such information, I will notify the Chief Compliance Officer immediately. I understand that, in such cases, I may be required to conform to the requirements of the Code of Ethics for access persons.

 

Signature:

 

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

- 38 -


DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND

DOUBLELINE INCOME SOLUTIONS FUND

DOUBLELINE YIELD OPPORTUNITIES FUND

DOUBLELINE FUNDS TRUST

DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP

DOUBLELINE EQUITY LP

DOUBLELINE ALTERNATIVES LP

DOUBLELINE GROUP LP

DOUBLELINE INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ASIA LTD.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF RECEIPT OF AMENDED

CODE OF ETHICS

This acknowledgement must be signed and returned to the Chief Compliance Officer.

I hereby acknowledge that I have received a copy of the amended Code of Ethics for DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund, DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund, DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund, DoubleLine Funds Trust, DoubleLine Equity LP, DoubleLine Alternatives LP, DoubleLine Group LP and DoubleLine Capital LP (which contains the Insider Trading Policy, dated as of            , and have had an opportunity to review any portions thereof with my supervisor and a member of the Compliance Department. By signing below, I agree to perform fully in accordance with such provisions of the Code of Ethics as are applicable to me, including the requirement that I promptly report to the Chief Compliance Officer any violation of the Code of which I become aware. I understand that my failure to fully comply with all applicable provisions may subject me to disciplinary action up to and including termination and can also subject me to fines, penalties and even criminal actions and result in significant reputational harm.

 

                    

 

Signature:

 

 

 

                    

 

Print Name:

 

 

 

                    

 

Date:

 

 

 

- 39 -


Exhibit VII. A1.

DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND

DOUBLELINE INCOME SOLUTIONS FUND

DOUBLELINE YIELD OPPORTUNITIES FUND

DOUBLELINE FUNDS TRUST

DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP

DOUBLELINE EQUITY LP

DOUBLELINE ALTERNATIVES LP

DOUBLELINE GROUP LP

DOUBLELINE INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ASIA LTD.

Annual or Initial Holdings Report

Data is complete as of                                              

 

Account

(Brokerage

firm name)

 

Account

Number

 

CUSIP

 

Security

Name

 

# shares

 

(or principal amount)

 

Total $

 

Notes

                         
                         
                         
                         
                         

(For initial reports: Account statements may be attached if they are within ten days of the date of hire. If the date of this report is more than ten days after the date of the account statements, this chart shall be updated with any changes, or if none, so state.)

(For annual reports: Account statements may be attached if they are within forty-five days of the date that this report is required to be submitted. If the date of this report is more than forty-five days after the date of the account statements, this chart shall be updated with any changes, or if none, so state.)

(If I annotate that the Companies have my account statements on file, I have reviewed those files for completeness and accuracy.)

 

 

SIGNATURE

 

        

 

 

TYPE OR PRINT NAME

 

                                         

 

DATE

 


Exhibit VII A2

DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP

DOUBLELINE EQUITY LP

DOUBLELINE ALTERNATIVES LP

DOUBLELINE GROUP LP

Sample Request for Duplicate Confirmations and Statements

Date:

[Address of Outside Firm]

 

  RE:

(NAME OF INDIVIDUAL)

   

ACCOUNT #

Dear Sir/Madam:

Please be advised that [insert employee name] is an employee of DoubleLine Capital LP, DoubleLine Equity LP, DoubleLine Alternatives LP or DoubleLine Group LP (“DoubleLine”) and in compliance with FINRA conduct rule 3050, Rule 206(4)-7 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and/or DoubleLine’s employee Code of Ethics, this account is subject to a requirement that duplicate account statements and trade confirmations be sent to our compliance department at the address below:

In connection with the above account, please send duplicate confirmations and account statements to my employer at the following address:

Attn: Chief Compliance Officer

DoubleLine Group LP

333 South Grand Ave, Suite 1800

Los Angeles, CA 90071

If you have established electronic delivery of such duplicate information for other persons to our firm’s automated compliance systems, please establish such delivery for (NAME OF INDIVIDUAL).

If you have any questions or comments relative to the foregoing, please do not hesitate to contact me. Thank you for your kind attention to this matter.

Very truly yours,

LOGO    Exhibit (r)(2)

DOUBLELINE FUNDS TRUST

DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND

DOUBLELINE INCOME SOLUTIONS FUND

DOUBLELINE YIELD OPPORTUNITIES FUND

SUPPLEMENTAL CODE OF ETHICS

FOR

PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE, FINANCIAL AND ACCOUNTING OFFICERS

This Supplemental Code of Ethics (the “Code”) has been adopted by the applicable Board of Trustees (each a “Board” and collectively the “Boards”) of the DoubleLine Funds Trust (“DFT”), the DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund (“DBL”), the DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund (“DSL”) and the DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund (“DLY”) (each, the “Trust” and together the “Trusts”) so that each principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller and any persons performing similar functions on behalf of the Trusts (collectively, the “Officers”), regardless of whether such persons are employed by the Trusts, or a third party, will be guided and reminded of their responsibilities to the Trusts, other officers, shareholders of DBL, DSL, DLY or of the various series of the Trust (each a “Fund” and collectively with DBL, DSL and DLY, the “Funds”), and governmental authorities. Officers are required to act in accordance with the guidance and standards set forth in this Code. Officers covered by this Code are listed in Appendix A.

This Code is intended to serve as the code of ethics described in Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and Form N-CSR. To the extent that an Officer is subject to a Trust’s, code of ethics adopted pursuant to Rule 17j-1 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Rule 17j-1 Code”), this Code is intended to supplement and be interpreted in the context of the Rule 17j-1 Code. This Code also should be interpreted in the context of all applicable laws, regulations, a Trust’s governing instruments and by-laws, as amended, and all other governance and disclosure policies and documents adopted by such Trust’s Board. All Officers must become familiar and fully comply with this Code. Because this Code cannot and does not cover every applicable law or provide answers to all questions that might arise, all Officers are expected to use their best judgment about any particular course of action and to seek guidance as needed.

The purpose of this Code is to set standards for the Officers that are reasonably designed to deter wrongdoing and that promote:

 

  ·  

honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships;

 

  ·  

full, fair, accurate, timely, and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that a Trust files with, or submits to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and in other public communications by a Trust;


  ·  

compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations;

 

  ·  

the prompt internal reporting of violations of the Code to the appropriate persons as set forth in the Code; and

 

  ·  

accountability for adherence to the Code.

 

1.

HONEST AND ETHICAL CONDUCT

 

  a.

Honesty, Diligence and Professional Responsibility

Officers are expected to observe both the form and the spirit of the ethical principles contained in this Code. Officers must perform their duties and responsibilities for each Trust:

 

  ·  

with honesty, diligence, and a commitment to professional and ethical responsibility;

 

  ·  

carefully, thoroughly and in a timely manner; and

 

  ·  

in conformity with applicable professional and technical standards.

Officers who are certified public accountants are expected carry out their duties and responsibilities in a manner consistent with the principles governing the accounting profession, including any guidelines or principles issued by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board or the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants from time to time.

 

  b.

Objectivity / Avoidance of Undisclosed Conflicts of Interest

In the performance of their duties and responsibilities for a Trust, Officers must not subordinate their judgment to personal gain and advantage, or be unduly influenced by their own interests or by the interests of persons other than a Trust.

Officers should be sensitive to the possibility of conflicts of interest, whether real or apparent, and are required to disclose any actual or apparent conflicts of interest that reasonably could be expected to give rise to any violation of this Code or call into question the Officer’s objectivity. While it is impossible to describe all conflicts that may arise, a conflict should be considered to exist whenever an Officer participates, directly or indirectly, in any material investment, interest, association, activity or relationship that a reasonable observer would view as likely to impair the Officer’s objectivity. Disclosure of conflicts should be made to the Chief Compliance Officer or other appropriate senior executive or to a member of the Board. Officers that are unsure whether a particular fact pattern gives rise to a conflict of interest or whether a particular transaction or relationship is “material” should bring such matter to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

  c.

Preparation of Financial Statements

Officers must not knowingly make any misrepresentations regarding a Fund’s financial statements or any facts in the preparation of a Fund’s financial statements, and must

 

-2-


comply with all applicable laws, standards, principles, guidelines, rules and regulations in the preparation of the Fund’s financial statements. This section is intended to prohibit an officer from knowingly:

 

  ·  

making, or permitting or directing another to make, materially false or misleading entries in a Fund’s financial statements or records;

 

  ·  

failing to correct a Fund’s financial statements or records that are materially false or misleading when he or she has the authority to record an entry; and

 

  ·  

signing, or permitting or directing another to sign, a document containing materially false or misleading financial information.

No Officer may (i) express an opinion or state affirmatively that the financial statements or other financial data of a Fund are presented in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, or (ii) state that he or she is not aware of any material modifications that should be made to such statements or data in order for them to be in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, if such Officer knows that such statements or data contain any departure from generally accepted accounting principles then in effect in the United States.

Officers must follow the laws, standards, principles, guidelines, rules and regulations established by all applicable governmental bodies, commissions or other regulatory agencies in the preparation of financial statements, records and related information. If an Officer prepares financial statements, records or related information for purposes of reporting to such bodies, commissions or regulatory agencies, the Officer must follow the requirements of such organizations in addition to generally accepted accounting principles.

If an Officer and his or her supervisor have a disagreement or dispute relating to the preparation of financial statements or the recording of transactions, the Officer should take the following steps to ensure that the situation does not constitute an impermissible subordination of judgment:

 

  ·  

The Officer should consider whether (i) the entry or the failure to record a transaction in the records, or (ii) the financial statement presentation or the nature or omission of disclosure in the financial statements, as proposed by the supervisor, represents the use of an acceptable alternative or does not materially misrepresent the facts or result in an omission of a material fact. If, after appropriate research or consultation, the Officer concludes that the matter has authoritative support and/or does not result in a material misrepresentation, the Officer need do nothing further.

 

  ·  

If the Officer concludes that (i) the entry or the failure to record a transaction in the records, or (ii) the financial statement presentation or the nature or omission of disclosure in the financial statements, as proposed by the supervisor, does not represent the use of an acceptable alternative or that it materially misrepresents the facts or result in an omission of a material fact, the Officer should follow the reporting procedures set forth in Section 4 of this Code.

 

-3-


  d.

Obligations to the Independent Auditor of a Fund

In dealing with a Fund’s independent auditor, Officers must be candid and not knowingly misrepresent facts or knowingly fail to disclose material facts, and must respond fully to specific inquiries and requests by the Fund’s independent auditor.

Officers must not take any action, or direct any person to take any action, to fraudulently influence, coerce, manipulate or mislead a Fund’s independent auditor in the performance of an audit of the Fund’s financial statements for the purpose of rendering such financial statements materially misleading.

 

2.

FULL, FAIR, ACCURATE, TIMELY AND UNDERSTANDABLE DISCLOSURE

It is each Trusts policy to provide full, fair, accurate, timely, and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that each Trust files with, or submits to, the SEC and in any other public communications by each Trust. Each Trust has designed and implemented disclosure controls and procedures to carry out this policy.

Officers are expected to use their best efforts to promote, facilitate, and prepare full, fair, accurate, timely, and understandable disclosure in all reports and documents that each Trust files with, or submits to, the SEC and in any other public communications by a Trust.

Officers must review each Trust’s disclosure controls and procedures to ensure they are aware of and carry out their duties and responsibilities in accordance therewith. Officers are responsible for monitoring the integrity and effectiveness of each Trust’s disclosure controls and procedures.

 

3.

COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAWS, RULES AND REGULATIONS

Officers are expected to know, respect and comply with all laws, rules and regulations applicable to the conduct of a Trust’s business. If an Officer is in doubt about the legality or propriety of an action, business practice or policy, the Officer should seek advice from the Officer’s supervisor or a Trust’s legal counsel.

In the performance of their work, Officers must not knowingly be a party to any illegal activity or engage in acts that would serve to discredit a Trust.

Officers are expected to promote a Trust’s compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations. To promote such compliance, Officers may establish and maintain mechanisms to educate employees carrying out the finance and compliance functions of a Trust about any applicable laws, rules or regulations that affect the operation of the finance and compliance functions and a Trust generally.

 

-4-


4.

REPORTING OF VIOLATIONS OF THIS CODE

Officers should promptly report any conduct or actions by themselves or another Officer that do not comply or otherwise violate this Code. Officers and each Trust shall adhere to the following reporting procedures:

 

  ·  

Any Officer who questions whether a situation, activity or practice violates this Code, or is otherwise required to be reported hereunder, must immediately report the same to the Audit Committee of the applicable Trust or to the applicable Trust’s legal counsel. The person receiving the report shall consider the matter and respond to the Officer within a reasonable time. The Principal Executive Officer (or equivalent) shall summarize all such reports for the Board each quarter, if any.

 

  ·  

The member of the Audit Committee receiving the report shall consider the matter, refer it to the full Audit Committee if he or she deems appropriate, and respond to the Officer within a reasonable time.

 

  ·  

If, after receiving a response, the reporting Officer concludes that appropriate action was not taken, he or she should consider any responsibility that may exist to communicate to third parties, such as regulatory authorities or the Fund’s independent auditor. In this matter, the Officer may wish to consult with his or her own legal counsel.

 

  ·  

The Audit Committee and a Trust will not be responsible for monitoring or enforcing this reporting of violations policy, but rather each Officer is responsible for self-compliance with this reporting of violations policy.

 

  ·  

If the Audit Committee determines that an Officer violated this Code, failed to report a known or suspected violation of this Code, or provided intentionally false or malicious information in connection with an alleged violation of this Code, a Trust may take disciplinary action against any such Officer to the extent the Audit Committee deems appropriate.

 

  ·  

The identity of any Officer who reports violations or suspected violations in good faith will be maintained in confidence, to the extent reasonable and subject to legal and regulatory requirements, and no retaliation shall be made against the individual making such report and, indeed, any retaliation for the reporting of a violation of this Code shall itself constitute a violation of this Code.

 

  ·  

A Trust or the Audit Committee may report violations to the appropriate authorities if or as necessary.

 

-5-


5.

ACCOUNTABILITY AND APPLICABILITY

All Officers will be held accountable for adherence to this Code Based upon its review of the matters reported to it, the Audit Committee will determine appropriate sanctions or other actions to take in respect of any violations of this Code. The Audit Committee may consider actions taken by DoubleLine in respect of Officers who are also employees of DoubleLine, choosing to accept such actions as the final sanction or impose additional sanctions as it deems necessary. This Code is applicable to all Officers, regardless of whether such persons are employed by a Trust or a third party. If an Officer is aware of a person (“Potential Officer”) who may be considered an Officer as defined by this Code, the Officer should inform legal counsel to a Trust of such Potential Officer However, the absence of such a determination will not be deemed to relieve any person of his or her duties under this Code.

 

6.

DISCLOSURE OF THIS CODE

This Code must be disclosed by a Trust in the manner prescribed by the SEC, which currently requires disclosure by at least one of the following methods:

 

  ·  

by filing a copy of the Code with the SEC;

 

  ·  

by posting the text of the Code on the Trusts’, website; or

 

  ·  

by providing, without charge, a copy of the Code to any person upon request.

 

7.

WAIVERS

Any waiver from a provision of this Code, including an implicit waiver, may be made only by the applicable Board or a committee of such Board to which such responsibility has been delegated. Such Trust must disclose any grant of a waiver that constitutes a material departure from a provision of the Code. Such disclosure currently is required to be made in the manner set forth above in Section 6 (Disclosure of this Code).

 

8.

AMENDMENTS

This Code may be amended or changed by the affirmative vote of a majority of a Board or Boards. Any amendment or change must be disclosed by the Trust in the manner prescribed by the SEC. Currently, disclosure of amendments is required to be made in the manner set forth above in Section 6 (Disclosure of this Code), provided that the Trusts are not required to disclose any amendment that is purely technical, administrative, or otherwise non-substantive in nature. Any amendments to this Code will be provided to the Officers.

 

-6-


9.

INTERNAL USE

The Code is intended solely for the internal use by the Trusts and does not constitute an admission, by or on behalf of any Trust, as to any fact, circumstance, or legal conclusion.

History of Amendments

Last reviewed November 2019

Approved by the DFT Board of Trustees: March 25, 2010

Reviewed and approved by the DFT Board of Trustees: March 19, 2013

Approved by the DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund Board of Trustees: August 24, 2011

Reviewed and approved by the DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund Board of Trustees: March 19, 2013

Approved by the DoubleLine Equity Funds Board of Trustees: March 19, 2013

Approved by the DoubleLine Income Solutions Funds Board of Trustees: March 19, 2013

Reviewed and Approved by the Boards of DFT, DEF, DBL and DSL: February 26, 2015

 

-7-


Appendix A

Persons Covered by this Code of Conduct:

Ronald R. Redell, Principal Executive Officer

Henry Chase, Principal Financial Officer

Exhibit (s)(5)

DOUBLELINE YIELD OPPORTUNITIES FUND

SECRETARY’S CERTIFICATE

I, Cris Santa Ana, solely in my capacity as Vice President and Secretary of DoubleLine Yield Opportunities Fund, a Massachusetts business trust (the “Fund”), hereby certify on behalf of the Fund, pursuant to Rule 483(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, that the following resolution was unanimously approved at the meeting of the Board of Trustees of the Fund held on November 21, 2019:

RESOLVED, that the forms, terms, and provisions of the Powers of Attorney (each a “Power of Attorney”), with respect to each Trustee or officer of the Fund be, and they hereby are, approved, ratified, and accepted in all respects and that the signature of the name of any officer or Trustee of a Trust signed to a registration statement of a Trust in accordance with the terms of an executed Power of Attorney be, and it hereby is, authorized.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and seal of the Fund as of this 20th day of February, 2020.

 

By:  

/s/ Cris Santa Ana

 

  Name: Cris Santa Ana

  Vice President and Secretary